INTRODUCTION

It was a hot summer day in leSotho Maseru and queen

mother maBotle was in labour about to give birth to her
second born child. She was in the room screaming her
lungs out because labour pains were unbearable for her.
In the room she was with the midwife and two of her
trusted palace maidens.
Outside king Lerumo and the elders were anxiously
waiting for the arrival of the prince or princess.
King Lerumo: She has been in there for more than 4 hours
now and still no update, what could be
taking so long because i can hear that my
queen is in pain.
Elder 1: I can feel your pain my king but there is nothing
we can do at the moment but to wait and let
nature take its course.
Elder 2: I hear you but when the prince was born the
queen was only in labour for 2 hours, why is this
one taking this long?
While they were still taking weather changed outside, dark
clouds started to form and wind started blowing so hard
that the roof of the palace started moving.
Elder 3: *Whispering* look at this weather, maybe the
ancestors are angry with us for something or the
baby is already dead.
Elder 4: That would be good news for us.
Elder 3: What do you mean?
Elder 4: I mean we can use the baby being death to
accuse the queen of being a witch and you know
what our laws say about witches in the kingdom.
Elda 3: I see where this is going, then finally our cousin
can take over as king and we will be rich.

Stay tuned for what happens next.

please invite your friend and i will be posting the first insert
when I have more followers.

#loveadmininsert 1
The weather was getting worse outside, the wind was so
harsh that the people of the village started getting scared.
Some took their children and hid them under the beds
while the women sat on grass mats and men on the bar
stool. All sitting anxiously waiting for the worst to happen.

At the royal house in the throne room the king and his
elders were also worried about what could be the reason
for such a storm as it is in summer and storms are
expected in winter and in summer only warm summer rain
is expected.
King Lerumo: Gods of my ancestors what could be the
reason behind this, please show us the way
and please save our people from whatever it
is and panish me instead.
Elder 3: Don't worry my king everything will turn out as it
should. *smiling*
Elder 1: What are smiling about Mosia? Are you know the
eye of the gods?
Mosia: I am not the eye of the gods but all i am saying is
that everything happens for a reason and the gods
 are always watching.
Elder 4: Mosia is right besides nothing can ever happen in
this village without the god's approval.
Elder 2: Watsiba oa tena wena Mosia le Motsoeneng * you
know you are annoying Mosia and Motsoeneng*
please shut your mouths if you have nothing
better
to say until we hear the reason behind this
predicament from our chief priest.
Motsoeneng: Oa tella joale wena Lehasa...
King Lerumo: ENOUGH!! *shouting* i will not have my
elder bickering like school boys. Now Seriti
go and call the chief priest Motaung at once.
Seriti: Morena *My King,bowing his head before leaving*

Inside the hut where hut the queen was still enduring
labour pains.
The midwife: It's time my queen you can push now.
Without altering a word the queen did as told, pushing and
screaming at the sametime. After a few minute a loud
baby cry filled the room and it the rain started pouring
outside. Hail stone dropped from the sky, wind blowing
ever so hard and the rain pouring heavy.

Midwife: It's a girl!!*exhamed the midwife*

congratulations my my queen *she said taking the baby
and cleaning her up and putting her on the queen's chest*
Lerato go inform the king and the elders.
Lerato: Right away mme*mother*

Lerato ran to the throne room to inform the king but when
she got there she was already wet because of how hard it
was raining outside. She got it and bowed her head in
respect.
King Lerumo: Speak young maiden, what news have you
got for your king?
Lerato: My king mme *mother* asked me to come and
inform you that you were blessed with a princess.
King Lerumo: Ketsho ho lono ba Koena, Malekeleke,
Maila, Mangoathela, batho basajing
sengoathwane bajang polokwe efeletsing*
saying his clan name praising the ba
 Koena for the gift* go young maiden and
wonderful news.
Lerato: My thanks my king and i will take my leave now*
she bowed her head and left*
Chief priest Motaung standing outside the throne room
with rain pouring on with his mokotlana*the bag use for the
bone* hanging on the side of his left arm.
Motoung: Ke hoeletsa lone ba Toung bahahlaleli, batho
basajing lebese lakgomo etsoane, lelona
bakoene, malekeleke, maila mangoathela, batho
basajing sengoathwane bajang bolokoe
efeletsing. *calling his clan names and the
baKoenas summoning the ancestors* he went
inside dripping wet standing in the middle of the room
facing the king. Morena ofuamni mpho ekgolo kajenu,
badimo bahayenu bahoneile kgosikgadi yapula. Hotloha
kajenu retlanona kalebaka lahaye ande lemotsoare hantle
hobaneng letlalla halekaye phoso kayena.*My king you
got a gift today, the ancestor gave you a rain queen,
starting from today this land will prosper because of her
but you must treat her well because you cry if you ever
make any mistakes with her.
King: We thank you eye of the god but what do you mean
we must not makes mistakes with her? i mean
because every child gets naughty when growing up
and has to be disciplined.
Motoung: I hold no knowledge of what it means my king,
but there is a
deeper meaning to it but for now that is all the
ancestors gave me.
King: My thanks eye of the gods.
Motoaung: One more thing my king, you must name the
child Mapula then the rain will stop after
naming
the future queen.
King: Let me go do that now* the king left and went to the
hut where the queen and princess are and stood outside*
Is it safe to enter?
Midwife: It is safe my king, you may enter.* said the
midwife from inside the room and the king entered and
saw his queen laying on the grass mat with the princess in
her arms. She look tired and drained and that broke the
king's heart.
King: My beloved queen, how are you feeling my dear?
you dont look so good.
Queen Mabotle: Am well my king just a bit tired nothing a
good slumber can't fix.
King: That is good then my dear, may i hold my princess
please? i am here to name her so that the rain can stop
and am sure my people are afraid they have never seem
such.* he took the princess and held her in his arms and a
smile curved onto his lips, looking at his gift.
Queen: What to you mean you have to name her for the
rain to stop?
King: We will discuss that when you are well rested my
queen. The princess's name is Mapula the rain queen, a
name given to her by our ancestors*the king went outside
with the child and stood in the rain with the princess held
up* Mapula the rain queen* held*

Immediately after going inside the rain stopped, the wind

also stopped and the sun begun appearing from the sky
like it never rained.

please continue to invite people, till next time.

#loveadminInsert 2

The following day the king and queen are in their chamber,
it's still early in the morning and the king is awake looking
at his beautiful queen wondering what he has done to be
blessed with such a beautiful queen, a prince and a
princess. While the king was still admiring the queen she
woke up and when she opened her eyes she was met with
those of the king.
Queen: Morning greetings my king.
King: Morning greetings my queen, how did you sleep?
Queen: Wonderful my dear and i am well rested.
King: That is good to hear my dear, I was thinking that
after 10 day we should do a ceremony to formally
introduce the princess to the people and to other
kingdoms as well.
Queen: But before that my dear i would like you to explain
what you meant by what you said yesterday.
King: *smiling* I hold no knowledge of what you speak of
my darling.
Queen: My king is playing with me now, i know because of
that mischievous smile on your face.
King: Mabotle you calling the king of this big kingdom
mischievous? my queen you looking for trouble i tell you*
he said that in a playful voice and huge smile on his face*
Queen: My king the princess is going to wake up soon and
the maidens will start knocking on that door bringing water
for our bath, so i suggest you start talking before all that
happens or Mosia and other elders also budge into the
palace looking for you to go with them for palace duties.
King: Okay, Okay i hear you. Motaung informed us that
the princess was a blessing to us from the gods.
Queen: But all children of this kingdom are a blessing from
the gods what makes the princess special? or is the title
she holds the reason she is special.
King: That is what i am trying to get to my queen, the
princess is special not because of the title she holds but
because she was chosen by the gods as the rain queen.
Queen: *eyes popped out* Oh my God my king do you
know that the last rain queen seen in Lesotho as a whole
was the great queen Moetapele and now my daughter is
one as well. do you know what a great responsibility lays
on our shoulders because of this?
King: Calm down my queen...do you remember the stories
we heard growing up that the rain queen had powers
beyond measure and that she had a crocodile by her side
everywhere she goes. That means that she was one of us
a Mokoena because crocodiles belong in our clan and she
is the one that chose the princess to take after her and we
can't question the decisions of the gods for they are wise.
Queen: I understand my king i am just worried about the
kind of power she holds and if she will be able to handle it.
King: We will help her where we can my queen and when
we fail the eye of the gods will consult the gods to show us
the way.
*while still talking the princess woke up and started crying,
the queen went to check on her* a knock came through
the door and the king went to open.
Lerato: Morning greetings my king
King: Morning greetings young maiden, you may come in
and put the water inside.
Lerato: Thank you my king* she went inside followed by
two other maidens, one carrying water for the king, one for
the princess and Lerato carried water for the queen. they
put the water down and hurried to the door.
Queen: Lerato please bring me a cream that has a light
smell i will be using it until i stop nursing the princess.
Lerato: I will bring it right away my queen* she bowed her
head and left*
The king and queen went about their daily hygiene routine
and when done the queen fed the princess while the king
was getting ready for the morning feast.

King: Are you ready for the morning feast my queen?

Queen: I am ready my king, lets go before the elder get
here to steal you away for the day.
They went to the eating chamber, the king sat at the head
of the table and the queen sat next to him. The maidens
come in and served them, they ate and the king left for his
royal duties.

UNKNOWN:

How can you let such a thing happen Mosia huh?

Mosia: Oseke waleka waboa lenna kari oboa lemora
wahawu, ke leka hotosa wena mona wena oiketsa
sethotho wobaneng lewena oatseba hore nekesena nako
yahoetso nnto *Dont you dare speak to me like you
speaking to your son,i am trying to help you here and you
are busy acting like a fool knowing very well i had no time
to do anything*
- Don't worry there's still time to act but we must plan
carefully on what to do next.
Motsoeneng: Don't forget what the chief priest said about
the child.
- I don't care about what he said because it will be
meaningless if we pull through with the plan.
Mosia: But the plan must be done before she reaches
maturity or else we are doomed.
- Keatseba hore otlabo kotsi kanako eo* i know she will be
dangerous by then* and she will smell us coming from a
mile away and wipe our generation clean by just raising
her finger.
Motsoeneng: Then we have to make sure that we
convince the king to get her married before she reaches
maturity and everything else will fall into place.
-*smiling* kerata tsela onahanang kayona* i like the way
you think*
Mosia: Hareyeng banna renalemosebetsi omongata
eretsoanetsing howuyetsa* Lets go men, we have a lot of
work to do.
The men left and went their separate ways.

Stay tuned for more.

#loveadminInsert 3

The king came back from his royal duties very angry,
riding his horse at full speed, he stopped at the gates of
the palace and went inside with his personal royal guard
running after him.
King: Moleleki ask the maidens to bring me bathing water
now. I will be in my chamber.

Moleleki ran to where the maids were busy doing washing.

Moleleki: Bring bathing water for the king now, you will find
him in his chamber.
He walked away bumping into the queen.
Queen: Moleleki keng?*Moleleki what is it?*
Moleleki: My queen the meeting the king went to this
morning didn’t go so well, I don’t have all the details but
something really bad must have happened because he
even left the elders behind.
Queen: He left the elders behind?
Moleleki: Yes may queen.
Queen: Okay Moleleki I will take it from here.
Moleleki: Okay my queen. I will take my leave now* he
bowed his head and left*

The queen saw the maiden carrying bathing water for the
king going towards his chamber and she called her to
bring the water to her. She took the water and asked the
maiden to look after the princess while she takes the water
to their chamber. She got in and put water basin on the
floor then went and took some cream and bathing towel.

Queen: Come my king let me help you with that tension

you have.* held out her hand to him, he took it and went to
sit on the chair near the bed. The queen took the towel dip
it into the water and rubbed it on his shoulders.
Queen: Tell me what made my king so angry?
King: The king of Romotlakoane kingdom is evil my queen.
Queen: What did the greedy Pedi do this time.
King: We went to a meeting there since he sent word
requesting it and I asked Motsoeneng and Mosia to go
with me since they were the only ones available at that
moment. When we got there Pedi told us about the deal
he wants us to go into. * the king put his head on his
hands and rubbed it hard in frustration*
Queen: What was the deal about my king?I mean am sure
it must have been good that kingdom is very wealthy.
King:* Angry * They are only wealthy because they sell
people.
Queen: *eyes popped* what do you mean they sell people
my king?
King: Exactly that my queen, do you know that is one of
the reasons they only have wealthy and middle class
people in that kingdom? It is because they sell those with
nothing and no one to defend them to some South African
contact who pays them millions for them. I don’t talk about
virgins they get a billion just for one and he wants me to
do the same to my people. Who the hell does he think he
is? God? Or the gods? And who does he think I am? To
sell my people like that just because they have nothing?
Queen: Am glad you turned him down my king, we don’t
do that here and we never will. Yes I know we don’t have
a lot of jobs here and I know our people are struggling but
that is no reason to sell them off. Besides we have the
princess now our kingdom will prosper just like the gods
said.
King: You right my queen but what infuriates me is the fact
that my own elders wanted in on that deal. I mean what
kind of elders do I have?
Queen: Don’t mind them my king they are just greedy and
that greed is going to be their downfall one of those days.

A month later:

The kingdom was very busy maidens going up and down

cooking others serving drinks to the guests that had
already arrived for the princess’s introduction. The men
were busy by the kraal talking and discussing about which
cow to slaughter for the event. The king went towards the
other men and pointed the cow he wanted for the princess.

King: That’s the cow I want slaughtered and 15 sheeps to

go with it. I will ask my queen to tell the maidens to
slaughter 25 chickens.
Mosia: Morena don’t you think that is just a waste of live
stock?
King: That is nothing compared to what this kingdom will
have because of the princess and I want what is best for
my one and only princess.*smiling*
Mosia: Don’t you think this will make the prince’s heart
heavy? I mean because he never got this on his
introduction.
King: Mosia how will the prince know how his introduction
was when he was just a baby when it was done? Unless
you want to tell me that you are to share that information
with him.
Mosia: No. no. no Morena aketsho jwalo * no no no my
king that’s not what am saying *
King: It better not be or else I will know it was you and I
will have you banished from this kingdom.* he walked
away leaving him with his mouth hung open*

Inside the chamber the queen was finished dressing up.

She was dressed in her royal attire and finished of with
royal beads. She was now ready to go and welcome their
guests as they kept arriving. Big and small kingdoms were
invited. But the queen was worried because the weather
was beautiful and sunny with no sign of rain. The king
entered and looked at his queen admiring her beauty. But
the queen was deep in thought oblivious to his presence in
the room. The king went to her and touched her shoulder
turning her around.
King: My queen what seems to be the problem?
Queen: Nothing my king am fine.
King: But you don’t look fine my queen in fact you look
bothered.
Queen: I am worried about the weather my king, you know
that in order for this ceremony to be a success we need
the rain. Am afraid that we may have done something
wrong and the ancestors are angry.
King: Don’t worry my queen I know that the weather is not
in our favor for this ceremony but I have faith in the gods.
Ba Koena ke batho bapule, batho ba metsing * The
baKoena are rain people, creatures of the water *and they
will never turn their back on one of their own that’s not
who they are.

The king said all this to console his queen but in actual
fact he was also worried about the weather and he had no
idea what to do to fix the problem. The king and queen
went outside to welcome their guests and show them to
their respected seats. The king and queen of the baTloung
kingdom, one of the wealthiest and biggest kingdom
around arrived at the ba Koena kingdom. Riding in one of
the most beautiful carriages, pulled by two most beautiful,
healthy and well taken care of horses. When they stepped
out every king and queen there was envious.

King Lerumo and his queen met them halfway to welcome

them.
KingLetsi: Morning greetings my old friend.
KingLerumo: Morning greeting my friend, how have you
been?
Queen Kgomotso: Morning greetings queen maBotle,
please take me to the other queens because you know
when old friends start talking we will stand here till the sun
sets.
Queen maBotle: Morning greetings my dear queen and I
know what you mean. Please come this way.* they walked
away leaving the kings talking *

KingLetsi: Old friend it’s almost time for the ceremony, are
we waiting for other kingdoms or are we going to start now?
KingLerumo: Actually old friend you were the only one left
to arrive so now we can start.
KingLetsi: I hear you, but how are you going to start? I
mean that I know this ceremony requires rain but today
the sun is out and the birds are singing their beautiful
melodies. Maybe you picked a wrong day to do this.
KingLerumo: That is what I have been worried about old
friend but I know that the gods of the land are watching*

As they were busy discussing the matter the chief priest

walk up to them.
Chief priest: Morena ke nako *my king it’s time* he walked
away and the kings followed behind.

While they were busy in the hut with the queen holding the
princes and the chief priest burning pefo praising and
summoning the baKoena ancestors. The king had a heavy
heart worried about what the other kingdoms will say
about this. While they were busy outside people were
busy gossiping about how the the ceremony will take
place when there is no rain. One of the kings who was
standing close to the door spoke.
King: This is a waste of our time, no ceremony will take
place here. We all know that these are rain people and
today there is no sign of it. I could have been busy sorting
out my kingdoms affairs than this.
KingLetsi: No one forced you to come here so if you feel
like you wasting your time the gates are open.

He kept quiet, just then the chief priest came out of the
room and addressed the crowd.
Chief priest: Royalties please move away from the door so
that we can place the princess for the ceremony to begin.
KingPedi: How is that going to happen there is no rain.
Chiefs priest: I don’t argue with fools now move away so
that we can begin.

The crowd moved away from the door making space for
the princess to be placed on. The chief priest went back
inside and asked the queen to undress the princess. The
queen did as told but all this while she was shaking in fear
of what was about to happen. When she was done
undressing the princess leaving her in her birthday suit
she and the king were instructed to both hold the princess
and go place here outside on the spot. With each step
they took towards the door the weather was changing
outside, dark clouds forming and as soon as the stepped
out the rain fell. Warm quiet summer rain fell from the sky
and everyone there was shocked by what was happening.
The king and queen put the princess down on the floor
with rain pouring on her, the chief priest praising the
ancestors and the princess busy making baby sounds
smiling enjoying the rain.

Stay tuned for more. Sorry for any errors am using

someone’s phone and she wants it.

Don’t forget to like, share and invite more people.

#loveadminInsert 4

After a while the chief priest instructed the queen to take

the princess inside. She did as told and as soon as she
stepped into the house the rain stopped, clouds cleared
and the sun came out. People were still shocked and all
the kings who had prince’s requested to have a word with
king Lerumo. The king asked Moleleki to tell all the kings
that want to meet with him to go into the throne room
where the meeting will be held. The king called aside his
elders and went to the guests chamber.
King: My elders I requested your presence here to ask you
to come with me for a moment to a short meeting.
Mosia: But my king this supposed to be a ceremony for
the princess not for meetings. Can’t it wait till next week?
King: No it can’t and it will only be for a short while I also
don’t want to ruin the day by having endless meetings.

They left and went to the throne room. The other kings
were already waiting including his old friend Motloung.
KingLerumo: Greetings again my kings, I don’t want us to
waste anytime since this is not a good day to be having
meetings.
KingPedi: Greeting Lerumo, we know and I believe that
none of us want to waste your time.
KingLetsi: I will get to the point old friend, all of us here
have one thing in common and that is we all would like to
arrange marriage between your princess and our prince’s.
So you can choose child kingdom you would like to marry
your daughter into.
KingLesego: If you decide to go with my prince then you
know your princess will be well taken care off. My kingdom
is the second largest after the baTloung kingdom.
KingLerumo: I hear you my kings and I know that this is
something that has been practiced long before we were
born by our forefathers. However I would like for us to put
the matter on hold for a little while then we can revisit if
after the princess have reached maturity.
KingLetsi: Well said old friend and I think there is nothing
more we can do at the moment.
KingLerumo: Then meeting adjourned, let’s go back out
there and enjoy the festivities.

Everyone went out, food was served and drinks. People

enjoying themselves. The king went to find his queen as
he last saw her during the ceremony. He found her with
the maidens giving them instructions. She turned and was
met with the living eyes of her king.
Queen: My king, shouldn’t you be with the other kings?
King: I should but I came to check on my queen.
Queen: You did well but I am busy at the moment my king.
By the way what was the meeting about and why didn’t my
prince come home.
King: The meeting we will discuss later on, as for the
prince the school did allow him to be off school as they are
preparing for exams.
Queen: Oh how I miss my prince.
King: I miss him too my queen but we will have to wait
until his school holiday to see him. Now let me go back
and don’t over work yourself.
Queen: I won’t my king.

He kissed her forehead and left to join his guests.

Unknown:
- Mosia you have to make sure that this damn princess is
married of before her maturity ceremony.
Mosia: Keatseba and ketlaetsa jwalo *i know and I will do
just that*
- You and Motsoeneng keep saying that but nothing has
been done thus far. Move quickly or we are all doomed.
Mosia: You also need to help us.
- How am I supposed to do that when am banned from
stepping foot in this kingdom?
Mosia: Use your connections.
- I will go and visit ngaka yani ya Moeyaneng keatseba
otla rethusa * I will go and visit the witch doctor from
Moeyaneng he will help us*
Mosia: Pakisa monna arena nako* hurry up man we don’t
have time*
- I will contact you when I come back later this evening.
Mosia: Holokile tsamaya* okey go*

He left and Mosia went back into the palace to find

Motsoeneng. He found him and called him aside and
informed him of the plan. They both agreed to keep an eye
out for the mystery man when he comes back in the
evening.

Later that afternoon the mystery man arrived in

Moeyaneng and went to see the witch doctor. He arrived
at his hut and took of his shoes and went inside.
Witch doctor: Keng jwale? Obatlang?* what now? What do
you want?
- I want something that will make my dear half brother
agree with everything Mosia and Motsoeneng say.
Witch doctor: You know that will require royal blood.
- You can take mine or you can sacrifice the princess if
you want I don’t care.
Witch doctor: I still want to live so I can’t use the princess
because she is highly favored. Yours will do for now but
the effect won’t last more than a week since you are not
pure blood so whatever you want to do, you do it within a
week of using it.
- I understand.
Witch doctor: Now give me your hand. * he took his hand
and cut it and squeezed his blood into a bowl and mixed it
with some oils and gave it to him. Now remember only a
week.
- Yes a head you the first time, here is your money.
Witch doctor: Put it on the floor.

He put the money on the floor and left.

Please like, comment and invite more people.

#loveadminInsert 5

Later that evening the festivities were still going on but

other kings and queens from other kingdoms had already
left only a few remained. Mosia and Motsoeneng were on
the look out for the mystery man. Just as they were
complaining about how tired they are of waiting and the
long day they had. A stone was thrown at their
direction,they got startled because it was dark out, they
looked at each other wondering who could be throwing
tones at them. Another stone was thrown and they
decided to go and investigate and they saw the man they
were waiting for by the bushes.
Mosia: Otlarebolaya kapelo * you will kill us with heart
attack* what are you doing throwing stones like a boy? *
whispering *
- What did you want me to do? To walk towards the palace
gate and talk to you about how we are going to bewitch
the king?
Motsoeneng: We don’t have time for this now someone
might see us, what do you have for us?
-Take this bath with it and don’t dry your faces when you
done let them dry on their own then take a little bit and
apply it on your eyebrows but only do this when you going
to have your meetings with the king. You have a week to
convince the king to choose a prince for the princess and
agree to marry her off at 16.
Motsoeneng: Lerumo is a stubborn man he won’t just
agree to this.
- Are you stupid or what, this muti will make him agree
with you on everything you suggest.
Mosia: Good now we can even get him to agree on the
deal of selling people with Pedi then we will be rolling in
money*smiling*
-No don’t to that focus on this only and when am king that
will be the first deal I sign but then we won’t have to share
the profits and the people I will be working with are from
Nigeria and they pay way more than the South African guy.
Motsoeneng: Do you trust this Nigerian guy of yours and
where did you meet him?
- I don’t know him personally I know his brother I was with
him in prison and I saved his life while he was being
attacked by other inmates. So he will be my connection
with his brother.
Mosia: Don’t tell me are you talking about the guys who
got arrested for rhino horn poaching.
-Yes that’s one of them
Mosia: Man be careful those guys are dangerous.
- I know what am doing now you do you part and I will do
mine.
He said that and he left them there. They went their
separate ways each one thinking about how dangerous
those guys are but consoled themselves by the amount of
money they will make from this.

That night in the king and queens chamber the queen was
having a night mare. She was walking toward the eating
chamber but stopped in tracks when she head people
talking inside but what made her stop was not the voices
but what they were saying.
Voice1: The king must die or the princess, we can’t have
both of them here causing problems.
Voice 2: Whatever we do the princess must go we can’t
have her here she will destroy everything.
Voice 1: You right the king won’t be much of a problem but
what about the chief priest?
Voice 2: He will have to go and be a chief priest
somewhere else bafatsi bashota monna* we don’t have
enough ancestors man* the laughed

The queen felt as if she was being pulled, she jumped and
almost fell off the bed, she was sweating and breathing
heavy.
King: It’s okay my queen am here, it was just a dream.
Queen: But it felt so real and am scared my king.
King: What was a dream about?
Queen: I heard voices * the queen told him everything *
King: Don’t worry my queen nothing will happen, you know
that no one can harm the royal family and besides only a
royal can harm another royal and there are no other royals
in the baKoeana kingdom except for us and queen mother.
Queen: You right it was just a dream, let’s go back to
sleep but I only wish that I have a peaceful slumber this
time around because the princess will wake me up early.
King: Good night my queen.

A week later the king had been having headaches, he had

agreed on marrying off the princess to his old friends son
Prince Thabiso Moloi from the baTloung kingdom. Today
was Friday and the day of the negotiations, the king woke
up from his slumber with an excruciating headache he
couldn’t even open his eyes properly. The queen woke up
and found the king sitting on the bed and you could see he
was in pain judging by the gains popping from his
forehead.
Queen: Sunrise greetings my king, how are you feeling?
King: Sunrise greeting my queen, I am not well this
headache is worse today I can’t even open my eyes
properly.
Queen: I will go and ask the chief priest to make you
something we can’t have you like this today when you
have visitors coming.
King: I would appreciate that my queen, on your way out
please ask the maidens to bring bathing water.
Queen: I will take care of it my king.

She left and first started at the kitchen to ask the maidens
for bathing water then went to the chief priest hut and
luckily he was awake. She announced herself and he
came out and met her at the door.
Chief priest: Sunrise greetings my queen, what bring you
here this early?
Queen: Greetings chief priest, the king has been having
headaches for about a week now , at first it was not bad
but today it is worse.
Chief priest: Let me get you something for him then my
queen.
He went inside the hut and came back and gave the
queen some medicine and gave her instructions on how to
use it. The queen left and went back to the chamber, when
she got there the king was done taking his bath and was
busy dressing up in his royal attire. She gave him the
medicine and asked him to lay down a bit, the king did as
told.

Later that day, the lobola negotiations went well and the
princess was traditionally married. Now they had to wait
for her to reach the right age so that she can be sent off to
her marital home. The king was also feeling much better
the headache had subsided.
On the other side Mosia, Motsoeneng and the mystery
man were celebrating the success of the first step of their
plan. Everything was going well on their side all they had
to do was wait for the right time to move on to the second
step of the plan.

See you tomorrow royalties, please don’t forget to like,

share, comment and promote the page to others. We are
still new and I would like us to grow together in this
journey.
#loveadminInsert 6

16 years later, the princess was doing grade 10 studying

in South Africa, Cape Town to be exact and she was now
16 years of age. Goes home only on school holidays but
has a bodyguard with her as per the king's instruction.
Prince Tokelo her brother was now 26 years old and
owned his own law firm with his partner and best friend
Lebohang. The kingdom has prospered over the years,
the palace was renovated and it's big now and looks like a
village on it's own. They also own different farms and trade
in livestock, crops and have shares in a coal mine. the
villagers also benefited a lot from all the developments,
they renovated their huts and sent their children to school
after the new school closer to the village was built.

The king was sitting outside late in the evening with his
royal guard discussing their journey to the capital the
following day when a messenger interrupted them.
Messenger: Morena *My king he greeted bowing his head
as a sign of respect*
King: As you were
Messenger: I brought a note for you my king
King: Where is it coming from?
Messenger: I hold no knowledge of that my king, a
messenger dressed in the baTloung attire dropped it off
and left without saying a word, my king.
King: That it alright, you may take your leave now.
Messenger: My king *bowed his head and left.

The king opened and read the contents and couldn't

believe what was written on the letter. He left and went to
find the queen. He found her laying on the bed reading a
book.
King: My queen please read this letter and tell me that
what i thought i read in there is not true.* he said that
handing the latter to the queen, the queen took the letter
and read it.
Queen: helele helele helele!!!! *holulilating* these are good
news my king, so they are coming tomorrow.
King: How can this be good news when I have no
knowledge of it?
Queen: I don't understand my king, what do you mean you
have no knowledge of the princess getting married when
you were the one heading her lobola negotiation?
King: I did no such!! * he shouted*
Queen: But my king you did and...
He cut her off
King: I am telling you that i did no such, now explain to me
when this happened.
Queen: It was when the princess was a month old after
the welcoming ceremony * the queen told him everything
but the king didn't remember the events that took place*
King: I hold no knowledge of this, yes i do remember the
ceremony but the week after that is blank to me and i don't
know what could have happened.
Queen: Maybe the headaches did a lot more damage than
i thought.
King: What headaches do you speak of my queen?
Queen: Oh my God* she said with her hands on her head*
my king you had headaches that week and it got worse on
Friday that I went and got you some medicine from the
chief priest and after that you were fine so we didn't make
anything of it.
King: I don't understand what could have happened, could
it be that the princesses powers affected me some how?
Queen: I do not think so my king, the chief priest would
have seen something but is it such a bad idea that the
princess is marrying Thabiso, i mean he is a good young
man, grew up in front of us, went to school and finished
now he owns a marketing company where we also market
our own business in and his father is your old friend.
King: That is not what is bothering me my queen but the
fact that i agreed for her to be married before she reached
maturity and the fact that she is still in school. I can not do
that to my princess.
Queen: Her father in law is your friend my king make him
see reason.
King: Let me call him and talk to him and maybe cancel
tomorrow if he agrees.

The king took out his phone and called king Letsi.
Kingletsi: Greetings old friend and soon to be in law.
Kinglerumo: Greetings my friend, the in law part is why i
called you.
Kingletsi: Please don't tell me there is a problem old friend.
Kinglerumo: There is no problem, I can say that but I
would like to make a suggestion regarding the matter of
our kid's marriage.
Kingletsi: I am all ears.
Kinglerumo: Since the princess is out of the country and is
still in school i was wondering if you can allowed her to
finish school at least grade 12 and by then she would have
also reached maturity.
Kingletsi: I didn't think of that old friend but i was merely
honouring our arrangement. But this is not such a bad
idea, i mean the prince is educated and successful at the
sametime and i don't want my daughter in law to feel small
or be undermined by others.
Kinglerumo: Thank you old friend I appreciate your
understanding.
They said their goodbyes and hung up.
Kinglerumo: He agreed my queen and I am so relieved.
But we have another problem.
Queen: What problem is that now my king?
King: How do we tell Tokelo about this? you know how he
is when it comes to his sister and how do we tell the
princess that in two years time she is getting married?
Queen: You deal with Tokelo and i will talk to the princess
when she comes home for school holiday. It won't be
easy but you have to talk to Tokelo soon.
King: Let me call him now and summon him to the palace
tomorrow.
Tokelo was busy in his office preparing for a meeting he
has to go to when his phone rang, he ignored it and
continued with what he was doing. A know came through
a few minutes later and he summoned the person in. His
P.A Palesa walked in.
Palesa: My prince the king is on the line.
Tokelo: How many time do i have to tell you not to call me
prince at work?
Palesa: I..I am..
Tokelo: It's okay Palese you may leave.
She walked out and the prince answered the call.
Prince: Morena* my king*
King: Hake Morena howena mora kentatao* I am not the
king to you son, i am your father*
Tokelo: I know that father. What do i owe this pleasure of
having the king of the baKoena kingdom call me?
King: Eer son, i want to see you at the palace tomorrow it's
important that you be here.
Tokelo: what is wrong father?
King: You will hear everything when you get here
tomorrow.
Tokelo: But father i have business to run and clients to see,
i can't just up and leave without a reason.
King: Which part of it is important didn't you hear Tokelo?
and being called by the king should be reason enough for
you.
Tokelo: But father... hallow..father? Wow he hung up on
me, whatever it is must really be important. Palesa!! *he
yelled* Palesa came running.
Palesa: You called me sir.
Tokelo: Yes, cancel all my meetings for tomorrow and call
Lebohang to run things in my absence.
Palesa: I will do that sir but what about Mr Lefutha his a
big client we can't just drop him.
Tokelo: Tell Lebo to go to the meeting on my behalf and if
he asks tell him am going to the palace tomorrow.
Palesa: Okay sir* she left*

Tokelo was wondering what could be so important that the

king would summon him to the palace in the middle of the
week. What could it be that can't wait till the weekend.

That was a question he kept asking himself.

#loveadminInsert 7

The next morning Tokelo woke up early to get ready for

his journey to the palace. He woke up and did his morning
hygiene and put his travelling bag into the boot and made
his way to the palace. After an hour and half drive he
arrived at the palace and the guards opened for him. His
personal guard from the palace came to help him with his
bag.
Tokelo: Dumela Tiisetso monna * good morning Tiisetso
man*
Tiisetso: Dumela monna ojwang?* morning man how are
you?
Tokelo: Kepetse monna haonaletho, ohokae morena?* am
good man there is no problem, where is the king?
Tiisetso: His in the eating chamber having a morning feast
with the queen.
Tokelo: I will go join them then, please put my bag in my
chamber. * with that he felt to join the king and queen in
the eating chamber for the morning feast.*
Dumelang batsoadi* greetings parents*
King and Queen: Dumela Tokelo* greetings Tokelo*
Tokelo: Lepetse jwang kajenu? * how are you today?*
King: Repetse monna ojwang? * we are fine man and
you?*
Tokelo: Keapela lenne ketsoerwe ketlala fela* am well just
hungry*
King: Eat son so that we can go to the throne room and
talk.
The maidens served him, they ate and the maidens
cleared the table while the king and prince go to the throne
room to talk and the queen went to her chamber to call the
prince since its been awhile since they last spoke.

In the throne room:

King: How is business son?
Prince: Business is fine father, we just signed up new
clients and we are busy in court almost every day which is
why i haven't been to the palace lately.
King: I understand son and i am proud of the man you've
become and how well you are doing. But now you need to
get married and give us grandchildren.
Prince: Father please don't tell me you have already
arranged marriage for me.
King: No my prince i am just saying, but marriage has
been arranged for the princess and she is getting married
soon after her maturity ceremony.
Prince: * fuming with anger* You said what?, father do you
understand how young Mapula is for marriage?
King: I understand my prince which is why i asked that she
gets married after she finishes grade 12 and had her
maturity ceremony.
Prince: Who is this idiot you decided to marry my little
sister to? does she even know about this because she
didn't say anything to me when i spoke to her?
King: She is marrying prince Thabiso of the baTloung
kingdom, your sister will be well taken care of and Letsi is
my old friend so she will be in good hands and he wants
her to continue with her studies which is also a good thing.
Prince: Thabiso? Thabiso father, hee...am sorry dear
father that is not going to happen and we can taken care
of Mapula and send her to school ourselves she doesn't
need Thabiso for that.
King: I wasn't asking for your permission just merely
informing you of something that is a done deal and will
happen when the time comes. * he stood up and went to
the door then turned looking at the prince and said*
If you know what is good for you then you better find
yourself a princess to wed before i arrange marriage for
you as well.* with that he left*

The prince was fuming he went out the door going to his
parent's chamber.
Prince: Mother i came to say goodbye, i cant be here any
longer but i will comeback when the princess comes
home.* he kissed her forehead* i will call okay.
Queen: Try to calm down and call me when you okay so
that we can talk. I love you my prince.
Prince: I love you too mother, say goodbye to father for
me.
Queen: I will and remember your father loves you and
your sister so much never forget that.
Prince: I wont mother, i am just angry right now and i need
time to process this.
Queen: Alright then keep well.

The prince left and on the way he connected his phone to

the car and called the princess. It rang a few times before
she answered.
Mapula: The prince of the baKoena kingdom* she
answered smiling*
Tokeolo: That warms my heart princess, how is my
favourite princess doing today?
Mapula: Am your only princess dear brother but i am well
and still doing well at school. How is my brother doing?
Tokelo: I am well princess, hum princess..?
Mapula: I sense a heavy heart from you brother, what is
bothering you?
Tokelo: Nothing princess just tired, princess i wanted to
ask how you feel about arranged marriages?
Mapula: Mother groomed me from early age brother, she
taught me of our traditions and customs so arranged
marriages is one of the things that princes and princesses
have to do. So to answer your question brother arranged
marriages don't bother me and when my time comes I will
be more than ready to make our parents and our people
proud.
Tokelo: Who are you and what have you done to my little
sister?
Mapula: I have grown dear brother and i think being away
from home and mother's heartfelt hugs helped me grow
both mentally and emotionally.
Tokelo: Damn that woman gives the best hugs though, but
i am proud of the young woman you are becoming
princess and please behave and don't disappoint me.
Mapula: I won't dear brother, i am a princess after all and i
have to lead by example.
Tokelo: Good, i have to go princess am driving and i love
you okay.
Mapula: I love you too brother.
Tokelo: Dont hesitate to call me when you want to talk or
need something okay.
Mapula: I will remember that brother and my thanks.

They said their goodbyes and the prince continued with

his drive. He was now feeling much better after talking to
the princess but still want to do his own investigation on
Thabiso and his kingdom.

Unknown:
-Hebanna lejwang kgannte?* what is it with you people?*
Mosia: Keng jwale? obua kaeng?* what is it now? and
what are you talking about?*
- Am talking about the shit that is happening in the palace,
why do i have to hear that the damn princess is getting
married after maturity from other people and not you?
Motsoeneng: Oboa ka eng monna,* what are you talking
about* we all know that the princess is getting married this
month, that's what was agreed upon.
-Oska boa masepa wena otse eng?* dont talk shit, what
do you know?
Mosia: Stop it you two fighting amongst ourselves is not
going to help with anything. Now please tell us what you
heard.
- My source from inside the palace tells me that my dear
brother and his friend agreed that the wedding will only
take place after the princess finishes grade 12 and you
know what that means.
Motsoeneng: She would have reached maturity.
Mosia: Which will ruin our plan.
-Now you catching on, now if the wedding is now going to
take place now then that will mean change of plans.
Mosia: What do you have in mind?
Motsoeneng: And it better be good because am not willing
to loose everything and you all can see how prosperous
the kingdom is now and i want in on that.
-Leave it to me i will show my brother who i am and when i
am done with him the people will see that i am a better
king than he will ever be.
Mosia: I like the sound of that.
Motsoeneng: Now lets hit them where is hurts the most
and make it fast.
- Now you talking.

They all continued drinking expensive whisky and

discussing more details about their plan.

You know what to do royals.

#loveadminInsert 8

Tokelo Pov:

I finally arrived in the capital and i was to damn tired after

driving to and from the palace without rest now i need it.
It's really been a long day but before i rest i need to
contact Lebo. I dialed his number and waited for him to
answer.
Lebo: Sure
Tokelo: They arranged marriage for my princess man
Lebo: Yhoo man that is bad but you knew this will happen
sooner or later.
Tokelo: I prefer later man, she's my little sister.
Lebo: I know man, so who is she getting married to and
does she know?
Tokelo: She doesnt know man but when i spoke to her she
didn't have a problem at all with getting married, said
mother groomed her from early age and when the time
comes she will be ready.
Lebo: Wow man that is so matured of her. Anyway who's
the unlucky bastard?
Tokelo: Thabiso from baTloung and why do you say
unlucky?
Lebo: I said that because the dude doesnt know you and
how ruthless you can be. Isn't he the guy that owns a
marketing company?
Tokelo: He better be clean dude or he will meet the the
mighty Ghost and i don't know if they are the same person
but i will find out.
Lebo: Don't go all Ghost on him yet man, first find out who
he is so that we can deal with him accordingly.
Tokelo: Yeah you right, but am worried about Tsietsi man
if he finds out that his future wife is marrying someone
else then war is what we will have on our hands.
Lebo: Let's make sure he doesnt find out yet until we have
all the facts about the guy then we will take action after.
Tokelo: Okay, let me call Tools to dig up some information
on him.
Lebo: Sure man keep me updated.
Tokelo: Sure man.

I hang up and called Tools, it rang once and he answered

like he was waiting for my call.

Tools: Ghost
Ghost: Sure man, i have a job for you.
Tools: Am listening
Ghost: I want you to dig up everything on Thabiso Moloi
and his kingdom.
Tool: Consider it done
Ghost: Sure.
i hung up and went to lay down thinking about what Tsietsi
will do after he hears about this.
You see Tsietsi is Papi's son the greedy king who sells
people. You see Tsietsi, me and Lebo were in varsity
together and at that time we were wild and carefree. The
three of us were best of friends and he introduced us to
some guys who sold us some weed and drugs to sell at
school. It was fun at first and we made a lot of money
which helped me a lot with paying extra tutors to help and
at that time the palace was not as big and prosperous at it
is now and my parents could only afford to pay for my
studies not the extra tutors and i needed them.
So when that deal came along it helped me and i was
passing my modules with flying colours. Everything was
good until we went to Nigeria on school holiday to have
some fun and to meet with our new supplier. We went
there and it was fun for about 3 days having fun and site
seeing.Then problems started after we met the supplier,
we went and met with the guy and everything went well
but then when we were supposed to get the merchandise
the the guy said he found out that Tsietsi and I were
princes and that he wants more money which we didn't
have or he will send us back home in body bags. The
problem was that i couldn't involve my parents and my
kingdom was not as big and rich as Tsietsi's kingdom. So
Tsietsi called his father and his father came and offered
me a deal to convince my father when the time comes to
choose Tsietsi to marry the princess. I agreed because i
wanted to get out of there and they were my only option.
But things went south after graduation when Tsietsi
wanted us to forget about drugs and oil and go into human
trafficking and prostitution of girls because it has a lot of
money but i didn't agree to that, i have a sister and i cant
imagine her being sold and that was it between us. We
turned into enemies because now we were on different
sides, mine was drugs and diamonds while his was human
trafficking and prostitution. But we agreed on one thing
that the deal i made with his father still stands and I
agreed because in this business a man only has his word
to live by and i couldn't break mine i had to keep it to avoid
war between us. Now this problem that my father already
arranged marriage for my sister with someone else and
lobola has been paid so there is no turning back unless i
find something shady about this Thabiso guy.
Whatever happens i hope the princess will forgive me.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 9
Ghost *Tokelo*

I was woken up by my ring phone and I was mad as hell.

Who has the guts to wake me up from my peaceful
slumber? Anyway who am kidding huh, I will never have a
peaceful slumber from now on until Tsietsi is no more or
until we reach some sort of agreement which I doubt will
happen. Now back to my ringing phone, I took it from the
bedside table and check who’s calling. Damn it’s Tools
and I answer immediately.
Ghost: Tool?
Tools: Bozza
Ghost: What’s up man? Talk to me.
Tool: I have the info you asked for.
Ghost: And?
Tools: His clean bozza yaka, I mean everything about him
and his kingdom is clean and legal too.
Ghost: Did you dig deep? I don’t want anything surprises
man.
Tools: I didn’t just scratch the surface bozza I dug deep
and his all clean nothing out of the ordinary. But we might
have a problem.
Ghost: What is it?
Tools: I listened to some of the recordings from the bug
we have at Tsietsi’s crib and he and his father are thinking
of visiting your father with regards to the marriage
proposal for your princess. They say it’s about time they
revisited the issue since it was put on hold.
Ghost: Shit remasepeng monna* we are in deep shit man*
let me call him just to hear what he has to say.
Tools: Sure bozza yaka

I hung up and dialed Tsietsi’s number and he picked up

after sometime.
Tsietsi: If it isn’t the prince of the baKoena kingdom, what
can I do for you OLD Friend?
He emphasized the “OLD FRIEND” part, God knows I
want to kill this guy just for his cockiness.
Tokelo: Hey man, how are you doing?
Tsietsi: Don’t be fooled by the old friend part we not
friends, now tell me what you want.
Tokelo: I just wanted to find out if the princess of the
Moeyaneng kingdom has a suitor yet ? I mean am asking
you because your kingdom is closer to hers and your
father and hers have an alliance. * I hope he buys this shit
and spill the beans because I can’t stand being nice to this
piece of shit*
Tsietsi: haha haha, sorry man I didn’t mean to laugh but
it’s funny because I was going to marry to girl but nah your
sister is a better option. How is my future wife anyway.
Tokelo: She’s okay man now please answer my question.
* this guy is stalling and I don’t have time for this*
Tsietsi: What? The old man wants grandchildren already?
Tokelo: * I was now getting pissed but I had to hold myself
if I want information from him * Hee * fake laugh * you
have no idea man he says his getting old.
Tsietsi: I feel for you man but to answer your question that
girl has no suitors yet you will be the first. Listen man I
hope you remember our deal because we are going to
your place this weekend.
Tokelo: * there we go now you telling what I want to hear*
I didn’t forget man but you can’t go this weekend you have
to give me time to sweet talk the old man first before you
go there.
Tsietsi: Fine, you have this weekend and next week to
work your magic but next weekend we going there.
Tokelo: Sure man.

I hung up, now all I have to do is to find a way to deal with

him before things get out of hand and what will work on
my favor is the fact that he doesn’t know am ghost he
thinks I work for him well everyone in our circle thinks I
work for him since I always introduce myself as his right
hand man when I have to meet with them to close a deal.
Everyone is scare of me well Ghost and the fact that they
don’t know who he is well that’s another problem for them.
I mean you can’t fight an enemy you don’t know now can
you? More especially a ghost. Enough about that I need a
plan and fast. I got to my study and working on the plan.

Tsietsi POV:

Tokelo thinks am stupid well not about the princess

because I know his father is just like mine when it comes
to marriage I mean all Kings are the same when it comes
to their successors. But he thinks he can delay the
inevitable by stalling, I will marry his sister whether he
likes it or not. His sister is very special highly favored well
that’s according to father and the chief priest. But I
couldn’t care less about that all I care about is how
beautiful she is, especially now that she’s grown. I saw her
in South Africa in water front when I went to meet with my
contact for business but Tokelo thinks I don’t know where
she is. Mxm fool but I know she might have protection, I
mean she can’t be in a foreign land with no protection, she
is princess after all and my princess *smiles*

Father walks in and disturbs my thoughts.

KingPapi: What has got my prince smiling alone?
Tsietsi: Oh nothing father just that business is booming
and am content.
KingPapi: Am glad son and am proud of you for taking
such good care of business in my absence.
Tsietsi: Thank you father.
KingPapi: I think we should postpone our visit to the ba
Koena kingdom since we have to be in Cape Town to
supervise our merchandise going to Mexico this weekend.
We don’t want any mistakes this one of our big shipments
and I want everything to go smoothly.
Tsietsi: NO!!* shout* I mean no father you go to the
baKoena kingdom and I will take care of things in South
Africa in fact am flying out this evening.
KingPapi: Are you sure son?
Tsietsi: Yes father and besides I want to come back and
get the good news that the wedding date has been set for
my wedding to the princess.
KingPapi: Spoken like a true Morolong * he smiles * don’t
worry I will take care of Lerumo just make sure the deal
goes well, I want a private jet am tired of traveling with
everyone else besides it’s not safe travel with a lot of
money we have a lot of enemies.
Tsietsi: That will be nice and convenient for us father.
KingPapi: Good now go make me proud.
Then he walked out and left. See my father and I have a
good father and son relationship but when it comes to
business his ruthless. He can even kill me just to prove a
point, I love my father but am scared of the ruthless
business man. Anyway let me go and make my father
proud.

Please share, like, comment and don’t forget to invite

more people.
#loveadminInsert 10

Mapula POV

I am so tired of this time of year Cape Town is too hot you

feel like you melting not to mention when you wearing this
type of uniform that I have to wear. But am lucky because
it’s November and am writing my exams but next week all
this will be done and am going straight home after exam,
am not waiting for schools to close and besides being tired
I miss home, my mother’s cooking and no she doesn’t
cook every day since there is a cook at home but when
am around she cooks for me, says she doesn’t get to take
care of me enough and I miss the beauty of nature. Oh my
home Town is peaceful not as busy as it is here. Am done
with my paper and now am walking out of the hall. When I
got outside my one and only friend Kwezilomso but I call
her Kwezi is waiting for me outside. I walk to her and we
share a hug.
Mapula: Friend, how was the paper?
Kwezi: Girl you know am not good with accounting it made
me sweat but those tutoring lessons you gave me kind of
helped.
Mapula: Am glad I could help friend, let’s go it’s too hot out
here and my driver is already here.
Kwezi: Let’s go to the beach get some ice cream just to
cool down.
Mapula: Let’s go and change will pick up when am done
then we go.
Kwezi: Great Let’s go.

We went our separate ways Kwezi going to her transport

and I went to mine. I got in greeted my driver Pule and I
was off to my flat in Clifton. Let me tell you about myself,
am light skinned, tall but not too tall, size 34 on the waist
but that is because of the hips I have with my flat tummy. I
am reserved and I love my own company watching movies
and studying. Kwezi is the same but we do go out
sometimes but each one understands when the other
needs their space. Now Kwezi is also medium size and
has a loud voice. She’s a dark beauty that one who always
calls me weird because when I cray it rains and that
happened like 3 times while I was with her. The first time
was when Mr Thompson our math teacher asked me for
my assignment and I forgot it at home. I did it and printed
it but forgot it next to the printer when I went to school and
Mr Thompson said I was just another black foreign student
who’s only going to bring a bad name to the school and he
told me to get out of his class. His words hurt me so much
because I really didn’t mean to forget the assignment, so I
went already teary eyed and Kwezi went out with me and
when I got outside I just couldn’t hold my tears and the
moment one fell from my eyes drops of rain fell too and
the more I cried the more rain fell. It was like the universe
could fell my pain and the rain was a sign that some thing
or someone out there was watching and crying with me.
The second time was when I was at the mall and I saw the
prince from back home one of my brothers friends. He
greeted me but when I got closer to him as he was about
to hug me I heard cry’s of women asking and begging for
whoever it was not to hurt them. Their cries were so loud
that they cut deep in roots of my heart and my head was
pounding and I couldn’t handle the cries that I ended up
letting out a loud and excruciating cry and immediately hail
storm was upon us raining hard big rocks hitting hard on
my body, the way they were so hard and painful when
they hit my body they left bruises I tell you but the next day
they were gone. So I was on my knees crying and the
prince picked my up and took me inside the store to get
away from the storm and Kwezi comforted me because
the more that prince got close to me the louder the cries
and the louder I cried. People were looking at me with pity
maybe thinking I got hurt by the hail outside. I finally
calmed myself and stopped crying the storm stopped too.
The third time well there is this boy at school I have a
crush on and he asked me to go for ice cream with him
after school. I know what you thinking, yes am a princess
but am allowed to have fun with boys as long as I don’t let
them deflower me, Mother’s words not mine and that
woman can give advice I tell you. Anyway me and this boy
Chris went for our ice cream. It was fun and we got along
just fine then the princess of the school with her friends
decided to show up and I saw them first before Chris did
and I could feel some how that they were up to no good so
I quickly took out my phone and texted Kwezi telling her
that I needed her quickly and I sent it with my location. I
put my phone in the pocket and continued walking but I
new if they even tried to do something funny my body
guard is not far behind but this is girls stuff that’s why I
texted Kwezi. Chris and I continued walking and they
came and blocked our way. By then my mood was already
at 0.00 percent, Lina “the princess “ kissed Chris then
turned to look at me and said Chris what Are you doing
with her? I mean you don’t want tainted blood in your
family now do you? I was still trying to process what she
meant by tainted blood. When she said you know your
father doesn’t like those people. She said that looking at
me doing up and down. I was so hurt, but I held my tears, I
felt so worthless and small. Chris turned to me and told
me his sorry but he has to go because Lina will tell his
father if he doesn’t and they felt me standing hurt and
confused. Anyway Kwezi got there few minutes after they
left and when I saw her I ran into her arms and cried again
as soon as I cried the rain started pouring. Kwezi
comforted me again and told me that Lina is racist and
jealous that Chris ask me out and not her. So I calmed
myself and the rain stopped, sigh see what I mean when
she says am weird? But I also don’t know what causes
that but I will definitely tell mother when I get home.

Anyway I got ready and went and met up with Kwezi. We

picked her up and the driver dropped us in water front. We
went for ice cream and took a walk on the beach, while we
were still walking Kwezi stopped and I stopped too and
looked at her.
Mapula: Awua friend why are you stopping?
Kwezi: Girl isn’t that the prince we met at the mall a few
months back?
Mapula: Where?
Kwezi: There he is standing at the balcony of that building,
the one next to the guy with big tummy.
Mapula: Oh my God it’s him, let’s go back I don’t want him
to see me.
Kwezi: Why Friend? Do you have a crush on him or
something?
Mapula: No Kwezi I don’t have a crush on him but
something about him is not right.
Kwezi: Not right like how?
Mapula: I don’t know but I don’t want to be close to him
now let’s go before he sees us.
Kwezi: if you don’t know then am sure it’s some strong
feelings you are fighting for the guy huh* she winks*
Mapula: it’s not that friend trust me but what I feel when
am around him is dark.
Kwezi: I don’t know what you mean but what you said sold
me, am never going anywhere near that guy and knowing
how weird you are he might just be serial killer.
Mapula: I don’t know friend but I really don’t like how I feel
around him.

We left and went about our day and when we were done
late in the evening we went home. As soon as I got in I
went to my room to study for my test next week am writing
Economics.

Tsietsi POV:
So my princess is running away from me now, I wonder
what she knows because I know they saw me and am
sure they think I didn’t see them. If Tokelo told her to stay
away from me then he has another thing coming, I might
just kidnap her then go pay lobola to her people. That way
they won’t have a choice but to bless our union. I mean
rona baSotho rarwala *meaning ukuthwala* that girl is
mine and mine alone and I don’t like that short she was
wearing, going around showing my assets to South
African boys. She’s a princess for gods sake whether she
is in a foreign land or not. Father better come through for
me with this or Ngiyamthwala* am taking her* yes I been
learning some seQhotsa* yes I have been learning Xhosa*
It’s getting dark let me go and prepare for my meeting with
the Mexicans. I don’t want to mess this up or father will kill
me.

You know what to do people.

#loveadminInsert 11

Mapula POV:
It’s my last day of exams and am already packed and
ready to go home, my flight is at 4PM this evening and I
can’t wait to be home. As much as I miss home I don’t
miss how I will have to change the way I speak to be more
formal and princess like or royal like if you know what I
mean. But home is where the heart is no matter how big or
small but when love live there you are home. That’s why I
miss my home, it’s filled with love and warmth. Anyway am
about to write my last paper and I know I already passed
because am writing English.

Phew, am done and am going home. When I walked out

Kwezi was waiting for me as usual. I walked up to her and
we share a hug.
Mapula: am so gonna miss these hugs.
Kwezi: Really friend? Only my hugs and not me.
Mapula: Your hugs are you my friend and besides we will
WhatsApp every day.
Kwezi: Yeah But I will miss your weird self lol.
Mapula: Really! Again with that?
Kwezi: Am sorry friend but please do me a favor.
Mapula: Anything
Kwezi: Please friend I beg of you don’t flood the whole
leSotho with rain.
Mapula: Really Kwezi?
Kwezi: Yes friend I mean phela wena you cry and it rains.
Mapula: You so not my friend anymore* I said that and
started walking towards the gate*
Kwezi: * laughing* am sorry friend.
Mapula: Fine, I cant believe am going home.
Kwezi: I can’t believe I have to wait till school closes to go
home. My dad wants to see if I passed phela he wants me
to be a lawyer like him.
Mapula: My driver will pick up my report because am not
waiting, I miss my family too much especially my mom and
brother.
Kwezi: Oh but your brother friend makes me wish I was
born early. The hotness the guy has yhoo* she said that
fanning herself with her hand*
Mapula: Let’s go grab a late lunch before I go.
Kwezi: Now you talking and you paying.
Mapula: Fine Let’s go.
We went to spur and got our late lunch and Kwezi insisted
i do a little shopping before I go. We did our little shopping
but I only bought decent maxi dresses because am going
home and am a princess I have to set an example. But
Kwezi doesn’t understand because she doesn’t know that
am a princess, well no body knows exactly only my driver
and body guard know.

Am now sitting on a plane waiting for it depart and am still

emotional after my goodbye with Kwezi, am so gonna
miss her. I put my head phones on and am off. Few hours
later I landed in leSotho and the air feels different
somehow light and rejuvenating. I take my bag and walk
out and I spot my brother and his friend Lebo looking
around. I stood there and smiled looking at them. I didn’t
know how much I missed my brother till now, he finally
spots me and smiles that heart warming smile of his and
am content. I walk up to them and he lifts me up and spins
me around, Lebo does the same and I can’t help but
giggle.
Tokelo: Awua Lebo why do you have to copy me?
Lebo: Don’t be jealous man she’s my princess too you
know.
Tokelo: But am her blood.
Lebo: So you think blood is thicker than our bond?
Tokelo: Yes!
Lebo: Please, Tell him princess who’s your favorite brother?
Mapula: Am not getting involved guys but I love you both.*
I kissed their cheeks and started walking towards the exit*
Lebo: Shame man am sorry but it’s better because she
didn’t say to your face.
Tokelo: She didn’t say it to your face because she didn’t
want to break your heart.
Lebo:* laughing* oahlanya * you crazy*

The drive to the palace is long but I was too excited to

even notice, but as we were getting closer and closer to
the palace my mood changed. I feel somewhat sad and I
don’t know why because I miss home. Maybe it’s because
I left Kwezi alone.
Tokelo: Are you okay princess?* he was looking at me
through the mirror and I was sitting at the back with Lebo
who has been on the phone with some client since we left
the airport *
Mapula: am okey brother but I miss Kwezi.
Tokelo: How is your Ghanaian friend anyway?
Mapula: She’s not Ghanian brother she’s Xhosa and she’s
okay.
Tokelo: Well she looks Ghanaian to me.
Mapula: Oh brother if only you knew.
Tokelo: Knew what?
Mapula: Nothing just girls stuff * I smiled thinking about
what Kwezi said about him*

We finally arrived at the palace and the guards opened for

us and the maidens took our bags. Mother was standing
by the door with a huge smile on her face but my mood
was worse now and I feel like crying. But I hold the tears
thinking about what Kwezi said about flooding leSotho. I
ran to my mother’s arms and she gives me one of her best
hugs and I feel right at home.

Queen: My princess!! * smiling*

Mapula: My queen!!* smiling back*
Queen: How is my princess doing? Am sorry we couldn’t
pick you up from the airport we had a meeting with the
elders and had some palace duties to attend to.
Mapula: I understand mother, where is father?
Queen: The king has yet to return from his royal duties my
princess.
Mapula: Okay mother let me go shower, we have a lot to
talk about.
Queen: But first tell me what lays heavy on your heart?
Mapula: Oh mother* I just cried and I don’t know why I just
feel so sad like something bad is about to happen*
Queen: Don’t cry my princess am here now, go take a
shower and we will talk after you done. I have to go tell the
head of stuff that am cooking tonight but this sudden rain
is worry some the king is still out there.
Mapula: About that mother, I think I caused the rain with
my tears, I don’t know how it happens but this is not the
first time when I cry it rains. Am worried mother because I
hold no knowledge of what is happening to me.
Queen: Worry not my princess the king and I will explain
everything after dinner tonight.
Mapula: Okay then mother, let me go freshen up.
Queen Okay my princess and welcome home.

I went to my room to freshen up but worried about what

this crying and rain mean and what my mother is doing to
tell me.
You know what to do people.

#loveadminInsert 12

Mapula:

I am having a peaceful slumber and am dreaming about

people plotting against father and I. These people seem
close to us but I don’t know who they are and their plans
are not clear but they are up to no good. The dream
changes and I see my brother and Lebo in some gun fight
but what is strange is that they are fighting against his
other friend. Am woken up by a knock on my door and I
roll out of bed to open. My personal maiden is standing
there with a smile and I smile back then make way for her
to come inside.
Maiden: Greetings my princess
Mapula: Greetings Kgomotso
Kgomotso: My princess the queen asked me to tell you
that dinner will be served in 5 minuets.
Mapula: Awua Kgomotso kannte what time is it? * No
Kgomotso what time is it *
Kgomotso: * laughing* it’s almost 6PM in the evening my
princess.
Mapula: Okay then my thanks and tell the queen I will be
right there.
Kgomotso: I will do just that my princess and I will take my
leave now if the princess doesn’t have thing for me to do.
Mapula: Nothing Kgomotso you may leave.
Kgomotso: My thank Princess.

She left and I quickly went to the bathroom to freshen up

then went downstairs in the dining room and the table was
already set. The king and queen were already sitting, only
the prince and I were missing at the table. I walked in and
greeted the king and queen then took my place next to the
queen. The prince arrived just after me and took his place
next to the king. Maidens served us and we ate in
comfortable silence. After dinner we went to the living
room and took our seats.
King: My princess please come and properly greet your
father *smiling*
I went and shared a hug with my father, oh how I missed
him.
Mapula: You seem to have aged a lot father
King: I know my princess because you and your brother
have also grown up.
Mapula: But am only 16 father am still young.
King: But 16 years ago I want also young my princess but
you, your brother and the kingdom added some years onto
me.
Queen: But we are aging gracefully my king *smiles*
Tokelo: I will take my leave now, I need my rest walking
these grounds exhausted me and I forgot how big the
palace grounds are.
Mapula: That only means one thing brother.
Tokelo: What?
Queen&princess: You dont exercise!
King: Laughing, on well my prince you heard them and I
happen to agree with them.
Tokelo: Not you too father please.
King: Am sorry my prince but the truth hurts I know. *
laughing *
Tokelo: I need to get married so that my wife could take
my side in such situations.
King: That won’t be such a bad idea my prince, the queen
and I are not getting younger and we would like to see you
both married before joining the ancestors.
Tokelo: I will think about it father.
King: That is all I ask my prince but whatever you do you
must make sure you wed before the princess.
Tokelo: I will father.
Mapula: Mother, Father and you brother. I woke up from
my slumber with some news.
King: What message have the gods given you my princess?
Tokelo: The chief priest must go now we don’t need him.
King: Why would you say that my prince?
Tokelo: We have the princess to bring us messages from
the gods* laughing*
Mapula: Brother? Mother please talk to your son.
Queen: He is his fathers son my princess but have no
worry I know where to get him.
Tokelo: Awua mother you can’t do that am your only son.
Queen: I can and I will. She is also my only princess.
Tokelo: Okay then mother you win I will apologize.
Mapula: That apology will cost you dear brother.
Tokelo: Oh dear God Am bankrupt.

The king and queen were laughing this whole time

watching their children getting along and teasing each
other. It was really a sight to behold.
King: Princess tell us about the message.
Mapula: Okay father I was dreaming about * she told them
everything about the dream and the issue of her cries and
rain*
King: We have to go see the chief priest at sunrise to hear
what the gods are trying to tell us.
Mapula: What about this rain issue?
Queen: We will explain everything at sunrise together with
the chief priest he will have more answers to your
questions.
Mapula: Alright mother.

Meanwhile Tokelo was quiet thinking about this dream and

he knew what it meant for him. That war is coming
between his gang and Tsietsi’s gang and there is nothing
he can do to avoid it. He also knows that his father came
to the palace and they know about the princess being
married to another. Now his just wondering what their plan
is.

BaRolong Kingdom:

In the throne room Tsietsi and his father KingPapi are

sitting in there discussing the matter of the princess’s
marriage.
KingPapi: Tokelo has made a fool of me, that boy doesn’t
know who I am I see* his voice was low but stern*
Tsietsi: He made a fool of the both of us father but worry
not I have a plan.
KingPapi: What plan is that?
Tsietsi: I will ask our Mexican contacts to kidnap her and
take her to Mexico.
KingPapi: That’s a great plan but don’t take her to Mexico
bring her here then deflower her then retlaromela mahadi
hobona and abanoyetsa letho* we will send a dowry to
then they won’t do anything after that*
Tsietsi: I like it father I will organize it.
KingPapi: Don’t mess up.
Tsietsi: I won’t father.

They shared a hand shake smiling at each other.

You know what to do please.

#loveadminInsert 13

Mapula POV:

The following day I woke up before sunrise because royals

don’t enter the chief priest’s hut after sunrise one has to
wait for him to come to them. I made my way to the
restroom and did my morning hygiene. When walked out
Kgomotso* my personal maiden * was making the bed,
she bowed her head and greeted.
Kgomotso: Sunrise greetings my princess
Mapula: Sunrise greetings Kgomotso, how are you this
morning?
Kgomotso: I am well my princess and I hope that the
princess is also doing well.
Mapula: I am very well my dear maiden.
Kgomotso: Am glad my princess. Does the princess have
anything specific she would like to wear this morning?
Mapula: Just take out something appropriate to wear, I am
going to the chief priest’s hut.
Kgomotso: I know just what to take out for you my
princess.
Mapula: Take it out while lotion my body.
Kgomotso: Yes my princess.

She walked into the walking closet to look for something

for me to wear while I lotion my body and put on my under
garments. She came out with a long sleeve maxi dress
and sandals because the morning breeze was unkind. I
wore my dress put conditioner on my hair to rejuvenate my
curls and I looked at myself in the mirror and am glowing. I
made my way down stars and when I reached the living
room the king and queen were already on their feet
waiting for my arrival. We exchanged sunrise greetings
and made our way to the chief priest’s hut. We arrived and
he invited us in.
Chief priest: Sunrise greetings your majesties.
Us: Sunrise greetings chief priest.
Chief priest: What bring the royal family to my hut this
morning?
King: We are here because the princess seeks answers
and I also seek answers or an interpretation to the
message she received from the gods about me.
Chief priest: No need to say more Morenaka* my king* he
started burning pefo* meaning incest* and praising the his
and the baKoena ancestors.
Keboa lelona baKoena, Malekeleke, Maila mangoathela,
Batho basajing sengoathwana, bajang polokoe efeletsing,
dikoena tsa metsing boang lenna. He praised the
ancestors then made some weird sounds. He lifted his
head and looked at us.
Chief priest: Royals, the gods have revealed a lot of things
one of them being that the princess’s maturity ceremony
must go on for 3 days, two of which she will spend in the
river to release her powers.
Queen: I don’t not understand chief priest, you mean to tell
us that her powers are still dormant.
Chief priest: Not all of them my queen, for now she
possesses only the basics of her powers like seeing
visions but they won’t show clearly what is to happen and
she can control she rain with her emotions like when she
cries it will rain an when she is happy everything around
her blossoms.
Queen: I understand now, do you have anything to ask
regarding this my blossom?
Mapula: I just want to understand the part of me having
powers my queen and the part of going to the river on my
maturity ceremony. The rain part was clear because it
happens every time I shed tears.
Chief priest: You are the rain queen my princess, the third
one the baKoena kingdom has after 25 years since the
last rain queen joined the ancestors. See the rain queen is
chosen by the gods and they only choose one with the
purest of heart. One that doesn’t have a single evil bone in
her body. The other powers the rain queen possesses are
only shared with her during her time with the gods at the
sacred river of the alligators.
Mapula: Now am scared, does that mean am going to be
alligator food on my maturity ceremony?
Chief priest: Don’t be scared my princess they won’t eat
you, you command them and you their queen they obey
your command.
King: We understand chief priest. Now what other
messages did the gods give you.
Chief priest: Morenaka*my king* There is a dark cloud
hovering around you, plots are being made against you
and your throne but the gods did not reveal who is plotting
against the throne just that it’s people close to you. From
now on you have to be extra careful Morenaka *my king*
King: Who could be after the throne? I believe that I have
been a good king to my people and I serve them well. Why
would they want to plot against me, against the throne?
Chief priest: Greed my king, greed.
Queen: Is there anything we can do to protect ourselves?
Chief priest: Nothing was revealed to me as yet just be
careful of who you share important news with.
King: What of the prince, is he in danger?
Chief priest: That you will have to ask the prince my king,
it is not my secret to reveal but for now he is safe that is all
I am allowed to say.
King: Alright then chief priest, good day and we will take
out leave now.

We walked out going in the main house for our morning

feast, we got there and the prince was already there busy
on his phone. He stood up to show respect to the king and
queen. Father sat at the head of the table, mother took her
seat beside him, I took mine beside her and the prince
beside the king. The maidens came in and served us, we
ate our feast in silence, each one consumed by their
thoughts. I was worried about being in that river for two
whole days, that river is scary and is always full of
alligators. The water is green on the sides but clear in the
middle, I mean what is that? Hai I have never seen a river
like that in my entire existence and no one dares to go
there and I am supposed to spend two whole days in there?
Hai I think I will have to put my affairs in order before I go
Incase I don’t come back. What did the chief priest even
mean that am their queen? I understand the rain queen
part which still scares me but commanding deadly animals
is another thing. Mara am too young to die yhoo. We
finished with the feast and went our separate ways with no
one talking.

Tokelo POV:

The morning feast started and ended with awkward

silence. I on the other hand am scared of what the chief
priest might have revealed regarding me and my business.
Now father wants to see me in his study and am sweating,
my father can be very scary when he wants to and can
also be the nicest person in the world. I guess that’s what
makes him a good king. I make my way to the study busy
wiping my hands on my jeans but it’s not helping because
they keep sweating, that’s how scared I am of the
conversation am about to have. I arrived in the study and
knocked, he invites me in and I walked in and closed the
door behind me but I also want to keep it open in case I
need to escape from this man’s beatings. I stood in from of
his desk and his busy drinking whiskey, his not even
looking at me.
Tokelo: Father you called me.
King: Sit * he says in a low but stern voice, enough to
make me quickly pull a chair and take my seat*
King: Tokelo is there something I should know
Tokelo:* oh God I don’t know how to answer that, do I say
yes or no? Am going with no and see where this is going*
no father * I said that looking down*
King: Look at me when am talking to you.
* I looked at him and his look doesn’t give anything away*
King: Now man to man, forget am the king just talk to me
as your father, what is it that you are keeping from is
Tokelo?
Tokelo: Father I hold no knowledge of what you speak of*
see now I even have to bring my A game when it comes to
addressing this man when his like this*
King: Tokelo what kind of a king will you be? A lier or an
honest king?
Tokelo: It will depend on the situation father, some
situations need for one to omit the truth whereas some
require complete honesty.
King: So which situation is this?
Tokelo: The one that deserves the honest truth Father,
however I cannot reveal the truth as yet and I request that
the king gives me time and I promise that I will reveal the
truth when the time is right.
King: You are old enough to know what you are doing and
I believe that I have raised you well. If it is time you need it
is time you will get. But on one condition.
Tokelo: Name it Father
King: You will not get yourself killed, the baKoena kingdom
doesn’t have another prince to take over from me if
something were to happen to you. I am trusting your word
on this as a man and as my son.
Tokelo: My thanks Father and I give you my word that I
will not let you down.
King: That is all I need and I hope Lebohang is doing his
job as your right hand.
Tokelo: His doing a great job Father.
King: Good and no one must know that his your chosen
protector.
Tokelo: No one knows father everyone knows him as my
best friend only.
King: Good, keep it that way and you may take your leave
now I have some work to do.
Tokelo: My thanks my king.

I left the study and went to the kitchen to get some water. I
opened the fridge and took some water, pour it in a glass
and drank. Yhoo that was close, now I need to sort out this
mess with Tsietsi and soon.

You know what to do people and if you Good I might give

you another insert before o sleep.

#loveadminInsert 14
Thabiso POV:

So am told that am getting married in two years,

apparently they are waiting for the princess to finish grade
12 and also reach maturity. Am saying they say because I
wasn’t involved in the decisions making, not that I care
anyway because I have a girlfriend but I can only take her
as my second wife and that will only happen after 3 years
of marriage with the princess. Let me introduce myself, my
name is Prince Thabiso Moloi of the baTloung kingdom. I
am 24 years of age, my parents are king Letsi and Queen
Reneilwe Moloi of the baTloung kingdom. I have a sister
and her name is Princess Keabetsoe Moloi, 19 years old
doing her first year in General Managed at UJ in
Johannesburg South Africa. I own a marketing firm and
Am in a relationship with Boitomelo, she is also 24 we met
in high school and dated till today. We have been dating
for 6 years now and today am going to visit her to tell her
about my marriage to princess Mapula of the baKoena
kingdom. Father and the chief priest say she’s special and
they told me about the wonders that took place at her
welcoming ceremony, things about rain and stuff which I
don’t believe but father says she is the 3 rain queen to be
chosen in 25 years. But she can go and make it rain
somewhere else because I have someone I want to spend
my life with. But I don’t have a choice now so I? No I have
to marry her like it or not. Anyway am driving to
Boitomelo’s place to see her and give her the news. I
know this will break her heart but I hope she understands,
I can’t lose her and I love her. I park my car in the drive
way and make my way to the front door. I knock and She
opens and smiles at me and I can’t help but smile back .
Boitumelo: My love
Thabiso: Hey babe * i kiss her forehead *
Boitumelo: Come on in* she made way for me to go
inside* anything to drink?
Thabiso: Just metsi fela* just water* she went into the
kitchen and I made myself comfortable in the living room.
Boitumelo: Here you go* she gives the water in a glass, I
take it and place it on the coffee table*
Thabiso: How are you babe?
Boitumelo: Am well love just nervous about what you are
going to tell me and you sounded serious so...
Thabiso: Babe you know that I love you right and that I will
never do anything to intentionally hurt you.
Boitumelo: Yes I know that but now you scaring me.
Thabiso: Babe I come bearing bad news.
Boitumelo: I gathered as much, now tell me what is it?
Thabiso: My Father has arranged marriage for me with
some princess but the good news is that am only getting
married in two years.
Boitumelo: * angry* you are getting married Thabiso to
someone else and not me. There is no good news in this
you are still getting married to someone else and not me
whether it’s in 2 years or 10 you still going to marry
someone that is not me.
Thabiso: Babe please understand I have no choice in this
and you new that this will happen sooner or later. Am
royalty after all.
Boitumelo: So because I don’t have blue blood that gives
the right to hurt me this way?
Thabiso: Boitumelo am not leaving you we will still be
together and I can take you as my second wife.
Boitumelo: Okay I can be your second wife and we can
get married 6 months after your wedding to the princess.
Thabiso: No babe that won’t work, am only allowed to
marry you after 3 years being married to the princess.
Boitumelo: WOW Thabiso just wow, so what will I be doing
in that 3 years while you play happy family with your
princess.
Thabiso: We won’t be playing happy family babe, I will still
be with you and I promise I won’t touch her. I will still be
yours until we make it official.
Boitumelo: How does she look? Please don’t fall for her
please.
Thabiso: I don’t know what she looks like, I have never
met her and I promise I won’t fall for her you have my
heart. I love you Boitumelo.
Boitumelo: I love you too babe and I don’t want to lose you.
Thabiso: You won’t loose me my love.
Boitumelo: Okay so when are you meeting her ?
Thabiso: I don’t know and I don’t want to. Babe I have to
get going Father summoned me to the palace and you
know I don’t like driving at night.
Boitumelo: Okay babe let me walk you out.

She walked me to my car and we said our goodbyes and I

left. I drove to the palace it’s only an hour drive from the
capital and am glad my baby understands this whole thing.
After an hour I arrived at the palace, the guards opened
for me and I drove in. I am welcomed by the queen and
we share a hug.
Queen: The prince of the baTloung kingdom, welcome
home son.
Thabiso: Greetings mother, my thanks and how is the
queen doing?
Queen: I am well my prince and how is my prince doing?
Thabiso: Very well mother, where is the king?
Queen: In his study waiting for you.
Thabiso: Let me go see him then mother and I will see you
for the evening feast.
Queen: Okay my prince and I will go ask the maidens to
prepare your chamber.

She left and I went to find the king. I found him in his study
and we share greetings.
Thabiso: Father you summoned me.
KingLetsi: Yes my prince, I heard that the princess is back
for holidays and I think it’s time you met.
Thabiso: What is the rush Father? I mean we have plenty
of time before the wedding.
KingLetsi: I know my prince but you can use this time to
get to know each other so that you are not complete
strangers when you get married.
Thabiso: I hear you father but is it okay if we don’t make
the meeting formal ? I don’t want to make her
uncomfortable.
KingLetsi: That is fine my prince you can meet her
kadithoko bekeng etlang* you can meet with her during
the welcome back ceremony of the boys coming from
initiation school next week *
Thaniso: That is what I had in mind, Father can I see a
picture of her so that I know what she looks like?
KingLetsi: Of course come let’s go ask the queen for it, oh
she beautiful and gifted.

I didn’t answer that because i didn’t know how to. We

walked out and met mother in the lounge father asked
about the picture and she showed me on her phone. She
is a beauty indeed but one can never know with these
princesses they are spoilt and never want to work for
anything.

Boitumelo:

Thabiso thinks I will just sit back and watch some princess
take him away from me. He must think again, I invested
years into this relationship and am not about to let some
princess sideline me. Never i say, Thaniso is a good man,
loving and caring. His one of the few good ones who know
how to take care of a woman and am not about to loose
that. He talks about marrying me after 3 years, he must be
joking and he will marry that princess after 3 years not me.
Mother will have to do something about this.

Unknown:

They are meeting at their usual spot and it’s him. Mosia
and Motsoeneng.
- Banna ketsoeri ditaba tsemonate* men I have good news
*
Mosia: Ditaba tsemonate tsa eng dintho disatsamai hantle
*what good news when things are not going well*
- Hakothole omamele* just shut up and listen*
Motsoeneng:Boa monna arenaletsatsi kaofela* talk man
we don’t have the whole day*
- So on one of my meetings with my acquaintances I met
KingPapi and ...
Mosia: Don’t talk to me about the greedy Papi when we
have pressing matters to discuss.
- Could you just shut up and let me find?* they kept quiet *
now as I was saying, he was angry talking about how
Tokelo betrayed him and how my brother married his
princess to some else and not his son. So I spoke to him
aside and told him about my plan and he told me about his
and we decided to join forces.
Masia: What is his plan?
- To kidnap the princess and let his son deflower her then
send dowry to my dear brother.
Motsoeneng: haha haha otlashwa Lerumo empa keayirata
plan yeu * laughing Lerumo will die but I like the plan*
Mosia: Then there will be no more princess in our way.
- That’s what am talking about now no one can stop us.

They laughed and continued discussing the details.

You know what to do. Goodnight your majesties.

#loveadminInsert 15

Mapula POV:
Last week mother informed me about my arranged
marriage to prince Thabiso of the baTloung kingdom. I am
fine with this, i mean it is something i have been prepared
for since I was 9 years old. I just didn't think that it will
happen soon after i reach maturity but there is nothing i
can do. I hope his a good man, yes i know he won't love
me the first day we meet but i just hope we will be civilized
towards each other and make this marriage work. Mother
says the key to a happy marriage is honesty and
communication and without communication there is no
honesty or trust. I hope this works on my marriage. It's the
week of dithoko* the coming home of the boys who went
to initiation school* i always attend this to represent the
royal family since my brother moved to the capital and the
king and queen busy with royal duties. I am dressed in my
royal attired which will be seshoeshoe* the Sotho
traditional dress* seanamarena* the royal blanket* le
modianyeo* the traditional Sotho hat* some sotho royal
beads and white tomies.I have on my royal baKoena tiara
on my head and my hair is let loose. I looked at myself in
the mirror one last time and went down stairs, i am very
excited about the event, i mean anyone who has been to
such even would know how fun it is and even now i could
hear medidietsane* hululating* from outside and songs.
It's a joyous day indeed. I get down stairs and run to the
door and the queen calls me back.
Queen: Don't you greet now princess?
Mapula:My apologies my queen i didn't see you sitting
there and i thought you had left for your royal duties.
Queen: So if i had left my princess would have left this
palace without maidens and guards?
Mapula: My apologies again mother, i am just used to
being alone so i tend to forget.
Queen: I knew you would forget so i organised 6 maidens
and 4 guards well 5 with the driver to go with you.
Mapula: My thanks my queen but i would like to take
horses.
Queen: Alright my princess i will tell the guards to prepare
the horses on my way out.
Mapula: Mother please don't put the royals beads and
blankets on the horses
Queen: That won't be possible my princess, in such
events people must be able to identify you and the horses
you ride on.
Mapula: Alright mother* she kissed my forehead and left*
I waited for about 20 minutes and then Kgomotso came to
get me. We went outside and my horses were ready and
some of the maidens and guards were already on them
waiting for me and Kgomotso. We went on the horses and
made our way to the event, two guards were riding in front
then me and Kgomotso after them and the others at the
back. i must say my horse looks beautiful, we arrive and
people bowed down in respect. I see a lot of royals here
but mostly princes and no princesses. Well they are
supposed to be here if boys from their kingdoms also went
to initiation school with ours. But i guess they only attend
when they are the hosts.

Thabiso POV:

I woke up early this morning to make my way to the

baKoena kingdom because is quite far from my kingdom
so i had to be here before bashemane *the boys* come
back. So i came here for two reasons 1 to support the
boys from our kingdom since they came here for initiation.
Let me tell you, the sotho people don't have multiple hosts
for the initiation if one kingdom is hosting every
neighbouring kingdom sends their boys to that kingdom so
that they can be together, which is why you always see a
lot of them when they coming from the mountain. Well i
made it here before the boys arrived and now they are
here and now for my second reason. My soon to be queen,
which i don't see by the way, yes royals stay together in
these events but there are a lot of them so now am only
looking for their royal markings from any car that is parked
here just to see if i can't spot theirs. Oh man i hope she
comes or all this would have been for nothing. After a
while of looking a give up dithoko diaqala jwale* the
ceremony is starting now*. while concentrating on the first
boy to stand up to sing his song and say his praises. It
went silent and when i looked around people have their
hands bowed and i look behind me and i see horses with a
lot of maidens and guards. A smile creeps in my face,
don't ask me why i don't know because i can't even see
her properly. By the way her people are going crazy it
shows that they love her. I let her settle in and after a few
minutes I make my way towards her. I have to see if she is
as beautiful as she looks in her picture. I get to her and
greeted, she smiled and greeted back. God she's beautiful.
Princess: I am Princess Mapula Mohapi and this is my
father's kingdom* she introduces herself with a smile, i like
how she said 'my father's kingdom' it shows that she
knows her kingdom is with her husband. not like other
princesses who claim their father's kingdoms as theirs*
Thabiso: Prince Thabiso Moloi of the baTloung kingdom. *
her eyes pop out, am sure she was told about me*
Princess: Pleasure to meet you my prince* she bowed her
head in respect, damn she ticks all the boxes, she shows
her husband respect and not demand it because i didn't
bow when i greeted her*
Thabiso: Pleasure is all my future wife* i said with a smile
and she blushes and smiles. God her smile is beautiful
and her eyes just draw you in like magnet. Ag get hold of
yourself Thabiso, i reprimand myself.
Thabiso: Please make time for us to meet and get to know
each other my princess.
Princess: Unfortunately i am leaving next week my prince,
am going back to school.
Thabiso: That is disappointing, if i could maybe come to
South Africa for business would you meet up with me for
coffee maybe.
Princess: I see no problem in that my prince. but how do
you know i go to school in South Africa?
Thabiso: The king told me. Can i please have the
princesses contact details so that i can contact her when
am that side?
Princess: Not a problem* she gave me her number and i
said my goodbyes and went to enjoy the rest of the
ceremony.
Tsietsi:

To say am pissed would be an understatement, i saw my

wife busy talking to that good for nothing Thabiso. Who
the hell does he think he is? I saw Mapula first and now
since he paid lobola he thinks she's his huh. Well his got
another thing coming, i will take her away while his still
busy smiling and his such a weak man. How can they
choose him over a man that can protect her? well if they
can't give her to me the proper way am taking her the hard
way and no one will stop me.

Please continue the support and inviting more people. I

will post again tonight, enjoy.

#loveadminInsert 16

Mapula POV:

Days turn into weeks, weeks into months, I went back to

SA and it’s now June and am writing my last paper of the
mid year exams. I must say things have been going well
on my side, the prince and I have been in contact since I
left. He checks on me every day, which is what I prayed
for that his at least civil with me. Kwezi and I are going to
the mall to spoil ourselves we both just received our
monthly allowances. She still doesn’t know am a princess
and am planning on telling her today, she’s been a good
friend to me and always has my back so it’s only fair that
she knows everything about me. We arrive at the mall we
go to primi and place our orders.
Mapula: Friend I have something to tell you and please try
to understand my reasons for keeping it from you.
Kwezi; Don’t scare me friend
Mapula: There is nothing to be scared about it’s nothing
bad.
Kwezi: Then tell me already
Mapula: Okay here goes my name is Princess Mapula
Mohapi of the baKoena kingdom in leSotho.*i say all this
with my eyes closed because I don’t want to see the look
she has*
Kwezi: Like a real princess or is just a name
Mapula: Yes am a real princess and I keep it a secret
because am in a foreign land alone so it’s for my safety
and...* before I could finish Kwezi screams earning us
some stares from the people*
Mapula: Hayi Kwezi What is wrong with you stop
screaming.
Kwezi: Hai friend let me be happy it’s not every day We
commoners get to be in the presence of royalty let alone
be friends with them.
Mapula: Hai you crazy friend yhoo
Kwezi: That’s why you love me. Tell me when are you
going home?
Mapula: Friday friend so I have two days to spend with
you.
Kwezi: How about we spend the holidays together?
Mapula: I would like that friend but I have to go home or
my brother will come pick me up himself.
Kwezi: No friend you don’t get it, I want to go with you to
see your home town, meet new people maybe find myself
a prince*she winks and I laugh*
Mapula: That would be nice friend just ask your parents
and if they agree I will tell my mother that am coming with
a guest.
Kwezi: Great!! My prince here I come
Mapula: Haibo Kwezi you already have a prince waiting?
Kwezi: You never know friend Xhosa people say intonga
entle igawulwa ezizweni
Mapula: Doesn’t that apply to men.
Kwezi: To everyone wethu. Let’s go.

We stood up settled the bill and left. We were laughing

and talking and suddenly there are gun shots. People
running around, some laying on the floor, others
screaming. While Kwezi and I stood there shocked by the
scene. We are brought back to our senses by a sting on
the back of our necks and we both turn to look at what that
is then BOOM lights out for us.

Tsietsi:

I have been waiting and planning the kidnapping for 6 full

months and today is the day I take my wife home. We
have been watching her routine for the past 6 months and
today we were planning on taking her just as she arrives
at her house. But my beautiful wife decided to go to the
mall instead of her house, we had to change the plan a bit
but it was not a train smash. I told one of my guys the one
that was watching her to follow her and we will meet him
there. We got there and we were watching her laughing
and talking with her friend. I must say that friend of hers is
beautiful and will make me a lot of money when I ship her
off. We watched and waited for a moment when the body
guard leaves from his spot but he never moves. Right at
this point I think the plan won’t work because they are
leaving and we follow them and the body guard is not too
far behind but doesn’t make it obvious that his with them. I
take my gun and shoot him on the shoulder. He falls and
chaos starts, we run towards the princess while one of my
guys points a gun at the body guard. I inject them with
sedatives and we take them away, for into the car and
drove off. The jet father bought will come in handy and it’s
ready and waiting. We are driving like we being chased,
while my tech guy wipes the footage from the mall and my
police contacts are driving in front of us escorting is to the
airport so that no traffic cops stop us. I must say the plan
was solid and we are now in the jet we just took off. I put
the princess and her friend in the room that is in the jet. I
transferred the rest of the money to my cop friends and
sent Father a message to make sure the guys are waiting
for us at the airport. Then I sit back and a joy a well
deserved glass of whiskey to celebrate my achievement.

You know what to do.

#loveadminTokelo POV:

It has been a very busy 3 couple of months for me, Lebo

and I have been busy with clients and court for the past 3
months. If am not in court am with a client and if am not
with clients am busy at the warehouse sorting out a plan
for Tsietsi and his father. Which needs a lot of attention, I
mean one cannot just act when it comes to Papi he has
Mexicans on his side and they are ruthless. So I had to
have a solid plan. Our personal phones have been off for
the past 3 months because we don’t want to run a risk of
being bugged and our conversations listened to. I have
been out of the house before sunrise and returning after
sunset. I haven’t spoken to my parents or sister this whole
time. But they know am busy and I told them I won’t be
available till further notice. But today I have to call my
sister because I been having bad dreams about her for the
past two days. I took out my phone and dialed her number
but it rang un answered. That is so unlike her and she
should be arriving home this evening , I took my personal
phone and opened it and you can guess the number of
messages and voicemails there are after being off for so
long. But I will deal with that later. I dialed the bodyguard’s
number just to check if everything is okay with my sister.
He answered before it even rang like he was already
waiting for my call.
BG: Bozza yaka, thank God you finally returned my calls.
Tokelo: Are we losing respect for our bosses now Mike?
Mike: Am sorry bozza but I have been trying to get hold of
you for the past two days. I tried your number the office
and even the king.
Tokelo: What is so urgent that you had to call the king?
Mike: I was shot and they took the princess and...
Tokelo: WHAT THE HELL DID You JUST SAY? * I was
pissed and angry*
Mike: They took her bozza
Tokelo: When?
Mike: Two day ago
Tokelo: Tell me everything* I had to be calm if I want all
the details so that I can find out who took her*
Mike: They were at the mall and * he told me everything *
Tokelo: Okay then stay put.* I didn’t wait for him answer I
dropped the call and dialed Lebo*
Lebo: Sure
Tokelo: They took the princess meet me at the warehouse
in 20 minuets.
Lebo: Got it.

I hung up and went to my car driving like a maniac to the

warehouse. God please protect my sister, oh God my
father will kill me I need sort this out before father finds out
or he will never trust me again with anything. I got to the
warehouse same time as Lebo, we went in with no one
talking.
Tokelo: Tools!
Tools: Bozza
Tokelo: Track the princess now!!* I shouted*
Tools: Sure bozza
Tokelo: Be quick time is not on our side* I started pacing
up and down*
Tools: Bozza she’s in baTlokwa kingdom.
Tokelo: What?
Tools: Yes bozza
Tokelo: Lebo a minute?
Lebo: Lounge?
Tokelo: Sure

We went to the lounge and I told the guys to disappear.

We sat and I pour us some single molt whiskey.
Tokelo: Man if my sister is at baTlokwa it means Tsietsi
has her and it’s time we take action.
Lebo: Yes but we can’t go in blind
Tokelo: The ghost doesn’t need eyes at least not now and
we don’t have a choice. We can’t trust Tsietsi not to do
anything to my sister.
Lebo: He might just hurt her to spite you.
Tokelo: We going in tonight get the guys.
Lebo: Sure

Lebo left to organize and brief the guys while I put

together a strategy.

BaTlokwa Kingdom:

KingPapi: What is your problem Tsietsi?

Tsietsi: What do you mean Father?
KingPapi: Why haven’t you deflowered that girl?
Tsietsi: But Father you moved her from that room and I
came here to ask where you put her.
KingPapi: Dear lord am I raised a fool, where and why
would I move her?
Tsietsi: I don’t know Father but for the past two days when
I go there to take her I always find her friend and not her.
KingPapi: You mean she escaped?
Tshepo: I don’t know Father
KingPapi: Fool!! Let’s go check

They went out the throne room to one of the room they
kept her in at the back of the palace. They got there and
the guard that was there opened for them. They went in
and Mapula and Kwezi were sitting on the bed each one
consumed by their thoughts.
KingPapi: What is this Tsietsi?
Tsietsi: I don’t know what is happening Father but I swear
she was not here.
KingPapi: Guard!! * he shouted for the guard and he came
running *
Guard: My king
KingPapi: Did you let the young maidens out of this room
at anytime?
Guard: No my king they have been here the whole time.
KingPapi: Did the prince come here the past two days?
Guard: Yes my king and he was here this morning as well.
KingPapi: You may leave and you * pointing at Tsietsi *
let’s go.

They went back to the throne room.

KingPapi: I don’t know what is going on here but I want
you to do what you have to by tonight. Are we clear? Or
you not man enough to do it.
Tsietsi: It shall be done Father.
KingPapi: Good now go, you wasted enough time already.

He left and went to his chamber. He sat on the bed

wondering what might be happening because every time
he went to that room the princess was not there, only her
friend was and he checked the bathroom and still she
wasn’t there.
Tsietsi: What witchcraft is this? Where the hell did that
princess hide?
#loveadminInsert 18

Mapula:

I woke up with a banging headache, I try to open eyes but

they are heavy.. I try multiple times until they open. My
eye wonder round trying to take in my surroundings... I
don’t know this room, I look on my side and see Kwezi still
out and looking so peaceful. I let her be because I know
when she wakes up she will freak... I keep looking round
and I don’t see anything familiar. I got to the window and it
has bugler-bars on it... I look out through the window and
all I see are green pastures, some wild flowers and the
breeze is different somehow...it’s heavy and cold, the kind
of cold that make the hair at the back of the head stand. I
go through the door that is in the room and it’s an in-suit
bathroom, open the tap and wash my face... I open the
small bathroom cabinet in hopes of finding some pain
medication for this headache but I find none just mouth
wash. Which I make use of to wash my mouth... I get done
and go back to the room and sat on the bed. Kwezi moves
waking up, she woke up and rubbed her eyes with her
fists... she looked at me and said
Kwezi: At least we are alive
Mapula: Yeah...the bathroom is over there
Kwezi: Sure..* she went to the bathroom did her business
and came back.
Kwezi: Any idea who took us or where we are?
Mapula: No friend am sorry.
Kwezi: Don’t be sorry friend this is not your fault. * we sit
there quiet staring into space. The door opens and a
maiden come in with a tray with two plates of food and
place it on the bedside table with some juice*
Mapula: Excuse me... do you mind telling us where we are?
Maiden: LeSotho
Kwezi: WHAT?
Mapula: Which kingdom?
Maiden: Am sorry but I can’t tell you that.
Kwezi: Fuck that!! Just tell us where we are, it’s not like we
gonna escape or anything.
Maiden: Am sorry but I can’t give you that information... I
don’t want to get into trouble.. excuse me.
Mapula: It’s alright dear maiden I understand..* she left us
there*
Kwezi: Oh lord please protect us... what will my parents do
if I die here... hell they won’t even know where to start
looking for me. God why is this happening?
Mapula: We won’t die Kwezi have faith besides if they
were going to kill us they would have done so already and
they wouldn’t be giving us food.
Kwezi: Yeah you right... anyway let me eat, this might be
my last meal and I don’t want to meet God on an empty
stomach.
Mapula: Besides we don’t know if there is food in
heaven..* we laugh but our laughter gets lower and lower,
as we both start thinking about the fact that the joke we
just made may turn into reality *

We eat in silence and the day goes by with only the

maiden coming in and out bringing us food. I see her royal
maidens attire but it doesn’t register to me which kingdom
it belongs to. It’s sunset and we just ate our evening
feast...well I wouldn’t call it a feast but it is food. We ate
and got in bed under the covers... there is not much
talking between us, I guess each one is wondering what
next... we laying on our back staring into the ceiling... am
sure if it could talk it would tell us that staring is rude. We
are disturbed by the opening of the door and we both turn
and look at it but it doesn’t last long for me because
immediately when the person comes in the cries and
pleading voices fill the room and I close my ears to try and
stop hearing them. I can’t even see who is in the room
because of this banging headache... my heart is heavy
and I feel like screaming out loud but I don’t want to show
whoever is in the room how afraid I am... after a few
minutes that felt like a life time they stop. I remove my
hands from my ears and open my eyes... I find Kwezi
looking at me with her concerned face.
Kwezi: Friend what’s wrong?
Mapula: Who was here Kwezi?
Kwezi: That Prince...your brothers friend... What is wrong
with you?
Mapula: The one I told you to stay away from?
Kwezi: Mapula maan What is wrong with you? I can’t
afford to have you get sick while we in here.
Mapula: Am not sick Kwezi but as soon as that person got
in here I head cries and pleading voices of women asking
him not to hurt them.
Kwezi: Oh my... * she threw her hands in the air in defeat*
we dead... we dead friend... they were feeding us fattening
us up for the worms.
Mapula: So if you say that my brothers friend was the one
in here then that means we are in baTlokwa kingdom and
my fathers kingdom is not far from here.
Kwezi: Okay now I have hope for us... but we not out of
the woods yet...why would your brothers friend lock us up
in here?
Mapula: That I hold no knowledge of my friend but
something doesn’t feel right... did he say something when
he was here?
Kwezi: No he just looked around and left.

We sit in silence again staring at that very same ceiling...

poor ceiling ya batho am sure our eyes are poking hole on
it. Sigh... I don’t know what is going on here... I don’t know
if this is a kidnap or horwala*taking a girl and marrying her
by force* but this is not how mother explained horwala to
be like and this doesn’t feel like a kidnapping either... not
that I know what being kidnapped feels like but this is not
what it’s like in the movies... you know being tied up and
stuff.

It’s been two days now and still nothing is happening

beside that damn prince that keeps coming in here with
his cries and pleading women voices, looking around and
leaving. This is the third day and we are in the same
clothes... but I can’t complain at least with bath and eat 3
meals a day. The door opens again and that prince and
the king come in... same thing happens again with the
cries and pleading voices but now there’s even gun shots...
hai this crying and voices thing must be a thing of this
kingdom because even the king is followed by them. But
today I don’t cover my ears... haibo phela am getting used
to this now but it always weighs heavy on my heart. They
stand there talking about things that don’t make
sense...about this and that and even involving a guard and
asking him about letting us out and the prince’s visits...hai
phela these people are crazy. They say all this and walk
out, for some reason my mood today is lower than the
past couple of days... not that I was happy then but today
it’s worse like something worse than the situation we are
already in is about to happen...God please protect Kwezi,
whatever happens to me I don’t care just protect her.
She’s an only child of her parents and I don’t thank they
will be able to handle the pain of losing her. * I say a silent
prayer *
Mapula: Kwezi if you get a chance to escape take it, don’t
look back just run to the direction of the fields... ask any
field worker you come across to show you the way to
baKoena kingdom and when you get there tell the guards
that you are the friend of the princess from school and that
am in danger... They will open for you and take you to my
parents immediately...tell them where I am and everything
that happened.
Kwezi: What do you think will happen to you when I run
away? You think they will just let you be? Don’t be crazy
am not leaving you.
Mapula: I hope it won’t come to a point of you having to
escape and leave me behind but if is does come to that I
want you to do as i have instructed... one of us has to get
out of here and get us some help.
Kwezi: No! Mapula I am not leaving you... end of
discussion.
Mapula: This is no time to be stubborn Kwezi... my parents
will come for me when they hear of this and they won’t
hear of it if we both die in here.
Kwezi: Fine! But promise me you won’t die here while am
away.
Mapula: I promise. *silence fills the room again*

We must have fallen asleep because when we woke up

it’s dark out... i get out of bed and switch on the lights...
there is food on the bedside table. I wake up Kwezi then
go to the bathroom to wash my face and rinse my mouth...
I go back to the room Kwezi goes in the bathroom and did
her business and come back and sat next to me... none of
us seem to be hungry this evening we just sitting there...
we hear a key turning and we turn to look at the direction
of the door and I can already hear the cries and pleading
voices... am guessing that the prince and his father are
back...he comes in and grabbed me roughly by the arm
and pull me towards the door. Kwezi is screening and
hitting him on the back, his not even bothered by what
Kwezi is doing he just keeps walking... he gets to the door
opens it and pushed me out and the guard by the door
catches me before I fall on my butt. He is busy trying to
pull the door closed but Kwezi is holding on to it tight
pulling it to open... On my side the guard is holding me
tight, am trying to wiggle my way out of his hold but he is
too strong... the prince got tired of what Kwezi was doing
and kicked her in the stomach so hard and she fell inside
the room on her butt then let out a loud painful scream. I
kick the guard and groans in pain and let’s go of the arms
and I run towards the door... bad idea because I didn’t
reach the door as I was met by the mother of all punches
of my cheek and I stumble backwards almost falling but
the guard catches me before I fall. The door is closed and
Kwezi is screaming inside... the prince comes to me
pulling me towards one of the other rooms... he opens and
he pushes me inside, gets in and locks the door behind
him... reaches in his pocket out a pocket knife, opens it
and comes towards me... I move back as he moves closer
till am blocked by the bed, he gets in front of me and
pushes me on the bed and says..’don’t move’ I lay there
frozen. He bends and ripped my top open with the knife
then my jeans...I feel so exposed by now and my
nakedness is all out in the open got this monster to see...
now I already know what is about to happen, faith is
sealed and I can’t do anything to stop it. He comes on top
of me and comes close to my ear and whispers ‘ you
mine and mine alone’ Those words replay like a broken
record in my head...

Ghost:

It’s late in the evening around 9PM... we are at baTlokwa

kingdom and we have the palace surrounded. My guys
and I are communicating with coms.
Ghost: Tools, which direction is the tracker?
Tools: North from your current location
Lebo: How do we play it?
Ghost: We shoot anything that moves.
Snake: Women and children?
Ghost: Don’t touch them
Snake: Copy
Ghost: Remember who ever sees the prince’s and her
friend first you take them and everyone else will cover you.
Them: Got it!!
Ghost: Move, move, move!!

They began moving in shooting the guards making their

way in...

#loveadminInsert 19

Mapula:

This prince is taking his time admiring my nakedness...his

eye are even red now, he looks and behaves like a snake,
the way he keeps licking my cheeks, neck and nibbling on
my ear lopes. God if I get out of here alive I promise I will
forgive him and let you be the one to give the punishment
you see fit..*i say a silent prayer * I know some of you
must think am crazy for wanting to forgive him but not
forgiving him is not going to change anything and holding
on to grudges weighs heavy on one’s heart and one never
finds peace and peace is what I need in my life. Now his
slowly taking off my under garments and if I had hope of
being found and rescued I would appreciate the time his
taking right now...hoping my rescuers will come just in
time before he does anything....’ don’t cry dear wife I will
be gentle’ he says whispering in my ear... I didn’t even
realize I was crying because am in my head trying to block
everything out... I don’t want to remember any of this, that
is if I will come out of this alive.

We hear commotion coming from outside followed by gun

shots but this man is not even bothered. My cheek is
numb... the one he punched me on and his busy rubbing it
softly...’I didn’t mean to to hurt you my love and am sorry
about this. It will never happen again for as long as we
both shall live’ he whispers again... The gun shots keep
getting closer and closer but this guys is still not bothered...
oh Gods of my ancestors please protect Kwezi from
whatever is outside and I hope am not the only one
hearing this like the cries and voices that I still hear even
now that this man is on top of me. His busy squeezing and
sucking my breasts...it’s raining the slow quiet rain outside
resembling my tears. I pull this man’s dreadlocks trying to
get him off me and he groans and says ‘ mmmm baby you
like it rough’ then he squeezed my breasts so hard and
now I can’t help but scream in pain and try to wiggle my
way out of his grip and the rain hits harder on the roof... he
stands up and gives me the hardest slap ever and I swear
I saw stars right there and then... damn not the same
cheek!!.. God am sure I have bruises and his fingers
mapped on my face right now. While I was still shocked
holding my cheek tears flowing down, the door is ticked in
and it opens and made that banging sound when it came
in contact with the wall... and In came Lebo followed by
my brother... They look at me on the bed crying and
naked... Tokelo charges to the prince he punched him and
pushed him against the wall chocking him... while Lebo
comes to me, takes the sheets wrapped me up and picked
me up bridal style and headed for the door.
Lebo: Close your eyes princess I don’t want you to see
this.
Mapula: ..*close my eye and lay my head on his chest*
Lebo please find Kwezi, she in one of the rooms at the
back.
Lebo: She’s already in the car princess don’t worry.

I sigh in relief and nod... wait how did they find us?... and
why was my brother carrying a gun, was that even Tokelo?
I mean the look in his eyes was cold and dark... Tokelo is
sweet, kind with a big heart... but that in there was not my
bother. Is he possessed or something? I will have to ask
Lebo what happened to my brother.
We get to the car he placed me carefully in the back seat
and I open my eyes and I was met by my dark beauty...
she attacks me with a hug and I hold on for dear
life...she’s safe, thank God she’s safe.
Kwezi: Are you okay? Did he do anything to you? Why are
you bruised?
Mapula: One question at a time Kwezi...am okay and he
didn’t get the time to finish what he started.
Kwezi: Thank God and the bruise?
Mapula: He hit me...* I look away and started crying *
Kwezi held me tight brushing my back and the more she
did that it was like she’s saying let it all out... I cried so
hard and the rain outside was doing wonders. Am crying
thinking what the use of the powers I have is if I can’t
protect myself... we are driving and the silence and
tension in the car is too much. Lebo receives a call and he
answers.
Lebo: Chief
........
Lebo: I don’t think it’s a good idea to come to the palace
the king will ask too many questions.
.........
Lebo: Let me call Tokelo and I will get back to you.

He drops the call but doesn’t call Tokelo and continues

driving.... we are now passing the junction going to the
palace, well I guess we are going to Tokelo’s apartment in
the capital... I look in front it’s too dark only the headlights
are helping us see the way, there is a figure right in front
of us and Lebo slows down and takes out his run from the
glove box. He stops and gets out.. when I look clearly
since the headlights are on I see that the figure in front of
the car is the chief priest. I get out of the car holding on to
the sheet so that it doesn’t fall... mind you am bear foot
and it’s muddy because of the rain. Kwezi opens the
window.
Kwezi: Where are you going?
Mapula: That is our chief priest am going to him I will be
right back.
Kwezi: Can’t you see him when you get home and not
here?
Mapula: I have something to ask him and it can’t wait.
I leave her and not wait for her to say something else.
Lebo and the chief priest are busy arguing. I get close the
chief priest keeps quiet and Lebo turns to look behind him..
he sees me and hurries to me
Lebo: Princess go back to the car, it’s cold and wet out
here.
Mapula: No Lebo! And you * pointing at the chief priest*
what is the point of the ancestors giving me these powers
if I can’t use them to protect myself?
Chief priest: I told you that you can only access all your
powers after you have gone to the sacred river.
Mapula: Do you know how long it will be till the ceremony?
It’s a year and a few months and what if something
happens to me between now and then?
Chief priest: Everything that will happen to you from now
until then is allowed by the gods to prepare you for what
you are still going to face when you come back from the
river, including what happened to you now.
Mapula: So they new and let it happen? What if Lebo and
Tokelo didn’t come? What then?
Chief priest: You are the chosen one for a reason and the
gods would not let you be shamed and not do anything
about it. What you need to know is that more is coming
and you need to prepare yourself. Focus on your visions
to see what is going to happen so that you can better
protect yourself. Princess you don’t have to depend on
others for protecting call upon your guardian and she will
assist you with anything.
Mapula: What guardian are you talking about?
Chief priest: I can’t tell you the matters of the gods at this
hour, we will talk when you get to the palace... now are we
leaving together or we going to stand here all night lebaloi*
with the witches*
Mapula: I need some time to get over what happened and
I will be at the palace in two days.
Chief priest: Alright my princess. Safe travels.

Then he disappeared...he is talking about witches yet he

disappears like one, whats up with this man? We go back
to the car and drove to the capital... am exhausted, my
cheek is sore now, my body is tired and my feet are full of
mud. I just need a bath and a good slumber.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 20
Narrated:

Tokelo was left in the room with one of his man. He

chocked Tsietsi until his eyes started rolling back and his
grip on Tokelo’s hand trying to get him off his neck
loosen...snake went to him and spoke to him whispering in
his ear’ killing a crowned prince will only bring bad luck to
you Ghost, think about your throne and your people’ he let
him go and Tsietsi collapsed on the floor. Sticks went to
check his pulse it was there but it was slow, he looked at
Ghost and nodded. They went out the door and KingPapi
and his guards were standing there with guns painted at
them.
KingPapi: Get the prince now!!* he shouted* the guards
rushed inside took Tsietsi and rushed him to the family
doctors house that was not far from the palace. Ghost and
snake saw that they were out numbered...so they
surrendered.
KingPapi: Well..well..well...so you thought it will be that
easy coming in and out of my house didn’t you?
Ghost: Tell it was
KingPapi: That’s What you thought... see one of my
people who happens to be amongst your group of men
informed me of your plan and I demised a plan of my
own..haha haha ... genius right?
Ghost: If you new my plan then why did my people get out
of here with the princess unharmed?
KingPapi: You don’t get do you hahaha* laughing that cold
and evil laugh* let me tell you... the princess is not the one
I wanted but my son wanted her so that is why I said he
must bring her here when he told me about kidnapping her.
I knew that you have a tracker on her I mean what king or
prince meaning you who is involved in this business world
let their sister be so far in a foreign land without security
and trackers on her... so yes my son looked for the tracker
I mean it’s the first thing I taught him that when stealing
something always remove the tracker.. so he did just that
and he removed 3 image haha hai monna * man* you
made your sister a human gadget haha.
Ghost was very annoyed by this man’s laugh but what
made his blood boil was the fact that one of his own sold
him out and he couldn’t wait to find out who it is and finish
him.
KingPapi: As I was saying when I told my contact about
the trackers being removed, he told me about the one in
her jaws...see I have to applaud you on that because I
never taught of that and everyone knows that is the
Ghost’s style but then your man haha I mean my man
which you also pay told me you are Ghost’s right hand
man. Well that I found interesting... I mean who would
work with Ghost and yet be so sloppy huh? Clearly he
didn’t train you well.
Ghost: Oh he did * he said that with a smack on his face*
but this was an argent job so...
KingPapi: Oh I will wipe that smack of your face... you
think you can double cross me and get away with it? No
boy I don’t play like that and I will have to make an
example out of you, so that every fool who even thinks of
double crossing me know exactly what to expect.
Ghost: Did you really think I would have sold my sister to
your retard of a son? Come on!
KingPap: Oh you should have done just that to avoid all
this but hey it’s too late now... check for his trackers * he
told the guards* they did as told and found 2 on his body
and one his his jaw.
Ghost: So what now? Are you going to kill us?
KingPapi: Oh no but I won’t promise that the Mexicans
won’t....haha oh man I wish you could see the look on your
face right now haha
Papi took his phone and called his people then went to the
car and drove off. The guards sedated Ghost and snake
and carried them to the car. They drove to the airport
following Papi. They got to the airport and went to the
private entrance for jets... took the tied up ghost and sticks
to the jet. Papi made a call to his Mexican friends.
KingPapi: Su camino * his on his way. Speaking in
Spanish*
Mexican: Bien estaremos esperando* Good we will be
waiting*
KingPapi: gracias aprecio el favor * thank you I appreciate
the favor* he dropped the call and drove back home
leaving the airport as the jet took off with Ghost and snake,
with them heavily guarded and tied up.
KingPapi: They don’t call me thunder for nothing and I
didn’t just become king... I had to kill my brother to get
here and now am being tested by kids my sons age? Nxx
* He clicked his tongue* his going to know who I, Ghost
will know who I am and if he wants to play with the big
boys and get to my league he has to show his face and
stop hiding like a woman....even that weak king Lerumo
will know me, I will kill his air then kill him so that his half
brother can take over from him... I like him his more like
me and not weak like Lerumo. LeSotho will know and
worship the ground we walk on, together him and I will rule
side by side and take over this whole country. * smiling *
oh am going to enjoy this....

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 21

Mapula:

Days turn into weeks, weeks in months we are back in

Cape Town writing my end of year exams and next year
am doing grade 12 am so excited. Well after the whole
kidnapping thing we spent 3 days in the capital with Lebo
breathing down our necks like we were going to disappear
if he didn’t keep his eyes on us. In that 3 days we never
saw Tokelo we last saw him in BaTlokwa...sigh I guess my
brother is ashamed of the way I saw him and didn’t want
me to see him in a different way. If only he knew that I
don’t care about what he did am just grateful he came and
saved us. Lebo wanted me to talk to someone about what
happened saying that it must have traumatized me but
what he doesn’t understand is that people who get
traumatized are those who don’t want to accept that in this
life things happen good and bad and that all we have to do
as people is accept forgive and move on. Doing that
doesn’t mean you weren’t hurt or that what happened
didn’t matter but you doing it so that you can heal and
move on. So we went to the palace which Kwezi was
going crazy over, I think right there when the guards
opened the gate to the palace for us that’s when it sunk in
to Kwezi that am a real princess and when my maidens
called me princess and bowing to me Kwezi went crazy.
Haha oh my friend bathong * people*. We ended up
enjoying our time in LeSotho and Kwezi spoke to her
parents but they wouldn’t listen until my father spoke to
her father and everything was okay. I saw the chief priest
and he told me that I have a guardian that I can summon
in times of need or when I need clarity about my visions.
He said her name was Ngwedi* meaning the mood* So he
told me all I have to say to summon Ngwedi is say
‘ Ngwedi aba Koena motsereletsi wa kgosigadi Mapula
etlo omamele kgosigadi ahao* Moon of the baKoena
protector of queen Mapula come and listen to your queen*.
Well I haven’t tried that yet because there has been no
need. The Prince of the baTloung kingdom came to my
palace to visit...He said he couldn’t get me on the phone
for days and since its holiday he thought I had my phone
off to enjoy my time with my family... I didn’t tell him what
happened I just gave him my new number... oh Lebo
bought us new phones. He visited every second day while
I saw back home and what I liked about him is that he
didn’t leave out Kwezi in his plans whenever we had to
meet with me he would bring his friend who was smitten
by my black beauty so we would spend time together all 4
of us it was fun really and the parents were thrilled saying
we will make a great couple when we get married... I don’t
know about that but I enjoy his company. Oh am too much
in my head that I forget I have plans Kwezi will kill me if
she gets here and am not done...we are meeting the
prince and his friend Keletso today, yep you heard haha
they arrived in SA yesterday and today they are taking us
out since we not writing and they are staying till we finish
writing next week so that we can go back home together. I
miss my brother...sigh no phone call, no text nothing and
it’s been 6 months now. This is so un like him but Lebo
says his busy and with call when he has time. Talking
about Lebo his been checking up on me everyday 3 times
a day... at first it was annoying but now am used to it, it
has become our thing... there is a knock on the door and I
go and opened Kwezi pushes me aside and got in.
Mapula: Hello to you too Kwezi and am fine thanks for
asking.
Kwezi: Hello aeng wena Mapula* hello for what Mapula?*
you not ready.
Mapula: I will take a quick shower and you take out my
outfit that way I finish quick
Kwezi: Oahlanya* you crazy * who told you to stay in your
head this long? You think too much man hayi
Mapula: Do you want me to finish on time or not?
Kwezi: Fine go and I will take out your clothes.

I ran to the bathroom, took a shower and went to the

bedroom got dressed and pack my stuff on my bag and
just as we were about to sit a knock comes through and
the prince is standing there with a smile when I opened.
Thabiso: Afternoon dear princess
Mapula: Afternoon my prince
Thabiso: Is the princess ready to go?
Mapula: Yes my prince

We went outside and got in the car they came with and the
guards both his and mine drove behind and some in front
of us and we were off to God knows where.

Boitumelo:
Thabiso has changed, his distant now... he says it’s Work
keeping him busy but I don’t believe him. He went and met
with the princess and when I asked him how she looks he
brushed me off. He comes to visit but never spends the
night anymore and keeps making excuses about early
meetings or it will be Keletso that calls him and he has to
leave. We haven’t spent quality time together since he
went to visit his father that day. I have to go and see
mama she will know what to do. Even now Thabiso is in
South Africa and told me his phone will be off till he comes
back in 3 weeks time... when I asked him why his phone
will be off he told me he will be busy and won’t have time
for a phone. Let me drive to my mothers. I packed my
phone in my bag and took my car keys and house keys
locked the house and left. The drive to my mothers is not
long, I got there and parked on the drive way since her
can is parked in my spot... A car that Thabiso bought for
her, I remember when he bought it.. I was throwing a
surprise 50 birthday for my mother and I didn’t have
enough money to buy her a docent gift and Thabiso
offered to buy it and he bought that car. Mother was so
happy and so was I... but now we are going to loose our
meal ticket if we don’t act fast, yes am working but my
teachers salary is only enough to pay my car rent and
groceries for myself, Thabiso takes care of mothers
groceries and everything else. Who would want to lose a
person like that? Not me I need him. I got to the door
knocked and mother opened.
BMothoer: Ngoanaka* my child *
Boitumelo: Mama
Bmother: kena oetse tea reboe * come in and make some
tea so we can talk*
I put my bag down and went to the kitchen to make some
tea for my mother and took it to her.
Boitumelo: Ojwang lerato laka? * how are you my love*
Bmother: keaphela nana wena* am fine nana and you*
Boitumelo: Keaphela mama * am okay mother*
Bmother: Ojwang mogonyana waka * how is my son in
law?*
Boitumelo: his okay but his the reason why I came here.
Bmother: What’s wrong nana?
Boitumelo: Thabisa’s father arranged marriage for him
with some princess and he wants to take me as his
second wife.
Bmother: That’s Good it means he still wants and loves
you.
Boitumelo: Mama you don’t get it, he is only allowed to
take a second wife after 3 years of marriage with the
princess.
Bmother: We will sort that out and he will marry you first
even if you do it in court but you will be his first wife.
Boitumelo: That is if that will even happen
Bmother: What do you mean?
Boitumelo: Thabiso changed after seeing that princess, his
no longer the same...doesn’t spend time with me and I
have to be the one calling him because he doesn’t call me
anymore his forever busy. He says it’s business but I don’t
believe him.
Bmother: Let’s wait till sunset and I will fix this.
Boitumelo: Boloi mama * witchcraft mother* when did you
become one anyway because for as long as I can
remember you have always been a church goer.
Bmother: I have been one since before you were born and
kemme wakereke wotsiare and kemoloi bosiu. * I am a
church woman by day and witch by night*
Boitumelo: Chisa mama ore oarapela* you saying you
pray*
Bmother: No I go to church to check on my next victim and
monitor my existing ones. Kerapela eng ?* pray for what *
Boitumelo: Tjo keutsaba* yho am scared of you*
Bmother: As you should. * they laughed and continued
talking waiting for sunset *

You know the drill.

#loveadminInsert 22

Boitumelo:

It’s sunset and I spent the day with my mother just talking
and catching up on stuff. Now it was time to get on with
what I came here to do. I walked to the back room where
mothers shrine is and she was already busy doing her
thing. I took of my shoes off and went in , sat on the grass
mat and watched my mother do what she does best.
Bmother: look you know no muti fed on the prince will
work so I want you to give me a picture of him to use.
Boitumelo: I have it in my bag I will bring it now.
I went back to the house and took the picture from my bag
and went back to the room.
Boitumelo: Here mother
Bmother: You see this clay pot
Boitumelo: Yes mother
Bmother: You will keep it under your bed and never let
anyone see it, this muti in this plastic you going to bath
with it for 7 days and this Vaseline mixture you are going
to use it as you body lotion from now on. Please follow
these instructions and if you forget something call me and
I will explain.
Boitumelo: Yes mother.
Bmother: Remember 7 days
Bmother: Yes mother.

When we were done I took my things, said goodbye to my

mother and drove home.

Lebo:

It’s been 6 months looking for Ghost and still nothing...I

doubt his even alive now and that is stressing me out. I
feel like I failed him as his protector and I failed the king.
Let me call Tools to find out if he something for me
regarding Ghost. I dialed his number and he picked up on
the first ring.
Tools: Terminator
Lebo: That don’t feel right without Ghost man
Tools: I get you man
Lebo: it’s been six months man 6 months without knowing
his whereabouts. We tried everything and still nothing.
Tools: But we didn’t contact our Nigerian associates yet.
Lebo: Shit you right, let me call call them now.

I hung up and called Uche our Nigerian contact.

Uche: Terminator
Lebo: Uche my man, we have problem.
Uche: What’s up?
Lebo: Ghost is missing
Uche: I know
Lebo: You know?
Uche: Yes and his in Mexico
Lebo: We have to go get him man.
Uche: No Ghost is going to take himself out of this. You
just sit tight.
Lebo: I can’t do that man he needs me.
Uche: Then I will make you sit tight. When have you ever
seen Ghost need help to get out of situations like this?
Lebo: Never
Uche: Well that’s your answer and shut your mouth about
his whereabouts you guys have mole *he hung up*

I don’t know how I will be able to sit and wait when I know
where Ghost is, but then again I don’t know where exactly
in Mexico he is and I can’t go in blind now can I... this is
Mexico we talking about and this has Papi written all over
it. This mole part makes my blood boil am sure that’s how
Ghost was captured and now am going to find out who it is.

Ghost:

It’s been way too long since I arrived here and I don’t even
know what day it is. I need to find out what day it is and
the month. The guard came with food.
Ghost: Ola que dia es* hey what day is it?*
Guard: El 20 de Noviembre* it’s the 20 November*
Ghost: Gracias * Thank you*

The guard left, so I have been here for that long. Damn
man I have to get out of here and get home to spend
Christmas with my family. See when we first got here we
were tortured every day and starved. This went on for
about a week till I heard the guards talking about their
boss wanting in on the diamond business with Ghost... So
I told the guards I wanted to talk to their boss. Who
decided to come after 3 days, mind you we went still being
tortured and due to that torture I lost snake, my brother
one of the few people who understood me and now his
gone all because of Papi* angry *. After then3 days I was
more weak and losing more energy by the second. I had
cracked lips because of dehydration and hunger. He come
and I told him that am Ghosts right hand man and I can
help him get into the diamond business. He said he will do
his research before agreeing to anything, but after that day
I started getting food and water. Also taken out for sun
light once a week... that has been my routine for the past
months and am hoping this guy has all the information that
he needs now to let me out of here. But the torture didn’t
stop but now it was different they made me fight other
people. I would fight with 3 or more please a day but I
didn’t mind because they were helping me keep fit but I I
lost a fight I would be beaten and get only one meal
instead of the 2 I usually get. The guard came back.
Guard: El jefe viene a verte, asi que preparate. * the boss
is coming to see you, so get ready* he left.
This might be the best day of my life, the day I get to go
home or it could be the worst day of my life and I die.
Either way I will take my chances and try to keep the
promise I made my father. I wonder how everyone is doing
back home.

#loveadminInsert 23

Ghost:

I have been waiting this guy for a long time now and am
sure he wants me to sweat before he comes and gives me
whatever news he has for me...I just hope it’s good news
or at least something I can negotiate. I was brought back
by a guard hitting the bars with his stick.
Guard: Levantate * stand up*
I quickly stood up and waited and few minutes the guy
appeared.
Boss: Como estas senor mano derecha* how are you Mr
right hand man?*
Ghost: Estoy bien y tu * good and yourself?*
Boss: Estoy bien* am fine*
Ghost: Do you mind speaking English my Spanish is not
that good?
Boss: Not at all... I have done my research and I have
come to a conclusion.
Ghost: And that is?
Boss: Wait for me to finish then you speak
Ghost: Okay
Boss: You don’t listen do you?... as I was saying I have
come to a conclusion and you have 3 options...1 You pay
me 10 diamonds as a sign or good faith, 2 you get Ghost
to sign this contract agreeing to work with me, 3 you die.
So which 2 do you choose?
Ghost: One Ghost won’t agree to work with someone who
has ties with his enemies.
Boss: Which enemies?
Ghost: King Papi, he is Ghost’s enemy and he won’t want
to associate with someone who’s in business with him.
Boss: Okay will cut ties with him.
Ghost: I will need proof of that
Boss: Not a problem you get it before you leave... anything
else?
Ghost: Giving you diamonds won’t be a problem but you
will get them at the airport in LeSotho. In fact I will even
organize for Ghost to give you 15 and 5 is a bonus.
Boss: I like it... you will get proof of cancelled deal with
Papi in 3 days and we leave for LeSotho in 7 days.
Ghost: Why 7 day?
Boss: Just a safety measure and after you get proof of
cancellation you get 1 one phone call to organize
everything...entender? * understand?*
Ghost: Si *yes*
Boss: Looking forward to doing business with Ghost.
Ghost: May I ask why it’s so easy to drop Papi?
Boss: Diamonds are going to make me a lot of money and
legally too...so it’s just business nothing personal.
Ghost: I understand.
Boss: Good, see you in 3 days. * left*
I was so excited, finally I get to go home... how I missed
my family and friends.

Boitumelo:

It’s been 7 days since I started using the muti mother gave
me and I must say it’s doing wonders. Every guy I come
across just wants to take me out, others just pay for my
meals and the other one I met at the garage paid for a full
tank of petrol for my car... I am so loving the benefits of
this, I wonder why mother didn’t tell me that this is how it
works... but it doesn’t matter now does it? No! I will just
use this to my advantage. Right now am on my way to see
my crush the boss of Motaung Constructions... I have had
a crush on this guy since varsity but he never noticed me
but then I kind of forgot about him when I met Thabiso. But
now that Thabiso is fooling around, I can also do the same
and it won’t hurt anyone right? I arrived at his office
building, parked my car and went inside swaying my hips
all the way to the reception. Men that saw me stopped
what they were doing and looked at me, haha that’s how
good my mother’s muti is. I got to the reception.
Afternoon mam I how can I help you today? Said the
receptionist
Boitumelo: Am here to see Mr Motaung
Do you have an appointment?
Boitumelo: No but his expecting me.
Am sorry mam but his in a meeting right now and I can’t
disturb him.
Boitumelo: Fine I will wait.
Please take a seat over there* pointing at a couch in the
waiting area* and I went and sat down and got busy on my
phone.
Voice: Afternoon beautiful lady
Boitumelo: Afternoon* I answered without looking at him*
Voice: Does the lady need any assistance?
Boitumelo:* I lift up my head to look at him. Mmm his not
bad, not bad at all but his not my target at the moment. *
Am waiting for Mr Motaung and I was told his in a meeting.
Voice: Don’t worry I will take you to his office, a beautiful
lady like you shouldn’t be kept waiting.
Boitumelo: Okay Thank Mr...?
Voice: Lecho... Katleho Lecho
Boitumelo: Nice to meet you Mr Lecho and thank you.
Katleho: Katleho will do and it’s a pleasure.
We took the lift to the 4th floor and we walked to a corner
office written Motaung at the door and Katleho knocked
and opened the door... There he was sitting in his desk
look more handsome than ever, he lifted his head and
went back to what he was doing and after a few minutes
he lifted his head again and our eyes met, we share a
moment and he turned his attention to the gentleman he
was with.
Motaung: Mr Lewes do you mind if we continue this
tomorrow afternoon?
Mr Lewes: Not a problem and bring the contract because
it’s my last day here tomorrow.
Motaung: Thank you and I will do that.
Mr Lewes: See you tomorrow then.

He walked out but not before he looked at me and winked

before going out the door and closing it behind him.
Motaung: Is there something I can do for you Mr Lecho?
Katleho: No sir I just brought the lady here.
Motaung: Okay I can take it from here.
Katleho: Okay sir
He stood there looking lost not moving or showing any
sign that he might move. My night and shining amor stood
up from behind his desk and pushed Katleho out the door
and looked it... mind you his doing all this without saying a
word.
Motaung: Let’s sir on the couch
Boitumelo: Sure
Motaung: Anything to drink?
Boitumelo: Juice will be fine
He walk over to his desk and dial a number and told the
person to bring two glasses of juice and he came back
and joined me on the couch.
Motaung: Long time no see, how have you been Tumi?
Boitumelo: I have been well, I can’t complain and you?
Motaung: Am good, so what brings you here?
Boitumelo: You
Motaung: Am flattered... but why?
Boitumelo: I think it was a mistake coming here... I will
take my leave now* I stood up*
Motaung: No no Tumi don’t leave, I didn’t mean to offend
you, it’s just that it’s been a while since we last saw each
other and I was wondering what the purpose of your visit
was. Please forgive me for offending you.
Boitumelo: I forgive you
Motaung: Thank you and please stay
Boitumelo: Okay
Motaung: Thank you... I hope I won’t offend you by saying
this but you are more beautiful than the last time I saw you.
Boitumelo: Am like wine darling I get better with time.
Haha
Motaung: Very funny, but on a serious note you are
beautiful and I would like to take you out for dinner tonight
so that we can catch up outside the office.
Boitumelo: That would be nice... pick me up at 7 and I will
send you the address.
Motaung: Thank you beautiful.
Boitumelo: Let me leave now and I will see you this
evening. * I stood up and he did too, he was standing so
close to me that we were breathing the same air*
Motaung: Am sorry
Boitumelo: For What?
Motaung: This * he kissed me. The kiss was slow and
passionate. The way he was holding me was like he was
holding something so precious. His lips are soft and a little
wet. He pulled out after a few minutes and looked into my
eyes*
Motaung: goodbye beautiful, see you this evening.
Boitumelo: Bye * I left with a smile on my face, when I got
into the elevator I looked at myself in the mirrors there and
I can’t believe he kissed me. I can’t believe Lesala
Motaung kissed me! God not even Thabiso makes me feel
this way... but Lesala is no royal, yes he has money,
power and status but that won’t get me the respect I need
from the people only a royal prince can give me that.

Continue to like, share and comment.

#loveadminInsert 24

Ghost aka Tokelo POV ✨

It’s been 3 weeks since I have been back home and

business is booming both my law firm and my diamond
business. The Mexican cartel kept their promise they cut
ties with Papi and then flew me back home where I met up
with Lebo at the airport who brought the diamonds for the
Mexicans. I also went through the contact and signed after
because it was a really good deal. Today am meeting
Lebo at the were house, he called me to tell me that he
found culprit who’s been working for Papi but he didn’t say
who it was.. oh I can’t wait to get my hands on that son of
a bitch, am gonna make him wish he was never born. I am
driving to The were house driving slow listening to jazz
thinking of ways to torture that motherfucker. I finally arrive
and Lebo is outside next to his car smoking, he looks
stressed and I wonder who is this nigger that cost me
snake. I got out of the car and walk to him.
Ghost: Lebza
Lebo: Sure Ghost* he said in a low tone*
Ghost: What’s up man?
Lebo: Come see for yourself
Ghost: That bad huh?
Lebo: Let’s go man
We walked inside and all the guys were there including the
guys who are always out there we call them the eyes and
ears of the organization. I wonder who I am killing... these
niggers look scared.
Ghost: Protectors!
Them: Sure bozza
Ghost: Dintsang? * What’s up*
Them: Nex bozza * Nothing boss*
Ghost: Are you sure?
Them: Yeah bozza
Ghost: Okay then, we’ll you are all here today because
one of you sold me out to an enemy of the protectors.
The guys started whispering with each other and all
looking scared because they know how Ghost is. Even
those who know they did nothing were scared doubting
their own innocence.
Ghost: Silence!!* the guys went quiet immediately*... Now
tell me who has the balls to betray the Ghost, the
organization, our family... WHO HAS THE GUTS TO DO
THAT?* quiet! Looking at each other wondering who could
be stupid enough to do that*
Ghost: Okay, so no one is talk... right! Terminator!
Lebo/Terminator: Sure bozza
Ghost: Who’s the culprit?
Terminator: Tool!
Ghost: What?
Terminator: Tools is the one bozza, he betrayed you, us
and the family. * he said that sounding so disappointed
and hurt*
Ghost: Tools!!
Tools: Bozza
Ghost: Is this true? * he was also disappointed, Tools was
one of his trusted guys and he trusted him with his life. He,
snake and Lebo were his go to guys*
Tools: I don’t know what his talking about bozza and you
know I would never do that.
Ghost: Terminator
Terminator: Bozza yaka
Ghost: Onale proof?* do you have proof?*
Terminator: Sure bozza this way* led them to the
computer room where he installed a camera and a
listening device*
Ghost: Play it* Lebo played the tape and only music
started playing nothing incriminating Tools*
Tools: I told you that I didn’t do this.
Terminator: Don’t celebrate yet* he went outside in his car
took his computer and went back inside* I knew you were
good with computers and I new that when you find this
while doing your weekly sweep of devices you will find the
ones I installed which is why I tapped your phone as well
as your personal computer. If all of you could look at the
screen you will see the his bank statement showing the
transfer that came from a PT.
Ghost: What does PT stand for?
Terminator: Papi Tlokwa
Tools: That money was not for payment to sell you out
bozza it was payment for a private job I did for him and
you know we take private jobs.
Ghost: Make sense * he said that a bit relieved*
Terminator: Okay I get that, what do you make of this* he
played the recording where Papi and Tools were talking*
Papi- are you sure I can trust you to pull this off and that
you won’t sell me out?
Tools- of course you can, look man I also want to be rich,
Tokelo is a prince of a very wealthy kingdom and he also
owns a law firm and what do we have? Nothing but the
peanuts he pays us.
Papi- okay then just make sure they don’t find out I need
you on the inside giving information and the money will
keep coming.
Tools- Sure I will send you the details of the operation but
get him on his way out, I know he will be too focused on
your son to think of anything else.
Papi- send it and I will deposit the money in your account
once I have him...
Ghost: ENOUGH!! I heard enough...stop this* Terminator
stopped the recording*
Tools: Am sorry bozza I was just greedy please bozza I
will spy on Papi for you and you can get your revenge.
Ghost: Do I operate like that now? Actually don’t answer
that, but answer this... Did I not build a house for your
mother? Did I not send your sister to school? Did I not find
you in the mines struggling to make ends meet and gave
you a job? Did I not sell you shares in my coal company
because you said you were passionate about that? Did I
not give you a piece of land back in the village for you to
use? What more do you want from me huh?
Tool: you did all that bozza and am sorry for not
appreciating and being greedy for more than I already
have.
Ghost: Enough, bring the acid and bucket NOW! * he was
angry, disappointed and hurt* the acid was brought,
bucket and chair. Tools was on his knees crying and
begging for forgiveness but all his pleas fell on deaf ears.
Ghost: Shut up and take it like a man...* he looked up
trying to control his tear, he was hurt that he is about to
lose a second brother all in the shot period of time*
Tools got up and sat on the chair and put his feet inside
the bucket.
Ghost: You will not be tied up and you will not take out
your feet from that bucket and you will not cry.
Tools: I understand the rules ... but I have one last request
please for old times sake.
Ghost: Sure
Tools: I would like you to sent my body home so that they
can lay me to rest next to my father.
Ghost: Fine but your balls and wood are going to Papi...
maybe he will extend his and maybe just maybe he will
have the balls to face me like a man.
Tools: Alright I can take that.
Ghost: It wasn’t an negotiation, give me the acid* one of
the guys gave him the acid, he took it and pour it on Tools
feels and he groaned as the acid ate way his flesh
penetrating his bones*
Ghost: I trusted you with my life but you were the first one
to put me in the firing line. Snake lost his life and his blood
is in your hands, what is worse is that his family didn’t get
the opportunity to give him a befitting burial but worry not I
will bring him home he will get a proper send off. I almost
lost my life in Mexico because of you and for what? Money?
Money that I could have given to you with no questions
asked but you chose to betray me instead of asking.* all
this while he was crying with veins popping on his
forehead and Lebo was also silently crying in the corner
because those 3 guys were his life as he has no family,
they were his family and now he lost snake in the hands of
the Mexican cartel and is about to loose another for being
greedy and stupid*
Ghost poured more acid on the bucket filling it up to Tools
knees and all this time his groaning in pain with tears
falling. His feet were already finished by the acid, Ghost
took a knife and gave it to him.
Ghost: Cut your balls, you don’t deserve them.
Tools took the knife and placed it on top of his thighs then
pulled his pants and under garments off. He looked at
Ghost and asked for a cloth, he gave it to him and he put it
in his mouth. He started cutting his balls together with his
man wood, he was biting hard on the cloth tears flowing
and his hands covered in blood. He finished and threw his
assets on the floor together with the knife, he was getting
weaker and weaker as he was loosing a lot of blood. Lebo
went outside because he couldn’t take it anymore, Ghost
was broken inside... he also wanted to get out of there but
he couldn’t because his men were there and as a leader
he needed to finish what he started and not show
weakness in front of them. As he had shown them enough
by shedding tears in front of them.
Ghost: Take the balls and wrap them up nicely then send
them to Papi with a not that says’ found your spy and I
thought you could use those’ * one of the guys
immediately took them away to do as instructed*
Ghost: Clean this mess then send him to our the mortuary,
tell them to clean him up and notify his mother. She will
take it from there and if any of ever betray me you will
meet worse faith than his... your family won’t even have a
bone of your body. UNDERSTAND!!?
Them: Sure bozza
Ghost: Now clean this up!

He got out of there went straight to his car and drove off,
he went to the beach his safe place.
Ghost: How could Tools do this to me? How can he betray
me like this? He was my brother for goodness sake. Why
couldn’t he just ask me for more money when he needed it
instead of choosing the route he knew very well will send
him to his grave if he ever got caught. As I was busy trying
to process this my phone rang and I took it out of my
pocket and checked who’s calling and it was my princess.
A smile finds it’s way to my face automatically.
Ghost: Princess
Mapula: Whatever you Did was wrong, you are not God
and it’s not up to you to judge.
Ghost: What are you talking about princess* I knew
exactly what she was talking about but she can’t possibly
know what I just did*
Mapula: All am saying is that you have to go home and
wash the blood on your hands, the chief priest will give
you something to use and Tokelo people get betrayed
every day and you don’t see them spilling blood because
of it.
Ghost: Ho..how did you know?* he was shaking because
he never wanted his sister to know that side of him*
Mapula: it doesn’t matter how I know, I might have seen
this too late this time but next time I won’t and I will be the
one calling the police on you. Now do as I say and try to
forgive yourself.
Ghost: But...* she cup him off*
Mapula: No buts and you will take care of his family for as
long as they live. * she hung up*
What the hell was that? I know the princess has powers
but I never knew they were this strong, how do I face her
now? She knows me the real me without the mask. I have
to go home and do what she told me before she gets here
on Friday . I stood up and went to the car and drove off to
the palace.

Comment, like and share. Ghost readers you guys are

demotivating. One can never know how they are doing if
there is no feedback given. To everyone else my thanks.

#loveadminInsert 25

Narrated ✨

KingPapi, Unknown, Mosia and Motsoeneng were meeting

at their usual spot to discuss further about the plan.
KingPapi: The plan we had failed man as a result
yesterday I got a parcel from your nephew.
Unknown- what parcel is that?
KingPapi: Man wood of my inside man from his
organization.
Unknown- you never told me my nephew has such balls to
pull off something like that.
KingPapi: I don’t think it’s him, his too weak for that I think
it’s his associate Ghost.
Unknown- Why does it seem like this Ghost scares you?
Mosia: No man, we can’t be focusing on that when every
plan we came up with failed. We should be working on a
solution not dwell on what was.
Motsoeneng: An nna kebatla di million tse oretsepisitse
tsona esing masipa ana leboang kaona * i I want the
millions you promised us not this shit you talking about*
Unknown- Relax I already have a plan but am going to
need you Mosia and Motsoeneng to execute it.
Them: We listening.
Unknown- My contact in the royal house tells me that the
princess is coming back this evening, so I say we kill her
tonight.
KingPapi: Are you stupid or what?
Unknown- I don’t appreciate people who call me stupid
KingPapi: Then explain how they are going to kill the
princess with guards in every corner of that palace?
Unknown- I said I have a plan didn’t I? Now shut up and
let me finish... as I was saying, I got muti from the witch
doctor in Moeyaneng... he said all we have to do is burn it
and leave it at the gate of the place and wait until it’s
finished burning then put on masks so that you don’t
inhale it.
Mosia: What does it do?
Unknown- it will make everyone in the palace fall asleep
and that will be your chance to kill the princess in her
sleep by suffocating her and no one will suspect a thing.
Motsoeneng: Oaboa jwale * now you talking*
KingPapi: What about the cameras?
Unknown- My associate will disable them from the inside
then put them back on when you have left.
KingPapi: Great plan, but do we have to kill her? I mean
she can make us good money if we sell her off.
Unknown- Yes we have to her powers grow as she gets
closer to maturity and if we do sell her off we will lose
more than we gain because no man can touch her.
KingPapi: What do you mean no man can touch her?
Unknown- The baKoena rain queen can only be touched
by the one she’s promised to and every other man that
touches her will die.
KingPapi: Damn that means I would have lost my son if
deflowered her. We can blind the ancestors so that they
won’t see her and protect her.
Mosia: Not The baKoena ancestors, they are too strong
for that because they have 2 fallen rain queens on their
side and they control the most powerful forces of nature.
KingPapi: Okay then we sell her organs once she’s dead
so that we can profit from this.
Unknown- You right beside nothing will hurt Lerumo more
than not even burying her daughter.
They laughed and continued drinking and finalizing their
plan.

Mapula:

I just arrived at the airport am so tired. Am with prince

Thabiso and his friend... we are waiting for the bags but
the prince seems far away in thoughts. I walk up to him
and touched his shoulder and he moved away.
Mapula: Am sorry my prince I didn’t mean to startle you.
Thabiso: No you didn’t, man do you mind bringing my
bags to my place I have to rush somewhere? * said
referring to his friend*
- Sure man no problem.
Thabiso: Sure will see you later man.* it was like he
couldn’t wait to get out of there. I was so confused and a
bit hurt. I mean he spent 3 weeks with me in Cape Town
and as soon as we land in LeSotho it’s like he can’t get
away from me fast enough*
Mapula: Thanks again for helping me with the bags and I
will see you around.
Lesego: Not a problem... he really likes you
Mapula: What?
Lesego: Thabiso he likes you a lot.
Mapula: But that’s not what I saw a few minutes ago.
Lesego: His been gone for 3 weeks am sure there is some
emergency at the office.
Mapula: Yeah right... see you * left and met Lebo outside*
Mapula: And where is my brother?
Lebo: Hello princess am fine and yourself* he said in a
sarcastic voice*
Mapula: Am sorry, how are you dear brother?
Lebo: Thats more like it am fine and how are you?
Mapula: Am Okay just tired, I just need a shower and a
good slumber.
Lebo: Serves you right for taking a late flight and now we
are only going to get to the palace at around 10PM
Mapula: I know and I took this flight because Kwez wanted
us to go for a spar treatment before I left and that took half
the day so I had no choice.
Lebo: Okay Let’s go... oh and your brother is busy
preparing for court tomorrow.
Mapula: Is that right?
Lebo:Yes.

I didn’t answer because I knew he was covering for him,

Tokelo just doesn’t want to face me after the phone call
the other day. Any way the drive to the palace was very
long that I ended up falling asleep on the way. I was
woken up by Lebo telling him that we have arrived... I got
out of the car and the guards took my bags. Mother was
waiting up for me.
Queen: My princess! Oh how I missed you
Mapula: Sunset Greetings mother and I have missed your
cooking too
Queen: huh princess only my cooking?
Mapula: haha am only joking your highness, of course I
missed you and why are you not asleep?
Queen: How can I sleep when my princess is still out there
Mapula: Okay mother I hear you, now let’s go to bed and
we will catch up at sunrise.

We went up the stairs and went to our separate rooms, I

got in and took off my clothes... took a shower and went to
bed... as soon as I layed my head on the pillow I drifted off
to sleep.
Outside one of the maidens made a call, it rang twice
before the person picked up.
Maiden: She’s here and the lights in her room and the
whole palace just went off.
Unknown- Okay I will call you when we get there to switch
off the cameras.
Maiden: Okay.

She dropped the call and went to her quarters to lay down.
She must have fallen asleep because she was woken up
by her ringing phone, she checked the time on the watch
that is hanging on the wall and it was midnight. She
answered the call.
Unknown: Switch them off now!
Maiden: Okay I will call you when it’s done
Unknown: Good
She dropped the call and tiptoed to the control room and
when she got there the guard on duty was asleep with his
headphones on. She was careful not to make a noise and
went to the controls and switched off the cameras then
tiptoed out of the room to her quarters. She got there and
made a call.
Maiden: It’s done
Unknown- Great job
She dropped the call and layed on the bad waiting.
Outside Mosia was at the palace gate burning the muti
while Motsoeneng was at the back of the palace doing the
same thing. It’s was dark so the guards didn’t see then
and besides the palace gate is quite tall to match the big
surrounding walls of the palace.They waited for a few
minutes till the muti was done burning and they peaked to
see if the guards were still standing, all the guards were
on the floor both from the back to the front of the palace.
They got in together with the mystery man, they went to
the front door which was left open for them by the maiden
and got in.
Unknown- This place is more beautiful inside than the
outside, I can’t wait to live here.
Mosia: Wait till you see the throne room.
Unknown- Show me we have time and all these fools are
asleep.
Mosia: Come with me

They walked to the throne room with the mystery man

busy admiring it. Inside the princess’s room.
Voice: Princess! Princess!
Mapula: mmm
Voice: Wake up and run princess you are in danger
Mapula: mmm Okay
The person saw that she was not waking up and the
person pulled her off the bed and she fell. She then got up
and with her eyes closed and walked to the closet and fell
on the floor and slept. The person dropped clothes on top
of her and covered her with them then closed the closet
doors and disappeared.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 26

Narrated ✨

After the mystery man and Mosia finished admiring the

throne room they went back to the lounge where
Motsoeneng was.
Motsoeneng: What took so long? And I thought we are
doing the job and you are staying in the car.
Unknown- And miss the chance to see the beauty of my
palace?
Mosia: he banna nako* hey man time*
Unknown- Right! Lead the way.
They went up the stairs with each one going to a different
direction so that they can search for the princess’s room
since none of them new it. Mosia found it and called the
others, the door was not locked so they pushed the door
open and went in. They looked at the bed then at each
other.
Unknown: Search for her now!!!
The one went to the bathroom to check while the other
went to the walk in closet but he only saw a pale on
clothes on the floor. The mystery man was checking under
the bed and behind the big curtains of the sliding door
leading to the balcony. None of them found her.
Mosia: hoayo mona* She’s not here*
Unknown: Did any of you check that room?
Motsoeneng: That’s a closet with a pile of clothes on the
floor and I think you have fire all those maidens when you
king they are lazy.
Unknown: Not now Motsoeneng! Let’s go
They went out the room, went down stairs and went out
the main door. The mystery man called the maiden to
come out, she went to where they were standing and the
mystery man asked her to lead the way to her quarters.
They got there and he started searching for the princess
there but couldn’t find her.
Unknown: Omofitlile hokae?* where did you hide her?
Maiden: I hold no knowledge of what you speak of.
Unknown: I will ask you one last time and you better give
me an answer. Where did you hide the princess?
Maiden: I didn’t hide the princess she’s in her room.
Unknown: Now my own people lie to me... okay.
He took out a knife and stabbed the maiden in her
stomach, took the knife out and wiped it on her clothes
then instructed the others to follow him. They followed him
and felt the palace.

Thabiso:
I don’t know what is wrong with me but the moment I set
foot at the airport I lost my senses and all I could think
about was Boitumelo. How could l leave her for this long?
That woman is my life and I love her. From the airport I
drove straight to her place and when I got there, I saw a
car on the driveway and it’s not hers or her mothers. I
wonder who’s car it is, I got out of mine and walked to the
door... but before I knock I heard laughter coming from
inside and I could hear a man’s voice. I knocked and
waited. She took her time to open.
Boitumelo: Babe... hey
Thabiso: Can I come in?
Boitumelo: Oh sure* she made way for me to walk in. The
guy was sitting on the couch drinking whiskey and he
seemed too comfortable for my liking*
Boitumelo: Thabiso this Lesala and Lesala this is Thabiso.
Lesala: Pleased to meet man... wait are you not the prince
of baTloung kingdom!
Thabiso: Yes I am and you are?
Lesala: The owner and CEO of Motaung constructions.
Thabiso: And What are you doing here Mr CEO?
Lesala: I should be asking the same thing.
Thabiso: This is my girlfriend’s house so I have everything
right to be here.
Lesala: Last I checked I was Boitumelo’s boyfriend.* said
that getting closer to Thabiso*
Boitumelo: Enough!!* she shouted* you two should stop
talking about me like am not here.
Them: Sorry babe * they said at the same time*
Boitumelo: Shut up both of you and listen to me* they sat
down like two naughty school boys* now this is what is
going to happen, you two are going to share me and...
Lesala: What? Am not doing that babe am not sharing you
with him or anyone.
Boitumelo: Whoever has a problem with what am saying
can leave.* they sat there quiet looking at her* now if none
of you are leaving then we will discuss a schedule of who
gets to see me and when.
Thabiso: Since I was here first I think I should get first
preference.
Boitumelo: Okay then which days to you want Thabiso?
Thabiso: Tuesday, Friday and Sunday
Boitumelo: Lesala you will only see me on Mondays,
Wednesday’s and Saturdays. Thursday’s are mine and
you don’t come here when it’s not your day. If you miss
your day you will wait until another to see or contact me.
Those are your days you plan them how you like and of
course I have a say.
Them: Understand.
Boitumelo: Now that we understand each other I would
like for you to leave Thabiso since Lesala was here first
and I will see you on your days.

I stood up and took my car keys from the coffee table and
Boitumelo walked me to the door. Kissed her forehead
and left. I didn’t like the fact that I have to share Boitumelo
but I will let it slide and fight for my queen. She will be
mine again and mine alone.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 27

Mapula POV ✨

I tuned and my body is sore... when did my bed get this

hard? Mother has to buy me a new one. I try to move but it
seems I have a lot of blankets on me and it’s hot... I tried
removing the blanket and peaked my head out, only to
realize that I have a pale of clothes on top of me... I look
around am in my closet...how did I get here? Because am
sure I slept on the bed. I stand up but a headache hits me
hard and I fall on my knees and closed my eye and I soon
as I do that I see blood in the palace a lot of it and it’s at
the staff quarters. I stand up and started saying my
ancestral praises... I call out the baKoena while getting out
of the closet, out of my room all the way down stairs. I
pass the dining room and the queen calls my name, I don’t
listen I continue walking. She runs after me followed by
the king, I walked out of the palace all the way to the chief
priest’s hut, mind you I am barefoot wearing my short night
dress with no gown... well i didn’t have time to look for it. I
got to the hut and the chief priest meets me at the door. I
haven’t stopped saying the baKoena praises.
Mapula: Prepare something to cleanse the palace and
make it quick.
Chief priest: My queen * he bowed his head and I just
walked away. I don’t have time for formalities*
The king and queen are right behind but they are not
saying anything... I walked to the middle of the palace yard
and called out the guards.
Mapula: Guards!!* they came running*
Them: My princess
Mapula: Go to the maidens quarters and search each
room then come and tell me what you find.
Them: Yes my princess
Mapula: Be quick about it. * they started running all the
way to the maidens quarters*

All this time as pacing up and down saying our praises

and this headache is getting stronger and stronger and it’s
like my head is going to explode... I can’t even open my
eyes now that’s how terrible it was, I feel hands on my
shoulders and Kgomotso whispers.
Kgomotso: Put on your gown my princess. * just stretched
out my arms and she helps me put it on*
A guard comes to us running and when he got to us he
went on one knee and bowed his head..
Mapula: Speak!
Guard: My princess we found a body of one of the
maidens... she’s no more my princess.
King: What?
Guard: Yes my king, she’s already cold.
Queen: Oh batho baKoeneng! Hoetsahala eng mo
Mureneng? * oh people of boKoena! What is happening in
this palace? She said that with her hands on her head*
The chief priest arrived with more guards. They went to
the maidens quarters to move the body to another room...
a royal messenger was also sent to the home of the
maiden to summon her parents to the palace immediately.
Queen: How did she meet her end?
Guard: It seems she was stabbed your highness
King: Check the cameras
Mapula: You won’t find anything.
King: Am not even going to argue with you... two guards
follow me to the control room* they followed the king*

When they got to the control room the cameras were on

and working.. the morning guard was on duty.
King: Show me last night’s footage
The guard rewinded the tapes but the footage that is there
ends before midnight and after that there is nothing until
5AM.
King: Who was the guard on duty last night?
Guard: Thabo my king
King: Call him and all the other guards to the meeting
room... you * pointing at a guard* run and call the elders
NOW!

The guards went out running going to do what they were

told. Outside the chief priest was busy cleansing the
palace with muti.
Chief priest: My queen, it’s all done but we need to
slaughter a sheep to completely wash of the blood.
Mapula: That will be organized and I want 2 sheeps one
for cleansing the palace and one to complete the prince’s
cleansing.
Chief priest: My queen* bowing his head*
Queen: My blossom let’s go inside so that you can take a
bath.
Mapula: Okay mother I will go.
Queen: I will ask the cook to make you something to eat.
Mapula: My thanks mother but am not allowed to eat until
the cleansing is done.
Queen: Okay my blossom, go bath and put on something
decent.
Mapula: Alright mother.. please call Tokelo to come home
now because I want him here when the cleansing takes
place.
Queen: I will do that now my blossom go bath.
Mapula: My thanks mother.

I went up stairs to take a bath... am drained but the

headache is better now. I just arrived and already there
are problems in this palace. It’s like these problems wait
until am home then everything goes wrong all at once. I
hope that I will get to enjoy my holiday because next year
there is no rest for me, metric is no child’s play.
In the meeting room the elders, chief priest and the king
are there waiting for all the guards to come in. They finally
did and the king started the meeting.
King: Sunrise greetings my people... I am sure that all of
you are wondering why I called you here at such short
notice.
Mosia: Ea morena keng?* yes my king what is it?*
Elder: Mosia you have been an elder in this kingdom for
years and you know better than to interrupt your king while
speaking.
Motsoeneng: Ketlala fela areaja jwale aremonate hantle *
it’s hunger we didn’t eat so we are not okay*
King: I understand my elders but I would like you to give
me a chance to speak so that we can get out of here.
Chief priest: Continue my king.
King: Right! I called you hear because we woke up to one
of our maidens dead body and what I want you to help me
ask these guards in front of you where they were when all
this happened and what happened to the footage of last
night?

The guards looked at each other, all scared of the kings

reaction when he finds out that they fell asleep last night
and worst of all on the floor and not knowing how it
happened.
Mosia: Guards you head the king please answer for
yourselves.
Tony: *control room guard* my king and elders, I am only
going to say what I saw this morning... when I woke to go
relieve the night guard in the control room I saw the other
guards on the floor sleeping and I went around and woke
them up. They were dirty and on the floor but didn’t know
how that happened. I also went to the control room and
saw the same thing with the guard there.
King: So none of you know what happened?
Them: No my king.
King: You heard them elders.
Elder: I say we let them go while we continue to
investigate the matter.* they all nodded in agreement.*
King: Okay then meeting adjourned.
They all went their separate ways and the king went to
main house and found the princess and his queen seated
in the lounge.
Mapula: Father please don’t trust anyone in your council
and also the guards didn’t do this .
King: Do you know who did it my princess.
Mapula: The person does not reside in the palace but I
also feel like he has a connection to the palace and a
strong one.
King: That’s confusing.
They continue discussing trying to figure out what exactly
happened when Tokelo entered.
Tokelo: The king, queen and princess of the land.
King: Greetings my prince, how are you?
Tokelo: Very well Father and how are you?
King: We are trying son but challenges such as this one
are really depressing.
Tokelo: I can imagine the stress Father. Is there anything
the king needs assistance with.
King: Yes, assist the men out there to choose and
slaughter two sheeps for the cleansing.
Tokelo: let me go change then.
Mapula: Before that dear brother, may I speak with for a
moment outside?
Tokelo: Maybe when am done with my duties princess.
Mapula: Now Tokelo!
Tokelo: You not even crowned queen yet but you already
giving orders.
Queen: Stop it you two!
King: My prince she doesn’t need a crown to give orders
but princess you still young try to speak with respect when
addressing your elders, Tokelo is the future king of this
kingdom and he deserves respect especially from the
princess.
Mapula: I understand father but brother what I have to say
can’t wait.
Tokelo: Okay Let’s go to the garden.
We walked to the garden and I was follow behind him. My
heart was heavy and I can still see blood on my brothers
hands.
Mapula: Brother I know what you did and I see blood on
your hands. Now the chief priest is going to cleanse you
but I don’t want to ever see blood on your hands. As father
said you are the future king and what you are doing will
only bring bad luck to the kingdom and your people. I
know am young and all but am still your queen chosen to
protect this kingdom and you will listen to me.
Tokelo: I understand my queen and I will do as the queen
instructed.
Mapula: My thanks brother. You will also have to confess
what you have been up to, to your king but you can do that
on your own time but not after my maturity because I will
be forced to reveal secrets that are not mine to reveal.
Tokelo: I understand my queen.
I left him there and went back to the palace. Am really
angry at my brother for what he is doing.

Now the reason for the sheep is that the Sotho people use
sheep for all their rituals and cows when it’s required.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 28

King Letsi POV✨

It’s been a month since Thabiso came back and he never

set foot in the palace. He never called or even sent word
to us. My prince has always been a well behaved young
man, yes he naughty just like any other child, drank
alcohol just like any boy at that age would do
experimenting with things trying to figure out what works
for you and what doesn’t. He sneaked in girls in the palace
just like any other boy but through all that he always
listened when we spoke to him and changed his ways. He
grew up to be a great young man, businessman and son
to us. He didn’t even fight me when I told him about the
arranged marriage, all he said was ‘ I new this day will
come Father and I am prepared to do what is expected of
me as the prince of this land’ but now my son doesn’t even
come home or call us just to find out how we are doing. All
this is killing my wife more than it bothers me, he doesn’t
answer any calls from his family members not even from
his sister. Talking about that one, she’s home for the
holidays and am hoping she will get through to her brother
when she goes to see him tomorrow. I hope she does
because I don’t like what has become of my queen...she’s
a shadow of herself and there is nothing I can do about it.
In all those years of marriage I have never failed to make
my queen happy or even put a smile on her face but now
my seed is hurting her and I feel hopeless. I get into the
house and I see my queen watching tv or shall I say the tv
watching her because she was definitely not concentrating
on whatever was on.
KingLetsi: My queen please don’t hurt yourself like this
Lesego said he was okay and his healthy.
Queen: I know what he said Letsi but I want to see him
myself* she started getting teary eyed*
KingLetsi: Okay then my queen how about we send the
princess there now to see what his reaction will be then
take it from there.
Queen: Call her my king she’s still in town doing her
shopping*she looked at me with eyes full of hope*
KingLetsi: Okay let me do that now* I made a call to the
princess and luckily she was still at the capital but was
about to leave.*

Tokelo:

This has got to be the longest day ever. I need something

to eat then head home. I went to the mall and I saw the
most beautiful woman I have ever seen. Our eyes met and
we shared a moment...she was disturbed by something
and she reached for her bag and took out her phone and
spoke for a few minutes and all this time am watching her.
It was like she was doing something that was never done
before, the way she held the phone and the way she
moved her lips while she was talking was just art. I have
never been a girlfriend person because of my line of work,
I never wanted to commit and put someone’s child at risk
but with her, I will not even date her I would wife her right
away. I wonder if she would give me the time of day... wait
why am I suddenly insecure?... me Tokelo the prince of
the most respected kingdom in LeSotho made insecure by
a woman. I mean am one of the top 3 best lawyers in the
country and I run the most successful law firm and other
companies as well. What doe this girl have that is so
special? I look up to the direction she was standing in but
she was no longer there... shit I got lost in my thoughts
and lost her. I might as well get fed and head home.

Thabiso:

Boitumelo and I were still going strong but this

arrangement we have does not sit well with me but I won’t
let that Motaung guy take what’s mine. I have been doing
research on him trying to find dirt on him to use at my
advantage but I came up with nothing. Then I realized that
this is not my area of expertise so a hired a private
investigator to follow him around and dig in his back yard
but he came out empty handed. The second one as well
came up empty handed, that made me think that they are
on his payroll so I stopped using them. Lesego tells that
am loosing it but he doesn’t understand that love can
make you do crazy things. Things you never imagined you
would find yourself doing and am doing them for my love.
Boitumelo oh my Tumi!... I am busy catching up on work
since everyone has been complaining about me dropping
the ball but am just too busy...there is a knock on the door
and I got up and opened.
Thabiso: What are you doing here?
Princess: No Hello, no hug no nothing?
Thabiso: Stop wasting my time and tell me what you want.
Princess: I came to visit my brother
Thabiso: Did I invite you?
Princess: No but I missed you
Thabiso: when I didn’t answer your calls was because I
didn’t want to be bothered and now you come here. What
do you think changed?
Princess: Well am not going anywhere so deal with it * she
pushed me aside and got in.. I swear this girl is testing
me*
Thabiso: Who invited you in?
Princess...*quiet*
Thabiso: Am talking to you
Princess * quiet*

My blood boiled, who does she think she is coming to my

house uninvited and on top of that she disrespect me? I
walked to her and grabbed her arm roughly.
Thabiso: I said get out of my house
Princess: And I said am not leaving
I wish she didn’t say that because I found myself beating
her up, she was on the floor crying and begging me to
stop but it was like she was adding fuel to the fire. I felt like
am being pulled back and i looked back... it was the
guards holding me and a looked on there floor and my
sister was laying there lifeless. Her body covered in
blood... No! no! no! What have I done...I went down on my
knees...

#loveadminInsert: 29

Boitumelo POV ✨

It’s Thursday and my day to relax without a man next to

me. But I must Say i like the competition between these
two... each one wants to do more than the other, the gifts I
have been getting are amazing and expensive too. My
phone rings and I reach for it from the coffee table and
check who’s calling.
Boitumelo: Thabiso is not here
Lesego: What the hell did you do to him!
Boitumelo: hey, hey hey just because his not here doesn’t
mean I did something to him.
Lesego: I know his not there but I want to know what you
did to him.
Boitumelo: What are you talking about Lesego?
Lesego: Am talking about the obsession he has over you,
the fact that he doesn’t go home and the fact that he beat
his sister to a palp..
Boitumelo: What? Thabiso will never lay a hand on
Reneilwe and you know it.
Lesego: That was before you made a fool of him and
dated another guy then made him share you with him.
Boitumelo: What happens in my relationship is none of
your business.
Lesego: It’s my business if it involves Thabiso because I
am his friend and protector but you decided to brainwash
him and get him isolated from everyone including his
family.
Boitumelo: I didn’t force him to do anything and you can’t
blame me for his actions.
Lesego: Wait until he beats you up then maybe you will
know who to blame* hung up*

This can’t be good, Thabiso is a good man not a woman

beater especially not his sister, he loves and respects her
too much to do that. What could have happened?... could
it be..no it can’t, could it? Oh my I need mother to explain
a few thing to me, I took my car keys and head to the door,
l went out and locked behind me then got the car out and
drove off. While driving to my mothers house Lesego’s
words are ringing in my head’ wait until he beats you up
maybe you will know who to blame’ no I can’t be to blame
for this, mother never said anything about it being
dangerous.
I got to my mothers house went out the car and walked to
the door and knocked. She opened and invited me in.
Bmother: Thabiso must be keeping you busy because I
hardly see you.
Boitumelo: Yes he has
Bmother: So when is the wedding?
Boitumelo: We haven’t talked about it mother.
Bmother: What are you waiting for nana because time is
running out?
Boitumelo: Mother can we not talk about that now? I came
here for something else, please let’s start there.
Bmother: So talk
Boitumelo: Mother could What you gave me be dangerous?
Bmother: It depends what you mean by dangerous
Boitumelo: I mean aggressive and end up beating
someone.
Bmother: Did Thabiso best you?
Boitumelo: No mother but he did beat his sister up and I
hear She’s not in a good condition.
Bmother: Did you use the muti the way I instructed you to?
Boitumelo: Yes mother I did.
Bmother: Then there should be no problem, his sister
might have done something to really upset him like that.
Boitumelo: Thats a relief. Mother why didn’t you tell me
that this thing works on all men?
Bmother: It does which is why I made you that pot under
your bed so that the one that is meant for never leaves
your side and always stay connected to you.
Boitumelo: oh I understand now and am happy with the
results especially now that I have two men who love and
support me.
Bmother:Boitumelo! What do you mean two men?
Boitumelo: Well when I saw what effect it had on men I
decided to try my luck on my varsity crush and it worked
like a charm now he and Thabiso are sharing me and
even have a schedule. * smiling*
Bmother: BOITUMELO!! So you are the cause of
Thabiso’s aggression?
Boitumelo: How am I the course when you just told me
that the muti is not dangerous?
Bmother: You so stupid sometimes and I wonder why I
paid so much money for you to study if you still going to
remain an idiot.
Boitumelo: Mother stop insulting me and tell me how am
the cause of this.
Bmother: Well Miss Teacher*she said sarcastically* That
muti was meant for one person only and that person was
Thabiso, which is why I binded the two of you but when
you got involved with someone else you changed how it
was supposed to work.
Boitumelo: But How Mother?
Bmother: Well now it’s no longer going to make him the
puppy that is just going to follow your rules and not ask
questions.
Boitumelo: How is he going to be then?
Bmother: Now he despises anything love and affection.
Boitumelo: But he loves me
Bmother: No he doesn’t his just obsessed with you since
he can’t get you for himself as he was supposed to when I
binded you. His now angry and very dangerous... He can’t
control himself when his angry he destroys and regrets
later when that damage is already done. As time goes on
spilling blood will be the only thing that calms him down
and am afraid you also not safe.
Boitumelo: How can I not be safe when am the one who
used this on him?
Bmother: Yes you the one who used this on him and you
also the one who changed how it was supposed to work.
Also the fact that he is not the one In control when this
happens means that he can hurt you and only realize later
when it already done.
Boitumelo: Then I will just stay away from him to protect
myself.
Bmother: You can’t because one of you will die.
Boitumelo: Why?
Bmother: Did you not listen to a word I said? I binded you
two and one can’t live for long without seeing the other!
Boitumelo: Why would you do that?
Bmother: Weren’t you the one that said you wanted to be
with him then when I help you do that you go around
looking for other men? You create this mess and you
should have just told me to help you get this other boy you
seeing.
Boitumelo: Mother how can you put my life in danger like
that if you knew that this would happen?
Bmother: Get our of my house Boitumelo you so
ungrateful
Boitumelo: But Mother...
Bmother: Don’t But Mother me Boitumelo get out!
Ontlwaela hampe mxm * you messing with me , she
clicked her tongue *
I stood up and took my keys.
Bmother: Oskagotla mona And olahle moshemne wane or
Thabiso otlalebolayo bobedi balona! * And leave that boy
or Thabiso will kill you both!* she shouted.

What am I going to do now? I can’t be with someone who

might beat me up and not even know how he did it after.
But I also can’t live him because I don’t want to die... I also
don’t want to loose Lesala, I love him and if I knew I could
get him then I would have used the muti on him and not
Thabiso. Wait I didn’t ask mother what will happen if I
destroy the pot let me call her.
Boitumelo: Mother What will happen if I destroy the pot?
Bmother: Then you will both go mad because you are
binded* she hung up*
This can’t be happening, what am I supposed to do now...
oh I got it, I can be nice to him and make sure I don’t make
him angry...I can also tell him that he can come anytime
he wants to. Yes that will work * smiles *

AT THE HOSPITAL:

The baTloung king and his queen walk into the hospital
after being called by the guards informing them of what
transpired. Thabiso was not in sight as he didn’t go with
the guards to the hospital when the ambulance took
Reneilwe. He just asked his house help to clean the mess
then went to his study.
The guards stand immediately after seeing the king and
queen. They walked to where they were standing.
Queen: How is she? How’s my princess?
Guard: We don’t know my queen.
Queen: WHAT DO YOU MEAN YOU DONT KNOW? * she
shouted*
King: Calm down my queen am sure the doctor didn’t
update them because they are not family.
Queen: Then go call the doctor now!
A nurse who heard the commotion came to them.
Nurse: Your majesties * bowed her head*
Queen: Get the doctor here now we want an update on
the princess’s condition.
Nurse: If the king and queen wouldn’t mind coming with
me to the private wait room and wait for the doctor there.
King: Just give us the directions to the private waiting area
and you can go get the doctor for us.
Nurse: Yes my king* she gave them directions then went
to look for the doctor*
After waiting for a few minutes the doctor came in and
they immediately stood up.
Doctor: My king and queen * bowing*
King: Yes doctor, can you tell us how the princess is doing?
Doctor: Not good my king but she will live. She has 3
broken ribs and a concussion.
Queen: Oh gods of our ancestors my daughter, my
princess * she cried *
King: How long will you keep her here doctor?
Doctor: That will depend on her healing process but it may
be roughly 2-3 weeks.
King: Okay, May we see her?
Doctor: Of course come this way.
They went out with the doctor to the princess’s ward and
when they got in the queen couldn’t control the tears
streaming down her cheeks. Reneilwe’s face was swollen
and her eyes looked like they couldn’t even open even if
she tried to open them. Her arm is bandaged and her
head as well.
Queen: Oh my princess, am so sorry my baby for sending
you into the lions dan. I was so focused on getting your
brother home that I neglected to assess the situation
before sending you there. Please forgive me my princess
*she was crying holding her hand* the king brushed her
back comforting her.
Doctor: * clearing his throat* I think we should let her rest
for now and you can come see her again in the afternoon.
They walked out of the room and drove to one of their
properties in the capital the one Lesego stays in. They
were now sitting in the lounge.
Queen: My king please call the palace and get the chief
priest here so that we can sort out this issue with Thabiso
once and for all.
King: You right this has been going on for far too long* the
king called the palace and one of the maidens answers
the landline*
Maiden: BaTloung palace how may I be of assistance?
King: Maiden,
Maiden: Your highness
King: Please go call the chiefs priest and tell him I want to
talk to him at once.
Maiden: Right away my king hold on* the king waited for a
few minutes then then phone was picked up*
Chief priest: I have been waiting for this for weeks now
and there is nothing I can do the gods are quiet.
King: If you knew about this then why didn’t you warn us?
Chief priest: I wasn’t allowed to, the gods said you will
know when the time is right.
King: Now I know, so what do we do?
Chief priest: All they are showing me is some kingdom, it
looks poor but the people seem happy.
King: Which kingdom is it so that I can go there now?
Chief priest: I don’t know because it was not revealed to
me.* he hung up*
King: Hello...hello.. he hung up.
Queen: What did he say?
King: That the gods are quiet and all they reveal is some
poor small kingdom with happy people.
Queen: Maybe that is were we will find help for the prince.
Do you know this kingdom?
King: No because all the kingdoms around here are well
off, they might not be that rich by they are definitely not
poor.
Queen: Oh my god, how will we find help for the prince
and why have the gods forsaken us?* she cried* my son is
loosing his mind and my princess is in hospital and we are
told about some kingdom we don’t know* she cries even
more*
The king doesn’t say anything he just comforts his queen.

See you again at sunset.

#loveadminInsert 30

Mapula POV ✨
It’s been 3 weeks, holidays were over and I was back in
Cape Town and started my grade 12 and it has been
exciting so far but the workload is too much. Luckily Kwezi
and I have tutors and they started tutoring us the first day
school opened. Everything is going well for me and I
enjoyed my holiday back home but ever since this year
started I feel like a different person. I have been having
these dreams about the prince of baTloung and I always
see a clay pot under some bed and when I look closely at
it his face appears in that black water that is in the pot,
then I wake up... what bothers me is the fact that he never
contacted me ever since we got to Lesego back in
December and the whole December I did see or hear from
him... so how do I contact him and talk to him about this
dream I have been having? And there is another dream of
an old woman not too old maybe about the qeeens age,
this woman is always wearing a cloak and is surrounded
by others and they always bow for her when she enters
this cave like place. Then when she takes her seat those
voices I hear start and they always say the same thing ‘in
her blindness she has to be stopped’ I don’t even know
what it means. I don’t know whose blindness they are
talking about and after these two dream one after the
other I wake up. At first I was scared and I would spend
my night watching movies or listening to music or studying,
I would do this just so That I wouldn’t fall asleep. I asked
mother to ask the chief priest about the dream but she told
me he said’ tell the queen to use her powers she doesn’t
need me’ I know right! Like I would be asking for his help if
I knew how to use these so called powers. So these
dreams have become a norm for me now and I sleep
through then, they are some sort of lullaby for me now. But
the prince’s one is bothering me and I can’t help but think
he needs my help but I also feel like if he really needed my
help he would reach out to me. Kwezi and Lesego have
been going strong and am happy for them. They make
such a great couple and they are goals I tell you. They are
the kind of couple people envy and the kind people would
ask for relationship advice from. Speaking of Kwezi she
dead asleep next to me, we were studying but she fell
asleep half way through and my friend loves her beauty
sleep. I told her about my maturity ceremony and she said
she wants to be on the program and when I ask what she
will be doing, she keeps saying that I will see on the day.
Speaking about my ceremony am always having dreams
or shall I say visions of how it’s going to be like or how it
should be done... I don’t know really which one is which
but this is what I see... remember the chiefs priest said it
must go on for 3 days? ... Well in my dreams or visions I
spend 4 days in that river and come out in day 5. Scary
right? Who stayed under water for that long and not die
and become food for whatever creatures that live in there?
No one! So am probably going to die there and if it were
up to me I would have never came back here and spend
as much time as I can with my family because this might
be my last year with them. Now back to the ceremony so
in this vision, all this time I spend under water am always
with 3 old women not that old but they seem older than the
queen. So each of these women have an alligator always
following them around and when they sit they are right
there next to them. Then there is this big one also that is
there but it doesn’t move around with the women it always
sits in one place...haha I think it’s lazy that one. All this
was scary for me the first time it happened so much that I
was crying asking those women to take me home but they
kept telling me that I home. That made me cry even more
because my home has no alligators except the ones in the
secrete river so they took my hands and I woke up with my
clothes wet like was rained on and tears in my eyes.
Strange right? So I don’t know who is going to inform
these people that this is how this whole thing should be
but am sure the chief priest knows. That one knows
everything. But now those visions or dreams have become
a norm too just like the dreams of the prince and that
woman. Anyway let me get up and prepare something to
eat because this one is going to be hungry when she
wakes up.
Boitumelo:

Well it’s been 3 weeks since Thabiso turned into an animal

and my life is a living hell. In these 3 weeks he has killed 5
people and no I don’t mean beat I mean cold blooded, 6
feet underground killed and not just killed but brutally killed
these people. Because when they are discovered they
look like they were killed by a wild animal as a result the
police are in search of a wild animal that might be lacking
around somewhere. I say he killed those people because
every time he those bodies are found in the morning I find
him on the door step asleep and covered in blood then
during the day we hear news that a body was found. Am
scared and I can’t sleep at because I don’t know if one day
he will come and finish me off. I have asked mother for
help but she says she is blocked but is trying everything
she can so sort this out. But she’s taking too long people
are loosing their lives out there and am scared of loosing
mine. Lesala has been very supportive through all this but
I can’t really talk to him what exactly is bothering me. I
have stopped going to Work because am scared to leave
the house and bump into Thabiso when his on his killing
spree. So today am going to his home to talk to his
parents. Yeah you heard right, today am meeting the king
and queen for the first time... They must take their son and
lock him up somewhere because I can’t take it anymore.
Am almost at the palace and it’s late because I got lost a
few times until some farm workers directed me. Now am
here and there is no turning back. I drive close to the
palace gate and the guards stop me.
Guard: Greetings young maiden
Boitumelo: Greetings
Guard: How may we help you?
Boitumelo: I am here to see the king and queen.
Guard: Do they know you coming?
Boitumelo: No but please tell them it’s about the prince.
Guard: Okay let me go announce your visit to them.* the
guard left and went inside the palace to announce
Boitumelo’s visit, he got there the king and queen were
seated in the throne room*
Guard: My king and queen * bows his head in respect*
King: What brings you here this late.
Guard: There is a young maiden at the gate and she says
she has news regarding the prince, my king.
King: Let her in* the guard left and a few months later he
came back with Boitumelo*
Boitumelo: Good evening *the king and queen looked at
each other*
Queen: Which kingdom are you from?
Boitumelo: I am not from any kingdom but my my mother
and father are from Botswana originally but came here for
work.
Queen: Well it shows.
Boitumelo: I don’t follow
Queen: you wouldn’t even if you wanted to... so you have
news about my son?
Boitumelo: Yes.
Queen: So?
Boitumelo: Oh am sorry...Thabiso and I used to date but
things didn’t work out and a few weeks back I saw him
again and the condition he was in was not good. He
looked like someone who has lost his mind.
King: We already know that but thank you for coming to
inform us.
Boitumelo: That is not all.
Queen: What else could there be?
Boitumelo: Have you head about dead bodies being found
left right and center and in every corner of the capital?
Queen: Yes and the police and rangers are in search of
the animal.
Boitumelo: Am afraid that animal is your son.
King: What? Do you know the consequences of accusing
the prince of such and to make matters worse you accuse
him in the presence of the king at his home?
Queen: The nerve of this girl!
Boitumelo: I wish they were only accusations but they
nothing but the truth.
Queen: Do you have proof?
Boitumelo: No but every morning of those killings I would
find him sleeping on my door step covered with blood then
during the day we would here of a dead body being found.
King: IMPOSSIBLE! We raise a good boy not a killer
- She speaks the truth!
They all turned to the door and the chief priest was
standing there.
Queen: How do you know that?
Chief priest: Am the eye of the gods and this was just
revealed and I came to inform you.
King: The gods finally spoke after so long, my thanks.
Keleboha lona baTloung, pedi kgatlatlopo nnja pokojwe,
Thole, Phofolo, namane nyamatsana* said his ancestral
praises*
King: Tell us what the gods say we must do.
Chief priest: The prince has to be brought back home, you
are to send guards to get him but they must only take him
at sunrise as he is very dangerous at night. Take this *
give the king some muti* they must blow that on his face
as soon as they see him and he will fall asleep so that it
can be easy to bring him here with no trouble.
King: I will arrange that immediately.
Chief priest: And don’t let this one go * pointing at me*
Boitumelo: What?
Queen: Why must we keep her?
Chief priest: The gods say she’s involved but were not
clear how, but they did tell me that he will die if he is far
from the maiden for too long.
King: Did they say how we can help him?
Chief priest: The rain queen is the only one that can help
him.
King: But the rain queen was from baKoena and she no
longer lives. Or is there another one?
Chief priest: That will be revealed in due time... the rain
queen is never revealed to anyone until she is crowned,
only her people know of her existence and no one else. So
since she was not revealed means she’s still young and
has not reached maturity.
King: Can the queen be chosen anywhere else but
baKoena?
Chief priest: Anywhere the gods see fit but so far it has
only been the baKoena who are chosen but this one if
from the poor kingdom I keep seeing.* he walked away
and when he was close to the door he turned*
Chief priest: Do as I instructed and don’t let her go or
make her a guest in the palace. Her aura is dark. * He left*

#loveadminInsert 31

KingLetsi POV ✨

It’s March and it marks 3 months since the prince of the

kingdom lost his mind. He hasn’t gotten better and it
worries me because I have no other male child to take
over from me when I join my ancestors. Which means the
crown will go to another family and that will also mean that
I have failed as a king, a man, a father, a husband and
that I have failed the ones before me. This kingdom has
always belonged to the baTloung but now it seems we are
loosing it. The princess got out of the hospital at the end of
January and she stayed there for the whole month. But
when she was discharged she was healthy and the
bruises faded...she went back to school now to finish off
her course. She will be graduating in December if she
does well*smile* my children have both made me proud as
a father even after this happened. I believe this is the work
of my enemies but if they succeed I know that my kids will
be able to take care of themselves because they have an
education. Am just worried about my queen, my lovely
wife and the mother of my kids...she acts strong but I see
the look in her eyes every time she comes back from
visiting Thabiso and it’s the same look she had when her
mother died the day after our wedding, the same one she
had when the king her father was killed two years later
and I don’t like that look. It hurts me because I know she
has given up somehow. Am sitting in my study getting my
businesses in order because now anything can happen
and a man has to be ready . The worst part is that my
ancestors are quiet, how does a man run a kingdom
without the guidance of the people who have done it
before. Sotho people say tsela etsejwa kebao
baitsamaileng pele and Xhosa people say indlela yaziwa
ngabakhe bayihamba or inyathi ibuzwa kwabaphbili
meaning the road ahead is known by those who have
traveled it before and in my case my ancestors are the
ones who have been where I am today and have faced the
same or similar challenges. But now they are quiet like
they have given up on me and on this kingdom.
- I know where to find the rain queen. * the chief priest
says as he enters my study without knocking. I don’t
understand this man sometimes*
KingLetsi: Where?
Chief priest: BaKoena * his so cool about it. I really don’t
understand this man*
KingLetsi: Are you sure?
Chief priest: The gods don’t make mistakes
KingLetsi: But baKoena kingdom is not poor.
Chief priest: But it was Not always rich it got rich a few
years after the queen was born.
KingLetsi: I don’t understand
Chief priest: The prince’s betrothed is the rain queen and
the only one who can help him.
Queen: What?* she said standing by the door*
Chief priest: Yes my queen. * the queen didn’t say
anything else she turned around in a hurry*
King: My queen where are you going?
Queen: To save my son
She took her key and left. The king wanted to go after her
but the chief priest stopped him and told him to let her go
and do what she needed to do.

BaKoena:

King Lerumo and his queen were sitting in the dining area
having a cup of coffee talking about they day they had and
how the new business deals they have pending should be
handled.
Queen: I will miss the princess this holiday.
King Lerumo: Why is she not coming home again?
Queen: Awu my king, you know she’s doing grade 12 and
they have holiday classes to make sure they are ready for
their year end exams.
King: Oh then I will miss her too but am planning on
spending something with Tokelo this Easter holiday.
Queen: Thats good my king and besides it’s been a while
since you guys spent time together.
King: I know and am planning on bringing up the marriage
thing he doesn’t seem to want to talk about.
Queen: He takes after you. Remember you left me for a
whole year after we got married claiming to have a
business to focus on.
King: haha... How can I forget haha..but when I actually
spent time with you I fell in love and am hoping that my
son gets to experience the kind of love we share.
Queen: I..* the guard budged in cutting her off*
Guard: My king and queen * bowed*
King: Speak
Guard: The queen of baTloung is outside my king.
Queen: Let her in* the guard left and a few minutes later
the queen of baTloung walked in*
QueenT: King Lerumo and Queen Mabotle
QueenM: Welcomes your highness, to what do we owe
the pleasure?
QueenT: Can we seat down please the matter I came to
discuss is delicate.
QueenM: Of course, have a seat* they sat down and a
maiden brought them tea*
King Lerumo: Is everything alright with my old friend?
QueenT: Everything is alright with him but the one who’s
sick is the prince and his the reason I came here today.
King Lerumo: What is wrong with the prince?
QueenT: *teary eyed* the prince of the kingdom has been
sick for 3 months now and is not getting better.
QueenM: What do the doctors say?
QueenT: The doctors can’t do anything but the queen can.
QueenM: Tell me what to do my in law and I will do it, we
are family after all.
QueenT: Sorry my queen but I meant the rain queen. The
chief priest said she’s the only one who can help in this
matter.
King Lerumo: Oh my queen but the princess did not come
back home this holiday, it’s something to do with school.
QueenT: * she Went on her knees in front of them* please
my in laws get her home, my son is going to die and we
will loose the kingdom. My son turned into a killer in a
short period of time, he attacked his sister and landed her
in hospice then from there he went on to killing other
people. We got him home but we had to lock him up so he
doesn’t kill anymore people...the walls of the room his
locked into have a scratches like a wild animal was in
there.
King: What do you mean he killed people?
QueenT: The 5 bodies that were found in the city, his the
one who killed them. A maiden who seem to be involved in
this came to inform us about it and the chief priest
confirmed it. * all this time queen MaBotle was in tears and
so was the baTloung queen* Please get the princess
home.
QueenM: Let me call Tokelo to go and fetch her.* she
stood up and went to the kitchen to make a call to Tokelo*
Tokelo: Queen Mother*he answers*
QueenM: Tokelo my son I want you in the next flight to SA
to get the princess home immediately.
Tokelo: But Mother she has holiday classes she can’t
come home until December.
QueenM: To..kelo* voice breaking* please get her home
as fast as you can, please son I beg of you.
Upon hearing the sadness in his mothers voice Tokelo got
worried.
Tokelo: She will be home by tomorrow afternoon mother I
promise.
QueenM: Thank you son.* she hung up and went to the
living room to inform to king and queen of baTloung*
On the other side Tokelo made a call to the pilot to get the
jet ready. The same jet his parents know nothing about, he
took his key and important documents and drove to the
airport on his way to get the princess home. He was
worried sick about what could be the reason for the queen
to suddenly want the princess home, but he didn’t want to
ask questions.

Mapula:

I slept like a baby last night. No dreams of the prince, the

woman in a cloak or the ceremony. But it’s Sunrise now
and I have to wake up but I don’t want to open my eyes
because am so tired. Grade 12 Work is too much and I
miss home. Maybe it’s because I never spent a holiday
without my family. Well let me get a shower, I open my
eyes but it’s still dark, I rub them with my fists and opened
them again but still dark. I scream as soon as I realize that
am blind, I scream so loud that I hear rain pouring outside
and right then my door open and someone comes in.
Guard: Princess what’s wrong?
Mapula: I can’t see
Guard: Of course you can’t see my princess your eyes are
closed. Open them and look at me.
I was scared to open them in case I am really blind.
Guard: Please my princess open your eyes.
I open my eyes and it’s still dark.
Mapula: I can’t see you Austin am blind* I let out another
excruciating cry.
Mapula: Am blind Austin! Am blind...

You know what to do people.

#loveadminInsert 32

Tokelo POV✨

I just arrived in Cape Town and called Austin to come with

the princess to the airport, l actually don’t want to leave
the airport. I want to go home to hear what is going on
because am very worried about the queen and the way
she sounded was very strange... not strange but sad and
hurting. My phone rings and it’s Lebo.
Tokelo: Sure
Lebo: You not at your place where are you?
Tokelo: In South Africa fetching the princess.
Lebo: But I thought she had classes to attend.
Tokelo: The queen sent me and she sounded like she was
crying man.
Lebo: It must be serious... hurry back.
Tokelo: I plan to...look man I need a huge favor
Lebo: Name it.
Tokelo: Can you get me a footage from the mall?
Lebo: Date?
Tokelo: The day I was in court representing Mr Matlala
and check between 4 and 5 PM
Lebo: Sure I will check the date on your diary.
Tokelo: I would appreciate that man.
Lebo: Sure * he hung up*

What is taking Austin so long? Let me call him again it

rings and he picks up immediately.
Austin: Bozza
Tokelo: Where are you?
Austin: At the house bozza but there is a problem.
Tokelo: What happened?... where is the princess ?
Austin: I think you should come see for yourself bozza.*! I
hang up and got out of the jet rushing. Got to the car and
drove straight to the house ignoring all traffic lights.*
In less than 20 minuets am at the house, got out and run
to the door without even locking the car. I knocked and
Austin opened.
Tokelo: Where is she? * before he could answer I hear her
cry and rush to her room*
Tokelo: What’s wrong princess? * I see nothing wrong with
her, hai the princess has drama. * I will be right back
okay* I went out the room and asked Austin for a change
of clothes because am a bit wet from the rain outside. I get
the clothes and change then went back to the drama
queen.
Takelo: Now will you tell me what’s wrong? And why are
you looking at the door instead of me?
Mapula: Am blind brother, I can’t see you or anything.
Tokelo: Don’t joke like that princess, get up and let’s go
home... mother needs you there immediately. * she starts
crying all over again*
Austin: Bozza can I see you in the kitchen? * I look up to
him and he has a serious look. I get up and walkout with
him to the kitchen*
Tokelo:’What is it?
Austin: She’s telling the truth bozza she really can’t see
anything.
Tokelo:!What happened and how long has she been like
this.?
Austin: She woke up like that this morning but when she
slept last night she was fine and even cooking.
Tokelo: Get her stuff ready we are going home ... the chief
priests will know what to do.
Austin went to get the princess’s stuff while I went to her
and help her put her gown on.
Tokelo: It’s going to be okay princess, we are going home
and the chief priest will help you.
Mapula: Okay
Tokelo: Now please don’t cry.*she wipes her tears and i
pick her up and Austin opened the door for me I got out
and we drove to the airport.

Mapula:

It’s really sad to be blind, am told that we traveled by jet

and I couldn’t see the beauty of it, all I could feel were the
leather seats I sat on. Getting home seems like it’s taking
forever this time around, maybe it’s because I can’t look
out the window this time and admire the beauty of my
home Town. Apparently we arrived late last night but I on
the other hand can’t even tell the difference between night
and day. To me it’s always at night but the difference is
that I don’t even have a moon to light up my sky, it’s all
dark. Tokelo said we should spend the night at his place in
the capital after we arrived because according to him it
was too late to drive home. All this time I have been quiet
not saying anything to anyone, I mean what can I say? My
life is ruined... I can’t see, I can’t go back to school and
finish my education and the worst part is that I will have to
depend on others to assist me at all times. I can’t see my
mothers beautiful smile anymore or the beauty of the
palace garden or even the beauty of the sun coming out at
sunrise to grace us with its present or even the moon at
night that brings some light in the dark night giving us
hope for yet another day light. You see the thing about the
moon is that when it comes out at night to light up the sky
it’s like it’s there to give us hope... that no matter how dark
the night maybe there will be some light and no matter
how bad your life is but there is always hope for some light.
It might not come right away but it’s coming, but on my
side I don’t even have hope of seeing again... I mean my
blindness came so suddenly like death stealing a loved
one, it does not give warning to anyone it just comes and
takes what’s his. Then all the people left behind are left
broken beyond repair and that’s how I feel right now. Am
brought back from thoughts by Tokelo telling me we have
arrived.

Tokelo: Come princess, we are home and all shall be well.

Mapula: Spoken like a true prince.
Tokelo: haha blind or not I can still smack you.
Mapula: haha not in my mothers house brother forget it.
Tokelo: Fine! Now let me get you inside.

He picked up bridal style and took me inside. I can feel

mothers scent getting closer and closer, oh how I wish i
could see the smile she’s wearing right now.
Queen: My princess is home!
Mapula: Greetings Mother
Queen: Come give me a hug * Tokelo puts me down and I
just stand there waiting for the hug to come and I don’t
want to move in case I trip and fall*
Queen: Tokelo what is going on.
Mapula: Am blind mother I...* i cry*
Tokelo: I found her like this when I arrived.
Queen: Put my princess on the couch and tell me
everything that happened.
Tokelo picks me up again and puts me on the couch. See
this right here... being picked up and all this I don’t like and
it’s because I once had my eye sight and I know how it
feels to see.
Queen: Tell me what happened.
Tokelo: I found her like this mother and I don’t know what
happened. Maybe she can tell you.
Queen: My blossom please tell me what happened my
princess.
Mapula: it’s simple mother, I went to sleep at night and
woke up yesterday morning and my world was dark.
Queen: Oh my god my princess, Tokelo go call your father
in the throne room.

Tokelo got up and went to the throne room. The king was
busy with the accountant.
Tokelo: Greetings your highness
King: Greetings my prince, have brought the princess back?
Tokelo: Yes father and the queen requests your presence
at once.
King: Tell the queen I will be there as soon as we are done
here.
Tokelo: It’s a pressing matter my king and it requires your
attention immediately.
King: * the king looked at his sons face but it didn’t give
anything away* okay let us go.
They went out and walked in a hurry inside the main
house.
King: What it is?
Queen: The princess is bling my king
King: What do you mean she’s blind?... princess what is
going on my light?
Mapula: Your light has gone dark Father... only darkness
lives here now as I have lost my eyes sight yesterday
morning.
King: You will always be my light for as long as you live
my princess and You will always be your mother’s
blossom but worry not am sure this is temporary.
Mapula: My thanks for the comforting words Father. Can
anyone get me the chief priest please.
Tokelo: I will go and get him.*went out to the chief priest’s
hut *
Chief priest: When will the queen stop doubting her
powers?
Tokelo: I hold no knowledge of what you speak of and all I
came here to do was request your presence in the palace.
Chief priest: I already know why you here my prince.
Tokelo: Alright then shall we be on our way?
Chief priest: we shall* they walked to the palace and got
inside.*
Tokelo: His here
King: Eye of the gods we have a problem the princess has
gone blind.
Chief priest: She has not gone blind she can see perfectly.
Mapula: But I am blind and can’t see anything.
Chief priest: Because you are blocking what you are
supposed to see, this is how you are going to be until you
complete the task ahead and I must say that it is a tough
one.
Mapula: What task is that and why can’t I see to complete
it.
Chief priest: Just call upon your guardian and all shall be
revealed * he left*
Mapula: Please take me to my room.
King: But princess we are still waiting for the doctor to
check on you.
Mapula: Modern medicine won’t help this is a matter for
the gods. Now please take me to my room I have Work to
do.

Tokelo took me to my room and I told him to leave and

close the door. He left and I went to sit in the floor and
called upon my ancestors by saying their praises but
nothing happened. I was getting frustrated now but then I
remembered the chief priest saying I should call my
guardian.
Mapula: Ngwedi yabaKoena motsereletse wa kgosigadi
Mapula etlo omamele kgosigadi yahao * Moon of the
BaKoena protector of the rain queen. Come and listen to
your queen*
The air in the room changed it was now light and peaceful.
Voice: Kgosigadi adiKoena kemona * queen of the
alligators am here*
Mapula: My thanks for gracing your queen with your
presence.
Voice: Whenever you need my presence I will be there.
Mapula: My thanks now please explain what is going on
with me.
Voice: First can you open your eyes *did as told and I
quickly closed them again because I wanted to unsee
what I already saw*
Voice: I won’t do anything to you my queen please look at
me.
Mapula: I only saw an alligator here where are you?
Voice: Open your eyes and don’t be afraid * I opened my
eye and the alligator is still there and when I look closely
it’s the same lazy alligator I saw in my dreams.
Mapula: Is that you? How come I can see you?
Voice: Yes it’s me Ngwedi your guardian and you can see
me because that’s what the gods want you to see and
from now on whenever you request my presence you will
not only feel me but you will see me as well.
Mapula: Ngwedi what do the gods want me to do?
Ngwedi: They gave you a gift of blindness and with this gift
you will be able to see anything.
Mapula: But I cant see Ngwedi.
Ngwedi: Open your heart, mind and soul. Release all the
negativity and you will see what the gods want you to see.

I closed my eyes and spoke in heart’ I Mapula the rain

queen here by accept my faith and am here to serve you.
Please show me the way and guide me through this’ I took
a deep breath and relaxed. The air around me changed
and I heard the sounds of the water fall and I opened my
eyes. I see that am back at the water fall and it’s the one I
saw in my dream.
Voice: Welcome home my queen
I turned around and the 3 women I saw in my dreams
were sitting there with their alligators besides them...
Mapula: My thanks this place is beautiful and peaceful.
Woman: Yes it is, I am Nyolodi the first rain queen and this
is metsi wabaKoena the second rain queen and this is
Bohomi babaKoena the third rain queen.
Mapula: Are those your real names your majesties?
Nyolodi: No these are the names given to us by the gods
after our coronation and you will get yours after your own
coronation.
Bohomi: Now back to the matter at hand, you are given
this gift so that you can go and defeat the biggest witch
that lives. She is the leader of the witches and no one has
ever defeated her.
Mapula: What makes you thinking I can?
Metsi: Because you are the only one with the power to see
her and that gives you an advantage. See with that gift
you can see and sense the dark powers as well as see all
the witches.
Bohomi: Your duty is to defeat the witch destroy the pot
and save the prince.
Mapula: is the witch the woman I saw in my dreams with a
cloak?
Nyolodi: Yes she is the one and that clay pot is the one
you have to destroy.
Mapula: Then after that I can see?
Nyolodi: Yes you can. Go home now all will be revealed
and you will know what to do.
Bohomi: And Remember your guardian will always be with
you to assist you in this journey.

They touched my hands and I opened my eyes and I can

feel am back home even though I can’t see it but I see
Ngwedi sitting on the floor next to me. This is going to be a
long journey indeed.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 33

Boitumelo pov✨

I have been in this palace for 3 months now and I must

say life has not been bad at all. They gave me a room in
the maidens quarters and the rooms here are big, each
one is two bedrooms an in suit bathroom a closet, a big
open space kitchen and living room. Yes my house is
bigger than this but this one is stylish and modern with
laminated floors. I am allowed to move around the palace
but am not allowed to leave, I have a maiden who brings
me food every day but is not allowed to talk to me... in fact
everyone here doesn’t say a word to me and I am lonely. I
miss my mother and Lesala, I wonder if they are looking
for me because I can’t contact them since all my gadgets
have been taken away. Yes this place is beautiful but to
me it feels like a prison, I also haven’t seen Thabiso since
the day I came here. I know his here become they said
that they will pick him up the following day and I wonder
how his doing now.

KingLetsi:

The more days pass the more I lose hope of getting my

son back. My enemies are already plotting and I can feel it.
The princess of baKoena was suppose to have arrived
yesterday but we haven’t heard word from them. My
queen is still not her usual self but which parent would act
normal while their child withers away. We are sitting in the
throne room and each one of us is deep in thoughts and
it’s not healthy especially for my queen.
King: My queen
Queen: My king
King: What was the arrangement about the princess, are
we supposed to take Thabiso there when she arrives or
she will come here?
Queen: We didn’t discuss that my king but I think she will
come here since I have informed them of the prince’s
current state.
King: Okay so there has been no word from them to you.
Queen: Not yet but I have hope. But why don’t you call
Lerumo to find out if the princess arrived?
King: Let me call now* I dialed his number and he
answered on the second ring*
Old friend how are you doing?
.....
King: We are trying and taking each day as it comes.
......
King: I will old friend, I wanted to ask if the princess arrived?
......
King: That is good news so when can we expect her?
Things are not looking good here.
......
King: What? But she’s our only hope and the only one the
gods showed us. What will we do now?
......
King: Alright old please let me know of any change.
......
King: Keep well.
I dropped the call and looked at my wife, how do I tell her
that our only hope of getting our son back is blind and we
have no idea if she will be able to work like that or not.
Queen: What did he say? * God how do I answer that?*
King: The princess is home my dear and ...* she cuts me
off*
Queen: Oh thanks the gods am sure by tonight we will
have our son back. Oh thank you gods of baKoena for
blessing us with the queen.
King: My dear that is not all, the princess is blind and he
doesn’t know if she will be able to help.
Queen: Wait, what do you mean she’s blind?
King: Thats What Lerumo said. Apparently when the
prince went to fetch her she was blind and according to
her she woke up like that the day before yesterday.
Queen: Oh lord it’s true that when it rains it pours.
King: Don’t worry my queen am sure she can still help.
Queen: How? She is blind Letsi.
King: The gods wouldn’t have shown her to us if she
couldn’t help.
Queen: Maybe you right.
We sat like that each one consumed by their thoughts.
What if the princess can no longer do anything now, what
will happen to my son?

BaKoena Kingdom:

Mapula:

I woke up this morning refreshed, that’s what being home

does to me. I even forgot Am bling because I opened my
eyes and tried to get out of bed and I fell. That’s when it
downed on me that am still blind and I couldn’t stop
laughing at my stupidity. The door opens and someone
comes in and am guessing to help me and check if am not
loosing my mind.
Kgomotso: Princess are you alright?
Mapula: oh Kgomotso it’s you
Kgomotso: Yes my princess it’s me, are you alright?* am
still laughing, god my life is a joke and who forgets they
are blind Mara he haha... oh god am stupid and am sure a
blind person would beat me up right now asking me how
stupid can I be to forget my situations to a point of
embarrassing all blind people*
Mapula: Am alright dear maiden, it’s just that your princess
forgot she was blind and got out of bed on her own and fell.
How stupid is that? Hahaha
Kgomotso: You are not stupid my princess, you forgot you
are blind because you only lost your eye sight 2 days ago.
You are not used to it yet and you have a long way to go
before you reach the point where you say that you have
accepted your situation and you ready to live with it.
Mapula: Wise words dear maiden, please help me to the
bathroom I need to bath and see what this day has in
store for me.
Kgomotso: Lean on me my princess* I did as told and we
walked to the bathroom and she made me seat on the
toilet while she prepared the water.*
Kgomotso: The water is ready my princess.
Mapula: My thanks Kgomotso I will take it from here and I
will call you when am done.
Kgomotso: Alright princess I will go fix your bed and look
for something for you to wear.
Mapula: My thanks* she went out and I undressed while
sitting so that I don’t fall then felt where the bath was and
it’s not far from the toilet, so I got in and started bathing*
Mapula: Ngwedi abaKoena are you there?* moon of the
BaKoena are you there?*
Ngwedi: Am here my princess but I don’t know why the
princess would call me while bathing.
Mapula: Come Ngwedi! Your voice sounds like that of a
young maiden so my nakedness should not bother you.
Ngwedi: Yes I am a maiden and you will soon see me
transform.
Mapula: You transform?
Ngwedi: Yes my princess I do and am the only one of my
king who can.
Mapula: Why only you and not the others?
Ngwedi: Because am special just like you and because
the enemies of the previous rain queens used their
protectors to get to them and finally kill them. They can
sense the scent of an alligator and act fast and that’s how
the witch killed all 3 rain queens.
Mapula: So they were killed by the same witch!
Ngwedi: Yes my princess
Mapula: Does the witch still live?
Ngwedi: Yes my princess she is the one you have to
defeat or we are all doomed.
Mapula. Is she the one in a cloak?
Ngwedi: Yes my princess.
Mapula: Just How old is this witch I mean if she lived in
the times of all 3 previous queens she must be old.
Ngwedi: She is old but drinking blood makes her look not
even older than 50.
Mapula: Oh my god this is bad.
Ngwedi: I know princess
Mapula: So if you transform into a human she won’t be
able to sense you and you will be able to protect me better.
Ngwedi: Yes my princess, I will always be human when
we go out but I will transform back into alligator form when
we in the palace because it is secured.
Mapula: That is very interesting Ngwedi and I can’t wait to
meet you in human form.
Ngwedi: Soon after your coronation you will be able to see
me
Mapula: Okay then let me get out of here* Ngwedi
disappears and I call Kgomotso to assist me.*

Kgomotso assisted me and she put me in front of a mirror

and started with my hair.
Voice: Open your eyes princess
Mapula: Kgomotso did you say sorry?
Kgomotso: No princess.
Mapula: Okay I thought I heard something.
Voice: You did now open your eyes.
Oh my god how do I answer this person with Kgomotso
here she’s going to think am crazy.
Voice: You don’t have to open your mouth to answer I can
hear you.
Oh lord it reads minds now what am I to do
Voice: Princess it is I Nyolodi Open your eyes
Oh Nyolodi! Please announce your presence next time
you scared me.
Nyolodi: As you wish now open your eyes I have to show
you something.
I opened my eyes and I see the mirror and while looking I
see a palace, I don’t know it and I see a maiden sitting in a
room looking deep in thoughts. Then I see the same
maiden in a different room putting a clay pot under the bed.
Then it went dark again.
Nyolodi: Follow those pictures exactly like you saw them
and get to the pot and destroy it.
Nyolodi Which kingdom is that?
Nyolodi: Your guardian will show you, now go there’s no
time to waste.
I stood up and when I look around I see Ngwedi perfectly
and I see a shadow also in the room and I assume it
Kgomotso but I can’t be sure let me ask her to leave then
so I can be sure.
Mapula: Kgomotso you may live now am fine.
Kgomotso: My thanks princess.

The shadow moved to the door and left Okay it was her.
Mapula: Ngwedi Let’s go we have to be at that kingdom
immediately.
Ngwedi: after you my prince.

I walked out my room and am seeking the palace like am

looking at it though some laser or night goggles. I walked
down the stairs all the way to the living room and I see two
shadows sitting there.
Mapula: Announce yourself
Queen: It is I your mother princess
Mapula: And I assume Father is the one sitting next to you
King: Can you see us princess
Mapula: Only shadows of you but I will explain later right
now I need you to organize a driver for me, guards and
maidens.
Queen: Where are you going my blossom?
Mapula: I have a kingdom to save mother
Queen: But you didn’t eat yet and which kingdom is that?
Mapula: I will eat when I feel hungry mother and I don’t
know the kingdom but I feel like am here to save it.
King: But my light I ...
Mapula: Please Father do as I say
King: Alright let me get the guards ready.

He walked out.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 34
BaTlokwa Kingdom✨

Unknown, KingPapi, Mosia, Motsoeneng and Tsietsi are

having one of their usual meetings, all gathered together
at baTlokwa kingdom. They are sitting in the throne room
and the mystery man is angry that all his plans didn’t work.
Unknown- Am tired of waiting around while that princess
gets stronger, I need my crown and I need it now.
KingPapi: How are you going to get it? I mean you can’t
just walk in there and ask for it.
Mosia: Actually he can
Unknown- I can?
Mosia: Yes you can And this is how.
Motsoeneng: You need the support of majority elders to
support you getting the crown.
Mosia: Yes and you already have the support of 3 now
you need one more from the other 3 then you will get what
you want.
Unknown- How can I convince the others? They also
seemed loyal to Lerumo.
KingPapi: Force them to support you.
Unknown- how?
KingPapi: Does any of them have kids?
Mosia: Yes they all do but Serame has a son that works
right here in the farms as a foreman.
KingPapi: My farms?
Motsoeneng: No the baKoena farm next to yours.
KingPapi: Tsietsi go get him.
Tsietsi: Right away father.

Tsietsi left for the farms and they were not far from where
the baTlokwa palace was situated. He took guards with
when he left... he got there and he asked one of the
workers who the foreman was and they showed him. He
went to him and asked him if he could come with him to
help him with something at the baTlokwa farm... Now
since no one can say no to royalty he went with him but
the roads led to the palace and not the farm. He wanted to
ask but was afraid of what might happen to him so he
decided to keep quiet and let this play out. They got to the
palace and they took him to the throne room and when he
got there he saw elders of his land and had some hope.

Tsietsi: Here he is father

KingPapi: Good Work son, now young man who has a
cellphone in your home.
- My sister has one my king and my name is...
KingPapi: I have no use of your name young man but I do
have use of your sisters cellphone number.
- Can I ask what the king needs it for?
KingPapi: My son needs a wife and you have a sister,
need I continue?
-No my king here is the number * he gave the number to
Tsietsi who punched it in his phone*
Tsietsi: Got it
KingPapi: Take the young man to the other room and ask
the maidens to give him something to eat.
Tsietsi walked out with the young man to the other room
and asked the maiden to give him food and also instructed
the guards not to let him out of the palace then went back
to the throne room.
Mosia: Make the call and give me the phone* Tsietsi did
as told and handed the phone to Mosia*
Young maiden it’s elder Mosia am looking for your father.
- Wait a moment my elder* he waited a moment and
Serame answered*
Serame: Mosia keng?* Mosia What is it*
Unknown: Oh am not Mosia but I am your new king.
Serame: We have a king and we are in no need for a new
one and even if we did we have the prince to take over.
Unknown- See that’s where you wrong and am not going
to explain myself over the phone but all am saying is that
you will support me being crowned king in today’s meeting.
Serame: What makes you think I will do that?
- Unknown: Because I have your son whom I took from the
farms and his doing a good job there by the way and I will
make sure he keeps his job when am king and not banish
you...but that will only happen if I don’t end up killing him
which depends on you.
Serame: I want to talk to him
-Unknown: I have a better idea, support me this evening
and you will see him soon after am crowned how’s that?
Serame: It’s not like I have a choice
-Unknown: No you don’t, see you this evening* dropped
the call*

Unknown: Gentleman we are about to get what we wanted.

Haha
Mapula:

I just got to the baTloung kingdom am at the gate waiting

for the guards to announce me to the king and queen.
Now I have this headache and it’s getting worse. I close
my eyes and hold my head.
Ngwedi: Princess you have to stop fighting it because it’s
going to cause more headaches just breath and relax.
Mapula: But it hurts Ngwedi
Ngwedi: Stop being stubborn and let the message come
through.* I do as told And pictures came flooding. I see a
man being crowned by my father and a dark cloud
hovering around the palace*
Mapula: Ngwedi the kingdom is in danger.
Ngwedi: I understand my princess but you can’t leave
without competing the task you were sent to do.
Mapula: Then you go and protect them.
Ngwedi: It doesn’t work like that princess, I protect you
and I go where you go...remember what happens at the
palace is meant to be.
Mapula: Okay then I just hope no harm will come to them.
The gate was opened and something pushed me to go to
the room I saw in the pictures. I heard people calling out
my name and I didn’t listen. It was like I didn’t have
Control over my body, I saw the maiden sitting there.
Mapula: Guards bring her to the house now!
Guard: Am sorry but we don’t take orders from you.
Chief priest: Do as she says.
Guard: Yes chief
The guard took the maiden and followed me to the main
house, mind you am still seeing shadowing. We got there
and the king and queen were on their feet.
Queen: Princess welcome
Mapula: My thanks my queen but i must apologize for not
being able to see you.
King: But you walked in here on your own
Mapula: Yes that’s because I can see but only shadows so
I can’t tell who’s who.
Queen: But...
Chief priest: Enough about that do you want her to do
what she came here to do or just talk.
Mapula: The maiden they just brought in, where is she?
Queen: Right here my queen
Mapula: Maiden where is the room you put the clay pot in?
Boitumelo: I have no idea what you are talking about
Mapula: Am not here to play games now where is the
room?
Boitumelo: I said I don’t know what you talking about.
Mapula: Okay, Ngwedi please show yourself and help me
with this.
Ngwedi: Am going to be in alligator form my princess and
it’s risky
Mapula: The gods didn’t send me here for nothing they will
protect us now show yourself. Make sure they see you.
Ngwedi showed herself and everyone ran out the room
except the king, queen and the chief priest and of course
Boitumelo who was cornered by the big alligator in front of
her.
Boitumelo: Please don’t let it kill me please I beg you.
Mapula: I asked you a question dear maiden
Boitumelo: I swear I don’t know anything
Mapula: Okay Ngwedi please do as you see fit with her, I
really don’t have time. * Ngwedi walked closer to
Boitumelo with her teeth out*
Boitumelo: Okay Okay I will tell you please make it stop.
Mapula: I don’t have all day Maiden
Boitumelo: It’s in my house at the capital now please make
it stop coming near me.
Mapula: Ngwedi Stop * Ngwedi stopped and disappeared
again*
Queen: You came here to inform us about our son yet you
the one who did this to him?
Chief priest: There is no time for that let’s go.
King: Before you go make sure you bring her back here to
face the consequences of her actions.
Mapula: We will my king but for now we have to go.

They took Boitumelo and made their way to the capital.

BaKoena kingdom:
The king and queen are sitting in the living room waiting
for all the elders to come for the emergency meeting.
Queen: I hope the princess is alright
King: She is don’t worry am sure she’s at baTloung and
Letsi will keep her safe.
Queen: I hope so, she still too young for all these
responsibilities.
King: The gods didn’t make a mistake they know exactly
what they were doing.
Guard: My king the elders are here.
King: Okay I will be there* the king wore his crown and
went to the throne room where all the elders were
gathered*
King: My elders what was so urgent that couldn’t wait till
tomorrow.
Elder: Thats what I want to know as well my king.
King: Mosia what is this all about?
Mosia: Oh this is not my meeting my king but I do have
someone who would like to address us.
King: Who is that?
Unknown: It’s me* he said entering the room*
King: And you are?
Unknown- Lethabo la baKoena your older brother.
King: But I don’t have a brother am an only child.
Lethabo: No you not.
Elder: How is that possible?
Lethabo: Well take a seat and listen because it’s a long
story.
King: We don’t have all day now tell us what you here for?
Lethabo: Calm down brother... our father was involved
with my mother before our grand father found him a wife,
now he couldn’t marry my mother because she was not
from a royal family. So your father married another woman
and left my mother pregnant but he didn’t know but I feel
like if he cared for my mother he would have known. My
mother named me Lethabo la baKoena because she said I
brought her happiness. Now I grew up with her calling me
a Mokoena but the man I called my father was not a
Mokoena but a Motaung and she told me my father was
the king of this land.
Elder: We have to call the chief priest to verify this.
King: Guard go call the chief priest * the guard did as told*
its good to have you home brother and I thank the gods for
leading you to us.
Lethabo: Oh you won’t thank the gods when I take what’s
rightfully mine.
Elder: What do you mean?
Lethabo: The throne I came for it... it was supposed to be
mine and am here for it.
Elder: That will not happen
Lethabo: We will see.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 35

BaKoena Kingdom✨

In the throne room the elders, the king and Lethabo are
waiting for the chief priest to arrive. Silence filled the room
and Mosia and Motsoeneng are giving each other looks
and smile mischievously. The chief priest got in and
everyone’s heads turned and looked at the door.
Chief priest: He speaks the truth, he is the late Kong’s son.
King: What is the next step now?
Lethabo: You are a useless king Lerumo, how can you not
know the rules of your own kingdom?
Elder: There is no need for that, the king is well aware of
the rules of this kingdom but he like all of us here are
wondering the same thing. You said you came here to
take the throne and the next step will be to vote.
King: So then let’s vote.
Mosia: Are you sure about that my king? I mean you run a
risk of losing it all.
King: What has to happen will happen.
Elder: Okay Let’s vote, all those in favor of having Lerumo
remain king raise your hands* he looked around only to
find one person including himself with their hands up.* all
those in favor of Lethabo being crowned as the new king*
he looked around again and found 4 people with their
hands up* Serame why would you support this madness?
Serame: He is the oldest and the crown was supposed to
be his in the first place.
Elder: His blood is not pure we need a pure blue blood as
king.
Mosia: A half blood was crowned in this kingdom before
and that one was worse because his mother was royalty
and his father was only a chief.
Motsoeneng: And this here is related to this family by his
fathers blood and his ancestors are here his people are
baKoena.
Lethabo: I don’t know why you dwell on this because the
votes said it all and I want my coronation to be tomorrow.
Elder: We can’t have it tomorrow because it’s too short
notice to invite all the other kingdoms
Lethabo: Who said I want all Kingdoms?... I am not
looking for an alliance here all I want is my people here no
one else.
Elder: My king you have been quiet what is your take in
this?
Lethabo: Make no mistake dear elder am the king here not
Lerumo.
KingLerumo: The king has spoken and I will take my leave
now.
Lethabo: Not so fast dear brother, I want you and your
family out of the palace by the end of the day tomorrow.
Elder: You can’t do that.
Lethabo: I just did and who’s going to stop me?
Elder: We are doomed
Lethabo: If you feel that way then you can join your king
and leave.
Elder: chief priest what is your take in this?
Chief priest: I serve the throne and whoever sit on it.* he
said that and left*
Lethabo: Well then I guess the meeting is over, Lerumo
show me my room.
Lerumo: This way.
They left and went to the main house, Lerumo showed
Lethabo one of the big rooms in the palace then went back
to his wife in the living room.
Lerumo: Mabotle That Which you saw is my brother and
the new king of this kingdom.
Mabotle: What? How?
Lerumo: it’s a long story but he is my brother the chief
priest confirmed it and his coronation is tomorrow and we
are living.
Mabotle: I trust you to do the right thing for all of us and I
will get the maidens to pack for us.
Lerumo: Do that and I will call Tokelo to get the house at
the capital ready for our arrival.
Tokelo:

I have been looking for this girl for a week oh by the way
Lebo found the footage and took her face there then my
guys did a facial recognition to search who she was and
am happy to report that my queen goes by the name
Reneilwe Moloi. But I am going to call her Keneilwe
because she was given to me not everyone else. Am
laying on my bed facing the ceiling thinking about how am
going to track her down... I need to find her and soon. I
just hope she from a royal family but even if she’s not she
will be my queen and the mother of my children. My phone
rings bringing me back from my thoughts... I reach for it on
the bedside table and look at and its father calling. I sit up
straight like he can see me and answered.
Tokelo: The king of baKoena kingdom
Lerumo: Not anymore son, listen I want you to get the
house ready your mother and I are moving to the capital
and we will be there tomorrow evening.
Tokelo: Father What is going on?
Lerumo: I will tell you the full story tomorrow for now all I
can say is that am no longer the king of this land.
Tokelo: Okay I will get the house ready. Where is the
princess?
Lerumo: She’s on a mission from the gods and my thanks
for reminding me, call her and tell her not to come back
here and meet us at the house there when she’s done.
Tokelo: Keep well Father and I will see you tomorrow.
Lerumo: I will son.

This is not good not good at all. The princess will have to
forgive me but I will kill whoever did this to my family.

Mapula:

We got to the capital and went to this lady’s house and

when we got there I asked the guards to keep and eye on
her while I go do what I came here to do. I went to the
bedroom and I kneeled down and looked under the bed
and there is was the clay pot. I pulled it out and looked at it,
there is a black liquid in there and a picture that is not
clear due to my eye sight that is not clear. I open the
window and threw the pot out and it fell and broke into
pieces. My work here is done and I started walking but
something held me back. The air in the room changed it
was now hot and made my heart heavy and the hair at the
back of my head stood up.
Voice: Well well well... I thought they were laying when
they said there was someone coming for me.
Mapula: Who are you?
Voice: Your worse nightmare child * I look closely at the
person and my eyes saw clearly now and it was the
woman in a cloak the witch*
Mapula: Witches do not scare me * okay I don’t know
where I got the courage to say that.*
Voice: oh but you should be scared child because I don’t
play and you can ask all those who have tried... oh wait
they all dead haha* she let out an evil laugh *
Mapula: Well bring it on old woman.
Voice: Leave while you can child, am giving you a change
and I have defeated the most powerful of them all... even
rain queens tried and failed.
Mapula: Well I am who I am and am not about to be
intimate by the likes of you.
Voice: Thats it !! * she shouted* I will not be disrespected
by a child.
Mapula: Your problem is that you underestimate me* okay
why did I say that? I mean what power do I have against
this thing?*
Voice: I SAID I WILL NOT BE DISRESPECTED BY A
CHILD!!!* she shouted then the air got warmer and the
wind inside the house got so strong that it turned
everything upside down and then it stopped. The woman
was gone only a giant snake stood before me*
Voice: You lucky I don’t fight during daylight but be ready
am coming for you tonight.
Mapula:* now she turned into a snake? A talking snake to
top it off... this is really not a pleasant sight. Well I will be
waiting* I turned round and felt the room.
Mapula: Let’s go* the Guards followed me to the car with
the maiden.

This is going to be a long journey and I hope I survive it.

#loveadminInsert 36

Mapula ✨

We left that evening and went to Tokelo’s house where

Lebo stays and I asked Lebo to look after the maiden and
give the guards and maidens room to sleep. He
accommodated everyone but I had to leave with Ngwedi
because something in me told me to pray for strength.
Ngwedi suggested we go to the forest and pray there
since there was no river close by. One of the guards
dropped us there and I asked him to leave and that I will
call him when I need to be picked up. We got into the
forest and I layed down a towel then got on my knees
praying. Ngwedi was keeping guard while I prayed.
Mapula: Dear Lord, Father you know my heart and you
know everything about me. You knew me before I was
born and you knew me while I was in my mothers womb
and you still know me to this day. I come before you with
nothing in hand to offer but my heart...Father I am young
yet am faced with so many responsibilities which I don’t
know where to start, on one hand I have witches to defeat
and on the other hand I have a kingdom to protect and its
people. I feel it within me Father my kingdom is in danger
yet I can’t do anything to protect it so I ask you to protect it
for me and give me strength to see this through. It’s
enough now Father your people have suffered enough at
the hands of this witch and it’s time to put a stop to it.
Father I need you to send my own angel from above to
assist me in this fight. * I continued praying until I said
amen then something told me to call upon the baKoena
ancestors as well because I will need all the help I can get
to defeat this old witch.
Mapula: BaKoena malekeleke, maila mangwatela batho
basajing sengwatoana bajang polokwe efeletsing. Nyolodi
ya baKoena kgosigadi yapula yapile kekopa lekopane
kenthuse olwana lesose* Nyolodi of baKoena the first rain
queen please come together with others and help me fight
this thing* I continued praying till the early hours of the
morning then slept a bit.

Tokelo:

Lebo called me this morning to go and see him. Am on my

way there and hoping this has nothing to do with business
as I don’t have time to deal with at the moment. My family
needs me and that is where my attention will be. Last night
I found out the elder Mosia, Motsoeneng and Serame
betrayed my father in the worst way and voted him out
support some guy I don’t know but I will find out from
father who he is then do my own research to see what he
might have had on the elders to turn on the one person
who never gave up on them. Father worked hard for that
kingdom, even when it was poor he still wouldn’t give up
on his people and made sure that they were well taken
care of and now they go and do this? People forget quick
and even dogs are better than humans when it comes to
loyalty. I got to Lebo’s parked and went inside and I was
shocked to see him having breakfast with some of the
guards from the palace before I thought father said I must
fix the other house and not this one.
Tokelo: Dumelang banna * morning man*
Them: Dumela Tokelo monna * morning Tokelo man*
Tokelo: I thought you guys are supposed to be at the other
house.
Tony: What house my prince?
Tokelo: Please call me Tokelo we are not the kingdom
here and didn’t you guys come here with father.
Lebo: That why I called you they were with the princess
and she told me to keep them here until she comes back.
Tokelo: Where did she go?
Tony: I dropped her off at the forest last night and she told
me to leave and she will contact me when she’s ready to
come back.
Tokelo: Okay then but when she arrives don’t go back to
the palace Lebo will take you to the other house where
Father will be.
Tony: Sure man
Lebo: Tokelo a word before you leave?
Tokelo: Okay * I stood up and went to the back*
Lebo: Man we have an enemy and it’s coming from the
Nigerian side Uche said that the woman is one of the top
dogs in Nigeria.
Tokelo: A woman? Now we have to deal with women?
Lebo: I know we don’t deal with women but this one is a
black widow and we can’t afford to underestimate her like
the others and end up loosing everything because of it.
Tokelo: Do you mind handling that with Uche am busy with
family at the moment but when you need me let me know.
Lebo: What is going on man?
Tokelo: The king was voted out and today they are
crowning a new king.
Lebo: What? How did that happened?
Tokelo: That’s What I want to hear myself but will have to
wait for father to get the full story.
Lebo: Okay then let me know if you need anything.
Tokelo: Sure.

BaKoena Kingdom:
The day of the coronation and crowning of the new king
was here. Everyone in the kingdom was informed and the
palace was full of people who couldn’t believe the news
and wanted to see for themselves if it was true or not.
Lerumo and Mabotle were packed and ready to go.
Maidens were busy with cooking and preparing last minute
things. The chief priest was there but was quiet all this
time including Lerumo and Mabotle. The day went by and
Lethabo was crowned the new king of BaKoena Kingdom
and it seemed like the only people who were happy about
this were Mosia. Motsoeneng and the only king that was
invited KingPapi and his prince Tsietsi. After everything
was done Lerumo and his wife drove out the palace
making their way to their new home.

Not edited Am sorry for any errors.

#loveadminInsert 37

Mapula POV✨

A week later and am still in this forest fasting and praying.

But now am beginning to feel weak as I have not eaten
since last week Wednesday and today is the following
week on a Wednesday which marks a whole week of
sleeping in the woods on a towel and not eating. The witch
never showed but on the second day here I heard sounds
of hyenas, they sounded close but Ngwedi was on the
look out and I felt safe for some weird reason. But the
hyenas came back every night after that like they came to
check if I was still here. Which was weird but who can
predict wild animals?...My phone died a long time ago and
I don’t know how am going to contact the driver to pick me
up when I leave this place tomorrow.
Voice: Tired of praying yet? * I quickly stood up and turned
around became I new that voice but I didn’t see where it
came from. And it sounded a bit further than where I was*
Mapula: Ngwedi where is she? I can’t see her I see only
moving trees.
Ngwedi: This is no time to doubt your abilities now my
princess please concentrate and remember you were
given this gift so that you can be able to see witches like
her. * God why did this witch have to come when am this
weak?*
I close my eyes and relaxed... after a minute I could sense
everything thing that moves in the forest from trees to
crawling insects and I felt heavy energy from a distance on
the top right of the forest and I opened my eyes...there she
was in her cloak, she’s on a tree and she seems to be
alone.
Mapula: You will break your bones on that tree old woman,
get down from there! * I yelled. I some how feel
rejuvenated and I have all the energy in the world that I
don’t even know where it came from but wherever it came
from I don’t mind am just grateful.
Witch: Oh I see you have eyes of hyena, you should have
told me we are changing forms so that I can change into
mine.! * she yelled back*
Mapula: Am no witch I don’t change forms but that is your
thing so I won’t hold it against you if you change form...
but tell me something which animal are you going to
change into today?
Witch: Am done entertaining you little girl! Get ready to die
hahaha* she let out an evil laugh * I watched her at she
came flying from down the tree... flying very fast toward
my direction and I held my position waiting for her to
come... she got closer but when she was a few feet away
from where I was standing she flew back like she was
being thrown by something and fell on the floor.
Mapula: Ngwedi did you do that?
Ngwedi: No but this place is protected since you were
praying here all the baKoena creatures are here even the
angel you requested is here. Concentrate and you will see
them. * I quickly focused and scanned my surrounding and
I saw a girl that looked about 12 years old with big wings
on her back, the guardian alligators were also there with
their queens beside them but what was strange where the
elephants. I turned my focus back on the witch and she
seemed to be struggling to get up*
Witch: Oh little girl you will need more than that to kill me.
Get out from that protected place and come face me.

She didn’t have to say it twice I walked closer to her and

she changed into a hyena and came charging to me. She
got hold of my leg and sunk her hyena teeth into it and
threw me against the tree and I fell... she let out that
irritating laugh of hers then made hyena sounds pacing up
and down watching me groan in pain on the floor.
Ngwedi: My queen you have all the help you need right
here use it!!!
Mapula: I call upon your powers Nyolodi yabaKoena loana
lenna kgosigadi yapula* i call upon your powers Nyolodi of
the BaKoena fight with me rain queen*
Witch: You can do better than that I killed that one first so
she’s no threat to me.
I got up from the ground and I could see Nyolodi besides
me with her guardian alligator.. we went charging to the
witch, we fought and fought but she was too strong for
Nyolodi and I could sense her strength leaving her. I
remembered that they could read my mind and I spoke in
my mind telling Nyolodi to instruct her guardian to go for
the hyena’s tail while I distract it from the front. She didn’t
as told and I went for the hyena’s neck and it pushed me
to the ground while I went down I didn’t let go of the neck...
it was scratching me with it’s front pours on my arms and
am bleeding. Nyolodi’s guardian went for the back leg and
and crushed it with its teeth, the hyena jumped to the side
now standing on three legs as one was left in the mouth of
an alligator. It spat it out, i spoke in my head again telling
Nyolodi to rest and summoned Ngwedi to my side to assist
me... while I was concentrating on that harsh wind blew, it
was so strong it felt like it was going to blow me away.
When I looked at it, it formed a big tornado coming straight
for me and pulling me in. Next thing I know the two big
elephants were besides blocking the tornado then Ngwedi
threw fire balls at it... and groans and sounds of pain came
from inside the tornado and it died down... the witch was
on the floor with her cloak on fire, she jumped and turned
into that big geen snake I saw at that maidens house.
While I was still looking at that, with speed of lightning the
snake wrapped itself around my body and tightened its
grip crushing my phones in the process. I Close my eyes
in pain and I said a little prayer* Father Just this once let
me have the power of an angel and destroy this evil* from
there I don’t know what happened but when I opened my
eyes I was in the air with wings on my back and the snake
still wrapped around my legs to my waist. I flapped my
wings and went down to the ground. As soon as my feet
touched the ground the snake tightened its grip on my feet
to a point where I couldn’t stand. I grabbed the neck of the
snake and squeezed it for dear life as I went crushing on
the ground and Ngwedi went for the tail and sunk her teeth
in it... now the snake was trying to break free but two
guardians came and each sunk their teeth into the snakes
body making it weaker and its grip loosen on my legs and I
felt it getting weaker from the neck where I was holding as
well. The guardians broke the snake in half each one
leaving with a piece, Ngwedi with a tail and i with the head
others with pieces of its body...we threw the pieces on the
ground and they turned into old human remains. They
burnt right before our eyes and turned into black ashes.

I couldn’t get up from the ground anymore my body was in

pain and I couldn’t move. I was slowly losing
consciousness because am loosing blood from my leg.
Angel: She won’t make it to the main road on her own, I
will carry her and one of you send word for her to be
picked up.
Nyolodi: I will do it, Ngwedi go stay with her and keep her
safe.
Ngwedi: Yes my queen, let’s go * I only head bits and
pieces of what they were saying as I was drifting in and
out of consciousness. I felt like I was being picked up and
lights out*

Lerumo:

We are sitting in the living room having tea with my wife

and son.
Tokelo: Father I received word that the Europeans
dropped us on coal deal as they say they can’t work with
someone who’s inexperienced because he has already
cost them money.
Lerumo: I got the same news from the supermarkets we
supply our crops to.
Mabotle: Am sorry to say this my husband but your brother
will destroy that kingdom and drive the people to the same
poverty they came from.
Lerumo: No need to be sorry my dear because it’s the
truth and what worries me is that we are entering winter
and there is no sign of rain.
Mabotle: The gods are angry but I don’t know at who?
Lerumo: you can say that again my dear.
Tokelo: Father I will not sit back and watch my home
wither away... I will do something about this man starting
with those elders.
Lerumo: You will do nothing!!! Do you hear me nothing *
his voice was very stern and that scared Tokelo*
Tokelo: Yes Father I hear you.
Lerumo: Good now am going to lay down, call Lebo for me
and tell him that I request his presence at once.
Tokelo: Yes Father * I walked to the room to nap. I
suddenly feel so sleepy I can’t keep my eyes open. As
soon as my head hits the pillow I drift off to a good
slumber.*
I was sleeping peacefully and suddenly I am on the road
driving towards the forest and when I was in the middle of
the road right at the middle of the forest the car engine cut
and the car stopped. I try to start it again but it wouldn’t
start. I get out of the car going to the bonnet to check but I
stop in my tracks as I see an alligator it looked just like the
ones from the baKoena secret river and I walk closer to it
and I saw blood on the floor. I went closer and I saw my
princess and she’s barely breathing. I wake up sweating
and I put in my shoes and half ran to the living room.
Mabotle: My dear you have only been asleep for 10
minuets what woke you up?
Lerumo: The princess needs help... Tokelo!! ... Tokelo!!! * I
shouted and he came down stairs running*
Lerumo: Take the keys we going to pick up the
princess*he didn’t ask questions, he took the keys and we
head to the door*

His driving fast on the road heading for the forest and his
ignoring all the traffic lights but I don’t care right now my
light needs me. In less than half and hour we are there.
Lerumo: STOP! It’s right here! * he stopped the car and
we go out and run towards the place I was shown and
there she was... looking lifeless in a pool of blood. Tokelo
runs ahead and picked her up without saying a word and
ran to the car and am running besides him. We get to the
car which was not too far from where we found her and I
opened the door at the back and he placed her in carefully.
I went inside the back with her while Tokelo hurries to the
front and drove off.
Lerumo: Get is to the nearest hospital her pulse is weak. *
he didn’t answer just drove faster.*
Am sitting here looking at her lifeless body in my hands,
she has a big bite on her leg and scratches on her body
like she was fighting wild animals. Gods of my ancestors
please help her, you can’t send her to do your work and
take her from me. Please save her.

You know what to do.

#loveadminInsert 38

BaTloung Kingdom ✨

King Letsi is with his elders in the throne room while the
queen went on her palace duties. They are discussing
alliances and deals they have pending.

‘I head that Lerumo has been removed as king of

baKoena’ said an elder
KingLetsi: What?
‘Yes I head that his long lost brother took over as the new
king and chased Lerumo and his family out of the palace’
said another elder
KingLetsi: Clearly his no longer lost if he managed to take
the crown from his brother and I thought Lerumo was the
only child.
‘Apparently this one is just a bastard child who was born
out of wedlock and from a commoner’ said another elder.
‘What I don’t understand is how can the elders of baKoena
let something like this happen when Lerumo has been
nothing but a good king to them all those years’ said the
elder.
KingLetsi: Clearly this was planned and people close to
Lerumo were in on it.
‘ I wouldn’t be surprised is Papi was involved because he
was the only one invited to the coronation’
KingLetsi: Papi should be careful of these shady dealings
his involved in because it won’t end well.
‘Let’s just sit back and watch’ said an elder
‘ How can we sit and watch? You know that our queen is
from that kingdom’ said another elder Clearly pissed.
KingLetsi: I wouldn’t worry too much about that because
even if Lerumo doesn’t get his crown back, It doesn’t
change anything because our queen is still from a royal
family.
‘You right my king, where is the prince? It’s been a while
since we last saw him in the kingdom’ asked an elder.
KingLetsi: The Prince has been busy with the new branch
his opening in South Africa.
‘Oh the people of this kingdom will be lucky to have him as
a king’ said an elder
‘A king that knows how to trade is always a blessing to the
kingdom and its people’ said an elder.
KingLetsi: Why does it sound like my elders prefer the
prince over their own king? Don’t do me like Lerumo now
haha* he said jokingly*
‘No my king it’s not like that we are just admiring the
prince’s good Work’ said an elder
‘Indeed ‘said another in agreement
KingLetsi: I know my elders. Let’s be on our way or else
we will sit here all day talking if we don’t leave now.
‘And my wife cooked so I have to get home’ an elder said
‘Like our wives don’t cook’ said another joking as they
made their way to the door laughing... the king walked the
elders to the gate and turn walking towards the main
house when a guard came running to him.
‘ My king* bowed his head*’
KingLetsi: Speak
‘My king the prince is asking for you’
KingLetsi: Take me to him at once.
They walked to the back of the palace towards the room
where the prince was kept. The guard opened the door
and the king went in.
KingLetsi: My prince you requested to see me and why is
there black stuff all over this room ?
Thabiso: Father my thanks for coming, I know you are a
busy man and I appreciate you making the time for me.
KingLetsi: I will always make time for you my prince, you
are my son Thabiso and the prince of this kingdom. As
your father I will always have time for you.
Thabiso: My thanks Father and for putting up with me. I
called you here because I vomited this black thing that you
see here and I was wondering if the king would move me
to another room while the maidens clean this one.
KingLetsi: This might mean that the princess has
completed her work and you are healed my son.* said
excitement evident in his voice *
Thabiso: Even so Father we can’t be sure of anything
because the princess is not here to confirm this herself
and I don’t trust myself out there amongst my people not
until am sure that this thing has left my body.
KingLetsi: There is only one way to find out, we will put
you in another room and see if it comes back this night.
Thabiso: Please keep the room locked Father because I
will never be able to forgive myself if I hurt any of my
people because of this thing.
Voice: You won’t the evil has been defeated.* we both
turned to look towards the door and the chief priest was
standing there*
KingLetsi: How do you know?
Chief priest: You have got to stop asking that question
when I tell you something. I know the same way I always
know things. * he said that and left us standing there. We
looked at each other and laughed*
Am glad my son is okay but he will have a long way
dealing with the guilt of the lives he took but I have hope
that he will come out of this unharmed. The princess is
truly a blessing not only to baKoena but to all of us.

BaKoena Kingdom:
King Lethabo, Mosia, Motsoeneng, Serame and the other
elders are in the throne room to discuss matters of the
kingdom.
KingLethabo: Why have you called me here and don’t
waste my time I have pressing matters to attend to.
Serame: Morenaka *my king *we called you here because
we are concerned and the people are scared.
Elder: Yes my king they are scared because a lot of them
lost their jobs at the farms and also those driving the
delivery trucks have lost their jobs because things are not
going well for us at the moment.
KingLethabo: Speak for yourselves not me.
Serame: What do you mean my king? Because as far as I
am concerned the matters that affect the kingdom affect
you too.
Elder: His right my king, things are getting worse, we have
lost the coal tender, we have lost the supermarket tender
and to top it off it looks like we are going to have draught
as there is no sign of rain and crops are withering.
KingLethabo: What makes you 3 think I care what
happens to this kingdom or its people?
Serame: But they are your people my king and as their
leader you have to come with solutions to these problems.
KingLethabo: Then if they are my people they will have to
hustle like I did to get here.
Elder: But my king you can solve these problems with our
help of course and make sure your people don’t go back
to poverty.
KingLethabo: Tell me who came to my rescue when I was
in poverty? Who gave me solutions to my problems? Who
took their time to make sure that I get out of
poverty?...don’t come here and tell me about people who
were never there for me or my mother when we needed
them most.
Serame: My king these people are not at fault because
they were not there when all that happened and they didn’t
even know about your existence including the king, your
father himself so why must they be punished?
KingLethabo: I said I don’t care about those people and if
they don’t want to starve they will have to get up and make
things happen and stop looking at others for solutions.
Serame: The ancestors won’t be happy about this.
KingLethabo: Don’t you dare talk to me about them [the
ancestors]!!* he shouted* they are not my ancestors
because if they were they wouldn’t them have left me to a
life of poverty. Now if you all have nothing better to say
then leave.* the elders stood up and walked out.
Mosia: But Lethabo we are also going to lose if things
don’t change remember we make our money through
these deals.
KingLethabo: Don’t ever address me as Lethabo ever
again!! I am still your king. Now the two of you got your
millions and you are rich so why are you worried?
Motsoeneng: Because money is nothing if there is not
more coming in and right now we don’t have more coming
in.
Mosia: And Remember you chased money out of this
kingdom.
KingLethabo: What do you mean?
Mosia: You chased out Lerumo
Motsoeneng: What does he have to do with this?
Mosia: He has everything to do with this because the two
businesses that made a lot of money are his own personal
business but he employed people of this kingdom to work
for him.
KingLethabo: Then he must sign the businesses to me
because everything that belongs to this kingdom is now
mine.
Mosia: You wrong, those businesses don’t belong to the
kingdom they are Lerumo’s. He started them in his first
year of university and maintained them to this day.
KingLethabo: Since the money to start those businesses
came from this kingdom then that means we have a share
in them.
Mosia: No we don’t because he didn’t use money from this
kingdom, for the radio station he did a presentation for a
German businessman and he liked it so much that he
sponsored him and from the profits he opened the
construction company that is now competing with Motaung
Construction.
KingLethabo: Fine he can keep his businesses but we will
milk this kingdom dry then leave those peasants to starve
to death.* the two nodded in agreement*

Mapula:

My head is sore, leg is even worse in fact my whole body

is sore from being tossed around like a ball. I try to open
my eyes but they are heavy, keep them closed and
listened. I hear sounds of water and birds singing... am I
still in the forest?... where did the water come from? I have
these questions but not an answer and now I don’t have a
choice but to force my eyes open. I did and I scan my
surroundings and my eyes find Ngwedi sitting at her usual
spot... Mara Ngwedi oatsoafa bathong tjo* But Ngwedi is
lazy people yho*
Nyolodi: Welcome back my princess.
Mapula: My thanks my queen but how did I get here?
Nyolodi: Technically you are at the hospital but we took
your spirit to heal you. You have been through a lot with
defeating the witch and being bitten and squashed by her
snake.
Mapula: Oh my queen don’t remind me the pain in my
body is already doing that.
Nyolodi: You will be better in 3 days, here drink this.*
drank the water and the pain immediately disappeared*
Mapula: What kind of water is that?
Nyolodi: Healing water, it was my speciality while I was
still alive, I would use it to heal people, the other queen
used the sun while the other used the rain but you have all
the powers combined and more.
Mapula: Am honored my queen, please show me how to
use it to heal myself I have school to go back to and a
kingdom to save.
Nyolodi: Firstly I will heal you this time but you will be
taught how to use your own powers during your coronation.
Secondly the kingdom is not for you to save that is your
fathers duty all you have to do is help him when his back
on the Throne.
Mapula: What do you mean back on the throne?
Nyolodi: let me show you, give me your hand* I did as told
and she took my hand and told me to close my eyes... I
did and I saw everything that happened in the palace
during my absence. I also saw our people suffering and
the farms were dry like they were hit by the biggest
drought ever and I saw people dying and there was a
funeral after the other. I opened my eyes and Nyolodi was
no longer holding my hand and I don’t even know when
she let go.
Nyolodi: You already leaning to use your powers already.
Mapula: Weren’t you the one who showed me that?
Nyolodi: No I can only see the past not the future but you
see both.
Mapula: I have to go home soon.
Nyolodi: I know sleep now you need rest.
I closed my eyes and fell asleep.
Like, share and comment. My ghost readers please let me
feel your presence.

#loveadminInsert 39

Lebo POV✨

To say things have been hectic for the past week would be
an understatement. First I had to deal with this threat that
is after Uche and if she’s after Uche then she’s after us so
we have been working day and night to find out who it is
what their intentions are. All we know is that it’s a woman
but no one has ever seen her. She’s another ghost and If
our Ghost wasn’t so busy with family issues we would
have gotten this lady already, but I can’t bother him with
this now can I?... then there is this issue of my princess
being hospitalized and that kills me. Mapula has been my
sister since she was born in fact the royal family have
been my family ever since I lost my parents while I was
still in high school and they took me in. The king, yes he
might have been removed from his throne but he will
always be a king to me and to many others. That man took
me in and sent me to university with Tokelo and
everything he did for Tokelo he did for me. If he bought a
car for Tokelo, he would buy one for me as well and when
we finished school he asked me to be Tokelo’s protector
and his chief when he becomes king. That alone was
something special to me because I come from nothing. He
then bought 3 houses here in the capital, he gave 1 to
Tokelo one to me and one was for the family when they
are at the capital. He gave Tokelo the construction
company to manage while he gave me the radio station.
But Tokelo and I came together and open another
company Boss Publishers...That is where we launder our
dirty money but it is managed by Thapelo. Then Tokelo
also has the law firm while am more hands on in the
diamond business, so we are well off and it all thanks to
the royal my family. You see in this family I was never
sidelined not even once which is why it pains me to see
my sister that way. Doctors don’t know if she will walk
again and the bite in her leg keeps producing some smelly
fluid which needs to be drained every hour. But it’s only
been a day so there is hope. Am driving home now to see
if the guys[the guards] and that Boitumelo girl are okay,
see that one has to go soon, that girl has been seducing
me ever since she got to my house. She’s so stupid she
thinks I will fall for her tricks after all she’s done. Mxm
She’s crazy. I got home got out of the car and walked to
the door and opened then closed it behind me and walk to
the lounge and this girl is sitting there with a short night
dress and you could tell she’s not wearing undergarments.
Her feet are on my coffee table, this girl is testing me for
real.
Lebo: Get your big feet off my table
Boitumelo: Come Lebo am not going to break it.
Lebo: you think this is your house don’t you?
Boitumelo: No but we can make it ours* she smiles
seductively*
Lebo: Girl Stop What you doing now because it’s not
attractive in fact it’s disgusting. So get your skinny behind
off my couch and go put on some clothes.
Boitumelo: You can’t insult me then tell me what to do.
You are no boss of me.
Lebo: you testing me right now
Boitumelo: it’s not like you will do anything.
Lebo: Okay*i grabbed her by her arm and pulled her to the
spare bedroom, shoved her in and closed then locked the
door behind me, leaving a screaming witch inside banging
the door.*

This girl doesn’t know what awaits her, she must embrace
the royal treatment she’s getting because where she’s
going it will be hell for her.
Tsietsi:

I have been waiting for my fathers approval all my life, I

have done everything he asked of me without asking
questions or complaining but never did I get to hear the
words I have been yearning for since my mother died. Let
me tell you about my mother the queen of this land. She
was the most sweet and loving woman, who always had a
warm smile on her face and she was loved by everyone in
the kingdom. I don’t even know what she saw in my father
because that man is heartless, bitter and evil. I know some
may say that am exactly like him but am only a child
seeking his fathers attention, approval and most
importantly his love. But my father is not that kind of
person, never said he loved me not even once. I thought if
I did everything he asked he would love me more and give
me more attention but no, money and power are more
important to him. But then I learnt to love who I am and
what I do. I enjoy taking a life and watching a person
taking their last breath and my old time favorite strangling
someone and feel them losing air and energy as I tighten
my grip around their neck... best feeling ever. See father
taught me how to kill from an early age and we started
with animals. We would go hunting together and he would
shoot the animal with a sedative and tie it’s legs to a tree
wait for it to regain consciousness then he would ask me
to strangle it to death. He used say’feel the pulse as it gets
weaker and weaker and never let go till it’s gone’ it was
scary at first and I would have nightmares and mother
would always ask if something was bothering me but I
would say no because I was scared of my father. But then
I got used to it and damn was it fun... I learnt not to feel
fear but to embrace and enjoy the moment. Killing people
was nothing because I was already used to killing and
they are no different from animals. But now it’s time I
stand on my own two feet and get out of my fathers
shadow. Papi has to die the same way he killed my
mother, he might have not killed him with his bare hands
but his actions led her to her grave. The only person that
ever loved me unconditionally. Now it’s his turn, I will kill
him then take over his throne and his businesses, he
taught me well and I am my fathers son and we get what
we want no matter the consequences. He always says’
there are always casualties in a war’ he will be no different
just another casualty and I want him to die by my hand.
People will know and respect me then after am done with
Papi am going after my queen even if I have to kill that
husband of hers together with her brother but she will be
mine in the end.
Let me start on my plan of action, Papi if i was you I would
sleep with one eye open because am coming for you. Like
father like son but am a better version created by him and
fueled by anger and hatred.

Like, share and comment.

This is short but I figured I should give you a little

something to say goodnight.

#loveadminInsert 40

3 Months later:

Mapula ✨

Well am back in Cape Town, it’s June and am writing my

mid year exams. Ever since I came back Kwezi and the
tutor have been helping me catch up with my work since I
missed out on a lot while I was away ... some of you are
wondering what happened and how I ended up here. So I
was in hospital for 4 days or shall I say my body was at
the hospital and I was being healed by the queens in the
secrete place... don’t ask me where it because I also hold
no knowledge of that however I do know that it’s under
water which I learnt that is where I will be when I go for my
maturity ceremony... That is if I will have one due to the
current events. As I was saying, the queen Nyolodi kept
giving me her healing water while the other queen kept
burning my wound with the sun, that is one experience I
don’t wish to go through ever again because it was like the
fires of hell were unleashed on me, it was like the queen
pulled the sun closer and directed it straight to my legs. It
burnt my legs to a point that I complained because I
couldn’t take it anymore...mind you while am burning it
was like am glued to the ground and couldn’t move and
when I looked at my leg liquid was coming out of it and
Ngwedi kept on cleaning the wound then cover it with
some lief. But on the 3 day I was okay healed and the
bruises on my body were gone. Before I left I had to ask
what those elephants were on that day and the queen told
me that the baTloung ancestors sent their guardians to
fight with me. So I woke up from the hospital and I was
discharged since the doctors couldn’t see anything wrong
with me. I went back home by home I mean the capital
since we don’t have a kingdom anymore. My mother was
so happy to see me and I was happy to see her since I
didn’t get to spend time with her when I got home. Oh the
most important thing that happened was me regaining my
eye sight when I woke up from the hospital and that
warmed my heart.
The following day woke up early in the morning and asked
my mother to pack for me as I had go to baTloung
kingdom to check on the prince and take back the maiden
Boitumelo I head her name was and I later leant that she
was the daughter of the witch I killed. If she was
somebody else I would feel sorry for her but I don’t.

Tokelo dropped me off at Lebo’s house and I took the

guads I came with and the maiden and made my way to
baTloung. It was in the early hours of the morning around
4AM, I left at this time because I had a flight that was
departing from LeSotho at 10AM and I couldn’t miss it. We
got there and stopped further from the palace as it was
what I was instructed to do. We walked all the way to the
palace kicking the morning dew with our bare feet.

We got there and the guards let me in, the king was
awake and I met up with him. He told me that the prince
was fine and healthy and I was glad. I instructed him to
cleanse the prince and the palace, he asked if I didn’t want
to see the prince and I said no. I mean why would I want
to see him, he was cold towards me then I had to be blind
and fight witches because of him. Yes I forgive him but I
don’t think I want to marry him anymore. Anyway I went
back home and my bags were ready for me, so I prepared
myself and left.

So now am here preparing to go out for some fresh air

with Kwezi. It’s been a while since I went out and I have
been busy since I got here catching up with school work.
So now it’s me time.
Kwezi: Would you finish up! You are one of those people
that give women a bad name yazi*you know*
Mapula: Awu Kwezi I didn’t take that long and am ready
now let’s go.
Kwezi: Please!! Yho I even got tired of waiting.
Mapula: Are we going or not?
Kwezi: Of course we are*we went out locked the door and
got into the car and my driver took us the the mall*
Mapula: Spur or primi?
Kwezi: Spur will do* we went to spur got a table and a
waiter came and took our order*
Kwezi: So Tell me how is prince Thabiso?
Mapula: His Okay I guess
Kwezi: What do you mean you guess?
Mapula: Because I don’t know Kwezi.
Kwezi: Hasn’t he contacted you?
Mapula: No he doesn’t have my new number and I asked
my family not to give it to him.
Kwezi: Mapula that is your husband we are talking about
here and his been asking Lesego to ask me to give him
your number.
Mapula: I hope you didn’t give him and I really don’t think I
was to marry Thabiso anymore.
Kwezi: Look friend I know he disappointed you but he was
not in his right mind please give him a chance to do right
by you.
Mapula: Look i have forgiven him a long time ago and I
hold no grudges against him but I don’t think I can marry
someone who was not completely honest with me.
Kwezi: What do you mean by that?
Mapula: The girl that bewitched him was his girlfriend and
he never told me about it.
Kwezi: WOW! So how did you find out?
Mapula: When I went to save him from his girlfriend and
her mother, that really hurt Kwezi but I had to help
because that is what I was instructed to do.
Kwezi: WOW friend I understand where you coming from
but...* she was cut off by someone greeting*
Voice: Ladies!
Us: Hellow
Voice: Mind if I join you zinkosazane? * ladies *
Us: No we don’t
Voice: Great... I gama lami ngiwu Ntsikayomuzi Zulu. * my
name is Ntsikayomuzi Zulu*
Kwezi: Pleased to meet you Ntsika...Am Kwezilomso but
you can call me Kwezi and my friend here is Mapula.
Ntsika: Awu intombi yomsuthu neyomXhosa nihlangana
kuphi? * wow a Sotho girl and a Xhosa girl how did you
meet?*
Kwezi: We met at school.
Ntsika: Mpandeyomuzi kababa yini ungakhulumi* Root of
my fathers compound why are you not talking*
Kwezi: She don’t understand Zulu
Ntsika: Oh am sorry my lady
Mapula: It’s okay I understand.
Ntsika: I don’t want to sound forward but may I please
have the beautiful lady’s phone number?
Mapula: What for? You don’t even know me?
Ntsika: Because am leaving this afternoon going back to
Durban and I don’t know when I will be in Cape Town
again and I would like to keep in touch with the lady.
Mapula: But...* was cut off*
Voice: Nkosana kumele sisheshe singaze sishiwe yindiza*
my prince we have to hurry so that we don’t miss the
flight*
Ntsika: Ngiyeza* am coming, the guard left*
Kwezi: So you are a prince?
Ntsika: Yes from one of the kingdoms in KZN but that is
not what I pride myself with.* he turned to Mapula* my
lady please give me your number I beg of you.
Mapula: Okay it’s * she gave him her number *
Ntsika: Well I thank you my queen, I will contact you. Keep
well ladies and don’t worry about the bill it’s already taken
care of.
Us: Thank you * he left*
Kwezi: Well friend if it doesn’t work out with Thabiso you
have the Zulu prince right here.
Mapula: Don’t joke like that friend.
Well Ntsika is a very good looking man, attractive, well
built with a beautiful smile that shows his perfect white
teeth. Yes I noticed but that means nothing.

Lerumo:

Lerumo is stressed and hasn’t been sleeping well for the

past 3 months. He lost weight and has dark circles under
his eyes and grey hair on his head.

I feel like the walking dead, my dreams are keeping me

awake at night my ancestors want me to go back to the
village and save my people. Over the 3 months things at
the village have gone from bad to worse, I say the village
because it no longer feels like my kingdom and my home
anymore. I have learnt to accept my life as it is now, I was
more hands on in my businesses and my wife open the
beauty spar she always wanted then these dreams started.

Since then I have known no rest because I refuse to go

back there and save those people. They chased me out
like a thief, betrayed me and now they are dying and
suddenly am good enough to make things right? When I
was removed as king the gods were quiet now their
people are dying and their kingdom is perishing right
before their eyes. Now they want Lerumo to go save the
day? That will it happen, my brother can save his people
and his kingdom am done.

Queen: Lerumo look at you, you are dying my dear

husband please put aside your pride and go save your
people and save yourself in the process.
Lerumo: That will not happen Mabotle and I’d rather die
than go back there.
Mabotle : Well am sorry to disappoint but death is one
thing you won’t get as the gods said.
Lerumo: Then let me suffer till they give up
Mabotle: Omanganag Lerumo oatseba * you are stubborn
you know that *and you are selfish, don’t you see that you
are hurting us?
Lerumo: Mabotle please my wife I beg of you let this go
and...* they were disturbed by a ringing phone * answer
the phone please
Mabotle: No we are still talking
Lerumo: Please my wife pick up the phone and we will talk
later.* Mabotle did as told*
Convo:

Mabotle: Oh my blossom,how are you my princess ?

Mapula: Am Fine Mother, where is Father?
Mabotle: His right here my princess hold on* she gave the
phone to Lerumo*
Mapula: Father
Lerumo: How are you my light?
Mapula: Not well Father
Lerumo: What is the matter my princess?
Mapula: You are Father, why do I have to be shown by the
gods that you sick?
Lerumo: I didn’t want to worry you my princess but I will be
fine don’t worry yourself
Mapula: No you won’t be Father for as long as you keep
refusing to go save your people and you will loose Tokelo
Lerumo: What do you mean by that?
Mapula: Tokelo will die in the next 5 days if you don’t
change your mind, that will be your panishment For
abandoning your people.
Lerumo: I didn’t abandon anyone they chase me out
Mapula: I know that father but they need you now, Tokelo
needs you to save him and i need my maturity ceremony
to be done at home. Goodbye father* she dropped the
call*

Gods of baKoena why are you panishing me in such a

manner? Haven’t I served you well? Haven’t i slaughtered
beasts and performed your rituals the way you wanted
them done? So why did you take my crown and my
kingdom from me and give it to someone who destroyed it
and now that it’s no longer what it used to you want me
back there to start from scratch again? All my hard work
you took from me and gave it to someone else and now
it’s gone down with the floods and now I must go back
rebuild it? Yes my heart bleeds for the people of baKoena
but you took them away from me. So please give me time
to live my life with my family and groom my brother to be
the king you want him to be.

His heart was bleeding but the ancestors were quiet just
like they always have been for the past months. They only
spoke to him in his dreams but he refuses to give in. Now
his son will have to pay for the sins of the same people
that turned their backs on him.
Don’t forget to like, command share.

#loveadminInsert 41

Lerumo✨

Today I called Tokelo to have serious talk with him, man to

man maybe he will understand where am coming from
both as a man and a leader. It is a beautiful hot day and
we are sitting outside in the garden having a cold one.
‘Father you called me and Please don’t tell me you are
dying’ said Tokelo
‘It is not my time yet son the gods still want me here’
Lerumo said
‘That is good news Father but I am concerned about your
health’ said Tokelo
‘Don’t be concerned about my health son I will be fine. I
actually called you here to discuss the cause of my illness
which is not really an illness’ Lerumo said
‘If it’s not an illness then what is it Father? Are you
concerned about what is happening back home?’ Asked
Tokelo
‘ Yes I am worried about my people and the kingdom but
what is really bothering me are the dreams in fact one
dream’ Lerumo said
‘What is the dream about father’ Lerumo thought about
this dream that is keeping him up at night, a dream that
will be his downfall if he doesn’t do what is required of him.
‘The baKoena ancestors want me back home to save the
kingdom’ he said ‘So what is the problem?’ Tokelo
asked.’tell me this son, how would you feel if you were
stripped of your company, betrayed by your own
employees and then when the company is facing
bankruptcy you are called back to save it’ asked Lerumo.
‘To be honest Father I would be very hurt and
disappointed but more importantly my ego would be
bruised. In fact I wouldn’t go back just to prove a point to
them’ answered Tokelo’ that is precisely how I feel about
this son, I feel for my people and my heart bleeds for them
but what bothers me is how quickly my people turned their
backs on me. My own elders betrayed me, after everything
I have done for that kingdom over the years. They meet a
person who claims to be my brother for one day and they
give him the kingdom on a silver platter. That really
doesn’t concern me much but what killed me was being
chased out of my home, my children’s home and that is
what wounded me. When I took over as king that palace
only had two rondavels and I built it to what it is today, I
built it for my people and my children. I built it so that even
when I step down the queen and I can move to one of the
wings so that you as king can have the main house. What
would it have cost them to offer us one of the wings in the
palace than to kick us out like dogs?’ Said Lerumo and the
pain was evident in each word he said.’I understand
Father and I don’t blame you for feeling this way any man
would feel exactly the same way you do right now’ Tokelo
replies ‘ But if I don’t go back you...you will pay the price’
said Lerumo sounding pained by this. ‘ what do you mean
father?’ Asked Tokelo. ‘ The gods will take you if I don’t
oblige and I don’t want to lose you. You are my son and I
love you, this will also kill your mother so if I go I will be
doing it for you just like any parent would do. Sacrifice for
their children’ Lerumo said.

‘Father I know you don’t know this and you will be very
disappointed in me, in fact am disappointed in myself but I
feel like I have to tell you this. Children also have to
sacrifice for their parents and I am more than willing to do
so. Father I have taken many lives in my life and I know
this will hurt you and you might feel like you failed as a
parent but I want you to know that you have been nothing
but a good father and role model for me, but what am
trying to say is, if you don’t want to go back then don’t go
back, let the gods take me, what is one life compared to
the ones I took? You sacrificed a lot for us and not even
once did you complain. If you feel like this is your time to
do what makes you happy then am more then happy to
contribute to it as you have done so many times for me
and your people. we don’t even have to tell Mapula and
mother’ said Tokelo. ‘ You might think I don’t know what
you do but I do’ Lerumo said. ‘ You do?’ Asked Tokelo
clearly surprised by what his father just said. ‘ Yes I do
know Papi came to tell me what happened while you were
still at school but back then I had no means to rescue you.
Yes I had the companies but all that money went to the
kingdom so I kept quiet’ ‘but why didn’t you say anything
all these years?’ Aske Tokelo quizzically. ‘ I figured you
will tell me when you ready, but enough about that. What I
want you to know is that I am proud of you for keeping
your sister and us safe. Most importantly I appreciate the
fact that you didn’t do all those things in front of your
people. A good king never shows his secrets to the world
to see as they will use it against you. So am proud of you
for not involving any of us in any of this.’ Lerumo said.
Tokelo felt good about what his father said but was also
ashamed of his actions even though his father said some
good words to him, he still felt guilty and exposed. ‘So
father what is your decision? I need to know so that I can
put my affairs in order.’ ‘ A man should always have his
affairs in order no matter what because death comes
unexpectedly like a thief at night. But do not worry yourself
about dying at least not from this’ Lerumo said.

‘I hear you father but always know that all we want is for
you to be happy, all 3 of us want you happy’ he said ‘ don’t
forget Lebo, haha that one is such a baby’ ‘ I was actually
counting him in those people, when I said 3 I meant
Mapula, Lebo and I, mother can sort you out yourself’ I
laughed at that statement knowing exactly how capable
my wife is of putting me in my place. It’s actually in those
moments that i fall deeper in love with her. That woman
never ceases to amaze me, just when I think I can’t
possibly love her anymore than I do she goes and does
something that will make me feel like a teenager with
raging hormones. ‘ You right son, your mother is more
than capable. Tell me have you found your queen yet’ I
asked with my eyebrow raised expecting him to say what
he always says( am not ready yet father but when I am I
will tell you) ‘ Actually Father I have and am sure you will
approve’ well this is a surprise, this maiden must be
something special to steal my son’s heart like that. ‘ I have
to meet this maiden and thank her, I never thought a
bachelor like you will ever settle down and don’t worry
about my approval but your mother’s’ ‘ you will meet her in
due time father. Am not worried about mother I will use her
blossom to soften her up’ he said with a smile, thank the
gods my son found happiness and the smile on his face
show just how much he has fallen for this maiden. ‘ haha
you are cruel son, how can you want to use my light like
that?’ ‘ well father a man has to do what a man has to do.
You know how your wife is and am not about to poke a
bear’ ‘haha hey that is my wife you talking about’ I hit him
on the shoulder playfully and he laughed.

This demotion if I can call it that gave me something I

never had. Time with my son, Tokelo grew up knowing
that his father has other responsibilities in his life and that
made him more determined to be independent and do
things on his own. Yes I was disappointed when I found
out about what he does but I also blamed myself for not
being there more for him. I know that he needed on more
than one occasion but I wasn’t there for him, as I was busy
trying to build a strong and wealthy kingdom for my people.
But I am grateful that he doesn’t resent me for not being
there for him and I am also grateful for this time I spent
with both my sons, being a father to them. If I go back to
being king I will go back a happy man, am a proud father,
my son was even willing to sacrifice himself for me and
that alone showed me how much he loves me, but am not
about to be Abraham and sacrifice my son as there might
not be a beast at the top of the mountain to save him.

Thabiso:

I have been buried in my work ever since I got better. I

wanted to catch up and fix the mess I have created and
also try and avoid thinking about the pain I caused the
woman I leant to love and appreciate. My betrothed
doesn’t even want to talk to me and I don’t blame her. The
way I acted was not right wether I want bewitched or not
she didn’t deserve what I did. I wish she could just give me
a chance to apologize to her for my behavior. Sigh... A
knock came through the door disturbing me from my
thoughts and I shouted a lazy come in and Lesego came
in with bags from steers, am guessing it’s lunch.
‘ I brought lunch’ he said ‘ yeah sure, but am not really
hungry’ ‘ I know you not really hungry but I would really
like yoh to eat so that you can hear what I have to say’ he
says. ‘ Whatever it is am not interested’ I say a bit
annoyed, why can’t he just leave me alone? ‘ Oh well then
I will keep my mouth shut about the ideas I have for you to
win your queen back’ he said and started eating his food.
‘ Come on man, you know I would do anything to get her
to at least let me talk to her, even if she doesn’t say
anything, just talking to her apologizing and thanking for
for what she has done would be more than enough for
me.’ Right now I would do anything to get my wife back, I
need her and I am nothing without her. She’s my life and I
mean that literally. I say ‘ Jeez man no need to cry about it,
I will help you because am a good friend’ he says with a
smile on his face. If I didn’t need him I would wipe that
smile off his face. Mxm. ‘ Fine! So what do you have in
mind?’ I ask with a bit of excitement. ‘ we are going to
Cape Town this afternoon’ Lesego said ‘ how are we
supposed to get a flight at this time? Besides I have
meeting in the morning with the editors’ Lesego shakes his
head looking down.’ I wasn’t going to say this but if you
don’t go there now you will lose your queen’ he says ‘ I
already lost her man. Wait why do you said that like you
know something I don’t?’ I ask ‘ well I spoke to Kwezi last
night and she told me that some Zulu prince is making
moves on her and she doesn’t seem to mind and...’ what?
A Zulu prince after my wife? He will have her over my
dead body, am not loosing that woman.’ And what?’ I
asked ‘ And what?’ He repeated and I know he does that
when his hiding something. ‘ No man Lesego you said and,
and you didn’t finish. What is it?’ Now am worried about
what more could there be. ‘ Well Kwezi told me that she
doesn’t want to marry you anymore because you were not
up front with her about the Boitumelo thing’ Damn
Boitumelo! You still causing problems even when you are
locked in the dungeon with the rats.’ I messed up big time
didn’t I?’ I say disappointed In myself ‘Yes you did but you
can still fix this’ he said. I can fix this but his not saying
how because am out of ideas right now. ‘ Are you going to
tell me how or you going to keep me in suspense’ am
annoyed right now. ‘ haven’t you been listening to a word I
said?’ He asks ‘ I have man but give me something solid’ I
say ‘ well the solid part is yours to figure out. I have
booked us a flight to Cape Town departing this evening at
5pm’ clearly proud of himself. ‘ When did you do that?’ I
ask ‘ After I spoke to Kwezi and she told me the Zulu
prince’ ‘ So What are we still doing here? Let’s go back’
Lesego laughed getting up from the chair.

Am coming for you my heart, I just hope you will give us

another chance. Gods of baTloung please be with me on
this journey, am going to get your queen and I need you
by my side. The woman who has my heart is not just any
other woman, she is a queen, your queen, your child the
eye and ear of the gods. The highly favored one and I
cannot just go there alone, I need you, your prince needs
you.

Like, share and comment.

#loveadminInsert 42

Mapula✨

‘Ngwedi why can’t I feel my legs?’ ‘I don’t know princess

but look over there that elephant can help carry you’ ‘ But
won’t those lions standing in front of them harm us?’ ‘ That
is up to you princess, remember this is your journey, if you
let the lions stand in your way you might not go home’ ‘ but
I have to go home Ngwedi they need me’ ‘ they don’t only
need you but their queen as well’ ‘Ngwedi where are you
going? Ngwedi don’t leave me here!! Nyolodi my queen
please help me!! BaKoena where are you?... I woke up
sweating and breathing heavy. It was a dream, sigh!
Thank the gods it’s only a dream, but what does it mean?...
Ngwedi abaKoena motsereletsi wa kgosigadi Mapula
etlomamele kgosigadi ahao [moon of the BaKoena
protector of the rain queen Mapula, come and listen to
your queen] ‘At your service my queen’ said Ngwedi.
‘ Protector I need your help with a dream I woke up with’ I
say. ‘ You mean a warning my princess’ she says. Oh
what have I done to anger the gods now?’ I Ask a bit
worried of the answer I might get, I don’t want to live
school again and if I have to save someone please let it be
here. ‘ You have not done anything yet my princess ‘ she
answered. I must say am relieved that I don’t have to go
anywhere and that the gods are happy but I can’t help but
wonder what the warning is about. ‘Then What is this
warning about?’ I ask. ‘ You have two paths before you to
choose from my princess’ she says. Why can’t Ngwedi just
be clear? Why does she have to speak in riddles? Hai tjo’
Please Tell me more’ i say, hoping that she will be clear
this time around. ‘ As I said you have two paths before you,
one is owned by the lions and one is owned by the
elephants’ she says and I nod and indicate with my hand
for her to go on. ‘ The one part will bring you happiness
but you will have to sacrifice your people to get it and the
second path will also bring you happiness and you won’t
have to sacrifice anything for it but you will however
continue using your gifts to help others’ she says. I don’t
get what paths she’s talking about and I want to know
more. ‘ So if I choose the one path I won’t have to use my
powers?’ I ask, not that I don’t want my gift I just want to
know my options. ‘ No, they will be taken away from you
as they are meant to help your people and if you choose
that part then you won’t have them anymore’ she says ‘ So
Tell me which path is represented by the lions as I think I
know which represents the elephants?’ I ask. I need to
know so that I can make an informed decision. ‘ sorry my
princess but that is all am allowed to say at the moment
but remember the gods believe in you and they don’t want
to dictate how you live your life but they are giving you
options for you to choose which is right for you’ she says. I
understand Ngwedi I really do but this is confusing to me.
‘ my thanks my dear protector’ I say ‘ There is no need to
thank me my princess, I am your guardian and this is what
I am here for’ she says. Haha Ngwedi can be modest
sometimes, wether she is supposed to do this or not it
won’t hurt to show some appreciation because without her
I’d be in the dark. ‘My thanks dear protector for doing such
good work and I will see you next time.’ I say ‘ have a
pleasant day my princess and you have a visitor’ she says
and disappears. What is Ngwedi talking about now?...
While I was still thinking a knock came through, I wonder
who that is this early... I went to open and there he is my
handsome prince. He hasn’t changed one bit, I forgot just
how good looking he is or maybe it’s because I haven’t
seen him in a while. He brought me back by snapping his
finger in front of my face.
Mapula: My Prince, Sunrise greetings.
‘Sunrise greetings my princess and am sorry to wake you.’
He says ‘ it’s okay my prince I was awake.’ I say ‘ may i
please come in?’ He asked. He looks nervous right now
and I don’t know why. I moved and made way for him to
come in, I closed the door and followed behind him to the
lounge. ‘ Can I offer the prince anything?’ I asked. ‘ Just
water my princess thank you’ he says. I don’t know what
Thabiso is doing here, he looks nervous but his presence
commands respect. God where is Kwezi when I need
her?... I went back to the lounge and gave him the water
and sat on the couch opposite him. He placed the glass on
the coffee table and looked at me. ‘How have you been
my princess?’ He asks, I wonder why he doesn’t get to the
point because right now I need a shower. ‘ I am well my
prince and I can see that the prince is also doing well.’ I
say. ‘ I am not well my princess’ he let’s out a deep sigh
and continued. ‘I came here to apologize first for not being
up front about the relationship I had with Boitumelo.
Secondly for the way I treated you, I will not sit here and
blame witchcraft. Bewitched or not I shouldn’t have
ignored you the way I did. Yes the only thing on my mind
the moment I set foot in LeSotho was her. Am sorry my
princess, please forgive me.’ He pleads ‘ My Prince I
forgave you a long time ago for the way you were when
we got back home even though I was confused for a very
long time, wondering what I might have done or said to
upset you. But when I found out what happened I forgave
you whole heartedly, but what I struggled to forgive you for
is not trusting me enough to understand that you had a life
before me.’ I say, ‘ I am sorry my princess, keeping it from
you was not my intention, she was just not important to me
at the time and I saw no need to tell you but now I realize
that I was wrong’ he says and I understand him. ‘ I
understand my prince but trust has been broken between
us and it will take sometime to restore it. As the saying
goes, it takes a few minutes to trust someone but when
trust is broken it takes years to restore it.’ I say and he
looks at me without saying anything. ‘My princess I am
more than...’ my phone rings and he looks at me. I know
that is Ntsika calling, his been calling me every morning
and sending texts for the past two days and this is his time
to call. ‘ if the prince will excuse me I would like to answer
my phone’ I said and he looks at me and nods. I answer
my phone walking to the kitchen.

Convo:

Mapula: Good morning Ntsika

Ntsika: Good morning Mpande, how did you sleep my
queen?
Mapula: Very well thank you for asking and you?
Ntsika: I slept very well because I spoke to you before I
slept. * I blush*
Mapula: I will take that as a compliment then.
Ntsika: Take it as more than just a compliment my queen.
You being calmness into my life and I appreciate you for
that.
Mapula: My thanks, even though I didn’t anything.
Ntsika: You Do a lot more than you can ever imagine my
queen.
Mapula: Okay then if you say so, uhm..Ntsika I have to go
and we will talk some other time.
Ntsika: Okay Mpandeyomuzi kababa [root of my fathers
compound]keep well.
Mapula: Bye.

I dropped the call and went back to the lounge. Thabiso

was sitting where I left him and I went to sit where I was
sitting before.
‘ My princess please don’t give up on us, I know that you a
beautiful woman and you will have a lot of suitors but I ask
that you please give us a change’ he says with a pleading
tone. ‘ my prince as I said, I forgive you but you will have
to earn my trust back and as for us I really don’t know.’ I
say and I see pain in his eyes, Thabiso carries his
emotions in his eyes. He goes down and kneels in front of
me and am shocked. ‘My heart, please don’t give up on
me just yet my princess, take this a test of how things are
going to be when we married and how we are going to
resolve them. My princess I am still going to do things to
will piss you off when we are married but I promise to
always communicate, consider your feelings and spend
my days trying my very best to make you happy. Mapula
you have my heart, you stole it the first day I met you. The
way you carried yourself, how you spoke and more
especially how much your people love and admire you. I
found myself wanting to know more about you and the
reasons your people admired you. Yes I got time to know
you but then after you selflessly helped me after all that I
have done to you proved to me that you are the one for
me. Not that I wasn’t sure in the first place but what you
did meant more to me, you have morals and principle in
fact you possess the qualities of a queen and not just any
queen but a baTloung queen, most importantly my queen.
Am literally on my knees doing something I have never
done before but for you I will do it all my queen you name
it and I will do it.’ Am speechless right now, I open my
mouth to say something but words fail me. ‘ you don’t
have to say anything right now but I will come by every
day until you have something to say to me’ he say then
gets up, kissed my forehead and left.

Wow I really don’t know what to say right now, Thabiso is

a good man and so is Ntsika. I guess these are the two
paths and I have to choose one. My husband Thabiso or
Ntsika the Zulu prince.
Manzini Kingdom in KZN:

Ntsika is sitting at the dining table having breakfast with

his father king Sbanisezwe and his mother queen
Nkanyezi. His smiling a lone while holding a fork, his
parents look at him then each other, wondering what could
be making the prince smile as Ntsika never smiles. His a
vey serous person and his beast is not friendly.
KingSbani: Wasineka wedwa nje yini? *you smiling alone
what it is?*
Queen: Oh I was wondering the same thing.
Ntsika: I think am ready to settle down now father *he says
that smiling*
KingSbani: Actually That is what the queen and I were
going to talk to you about but am glad you are already
open to the idea.
Ntsika: I am more than open father in fact I am ready and I
can get married even tomorrow. * he says with a wide
smile on his face*
Queen: Oh good and you will love the princess I choose
for you.
Ntsika: What?
KingSbani: Awu yini manje? * What is it now?* I thought
you wanted this.
Ntsika: I do Father but not with some random princess.
Queen: So does that mean you already have someone in
mind?
Ntsika smiles and looked at his mother.
Ntsika: Yes mother I do and I think my beast agrees.
KingSbani: Okay so which kingdom is she from?
Ntsika: I don’t know but she is not from here, she is a
Sotho woman and I don’t think she’s royalty.
KingSbani: Usuyasangana ke manje, intombi yomSotho
pho that is not even royal? * you must be crazy now, a
Sotho woman that is not even royal *
Queen: Ntsika my son, you are the prince the next in line
for the Manzini throne, you can’t marry a commoner and
our tradition doesn’t allow it.
Ntsika: Well then I will be the first, Mpandeyomuzi will be
my queen and no one else.
KingSbani: I thought you said the girl was Sotho why is
her name Mpandeyomuzi?
Ntsika: She is Sotho and her name is Mapula but I call her
Mpandeyomuzi kababa because she will be the root that
pulls this family and this kingdom together.
Queen: How do you know that Ntsika? The girl is a
commoner.
Ntsika: Mother in the past two days that I have been
talking to Mpande I have been calm, happy and smiling for
no reason, which is something I never do. Mpande is my
light, my calmness, my art because her beauty is not one
to be complemented but one that is like art that is felt and I
feel with Mpande, I have feelings mother because that’s
what my art does to me. Even my beast agrees, he is
submissive towards Mpande, her voice alone has a way of
keeping it calm and happy and I won’t lose that.
KingSboni: You have known this girl for only two days and
already you are feeling this way? Hayi the love potion she
gave you is strong. *Ntsika bangs the table*
Ntsika: Don’t you ever and I mean ever call my art a witch.
Mpande is a good woman and she will be the queen of
this kingdom or you will lose me. * he said in a very stern
voice then got up and left*
Queen: Manzini I don’t want to lose my son.
KingSbani: We need the chief priest and fast.
Like, share and comment.

Have a good slumber.

#loveadminInsert 43

Manzini kingdom ✨

King Sibanisezwe went out of the main house to the chief

priest’s hut, he wanted to get to the bottom of the problem
with the prince and he was going to do anything to make
sure he doesn’t lose his son and the future king of his
kingdom. He got there, took off his shoes and went inside.
Chief: My king, what brings you here?
King: My house is on fire wise one and I need answers.
Chief: What seems to be the problem so that I can consult?
King: The prince of this land is bewitched.
Chief: My king you know that the prince cannot be
bewitched his beast protects him.
King: But no one said anything about it being immune to
LeSotho muti because the maiden responsible is from
LeSotho and the beast seems to be calm around her. The
prince even goes around smiling.
Chief priest: Okay you have convinced me let’s throw the
bones* took his bones and said praises then asked the
king to blow into the bag with bones, shakes it then threw
the bone on the mat made of animal skin*
Chief: Mmm yes siyavuma* we agree* iyhooo!! Vumani bo
* do you agree*
King: Siyavuma * we agree* the chief priest went on
reading the bone then turned and looked at the king
smiling*
Chief priest: The prince did well my king.
King: The prince of this land is bewitched by a Sotho
commoner and you tell me he did well? What are you
smoking?
Chief: If you could let me finish you would understand why
I said he did well.
King: Go in then.
Chief: Well the ancestors showed me the girl and her
blood is blue.
King: What?
Chief: She has blue blood my king
King: That is interesting at least she is royal but then again
how can a Sotho maiden calm the breast? Lions are not
easily controlled and you know very well what I had to go
through to finally get my wife.
Chief: I was there I know, but this princess seems to be
favored a lot.
King: What is she favored for?
Chief: The gods didn’t reveal that but whatever it is it’s
powerful.
King: Well that is interesting.
Chief: That is not all my king.
King: Tell me wise one.
Chief: This Maiden is so favoured that she has breasts on
both sides protecting her.
King: Her beasts can’t be as powerful as the lions, we are
the kings of the jungle and we rule wherever we go* he
said sounding very proud*
Chief: But you are weak against all forces of nature
combined.
King: don’t test me Sibiya! What are you trying to say
about my ancestors?
Chief: It’s not what I am saying it’s what they are showing
me.
King: Explain yourself.
Chief: The girl has ingwenya[alligators] on the right
protecting her, on the left she has elephants, at the beck
she has 3 most powerful women and in front? ...Well you
won’t even believe me if I told you.
King: Whatever it is am sure if won’t shock me as much as
what you have already revealed has shocked me.
Chief: Well this is more interesting and very powerful. Not
even the most powerful chiefs have ever been blessed
with such, in my entire existence I have never seen such
and in fact if I were to meet her I would have to bow before
her as she is above me.
King: Please Tell me why you say that?
The chief priest laughs a little as If amazed by all that he
has been shown and the excitement he has about all this.
Not for the prince but for him to actually say he once met
the most powerful person to ever walk The earth.
Chief: She has an angel leading her! Do you know what
that means? * the chief priest couldn’t contain his
excitement* she is lead by an angel a young girl with big
Snow White wings. The angel is walking before her as is
she is queen guarded by the most powerful creatures.
King: This is interesting indeed. Please throw the bones
again I have to be sure about this.* the chief priest did as
told and what he saw left him with his jaw dropped*
Chief priest: I have to meet this maiden.
King: Can you just talk to me and stop with the excitement
over things I don’t know.
Chief: What I see here is beyond what I previously
imagined! This maiden is a god herself.
King: Are you going to share with me what you know?
Chief: Am sorry my king but what was revealed to me this
time is so surreal that I myself don’t believe it.
King: DAMN SIBIYA!! You might be the eye of the gods
but I am still your king and you serve me and the throne of
this kingdom. Now tell me what I need to know and stop
wasting my time.
Chief: My apologies your highness, I just got carried away
because this is something that has never happened before.
However I will now get to the point, apart from the
protection she has she can also control the sun, rain and
storms. Basically she can do anything.
King: I have to talk to the prince. My thanks wise one* the
chief priest didn’t even see the king leaving he was still
looking at the bones not believing what he just saw, as a
result he gathered the bones, put them back in their sack
then said the praises and threw them again. He took his
time looking away from them hoping that when he looked
at them they will show something different. He finally
looked after a while and the bones said the same thing.*
Chief priest: Gods of my ancestors you cannot show me
such wonder and not let me at least be in the presence of
it. This is something you have never done before but now
you have and I know a lot of my kind will want to see this
and maybe be trained by her as she is something bigger
than any kingdoms beasts. I beg of you let me see her just
once.

Mapula:

Am still shocked about the events that occurred earlier

today as a result I ended up calling Kwezi. I need the
distraction and a new perspective from someone outside
of this love triangle if I can even call it that...Kwezi badges
in shouting my name at the top of her lungs.
Mapula: Awu friend why are you shouting?
Kwezi: Hey Don’t ask me that just come sit down and tell
me what happened.
Mapula: Okay But First do you want something to drink?
Kwezi: Hey stop wasting time and come tell me what is
going on.
Mapula: Okay Okay jeez impatient much?
Kwezi: Heyi wena [hey you] you know I should be
spending time with my man right now but I come running
here for you, so please talk.
Mapula: But friend we both know you came for
mgosi[gossip]
Kwezi: Of course! Now spill.
Mapula: Well where do I start?
Kwezi: The beginning is always a good start.
Mapula: You right, so I had a dream last night or in the
early hours of the morning and in the dream...[ she told
her everything about the dream and what it means]
Kwezi: Yho friend that is deep.
Mapula: Tell me about it, as if that was not enough,
Thabiso came here early in the morning to apologize and
explain things to me.
Kwezi: Oh wow that is so sweet of him, I mean I traveled
all the way from LeSotho just so that he can explain
himself and fix things with you. His a keeper friend.
Mapula: I know dear and in his apology he sounded so
sincere, his words were like ones from those guys on
those romantic movies we use to watch.
Kwezi: Yho this guy is good friend.
Mapula: You have no idea friend it was like he was
reading a script written for a romantic loving hot guy from
a soap opera. He said all that pouring his heart out to me
showing me his vulnerable side. It was so sweet that
words failed me.
Kwezi: So if you felt like that what is the problem?
Mapula: Trust friend, it doesn’t matter how many romantic
words he says and how sweet and speechless he leave
me. There is that part of me that wonders if he will
disappoint me again.
Kwezi: Friend! His words might be those from a soap
opera actor but this is no movie, it’s real life and in real life
people disappoint each other all the time but that doesn’t
mean they care any less about you. How many times do
you think our parents disappointed each other?
Mapula:Plenty [ I said in a low tone realizing just how right
Kwezi sounds]
Kwezi: Exactly But they never gave up just because they
were disappointed. Every relationship has its ups and
downs but it’s up to us to fight for what we want. Don’t
expect to have a soap opera kind of love without putting in
the work, you work then reap the rewards.
Mapula: I get what you saying friend believe me I do... if
there was no one else I believe that I would have given the
prince another Chance without thinking twice about it
because he really is a good man.
Kwezi: Friend how long have you known this other guy
and what exactly do you know about him besides him
being a prince?
Mapula: Nothing really But we can get to know each other.
Kwezi: I know that you can get to know each other but
remember the saying ‘ rather be with the devil you know
than the one you dont’ what I mean is that you know
Thabiso, yes he made a mistake, who doesn’t? Are you
going to be the kind of queen who runs at the first sign of
trouble?
Mapula: No friend you know am not like that.
Kwezi: But you are like that to your husband?
Mapula: His not my husband yet.
Kwezi: Am sorry but we both know that is bull sh$$&t. He
paid lobala and that makes you his wife.
Mapula: Yes I know...But there is Ntsika, his sweet, caring,
makes me laugh and am free around him.
Kwezi: Firstly every guy makes you feel like that when you
just met, secondly he doesn’t even know you are a queen
of two big kingdoms back home and you have powers and
you married. All those things he doesn’t know and that is
why you feel free with him because you feel like you can
live a life that is not yours for a while.
Mapula: Is that so bad though?
Kwezi: Mapula you are smarter than that, you heard that
you will lose your powers if you choose Ntsika, what do
you think will happen to your people? What about your
fathers kingdom that is already at the mercy of your uncle.
You were crying not so long ago telling me how heavy
your heart is because your fathers people are dying and
your father doesn’t want to go and save them. If you lose
your powers your people will suffer even more and I know
that you will never be happy knowing that others are
suffering out there because of you.
Mapula: I know friend but who do I choose?
Kwezi: According to me there is no comparison between
Thabiso and Ntsika. To me Ntsika is not even a factor but I
will not tell you what to do. Follow your heart and as your
friend I will support you with whatever decision you make.
Mapula: Thanks friend I appreciate your advice
and...[ there was a knock on the door and Kwezi went to
open and came back with Thabiso]
Kwezi: Well I will leave you two alone.
Mapula: Thanks for everything friend and I will call you.
Kwezi: Anytime friend, bye.
Thabiso: I knew that asking you to go out with me might
have been too much to ask so I rented movies for us to
watch and I got us a picnic basket.
Mapula: You shouldn’t have
Thabiso: Yes I should have, now my lady would you be so
kind and go make us pop corns while I fix the place for our
picnic?
Mapula: Sure[ I went to the kitchen to get started on the
popcorn]
I finished with the popcorn and when I went to the lounge
the lights were off and candles were lit. Cushions were
scattered on the floor with a fleece blanket in the middle, a
picnic basket with all sorts of goodies inside. It was really
beautiful and new to me.
Thabiso: You don’t have to say anything just sit, eat and
watch the movie.
I nodded then went and joined him. Oh how I wish I could
just erase all that happened and go back to the happy
place we were once in before we went home.
Tsietsi:

I have been busy with my plan since Papi left for some
business and oh boy is he in for a surprise when he
comes back. Father will know the kind of monster he
created and unfortunately for him it will be the last time he
sees it because he will soon join his ancestors. Am sure
even mother is waiting for him to give her answers to the
questions she never got to ask and I will help her get them.
I have already given the guards and maidens off for two
days, one is the day before he arrives and the second is
the day of his arrival and his last day on Earth. My plan is
solid and I know no one will question the prince. And when
his found dead by the help I won’t be here as I told them
am leaving and there will be no one in the palace so they
don’t have to work. Am planning on asking the guards to
take me to the airport before they take their off days so
that they think I left then at night am coming back to the
palace to wait and kill that monster I used to call a father.
Let the games begin Papi and I am going to beat you at
your own game. You should have known that sometimes
the student asperses the master, but you will learnt that
the hard way and you won’t even get the chance to share
your wisdom with others.
You will regret ever treating me badly and you will see the
work of your own creation just you wait.

Like, share and comment.

#loveadminInsert 44

Lerumo✨

It’s been 3 weeks and I must say that I am sleeping

peacefully at night and I have regained my strength and
now am ready to go back and get what’s rightfully mine.
Well after the talk I had with my son, I burnt African incest
and accepted my faith. I asked my ancestors to spare my
sons life and help me regain my strength so that I can go
back and get my my people out of that misery. Since that
day the dream I had been having stopped and for once
after a long time I had a peaceful slumber and from that
day on wards I have been regaining my strength and
putting together a plan of action to get my kingdom back
and help my people.
My sons have been a great help in all that and they even
offered to donate some funds to the kingdom and help
build roads and improve some of the infrastructure that
has already been destroyed such as the school that has
been vandalized and the clinic. We even got one of the big
pharmaceutical companies in Mexico to donate supplies
and medicines to the clinic and Lebo offered to extend the
clinic into a hospital with different wings.

My queen got one of her clients who is a doctor to use her

medical student residence to do their residency at our
hospital once it has been renovated. Tokelo also got
Cuban doctors who volunteered to train our current
doctors and improve our health care system. Today am
going back home with my sons to put the plan in action, I
will be using my construction company to help with
building materials and use village people to work on the
project. My queen is staying behind and she will only go
back once everything is under my control.

We are driving to the baKoena kingdom busy talking about

the plans we have and how much they will help our people.
The conversation dies down when we pass our farms and
saw how dry they are like they have been abandoned for
years. No workers in sight and the condition they in
weighs heavy on my heart, I have been so consumed with
my pride that I didn’t even realize that things have gotten
this bad. I feel so selfish and not worthy to be called the
king of this kingdom. No wonder my ancestors were angry.

Tokelo: Don’t worry father, all this will be ancient history in

the next few months.
Lebo: Yeah we will get this kingdom back into its normal
state... No it will be much better than what is was before.
Lerumo: I trust you boys and I know that we will get this
kingdom it’s respect and dignity back. It just weighs heavy
on my heart that things got to this point and all because of
selfish people like myself, my brother and the elders.
Lebo: Don’t include yourself in the same sentence as
those people father because you are nothing like them.
Lerumo: Oh but am exactly like them. You see if I didn’t
protest when I was told to come back home things
wouldn’t be this bad.
Tokelo: I understand that you feel guilty now about all this
but you here now, we are here and that is all that matters.
Lerumo: My thanks sons for helping me with this.
Lebo: No need to thank us father this is our home and we
are more then happy to help put it back together.
Tokelo: Yes But I will not be lenient with your brother, you
will forgive me father but if he even tries to stand in our
way I won’t be held responsible of what I will do.
Lerumo: You Do What you want with that man but don’t kill
him... Guard stop the car!

The guard stopped the car and there was a woman with a
child sitting in the middle on the gravel road. The king
stepped out of the car and went to her, the woman lifted
her head and saw the king. She quickly bowed her head in
respect.
Woman: My king welcome back home.
Lerumo: My thanks dear woman, why are you sitting here?
Woman: I was coming from the clinic because my
daughter is sick my king but we didn’t get any help as
there is only one nurse working and too many people
needing assistance.
Lerumo: Where are the other workers?
Woman: They stopped working because they haven’t
been paid for the past months my king and the only one
left is that one nurse.
Lerumo: And the one who’s working has she been getting
paid?
Woman: No my king she just has a good heart and
couldn’t sit and watch our people suffer but she is out of
supplies.
Lerumo: What is your name?
Woman: MaLerato my king.

Lerumo took a closer look at MaLerato and her daughter,

their skin looks pale and their lips are cracked. This broke
Lerumo’s heart even more.
Lerumo: Tokelo give this woman the food we bought on
the way and water. *Tokelo did as told and the woman
was very happy and grateful*
MaLerato: My thanks my king, we will eat when we get
home and save some for my husband. We haven’t eaten
in days and my husband keeps going to the baTlokwa
farm every day in hopes of getting a job but nothing. *
MaLerato was now in tears and Lerumo’s heart broke. He
took out his phone and called the finance manager of his
company and asked him to sort out some funds and he
will send someone to get them. Then he called the
manager in his construction company and told him to take
a truck and some men, go and get the money and buy
grocery hampers and have them delivered to the palace.
He dropped the call and offered MaLerato a lift to her
house.*

Mapula:

Well it has been a good 3 weeks Thabiso and I have been

spending every day together, going to the park, the beach,
movies and sometimes just stay in and cook together.
Lesego went back home a week ago to take care of
business since Thabiso decided to stay until am done with
school then go back home together for my ceremony. I
have also been Talking to Ntsika every day and he is just
the sweetest, we never labeled our relationship so now I
just take him as good friend. I also finally agreed to go on
a formal date with Thabiso and Kwezi is helping me get
ready, in fact he will be here any minute now. Am wearing
a royal blue evening gown with gold high hill sandals, a
gold clutch and gold earrings.

Kwezi: You look amazing friend Thabiso will drop dead the
moment he sees you.
Mapula: You think
Kwezi: No, I know he will melt.
Mapula:yeah but am so nervous this my first time going on
a formal date.
Kwezi: Relax everything will be fine.[ there was a know
and Kwezi went to get it and came back]
Kwezi: His here and girl his flames
Mapula: Okay Okay Let’s go before I change my mind.
Kwezi: Not happening let’s go[ we went out of my room
into the launge and he stood up. He was wearing a navy
suit, brown shoes, his dreadlocks nicely tied. He looks so
handsome.
Kwezi: Hellow! Is one of you gonna say something or you
just gonna drool all night?
Thabiso: Am sorry but I was distracted, you look gorgeous
my princess, words can’t even describe how you look right
now.
Mapula: My thanks my prince and you look handsome.
Thabiso: My thanks princess [ his looking straight into my
eyes as if searching for something and I just got lost in
them]
Kwezi: Hai people please go am done with this [ he
laughed and he took my arm and hocked it into his and we
walked out and drove off]
He drove us into blues waters hotel and we walked in and
we were showed our table. He opened a chair for me and
he went and took his seat.
Thabiso: Did i Tell you how beautiful you look?
Mapula: Yes you did but i won’t mind hearing it again.
Thabiso: Well you look beautiful my princess [ I blushed] I
have something for you [ he reached in his jacket packet
and took out a rectangular box and handed it to me. I took
it and opened it. I found the most beautiful heart shaped
necklace with the letters MT in the middle of the heart.
Mapula: WOW this is beautiful my thanks my prince.
Thabiso: Am glad you like it. May I put it on you?
Mapula: Yes please[ he took it and went behind me and
helped me out it on] what are these letters for?
Thabiso: Mapula And Thabiso [ he kissed the back of my
neck then went back and took his seat]
Mapula: Thank you it’s vey beautiful. [ our order came and
we started eating over lite conversation]

Ntsikayomuzi:
I left home that day and went to one of the apartments I
stay in when am not at the palace. The apartment is in
uMhlanga rocks, I was just too angry at my parents to go
back home, until father called me and told me I can marry
Mpande and now am In Cape Town to surprise her. We
have been talking every day but now I just miss her too
much and I want us to put a label on our relationship and
Maybe take her off the market if she allows me. Now am
on my way to hotel restaurant to have some dinner and I
will see Monde tomorrow since it’s already late. I walked
into the restaurant and the waiter showed me my table, he
gave me the menu and took my drink order and felt. I
looked at the menu but then I heard a familiar laugh, I lift
up my head and I saw her on the far end. Looking so
beautiful, God took his time making my queen, with her
everything is in its right place and her smile just kills me.
Oh Mpandeyomuzi kababa you will be home with me soon,
wait am so hypnotized by her beauty that I didn’t notice
the guy next her. He better not even try it that is my queen,
I stood up and walked to their table and Mpande saw me
and smiled and I smiled back. I reached their table and
greeted looking at Mpande’s beautiful smile.

Ntsika: Good evening Mpande yami

Mapula: Good evening Ntsika
Ntsika: How are you my queen?
Mapula: Am well and how are you?
Ntsika: Good now that I see you.
Mapula: I didn’t know you in town.
Ntsika: I just arrived and I thought I will surprise you
tomorrow but then I saw you and I couldn’t resist.
Mapula: Okay then... oh let me introduce you to prince
Thabiso, Thabiso this is prince Ntsika.
Ntsika: Nice to meet you man, which kingdom are you
from?
Thabiso: BaTloung kingdom in LeSotho and you?
Ntsika: Manzini kingdom KZN. What brings you here?
Thabiso: Oh I came to spend time with my betrothed.
Ntsika: What? No Mpande please tell me this is a mistake,
Please Mpande yami ngiyakucela[ am begging you]
Mapula: It’s not a mistake Ntsika am sorry.
Ntsika: Why didn’t you tell me this Mpande?
Mapula: This was not something I could tell you over the
phone Ntsika we met once remember?
Thabiso: Why do you call her Mpande?
Ntsika: Stay our of this. [ i say in low but very stern tone,
my anger is raising just by looking at him and my blood
boils.Then I look at Mpande and I feel defeated. I went
down on my knees in front of her]
Ntsika: Mpande yami I cant lose you not when I have just
found you, please give me a chance to love you, i know
that you are promised to another but am here now, to
make you my queen, to love and make you happy. Please
give us chance please Mamokoena i beg of you.
Guard: Nkosana please get up a prince of Manzini begs
no one especially a commoner, now please get up my
prince.
Mapula: Ntsika get up, his right a prince doesn’t beg[ I got
up and took her hands in mine and looked at her] and
you[ looking at the guard] are commoners not people?...
please don’t ever look down on people just because you
think you are in a higher level than they are. Commoners
are people, your people and being a royal guard doesn’t
make you royal. You are a commoner just like them.
Ntsika I will call you tomorrow so that the three of us can
talk.
Thabiso: Please don’t ever touch my wife like that in my
presence and you[guard] she is not a commoner but a
royal princess of the BaKoena Kingdom and soon to be
queen of the baTloung kingdom. If I ever hear you address
my queen like that again you will regret it. [ they left]
I turned to look at the guard.
Ntsika: You and your big mouth! Who asked you to do
what you did?
Guard: No one my prince and am sorry.
Ntsika: Your Sorry won’t change anything and if I lose
Mpande because of this, I will kill you before that Sotho
prince gets to you. Mxm

I left him there and went to my room. I can’t lose Mpande

not when I just found her, she is my everything.

#loveadminInsert 45

Thabiso POV ✨

To say I was hurt by the events of last night would be

putting it lightly, i was crushed and it doesn’t make it better
that the Zulu prince is easy on the eyes and good with
words. When I heard that this Ntsika guy was making
moves on my queen I had to come and get back what is
mine, not that I didn’t try when I was back home but it
wasn’t the same since she didn’t want to give me a
chance to talk to her. But now things have been good
between us and I decide to stay put until she is done with
school so that we can go back home together. Things
were going well till the Zulu prince showed up and I won’t
lie and say there was no connection between them
because there was and there is no denying that she has a
soft spot for him and that alone is discouraging for me.
Now we have this meeting today which am also invited to
and am grateful that she doesn’t want to hide things from
me but I can’t help but worry. This meeting can either
make or break us. I tried all that I could to make her see
that am serious about us and now the ball is her court. My
phone rings and it’s the queen.

Thabiso: Queen Mother, how are you doing?

Queen: Am doing well son but you not, tell me what the
problem is.
Thabiso: I feel like am losing the princess mother and
there is nothing I can do to make her stay.
Queen: You don’t have to make her stay son, when a
woman’s mind is made up there is no changing it.
Thabiso: What should I do mother? I have learnt to love
Mapula and losing her is not an option.
Queen: Tell me what makes you so sure that you are
going to lose her.
Thabiso: There is a Zulu prince she seems to have a soft
spot for and today we are meeting with him to find a way
forward but am dreading going to this meeting because I
might lose her.
Queen: What must happen will happen my prince, go to
the meeting with your head held high because you have
done all you could now it’s up to her.
Thabiso: I have to go and pick her up mother. Was there
something the queen wanted to talk about?
Queen: No my prince I was just checking in that’s all.
Thabiso: Alright then mother keep well and pray for me.
Queen: I will son. Keep well.

I took my car keys and drove to Mapula’s house to pick

her up. BaTloung I have tried to get your queen back to
you but it’s proving to be difficult and if I can’t get her
home please forgive me.
Mapula:

Last nights dinner with Thabiso was very nice, I enjoyed

myself and he made me feel special, I am in love with my
necklace as it is the first jewelry I ever received from a
man. Well now am waiting for him to pick me up so that
we can go and meet with Ntsika, oh Ntsika is so noble, he
still sent me a goodnight and a good morning message
even after what happened. Why are the gods making this
difficult for me?

Kwezi: There is no time to be thinking too much now friend.

All you have to do is put one of those guys out of their
misery and stop stringing them along.
Mapula: Have I turned into such a bad person now friend?
Kwezi: You not a bad person Mapula you just confused
and it’s understandable. I mean I would be confused
myself if I had two of the most handsome and powerful
men fighting for me.
Mapula: Oh friend you know just how to lift up my spirit
and give me hope even when I have none.
Kwezi: Thats What friends are for...let me get the door
your prince has just parked outside.
Mapula: Okay then let me also take my bag. [ I took my
bag and followed. I found Thabiso in the lounge, he
greeted and we went out. He really doesn’t seem like his
usual self today.]

The drive to the hotel where Ntsika stays is quiet and

tense. I guess we are both consumed by our thoughts. We
meeting at Ntsika’s hotel room because we wanted some
privacy and Thabiso said it was not a good idea to my
meet at my place so that’s why we came here. We got
there and took the elevator to the third floor where is room
is, the elevator pinged indicating our arrival. We got out
and Thabiso took my hand in his and held it tight like he
doesn’t want me to run away from him. We got to the door
and knocked.Ntsika opened for us and invited us in.

Ntsika: Can I get you anything to drink? [ he offered]

Mapula: Some water would be fine for me.
Thabiso: Whiskey neat
Ntsika: Coming right up [ he went to get us out drinks and
came back and joined us] Well where do we start?
Mapula: I don’t know but I guess I will start since I called
you both here. Ntsika from the short period of time that I
have known you, you have been nothing but amazing to
me. You make me laugh and I am free around you, yes we
never labeled our relationship but I see you as a good
friend.
Ntsika: But I want to be more than a friend to you Mpande
yami.
Mapula: I know but I am already promised to another.
Ntsika: I know that too but I also know that if you wanted
to you can reject his proposal and wed the one your heart
desires and I’d like to be that one.
Mapula: Ntsika I was already warned that if I choose to be
with you I will lose everything including my family and I
can’t have that.
Ntsika: Mpande we can visit your family anytime you want
to. Please Mpande yami, sibane soManzini, maweyingane
zami, ngiyakucela Mamokoena nginike ithuba ngikuthande.
Ngiyazi ukuthi asazani kahle kodwa intliziyo yami ikhethe
wena, Please mawabo ngiyacela sthandwa sami nginike
ithuba ngikuthande. Omanzini bayakudina nami futhi
ngiyakudinga nkosazane. [Please Mpande, light of the
Manzini clan, mother of my kids, please Mamokoena give
me a chance to love you. I know we don’t know each other
well but my heart chose you, please mother of children my
love give me a chance to love you. The Manzini clan
needs you and I need you my princess.]
Thabiso: I don’t have fancy words to say to you my
princess but the love I have for you is profound, that is
why I am going to let you make this decision on your own
without putting pressure on you and I will support you with
whatever decision you make. I love you so much to keep
you with me when you not happy, to me your happiness
matters more than my own.
Mapula: I hear both of you and my thanks Thabiso I
appreciate your words and Ntsika am sorry but I can’t do
this.
Ntsika: Can I please ask you one thing before you decide
to write us off?
Mapula: Of course
Ntsika: Come to Durban with me for the weekend, ngifuna
ubone isizwe soManzini And if you don’t feel welcome or
you don’t feel like you belong then I will let you go.
Mapula: On the condition that Thabiso comes with me and
for us to remain friends no matter what happens.
Ntsika: Deal we live this evening if that is okay with you
and come back tomorrow.
Mapula: Thabiso what do you say?
Thabiso: I told you that I will be with you all the way and if
you want to go am more than willing to go with you.
Mapula: It’s settled then. Let’s go pack a change of clothes.
Ntsika: Meet me at the airport we will be taking my jet.
Thabiso: Sure. [ we left] are you Alright?
Mapula: I am more than Alright and thank you for being
civil back there.
Thabiso: Anything for you my princess.

I wonder what Durban has in store for me but I will soon

find out.

Tsietsi:

My father is coming back home today and my plan is in

motion. I can’t wait to see his face when he takes his last
breath. I left the palace yesterday just like I planned but I
went back at sunset. Speak of the devil here he comes
now, am looking through the window as the car drives in
and park.
KingPapi: Where are the other guards and maidens?
Guard: I don’t know my king but I can go and find out.
KingPapi: Go and I want to see them in the morning when
I wake up.
Guard: Yes my king. [ he left]
His coming, let me pour him some whiskey so that we can
toast his departure. He opened the door and I welcome
him with a glass of whiskey.
KingPapi: Oh son I needed that, how is business? [ this
man and money hai, he forgets that his going to die and
live it behind. He didn’t even ask how I am but his asking
about business]
Tsietsi: Business is good Father and I hope you sealed the
deal.
KingPapi: I always do... Am so sleepy, I must be more
tired than I thought.
Tsietsi: Sleep then Father and I will see you when you
wake up. [ I go and stand by the door as I watch him
stumble and finally fell on the bed. I took the rope and tied
his feet to the bed, then sat and waited for him to wake up.]
I can’t wait to see the look on his face when he realizes
what is about to happen, Papi took a lot from me and am
just returning the favor...
3 hours later he woke up.
KingPapi: Tsietsi What is this? Why am I on the floor tied
up?
Tsietsi: Oh father don’t you remember?
KingPapi: What am I supposed to remember from this
madness?
Tsietsi: Clearly you don’t remember but worry not I will
remind you... remember when I was little?
KingPapi: Stop this nonsense and untie me!
Tsietsi: You used to take me hunting and boy did we kill
many beasts this way. Remember how you told me to feel
it’s pulse as it weakens?
KingPapi: Well am no animal and i command you to untie
me.
Tsietsi: It’s funny how you think you still call the shots but
you right you no animal but human...oh we killed a lot of
them too but now it’s your turn.
KingPapi: You can’t kill me am your father.
Tsietsi: I guess we are going to see about that now won’t
we Father?

#loveadminInsert 46
BaKoena Kingdom ✨

Lerumo and his sons got to the palace and there was no
sign of guards or maidens expect the ones they came with.
There was no sign of Lethabo either, the palace looked
abandoned and the paint on the walls was chipped making
the house look like one that had been abandoned
centuries ago. Lerumo asked the guards to go and get all
the other palace workers from guards, maidens, garden
boy everyone that used to work at the palace. The food
hampers were delivered and Tokelo and Lebo went door
to door delivering the food. The people of the kingdom
were very happy to have their king back and for the food
they got.

Lerumo was busy in his study talking to the suppliers, the

builders and the pharmaceutical company asking them to
start work the following day as his people can’t wait
another day for services. They all agreed and everything
seemed to be going according to plan. Lethabo got into
Lerumo’s study as if he was being chased by someone.
Lethabo: What are you doing in my kingdom?
Lerumo: I came to save your people since you failed to do
it yourself.
Lethabo: You have no business with the people of this
kingdom or this palace.
Lerumo: This is my home and no one will tell me other
wise.
Lethabo: Don’t try me Lerumo because you won’t like what
I would do. You were banished from this kingdom for a
reason and I need you out of here this minute.
Lerumo: If you want leave brother go ahead and do so but
I have work to do. [ he sat down on his chair and started
working. Lethabo got very angry, he went behind the desk
and picked Lerumo from the chair with his clothing and
pushed him against the wall.]
Lethabo: I said get out of my kingdom now!![ he shouted]
Lerumo: Or What brother huh? What are you going to do.
Lethabo: I will kill you and burry you at the back of this
palace like a dog and believe me you don’t want to push
me to that point. Now take your rags and get the hell out of
my palace and kingdom.
Tokelo: Get your filthy hands of my father [he said
standing by the door way]
Lethabo: haha or what huh, what are you going to do?
Tokelo: You don’t want to find out now get your hands of
my father.
Lethabo: Am not going to argue with a child and you
Lerumo get out of my palace.
Lerumo: I told that am not going anywhere so brother
would you be so kind as to let me get back to my work
[ Lethabo punched Lerumo in the face]
Tokelo: Oh no you didn’t [ he said that already pulling
Lethabo off his father dragging him out of the study]
Lethabo: Boy If you know what’s good for you let me go
now.
Tokelo: You know I really don’t know what’s good for me
because I had no one to teach me. Maybe you could teach
me uncle.

Lethabo got really angry that he pulled out a gun and shot
at Tokelo, luckily the bullet grazed his arm and that
seemed to awaken Ghost as he went charging to Lethabo.
He was still shocked to see that his nephew was not even
bothered by the bullet wound that when he came to his
gun way taken from his hand and thrown on the side.
Tokelo was now in front of him beating the hell out of him.
Lerumo peaked from the door then went back in closed
the door and continued to work.
Lebo came inside as he was outside busy talking to the
guys who were painting the palace. When he got in he
was met by moans and groans of Lethabo on the floor with
ghost himself beating the living daylights out of him. Lebo
knew if he didn’t stop ghost he was going to kill Lethabo.
He went to Tokelo and held his hands but that didn’t stop
him from kicking Lethabo.
Lebo: Stop it ghost that’s enough
Ghost: This piece of shit had the guts to punch my father
in front of me.
Lebo: Okay But Remember What we came here for, we
can’t add a funeral to all the things we have to do.
Ghost: Get this thing out of my sight before I finish him off.
[ Lebo Let him go and he went up stairs to his room]

Lebo picked up a bleeding Lethabo going out of the palace

with him, the guards came to him an he asked them to
throw him out of the palace but not before he...
Lebo: Don’t you ever lay your hands on my father and if
you know what’s good for you don’t ever set foot in this
palace.[ he then punched him so hard that Lethabo lost
balance and he went down his body colliding with the
floor.] the guards picked him up and threw him outside the
palace gate. His private guard followed behind with the car
and picked him up outside the gate and drove off.

Manzini kingdom:

The king and queen were sitting in the lounge waiting for
the evening feast to be served when the chief priest came
in and disturbed what they were talking about.
King: What is the matter wise one?
Chief: The one greater than me has set foot on the Zulu
land.
Queen: What are you talking about?
Chief: The greatness and the most favored one has set
foot on the Zulu kingdom, warn the prince to change his
ways as his plan will fail and the kingdom will suffer a
great deal.
King: Can you stop talking in riddles and tell us what you
are talking about.
Chief: You will soon find out [ he left]
Queen: What could be the problem now?
King: What I do know is that the prince is on his way home
and his bringing his queen.
Queen: So what is wrong with that?
King: I do not know my queen but the prince will be here
any minute now because he sent a message 20 minutes
ago saying he has landed so you can ask him what this is
about.
Queen: Are you not even worried about the warning we
just got?
King: Of course am worried but there is nothing I can do
until the prince gets here and explain himself.
Queen: We worked so hard for this kingdom to just let it
parish because of Ntsika’s obsession. You better talk
some sense into him.
King: You maybe my queen but am still king and your
husband and you will not address me that way.
Queen: Am sorry my king, I am just worried that’s all.
Outside Ntsika, Mapula and Thabiso parked outside the
Manzini palace. They got out of the car and Thabiso took
Mapula’s hand in his as they walked to the palace. Ntsika
saw this and didn’t like it all.
Ntsika: Good evening family.
King: Evening my prince
Queen: I see you brought guests
Ntsika: Yes mother let me introduce you to Mpande and
Mpande this the queen of this land my mother.
Mapula: Sunset greetings your highness.
Queen: Sunset greetings my daughter.
Ntsika: And this is prince Thabiso
Thabiso: Sunset greetings your majesties.
King: Greetings son.
Queen: Well we were about to sit for the evening feast
please join us.
Mapula: Thank you your highness.

The chief priest got in singing the manzini praises.

Oomanzini, ogwabini, omntungwa. He went kneeled
before Mapula and everyone was shocked by this.
Chief priest: Gods of my ancestors I give my thanks for
making my wish come true, I thank you for giving me the
chance to be in the presence of such greatness.
King: Sibiya you are scaring the girl.
Chief priest: If you knew what I know you wouldn’t be
saying that instead you would be on your knees as well
collecting blessings.
King: I will do no such
Mapula: And I don’t expect you to my king, my elder
please get up.
Chief priest: My thanks oh wise one. My prince a word
please.
Ntsika: This way my elder [they went to the study got in
and closed the door]
Chief priest: I know your plans and am here to tell you to
abandon them before you cause trouble for yourself and
the kingdom.
Ntsika: I don’t know what you talking about.
Chief priest: You know exactly what am talking about but if
you won’t listen then prepare for far but not of men but of
the gods and believe me you will lose.
Ntsika: That is my queen out there and I will not let anyone
take her away from me.
Chief priest: You have been warned.[ he left]

They all went to the dining table for the evening feast then
retired to their rooms.
I know it’s short but its better than nothing but I will post a
longer one later.

#loveadminInsert 47

Manzini kingdom ✨

While everyone was asleep Ntsika was busy finalizing his

plan. He went to the guard looking distraught and of
course the caring guard had to ask what is bothering the
prince. He told the guard that his friend the one he came
with to the palace is trying to take his betrothed from him,
he told the guard he heard him confess his love for her
and now he doesn’t know what to do.
Guard: But my prince that is not allowed in this kingdom it
is an abomination.
Ntsika: I know that but his my friend and i brought him
here to support me when I introduce the princess to the
king and queen.
Guard: Don’t worry my prince I will handle this we will
show him how things are done in this kingdom.
Ntsika: Let me go and try to sleep but I don’t know if I will
be able to.

Ntsika went to his room to sleep feeling proud of himself.

The chief priest saw as the prince was talking to the guard
but he can’t do anything as he is not allowed to. The
guards in the early hours of the morning changed shifts
and the one Ntsika spoke to went around telling the
villagers about the stranger in the palace trying to take the
prince’s wife to be.

The villagers got angry as this is an act of abomination in

the kingdom, everyone here knew that. Men and women
knew never to mess with someone’s wife or husband or
even one that is promised to another. They gathered
around the village square where there is a tree in the
middle where people who are being punished are tied up.
The villagers sent the guard together with other village
young men to go get the person bringing shame to their
kingdom.

The guard and young men went to the palace and the
guards on duty opened for them after explaining why they
came. Two of them went inside the palace the maiden
responsible for morning duties showed them Thabiso’s
room then went to call the king and queen. The men went
into the room where Thabiso was sleeping and took him
while he was still in his sleeping clothes. Down stairs they
met the king and queen and informed them of what was
going on. The king and queen looked at each other then
went to their room to get dressed and follow behind.

Ntsika was in his room getting dressed so that he can also

follow behind while Mapula was still asleep since the time
was only 6 in the morning. The king, queen and the prince
followed the men to the village square, some of the
maidens and guards who were on night duty also went.
The village square was full of people and Thabiso was
already tied to the tree in the middle of the village square.
The king asked for the people’s attention.
King: My people I know what this means as I have been
the king in this kingdom for quite some time now. But I
don’t think we should jump into conclusions before
investing the matter thoroughly. [ one of the men from the
group spoke]
Man: My king this man has brought shame into the
kingdom and we don’t have time to investigate while he
escapes. [the others agreed]
Man: This man is a stranger in this kingdom and we don’t
know his intentions so my king we will do what we do to
people who come and disrespect our kingdom. We will
make an example of him so that others who think of doing
the same know exactly what we do to such people in our
kingdom.
King: My people I understand that but I can keep him the
palace while we investigate then take it from there.
Man: He committed a crime while in the palace my king so
we can not agree to that please let us do what we are
supposed to.
Woman: Why is it easy for us to punish our own people for
this act and be lenient to a stranger? My king be fair to
your people and protect them not strangers.
King: As the king I will always protect you my people and I
back down you do what you see fit with the stranger.
The people were happy and started chanting and singing
songs while the young man of the village prepared
sjamboks to beat the stranger with.

In the palace Mapula woke up and took a shower. He

changed into fresh clothes and went downstairs in hopes
of joining others for the morning feast. But the palace was
quiet, she even wondered if she woke up too early or too
late, she went to the kitchen and saw a maiden busy
preparing the feast.
Mapula: Sunrise greetings dear maiden
Maiden: Sunrise greetings my princess
Mapula: What is your name?
Maiden: Duduzile my princess
Mapula: Okey Duduzile am Mapula, I was wondering if
you could tell me where everyone is?
Duduzile: They went to the village square my princess.
Mapula: All of them?
Duduzile: Yes my princess.
Mapula: And where is prince Thabiso?
Duduzile: Who is that my princess?
Mapula: The young man we came with last night.
Duduzile: Is he a prince?
Mapula: Yes He is [ Mapula said smiling]
Duduzile: Oh my God, nobody told us his a prince we only
know him as the prince’s friend.
Mapula: No need to be shocked his a prince from LeSotho
and next in line for the throne of his kingdom.
Duduzile: Oh my God my princess ... oh gods of our
ancestors please spare us.
Mapula: What is wrong Duduzile?
Duduzile: My princess I... the prince is .. oh God
Mapula: Speak Duduzile What is the matter?
Duduzile: they took the prince to the village square to be
panished my princess.
Mapula: Punished for what?
Duduzile: It was said that he confessed his love for you my
princess while he knew that you were promised to our
prince.
Mapula: What?... I was never promised to Ntsika I am the
wife of Thabiso.
Duduzile: What? Oh God my princess you have to save
him or they will kill him.
Mapula: Show me your village square at once.
Duduzile: Yes my princess.

Duduzile And Mapula went out of the palace in a hurry

going to the village square. On the way Mapula called
upon Ngwedi, Nyolodi and other queens, the baTloung
elephants and the angel. As they got closer to the village
square Mapula’s anger was getting worse as she realized
that he brought Thabiso into a trap. Wind blew heavy as
her anger raises.

BaTlokwa kingdom:

Tsietsi killed his father just the way he said he would after
that he left the palace and went to the capital. In the
morning the guards and maidens were back at the palace
since they were told to come back. They were all busy
with their duties, guards at their posts, maidens cleaning
the rooms, some preparing the morning feast for the king
while others were cleaning the palace grounds. They
heard screaming coming from inside the palace and the
guards that were close together with some of the maidens
ran to the direction of the screams. When they got there
they saw the maiden who was supposed to be cleaning
the king’s room standing at the door with the door opened,
the guards moved her aside to see what the problem was
but they stopped on their tracks when they saw the king
laying there lifeless.

One of the guards went out to ring the bell that is rang and
head all around the kingdom when a royal member has
fallen. Those who heard went straight to the palace to find
out who has fallen between the king and the prince and to
moan. The elders hurried to the palace to find out what
had happened and when they got there, the guards
showed them the King’s lifeless body and the elders
instructed them to untie him and cover him.

The elders went out and informed the people that the king
has fallen. The people of the kingdom moaned their Kings
death. The elders instructed the guards to call the prince
to come back home, the guard did as told and Tsietsi told
him that he will be back home the following day since he
was far away and can’t make it home this day. The guard
informed the elders. Preparations were made to lay the
king to rest with his forefathers the following week.

Tsietsi couldn’t stop smiling where he was and even

ordered a french champagne from the hotel to celebrate
his success and him being the new king of baTlokwa
kingdom.
Tsietsi: Now That Papi is dead, it’s time for me to get my
queen. I mean what kind of a king will I be without a
befitting queen by my side. Soon after the burial, I will be
crowned king as the kingdom can’t be without a king for
too long and after that am getting my queen. Hail to king
Tsietsi of the baTlokwa kingdom.

Don’t forget to like, share and comment.

#loveadminInsert 48

BaTlokwa kingdom✨

Preparations were underway for the kings funeral.

Neighboring kingdoms were informed even though most of
them were not interested in attending the funeral because
of the kind of person Papi was. Tsietsi went back to the
palace the following morning and he has been helping with
the funeral arrangements when he suddenly felt his eyes
heavy. He went to his chamber to get some sleep. As he
alept his mother visited him.

‘Mother am so happy to see you, why haven’t you visited

me all this while?’
‘I have always been here son, you just didn’t notice me’
she said
‘ It doesn’t matter now mother you here’
‘It matters son, I came here to ask you to do me a favor if
it won’t be too much for you’ she said
‘Anything for you mother I will do’
‘Please change your ways son, you have gotten your
revenge through your father and now you can go back to
the son I raised. The one with a good heart. She said
‘But Mother this is all I know, after you left things got
worse and am not longer the son you knew. Am a killer
now mother and it’s all because of that man’ he says
‘Yes he made you who you are now but you can’t still
change, it’s not too late for you son and Papi is still your
father no matter what he did.’
‘But even if I do want to change how do I go on knowing
that I killed him?’ He asked
‘He forgave you son just like I forgave him now forgive
yourself and lead your people with dignity’
‘But where do I start Mother?’ He asked
‘ You have education, use it’ she said and disappeared.

Tsietsi woke up from his slumber only to find out that he

wasn’t even sleeping for long. He sat on sit bed wondering
where to start changing and how?... all he knows is killing
and human trafficking and yes he is educated but he never
put his education into good use. He remembered how he
always wanted to practice medicine but never got the
chance to finish his residency and now if he wanted to
practice medicine he will have to finish his residency and
that is something he was not willing to do as he felt that it
too late for him.

BaKoena Kingdom:

The developments were going according to plan in the

baKoena kingdom. The king and his sons were doing a
remarkable job indeed. The villagers were happy about
the new developments and were also happy about being
back at work, reviving the farms and planting again even
though they were a bit worried about the rain since it
hasn’t rained in months. But the king told them that they
shouldn’t worry because rain will come, well his weapon
was his daughter, he was planning on asking her to speak
to the ancestors on his behalf and ask them to bless
baKoena with rain. But all that will be done after the
weeding and planting has been done.
This morning the baKoena kingdom woke up to a dead
body that was left right outside the palace gate with a
message saying ‘ get out of my kingdom or more people
will die’ both Lerumo and his sons already new where the
message came from. Lerumo was worried about the fact
that his people will continue to die even when his here to
protect and save them. However Tokelo and Lebo offered
to sort out Lethabo before he kills more people. Lerumo
was against Lethabo being killed, so he asked his sons to
capture him and bring him to the palace so that he can be
locked up. According to him that will give his brother
sometime to think about what he wants and maybe come
back to his senses.

Lerumo was still not crowned king of baKoena yet, the

elders offered to do it immediately but he refused saying
he will only allow to be crowned when the developments
have been done and his kingdom is back to what it used to
be. The elders agreed, at the moment he only had two
elders out of the 6 he previously had. Mosia and
Motsoeneng took their families and moved, Serame was
there but afraid to show his face after siding with Lethabo
in voting Lerumo out as king. Elder Nnkele was one of
those who got money to turn against Lerumo, so he also
got his family a house in the capital and moved there.
Lerumo is to choose more elders before his crowned king
again but that won’t happen until the projects have been
completed.

Manzini Kingdom:

Mapula was getting closer and closer to the Manzini

village square she new that because of the voice she was
hearing. The wind was blowing so hard like a storm was
coming. Thabiso was was already being beaten with the
sjamboks that left marks on his back, arms and legs. He
was bleeding from everywhere as multiple people were
beating him up, he was losing his strength but was also
hoping to see his princess one last time and to make sure
that she was safe.

The chief priest was right behind Mapula as he saw her

when she left the palace, he wanted to witness for himself
what was about to happen. Yes the gods showed him
what will happen should Ntsika not listen but seeing the
power of the most powerful being In person was
something he didn’t want to miss. Yes he was concerned
about the kingdom but there was nothing he could do
because the gods have already spoken.
Mapula finally got to the people, she pushed through to
get to the front and see what was really happening. She
finally got to the front and Ntsika saw her, he wanted to go
to her but the queen held him back. Mapula saw Thabiso
on the tree but one wouldn’t recognize him because of all
the bruises, the blood and the swelling. Mapula only saw
his dreadlocks and went closer to see if it was really him,
the people stopped beating him as she got closer to him.
Mapula: Thabiso is that you? [tears started falling as well
as rain drops from the sky reciprocating her tears]
Thabiso: Prin... coughs...princess... coughs and spits
blood...are you... breathing heavy...Okay?
Mapula: Am Okay don’t worry about me and I will get you
out of here.

Mapula was now crying hard and the rain was also getting
heavy. She couldn’t believe what those people did to
Thabiso, he couldn’t even open his eyes to see her due to
the swelling, his body was damaged and that broke
Mapula’s heart even more. She cried holding on to
Thabiso until one of the villagers spoke.
Man: Remove this maiden from him so that we can finish
what we started before the rain gets heavier than this.[ the
others chanted in agreement]

Two young men moved closer to Mapula in hopes of

moving her out of the way. She turned and looked at
everyone. The two young me stopped on their tracks as if
they were scared of her. She looked at everyone her eyes
searching for those of Ntsika, her eyes finally met his, she
looked at him then his parents and she spoke looking right
at them.
Mapula: You Ntsika got an innocent man punished for a
crime he did not commit just because you couldn’t accept
the fact that i was already chosen for him. You will know
no piece in your life, you will successful but you will never
know love and you will never have any children until you
go to the baTloung kingdom and confess your sins. [ she
is saying all this while she was crying, she can’t even see
Ntsika properly because of all the tears that were making
her sight blurry. She turned and looked at the king and
queen.]

Mapula: You call yourselves king and queen of this

kingdom yet you are being controlled by your people, not
that they control you but you agreed on the punishment for
your own selfish reasons. Your kingdom shall not prosper
only your son will have success but he will turn his back
on you and your people. After this you will not even have
money to do repairs of the damage and this will happen
until you both go to the baTloung kingdom to ask for
forgiveness but you must come with 4 elephants then they
will cleanse you. You will also have to go to baKoena
kingdom to ask the queen for forgiveness.

This is my vow supported by the GODS OF BAKOENA,

THE GODS OF BATLOUNG, THE FALLEN RAIN
QUEENS OF MY LAND AND THE HEAVENS UP
ABOVE!!! she shouted and the clouds got darker the sky
produced a black moon that was making the the sky
darker and it looked like nighttime yet it was still dayl time.
The people were amazed by what was happening so was
the royal family. The chief priest was not even bothered.
A man from the crown spoke.
Man: She’s a witch she also has to be punished, look at
what she did to the sky and who of you ever saw a black
moon like that before?
People: Yes she must be burnt get the tires!!!

Stay tune for more!

#loveadminInsert 49

BaTloung kingdom✨

Boitumelo POV✨

I have been locked up in here for months now, I haven’t

seen Thabiso since the day they locked me up. I wish I
could see him just once to apologize to him for everything
that I have done, as for Lesala am sure he even stopped
looking for me if he was even looking for me to begin with.
Mother oh my poor mother, I hope she is okay where she
is, I know she’s worried sick about me and I wish I had a
way of contacting her and let her know am okay. I know
this is my own doing, if only I had used the muti the way
mother instructed I wouldn’t be here.

My greed got me here and I have no one to blame but

myself for this. Am sure I have lost my job by now, when I
get out of here I will have to start from scratch and rebuild
my life. I also want to stay away from men because I am
here because of a man that I knew very well that was
never going to be mine to begin with, but when the time
came for me to give him up, I couldn’t and now am here.
With no one or anything, I didn’t even get any of the men I
wanted.

We women need to learn to be independent because The

things you work hard for yourself no one can take away
from you, don’t be with a man because he provides you
with material things. Be with a man for love because even
if he leaves you one day you will still survive because you
have your own things, yes you will be heartbroken just like
everyone else and you should, you human after all and no
one will hold that against you.

Take it from me, independence is the way to go. Which is

what am planning to do when I get out of here, I am
greatful because these people are not as heartless as I
was. They didn’t kill me, they feed me and they make sure
I take a bath and have a change of clothes. I can’t
complain much except for the fact that I never get out of
here and I last saw sunlight the day I got in here. I don’t
even know what day it is but am grateful am still breathing,
they say Thabiso is the only one who can say when I get
out of here but I will wait until he has healed and ready to
forgive me.
Greed leads to your downfall people, work for whatever
you want and don’t depend on anyone. I know that jobs
are scarce out there but try oyikemele ngwaneso [be
independent my sister] I actually think am going to change
professions when I get out of here, maybe do psychology
or some along those lines.

INSIDE THE PALACE:

The king and queen have just came back from their palace
dusties, they both came back early because neither of
them were Themselves this day.
Queen: My king how was your day?
King: Everything went well my queen how was yours?
Queen: Physically I am okay but I don’t know what is
weighing on my spirit because I feel like something bad is
about to happen.
King: I feel the same way my queen, that is why I came
back early to come check if everything was okay here.
Queen: That is strange but I can’t shake this feeling like
am about to hear bad news.
King: I know what you mean my queen, when last did you
talk to the kids?
Queen: I spoke to Thabiso yesterday he was fine just
worried about a meeting he was going to attend. Reneilwe
I last spoke to her last month when she said she will be
busy at school and that they are going to Nigeria for some
project.
King: Well then we will just have to wait and see what
happens.
Queen: You right my king.

Tokelo:

Tokelo was talking to Lebo about the mystery woman they

were looking for, the same one that was threatening Uche
and their organization in Nigeria.
Lebo: What? You found her man.
Tokelo: Yes I did and you won’t even guess who it is.
Lebo: Man is it someone we know.
Tokelo: They call her BBQ.
Lebo: What is BBQ now?
Tokelo: Beautiful Black Queen
Lebo: What? Man be serious who is this woman?
Tokelo: She’s my queen
Lebo: Tokelo maan come on! What do you mean your
queen?
Tokelo: The girl I asked you to look for
Lebo: The one from the mall?
Tokelo: The one and only
Lebo: Do you realize that you the only one who has seen
her?
Tokelo: Yep And am glad because I will protect her better.
Lebo: Man that girl doesn’t need protection, you know how
hard it was to track her so that means she knows her stuff.
Tokelo: We are a match made in heaven Ghost and BBQ.
Lebo: Yeah But you have to talk to her before Uche finds
her because of you found her it’s only a matter of time
before Uche finds her.
Tokelo: Yeah But I have to be upfront with Uche I don’t
want bad blood between us.
Lebo: Yeah you right.
They continued talking with Lebo teasing Tokelo about
Reneilwe. The guard came to them running.
Guard: My Prince
Tokelo: Speak man what is it?
Guard: Farmers found another dead body at the farm with
another message.
Tokelo: What was the message?
Guard: This is only the beginning
Tokelo: Okay you may leave I will handle it. [the guard left]
Tokelo: Tonight we are going hunting brother
Lebo: Now you talking.
Tokelo: Yeah man this guy is pissing me off.
Lebo: His not “this guy” as you say his your uncle hahaha
Tokelo: Oahlanya [ you cazy] hahaha

Manzini Kingdom:

The young men went looking for tires to burn the witch as
they say. All this while Mapula is is basy wiping blood off
Thabiso’s face. The other villagers are busy hailing insults
at her, calling her the mother of all witches who is going to
burn in hell. Some say “isentsibe itye likaphungela uqobo,
umthakathi othakatha emini pho” [ she has crossed a line
that has never been crossed, a witch that practices
witchcraft in broad daylight was something that has never
been seen before]

Mapula was hearing all that they were saying but she
could only hear here and there as she didn’t understand
Zulu that well. The young men came back carrying two
tires and placed them closer to where Mapula was. She
lifted her head and looked at them, the older men took
sticks and wrapped cloth around them then set them alight.
When they moved closer to Mapula she got up and stood
in front of them.

Mapula: Gods of BaKoena, gods of baTloung, rain queens

of my land and the angels from up above I call upon you. I
SAY RAISE AND HEAR YOUR QUEEN’S CRIES!!! LET
THE RAIN FALL, THE WIND BLOW, THE THUNDER
RUMBLE AND THE LIGHTNING STRIKE!!!

The villagers waited looking and at her waiting for

something to happen. One of of them looked behind and
saw a big tornado coming straight at them.
Man: Look behind you!! [shouted] everyone saw the
tornado and started running but thunder rumbled so hard
making the ground crack. They stopped then lightning
struck right in front of them. The people started crying.
Woman: My king save us!! She yelled.

King Sbanisezwe and Prince Ntsika turned into lions and

they went and stood in front of the people. That seemed to
anger the rain queen as she screamed and heavy hail
storm started dropping heavy stones on the ground hitting
the people. The lions roared so hard but that didn’t stop
the rain queen, the wind blew so heavy moving towards
them, the queens wings appeared and she lifted from the
ground and stood mid air right in the middle of the tornado.
It grew bigger in the middle, got heavier and stronger.
When it was strong enough she held up her hands and all
the trees that were around uprooted except the one
Thabiso was tied to and flew getting into the tornado
making it stronger and more dangerous.

The ground was cracking even further, roofs of the houses

closer to the village square couldn’t hold anymore. They
also few as they were sucked in by the tornado leaving the
houses without roofs and rain getting in making everything
inside the houses wet and some broken by the hailstones
that were falling. People were crying begging the king to
protect them, but the only thing the king seemed to be
able to do was change form and roaring nothing else
seemed to work. He remembered the words of the chief
priest and went looking for him. He found him standing
next one of the houses kraals.
Chief priest: How is changing form helping with anything
my king?
King: I need your help wise one, please talk to the gods for
us.
Chief priest: You were warned but you didn’t listen and
now there is nothing I can do.
King: Please wise one this girl is destroying my kingdom.
Chief priest: Your first mistake was to think this kingdom
belonged to you and the second one was not listening to
the Manzini’s when they spoke. They gave you a warning
because they new that they were powerless against this.
King: How can the gods be powerless against a little girl?
Chief priest: That is your other mistake, underestimating
people, don’t you see that is no little girl but a god?
King: Mxm you are useless
Chief priest: We both are my king, we both are.
Meanwhile the rain queen was moving with the tornado
towards the palace leaving havoc wherever she passed.
She was still flying above it moving with it. Roofs flying,
trees uprooting and the ground cracking. When the king
saw this he ran ahead to try and stop her from ruining the
palace.

But could he really manage to stop the rain queen? Find

out on the next insert.

#loveadminInsert 50

Manzini Kingdom✨

The lion king Sbanisezwe Zulu was now standing at the

gates of the palace waiting for the rain queen to come so
he can attempt to stop her. He could see from where he
was standing as she got closer and closer to the palace,
the guards and maidens have stopped working and they
are now looking at the angel flying towards their palace.
The queen of the land took his son and made their way to
Mhlanga rocks. The prince was still in his lion form as he
couldn’t change back. The villagers left the village square
some went to check on the damage in their houses and
those who lived on the other side of the kingdom took a
shortcut to their houses to get their families to safety.

Those who lived closer to the palace followed behind the

rain queen weeping as they went along, witnessing the
damage that is being caused. Some where praying to
everything they could think of. The one who called the
queen names was running behind the tornado looking up
at the queen apologizing for all that she said. The queen
got closer to the palace and the grounds rumbled
resembling the thunder that was doing its thing as well.

It was like all the forces of nature were awakened, the

black moon making the sky black as a winter night with not
stars in sight to provide light. Thunder rumbling as if all the
African drums were being beaten at the same time by all
the African people, beating them so loud and hard as
though they can’t be heard, lightning playing like an
electrician playing with his toys testing the power of each
volt that each wire contained, rain falling as if welcoming a
Sotho new born baby into the world, showering him with
blessings but the difference were the stones falling as if
they were being thrown by a coward trying to keep his
opponent at bay, as he knows that if he got closer he will
get a beating of his life.

Thabiso was left alone on the tree, the baKoena alligators

and the baTloung elephants arrived soon after everyone
left and sat surrounding the tree. Thabiso felt at peace and
let the darkness consumed him as he couldn’t take the
pain anymore. They beat him up beyond recognition, his
whole body was swollen and bleeding but his face was
even worse, one could not even recognize him because
the swelling had gotten worse.

The queen was now just a few feet from the king and the
wind from the tornado was so strong and was pulling
everything and everyone close to it. The king sunk his lion
paws and nails just so he could hold on and not get
sucked into the tornado before him. He has no hands to
hold onto anything, the guards and maidens were long
gone. They ran inside the palace to hide but that didn’t last
long as they came out running when the roof of the palace
flew away leaving only the walls standing.

As soon as they were out the queen raise up her hands

again and thunder rumbled. The palace grounds cracked
in the middle causing the walls that used to be a palace to
fall leaving only the foundation standing resembling what
was once a palace. The furniture got destroyed as the
queen moved along leaving the king and his people in awe.

She moved to the farms destroying all that was in sight,

forests caught fire from the lightning and the animals now
had no where to run. Live stock was flying in the air as
they weren’t strong enough against the tornado, cows,
sheep’s, goats, everything was flying and getting thrown
so far that they landed in the burning forest catching fire
immediately.

After the queen was done she lowered her hands and the
tornado died down but the wind, thunder and rain was still
there. She turned back and flew to the village square, she
got there and bowed before the elders and the alligators
together with the elephants stood and bowed before her at
the same time. She asked Ngwedi to help with the ropes,
Ngwedi and the other alligators chew the rope with their
teeth getting Thabiso loose. He fell on the ground as soon
as the rope was off him.
The queen went on her knees and picked him up then few
towards the the ocean, she got there and stood above the
deeper part of the ocean and spoke to her ancestors.
Rain queen: Nyolodi yabaKoena keahohloka kgosigadi
yaka, baKoena lelona baTloung kealehoeletsa, ngwana
walona oalehoeletsa, Kere holona kemona[Angel of
baKoena I need you my queen, baKoena and baTloung I
call upon you, your child is calling you am saying to you
am here] in a foreign land with no sacred river to take your
child to for healing. I ask of you to open the waters and
lead me to your world.

He was wronged because of me and now I want to make it

right, his my betrothed and I cannot lose him now. The
good heart you gave me made me see good in a person
who had none. I believe this was meant to be or else you
wouldn’t have let it happen, but am here now bringing your
child, Prince Thabiso Moloi, the next in line to the throne of
the baTloung kingdom. Ketsho holona baTloung, pedi
kgatlatlopo nnja pokojwe, Thole, pofolo, namane,
nyamatsana, lona lesaloing lelehae leloya lelenaheng,
ketsho holona ma aoa, sbatha.

As soon as the queen finished saying the baTloung

praises pleading with them, the water opened in the
middle and the queen lowered herself down to the open
space in the middle with the prince in her hands. Her feet
touched the dry ground in he ocean and she closed her
eyes as the water closed. After a few minutes she heard
the voice of Nyolodi.
Nyolodi: Open your eyes my queen you are home.
The queen opens her eyes and indeed she was in that
beautiful place she only saw in her dreams. All 3 queens
were there, they took Thabiso from her hands and
attended to him.
Nyolodi: Do not worry my queen he will recover.
Mapula: I don’t know what I was thinking putting his life at
risk like that.
Nyolodi: As you said this was meant to happen now stop
worrying your prince will be fine in 10 days.
Mapula: My thanks my queen.
Nyolodi: No need to thank us we are here to serve you.
Mapula: Still I appreciate all that you do.
Nyolodi: let me attend to the prince and you need to come
home soon for your coronation because your powers are
being unleashed and you need to learn how to control
them.
Mapula: Just a couple of months my queen.
Nyolodi: Alright then, let me go help. [ she went to join the
others as Mapula rested.]

UMhlanga rocks:

Queen Nkanyezi was pacing up and down the apartment

as she was going over what had happened in her mind.
She was angry at both her husband and son for not
listening and causing all this havoc in their kingdom. She
mostly blamed her son for bringing such problems in their
lives and she also blamed her husband for not stopping it.
Ntsika was moaning and groaning on the floor as he was
changing back to his human form.

He finally changed and the queen brought him water to

drink in a jug, he took the water and drank it all at in one
go. He placed the jug on the coffee table and looked at his
angry mother.
Ntsika: Mother please sit down you making me dizzy
Queen: Making you dizzy? Me making you dizzy Ntsika?
Ntsika: Yes mother and pacing up and down won’t help
with anything.
Queen: You and your father destroyed the kingdom and
our people now are left without homes. How do you think
they will rebuild their houses?
Ntsika: You and father will help, you do have the money
after all.
Queen: Ntsika do you know how much it will cost to repair
all the damage? We don’t even know if the palace is still
standing.
Ntsika: But Mother did you see the power Mpande passes?
Queen: I don’t want to hear anything about that girl, this all
started because you couldn’t accept that she was already
taken. This stupid plan of yours that ended up destroying
our kingdom was all her doing.
Ntsika: Mother you cant blame Mpande for this besides
am not giving up on her, now more than ever she will be
mine.
Queen: Oh God I gave birth to the most stupid child ever.
Ntsika do you even hear the words that are coming out of
your mouth?
Ntsika: of course I do mother am the one saying them.
Queen: Did you hear the curse that girl placed on you, us
and the kingdom?
Ntsika: As long Mpande is the one who placed it upon me,
I don’t mind because I know she will lift it when she
realizes that am the only one for her.
Queen: if you were the one for her would she have
destroyed our kingdom like that?
Ntsika: She was angry mother.
Queen: Oh God you stupid! Just leave my sight and got
check on your father.
Ntsika: Alright But look for a place to stay so long in case
the palace is destroyed. I won’t live here with you and
father I need my space.

The queen couldn’t believe what her son just said and she
knew deep down that this is only the beginning of the
curse.

Back at the village the people were busy picking up what

was left of their houses, worried about where they will get
the funds to do repairs. The king was stand at what used
to be the palace gate defeated, the sight of what used to
be his kingdom made him regret his actions. Ntsika arrived
and saw how much damage has been caused. He
stopped the car next to his father and got out.
Ntsika: Am here to get you Father
King: This is all your doing
Ntsika: My doing Father? You said my doing.
King: Yes your doing and your selfishness
Ntsika: But I don’t recall you stopping me, you let this
happen for your own selfish reasons
King: And what would those be since you seem to know
so much?
Ntsika: You wanted power beyond imagination, well
Father you got and it destroyed your kingdom.
King: Fine we were both wrong
Ntsika: No you were wrong and I wasn’t. So are you
coming or not?

The king didn’t answer he just went around to the

passenger side opened the door got in and sat. Ntsika
looked around at the damage that was caused and smiled.
Ntsika: Damn I love Mpande, that woman will be the death
of me literally. If she can cause so much damage to the
land of my forefathers just imagine the damage she
caused in my heart when she rejected me.
Don’t forget to like, share and comment

#loveadminInsert 51

BaTlokwa kingdom✨

A WEEK LATER:

The day of the funeral had arrived many people attended

the funeral, kings and queens of different kingdoms came
to pay their last respects to the fallen king. Lerumo and
Letsi were amongst those present at funeral, also Papi’s
business associates but they didn’t come to pay respects
but to look out for their interests. They wanted to meet with
Tsietsi after the funeral to find out how the business is
going to work since Papi died.

Tsietsi on the other hand has not been himself the whole
week, he doesn’t talk to anyone, he looks like someone
who carrying the weight of the world on his shoulders and
the elders thought he was just grieving his fathers death
but no that was not the case. He was thinking about this
change his mother spoke of and he was battling with his
thoughts trying to figure out how to go about it. The funeral
was done and Papi was laid to rest next to his wife in the
royal grave yard. The funeral had dignity at least but that
was only because the people who attended were not like
the late king.

The elders and the chief priest decided to cleanse Tsietsi

before he is crowned king, he agreed to the cleansing but
asked for sometime before they crowned him king. The
elders felt sorry for him so they gave him a week, so soon
after the cleansing he planned on going on a trip. Not a
business trip but just a trip to enjoy himself and try to find
direction for his life. He needed time to think about what to
do with the illegal businesses he ran with his father, he
asked himself if they will add value in this change he
wants to make or not. Change that he himself is not aware
of what it will be as yet.

Tokelo:

Tokelo and Lebo went on their hunt that day and they
found Lethabo. Now his locked up in the palace. The
developments were going as planned as a result everyone
in the kingdom was busy. The king and his sons working
together to improve their kingdom. Tokelo was now on his
way to the capital as one of his men informed him of the
arrival of Reneilwe aka BBQ and he couldn’t miss the
chance of seeing her again.

Tokelo was now parked outside the restaurant he was told

Reneilwe will be in, contemplating on whether to go in or
wait outside in his car and walk up to her when she gets
out so that he can pretend like they just bumped into each
other. He decided against that as he realized that he might
not have enough time to talk to her about all that he
needed them to discuss so he decided to go inside the
restaurant.

He got in and the waiter came to him to offer him a table

but his eyes landed on Reneilwe sitting alone on a corner
table having a glass of red wine. He walked up to her and
she raised her head and their eyes locked.
Tokelo: My lady
Reneilwe: You?
Tokelo: Yes me, mind if I join you for a while?
Reneilwe: Not at all, make yourself comfortable.
Tokelo: Oh I thank you my lady. Let me order a drink and
get to the point.
Reneilwe: Oh there a reason you came to me?
Tokelo: Of course, I am not the kind that just walked up to
women in restaurants and ask to join them.
Reneilwe: But you just did
Tokelo: Only because it’s you and because I have
something important for us to discuss.
Reneilwe: Okay.

The waiter came and took Tokelo’s order, they sat there
not saying anything for a while until his order came.
Reneilwe: Now That you have your drink, what do you
have to discuss with me.
Tokelo: Right!... let me start by saying that I know who you
are?
Reneilwe: Of course you do, you saw me a few months
back.
Tokelo: Yes But That is not what I mean.
Reneilwe: Ok so you also know that am a princess but let
me tell you this I was not keeping it a secret I swear [ she
said in a sarcastic tone]
Tokelo: Very funny but it’s good to know that you are a
princess that way I won’t have problems when I take you
as my bride.
Reneilwe: What?
Tokelo: That is a conversation for another day. However I
do know that you are BBQ and I do know that you have
been stealing from my partner the last couple of months.
Reneilwe: Okay so what? [she said trying to act cool but
deep down she was intimidated by this man and that is
something that has never happened to her before]
Tokelo: Nothing I just want to tell you to stop what you are
doing before it’s too late.
Reneilwe: And who are you to tell me what to do?
Tokelo: Your husband but most importantly Ghost.

Reneilwe’s eyes popped at the mention of Ghost,

everyone in the underworld new who Ghost was even
though none of them have never met him but they new not
to mess with him.
Reneilwe: So you must be Ghost’s right hand man?
Tokelo: You can say that.
Reneilwe: Okay so what does Ghost want?
Tokelo: Only for you to stop what you doing but not to
worry about what you have already taken it shall be
replaced.
Reneilwe: I know what “replaced” mean to Ghost and am
not willing to go down that road. My parents and brother
don’t know what I do and I would hate for them to be
involved. So please let’s negotiate.
Tokelo: Am not here to negotiate...[she cut him off]
Reneilwe: Please I will do anything, my family is all I have
and I can’t lose them please [ she was already teary eyed
at this point]
Tokelo: No you...[ she cut him off again]
Reneilwe: Please, I will stop what am doing and I will even
give back what I have taken but please not my family.[ she
pleaded as tears graced her cheeks]
Tokelo: Don’t cry my lady please, let me finish what am
saying so that you can understand okay?
Reneilwe: Okay
Tokelo: Now don’t ever cry again because you hurting
me[ Reneilwe resulted to nodding as words failed her]
good! As I was saying you will stop what you are doing
and you will join Ghost’s team that is how you are going to
replace what you have already taken.
Reneilwe: I have no problem with that as long as I have
guarantee that my family will be safe.
Tokelo: You should know by now that Ghost doesn’t make
empty promises.
Reneilwe: Yes I do.
Tokelo: Well then what do you say?
Reneilwe: I will take the offer
Tokelo: Good now tell me where you from princess?
Reneilwe: Am sure you already know all that since you
Ghost’s right hand man and all.
Tokelo: But this is not Ghost right hand man talking it’s
your future husband...now I will ask again where are you
from?
Reneilwe: BaTloung kingdom
Tokelo: Can you properly introduce yourself?
Reneilwe: Fine!![annoyed] I am Princess Reneilwe Moloi
of the baTloung kingdom.
Tokelo: As in Thabiso’s sister?
Reneilwe: Yes, How do you know my brother?
Tokelo: He is my sisters husband well future husband.
Reneilwe: Your sister is the one who saved him? The one
from baKoena kingdom?
Tokelo: Yes
Reneilwe: WOW! Small world!
Tokelo: Indeed

They continued talking while having their meal, Tokelo

was more than happy to have this moment with Reneilwe
and Reneilwe was more than happy to still be in good
books with the Ghost as no one her included wants to
make an enemy of him.

Somewhere in the capital:

Mosia and Motsoeneng are meeting to discuss the sudden

disappearance of Lethabo.
Motsoeneng: Where do you think he went?
Mosia: Ketlatsebela kae? [ how am I supposed to know?]
Motsoeneng: Because he was more close to you than me.
Mosia: So that means I know his whereabouts? You know
very well that Lethabo is unpredictable.
Motsoeneng: I know that but we have to find him, I need
the rest of the money he promised us.
Mosia: I need that money as well, life in the city is not
cheap and we don’t have income just what we got from
him.
Motsoeneng: What are we going to do if he doesn’t come
back.
Mosia: Skayinahana nthweu mnna[ don’t even think about
that man]
Motsoeneng: It’s hard not to man, it’s been a week and
both he and his personal guard just disappeared.
Mosia: Let’s wait until next week and if he still hasn’t come
back then we take his business.
Motsoeneng: How?
Mosia: He introduced me as his right hand to his
associates so they won’t ask questions when I show up
there.
Motsoeneng: Thats a good idea,clearly Lethabo taught
you well.
Mosia: Indeed
They continued talking about ways to take over Lethabo’s
business once Mosia was on the inside.

#loveadminInsert 52

A WEEK LATER:

Tsietsi ✨

After the funeral I went to South Africa Cape Town to be

exact, I stayed at Southern Sun hotel in the CBD. Cape
Town CBD is always busy but that was not what I was
there for. On my journey to discovery I met a guy who was
staying at the hotel and he was Australian, he was in Cape
Town for business but I must say that it was like he was
sent just for me. To shed some light in my dark world, if I
didn’t know better I would say he was sent by mother to
help me out. He told me about his father that passed away
a year ago, how he left him and his mother when he was
born and how they never had a relationship but left all his
businesses to him both legal and illegal ones. I asked him
what he did with the illegal businesses and he told me that
he sold them and only kept the legal ones.
He said he has no time to manage even those legal
businesses as he has his own restaurant to run. So he got
people to manage them for him and all he does is check
the books once a month. So I contacted Tokelo and asked
him for a meeting today. So I just arrive back in LeSotho
now and am waiting for Tokelo as I didn’t want to go home
before sorting this out. Tokelo arrived at mug and bean
where I was waiting and I got up and waved at him so that
he can see me. He came and joined me at the table.

Tokelo: Tsietsi
Tsietsi: Sure man, how are you doing?
Tokelo: Okay where are the cameras?
Tsietsi: Why would you ask about cameras?
Tokelo: Because you asking how am doing and we both
know that is not you.
Tsietsi: Well it wasn’t me but now it is, am trying to change
man and that is part of the reason I called you here.
Tokelo: Am listening
Tsietsi: I want to sell you my father’s businesses.
Tokelo: All of them?
Tsietsi: No just the ones that are operating off the books.
Tokelo: Why are you selling them?
Tsietsi: Because am going to be king now man and I can’t
take care of them.
Tokelo: But your father did it while he was king so why not
you?
Tsietsi: Change, I want to change and I can’t do that if I
continue selling people off and dealing drugs.
Tokelo: But you know I don’t deal in those things so why
are you offering? Or is this a set up?
Tsietsi: This has nothing to do with set up am offering
because I want to sell to someone who can change these
businesses into something better than what they are now.
Tokelo: I will have to talk to Ghost and some of my
business associates then get back to you.
Tsietsi: Sure man that’s not a problem I will wait to hear
from you.
Tokelo: Sure

Tokelo left and Tsietsi drove home. Tokelo called BBQ to

meet with him ungently, then he called Uche and inform
him about the business that Tsietsi is selling. Uche asked
him to give him a week to think about it and he will get
back to him. Tokelo then went to meet with BBQ at the
restaurant.
Tokelo: My lady
Reneilwe: Hey
Tokelo: How are you doing today?
Reneilwe: Am Okay just enjoying being home.
Tokelo: Okay so when are you going to agree for me to
take you out?
Reneilwe: Am sure you didn’t call me here for that Mr
Mohapi.
Tokelo: Fine But you not going back to school until you go
out with me.
Reneilwe: Fine! Now tell me why am here?
Tokelo: I want you to look into the businesses owned by
Papi and Tsietsi.
Reneilwe: What exactly do you want me to look for?
Tokelo: Everything! From their associates, dealers and
suppliers
Reneilwe: Okay, may I ask why we looking into them?
Tokelo: They are selling the business and they offered it to
us to buy.
Reneilwe: Okay so you want to know what we up against.
Tokelo: Yes and I like how you used“we”
Reneilwe: We are a team Mr Mohapi
Tokelo: Yes we are, so why don’t you want to make it
official?
Reneilwe: Tokelo!
Tokelo: Reneilwe l don’t usually do this, I don’t go on
dates and I don’t keep a girl for more than two days, I
don’t do relationships and I don’t fall in love. But with you I
want it all, I want to dress up and go on dates with you, I
don’t want to spend two days with you but I want to spend
a lifetime with you, I can’t say I have fallen in love with you
but I can say that I think about you every day, when I don’t
see you for more than a day I go crazy and make excuses
to see you. Don’t ask me why I do this because I don’t
know myself but What I do know is that I want to spend
every minute of my day with you. Please go out with me
princess.
Reneilwe was in tears as she has never heard such
beautiful words from a man before. She was always busy
with school and when she got to university she was
introduced to the life of crime by the only friend she had.
But she made a mistake of hacking a Russian mop boss,
he looked for her for 2 years until he found her and brutally
killed her. After her death she couldn’t stop anymore, she
continued with what they Where doing as a way of
honoring her friend. She had no time for guys or dating, all
the time she had she spent bettering her hacking skills so
that she can be able to hide in plain sight.

She got very good over the years as a result companies

headhunted her for her skills. But of course no one knew
who she was as she never met with any client personally
and she did all her work electronically. So this was very
new to her and she didn’t know how to act.
Reneilwe: I don’t know what to say
Tokelo: Say What is in your heart but please don’t cry my
lady.
Reneilwe: I have never done this before
Tokelo: What do you mean?
Reneilwe: I never dated before Tokelo so I don’t know how
this whole thing works. My area of expertise are
computers not dating.
Tokelo: Then we will learn together my lady and we will
make it work for us.
Reneilwe: Okay then I will go on that date with you if the
offer still stands.
Tokelo: Of course it does. My thanks dear princess, I
promise to work hard to always make you happy, am not
saying I won’t make mistakes as this is new to me but all I
ask is for you to set me straight when you see me going
astray and I promise to do the same.
Reneilwe: I think all we need is communication and trust.
Tokelo: Well I will work on the trust part but I ask that you
be patient with me in that department.
Reneilwe: Only If you will be patient with me because I
also I have trust issues.
Tokelo: Then let’s be each other’s go to person, I know it
will take time but at least let’s try.
Reneilwe: That sounds good to me.

Will Tsietsi really change or is this all an act?

Find out on the coming inserts.

Have a beautiful and peaceful slumber.

#loveadminInsert 53

NARRATED✨

It’s been 5 months Thabiso was healed and Mapula got

back to school. Now Mapula finished writing her metric
exams, she and Thabiso decided to stay a bit longer in
Cape Town before going back. The date for her maturity
ceremony was set for the 8 December, so they will be
going back home on the third of December. They have
been doing well as a couple with no obstacles in their way.
Mapula was not scared anymore about going to the
sacred river as the events of the past months have
prepared her well.

Kwezi is also going with them back to LeSotho as she said

and I quote ‘I woundnt miss it for the world friend besides I
have a surprise for you and it’s not something I can not
just send I have to be there personally to deliver it’ to this
day she hasn’t told me what it is. I tried everything even
blackmail but nothing worked, so I guess I will have to wait
and see on the day like everyone else. I haven’t decided
where am going to be studying next year yet since I will be
someone’s wife and all, so I have to consult my husband
before making that decision and am not willing to ruin our
time by bringing that up.

The baKoena kingdom is bigger and better than ever

before. The hospital was opened and named ‘DiKoena tsa
Metsing’ meaning Alligators of the water or better yet
water animals. It is equipped with all the latest technology,
advance lab and lab material. It has doctors from Canada,
London and Cuba. They have different wings on it from
maternity wing, children’s wing, youth clinic, men’s clinic,
chronic illness wing and many others.
The developments that took place brought many job
opportunities for the people of the kingdom as well as
those from the neighboring kingdoms.

Lerumo was crowned king and he chose his new council

made up of both elders and young trusted men in the
kingdom. He felt this way the kingdom will have balance
and will get wisdom to better the kingdom from both sides,
young and old. And so far things have been going really
well, new alliances were made but not with other
kingdoms but with other countries such as Cuba that is
their biggest supplier of medical marijuana oils used to
treat or ease the pain in cancer patients on chemo.
Canada that sends their scientists to come and conduct
their research and get plants from the fields of LeSotho to
produce new and improved treatments for different
illnesses. Then London that has an exchange program for
students studying medicine, pharmacy, oncology and
forensic anthropology. All this has brought upon a lot of
change for both the baKoena kingdom and LeSotho as
whole. Queen Mabotle also came back home and started
a women’s support group that deals with all issues
concerning women.

Lerumo plans on releasing Lethabo before the princess’s

ceremony since he has been behaving well during this
time his been in lockup. No one knows if his really
changed or busy demising yet another plan to take over
the kingdom. Mosia and Motsoeneng managed to take
over Lethabo’s businesses and they are running them to
the ground as they are only concerned about the profits,
but couldn’t careless about how they are made.

Tsietsi has been doing well as king and his people are
also happy with the changes he came with. He also
partnered with baKoena in some of the projects that in-
turn brought recognition and respect to the kingdom. He
also registered to do his residency at DiKoena tsa Metsing
general hospital but he will only be starting next year.
Tokelo bought the businesses and with the funds Tsietsi
developed one of their old farm lands and turned it into a
shopping mall called ‘BaTlokwa Bathabile’ This also
brought many opportunities for the people of the kingdom.

He has been pressured by the elders for the past months,

Well ever since he took over as king to find himself a
queen, as they say’ a king with no queen has no dignity’
however Tsietsi hasn’t found his queen yet since all his life
he was groomed to marry only one person and that is
Mapula. But that will not happen and he knows it, he has
been looking from the princess in the kingdoms his been
building alliances with but so far none of them have
captured him. He told the elders that pressuring him will
only make him take someone who will come into his
kingdom and mistreat his people and he won’t have that
as he has been working hard himself to become a better
person and he doesn’t need some who’s going to pull him
back into a dark hole. Which they themselves won’t like.
So they gave him until the end of December to find himself
a bride or they will find one for him.

Tokelo and Reneilwe’s relationship has been doing well.

They are the couple people envy both in the undergrworld
and in the business world. They turned the businesses
they bought from Tsietsi into a big fishing company since
they already had ocean routes that came in handy when
the company started. They bought big and small vessels
for fishing, they also turned their were houses into
production factories. So now he owns a fishing company,
a law firm, oil company and his diamond business. Lebo is
now in a relationship with a girl named Moleboheng, a
sweet and well respected woman in the court room. Their
relationships is new but they are happy together.

Boitumelo is anxious about Thabiso’s arrival as she heard

the maidens talking about him and his queen coming back
for the queens maturity ceremony then a week after is
their wedding. She is hoping that Thabiso will release him
so that she can go back home and start her life. She also
couldn’t wait to see her mother again because she missed
her so much and even dreams about her.

Manzini kingdom was never the same after the incident.

Yes repairs were done and the palace was rebuilt. The
royal family also had to assist with the repairs of the
villagers houses. They managed to do a lot but they ran
out of funds, they only have one farm now supporting the
whole kingdom, roads remained grovel as they couldn’t
afford to fix the damage. Ntsika is a well known
businessman who is ruthless in the boardroom, everyone
knows and respects him. He never set food in the palace
since the day he went to pick up his father after the
incident. The king and queen tried everything to reach out
to him with no success and they eventually let him be.

He married an Indian woman which he doesn’t love

because in his defense she will never be anything like
Mpande. She calls her useless because she hasn’t given
him a child yet the doctors say there is nothing wrong with
both of them. His emotionally abusing her and very distant,
his never home, always on the road going on business
trips. He owns a transportation company that has buses,
shuttles, helicopters for VIP clients and those who can
afford them. He also has those big long distance delivery
trucks that he rents to big companies. Let’s just say his
well off.

Stay tuned for the princess’s maturity ceremony.

#loveadminInsert 54

Coronation day 1✨
Mapula and Thabiso have just landed in LeSotho. They
are waiting for their bags so that they can go their
separate ways but promised to see each other the
following day before Mapula is taken to the sacred river.
The bags came and they made their way out of the airport
Tokelo and Reneilwe were waiting outside for them.
Tokelo picking up his sister and Reneilwe picking up her
brother.
Mapula: Dumelang LeSotho [ hello LeSotho]
Tokelo: Awu princess are you going to greet LeSotho
instead of your brother?
Mapula: Yeah that’s exactly what am doing
Tokelo: Yhoo! So no I love for the brother?
Mapula: Nope
Tokelo: Mxm you walking home am done [ he attempted to
walk away but Mapula held his arm]
Mapula: Come on brother am only joking
Tokelo: Am not
Mapula: Keaokopa hle Koena yamentsing[ am begging
Koena] come give your sister a hug[ Tokelo went and
hugged his sister ]
Reneilwe: We are still here people. [ Mapula broke the hug]
Mapula: Oh sorry, Hellow am Mapula his sister.
Reneilwe: And am Reneilwe his sister [ pointing at
Thabiso]
Thabiso: And am her husband and his my brother in law
Reneilwe: We know that
Thabiso: Do you?
Reneilwe: What does that supposed to mean?
Mapula: I think your brother is being protective
Reneilwe: Of What?
Mapula: The cosiness we walked into.
Tokelo: What? Where?
Mapula: Oh brother![ she pat his shoulder then said
goodbye to Thaniso And Reneilwe and went to the car.]
Tokelo saw the look Thabiso was giving him so he
decided to leave as well, not that he was scared of him but
he respected him as his sisters husband and the brother
of his lover.
Thabiso and Reneilwe also went to their car and they left
the air port.
The drive to BaKoena was long as usual but Mapula was
enjoying it. She was looking at all the developments that
have taken place over the past months and she was proud
of his father and brothers. When they got home everyone
was happy to have her back, but there was no time to
catch up as the king and queen were busy welcoming
guests who came for the ceremony. Kings and queens,
princes and princesses of different kingdoms were invited,
as well as business associates. The princess was given a
few minutes to freshen up and join the chief priest for
instructions on what is to happen.

In the chief priest’s hut the royal family was gathered

together with their children including Lebo as they treated
him like one of their own.
Chief priest: My princess this is your journey to become
queen, when you come back you will be stranger than all
the chief priests combined and you will be like a god to
them. They will bow before you but don’t let that go to your
head and start thinking you are better than everyone.
Mapula: I hear you my elder and my thanks for the wise
words.
Queen: My blossom, all I can say is that you have made
all of us proud, you are a good child and now you are
going to have your maturity ceremony and get married
soon after. Every parent wishes for this for their daughters
and am proud you gave me that. I love you my blossom.
King: My light, haha[ he laughs feeling proud] you know
why I call you my light?
Tokelo: Because you are trying to make her feel better
about herself.
King: And why would I want to make her feel better about
herself?
Lebo: Because she is uglier than her handsome brothers.
[ they laughed]
Mapula: Mother talk to your kids.
Tokelo: We are not kids
King: That’s something a kid would say. [ they laughed]
but my light I call you this because you are the only girl
amongst those two idiots and you brought nothing but light
into our lives and this kingdom. Continue doing so my
princess.
Mapula: My thanks for the wise words my king.
Chief priest: Now That is out of the way this is what is to
happen tomorrow, princess and I will go to the sacred river
before sunrise because people must not see her when she
leaves, they will only see her when she comes back and
that includes all of you.
King: We hear you wise one.
Chief priest: You will have to prepare jwala kalebekere,
kwai ledi sweets. [ you will have to prepare African beer,
tobacco and some sweets]
Queen: I will get those ready and give them to you before
you leave
Chief: No I want them now so that I can start working and
kebatla lennku ekitlasebetsa kayona [ And I want a sheep
to sacrifice]
King: You will get all that Tokelo and Lebohang will bing
it.
Chief: Okay you may leave.

They all left, Tokelo and Lebo went to get the sheep, while
the queen went to get the African beer and all the other
stuff. Mapula went to her room to call Thabiso since they
won’t be seeing each other.

Convo:

Thabiso: Miss me already?

Mapula: No
Thabiso: Lies princess
Mapula: Okay I miss you but that is not why I called.
Thabiso: Why did you call my princess?
Mapula: Well am leaving early before sunrise so I won’t
see you and I wanted you to release that girl.
Thabiso: Okay But can I see you tonight?
Mapula: baTloung is far Thabiso how are you going to see
me?
Thabiso: Am coming with the royal family this evening.
Mapula; Okay I thought you will only come tomorrow but
since you will be here then you will see me.
Thaniso: Great then I will see you when I get there.
Mapula: Thabiso why are you not entertaining the issue of
that girl?
Thabiso; Because I want nothing to do with her.
Mapula: Well I want you to release her and come with her
here.
Thabiso: I can release her but coming with her there is not
going to work.
Mapula: This is not about you it’s about her and her
destiny.
Thabiso: What do you mean princess?
Mapula: Her destiny is here and her new life will start here
so bring her.
Thabiso: Fine But Only Because you asked.
Mapula: My thanks my prince and I will see you when you
get here.
Thabiso: Bye princess.

The mood at the palace was a joyous one. Food was

cooked, more African beer was prepared, guests shown
their chamber and served since the ceremony will be
starting the following day. Later that evening Thabiso and
the rest of the baTloung came and he met with his
princess even though it was a brief meeting. Sunset came
and everyone went to their chambers to get some rest as
it was going to be a long 3 days.

In the morning the chief priest woke up early, prepared for

the journey and went to the royal house to get the princess.
But when he got to her room the princess was not there,
he woke up the king and queen to ask her whereabouts
but none of them new anything. Tokelo and Lebo were
also woken up but they also didn’t know. Tokelo went to
ask Thaniso if he didn’t see her but nothing, the guards
were asked but none of them saw her come out of the
house or leave the palace. Now everyone was worried.
Chief priest: Don’t despair, am going to the river to
perform the ritual and you must continue with the
celebrations.
Tokelo: My chief priest how are we going to do that when
the person we are gathered here for is missing?
Chief: Stop asking questions and do as I say[ he left]

Since everyone was awake they went ahead with the day
as planned.

Don’t forget to like share and comment.

Have a good slumber.

#loveadminInsert 55

Coronation day 2✨
Lethabo was released by his brother the day Mapula
arrived in LeSotho. He asked for a car and drove to the
capital, on the way he called one of his associates and he
updated him about what has been going on in his absence.
Lethabo was very angry about this as a result he drove
like a maniac to the capital ignoring all traffic lights. He got
to the capital an hour early and he made his way to
Mosia’s house as he was told he that he didn’t go to the
company. He got there got out of his car and walked to the
door and knocked, Mosia opened and was shocked to see
him.
Lethabo: Dumela Mosia. [ hello Mosia]
Mosia: Hela monna! Otswa kae? [ hey man! Where are
you coming from?]
Lethabo: I will tell you all about it let’s go and get
Motsoeneng, I have a nice bottle of whiskey we can have
while we talk.
Mosia: Oabowa jwale [ now you talking].

Mosia went in and took his jacket. Then went and joined
Lethabo in the car. They drove to Motsoeneng’s house
which was not too far from Mosia’s, the drive there was a
joyous one for Mosia trying to think about the kind of deal
Lethabo has landed and how much money they will make
from it. They picked up Motsoeneng and drove to one of
their secret meeting places. They got out made their way
in, Lethabo took a bottle of whiskey and opened it. He
poured 3 glasses and give the two men theirs then went
and joined them.

Lethabo: How are things going this side? [ he asked trying

to control his anger]
Motsoeneng: Everything is going very well I can’t complain.
Mosia: I have no complains either.
Lethabo: And the Business? I heard you took over.
Mosia: The Business is doing very well and making a lot of
money.
Motsoeneng: Yes, But Tell us where have you been?
Lethabo: Well...[ he stood up and took the keys and locked
the door]
Mosia: Why are you locking the door?
Lethabo: Because What am about to discuss must not be
heard even by mistake.
Motsoeneng: That makes sense
Lethabo: Well I was locked up for the past 5 months.
Mosia: You were in jail and we didn’t know?
Motsoeneng: Why didn’t you tell us?
Lethabo: I was not in jail
Motsoeneng: Hai now am confused! First you were in jail
then you were not which one is it?
Lethabo: I never said I was in jail but I was locked up... in
the baKoena palace.
Mosia: What?
Motsoeneng: Lerumo oyahlanya bathong okwalla abote
wahaye. [ Lerumo is crazy people! Locking up his own
brother]
Lethabo: Well that’s not a problem am out now.... please
get up.
Mosia: Reakae jwale, Aobone reyanwa?[ where are we
going now, don’t you see we are still drinking?]
Lethabo: I can see you drinking but please get up. [ Mosia
and Motsoeneng tried getting up but they don’t seem to
have use of their legs]
Mosia: Awu I cant stand up my legs feel numb
Motsoeneng: I mine too. How are you still standing?
Lethabo: Well on my way here I passed by my old friend
and he gave me something to make you numb... but don’t
worry let as the hands are the last to be affected.
Mosia: Why would you do that?
Lethabo: Wotseba oyahlanya Mosia? [ you know you are
crazy Mosia] did you really think I will let you two fools
take what’s mine and get away with it?
Motsoeneng: I wasn’t involved in taking your business it
was all Mosia’s doing.
Mosia: Mang? Chelete ena orekileng kayona koloi oyinkile
kae? [ who? The money you used to buy a car where did
you get it from?]
Motsoeneng: I might have used the money but you the
one who came with the plan.
Lethabo: Enough!! You are both nothing but blood sucking
old men, you go around taking things that don’t belong to
you but you don’t want to work for them. What kind of men
are you,
Mosia: Men like you
Motsoeneng: Hey Mosia stop talking, we are in no
condition to be fighting back.
Lethabo: hahah as if you could fight back, you are so
useless... both of you.
Mosia: We were just taking what was due to us nothing
more.
Lethabo: What was due to you?... heee what made you
think you have something that is due to you?
Mosia: You disappeared with our money
Lethabo: What money?
Motsoeneng: The one you promised, you said you will give
us more.
Lethabo: What more did you want when you saw that we
finished everything in that kingdom, where did you think I
will get more money from?
Mosia: You have a company, you could have share the
profits with us.
Lethabo: you know what am sick of this but from now on
you will never steal from anyone again.
Mosia: What are you going to do to us?
Lethabo: just watch.

Lethabo took tape and closed their mouths with it. He

didn’t even bother tying them because they were numb
anyway. He took a knife, took off their shoes and socks
then started cutting off their toes one by one. When his
done with that he went to their hands and did the same
with their fingers, all this while those two were crying while
they watched as they loose a finger one after the other.
They were numb and couldn’t defend themselves. Lethabo
then went to their legs and kept cutting chunks of their
flesh and throwing it on the floor. There was blood all over,
after the legs he did the same to their arms and stomach.
Then went to the sink washed his hands and left them
there, bleeding to death.

Kwezi:

Kwezi arrived in LeSotho this day since she didn’t travel

with Mapula and Thabiso, since she had to wait for her
father and her dress for the ceremony which was part of
the surprise she had for Mapula. Lesego picked her up
from the airport and drove to baKoena, she was excited
for her friend and also couldn’t wait for the wedding.

BaKoena:

The celebration went on and today was the second day.

The chief priest was not back from the river yet, the royal
family had to pretend in front of their guests. But they were
worried about the princess’s whereabouts, they even
suspected Lethabo but Tokelo’s people rule him out as a
suspect since Tokelo has a tail on him since he left the
palace. Now all hopes of finding her were gone, Thabiso
was beside himself with worry but was told to show face
and pretend in front of the people.

More kingdoms came for the princess’s coronation

including the baTlokwa’s new king Tsietsi himself. He was
so bored as he has no friends to talk to just business
associates but his relationship with them was strictly
business nothing more. While walking around he ended up
in the palace garden, it was quiet and peaceful there. He
walked in further and spotted a maiden sitting by herself,
he wondered who she was as his never seen her before.
He went closer to her and spoke.

Tsietsi: Beautiful day isn’t it?

Maiden: Indeed
Tsietsi: Why are you sitting here by yourself when
everyone is out there celebrating?
Maiden: I could ask you the same thing.
Tsietsi: True But as asked first.
Maiden: Am just missing home that’s all and what is your
excuse?
Tsietsi: Well I was invited and as king I had to come and
represent my kingdom.
Maiden: oh my apologies your highness.
Tsietsi: What are you apologizing for dear maiden?
Maiden: For not addressing the king with respect[ she
spoke with her head bowed]
Tsietsi: It well dear maiden I am not offended please let’s
continue to talk and forget about the formalities for a while.
Maiden: Am sorry my king but I cannot do that and if my
king will let me I would like to take my leave now.
Tsietsi: Why would you want to leave so soon?
Maiden: I do not want problems my king.
Tsietsi: Problems with who?
Maiden: Your queen your highness. I don’t want to appear
as disrespectful.
Tsietsi: Unfortunately or fortunately I don’t have a queen
as yet.
Maiden: Oh
Tsietsi: Yes now please stay a while longer.
Maiden: Alright my king if you insist.

The maiden sat back down and Tsietsi sat next to her and
they continued with their talk. They were so comfortable
around each other one would swear they have known
each other for years.

The chief priest came back and the king spotted him and
followed him to his hut. He couldn’t wait anymore as he
wanted to know what the gods revealed to him.
Chief priest: Ask someone to call the rest of the family, I
don’t want to have to repeat myself. [ the king sent his
personal guard to go call the others and they came at
once] they were now gathered in the chief priest’s hut
waiting for him to tell them what the gods revealed to him.
Chief: I did the ritual as I was supposed to and it went well.
Queen: Does that mean the princess is already with the
gods?
Chief: I hold no knowledge of that my queen.
King: If you have no knowledge of that then what do you
mean the ritual went well?
Chief: I say that because all the offerings were accepted.
Tokelo: Since we hold no knowledge of such rituals please
tell us what happened.
Chief: It’s a long story my prince.
King: Please make it short because I would also like to
know maybe I can have an idea of where my light is.
Chief: Kehlabile nnku yanne kaibeha hodimo hamoseme,
le leberiki lanjwala kwai ledi sweets,kaboa lebaholo.
Hakeqeta metsi aile aboleha hare tsatsamaya dintho
tsadikela kahare and adiawa ditsamaile hantle fella.
Hadiqeta mow wakwaleha mokoti wow impa habaya
boaletho ka kgosigadi. [ I slaughtered the sheep and
placed it on a grass mat together with the African beer, the
tobacco and sweets. I then placed the mat in the water
and said their praises then a whole in the middle of the
river opened and the grass mat moved there until it got
sucked in then the hole closed. But they didn’t say
anything about the queen.
King: Ebima hejwale[ this is difficult]
Queen: What are we supposed to do now?
Chief: Continue with the celebrations as planned and also
release her in good spirits because your heavy hearts may
delay her return if she is with them.
Lebo: If she is with them, really? Is that all we got to go
with?
King: Calm down son, am sure she is with them if not they
would have shown us something. Let’s be happy for our
queen and bare in mind that we cannot understand or
question the ways of the gods for...
Then: For they are wise and will never lead us astray.
[ they cut Lerumo off]
King: Yes now let’s go out there and celebrate the death of
our princess and the resurrection of our queen.
Them: haaa kgosigadi Mapula!!!

They left and informed Thabiso of the new developments

but sort of omitted the truth.

Stay tune for day 3

#loveadminInsert 56

Coronation day 3
Manzini Kingdom:

King Sbanisezwe was sitting in his study thinking about

what to do about the fact that he keeps losing his
possessions and that includes his son. He wondered what
could have happened to cause this, Yes he understood
that they wronged the queen and her husband but they
were punished greatly for that. Now he doesn’t understand
what more needs to be done for things to go back to
normal. The queen got in disturbing him from his thoughts.
Queen: My king, I don’t like how you have been the past
weeks. Please tell what the problem is my dear husband,
a problem shared is a problem solved.
King: Need I said anything my queen when even a blind
person can see that my kingdom is destroyed, lost its
dignity amongst other kingdoms and now we are losing
every business we ever had.
Queen: Yes I know that my king but we can still fix this.
King: Maybe you think I haven’t tried all I could to resolve
this matter.
Queen: Not everything my dear husband.
King: Can you just tell me exactly is it that you think I
haven’t done.
Queen: Remember the curse?
King: Yes But she already destroyed my kingdom.
Queen: Yes But for us to be forgiven she said we must go
to that prince’s home to apologize and the queen’s home
to ask for her forgiveness but I don’t know which queen
she was referring to.
King: I think we need the chief priest to enlighten us about
this
Queen: I will ask a guard to go and call him.

The queen went out and called the guard and asked him
to go call the chief priest. She and the king went to the
living room to wait for the chief priest. He took his time
coming and the king was already loosing his patience.
Chief priest: You called for me
King: Yes I did, we need clarification on the curse that girl
placed on us.
Chief: You are still set on calling her a girl.
King: Just tell me what I need to know Sibiya please.
Chief: If I so will you listen to me this time?
King: Why would I call you here if I wasn’t going to listen to
you?
Chief: Alright then, you have to go and apologize to the
prince and his family for all that you did and hope he
forgives you. You also have to go and ask for the queens
forgiveness.
King: We already know that what we don’t know is which
Queen are we supposed to apologize to?
Chief: The same one that destroyed this kingdom.
King: She is a queen?
Chief: Yes she is.
King: Okay so we can find her in Cape Town do what has
to be done and then head to LeSotho.
Chief: The queen is no longer in the country, she went
back home.
King: That is still not a promise we can kill two birds with
one stone.
Chief: Don’t go there with attitude, humble yourself when
you get there. Remember you wronged a queen but not
just any queen the most powerful one of them all.
King: We will do as you say.
Chief: Okay I hope you learnt your lesson.
King: I have and my thanks for your advice.
The king and queen didn’t waste anytime. They headed to
Ntsika’s house to get him so that they can go together but
they were doubtful. They knew that he might not even
listen to what they have to day. They got to his place and
the guards opened for them after they told them that they
are his parents. The maid Martha went to call Ntsika.

Ntsika: What is it now?

Martha: Your parents are here sir.
Ntsika: Great what do they want?
Martha: To see you sir
Ntsika: God you can be stupid! I know they want to see
me but what am asking is... You know what leave I will
take it from here. [ Martha left] Ntsika went to the lounge
and found his parents waiting for him having tea.
Ntsika: What can I do for you people?
Queen: Oh son I have missed you
Ntsika: So you came because you missed me?
King: We came to ask you to come with us to LeSotho.
Ntsika: I have no business in LeSotho
King: Yes you do...Mpande as you call her.
Ntsika: You are going to LeSotho to see Mpande?[ he
asked with excitement in his voice]
King: Yes we are and we are leaving now if you want to
come.
Ntsika: Of course I will come, Nothing and no one can stop
me from seeing Mpandeyomuzi.
Queen: Why do you call her that anyway?
Ntsika: Ngoba uyimpandeyomuzi woManzini wuye
ozosihola asihlanganise sibeyimbumba singoManzini
njengengcambu zomuthi. [ because she is the root of the
Manzini household, she is the one who lead and bring us
together as one as the Manzini clan just like the roots that
hold a tree ]

He said that with a smile on his face, for the first time the
king understood where his son was coming from. He now
understood that Mapula was the only one who can make
his family and kingdom whole again. He now found the
name Mpandeyomuzi his son gave her befitting. Ntsika
came with his bag they made their way to the airport, they
were taking the jet and that was about the only asset they
had left.
BaKoena Kingdom:

It was the third day of the coronation and the celebrations

were still underway. The chief priest went to the river
along with everyone to hold the celebrations there, hoping
that the queen will come out like it was once revealed to
him. The celebrations went on by the river, the weather
was beautiful with a light breeze blowing ever so swiftly.
Everyone was excited to see the queen but not more than
the baKoena royal family and the baTloung. They couldn’t
wait to see their and daughter in law. The day went on but
the queen never came out, the king went to the chief priest
to find out what the problem is.

King; what seems to be the problem, it’s almost sunset

now and still the queen hasn’t come out.
Chief: Ask the guards to prepare fire to keep warm and get
the maidens to bring food for everyone
King: Why can’t we just let everyone go to the palace and
rest.
Chief: This is no time for rest and because this is where
the ceremony will be for the next new days.
The king left him, addressed his people and also
instructed the guards and maidens to do as the chief priest
instructed. The alligators were out of the river sitting right
at the end of the river bent, they sat in a way that blocked
the whole river to any access as if they were marking their
territory or protecting something important.

Mosia and Motsoeneng’s wives went to report their

husbands missing as they last saw them the previous day
and have had no contact with them since they left. A case
was opened and an investigation was launched to look
into their disappearance. Lethabo was having the time of
his life in a bar drinking, celebrating his freedom and finally
getting rid of those annoying, greedy old men.

Tsietsi and the maiden were getting closer together. They

never separated since the day before when they met, they
were both enjoying the ceremony now but mostly enjoying
each other’s company. But what is funny is that they never
bothered to asked each other’s names.

Kwezi was also having the time of her life enjoying the
beauty of the country since she never got the chance to
explore after the kidnapping. So this was her opportunity
to explore and who better to show her around than the
charming Lesego her boyfriend. She also missed her
friend dearly but didn’t have time to worry about her as
Lesego was always with her keeping her busy with site
seeing and all sorts of need to see things in LeSotho.

Stay tuned as we continue with the coronation. Am sorry

for the short insert, work was hectic but I thought you
would appreciate a little something.

Will see you all tomorrow.

#loveadminInsert 57

Coronation day 4

Sometimes humbling yourself before a person is not a bad

thing especially if your sanity, family and all those who
depend and rely on your actions to survive and have a
better tomorrow. The people of Manzini depend on
Sbanisezwe their king to humble himself and make things
right in their kingdom. But not only that, Sbanisezwe owes
it to his son to make things right, he is the parent after all
and he was supposed to reprimand his son when he did
wrong, encourage him when he did right and help him
back on the right path when he went astray.

But our dearest lion king of Manzini couldn’t bear the

thought of bowing down to a child because he was taught
that children obey their elders and do as told. But what he
failed to understand was the fact that even children can
teach their elders a thing or two. In our communities
especially those of black people whether ruled by Kings or
not, parents turn to suffer with the ‘I won’t be told by a
child what to do’ illness and the ‘I gave birth to you and I
know better because I have seen it all’ and lastly the ‘ you
are just a child what do you know’ illness.

All these illnesses have been inherited from our

forefathers who are now our ancestors, who still dictate to
us to this day and for as long as we think our children
don’t have brains or can’t be smarter than us. Then we will
continue finding ourselves in situations that will make do
what we swore never to do and that is to bow down to our
children like we bowing to the gods themselves. Don’t get
it wrong the king knew and understood very well what the
chief priest said about Mpande being a god but to him
gods are those that lived before us and now guide us from
the other side.

This to him was a bitter pill to swallow and no matter how

hard he tried to convince himself that drinking it will heal
and make things better for all those involved. But still he
couldn’t see himself actually drinking it. Parents always
choose what part of the truth to tell their children and
telling the queen what she wants to hear won’t be any
different, children are the same after all and to him she
was no different from others. They arrived in LeSotho the
day before and booked a hotel to spend the night since it
was already late when they landed. Now they are having
breakfast at the hotel lounge before heading out.

KingSbani: We have to finish up so we can go, I don’t

want to spend days here.
Ntsika: I wouldn’t mind spending a life time here as long
as I will be with iMpandeyami.
Queen: Son from what I heard the queen is not supposed
to leave her land, she has to rule here and nowhere else.
Ntsika: Your point being?
Queen: My point is that you already have a kingdom to
rule.
Ntsika: Father is still alive and can rule his kingdom but
Mpande doesn’t have a king and every queen needs one.
King: We should get going
Queen: Yes we should, What is the name of the place we
going to?
King: The chief priest said its baTloung kingdom.
Ntsika: The one lead by the elephants?
King: Yes he said something about that. Do you know it?
Ntsika: No but a read about them on business news and
the king of that palace is a very good business man.
King: No need to sing his praises, now lead the way.
Ntsika: No need to be jealous now father.
Queen: Would you two stop and get going

Ntsika got up without saying a word and the king and

queen followed him. They got to the car and drove to
baTloung which was about only 30 minutes from the
capital. They got there and asked to see the king but the
guards at the gate told them that the royals went to a
ceremony they were invited to in baKoena kingdom. They
asked for directions and drove there.

A horrible smell was coming out of the house where Mosia

and Motsoeneng were in. Green flies were coming in and
out of there. One of the neighbors went to knock but no
one answered but she could smell whatever was smelling
inside from the door and it wasn’t a pleasant smell
whatsoever. The police were called and the house was
opened, only to find decomposing bodies of Mosia and
Motsoeneng in the house with dry blood all over. They still
had the tape covering their mouths. Pieces of their flesh
scattered on the floor together with their fingers.

The people who saw this were shocked but mostly scared
as they had never seen such, the police were also
shocked by this because in LeSotho such things didn’t
happen, they only saw them on tv. The mortuary people
were called to collect the bodies and the wives were also
called to identify the bodies.
With Lethabo it was Business as usual, he was focusing
on getting his business back on track and couldn’t
careless about what happened with the two old men in fact
he didn’t even think about them.
BaKoena Kingdom:

The ceremony was still underway but the king requested

that the people go back to the palace so that they can
freshen up and the chief priest agreed but said he will
remain by the river and also requested that everyone be
back by the river the following day before sunrise. At the
palace, more sheep and cows were slaughtered to make
food for the royal guests. The food was cooked in big pots
and ongoing was a lot of singing and dancing done by the
hired groups.

People were kept entertained, poets were doing their thing

one after the other but the queen was worried that by the
time Mapula arrives there will be nothing new for the
singing groups to sing, no new dance moves for the
dancers and no new poems for the poets as they were
asked to perform though out the Day entertaining people.
Kwezi: Ma you look worried, what is the matter?
Queen: Oh my child am just worried that by time my
blossom comes home there will be nothing new for the
performers to perform.
Kwezi: Worry not about the poem I will take care of that
but I can also take care of the singing and dancing groups.
Queen: How my child when they are always busy
entertaining people?
Kwezi: Do you have a big open space I can use?
Queen: Yes there is a hall I use for woman’s meetings, but
what are you going to use it for?
Kwezi: I want to take one group at a time while the others
are performing to practice new routines for them to
perform on the day Mapula comes back.
Queen: Oh that is a good idea my child my thanks and
there are music instruments there as well as drums that
are used by the young to practice.
Kwezi: That is perfect ma let me go and talk to the group
that is on break now so that we can go and start now.
Queen: Good and I will ask Lebo to show you the place
and give you the keys.
Kwezi: Thanks ma
Queen: No thank you my child.

Outside the king was called to the gate by the guards

telling him that there are guests they don’t know that want
to see the queen. The king went to the gate to see who
the guests are.
KingLerumo: Greetings
KingSbani: Greetings
KingLerumo: I am Lerumo the king of this kingdom.
KingSbani: My pleasure to meet you my king, I am king
Sbanisezwe Zulu from the Manzini kingdom in KwaZulu
Natal in South Africa and this is my queen and the prince
of the Manzini kingdom.
KingLerumo: A pleasure to meet you all, guards let them
in and show them to the guest chamber. [ he then turned
to KingSbani] I will be with you in a moment please follow
the guards.
KingSbani: My thanks my king and I must say your palace
is remarkable.
KingLerumo: My thanks.

The guards took the Manzini family to the guest chamber

as instructed and left.
Ntsika: This is not even a palace it’s... you know I don’t
have words describe it.
Queen: It’s of beauty indeed.
Ntsika: And yet Mpande is so humble, one would swear
that she is just another commoner and not a princess of
such a glorious kingdom.
King: Would you two keep quiet? We are not here to
admire the palace. We are here for an entirely different
reason.
Ntsika: I understand but what could be the ceremony be
about? I mean did you see the cars out there?
Queen: It’s like only important and we’ll know people
attended.
King: Shup up will you?

Before they could answer a maiden came in and brought

them refreshments and food. They thank her and she left.
Lerumo went to find his queen and he found her in the
kitchen giving instructions left, right and center.
KingLerumo: By the end of this ceremony you will have
developed gray hair.
Queen: You can say that again my king.
KingLerumo: Stop worrying too much and we have guests.
Queen: I know we have guests that is why am worried and
I want everything to be perfect.
KingLerumo: No I don’t mean those guests, I mean we
have ones that just arrived from South Africa.
Queen: What? But we don’t know anyone in South Africa,
unless it’s Kwezi’s parents.
KingLerumo: If they are royals from KZN then maybe
Queen: No Kwezi is not royal
KingLerumo: Then let’s go and find out who they are.
Queen: Okay But first let me ask the maidens to take
some refreshments for them.
KingLerumo: That is already taken care of.
Queen: Okay then let’s go.

The king and queen of the land went to the guest chamber
to attend to their guests and to find out what the reason for
their visit was.

Find out what the reaction of the BaKoena And baTloung

royal family will be when they find out the truth about the
Manzini people.

#loveadminInsert 58
Continuation of day 4✨

The king and queen of baKoena went into the guest

chamber to join their guests. They got in and settled on
the couch opposite them.
KingLerumo: Welcome to my kingdom once again, and I
would like to introduce you to my Queen Mabotle.
QueenM: Greetings everyone
QueenN: Greetings my queen, I am queen Nkanyezi and
this my prince Ntsika from Manzini kingdom in KZN South
Africa.
QueenM: A pleasure to meet you all.
KingLerumo: To what do we owe the pleasure of being
visited by royals of such a far kingdom?
KingSbani: We are here seeking two families one being
the baTloung royal family and the second being the
baKoena kingdom.
KingLerumo: Well If this matter also concerns the
baTloung then I think it’s best to get them involved in this
meeting since they are also present today.
KingSbani: If they are also here then we would appreciate
it if they were called so that we can do this once.
KingLerumo: Alright then let me go and get them.

Lerumo went in search of his old friend and found him

talking to the other kings, he asked to speak to him in
private for a moment and they went to the main house to
talk.
KingLetsi: What seens to be the problem old friend?
KingLerumo: We have guests that request to meet with
both kingdoms.
KingLetsi: By both kingdoms you mean me and you
KingLerumo: Yes please find your queen and prince so
that we can go and hear what they want and I will go find
Tokelo to join us.
KingLetsi: Did they say what they want?
KingLerumo: No just that they want to meet with us and
they are in the guest chamber.
KingLetsi: Alright, did they at least say where they are
coming from?
KingLerumo: From some Zulu kingdom in South Africa.
KingLetsi: That is far. What could they possibly want?
KingLerumo: we will soon find out now let’s go.

The two kings went their separate ways, Lerumo to find

Tokelo But he found Lebo.
Lerumo: Lebohang go find Tokelo and join me in the guest
chamber at once.
Lebo: What’s up old man?
Lerumo: Boy you not too old to get a beating! Now go get
Tokelo we have guests.
Lebo: Okay we will be there in a few minutes.
Lerumo: Good

Lerumo went and joined the others. On the other side

Letsi gathered his family to go meet the guests but the
princess was left behind. They also went to join the others
but Thabiso remained outside as he saw Lebo and Tokelo
coming, so he decided to wait for them so that they can go
in together. They got to him and they went in. His eyes
landed on Ntsika and his family.
Thabiso: What are these people doing here?
KingLetsi: You know them son?
Thabiso: Their prince wanted Mapula
Lebo: I see nothing wrong with that I mean the princess is
a very beautiful maiden
Tokelo: Yeah man
Thabiso: So was it right for them to lie and get me beaten
up by their people?
Them: What?
KingSbani: That is why we came here, please give us a
chance to explain.
KingLerumo: No this is not your kingdom, the prince will
explain then you will say if what tells us is true or not.
KingLetsi: Trust me if you did something to my prince you
won’t live to tell the tale.
KingLerumo: Now all of you sit down and Thahiso tell us
who these people are and what you meant by them
beating you.
Ntsika: Don’t be such a baby please just sit
KingLetsi: Did anyone talk to you?
Ntsika: Eee...
Tokelo: Just shut up and listen
Thabiso took his seat next to his father and so did Lebo
and Tokelo. Tension was already visible in the room but
only one person wasn’t bothered by all that was
happening and that was Ntsika.
KingLerumo: So Thabiso Tell us what this is all about.
Thabiso: Well in Cape Town Mapula met this prince
and...[ he told them everything that happened but left out
the part of his healing as he had no idea how it happened
himself as he just woke up at Mapula’s place]
KingLetsi: How come you didn’t tell me about this and
what happened to the wounds?
Thabiso: I am a man father and soon to be someone’s
husband and I cannot come running to you every time am
faced with problems.
KingLetsi: I hear you son and am proud of how you
handled the matter but that doesn’t tell us why you people
are here.
Ntsika: Am here for Mpande Nothing else.
Tokelo: Am sorry to ask this but is your son normal?
Lebo: I was thinking the same, how can you do this to my
sister and her husband and still come here looking for
Mpande and who is this Mpande anyway?
Thabiso: Thats How he calls Mapula.
Tokelo: Oh hell no! Now am certain you crazy
Lebo: Crazy doesn’t begin to describe this fool.
QueenN: He might be a fool but he is still my son and the
prince of the Manzini kingdom, next in line for the throne of
oGwabini.
QueenM: Now I know how he got to be so stupid, you treat
him like a child.

KingLerumo: I have heard enough! Now tell us

Sbanisezwe what is it you want here?
KingSbani: I came to apologize to the prince and his
parents for what we did to him. We have learnt our lesson
and we are here to make amends.
KingLetsi: From me you will not get to get peace my son
could have died, would you please be here apologizing if
he died? No you would have buried him and moved on
with your life like nothing happened.
KingSbani: I apologize my king please forgive us.
QueenN: So I almost lost my son because yours couldn’t
take no for an answer?
KingSbani: Please forgive us my queen.
KingLerumo: Thabiso son what do you say?
Thabiso: I want him punished the same way he punished
me for no reason but the difference is that I do have
reasons for my actions.
Tokelo: I will help you with that
Lebo: Am in
Ntsika: Mpande will never let that happen to her king.
Thabiso: Thats it!!! [ he stood up and so did Tokelo and
Lebo. They pulled Ntsika up and dragged him outside with
his mother begging them to let him go]
KingLerumo: Shut up woman! Now tell us what you want
from us?
KingSbani: We would like to apologize to the queen as
well.
KingLerumo: Well she’s not here but I have a better idea.
Guards!!![ the guards came running] take those people
and lock them up.
KingSbani: No you can’t do that please [he pleaded]
KingLetsi: Well since my daughter in law is not here we
will keep you until she comes back.
KingLerumo: Yes And she will decide what to do with you.
The guards took them away and locked him up. Lebo,
Tokelo and Thabiso took Ntsika to the field...

Find out what they do to him on the next insert.

#loveadminInsert 59

At the field ✨

Tokelo, Lebo and Thabiso got out of the car and dragged
Ntsika out. The way he was so chilled it was like nothing
was happening, he even had a smile on his face and that
seemed to push the triplets buttons. They dragged him to
the middle of the field.
Thabiso: Now that there are no people defending you
show me what you got.
Ntsika: Easy now you might hurt yourself.
Tokelo: Boy you don’t know who we are so stop while you
at it.
Lebo: And don’t forget you talking to your elders here Zulu
boy.
Ntsika: Let me educated you my Sotho “men” just because
am Zulu and I don’t go to the mountains or whatever you
want to call it doesn’t mean am less of a man. Now I will
tell you again drop this nonsense and we can all go back
and wait for MY Queen [ he emphasized the”My Queen
part] Where is she anyway.
Lebo: Okay am killing this dude
Tokelo: Go ahead brother clearly he lacks respect.
Thabiso; And save the best for last.
Ntsika: Let’s make it fair! One man at a time.
Lebo: I wouldn’t have it any other way.

Lebo and Ntsika moves to the center and Ntsika threw a

punch at Lebo. He smiles with blood coming out of his
mouth, he spits it and says ‘not bad for a boy’ then
returned the punch and it got Ntsika flying and collided
with the ground. The two were watching as Lebo and
Ntsika fought. Ntsika got up and wiped the blood off his
mouth and said ‘you punch like bitch’ that alone seemed to
piss Lebo off. He went to Ntsika in a hurry and they fought.

Ntsika was fighting like a real Zulu warrior and Lebo was
fighting like a gang leader who didn’t want to let his gang
down. They fought until Tokelo stopped them and said
‘ you fought well brother but it’s my turn now’ Lebo move
aside and Tokelo made his way to Ntsika and said ‘this
Mpande you keep talking about is my sister and no one
disrespects her husband and get away with it’ he threw a
punch and Ntsika smiled and answered him’ well I won’t
fight you, but not because am scared but because you are
my queens brother’

That alone fueled Tokelo’s anger ‘ you won’t fight me but

you fought her other brother? Who the hell do you think
you are’ Ntsika smiled and said ‘ your brother in law and
your king’ well he shouldn’t have said that as he woke
Ghost up. Ghost was like some possessed man beating
Ntsika to a pulp, well when Ghost is awake only a few can
calm him down so Thabiso saw how he was beating
Ntsika and asked Lebo to stop him. Lebo went to him and
held his hands and spoke to him ‘Mokoena motloele
Morenaka batho bashebile’ [Mokoena let him go my king
the people are watching] Tokelo let him go.

He went and stood with Lebo on the side as Thabiso

walked towards a bleeding Ntsika, he saw him standing
above him as he was on the ground. He looked at him and
laughed’ you will never be good enough for her, she needs
a real man by her side and am afraid that is not you boy’
Thabiso go so angry and spoke like something possessed
him.
Thabiso: To the power of the elephant, the speed of a
Cheetah and the eyes of a hawk. Raise and lend me your
power, it is I Thabiso your prince setloholo saSerame
ngwana wa Letsi moTloung pedi kgatlatlopo nnja polojwe,
Thole pofolo namane nyamatsana.

[ to the power of the elephants, the speed of a Cheetah

and eyes of a hawk raise and lend me your power, it is I
Thabiso your prince grand child of Serame and son of
Letsi moThoung... and he said his forefathers totems] his
eyes changed color and they were now light brown like
those of a hawk and he felt lighter and at the same time
stronger than he ever was before. Blood rushed through
his veins and the way he felt the it was like he has a
stethoscope on and was listening to his blood running
through his veins.

What he wasn’t aware of was the all the hawks flying

above him and all the Cheetahs that appeared from
nowhere surrounding them. Tokelo and Lebo were the
only ones who seemed to be aware of this as Ntsika was
looking at Thabiso with a smile on his face thinking how
stupid can one person be.
Tokelo: I guess his not as weak as I thought he was.
Lebo: I thought we will be the ones protecting the princess
even after she’s married.
Tokelo: I guess he got that covered now
Lebo: I guess they were destined to be together
Tokelo: They both have extraordinary powers
Lebo: Like they are gods themselves
Tokelo: Yeah do you see how these cheetahs are bowing
before him?
Lebo: Yeah!!! Man am jealous
Tokelo: I wish I had powers
Lobo: Man you have Ghost even though I don’t know what
kind of power he possesses.
Tokelo: You and me both. [Lebo got back to reality fast
with his eyes popping out]
Lebo: What did you just say?
Tokelo: Yeah man he just takes over and from there it’s no
more Tokelo.
Lebo: Really? Wow!
Tokelo: What is it with you, why are you freaking out?
Lebo: WOW!!! Why am I freaking out? Are you really going
to ask me that?
Tokelo: Yeah Because I don’t understand brother.
Lebo: What if that Ghost killed me?
Tokelo: Why would he do that?
Lebo: You have got to be kidding me!!! Am the one who
talks to you and calm you down when Ghost takes over
and all along I thought you had control over him but now I
learn you don’t! That means am at risk too.
Tokelo: Don’t exaggerate! You are my protector that is
why you know how to calm me down so I won’t kill you.
Lebo: Yeah you won’t but the freaking Ghost might.
Tokelo: He won’t... But man look at him, his going to kill
this fool if we don’t figure out a way to stop this.
Lebo: Yeah But Let’s first watch and see what he does
then we will figure it out later.
Tokelo: Yeah you right.

Tokelo and Lebo made themselves comfortable sitting on

some haystack watching and waiting for what Thabiso will
do next.
At the sacred land:

Mapula: Queen Nyolodi why didn’t you tell me that

Thabiso has powers?
Nyolodi: Well am not a moTloung but I knew that those
higher than me wouldn’t just choose a nobody to be the
rain queens husband.
Mapula: Did he know he had them before?
Nyolodi: No his powers got released the day you got here
but he didn’t know it yet.
Mapula: How did he know now?
Nyolodi: His anger woke it up and technically you the only
one who can stop him just like his the only one who can
stop you when you angry.
Mapula: How so?
Nyolodi: Because you are connected my queen.
Mapula: Then he will kill Ntsika if someone doesn’t stop
him.
Nyolodi: Well if that’s what the king wants then there is
nothing I can do. That prince is arrogant and he choose
the worst time to show his arrogance.
Mapula: What do you mean my queen?
Nyolodi: Oh nothing... how do you feel about going home
tomorrow?
Mapula: Delighted But I don’t want my return to be that
filled with tears and sorrow.
Nyolodi: Then Stop your husband [ she said and left]

Stay tuned.

#loveadminInsert 60

AT THE FIELD✨

Tokelo and Lebo were sitting on the haystack that was in

the field reserved for the cows and horses to eat but they
made it their temporary couch to sit and enjoy the action
movie before them. At this time Ntsika was on his feet
determined to show the Sotho prince what his made of.
Thabiso on the other hand was chilled and looking at
Ntsika with his hawk eyes, watching him his every move
like a hawk watching a fish inside the water waiting for just
the right time to strike.
Ntsika moves closer to Thabiso and threw punch but since
Thabiso has the speed of a Cheetah, he quickly moves
aside and came back with a punch that has the power of
an elephant, he punched Ntsika on the ribcage leaving his
ribs cracked on the left side and Ntsika groaning like
wounded animal. He waited for him to regain his
composure, Ntsika then went to Thabiso looking pissed,
he threw a punch at Thabiso’s face but he moves his face
out of harms way just in time before the punch landed on
his face and came back with his and it landed on Ntsika
side of the face breaking his jaws.

Ntsika groans in pains and spits the blood coming out of

his mouth. Tokelo and Lebo were busy cheering Thabiso
on, also busy talking on the side like football
commentators. A few boys who were playing stick fighting
in the fields saw this and came to watch but they stood
further as they were afraid of the Cheetahs. So they
thought it best to stand far so that if they try anything they
can make a run for it. Ntsika was loosing the fight but he
wouldn’t give up, he stood and went flying to Thabiso
tackling him to the ground, Thabiso got up so fast, he was
angry and he gave Ntsika a punch that sent him flying to
the ground closer to the Cheetahs.
He groaned in pain but when he looked side ways he
spotted the Cheetahs and he got up so fast moving away
from them but meeting Thabiso’s punch that sends him
back on the ground. But now Thaniso doesn’t give him a
chance to get up, he goes closer to him and start kicking
him leaving a cracked bone with each kick. The two
commentators [Tokelo and Lebo] were still busy doing
their job on the sideline which is commentating. If one was
watching a boxing match of wrestling I would say they only
lacked a referee for this match as they had the fighters,
the audience and the commentators.

Lebo: Man if we don’t stop him he will kill this fool.

Tokelo: I know that but look at this[ Tokelo moves closer to
Thabiso but as he moves closer the Cheetahs move
closer to him with their teeth out. Tokelo moves back to his
seat and they move to their original positions]
Tokelo: See!
Lebo: Man he can die for all I care, I am not fighting
against a Cheetah well Cheetahs in this case.
Tokelo: Man Reneilwe still needs me so I can’t die now.
Lebo: I can’t die now too man am too handsome for that
and LeSotho needs some handsomeness.
Tokelo: I guess he dies then.
Lebo: He dies for sure but we have witnessed in case they
ask why we didn’t stop him.
Tokelo: Yeah those boys saw everything.
Lebo: Yeah so we cool
Tokelo: Yeah But look at how his kicking him like a sack of
potatoes.
Lebo: Man am never getting on his wrong side, I have no
powers to defeat that.
Tokelo: And you think Ghost can stand a chance?... no
way man.
Lebo: You won’t even try?
Tokelo: Wahlanya kellowana jwang deli Cheetahs[ you
crazy how do I fight Cheetahs]
Lebo laughs.

In the sacred land:

Mapula has been trying to find ways to stop Thabiso as
she can see that his going to kill Ntsika, she new that she
cannot leave the sacred land till she was released but she
also knew that she can’t let Thabiso kill Ntsika but how
was she going to stop him?
She ended up calling Ngwedi and she came to her.
Ngwedi: My queen
Mapula: Ngwedi How do I stop Thabiso?
Ngwedi: Why do you want to stop him and who stopped
that prince when he wanted to kill your husband?
Mapula: Ngwedi please I don’t want my ceremony tainted
with blood and if that happens all people will think of about
my day will be the blood shed. So I beg you if you know a
way please tell me.
Ngwedi: Alright, you and Your husband are connected so
close your eye and concentrate and when you are
connected to him tell him to stop.
Mapula: My thanks Ngwedi.

Mapula closed her eyes and concentrated hard. She first

reached the Cheetahs that were surrounding them and
she told them that it was enough now and they need to
stop. The Cheetahs bowed down and moved back a little.
She then reached her two crazy brothers and told them
that she will deal with them when she gets home. She
moved to Thabiso but something was blocking her.

She tried again but nothing, she reached the hawks flying
above him and told them to stop blocking their queen and
after that she reached Thabiso and spoke to him in his
mind’ my dear husband it is I your queen, please stop this
or you will kill him. I feel your anger and it is too much and
if you don’t stop now you will kill him, please do it for me,
remember you said you would do anything for me? Now
this is the time for you to fulfill that promise and let him go.
You are not like him which is why you are my husband
and his not’

She stopped and collapsed on the floor. Ngwedi and

Nyolodi rushed to her.
Ngwedi: Your pure heart will be your downfall my queen.
Nyolodi: Which is why you will be with her to guide her.
Ngwedi: Yes my queen.

At the field:
Tokelo and Lebo were quiet each one thinking about what
they just heard but none of them were talking or even
concentrating on the fight anymore.
Lebo: Man i might be going crazy but I swear I just heard
the princess speak.
Tokelo: I heard the same thing and she said
Them: I will deal with you when I get home for this[they
said at the same time and looked at each other]
Lebo: Okay am not crazy but if she can see all this am
going to the capital tomorrow
Tokelo: Why?
Lebo: Am not about to face the newly crowned queen so
she can test her powers on me.
Tokelo: Am getting my black card ready
Lebo: Am booking her honeymoon
Tokelo: I thought you were running
Lebo: No way and let you shine alone? Never
They laughed.

Thabiso heard what his queen said to him and stop

beating Ntsika, he was now laying on the floor with blood
coming out of his mouth. He kept coughing and groaning.
Thabiso was amazed as to what happened and how his
queen spoke to him when she’s not even there. He
thought that maybe he imagined things or his mind is
playing tricks on him.

Stay tune for the return of the queen.

#loveadminInsert 61

Coronation day 5✨

The three guys took Ntsika back to the palace and called a
palace doctor to check on him. King Letsi saw them but he
didn’t say a word, he just continued with what he was
doing. The parents were still locked up but they were
taken care of, they were given water to bath, a change of
close and food.

The next day everyone got ready to go to the river as

instructed by the chief priest, people were dressed in nice
traditional clothes as they were told that this is definitely
the last day of the coronation. All those who didn’t know
Mapula couldn’t wait to finally meet her. Kwezi was
dressed in her Xhosa traditional attire with some beads,
she too couldn’t wait to see her friend again. Thabiso was
dressed in a suit with his royal blanket on top with their
traditional Sotho hat called Modianyeo. The king and
queen of baTloung also looked lavish in their royal attires
and that includes the princess.

The baKoena prince’s looked like twins in matching suits

and blankets over them with their traditional Sotho sticks
called Dikoto. The king and queen also looked good in
their traditional royal attires. With the queen wearing her
traditional Sotho dress call Seshweshwe with a beautiful
embroidery at the bottom of it. Let’s just say everyone
looked their best.

They all walked to the river side and gathered around

there singing and dancing. The time was around 5AM way
before sunrise. Mapula could hear the songs from where
she was, she looked at Ngwedi and smiled.
Mapula: This is it, we are going home.
Ngwedi: Technically this is your home too my queen.
Mapula: I know that but I have missed my people so much
and I can’t wait to see them again.
Ngwedi: You Just miss your mother’s hugs and cooking.
Mapula: Well That too, that woman can cook you know.
Ngwedi: Well I don’t know but now I will get to taste her
food since I can transform into my human form.
Mapula: Well I cant wait to see that and I would like you to
be by my side during the ceremony but not as an alligator
but as your human self.
Ngwedi: That will be my pleasure my queen. Now it’s time
let’s go say our goodbyes to the queens.
Mapula: oh how I will miss them.
Ngwedi: You can come here anytime and they will always
be with you.
Mapula: I know! Now let’s go.

They went and said their goodbyes to the rain queens and
left. The songs got louder and jolly as the sun was raising
from the horizon, the water started moving and opened a
circle in the middle of the river and Mapula surfaced from
the river riding on the back of the biggest alligator the
people have ever seen. She saw all the people as they
sang louder, dancers danced for the queen and young
boys whistling. It was a happy moment indeed especially
for her family and friend. The queen surfaced wearing her
crown on her head and what Xhosa people call Itshoba in
hand. Kwezi steppes forward.

Kwezi: Hoooyina!!! Hooooyina!!!

Bavuseni madoda bazobana ikumkanikazi yabe Sotho!
Ibuyile ikumkanikazi madoda ibengezela okwe
nkwenkwezi ebusuku!
Mnikeni itshoba lakhe akhokele abantu bakhe!

Ntombe’ekhethwe ngabaphantsi bengezanga mpazamo

ke phofu! Bazamile abaninzi ukuwisa kodwa wavuka
wavuthulula kwahlokoma amazulu, kwaveli saqhwithi,
kwanetha isichotho!!

Kumkanikazi yesizwe sabeSotho, Ntombi yasemzini,

themba labaninzi. Wena ukhokela abantu, ukhokele
nezilwanyana, ulwandle neZulu.

Ntomb’emdakazana emazinyo akhazimla okwekhephu.

Ntomb’enezixhobo rwanqa elinetuma. Mhle ethetha, mhle
ethule, mhle enyathela. Kodwa kumkanikazi ndakukufihla
phi.

Ndiphakathi kwabantu basemzini bethetha ulwimi

endingalaziyo, ndiwele imilambo nemilanjana ukuze
ndibelapha! Inyawo zinenjeke, ingcaba zichachambile
kodwa ndide ndafika ndazoma apha ndindodwa
uXhosakazi ndibonga wena kumkanikazi!!!

Udibana kwam nawe ndandingazi kanti ndidibene

nengangalala! Igalelo lakho libonakele ebantwini bakho!
Phambili kumkanikazi phambili!!!

Wena uphuma emanzini ukhwele phezu kwesilo samanzi

abantu bejongile batsho beenkamalala!!!

Kwezi sang her praises as a poet of the day from when

she got out of the water all the way to the palace where
the ceremony will continue. Mapula couldn’t hold her tears
as she saw how beautiful her friend and what she was
saying was. Yes she didn’t understand well but just seeing
her friend standing in front of people praising her was
more than what she had imagined.
The king, queen and the brothers were proud of their not
so little princess, she had made them proud in more ways
than they can imagine and the smiles on their faces said it
all. The baTloung royal family was more than proud of the
queen they had chosen for their son, while Thabiso
couldn’t wait to hold her in his arms and tell her how much
he missed her.

Mapula and Kwezi went to change as Kwezi said that the

dress she was wearing was only for the poem she was
doing and the ceremony celebration dress was different.
Mapula wasn’t allowed to bath for the next 3 days so she
just changed and when she was done she asked Ngwedi
to transform so that they can go and attend to the guests.
Ngwedi did as told and Mapula was shocked by the
beautiful maiden before her.

Stay tuned as the celebrations continue.

#loveadminInsert 62

BaKoena Kingdom:
Mapula met up with Kwezi hugging each other and happy
that Mapula came back safe, but they don’t have enough
time to chat as Mapula had to go and mingle with her
guests. They went outside where everyone is and the
song and dance started again, Mapula went up and joined
her family on the seats reserved for them. The King was
sitting on the right with Tokelo and Lebo on his side and
the queen was seating on the left and Mapula went to join
her on the chair next to her. After everyone settled the
king got up and addressed his guests.

KingLerumo: Greetings everyone, friends, family,

associates and my fellow kings. Today we are gathered
here to celebrate two things one of them being the
maturity of my princess Mapula Mohapi of the BaKoena
Kingdom and the second one being the birth of yet
another rain queen in the baKoena kingdom. The gods
blessed baKoena with yet another rain queen and that
queen is here today but it is not my place to show her to
you, only the gods can do that. Now let us welcome the
baKoena chief priest to introduce to us our queen but
before that I would like to introduce to those who don’t
know my princess Mapula. Please get up dear daughter
so that everyone can see you, Mapula got up and waved
for the people.
The princes who were there were amazing by her beauty
and each one spoke to their fathers about asking for the
princess’s hand in marriage. The fathers sent word with
the baKoena messenger to ask the king for a meeting.
The king now called the chief priest to do his part of
introducing the rain queen to the people and crowning her
once again.
Chief priest: I won’t take much of your time by talking a lot,
my ancestors said they will show you the queen
themselves so I will do my part and let them do the rest.

The chief priest started burning incense and called upon

the gods of baKoena to reveal the queen to the people.
The weather changed once again, wind blew and clouds
formed very fast and it started raining but what was
shocking was that it only rained on Mapula and no one
else. People were amazed by this and the fathers of the
princes who wanted to marry Mapula were already going
crazy. It rained and 3 fallen rain queens appeared with
their guardians by their sides. One carrying a golden royal
chair, one holding a crown and one holding a scepter.
The people couldn’t even move, they just kept their eyes
glued to what was happening before them. Now the rain
was raining on only the four of them, that being Mapula
and the 3 fallen rain queens. The one holding a chair
walked to the front of KingLerumo and placed the chair
before him. Then she went and held Mapula by hand and
made her stand in front of the chair, Nyolodi who was
carrying a crown got closer to her and placed the crown on
her head. Then the last one went to her and gave her the
scepter then they instructed her to seat.

Mapula took her seat and the three queens bowed down
to her saying’ Mamokoena kgosigadi Mapula’
[ Mamokoena queen Mapula] then they got up and stop by
her side and Mapula stood up and held the scepter up and
said ‘hayine mupa!!’ [let the rain fall!!] then immediately
heavy but quiet rain fell from the sky bring back everyone
to really as they were stuck in the moment. But strangely
enough none of them ran for cover so as to not get wet,
they just stood there watching.

The rain got heavier and heavier. The people were getting
wet but none of them moved as to not want to miss the
action, Mapula’s Snow White wings appeared on her back
the fallen queens guardians went closer to her and bowed,
elephants appeared and also bowed before her. This act
shocked even the baTloung as the elephants were their
protectors as well as Cheetahs but they last protected the
second king of baTloung and they were never seen again.

Thabiso couldn’t sit still it was like something was pushing

him behind, he moved closer to the queen and stood in
from of her, Cheetahs appeared and joined the other
protectors on the ground bowing. The hawks were flying
above them, as if that was not enough shock for the
people the second rain queen pulled the sun closer in
attempt to stop the rain that was pouring. Mapula lowed
her hands and the rain stopped, clouds cleared and the
sun started shining once again. The queens disappeared
leaving behind the protectors.

The baKoena royal family had their mouths hang open as

they have never seen such before, yes they have heard
stories but never witnessed it. The baTloung royals were
also still shocked by their protectors even the ones that
were only known from the royal history books and now
they were here bowing before the new queen. They didn’t
know what this means but they were definitely going to
ask their chief priest about it.
The celebrations continue and people continued enjoying
the festivities...well they were more like talking about what
they have just witnessed. Kwezi had to be taken away by
Lesego as she was still in shock, she never knew her
friend possessed such power. Mapula spotted the trio and
went to them.
Mapula: Brothers!
Them Greetings your highness
Mapula: Thabiso it’s a pleasure to see you again.
Thabiso: Pleasure is all mine my queen you had us
worried.
Mapula: Well the gods took me early but am here now.
Them: We are happy to have you back my queen.
Mapula: Oh brothers the respect you show me won’t save
you this time. Now you Thabiso, what were you thinking?
Thabiso: I...I hold no knowledge of what you speak of my
queen.
Mapula: Is that so? And you two.
Lebo: What he said my queen.
Mapula: Oh is that how you want to play it?
Thabiso: Okay he pissed me off so I had to put him in his
place once and for all.
Mapula: I understand that my dear but violence is never
the answer and expect more from you than this.
Tokelo: And you don’t expect more from us?
Mapula: Oh I expect a whole lot and please get your
cheque books ready.
Lebo: Oh brother you have led us into bankruptcy.
Tokelo: Me? What about you two?
Them: You are the lawyer you should have known better.
Tokelo: WOW so now am thrown into the lions den.
Mapula: The only lions around here are the ones you
locked up and the one you beat up.
Them: We are apologize your highness.
Mapula: Well I hope you at least took care of them.
Them: We did.
Mapula: Good I will deal with them tomorrow. [ she left
them and went to attend to the guests]

Have a good slumber your highnesses.

#love adminInsert 63
BaKoena Kingdom✨

The celebrations went on until sunset, some guests left

and some remained and were to leave at sunrise. Mapula
and Kwezi shared a room as they wanted to catch up. The
king of baKoena got the message that some kings want to
meet with him and he set up a meeting for sunrise after
the morning feast. He wondered what it is they could
possibly want but his queen convinced him that it was
probably business related nothing more. Everyone slept
early as they were tired from all that was going on

At sunrise the king woke up and did his daily hygiene

process, he wanted to be at the morning feast early as he
is the host, so he wanted his guests to feel welcomed at
his palace. They went to the dining room for their morning
feast and it was just the kings and princes present, the
maidens served them and they had a nice feast talking
about the ceremony and how good and majestic it was.

After the morning feast king Lerumo invited the kings to

the throne room so that they could discuss whatever deal
they had in store for him. They gathered there and the
king spoke.
KingLerumo: Sunrise Greetings again my kings, you have
called and I have come to hear what you have to say to
me.
KingLehlohonolo: Greetings my king, I had thought we
would meet in privet to discuss this matter.
Others: So did we
KingLerumo: Okay I hear you but what is the matter about,
I mean if it’s something we can discuss together I see no
need to meet one by one. Remember I still have other
guests in the palace to attend to.
KingLehlohonolo: We year you my king but am only going
to address what I asked you here for. My prince would like
your princess’s hand in marriage.
KingTseko: What? My prince will marry the queen.
KingTomelo: Leboa masepa fela[ you talking shit] who
would want to marry their daughter to your princes when
everyone knows they are womanizers with half blood
children all over your kingdoms.
KingLehlohonolo: You are one to talk when your prince is
the most wanted man by the national police for human
trafficking.
KingTshepo: My prince is the most suitable candidate here,
his educated and a world renowned doctor and would
make a great husband for the queen.
KingLerumo: Let me stop you all right there, the queen
which you speak of is already chosen for another.
KingLehlohonolo: What do you mean by that?
KingTseko: And why weren’t we told about it?
KingTomelo: And to whom is she married to?
KingLerumo: Firstly I would like to apologize to all of you
for not informing you that I was looking for a suitor for my
princess. However the suitor is someone that was chosen
for her as you know that the rain queen can not just marry
anyone.
KingTshepo: So you are saying that our princes are not
good enough for your princess.
KingLerumo: She’s my princess but she is your queen and
no I didn’t say that but the gods choose who the queen
marries not us.
KingTseko: We will see about that now won’t we?
KingLerumo: Are you threatening me in my own kingdom
Tseko?
KingTseko: No I don’t make threats like your brother I
make promises.
KingLerumo: Alright I have heard all of you now if you will
excuse me, I have guests waiting.

Lerumo said that and left them there, he was angry about
the disrespect Tseko showed him. Tseko is the king of
Mihloloaneng kingdom, he and Lerumo grew up together.
He isbknown for being the most ruthless king that side,
most were afraid of him as he indeed did not make threats
but promises and he always fulfilled them, one way or the
other. Lerumo wasn’t one to be scared just by anything but
he was scared of Tseko.

Tseko intimidated him so much because 1 he had

connections with the police and 2 he killed people in broad
daylight and no one would do anything about it. He was
not scared for himself though but for the safety of his
children, his princes and princess and even his wife.
Lerumo wasn’t himself at all after he left that room. The
kings stayed behind to discuss what should be done.
KingTomelo: What are we to do about this?
KingTseko: I say we kill him.
KingTshepo: Am not involved in that and I would like to
leave now.
KingTomelo: I also don’t want to be involved, did you see
how powerful the queen is? Am not risking my life for
this.[ he and Tshepo stood up and went to the door but
before they could step out Tseko spoke.
KingTseko: Leaving would mean killing you before this day
is over and send your heads to your kingdoms. I can’t
have you going around telling people of our plan. [ the two
kings new exactly what Tseko was capable of and they
were not willing to find out for themselves, so they went
back in and took their seats.
Tseko: I say he dies in a week
Them: A week it is.

They continued discussing their plan. On the other side

Mapula requested to see the Manzini people and they
were brought to her in the guest chamber. But they only
brought king Sbanisezwe and his queen Nkanyezi, they
got in and took their seats.
Mapula: I don’t see the prince here.
QueenM: His still recovering my blossom
Mapula: Well this is no hospital His here for a reason and I
want him here.
QueenM: I will call a guard to go get him.
The queen went out and instructed the guards to bring
Ntsika. In the room was Tokelo, Thabiso, Lebo, The queen
of the land and the queen mother. As well as the Manzini
royal family. The guards brought Ntsika in and as soon as
his eyes landed on Mapula he went to her and kneeled
down before her and hugged her. Thabiso was boiling with
anger but he controlled himself as he promised his queen.
Ntsika: Oh Mpandeyomuzi kababa, Mpande yesizwe so
Manzini, ngikukhumbulile Mamokoena wami [ oh root of
my father’s household, root of the Manzini clan, I missed
my Mamokoena] he said all this while still hugging her.
Mapula: Ntsika respect my husband and my mother.
[ Ntsika Pulled out of the hug and looked at her before
getting up and taking his seat. He was still swollen with
bruises, the doctor said he had 3 broken ribs and a broken
nose.]
Mapula: Ntsika I will hear from you first, what do you have
to say for yourself?
Ntsika: Mpandeyami ngiyaxolisa Mamokoena zange
ngikwazi ukwamukela ukuthi ngiphulukane nawe.
Uyisbane sami, huwe okhanyisa impilo yami, ngisasho
namanje ukuthi ngiyakuthanda ntokazi. Ngiyazi ukuthi
ukhethe omunye yilokho ngizobuyela emuva ngikuyekele
ujabule ngoba kumina injabulo yakho ibakulekile.
[ Mpandeyami I am sorry Mamokoena I didn’t know how to
accept that I lost you, you are my light, you light up my life,
I still say that I love you my lady. I know that you chose
another, that is why I am going to take a step back and let
you be happy because to me your happiness is important.
Mapula: I forgive you Ntsika but you didn’t only wrong me
but my husband as well and I would like you to apologize
to him.
Ntsika looked at Thabiso and shook his head.
Ntsika: Nkosana yamSotho uqomile ngempela, humuntu
lo, umnakekele kodwa siyintsizwa lana and engeke
ngixolise ngathi ngiqoma intombi. Yobe MoTloung. [ Sotho
prince, you chose well, this is the one, you treat her well
but we are men here and am not about to apologize like
am courting a woman. Apologies MoTloung].
Thabiso: I hear you even though I didn’t hear half of what
you said but you did look sincere so I will take that.
Mapula: Now That is over Ntsika you deserve the
punishment you got here but that is not why I called you.
You will go back home and take care of your people and
your kingdom. You will return to being the son your
parents raised. You are forgiven, unfortunately I won’t heal
you because that pain will serve as a reminder of your
wrong doings.
Ntsika: Ngiyabonga Mpandeyami [ Thank you
Mpandeyami]
Mapula: And you! [ pointing at KingSbani]....

Stay tuned...

#loveadminInsert 64

BaKoena Kingdom✨

In the guest chamber the Manzini royal family is in a

corner worried about what could they have done now. The
king was most irritated about the fact that a mare child just
spoke to him like she speaks to one of her mates. Ntsika
on the other side couldn’t wait to hear what Mpande has to
say. Queen Mapula’s mother the big hearted queen was
now feeling sorry for the Manzini people but she knew
better than to say something. You see no one can stand
against the rain queen as she is above all of them and her
word is final, so her mother was just there to support her
daughter but not to stand against her or interfere with her
meeting unless asked to say something.
Mapula: You king Sbanisezwe what have you come here
for?
KingSbani: I have come to apologize for all that has
happened in the past.
Mapula: Apologize to who?
KingSbani: To you and the prince.
Mapula: Okay go ahead
KingSbani: My prince and princess, I apologize for what
has happened back in my kingdom. You were unjustly
accused and I didn’t do anything to stop it and for that I
deeply apologize.
Thabiso: Permission to Speak my queen.
Mapula: Go ahead my dear prince
Thabiso: First she is not a princess but a queen and I
would like you to address her as such. Secondly your
apology sounds fake to me and I can’t accept it.
Mapula: Even if you wanted to accept it my prince you
couldn’t, these people are disrespectful, I asked them for
specific things to bring here when they come but they
came empty handed and on top of the this king still thinks
am stupid.
KingSbani: That is not at all true my queen.
Mapula: And then he lies to my face, your intentions were
to come here and give an empty apology then leave and
things would go back to normal. Well far from it my dear
people and now your punishment has doubled.
KingSbani: Anything my queen we will do.
Mapula: This is my father’s Kingdom you disrespected and
you will have to bring a bull and two horses to him and
apologize for your disrespecting him.
KingSbani: It shall be done my queen.
Mapula: For disrespecting the queen of this land you will
bring me a blanket made of leopard skin and I need that in
two days.
KingSbani: My queen I will need more time to get that as it
is very rare.
Mapula: Did you take time supporting your son in his
madness?
KingSbani: My queen..
Mapula: Exactly! Two days and that’s it. For the prince of
baTloung you will bring a gold and white coronation robe
and a Cheetah cover that goes with it. For the baTloung
king and queen you will bring the two elephants I asked
you to bring in the first place.
KingSbani: It shall be done my queen.
Mapula: Good this meeting is adjourned and you
KingSbani better learn some respect and the next time
you set foot here you better be humble. Now get out of my
palace and go get what I asked for.
KingSbani: My queen.

KingSbani and his family left the the baKoena palace and
went to the capital to start the search for what is needed.
Ntsika offered to help his father find some of the things
requested by the queen. Queen Nkanyezi was quiet all
this time, lost in her thoughts thinking of how they got here
and if they will ever be the same again.

In the baKoena throne room:

The kings were still discussing their plan on how to get rid
of Lerumo and his arrogance as they say.
KingTshepo: So how are we doing to do this without the
queens knowledge.
KingTseko: I have dealt with such before and all we need
is sea water mixed with the sand from the sacred river
KingTomelo: What are we going to do with those?
KingTseko: Just mix them and close them up in a bottle
but that will only work for 5 days before the queen or the
gods catches on so we have to use that time.
KingLehlohonolo: Please Tell me again why we put our
selves through this?
KingTseko: To wipe the the arrogance off Lerumo’s face
and to show others that we are not to be messed with.
KingLehlohonolo: I don’t think you need that because
people already know who you are.
KingTseko: So you mean you still want to remain the door
mat of other kings?
KingLehlohonolo: No am just saying.
KingTseko: Please shut up before you rub your stupidity
off on others
The other kings kept quiet.

BaTlokwa Kingdom:

Tsietsi was busy up and down organizing things for the

visit of the maiden he was talking to at the ceremony. He
still doesn’t know her name or where she is from, all he
knows is that he has developed feelings for her and hope
she feels same way. He asked the chef to cook something
special and the maidens to prepare the dining area
outside for them. He even sent a driver to go and pick her
up. The maiden arrived and was shown where the king
was.
Tsietsi: Greetings my lady.
Maiden: Greetings my dear king
Tsietsi: Why do you seem bothered what is wrong?
Maiden: I don’t want to bother you my king
Tsietsi: You can never be a bother to me my lady please
talk to me.
Maiden: Can we sit please.
Tsietsi: of course, this way[ he lead her to the garden and
they sat on the chairs there.
Tsietsi: Now talk to me.
Maiden: It’s my mother
Tsietsi: What happened to your mother?
Maiden: That’s the thing I don’t know
Tsietsi: I don’t follow
Maiden: My king my mother and I are not good people and
after I tell you this I like to go home and you won’t have to
see me again.
Tsietsi: Am not a good person myself my lady, am also still
in the path of trying to change and I won’t judge you
because I am also not a saint.
Maiden: Well I was seeing a prince of some kingdom and
we had been seeing each other for years, I knew that he
was going to marry a princess when the time comes but
when it finally did I couldn’t accept it. So I asked my
mother for help
Tsietsi: What kind of help?
Maiden: Well mother is a witch[ said and looked down
ashamed and played with her fingers]
Tsietsi: Okay I wasn’t expecting that but continue.
Maiden: Well she helped with that but I used the muti for
my own selfish reasons which am not going to get into
right now. But at the end the truth came out like it always
does and I was locked up at that kingdom for months and
the day I saw you was the day I got released.
Tsietsi: Okay so what is the problem?
Maiden: When I got back home I went looking for her but I
couldn’t find her, the house looked like it has been
abandoned for months and the neighbors have not seem
her in a long time.
Tsietsi: You think something might have happened to her?
Maiden: Yes But I don’t know what.
Tsietsi: Tell me about yourself.
Maiden: My name is Boitumelo and I have told you all
there is to know about me.
Tsietsi: How would you like being the queen of this
kingdom?
Boitumelo: I would gladly decline my king
Tsietsi: Why is that?
Boitumelo: Your people don’t need a rotten woman as
their queen.
Tsietsi: But they have a rotten king
Boitumelo: I don’t know about that my king
Tsietsi: I will tell you all about me but after lunch.

They went and sat on the table set for them and the
maidens served them.

#loveadminInsert 64
BaKoena Kingdom✨

In the guest chamber the Manzini royal family is in a

corner worried about what could they have done now. The
king was most irritated about the fact that a mare child just
spoke to him like she speaks to one of her mates. Ntsika
on the other side couldn’t wait to hear what Mpande has to
say. Queen Mapula’s mother the big hearted queen was
now feeling sorry for the Manzini people but she knew
better than to say something. You see no one can stand
against the rain queen as she is above all of them and her
word is final, so her mother was just there to support her
daughter but not to stand against her or interfere with her
meeting unless asked to say something.

Mapula: You king Sbanisezwe what have you come here

for?
KingSbani: I have come to apologize for all that has
happened in the past.
Mapula: Apologize to who?
KingSbani: To you and the prince.
Mapula: Okay go ahead
KingSbani: My prince and princess, I apologize for what
has happened back in my kingdom. You were unjustly
accused and I didn’t do anything to stop it and for that I
deeply apologize.
Thabiso: Permission to Speak my queen.
Mapula: Go ahead my dear prince
Thabiso: First she is not a princess but a queen and I
would like you to address her as such. Secondly your
apology sounds fake to me and I can’t accept it.
Mapula: Even if you wanted to accept it my prince you
couldn’t, these people are disrespectful, I asked them for
specific things to bring here when they come but they
came empty handed and on top of the this king still thinks
am stupid.
KingSbani: That is not at all true my queen.
Mapula: And then he lies to my face, your intentions were
to come here and give an empty apology then leave and
things would go back to normal. Well far from it my dear
people and now your punishment has doubled.
KingSbani: Anything my queen we will do.
Mapula: This is my father’s Kingdom you disrespected and
you will have to bring a bull and two horses to him and
apologize for your disrespecting him.
KingSbani: It shall be done my queen.
Mapula: For disrespecting the queen of this land you will
bring me a blanket made of leopard skin and I need that in
two days.
KingSbani: My queen I will need more time to get that as it
is very rare.
Mapula: Did you take time supporting your son in his
madness?
KingSbani: My queen..
Mapula: Exactly! Two days and that’s it. For the prince of
baTloung you will bring a gold and white coronation robe
and a Cheetah cover that goes with it. For the baTloung
king and queen you will bring the two elephants I asked
you to bring in the first place.
KingSbani: It shall be done my queen.
Mapula: Good this meeting is adjourned and you
KingSbani better learn some respect and the next time
you set foot here you better be humble. Now get out of my
palace and go get what I asked for.
KingSbani: My queen.

KingSbani and his family left the the baKoena palace and
went to the capital to start the search for what is needed.
Ntsika offered to help his father find some of the things
requested by the queen. Queen Nkanyezi was quiet all
this time, lost in her thoughts thinking of how they got here
and if they will ever be the same again.

In the baKoena throne room:

The kings were still discussing their plan on how to get rid
of Lerumo and his arrogance as they say.
KingTshepo: So how are we doing to do this without the
queens knowledge.
KingTseko: I have dealt with such before and all we need
is sea water mixed with the sand from the sacred river
KingTomelo: What are we going to do with those?
KingTseko: Just mix them and close them up in a bottle
but that will only work for 5 days before the queen or the
gods catches on so we have to use that time.
KingLehlohonolo: Please Tell me again why we put our
selves through this?
KingTseko: To wipe the the arrogance off Lerumo’s face
and to show others that we are not to be messed with.
KingLehlohonolo: I don’t think you need that because
people already know who you are.
KingTseko: So you mean you still want to remain the door
mat of other kings?
KingLehlohonolo: No am just saying.
KingTseko: Please shut up before you rub your stupidity
off on others
The other kings kept quiet.

BaTlokwa Kingdom:

Tsietsi was busy up and down organizing things for the

visit of the maiden he was talking to at the ceremony. He
still doesn’t know her name or where she is from, all he
knows is that he has developed feelings for her and hope
she feels same way. He asked the chef to cook something
special and the maidens to prepare the dining area
outside for them. He even sent a driver to go and pick her
up. The maiden arrived and was shown where the king
was.
Tsietsi: Greetings my lady.
Maiden: Greetings my dear king
Tsietsi: Why do you seem bothered what is wrong?
Maiden: I don’t want to bother you my king
Tsietsi: You can never be a bother to me my lady please
talk to me.
Maiden: Can we sit please.
Tsietsi: of course, this way[ he lead her to the garden and
they sat on the chairs there.
Tsietsi: Now talk to me.
Maiden: It’s my mother
Tsietsi: What happened to your mother?
Maiden: That’s the thing I don’t know
Tsietsi: I don’t follow
Maiden: My king my mother and I are not good people and
after I tell you this I like to go home and you won’t have to
see me again.
Tsietsi: Am not a good person myself my lady, am also still
in the path of trying to change and I won’t judge you
because I am also not a saint.
Maiden: Well I was seeing a prince of some kingdom and
we had been seeing each other for years, I knew that he
was going to marry a princess when the time comes but
when it finally did I couldn’t accept it. So I asked my
mother for help
Tsietsi: What kind of help?
Maiden: Well mother is a witch[ said and looked down
ashamed and played with her fingers]
Tsietsi: Okay I wasn’t expecting that but continue.
Maiden: Well she helped with that but I used the muti for
my own selfish reasons which am not going to get into
right now. But at the end the truth came out like it always
does and I was locked up at that kingdom for months and
the day I saw you was the day I got released.
Tsietsi: Okay so what is the problem?
Maiden: When I got back home I went looking for her but I
couldn’t find her, the house looked like it has been
abandoned for months and the neighbors have not seem
her in a long time.
Tsietsi: You think something might have happened to her?
Maiden: Yes But I don’t know what.
Tsietsi: Tell me about yourself.
Maiden: My name is Boitumelo and I have told you all
there is to know about me.
Tsietsi: How would you like being the queen of this
kingdom?
Boitumelo: I would gladly decline my king
Tsietsi: Why is that?
Boitumelo: Your people don’t need a rotten woman as
their queen.
Tsietsi: But they have a rotten king
Boitumelo: I don’t know about that my king
Tsietsi: I will tell you all about me but after lunch.

They went and sat on the table set for them and the
maidens served them.

#loveadminInsert 65

A WEEK LATER [The wedding day]

Two days after the meeting with the Manzini royals

KingSbani brought all that the queen asked for, the ones
for her father and for her. Then they went to baTloung
kingdom and gave the elephants as well as the princes
robe and cover. Today is Mapula and Thabiso’s wedding,
Mapula spent the night with Kwezi at a hotel in the capital.
The wedding was to take place at the capital then off to
baKoena for the brides traditional send off by her parents
then to the baTloung her new home.
Mapula:Am so nervous about this day it’s like something is
going to happen but I can’t put my finger on it.
Kwezi: Of course something is going to happen, you will
be getting married.
Mapula: Not like that man Kwezi but...
Kwezi: Hayi no friend am not letting you do that to yourself
not today and besides if something bad was going to
happen you would have seen it.
Mapula: I know but something is not right.
Kwezi: Okay then let me call Ngwedi [ Kwezi went and
called Ngwedi who was getting dressed in the other room]
Kwezi: Ngwedi your queen says she feels like something
bad is about to happen did you maybe see something or
can you see something?
Ngwedi: No I haven’t seen anything and besides the
queen sees things way before I do.
Mapula: But not all of them protector.
Ngwedi: Yes But those that I see first are those that you
turn a blind eye on because you refuse to believe that the
person responsible can actually be capable of whatever
act.
Mapula: Okay Fine, Maybe it’s just the nerves about the
wedding, am leaving my home people am allowed to get
nervous.
Kwezi: Of cause you are! Now let’s finish up so that we
don’t keep your king waiting.

They continued getting dressed. At the baTloung kingdom

the mood was a joyous one, people are at the palace
singing and dancing. Others cooking for the guests that
are soon to arrive. The king and queen are looking good in
their royal attires. Thabiso on the other hand is a nervous
wreck.
Lesego: Ai am sure even your queen is not as nervous as
you are.
Thabiso: I can’t help it man am scared.
Lesego: Scared of what? I thought you love Mapula.
Thabiso: That I do, even though I haven’t said those words
to her but I do.
Lesego: Then What scares you?
Thabiso: I don’t know man, am just worried about being a
good husband to her, treat her right and make her smile
everyday.
Lesego: For the mare fact that you are worried about
those things means that you will do everything in your
power to make sure she stays happy and well taken care
of.
Thabiso: Thanks man I needed to hear that.
Lesego: What are best man for huh! Besides I will be there
to kick you on the right path when you go astray.
Thabiso: Haha you crazy man.
Lesego: I mean it though! But anyway let’s get going.
Thabiso: Yeah sure.

At the baKoena kingdom:

Tokelo, Lebo and the king are getting ready. The queen is
also getting ready the make up artist is busy with her
make up while the guys are cracking jokes and laughing
together.
Tokelo: Father we are going to be late if you don’t get
dressed now.
Lerumo: Am waiting for my pants
Lebo: Awu! Where are they?
Lerumo: I tried them on yesterday and they were too long
so I asked the tailor to fix them for me.
Tokelo: So is he bringing them or did you send someone
to go get them?
Lerumo: I think your mother sorted that out.
Lebo: Awu nntate[father] did you see how busy mother
was, do you think she remembered to do that?
Lerumo: I don’t know but let me call her and find out.
[ Lerumo took out his phone and called the queen as she
was getting dressed on the east wing of the palace. The
queen picked up and Lerumo asked about the pants but
the queen forgot to send someone to pick them up]
Lebo: I told you she forgot
Tokelo: send a guard to go pick them up we are already
late.
Lerumo: No I will be more delayed if I do that so let me put
on my shirt, tie and jacket then I will go the pick up the
pants get dressed and leave for the venue
Tokelo: Okay then Father we will go.
Lerumo: If I don’t make it in time make sure that my light
gets married and both of you should hand her over as her
brothers. Please tell her I love her and am sorry.
Lebo: Hai old man don’t talk like you dying
Lerumo: But I do love her and I love you guys too and no
matter what please remain as you are and also take care
of your mother for me
Tokelo: No father don’t talk like you will die where you
going.
Lerumo: Am sorry son but I don’t say this much and when
the time comes I might not get a chance to so am telling
you now
Lebo: Thank you father and we will take care of mother
and the princess.
Tokelo: But not now yhoo am already bankrupt.
Lebo: What about me? A trip to Maldives is not a cent it’s
my whole company now I need to start from scratch
imagine.
Tokelo: And a new house is also not a cent so I guess we
both have to start from scratch.
Lerumo: Okay boys you both starting from scratch but for
now go one us must be there to hand her over and am
going for my pants now.
Them: Okay Father see you soon.

They all got out at the same time with Lerumo going to get
his pants and the twins going to get the princess. Lerumo
went to the tailor got his pants and wore them there then
made his way to the venue but as he was driving he saw a
truck on the road laying on its side like it was involved in
an accident. He stopped and went to check what
happened, he got there but there was no one in the truck
and when he turned back to call for people to help remove
it on the road. Tseko and his team appeared from the
bushes in the side of the road.
Lerumo: Awu banna is that your truck, are you alright?
Tseko: There he goes again acting holier thou
Tomelo: That is one thing I always hated about you
Lerumo.
Lehlohonolo: It’s a pity that it all ends today
Lerumo: Look whatever you want to talk about we can
discuss after my daughters wedding not now so if you will
excuse me I have a daughter to hand over.
Tseko: See What I mean? He didn’t even invite us to the
wedding.
Tshepo: What did you think we were going to do if you had
invited us?
Lehlohonolo: Maybe he thought we were going to kidnap
the queen.
Tomelo: Well I hate to disappoint but the queen was never
in our plans but you were.
Tseko: Well That was after you rejected our sons, who the
hell do you think you are to reject my son?
Lerumo: The Father of the princess you wanted as your
daughter in law and I have every right to choose who she
marries.
Tseko: See arrogance yet again. Oh Lerumo you don’t
learn do you?
Lerumo: Tseko when will you change? You have been a
bully since we were kids and to this day you still the same.
What example do you set for your son?
Tseko: There you go again thinking you are the best in
everything, Lerumo you can’t tell me how to raise my son
and how to be a role model to him.
Lerumo: Maybe so but one day you will meet the same
faith Papi met if not worse.
Tseko: But not before you meet yours dear Lerumo.
They continued going back and forth, exchanging words.
At the hotel Tokelo and Lebo arrived to pick up the
princess. They got in and went to her room and knocked
and Kwezi opened.
Kwezi: You guys don’t want your sister to get married I
see.
Tokelo: Just let us in Kwezi please you wasting time.
Lebo: And you right we don’t want her to get married.
Kwezi: Oh Lebo you will never change.
She moved aside and let them in.
Lebo: Oh my princess, you look breathtaking
Tokelo: Thabiso will be weeping like a woman when he
sees you.
Mapula: Hey leave my husband alone will you! Where is
Father?
Lebo: It’s a funny story I tell you.
Mapula: What is it?
Tokelo: Your Father forgot to pick up His pants so he had
to start at the tailor to pick it up and come here.
Mapula: So are we waiting for him?
Lebo: No he instructed us to hand you over and told us to
give you a message
Mapula: What is the message?
Tokelo: That he loves you and is proud of you
Lebo: No don’t lie! He said tell my light I love her very
much and I will see her soon.
Kwezi; Hahaha ayi Lebo you such a baby for real.
Tokelo: Tell him Kwezi his grown yet he still acts this way.
Mapula: leave Lebo alone you two and you Tokelo don’t
be a kettle calling the pot black yet you both sit on the
same coal fire.
Tokelo: Okay Let’s go
Lebo: haha nice one.
Kwezi: Let’s go already.

They went out and drove to the venue. Lebo driving with
Mapula and the guards and Tokelo driving with Kwezi,
Ngwedi and the guards. The queen went to the venue with
the driver as planned.

Stay tuned.
#loveadminInsert 66

AT THE WEDDING ✨

The guests are already seated and waiting for the groom
to come in. Thabiso is sweating outside and Lesego is
trying to calm him down before going into the church. King
Letsi notices that his son is not coming in and he told his
queen that his going to check on him. He went out the
venue to the back parking lot of the church and saw
Lesego and Thabiso standing next to the car. He went to
them.
KingLetsi: Now must we wait for the bride and groom?
Thabiso: I am coming Father I just need a moment:
KingLetsi: For What?
Thabiso: Just sometime to pull myself together.
Lesego: His scared
KingLetsi: hahaha I know exactly how you feel and I would
be worried if you didn’t feel this way.
Thabiso: Did you feel this way on your wedding day?
KingLetsi: Worse! I even attempted to run but your
grandfather saw me and spoke to me and made me
understand that... you know let me quote his exact words
“son a man is allowed to be scared especially on his
wedding day because from that day forward he will have
the responsibility of taking care of another human being, A
woman for that matter and we both know how complicated
those creatures can be but all you have to do is listen to
them, communicate when you don’t like something, never
go to bed angry and establish your place as the man of
the house”
Thabiso: WOW wise words and I feel so much better now.
Lesego: Makes me want to get married now.
KingLetsi: Boanya Lesego!![ your craziness Lesego]
Now go in there and bring us our queen.
Thabiso: Right behind you Father.

Lesego fixed his tie then stood there talking for a few
minutes until they saw the car that the queen was in and
they made their way inside the church. The queen, her
maid of honor, her protector and brothers arrived at the
church, parked and Ngwedi went inside to take her seat. A
song started and Kwezi walked in, Lesego couldn’t stop
smiling looking at how beautiful his black beauty is. The
song changed and everyone stood up to welcome the
bride. Both doors were opened and the queen and her
brothers appeared one on each side wearing matching
suits.

They started walking slowly towards the alter where

Thabiso was standing, he couldn’t believe that the most
beautiful and powerful woman in LeSotho was going to be
his wife, his better half and the mother of his children. A
tear escapes his eye and he quickly wipes it off so that
people don’t see but it was too late the duo already saw
and they gave each other looks and smiled. The queen
Mapula’s mother stood up atsho kamodidietsane omonate
[ hululilating beautifully] like a proud mother would. She
stood in front of her children and hululilated.
QueenM: Boafela otlafola ngwanaka otabole fela mama
otlaroka [talk and you will feel better my child, tier and your
mother will sew] these are words of encouragement are
said at events such as these or during dithoko when
young men come back from initiation. She said those
words then moved aside and the queen and brothers
continued to walk until they reached Thabiso. KingLetsi
has a proud smile on his face and his queen was just in
tears.
The pastor called for order so that he can start with the
ceremony.

Pastor: Dearly beloved, we are gathered here today to join

this man and this woman in holy matrimony. Before we
proceed I would like to know who gives this woman to this
man?
Tokelo&Lebo: We do!
Pastor: Who gives this man to this woman?
KingLetsi&queen: We do!
Pastor: Thank you. Now I will ask the both of you, are you
here on your own accord with no one forcing you?
Mapula&Thabiso: We are!
Pastor: Thank you. Now I will not waste too much of your
time. These are the only words I am going to give you, a
wedding only lasts one day in fact only a few minutes and
the rest of the day is just celebrations with family and
friends. But a marriage is a life time, now that is long and it
is between the two of you. No family or friends are ever
included in a marriage, yes you can have your friends, yes
you can visit your families but they must never hear of the
things concerning your marriage. As you can see here that
it’s only the two of you standing here with me not your
friends and definitely not your families. The word of God
says that a man will leave his father’s house and go build
his own, take a wife and build a home. So parents don’t
pester your children remember they have their own
families just like you did when you got married and
children don’t pester your parents with your problems
learn to solve them on your own without the third person.
Communicate with each other, trust each other and lean
on each other. Now I will give over to the bride to say her
vows.

Mapula: Thabiso today I take you to be my best friend, my

faithful partner and my one true love. I promise to
encourage you and inspire you and to love you truly
through good times and bad. I will forever be there to
laugh with you, lift you up when you are down and to love
you unconditionally through all our adventures in life
together.

I promise to love you without conditions, to honor you

each and every day, to laugh with you when you are
happy, to support you when you are sad, to guide you
when you ask for directions, to challenge you to be a
better person and allow you to do the same for me. To be
your biggest fan and your ever listening audience.
I choose you to be no other than yourself, loving what I
know of you and trusting who you will become. I will
respect and honor you always in all ways i take you to be
my husband, to have and to hold, in tears and in laughter,
in sickness and in health. To love and to cherish from this
day forward and to the next. I love you

Pastor: WOW that is beautiful my queen... well you not

mine but his so I apologize [ he joked and the people
laughed] now Thabiso it’s your turn.

Thabiso: My Queen, I don’t have much words to say but I

hope you will take what I give you as I am not a man of
many words.
I m in awe that I get to marry you, Because in this miracle
planet, in the immeasurable expanse of the cosmos, in all
of the world, among the billions of people, throughout time,
somehow we found each other, and in the time that I have
to spend in this world, I feel such gratitude for the gift that
you have been my partner and that you will be my wife.
For all the days of my life, today I affirm my love for you
and how to share my life with you in everything. To
respect and love you. You are the most gorgeous person I
have ever known. Kind, honest and beautiful. I take you to
be my wife, to have and to hold. In sickness and in health,
till death do us part. I love you.

Pastor: Beautiful vows indeed and in fact you both

remember these words for the rest of your lives. Now the
rings. [ Lesego and Kwezi gave the ring and the pastor
blessed them]

Pastor: Thabiso take the ring and repeat after me as you

put it in her finger [ Thabiso took the ring] with this ring I
thee wed.
Thabiso: With this ring I thee wed [ he slipped the ring in
her finger]
Pastor: Now Mapula take the ring and repeat after me[ she
also took the ring] with this ring I thee wed.
Mapula: With this ring I thee wed [ she slipped the ring on
his finger]
Pastor: With the power vested in me by God, state and
this church I pronounce you husband and wife you may
kiss the bride.

Thabiso went closer and cooped her face and kissed her.
This was their first kiss and it was magical for both of them.
The people clapped hands and the women hululilated.
They walked out, went to take pictures and went to the
reception area.

Stay tuned and please don’t forget to like, share and

comment.

#loveadminInsert 67

Lerumo✨

Somewhere on the road between baKoena and the main

road to the capital Lerumo is still exchanging words with
Tseko and his team. He is irritated because by the look of
time he has already missed his daughter’s wedding and
now his hoping to at least catch the reception and give her
daughter words of wisdom that only a father can give his
daughter on her wedding day. But the bully Tseko and his
goons don’t seem to care about that at all.
Lerumo: My Kings I will have to leave you now as I said
before my daughter is getting married and I have already
missed the ceremony.
Tseko: You say that like we care, well in case you didn’t
know we don’t care.
Lerumo: Well I do and now am leaving [ he turned and
walked to his car but before he could open a rock flew
right over his arm and landed on the window breaking it
into pieces. A shocked Lerumo turned to look behind him
and the guard he was with was already out of the car and
by his side.]
Lerumo: What is the meaning of this?
Tomelo: What does it look like?
Lerumo: It looks like old men acting like children, what is it
you hope to achieve by doing this?
Lehlohonolo: Didn’t you hear us telling you that today you
meet your maker?
Lerumo: And you are the one to show me?
Tseko: Am tired of this...[ He took his gun and and shot
Lerumo’s guard on the forehead shuttering his brains] now
move?
Lerumo: Tseko What has gotten into you? This is
someone’s child and he had nothing to do with this.
Tseko: Well his blood in on your hands now move.
Lerumo: But...
Tseko: No more words from you. MOVE!!!

Lerumo walked with Tomelo leading the way inside the

bushes, all the way to the middle of some field. The place
was quiet and it looked like it was abandoned by the
owner.
Tomelo: Let’s take it back to our youth days Lerumo,
forward me the honor of having this last stick fight with you.
Don’t worry I brought you your own stick... ( he smiles) you
see how generous I am?...we could have been good
friends but you didn’t see the bigger picture.
Lerumo: Stop wasting time talking and give me the stick
Tomelo: Very well then [ he threw the stick to him and he
catches it]
Tseko: Show him how it’s done Tomelo, Lerumo has
always been a daddy’s boy always glued to his hip and
never did what other boys did.
Tomelo: Then this is going to be easy [ he drew his stick
and wrapped his shirt around his hand tied the hand
together with the stick. Lerumo drew his and held it like
pro]
Lehlohonolo: Hai mihlolo! Lerumo otseba hotsoara koto?
[ hai miracles! Lerumo knows how to hold a stick?]
Tseko: Daddy must have taught him.

Lerumo didn’t say a word instead he started hitting Tomelo

right under his arm hitting his rib cage, Tomelo moved
back a little and came back and hit Lerumo on the hip.
Then the fight started... after a while fighting Tseko could
see that Tomelo was getting a beating of his life he broke
the fight.
Tseko: THATS ENOUGH!!!!! ( he shouted and they
stopped with Tomelo breathing heavy and bleeding right
on top of his eye)
Tseko: Tshepo do you want to fight him?
Tshep: No I just want to watch the show.
Lehlohonolo:I want him to fight me and see if he can fight
a professional.
Tseko: Very well then. The floor is yours.

Lehlohonolo was a professional wrestler back in the day

and Lerumo knew that. He knew that he was about to get
beaten but he had no choice but to fight. Tseko the referee
had his gun in hand pointing at Lerumo’s direction. The
fight between Lerumo and lehlohonolo started, they fought
and Lerumo was fighting well but lehlohonolo was a
professional and he knew exactly where the vital organs
are and when he managed to hit him. He would leave him
with excruciating pain that rendered him powerless.

Back at the reception:

Mapula and Thabiso were just coming back from taking

pictures but Mapula was not herself, something was
weighing heavy on her heart but nothing was being
revealed. She tried contacting Nyolodi through her mind
just like she was taught but she couldn’t reach her.
Thabiso could see that his queen was not herself.
Thabiso: My Queen What seems to be the problem?
Mapula: I don’t know my prince but something is not right
somewhere.
Thabiso: How do you mean, do you see something?
Mapula: Thats the thing, I don’t see anything but
something is weighing heavy on my heart.
Thabiso: Let’s get inside and listen to the speeches then
disappear.
Mapula: No I don’t want to disappoint our guests.
Thabiso: But you don’t feel well my Queen please let me
take care of you like I promised.
Mapula: Okay then

They got out of the car and made their way to the
reception venue. People were happy singing and dancing,
the mood was a joyous one for everyone present. Mapula
was searching for her father with her eyes as they walked
to the table reserved for them but she couldn’t see him as
there were many people in the room. They got to the table
and took their seats and as soon as Mapula set she
connected with Ngwedi who was not far from her. Reading
her mind and talking to her.
‘Ngwedi did you see my father when we walked in?’ She
asked And Ngwedi’s eye wondered around looking for
Lerumo but couldn’t see him. ‘No my queen and I still don’t
see him’ she answered. ‘Do you still feel his presence in
this world?’ She asked ‘yes my queen, his heart is still
beating and it is strong’ she answered. ‘Look for Tokelo or
Lebo and call one of them for me’ She asked. ‘Right away
my queen’

Ngwedi stood up and went to look for the brothers. She

saw Tokelo cosy with Reneilwe and she decided not to
disturb and went to find Lebo and found him giving the
catering staff instructions.
Ngwedi: Lebo the queen is looking for you.
Lebo: Your queen has a husband now what does she
want from us?
Ngwedi: That sounds like jealousy to me
Lebo: Of course it is, that man took my princess from me.
Ngwedi: Oh God! please just come the queen doesn’t look
well.
Lebo: You should have said so in the first place [ Lebo
rushes inside but when he saw people seating in slowed
down so as to not alarm the people. He got to Mapula and
he lowered his head so that she can whisper in his ear.]
Mapula: Lebo where is Father?
Lebo: I don’t know, I haven’t seen him yet.
Mapula: Please call him or call his guard to find out where
they are.
Lebo: Okay I will do that now
Mapula: But please don’t tell mother anything.
Lebo: Okay I will try and avoid her because you know if
am in front of her I can’t lie.
Mapula: Just keep away from her.
Lebo: Okay, let me go.

Lebo went out and called Lerumo’s guard as soon as he

got outside but it rang answered, he then called Lerumo
and the same thing happened. He called Tokelo and he
picked up.
Tokelo: Lebo get a woman please yhoo
Lebo: Come to the front door now and come alone.
Tokelo: What’s up?
Lebo: Now Tokelo! ( shouted)
Tokelo: Okay no need to bite my head off.
Tokelo excuse himself from Reneilwe and went to meet up
with Lebo. He found him standing by the front entrance
looking miserable.
Tokelo: Who died?
Lebo: Don’t joke like that man
Tokelo: Okay What is it?
Lebo: Father is not here yet and his phone rings to
voicemail.
Tokelo: And the guard?
Lebo: Same
Tokelo: Okay let me get Reneilwe
Lebo: For What?
Tokelo: She the closest hacker we have
Lebo: Yeah you right, i forgot.

Tokelo went to find Reneilwe. Back at the field Lerumo

was in pain and Tseko was enjoying every minute of it.
Tseko: Let’s finish this before someone comes.
Tomelo: How will they know?
Tseko: You can be stupid sometimes! We left a body on
the road and a car registered to a king remember?
Tomelo: Oh yes, I was enjoying this.
Tseko: Lehlohonolo that’s enough let’s end this.
[ lehlohonolo stopped beating Lerumo and walked over to
his friends]
Tseko: Farewell Lerumo And If you see father where you
going tell him his legacy lives on and it shall continue to.
Lerumo: ( he looked up and spoke) gods of my land, if am
to leave this world today please grant me one last thing as
your representative and king of baKoena. Do not show my
light what happened here, do not let her see the events of
this day and let me with your help be the one to punish
them. Grant me my wish baKoena, I served you well and
now am asking you grant me only this one wish.
Tseko: Hai you talk too much yhoo!!( he shot him two
times, one shot on the forehead and one on the chest.
Lerumo went down and his body collided with the ground.
He took his last breath and let go. Tseko went to him and
checked his pulse to make sure that his dead.
Tseko:It’s done let’s get out of here
They left him there going to the car but then heavy rain
started pouring out of no where.
Tshepo: Now our doom starts
Tomelo: What are you talking about?
Tshepo: This rain can only mean one thing
Lehlohonolo: And That is?
Tshepo: That our lives will slip through our hands like
water and everything we own shall perish. We have
wronged the gods dearly.
Tseko: You and superstitions! This is not my first rodeo so
am good.
Tomelo: You Maybe But not us.
Tseko: You shut up!

They were now in the car driving back to their kingdoms

but the rain mixed with fog made it impossible to see the
road ahead as a result they had to drive slow with
headlights on.

Stay tuned...
Apologies for the errors if any I didn’t edit this insert.

#loveadminInsert 68

At the venue✨

Tokelo went inside the venue and searched for Reneilwe.

He found her and asked if they could talk outside, they
followed each other to the door and they found Lebo
waiting outside.
Reneilwe: What’s going on?
Tokelo: Still Nothing?
Lebo: No man and I have been trying. Now they go
straight to voicemail.
Reneilwe: Guys What is going on?
Tokelo: We can’t reach father and we are worried about
him.
Lebo: We need your help tracking his vehicle and phone.
Reneilwe: Is there a private space we can use?
Lebo: Mapula’s hotel room is empty
Tokelo: Get the key from Ngwedi.
Lebo: Sure.

Lebo got inside and found Ngwedi. Asked for a key and
went out, he met up with Tokelo and Reneilwe and they
drove to the hotel where Reneilwe sep up her stuff. She
asked for the kings registration and phone number, they
gave it to her and she started doing her thing. In no less
than 5 minutes she found a location of the vehicle.
Reneilwe: Found it!
Tokelo: Where?
Reneilwe: Looks like the highway between baKoena and
the road joining the short cut route to the capital.
Lebo: Is he moving?
Reneilwe: The car seems to be standing in one place and
the phone also pings on the same spot.
Lebo: Am going to see what the problem is.
Tokelo: Am coming with you.
Reneilwe: I might as well go with since am already here.
Tokelo: What about the princess, the speeches and the
people?
Lebo: The princess is the one who asked me to look into
this so am sure she will do something.
Tokelo: Let’s go then.

They rushed out to the car and drove to where the car was.
At the reception Mapula is feeling lightheaded and
Thabiso notices that she is not well and he whispers into
her ears telling her to get up so that they can go outside to
get fresh air. Mapula nodded and Thabiso told the MC that
they will be back and they leave. Ngwedi was behind them
as she also felt like something bad has happened.

They go to the back of the venue where there was a room

reserved for them to change in. They got in and Mapula
set on the bed and Ngwedi next to her while Thabiso
squats in front of her holding her hands. Mapula got dizzy
and held onto Thabiso’s hand and a vision came through
and it was her father. It was like he was right there in the
room with them but only she and Ngwedi can see him as
they were both out of it.

Lerumo: My light ( he says smiling at her and she smiles

back )
Mapula: Daddy you missed my wedding
Lerumo: I know princess that is why am here.
Mapula: What is it Father why am I seeing you this way?
Lerumo: Let’s start with what I came to tell you.
Mapula: Okay Daddy What is happening.
Lerumo: My light Am sorry I couldn’t attend your ceremony,
I wanted to be there but faith had it’s own plan. My light
you are the only one who can see and communicate with
me together with your protector.
Mapula: Father please don’t tell me what I think you are
about to tell me.
Lerumo: Deep down you already know my heart but what I
want you to do is let me fight this battle on my own and I
want you to only focus on your husband and daughter.
Mapula: Father I don’t have a daughter.
Lerumo: But you will have one soon Please name her
Keabetswe because she is my gift to you and she will be
special just like her mother.
Mapula: I hold no knowledge of what you speak of father
but what I do know is that I won’t rest till I find those who
did this. [she was now crying as it sunk in that her father is
no more.]
Lerumo: I told you I will fight this on my own all I want you
to do is not cry as your tears will only bring a lot of harm to
both the kingdom and your people.
Mapula: They are yours too papa! Please tell me who did
this? What will I tell mother now?
Lerumo: Don’t worry she’s stronger than you think but
Lebo and Tokelo are not strong enough. Please look after
them especially now that Tokelo is going to be king and
Lebo the Chief of the land.
Mapula: I will Father.
Lerumo: Be strong my light like the queen that you are and
trust me to deal with those responsible accordingly. [ he
disappeared]

Thabiso has been listening to his queen talk to a father he

couldn’t see but he felt a strong presence in the room.
Mapula opened her eyes and looked at Thabiso with teary
eyes.
Mapula: His gone Thabiso my father is gone.
Thabiso: I know my queen, I heard all you said and am
sorry. ( he pulled her to his chest and hugged her tightly
and she sniffs on his chest. She cries a while then broke
the hugs and wiped her tears)
Mapula: Father said I shouldn’t cry ( she says wiping her
fave clean)
Thabiso: I understand my queen but when you are in front
of your people not when you with your husband. Use me
at these trying times my queen, lean on me sweetheart,
trust that I will hold you tight and not let go and trust that I
will carry you and not let you fall. You are his light and that
is why he came to you first and he knows that you are
stronger than you can ever imagine.
Mapula: Oh I love you...sniffs...thanks my strength for
being here with and for me. I know this is not the ideal way
to start our lives together but I also see it as a blessing.
Thabiso: How do you mean my love?
Mapula: Father said we will have a daughter and we
should name her Keabetwe.
Thabiso: Well I cant wait to meet her. (They both smile)
Mapula: Am worried about mother and my brothers.
Thabiso: They will be fine my dear, with you by their side
they will make it.
Mapula: I hope so... let’s go back.
Thabiso: No we are not going back...Ngwedi please tell
the MC to inform the people that we have left and they
should enjoy the rest of the celebrations. You will meet us
in the car.
Ngwedi: Right away my king.

Tokelo, Lebo and Reneilwe arrived to where the car was

parked. They got out but as they moved closer to the car
they felt weak like energy was being drained out of them.
Lebo: Look at the window
Tokelo: No look ( pointing at the man laying on the ground.
They couldn’t see properly who it was as they stood a bit
far from the car)
Reneilwe: Guys go check who it is. ( they moved closer
and saw their father’s guard with a bullet hole on his
forehead with dry blood all around him.
Tokelo: Reneilwe call the police( she didn’t ask questions
and called the police)
Lebo: If His here then where is Father?
Tokelo: Let’s search the bushes.

They asked Reneilwe to stay in the car, lock the doors and
wait for the police while they search the bushes. They
went in and searched the bushes but they couldn’t find
anything. After sometime Reneilwe called saying the
police have arrived and they walked back to the road and
found the police investigating the car and the body.
Police: Good day my prince, I am detective Ramatlodi and
these are my colleagues.
Tokelo: I wish I can say it’s a pleasure but it’s not.
Ramatlodi: I understand my prince. Mind telling us what
happened here?
Lebo: How are we supposed to know when we got here,
found this and called you ( his pissed and it’s evident in his
facial expression)
Ramatlodi: Am sorry again but we want to know so that we
can know what the next step will be.
Lebo: You want us to do your jobs?
Tokelo: I don’t have time for this I have to find my father.
Ramatlodi: Okay let’s search the bushes, I will call more
men to come and help us.

Ramatlodi called for more officers to come to the scene

and assist them. The others put a yellow tape marking the
crime scene. The case was treated as high priority as this
was a king missing. After a while more police officers
came and joined in the search widening the horizon. After
an hour of searching one of the officers contacted
Ramatlodi on the radio telling him that he found the king.
Ramatlodi walked to where he was and saw the king
laying there face up. He took off his jacket bowed before
him and covered him up with his jacket.

He then called the officers who were with the forensic

anthropologists and told them to come over to where they
were. They went and Lebo saw them and followed behind,
he saw the detective looking rather disturbed. His feet
were glued on the ground and he couldn’t move. After a
while he fished out his phone from his pocket and called
Tokelo to come. Tokelo came running and when he got to
him he didn’t even have to ask questions because his face
said it all.

He also looked at the direction he was looking at and saw

the officials doing their thing and then it hit him the person
they are busy with might be his father. He also stood there
with Lebo looking directly where the officials were. They
were there but far away, they seemed like some spirit
possessed them. The detective saw them and walked up
to them.
Ramatlodi: Am sorry my prince but the king is no more.
Tokelo: How did he die?
Ramatlodi: We saw gun shot wounds but we can’t be sure
of the cause of death until after the autopsy has been
performed.

They didn’t utter a word after that and like zombies they
moved walking slowly to where the body was. They got
there and Lebo took out his handkerchief and dipped it
into the rain water that was on the ground and wiped the
blood off his forehead. He cleaned all the dry blood off his
face with tears running down his cheeks. Tokelo unrolled
his shirt sleeves that were rolled up, fixed his shirt and
buttoned it up nicely then took off his suit jacket and
dressed him in it. He then got up and took his hat that was
on the ground, dusted it then put it on his head nicely
covering the bullet wound.

They both got up after cleaning him up and stood before

him, bowed and spoke.
Tokelo: I was never ready for your departure and I never
will be. I was never ready to be king and lead the baKoena
people but now I have to be. You taught me well father
and I promise to follow in your footsteps in leading the
kingdom. Just this morning we were laughing and joking
together and now we here. My thanks for the goodbye you
gave me This morning even though I didn’t take it as one
at the time but now I understand that it was one. Don’t be
sad if I don’t cry at your funeral, know that I will be
following your teachings ‘a king never shows weakness in
from of his people’ so these might be the last tears I shed
for you. I love you father...

Lebo: When I lost my parents at 17 you took me in, made

me a better person, fed me, clothed me, sent me to school
and loved me. You gave me a brother, a sister and a
mother. You gave me a home, a family and showered me
with love. I can never thank you enough and I refuse to
accept that you gone, please wake up old man and tell me
that am not too old to get a beating, tell me to get married
and give you grandchildren. Wake up and smile and tell us
we are grown and we have act that way. You left us father,
you left your left and right hand men. Who will advise us
now, who will tell us how to behave as young men? Father
pleased wake up your family needs you, mother needs
you....oh mother what are we going to say to her. How are
we going to tell your heart that you left her! That her half is
beating alone now as the blood dried up on your half. I
love you father but I will never ask you to Rest In Peace
because I want you to help us find those who did this.
They were both crying messes, the officials stood aside all
this while giving them time to say their last goodbyes.
Some of them were crying with them, their words pierced
the hearts of those who heard them.
Ramatlodi: My condolences your highness.
Tokelo: Thank you and you can take him away now.
Ramatlodi: Should we inform the rest of the family?
Lebo: No we will.
Ramatlodi: Very well then.

The officials took the body and left with it. Tokelo and
Lebo remained standing there.
Them: They will pay dearly for this. ( they said that and
turned around and left) now they were no longer Tokelo
and Lebo But Terminator And Ghost.

#loveadminInsert 69

A Week later✨
Today is the day that many didn’t wish had come, some
prayed that it would never come, while others wish it can
just come to get everything over and done with. Eaither
way this day was the worst day of many peoples lives,
from the royal family to the baKoena people and many of
the late king’s associates. His family remembered him as
a loving and supportive father, while his wife remembers
him as her better half, her life and her heart. His business
associates remember him as a good business man with a
good heart and a man of integrity and principles.

His friend Letsi remembers him as the reasonable one

among the two of them, the one with the good ideas and
the best advice both in marriage and in business. To his
people he was a savior and no one can ever replace him
in their hearts as they know very well that no king would
ever be the way Lerumo was to them. It’s the day of the
funeral and the baKoena kingdom is filled with people, one
would swear that there was a celebration and not a funeral.
The king of the land was payed in his final resting place.

The queen of the land Mabotle was indeed stronger than

what her children thought, she never cried in front of her
children not even when she was told about the kings
passing. She only cries when she is behind closed doors
where no one can see, then washed her face and get out
of the room putting on a brave face for everyone. But
inside her heart stopped beating the moment they told her
that she no longer has a husband, blood in her veins dried
up and she herself doesn’t know how she is still alive.

From that day till now she made it a point that she cooks
for her family and call them to the dining table to eat
together, even though the mood would be a somber one
and the meals were always filled with uncomfortable
silence. Each one would keep stealing glances at the chair
that the man of the house used to sit on, wondering if the
pain will ever get better and some wondering what will
happen to the chair now.

Mapula and Thabiso were at baKoena for the duration of

the week busy with the funeral arrangements for the king
because all Tokelo and Lebo wanted was blood of
whoever did this to their family. Mapula even had to talk
some sense into them as they used to go out every night
in search of the people who murdered their hope and
reason for living. Among the people that came to the
funeral was none other than Ntsikayomuzi Zulu and his
father.
The king was laid to rest in the most dignified manner that
left others with more pain than ever, as this was a final
everything and only now that they finally accept that they
will never see their precious king ever again. He was not
coming back and they had to accept that. His murders
were present at the funeral but Tseko was angry at the
kind of respect that Lerumo was getting even at his death,
while Tshepo admired the kind of person Lerumo was and
regretted getting involved in the plan to kill him but he
mostly regretted not saying anything to anyone about it

Lehlohonolo was asking himself why Lerumo’s family was

not behaving like people that just buried a loved one. He
wondered if Lerumo was even loved by his family, he saw
how everyone was busy up and down attending to people
and not on the mattress like any other grieving family.
What shocked him the most was the queen that didn’t
even shed a tear for her father and same with the queen
mother. This all made him feel proud of what they did as to
him it showed that Lerumo was not loved and that they
save him from his life of misery.

Late in the evening after the people have left the elders
called a meeting with Lebo and Tokelo. They all went to
the throne room.
Elder: My prince we called both of you here because you
will have to be crowned in two weeks.
Tokelo: Why two weeks?
Elder: Because next week will be the cleansing and the
week after you will be crowned.
Lebo: Why am I here?
Elder: Because you will also be crown Chief of the land.
Lebo: How?
Elder: That what the people want and that was what the
king your father wanted.
Tokelo: Okay then it is well with me
Elder: Good.

Tokelo and Lebo were both scared of the responsibility

they will soon have and wondered if they will make their
father proud.

It’s short but I just wanted to cover this part. Please forgive
me.

See you later

#loveadminInsert 70

3 Months later✨

Things have been well for Thabiso and Mapula. They

finally went to Maldives for their honeymoon after Tokelo
and Lebo’s coronation. It was a beautiful day indeed for
her as she watched her brothers being crowned, but what
was most beautiful was the smile on their mother’s face,
one couldn’t miss how proud she was of the sons she
raised. Mapula has been sick for the past two months, she
is weak, can’t keep the food she eats down and she even
lost weight. Thabiso took her to the doctor but they don’t
see anything, he even got her a specialist from Canada
but she too couldn’t see anything wrong with her.
According to the doctor she is healthy and fit but her body
is saying otherwise.
Thabiso: Hey beautiful wife of mine
Mapula: Am not that beautiful anymore babe.
Thabiso: You will always be beautiful in my eyes my
queen.
Mapula: oh I thank you my love
Thabiso: Babe I have been thinking
Mapula: About?
Thabiso: I think it’s time to go to baKoena
Mapula: Babe you know I don’t want to go there, I don’t
want my mother to see me like this.
Thabiso: Yes And you don’t want your brothers to see you
this way because they will think I am mistreating you but
am not falling for that today.
Mapula: Baby please don’t make me do this.
Thabiso: This am doing for you and you will thank me later.
Now get up and let’s go.
Mapula: Did you mean now?
Thabiso: No tomorrow!
Mapula: Oh thanks babe
Thabiso: I was being sarcastic
Mapula: I know that and I was helping you.
Thaniso: Just like am helping you with this.
Mapula: I see you don’t love me anymore.
Thabiso: Thats not a problem as long as we go.
Mapula was sulking all the way to baKoena she wasn’t
scared of what her family will think she just didn’t want to
go to the sacred river because she was afraid it might be
more bad news and she was trying by all means to avoid
that. Thabiso drove her straight to the river, stopped the
car at a far distance as it was not allowed to drive there.
He carried his wife in his arms and walked there, he didn’t
like how her weight felt in his arms. He could feel that she
has lost a lot of weight and that didn’t sit well with him. He
got close to the river.
Mapula: Baby put me down I will walk on my own from
here.
Thabiso: But you are too weak to walk on your own.
Mapula: This place alone has given me strength and I can
manage. Please go back to the car and wait for me.
Thabiso: Okay But I will wait until you go in then leave.
Mapula: Okay then.

Mapula walked towards the river, she felt rejuvenated and

energized. She walked until she reached the river then
turned back and waved at Thabiso. He waved back then
started walking towards the car. Mapula got close to the
river and the alligators that are always there made way for
her. She put her feet in and felt like something was
draining energy out of her. She fell on her knees as she
couldn’t stand anymore, the alligators came and carried
her deep into the river and left her in the middle floating.
The water opened and she was sucked in and when she
opened her eyes a few minutes later she saw Nyolodi
sitting beside her.
Mapula: Queen mother
Nyolodi: Welcome home my dear
Mapula: It is good to be home mother
Nyolodi: Yet you didn’t want to come
Mapula: I was afraid queen mother.
Nyolodi: You need to understand two things my darling,
one this is your life line and without it you get weaker and
two your enemies already know and now more than ever
you are in danger and you have to be close by so that you
can regain your strength and better protect yourself.
Mapula: Mother I don’t understand, do you mean to say
that am this weak because am far from home.
Nyolodi: Did you forget what the prophecy said?
Mapula: What prophecy?
Nyolodi: Your father’s prophecy
Mapula: No But am not with child my queen the doctors
did every test and I am not with child.
Nyolodi: But you have been for the past two months.
Mapula: Is that what is making me sick?
Nyolodi: Remember when your father told you that the
baby will be as special as you?
Mapula: Yes mother I remember.
Nyolodi: Well the Baby is special and is growing fast inside
you. She is also surviving on your blood because you
don’t eat or at least you don’t feed it what it needs.
Mapula: What was I supposed to eat then?
Nyolodi: Your food was suppose to be cooked with sea
water.
Mapula: What is the sea water for?
Nyolodi: let me finish... the baby you are carrying is
powerful just like you, she will be the voice of many, from
the animals to all the wondering spirits and because it is
too small the evil ones want to destroy it before it is born.
Mapula: WOW That is something I didn’t expect, so what
do I do to protect my baby and why didn’t the doctor see
anything?
Nyolodi: That is not a child of this world but that of the
ancestors and the doctors you speak of know nothing
about the ways of our ancestors. To protect your baby you
have to be in baKoena for the duration to the pregnancy
which should last only 6 months since you already two
months pregnant.
Mapula: I thought I was supposed to carry the baby for 9
months.
Nyolodi: It is made 8 months to throw off your enemies as
they will also be expecting you to give birth on your ninth
month.
Mapula: Okay mother I understand, may I please ask you
something.
Nyolodi: No I don’t have children of my own because the
first rain queens were not allowed to marry but you were
allowed so that you can serve a higher purpose.
Mapula: Mother you have got to stop reading my mind
when we are together so that we can talk like normal
people.
Nyolodi: Where is the fun in that? Hahaha normal people
you say... child we are not normal and we won’t start now.
Mapula: I know haha let me go back to my husband.
Nyolodi: Go little one and don’t forget the sea water.
Mapula: I won’t mother.

Mapula got out of the water with so much energy and she
even looked better than when she went in. She was more
determined to keep her baby safe.

Tseko has been going crazy for the past month, he talks to
people only he can see and he keeps apologizing for no
reason. His son and wife are worried about him and what
might be bothering him. They took him to the hospital for
check up but the doctors said it’s stress and he needs to
take it easy, but what they couldn’t understand was that he
hasn’t been working for a month and they are loosing
business so they couldn’t understand what the cause of
his stress is.

Lehlohonolo has turned into a monster that goes around

drinking with commoners and beat people for no reason
calling them Lerumo. When his fighting he would always
say ‘I will beat you and defeat you again Lerumo you are
no match for me’ people in his kingdom don’t know who
the Lerumo he speaks of is and they believe that someone
has bewitched their king.
Tshepo has turned into a saint that goes to church
everyday and stays there the whole day praying. He
doesn’t sleep at night as he keeps seeing Lerumo asking
him to save him. Church is the only place he gets to sleep
for a few hours when his done praying but the moment he
sets foot in his kingdom he sees him everywhere but he
doesn’t say anything only in his sleep he speaks to him.
He always wakes up sweating and this is worrying his wife
so much that she doesn’t know what to do.

Tomelo goes to the field where they killed Lerumo and

stick fight with someone or something that only he sees.
No one has seen him though as the place is deserted but
his wife has been wondering where he goes every
morning and comes back in the late hours of the evening.

The four kings were losing their minds and no one knew
what the cause was and they were beginning to be the talk
of the town.

Tokelo and Lebo were doing well in their duties as a result

they went into business with the Sogosun umbrella of
hotels to build a hotel in LeSotho, baKoena to be exact as
they have many visitors from abroad that have to stay in
the capital when they are here and drive up and down
between Tsa Metsing hospital in baKoena and their
temporary homes in the hotels in the capital. The people
Welcomed this change as it will bring in more job
opportunities for the people of baKoena and surrounding
kingdoms.

Tsietsi was doing well as king and his relationship with

Boitumelo was still going strong even though she still
hasn’t agreed to marry him yet. Tsietsi was just leaving the
hospital after his shift, oh his now doing his residency at
BaKoena hospital which Boitumelo pushed him to do and
not wait any longer. He walked to the parking when he
saw a man standing next to his car.
Tsietsi: Greetings
Man: You have to get her and soon before she destroys
us.
Tsietsi: Man please get away from my car I have to go.
Man: She’s with child and she will destroy us if she is to be
born.
Tsietsi: Look man you are freaking me out just move I
want to go am tired.
Man: She killed the mother of your queen. (That seemed
to interest Tsietsi)
Tsietsi: What are you talking about?
Man: She is the one that killed the mother of the woman
you love.
Tsietsi: Who is the “she” you keep talking about?
Man: First you have to agree to killing her then I will tell
you everything ( he disappeared)

Tsietsi got into his car and drove off. He brushed off what
he heard and saw because he thought he was just tired
and his mind was playing tricks on him. But his words kept
ringing in his head as he drove ‘she killed the mother of
the woman you love’ he wondered who could he be talking
about.

Stay tuned...

#loveadminInsert 71

Mapula went back to Thabiso and she told him that they
were going to have a child. He was so happy that he
picked her up and sprung her around screaming to all who
would listen that he was the luckiest man alive, that he has
the most beautiful wife who has given him more than what
an ordinary man can ask for. Mapula couldn’t stop giggling
and thinking that she has the most loving man in the world.
She told him about the dangers surrounding their child and
that got him angry but didn’t want to show that to his wife,
forgetting how connected they are and that whatever each
one feels the other feels too.

They made it to the palace and queen Mabotle was busy

fussing over her daughter while Thabiso went to find the
new king and chief of the land. He found them in the
throne room discussing matters related to the palace. He
got in and they saw him. They bro hugged and sat down.
Tokelo: Man you guys are scarce
Thabiso: I have never in my life see or heard a king that
talks like that.
Lebo: oh please tell him! Maybe he will listen to you
because he doesn’t listen to me.
Tokelo: Man you have got to give me a break am not used
to this thing.
Thabiso: Well you better get used fast Mr King
Tokelo: You pushing it now, don’t forget am not just a king.
Lebo: we know
Thabiso: And while we at it, when are you getting a queen
for this land? I mean the queen mother cannot continue

carrying the palace duties for you.

Tokelo: Well please do ask your sister to finally agree to
be my queen.
Lebo: Oh man you have done it this time.
Thabiso: Fuck you man am not discussing my sister with
you
Tokelo: So shall we discuss mine, your wife?
Thabiso: Oh hell no!!
Lebo: hahaha you guys better decide which chick we
discussing.
Them: Yours!!
Lebo: What! When did this become about me so fast?
Them: You interfered!
Lebo: Okay, But on a serious not man how is married life?
Thabiso: Well That’s kind of why am here.
Tokelo: We all ears..
Thabiso: We just found out that we are you to be parents
and...
Lebo: Wait What?
Tokelo: Who gave you permission to get her pregnant?
Thabiso: We are married remember!
Tokelo: Well still
Lebo: Still What? You can be dum sometimes
Tokelo: Am still your king Lebo
Lebo&Thabiso: Yeah right!!!
Tokelo: Fuck this am marrying your sister and am sending
delegates there tomorrow so that I can also brag.
Lebo: Don’t joke like that man I still need my brother.
Thabiso: No what you need is a good woman to mother
you.
Tokelo: Tell him.
Lebo: Alright I heard you but on the real now guys,
congratulations man am happy for you.
Tokelo: Me too
Thabiso: Well we have a problem.
Tokelo&Lebo: We broke!!!
Thabiso; hahah I don’t need money guys jeez!!
Lebo: Okay But we know once someone says they have a
problem it’s always money related.
Thabiso: Well this one is evil related.
Tokelo: Okay I didn’t expect that... lay it on us, what’s up?
Thabiso: Well according to the gods our baby holds
powers beyond her mother and I combined.
Lebo: What does that mean?
Thabiso: The Baby is growing fast and gains more power
each day that passes, she can even control her mother if
she wanted to.
Tokelo: What!!
Thabiso: that’s not all
Lebo: What more could there be?
Thabiso: She is some sort of a door or a portal between
the living and the dead.
Tokelo: Sorry Man But THATS SOME CRAZY SHIT!!!
Lebo: Why didn’t you all go and get a Leprechaun for a
baby?... couldn’t you at least get a vampire.
Thabiso: What difference would it had made if we got a
dangerous vampire baby that will go around sucking blood
of people in the kingdom.
Tokelo: Yeah you right a wolf would have been better.
Lebo: Yeah beside we would only have to lock her up
when there is a full moon. I agree a vampire would have
been more dangerous.. yes right brother?
Tokelo: Yeah ( he says that nodding in agreement.
Thabiso looks at them and shakes his head thinking how
crazy these guys can be)
Thabiso: Guys focus
Lebo: Yeah sure continue
Thabiso: As I was saying the bad spirits are after my wife
but mostly after the baby she’s carrying.

The two got serious immediately realizing that their sister

and niece could be in danger. They kept quiet for a while
until Tokelo spoke.
Tokelo: A friend of mine once told me about such and I
must say it’s not good. A lot of people will be looking for
her.
Thabiso: What do you mean?
Tokelo: Did you think Lebo was joking when he spoke of
vampires and wolfs?
Thabiso: Yeah they don’t exist.
Tokelo: Just like your baby doesn’t exist...
Thabiso: My Baby exist man don’t talk like that.
Lebo: Well they exist as much as your baby does. Your
child’s birth is written in the book of vampire history and
according to them she will be the one to destroy them.
Tokelo: The spirits are the last thing to worry about as they
can’t do anything until the baby is born. Not unless they
convince a living person to do their dirty work for them.
Lebo: We have to prepare for war but the only people who
can fight it are you, Tokelo and Mapula.
Tokelo &Thabiso: Why us ?
Lebo: You have powers to defeat this thing and remember
trust no one because right now everyone is your enemy.
Thabiso: We are moving in here so that your sister can be
better protected.

While they were still talking they heard commotion outside

side and they went to check what is going on. When they
got there king Tseko was beating a guard to a pulp while
maidens were trying to stop him and others screaming for
help.
Tokelo: ENOUGH!!! ( Tseko stopped and looked at him)
Tokelo: What is going on here?
Guard: My king he wanted to go inside but he would not
tell me who he was and when I didn’t let him in he started
being aggressive.
Tokelo: Who are you disrupting the peace in my palace
and what are you doing here?
Tseko: Am king Tseko and am here to tell you that your
father was a good man. ( Lerumo showed up in front of
him and asked)
Lerumo: Is that all you want to say Tseko?
Tseko: Come on Lerumo man, your son is doing well and
your kingdom too. Please let me be.
Tokelo: Hey am not my father
Tseko: Well am also not talking to you but your father.
Lebo: Guards please get this man out of here.

The guards took Tseko away but they were still puzzled by
his behavior.
Somewhere in the spirit world, all the bad spirits were
gathered together trying to find ways to get to the baby
while others want it to live so that they can use it to their
advantage. There was a lot of chatter going around and
the argument got heated until one told them about Tsietsi
and how he can help them get what they want.
Spirit: Don’t forget about all that is protecting her.
Another: Yes even some of our own are on her side.
Another:Just look for a weak human and possess her then
makes them do what you want.
Spirit: Why do you say we why not you?
Another: Am not involved in this, I am only stuck with you
because of the life I lead and not about to add to that. I
want to Rest In Peace with my loved ones nothing more.

Tsietsi: This man has to show himself because I need

answers and I swear to God I will kill whoever killed my
queens mother and I will do it the same way I killed Papi.
Boitumelo comes in while he was deep in thoughts, she
wondered what could be bothering him so much that even
his facial expression changed and his jaw is clenched.
She walked to him and pat him on the shoulder, he turned
and looked at her and gave her a slight smile.
Boitumelo: Penny for your thoughts
Tsietsi: it’s nothing really
Boitumelo: Remember What we agreed on?
Tsietsi: Yes But I cant tell you this because I don’t want to
upset you
Boitumelo: Tell me or I walk, I won’t be with someone I
don’t trust.
Tsietsi: Okay then sit ( Boitumelo went to sit next to him) a
man came to me yesterday and told me that someone
killed your mother.
Boitumelo: Okay i suspected that she died I mean she was
a witch.
Tsietsi: No matter what she was babe, no one had the
right to kill her.
Boitumelo: Look I know it’s not an ideal situation but I don’t
want you going around looking for trouble, mother know
what she was getting herself into and she knew that one
day she will die.
Tsietsi: Fine if you don’t want me to do anything then I
won’t but I still do want to find out who killed her so that
you can also get closure and bury her with dignity.
Boitumelo: Does a witch have dignity? I mean I know she
was my mother and all but she has done worse to a lot of
people and I guess one of them got to her.
Tsietsi: I don’t understand why you so chilled about, if it
was my mother I would want to know and avenge her.
Boitumelo: The difference between your mother and mine
is that yours was a good person and mine was a witch,
who killed and made other people’s lives miserable. So
please don’t compare the two. Yes she gave me life and
yes she raised me but I can’t help but think that I had a
different mother life would have been different for me.
Tsietsi: Okay I get now let’s go to the dining area and have
something to eat.
Boitumelo: Okay then.

They went to the dining area to have their evening feast.

At the baKoena Tshepo arrives and asks to see the king,
guards announced him and were told to let him in. He
went in and was sent to the guests chamber and Tokelo
together with Lebo and Thabiso went to meet with him
since they were together. They got in and greeted.
Tokelo: What do we owe this visit in the late hours of the
day my king.
Tshepo: I will first like to apologize for the time my king but
I was on my way to the capital as I have a morning
meeting there at 10AM.
Lebo: We understand that part my king however our king
here wants to know how can we be of assistance since
you are here and not on the road to the capital.
Tshepo: Oh! Am sorry my king and chief, am getting old
and am a bit forgetful.
Thabiso: Okay we understand but you still not saying why
you are here.
Tshepo: On sorry! Haha see what I mean by forgetful...
well my king as I said am old and I can’t see in the dark so
I decided to come here and ask for accommodation till
sunrise so that I can be able to drive.
Tokelo: Doesn’t the king have guards that he can travel
with?
Tshepo: I do but I seem to think that am still a lad and I
can do things on my own. My father used to say ‘never
depend on people a lot get your hand dirty if you want to
see the results you desire.’
Tokelo: Okay let me go and discuss this with my chief, I
hope you understand it’s just a safety measure.
Tshepo: I would be surprised if you didn’t.
Lebo: Okay then my king we will see you shortly.

Tokelo and the others went out to the throne room. While
Tshepo sat there praying that they let him stay the night,
see he was not going to the capital but he went there
hoping to sleep there and maybe Lerumo won’t visit him
and he will get a good slumber that he so desperately
need.

In the throne room.

Lebo: Man we cant let him stay here.
Tokelo: Why his just an old man.
Thabiso: Did you forget the bad spirits that are after your
sister and my baby?
Lebo: And according to what Duke told us, they can take
any form and that old man out there could be one of them.
Tokelo: Okay how about I activate the cameras in the
spare chamber and put a guard in his door.
Thabiso: Can’t we just kick him out?
Tokelo: No father always said never to turn away guest for
you never know when you will need them.
Lebo: Okay! Your plan it is then.
They agreed and went back to tell Tshepo that he can stay
the night, he was so happy that they even felt bad for
wanting to turn him away. Tshepo prayed that Lerumo
doesn’t visit him this night.

#loveadminInsert 72

BaKoena Palace ✨

Tshepo couldn’t sleep that night because Lerumo kept

waking him up sitting on the edge of the bed asking him
why did they have to kill him and if whatever they killed
him for was worth it. Tshepo kept begging him to leave
him alone as he only acted because he was afraid of what
Tseko might do to him if he didn’t go along with the plan.
But all of that pleading fell on deaf ears as Lerumo
continued to torment him.
Tshepo: Lerumo am begging you please just let me sleep
even if it’s just for an hour please.
Lerumo: What makes you think that I will let you sleep
peacefully in my house while am in a cold grave. The
same one you put me in.
Tshepo: I already said that it was not my intentions but I
had no choice.
Lerumo: You always have a choice and you chose this,
you made this bed now lay on it.

The guard outside could hear the conversation Tshepo

was having inside but it was more like him talking and
pleading with the late king. He peaked on the window to
see what was going and he saw Tshepo on his knees now
praying then stopping and pleading again with the
unknown person he calls the king. The guard thought that
he was loosing his mind or maybe he was bewitched.

Tsietsi:

Tsietsi just arrived at the hospital for his shift he was king
by day and a medical student doing his residency by night.
Boitumelo was proud of the man that he has become,
focused and ambitious. He parked the car at the hospital
parking and got out, went to the boot and took out his bag
then closed it, when he turned that man was in front of him.
Tsietsi: Don’t ever sneak up in me like that.
Man: You at the hospital nothing will happen to you.
Tsietsi: Look whatever you have to say am not interested
Okay now I have to get to work.
He tried getting past him but he blacked his way.
Man: We don’t have time for games, time is running out
and we can’t afford to wait any longer.
Tsietsi: Am not agreeing to anything until you tell me who
this woman is, if not please find someone else to your dirty
work.
Man: Dirty work you say... you forget that you were once
one of us.
Tsietsi: ‘were’ past tense am no longer that person.
Man: Are you sure about that?
Tsietsi: Look I don’t know you and you me so I suggest
you move out of my way.
Man: But I know you... for now am not here to give a
history lesson, the rain queen must die and you are going
to make that happen.
Tsietsi: What?.. did you just say Mapula must die?
Man: That’s exactly what am saying
Tsietsi: Man you must be out of your mind or the person
who gave you this job doesn’t know what the queen is
capable of.
Man: We know what she is capable of that is why she has
to die.
Tsietsi: Well then find someone else because am not
doing it.
Man: Did you forget she killed the mother of your queen.
Tsietsi: Even if she killed the president of SA I wouldn’t do
it.

Tsietsi tries to move past the man again but he pushes his
so hard he goes flying to the ground. Tsietsi gets up and
dusts himself then looked at the man with a smile on his
face.
Tsietsi: If you know me like you say you do, you will know
that I don’t do well with threats my father can witness to
that...oh wait his dead.
Man: I know his dead because his with us and boy you
don’t want to anger the spirits.
Tsietsi: Well If you are all dead then you stay that way and
leave me alone because am not doing it.
Man: You are so weak as a man and king. No wonder that
girl refused to marry you.
Tsietsi: Ask your friend Papi how weak I am and if I was
that weak what are you doing here wasting your time and
mine?
The man got angry again and pushed Tsietsi and his body
collided with the ground once again. Then the man
disappeared, he got up dust himself and fixed his clothing.
Tsietsi: I will never mess with the queen ever again
especially not for a witch that even her daughter doesn’t
care about. I know how to pick my battles and this one is
not mine, Papi and his friend can go to hell and I will join
them when my time comes but am not messing with that
girl.

In the spirit world:

The man arrives and his anger is visible.

Papi: Let me guess! My weak link of a son turned you
down.
Man: Does he even deserve to be called a man?
Papi: You be the judge of that.
Spirit: May I make a suggestion?
Papi: You see we are out of plans yet you are asking to
make a suggestion like you in preschool. Out with it
already!!!
Spirit: Well since all has failed I think you who has a
human body can do this.
Man: How?
Papi: His right! That girl has a good heart and it will be her
down fall, use that to your advantage.
Man: I still don’t understand
Papi: How slow can you people be? ... act injured of
helpless, just anything to get you close to her and when
you close enough just give her one blow to the stomach
and our problems will e over.
Man: Let me go put my plan into action
Papi: Since when is it your plan?
Man: Whatever ( he left)

BaKoena:

Thabiso and Mapula are still in baKoena and today she is

preparing to go to the capital with Ngwedi and the queen
mother. They are going shopping and also passing by her
house to get a change of clothes for her and her husband.
As they will be staying at baKoena until the baby is born,
the king and queen of baTloung didn’t understand this until
the chief priest told them about the danger surrounding
their grandchild and they understood.

The drive to the capital is filled with laughter among the 3

women. Talking about anything and everything they can
think of. Mapula sees the man cross the road without
looking.
Mapula: Stop the car!!!( she yelled and the guard hit the
breaks hard and the car stops right in front of him, inches
before it hit him. Mapula and Ngwedi got out of the car)
Mapula: Are you Alright ( she said as she got out and
Ngwedi was alright shown the danger as she quickly
moved in front of the queen)
The man got angry when he saw what Ngwedi did and.....

Stay tuned...

Just a little Sunday chill. It’s short I know but I couldn’t

resist.
#loveadminInsert 73

Mapula✨

Ngwedi was still standing in front of the queen while the

man looked at her with anger written on his eyes. He went
towards them in full speed and sent Ngwedi flying to the
ground. And now he was left with the queen in front of him.
Mapula: You people need to stop trying my patience, what
could you possibly want?
Man: The only thing connecting this world and ours.
Mapula: My Baby
Man: Yes
Mapula: So you are planning on taking her how? ( she
said with her eyebrow raised)
The man didn’t answer he just went charging to Mapula,
she stood her ground and waited for him. When he was
inches away from her, Mapula held up one hand and lifted
him up. He was now mid air, then Mapula closed her hand
making it into a fist choking him in the process. What
confused her mother who was watch this from the car as it
unfolds was the fact that the man was mid air and
chocking yet her daughter is a distance away from her.

The queen has never seen her daughter in action, yes she
knows that her daughter is gifted but she never new the
extent of her powers and this to her was scary. Ngwedi
was already up and close to her queen, she connected
with her
Ngwedi: Capture the spirit my queen.
Mapula: I want him to feel pain first
Ngwedi: You are only causing pain to the man he
possessed and you know he will leave his body and go
find another.
Mapula knew that what Ngwedi was saying was the truth
but she was just angry and tired of all the drama
surrounding her life. She captured the spirit making it into
a marble as big as a tennis ball, the moment the spirit was
out of the man he fell on the ground.

Mapula gave Ngwedi to the spirit ball, Ngwedi took the ball
and kept it safe and they still need to find its origins.
Mapula went to the man, she kneels before him and check
on him then ask Ngwedi for the river water she always
travels with. Ngwedi brings it and the queen pour a little in
her hand and sprinkle it all over his face and upper body,
then takes the lid and fill it with water then made him drink.
After that she called the guard to come and pick him up
and put him in the back of the car. He did as instructed
and they were off to the capital, the queen mother was still
shocked but words failed her, she had so many questions
to ask but she just couldn’t find the words.

BaKoena Kingdom:

Tokelo, Lebo and Thabiso just finished having their feast

and are now on the way to the throne room. They got in
and took their seats, Tokelo took his laptop and connected
it to check on the cameras. He played the recording but at
a low volume, he heard the man mention his father then
he upped the volume to hear properly. Lebo and Thabiso
saw the change in his facial expression and they went
closer to him to see what was going on. They watched the
videos until it ended
Lebo: What do you think this means.
Tokelo: I don’t know but why would he apologize to my
father in the middle of the night.
Thabiso: I don’t know how you will take what about to say
but I think this man was involved in your fathers death.
Lebo: Why do you say that?
Thabiso: You have to pay attention details guys. Listen to
the video again. ( They listened and head the same thing)
Lebo: It’s the same thing he said before.
Tokelo: Please Tell is what you hear.
Thabiso: This man is saying that he didn’t have a choice
but to do it as he was afraid of what Tseko might do if he
didn’t follow through with the plan
Tokelo: The plan to kill my father
Thabiso: Yes And I think the king is giving him sleepless
nights.
Lebo: I hear you but why would he come here if he was
being tormented like that
Thabiso: I don’t know.
Tokelo: I want this man out of here Lebo because if I go to
him myself then my people will witness their king kill right
in front of them
Thabiso: No I will take care of it because Lebo is no better
than you, Lebo get a rail on him.
Tokelo: hahaha my brother in law is learning fast and he
even knows about tails.
Them: They laughed.
Thabiso went and offered Tshepo some breakfast then
escorted him out of the premises.

Manzini kingdom:

The kingdom was surely getting back to what it used to be,

a lot of developments have been made and now it’s
starting to look like the kingdom they once had. Even
though the farms were still being prepared, by prepared I
mean the soil had to be prepared and gotten ready before
planting again. So that is what they were busy with at the
moment, Ntsika got divorced his Indian wife but never got
married again as he still believes that Mpande will come
back to him.

The chief priest was just shown of yet another great power
coming with the queen and was told to warn the Manzini
Royal family to not interfere as this time around the results
will be fatal. The chief priest has been having this warning
for the past 3 days but he still refused to warn the Royal
family because to him, the more you warn them the more
they go and do exactly what they are not supposed of to
be doing. He was in his hut throwing bones
communicating with the gods
Chief: Gods of our land, omanzini, oGwabini, omntungwa.
Please let me keep this from them, I know am your eyes
and ears and I report to you but you know how the royal
family is. They are like children who do exactly the
opposite of what you tell them not to do please let me
keep this from the royals.

While the chief priest was still busy Ntsika got in without
announcing himself, the chief priest looked at him a rather
annoyed by his behavior.
Chief: One day the gods will strike you with lightening just
for being disrespectful.
Ntsika: They will start with you for being stubborn...now
come to the palace at once. ( he left before the chief could
respond)
Chief: Gods I pray that this crazy prince didn’t hear me
because if he did then trouble is yet to grace your
wonderful kingdom.
The chief priest went to the palace with a heavy heart, he
knew exactly how the manzini royal family can be,
especially when it come to the queen. It’s like they are
attracted to her and bringing troubles to her that always
lead to the kingdom and its people suffering. He got to the
palace and the whole royal family was sitting in the lounge
waiting for him. He got in took the grass mat he had under
his arm and placed it nicely on the floor then sat on it and
looked at them.
KingSbani: The prince tells me you are hiding something
from us.
Chief: Greetings my king and queen. How are you today?
Queen: I apologize for not greeting wise one. Good
day...we are well and hope the same goes for you
Chief: Thanks my queen and am doing very well.
KingSbani: Now That you got your greeting please tell us
what you are hiding.
Chief: If I do tell you, will all of you actually do what I tell
you to?
KingSbani: We always do as you say
Chief: Always..always you say?
KingSbani: Fine Yes we will.
Chief: you have to know that if you fail to do as I ask then
the consequences will be worse than before.
Them: We understand.
Chief: The gods want me to warn you to stay away from
the rain queen especially now that she’s with child. They
say she is dangerous now more than ever as she ha been
trained and can do more harm to protect those she loves
Ntsika: Mpande is with child? [said sounding excited]
Chief: There goes your crazy son, I hope this time you will
tell him to back off
KingSbani: That is still the prince of this land and am still
king. I will not allow you to disrespect me that way again.
Chief: Okay, the king May do a he pleases with this
however I ask to be left out of it when this whole thing gets
too real for you.

He stood up and left. Ntsika sad there thinking that if the

gods keep bringing Mpande to their lives it means that
they are meant to be and he was more than willing to fight
for her if need be.
Queen: Ntsika!!!
Ntsika: Mother why are you shouting when am right here?
Queen: because I have been calling you but you are far in
thoughts. Listen here son whatever you are thinking you
better forget it now before you end up doing something we
will all regret.
Ntsika: Who said I was even thinking of something.
Queen: I know you Ntsika, I have birth to you boy and
raised you. So I know exactly what you are capable of.

Ntsika didn’t answer all he was thinking about was his

Mpande.

Sunrise greetings.

#loveadminInsert 74

Manzini Kingdom ✨

Ntsika was sitting in the palace garden deep in thoughts.

He was thinking of a way to get I Mpandeyomuzi ka
babakhe, he also wondered if he will ever be able to love
someone else besides Mpande. Someone who would
understand him, someone his beast will submit to but then
again, his been searching and every woman he meets
brings out the beast in him, even his ex wife that is why he
decided to push her away. He didn’t even know why he
married her in the first place. Mpande was the only woman
who brought joy to his heart and her smile warmed his
heart and when she called him’Ntsikayamuzi woManzini’
when he called her in the morning while she was still
asleep. People saw him as a troublemaker but what they
don’t understand is that one only gets to fall in love 2 times
in his lifetime. The first time will be with his first love, the
second time is after kissing a lot of frogs but if he loses
that love again then all hope of having that soulmate king
of love will be lost. He believes that he has kissed a lot of
frogs and that he already found his princess.

Ntsika is the kind of man that has a lot of love to give but
his beast that he got from his ancestors is picky, it wants
what it wants and the owner can’t to anything about it.
Which is why he doesn’t want to loose the woman he has
already found. The queen was looking at him through the
window this whole time and saw how troubled her son
looked, this hurt her a lot and she knew that if she doesn’t
talk some sense into him he will end up doing something
stupid. She went out the house to the garden and sat next
to him in comfortable silence for a few minutes until she
decided to break the ice.
Queen: You know I was in love once.
Ntsika: I already know that you are in love with your
husband mother.
Queen: No am not in love with your father but I have learnt
to love and respect him as my husband.
Ntsika: How do you mean queen mother?
The queen smiled as this was the first time in months
since her son called her queen mother and it warmed her
heart.
Queen: I mean I was in love with a prince from Vhenda
when I was back in university, my parents loved him for
me and he loved me as well. We were so happy together
for 4 good years, yes he made me angry sometimes and I
did too but the moment we saw each other one would
forget they were even angry.
Ntsika: Then What happened?
Queen: His ancestors happened.
Ntsika: I don’t understand mother.
Queen: Well we went to his home in Vhenda so he can
introduce me to his family, the family loved me especially
my mother in law because she didn’t have any daughters
only him and his brother.
Ntsika: So What went wrong how did you end up with
father and not the love of your life?
Queen: Well in Vhenda before a prince gets married the
bride to be has to be introduced to the ancestors to see if
they approve. The same was done to me and the
ancestors rejected me saying that I belonged to another.
Ntsika: I don’t understand mother.
Queen: Well I didn’t understand myself when I was told, I
mean I was not married and my family didn’t promise me
to another and I had no suitors only Muvhangiseni. When
we asked the chief priest there he said my destiny is set
and that my ancestors already chose the one for me to
marry. To say I was heartbroken would be understatement.
I was chattered.

Ntsika: Then What happened?

Queen: Well both me and Muvhangiseni didn’t want to
accept it was the end so we came back together to see my
chief priest but then the same was revealed. So we
decided to run away and we had the money to do so, we
left and went to stay in Free State for a while then after 3
months we moved to Botswana. We stayed there for about
2 years and they were the best years of my life.
Ntsika: Then why did you come back?
Queen: Well the ancestors happened again, I got sick,
very sick and the doctors couldn’t find anything wrong with
me. I was weak and loosing weight, I was kept alive by
pain pills other than that the doctors couldn’t prescribe
anything for me. One day we were coming from the
pharmacy to get pain medication when a dirty old woman
came to us and said’ go home little one or you will die here,
your ancestors are angry and have turned their backs on
you’ then she left. We looked at each other with no one
saying anything, we went home and I went to bed. The
next morning when I woke up our bags were packed and
ready to go, I asked him not to give up on us that I will get
better but he said’ I will rather not have you with me than
to have you and watch you deteriorate and die before me.
I will forever love you’ those were the last words he said to
me. We got to the airport and took different flights and I
landed home then a year later I married your father.
Ntsika: WOW mother that is deep, why don’t I know about
this, does father know?
Queen: There was no need to tell you then but now there
is and yes your father knows.
Ntsika: wow I never knew father to be an understanding
man.
Queen: Well he is at least to me and you.
Ntsika: So why tell me this now?
Queen: Because you following in my foot steps but the
difference is that your journey will lead you and the people
of this kingdom to your graves.
Ntsika: Mother you know and understand what am going
through why don’t you support me?
Queen: Because it won’t end well my son. Tell you what,
call Mpande and ask her to point you to the right direction.
Seek her help and advice. That girl is powerful and can do
anything, ask her to lead you to your bride and yes you
might not love her as much as you love Mpande but she
will give you all the love and respect Mpande wasn’t able
to give you.
Ntsika: I hear you mother and I will try this your way but if
it doesn’t work am going after my love.
Queen: Just try this first then if it doesn’t work then we will
talk again okay.
Ntsika: Okay Mother
Queen: Call her now while I go make tea.
Ntsika: My thanks queen mother.

The queen smiled and left him. She was praying that he
does as she asked and that Mpande helps him find his
queen before he does something that will send them all to
their early graves. Ntsika sat there wondering if he should
do what his mother said or just go on with his plan. He
decided to call Mpande and hear what she might say to
this. He fished for his phone from his pocket and dialed
her number. It rang a couple of times before she picked up.
Mapula: Ntsikayamuzi woManzini
Ntsika: Mawakhe unjani ( her mother how are you)
Mapula: You do know that I only understood “unjani “ in
that sentence right?
Ntsika: I forgot Mpandeyami, I was asking how you are
doing.
Mapula: Very well But you not and I know why.
Ntsika: Please help me if you can ( he pleaded)
Mapula: Am glad you decided to listen to your elders for
once and your plan wouldn’t have worked.
Ntsika: Am sorry Mpandeyami
Mapula: It’s okay and your bride is at Kwa Nongoma, the
girl lives with her grandmother and the conditions they live
in are not good so I ask you be a gentleman that I know
you are when you go there.
Ntsika: If she is poor then that means she’s not royal and I
have to marry a royal princess.
Mapula: I know that and do not worry her blood is pure but
I will let you find out the rest.
Ntsika: Okay then tell me this one thing, does she know
she’s royal?
Mapula: No she doesn’t and that will be your project. Help
her find her family because her grandmother doesn’t have
a much time in this world.
Ntsika: This is too much Mpande, it’s like you asking me to
give up on you and love.
Mapula: What you feel for me is obsession and you are
afraid that you may not find love again but you wrong, your
love is yet to come. Do this and you will see the results.
Ntsika: My thanks my queen.
Mapula: Keep well Ntsikayomuzi

He dropped the call with a heavy heart, he loved Mpande

or at least he thought he did but was also curious about
this royal princess living in poverty and he wanted to find
out why.
Ntsika: I wonder what the story is with this girl but I am
willing to find out.
KwaNongoma:

Grandmother: Zasembo!! ( she called)

Zasembo: Mah!! ( she answered going to the back of the
rondavel they lived in, where her grandmother was)
Zasembo: Mah ungibizile ( Mother you called for me)
Grandmother: Yebo mntanami, uyazi Zasembo isikhathi
sesifikile ukuthi uthole umawakho. ( yes my child, you
know Zasembo time has come for you to find your mother)
Zasembo: Cha gogo wuwena umawami angeke ngi
khangele umntu owangilahla ngimncane akabheka
nokubheka ngasemuva. (No grandmother you are my
mother and I will not look for someone who threw me
away when I was young and never looked back)
Grandmother: Akazange akulahle umawakho nganeyami,
wanginika wena kuba mina ngangingakwazi ukuthola
abantwana, wanginikeza wena ukuthi ngikukhulise
ngikunakekele. Ngikwenzi le loko nganeyami kodwa
ngimdala manje kwaye wena udinga umuntu
ozokunakekela. ( your mother didn’t throw you away, she
gave you to me because I couldn’t have children so she
gave you to me to raise and take care of you. I did that my
child but am old now and you need someone to take care
of you.)
Zasembo: Ngiyakwazi ukuzinakekela mina mah
wangifundisa kahle. Mah wubani owanginika leligama? ( I
know how to take care of myself mother you taught me
well. Mother who gave me this name?)
Grandmother: Walinikwa wumawakho okuzalayo,
ngiyakhumbula esithi mhlazane anginika wena,
wangitshela ukuthi ngingaze ngikutshintshe igama ngoba
yilona elizokukhombisa ekhakini uma isikhathi sesifikile.
( your mother gave you that name, I remember the day
she gave you to me, she said I must never change your
name as it will be the one to lead you home when the time
comes)
Zasembo: Ahh wemah lomfazi iyahlanya angeke uzwe,
ngizokuthola kanjani ekhaya ngegama kuphela! Anginaso
ngisho nesibingo mah.( ahh mother that woman is crazy
really, how am I supposed to find my home with just a
name, I don’t even have a surname mother)
Grandmother: Imfundiso zami usuzikhohliwe yhini
Zasembo? ( have you forgotten my teachings Zasembo?)
Zasembo: Cha mah ( she looked down embarrassed)
Grandmother: Manje yhini ngikuzwa ukhuluma kanje
ngomuntu omdala kunawe? ( so why am I hearing you talk
like that about someone older than you?)
Zasembo: Ngiyaxolisa mah( am sorry mother)
Grandmother: Hambongilandela amapilisi ami. (Go get my
pills)
Zasembo: Yebo mah ( yes mother)

She went inside and got her grandmother’s medication

and water then went and gave it to her.

Tseko:

Tseko was loosing his mind, he went around the kingdom

asking for forgiveness to every man he wronged. Others
didn’t even know he was the one who did what he
confessed to have done. He also went to the father of the
boy he killed and sold his organs to get money to start his
business. Motlakwane saw him coming and got out of his
kraal and met him halfway, he got to him and bowed but
Tseko stopped him.
Tseko: I should be the one bowing to you Morena
Motlakwane.
Motlakwane: No king bows to a commoner my king, it’s an
abomination and a punishable crime.
Tseko: Nntate Motlakwane kekopa tsoarelo nntate moholo
( Mr Motlakwane I apologize my elder)
Motlakwane: Ketsoarelo yaeng Morenaka yena
oyikopang ?( What is the forgiveness you are asking for
my king)
Tseko: I killed your son Mr Motlakwane and I sold his
organs and used the money to start my business, forgive
me please. ( he was on his knees)
The old man looked at him as tears were flowing down his
old wrinkled cheeks.
Motlakwane: Do you at least have his bones for me to
bury?
Tseko: Yes I do, they are still buried in the same place a
buried him in years ago.
Motlakwane: Where is that? ( he was crying this whole
time, thinking about his son who died at a young age. He
was only 14 years only and now he would be 23, 9 whole
years not knowing what happened to his son)
Tseko: In the palace graveyard, please forgive me I beg of
you.
Motlakwane: The gods are already punishing you for your
crimes and I hope they do more for what you have done.
You watched me loose myself and everything I owned
looking for my son. I even sold you my farm to get money
to look for him, my wife blamed me for his disappearance
because I sent him to the farms to look for a cow and
never came back, she left me. but it doesn’t matter now
just show me where my son is so that I can bury him with
dignity.
Tseko: Am really sorry and you can come take his bones
whenever you want.
Motlakwane: Please leave my house.

Tseko left, he looked like a homeless man except that he

was clean but his behavior and his mental state said other
wise.

I hope it’s long enough.

Have a good slumber.

#loveadminInsert 75

UKNOWN KINGDOM:

The queen is looking down not knowing what more to say

to her husband anymore. He has been asking her about
their daughter but the queen still maintains her story of her
being dead. The king is furious because he has been
dreaming of his princess asking him to bring her home.
What he wants now is just her bones so that he can bury
her next to her forefathers, but the queen doesn’t even
want to hear of it as she says it’s painful to talk about it.
King: My queen I beg of MamCirha please tell me what
happened to my princess, she is not letting me rest, she
wants to come home please nkosikazi yase MaMpingeni.
Queen: You talk as if am enjoying the fact that I lost my
princess, well am not and if you didn’t know am more hurt
than anyone could ever imagine. Hurt that I didn’t get to
raise her, hurt that I only held her for a few minutes, hurt
that you don’t see that the queen mother is the reason
why we don’t have our daughter and hurt that my own
husband is blind to the truth.
King: You still on about my mother being a witch that killed
the prince and the princess of this kingdom?
Queen: Yes I am.
King: Khandixelele mfazi ndini ungavanjani wena xa
kunothiwa unyoko ligqwirha elabulala abantwana bakho?
( Tell me woman how would you feel if people said your
mother was a witch that killed your children?)
Queen: The same way you are feeling now but I would do
anything to get to the bottom of it and protect my children.
King: Stop talking as if they still live!! ( yelled)
Queen: Noba ungangxola uthini kumkani kodwa lonto
ayizujika inyani yokuba singenabantwana nje kwelikhaya
kungenxa kamama wakho. ( even if you yell my king but
the won’t change the truth that the reason we don’t have
children in this house is because of your mother.)
Queenmother: Ndibatyile nje ngoku uzothini wena
ngalonto? ( I killed them so what are you going to do about
that?) said the queen mother coming into the throne room
where they were.
King: Mother please don’t talk like that you will give her
and other people ammunition.
Queenmother: Like I care what people think, look I told
you not to marry this thing and now years later she is still
the same while Nomakhosazana is happy in her marriage
and has children that should have been my grandchildren
but because you chose this thing I don’t have
grandchildren to call my own.
King: Mother she is still my wife.
Queen: When your eyes finally open please let me know,
until then the only thing me and you will talk about is the
kingdom. (She left them there)
Like a forest at at night, dark and scary. Like the fog on
the mountains thick and mysterious, like the water in the
lake calm collected. At first glance it doesn’t seem deep
but wait till you put your feet in then you will see the depth
of it. Like a two headed snake that hides the second head
so that one concentrates on the first and when they think
they have defeated it, the second head appears where the
tail was supposed to be and bite you leaving it’s venom
that will send you to your death in a matter of minutes.

Like a zombie walking next you but when look up to find

the head you can’t see it as it is so long or tall that it
seems like it’s head reaches the clouds piercing through
them and looking over them. Like the zombies we would
see growing up in the rural areas, where you would be
coming from the shops that are miles away from your
home that it would literally take you an hour to and from
the shops. When you walk back and it’s already dark you
see this thing walking beside you when you look on your
side but when you look up there is no head. At that
moment you don’t wait for anyone to tell you what to do
but you run as fast as your feet can carry you.
That is how the queen mother of this kingdom is,
unpredictable, undefinable, unscrupulous, conniving and
as dangerous as the two headed snake or a double edged
sword. You look at one side while the other cuts you so
deep you would feel life literally leaving your body, by that
time you are already writing your will in your head and
sharing all you have among those deserving in your eyes.
You say all your goodbyes and only hope that your loved
ones know how much they mean to you.

The queen of the land is a protector, she is like mother

hen protecting its cheeks from being eaten by a hawk.
She’s like a phoenix when she raises up from the ashes
her mother in law always puts her in and she’s like and
Eagle when she flys. She is what We African people call
imbokodo a rock, solid and up breakable.
While the king is like one of those men that are given
korobela or love portion so that they can be used like
programmed robots that never see anything wrong from
the requests its owner makes. He listens to anything and
everything his mother says and does exactly as his told.
Now even a fool knows that no one can bewitch a royal
except for another royal member but he will never see that
now since his under a spell. Now it was said that the
prince and princess of the land were killed because they
were the ones who were going to defeat the biggest witch
ever lives in the kingdom just by being there. That was the
only power they were given or task to defeat the witch and
bring back the former king. From where? Nobody knows.

Manzini kingdom:

Ntsika was preparing to go to kwa Nongoma to search for

this girl, he doesn’t believe that there could ever be
anything between them but he was only going there to
help her find her parents. He is also doing that because
Mpande is the one that asked and he was curious in
finding out the story behind her poverty and not knowing
that she’s royal. His mother got into his room and found
him packing a duffel bag.
Queen: Where to this early?
Ntsika: Well I took your advice and Mpande is sending me
to Nongoma to find a royal princess.
Queen: But there are no kingdoms kwaNongoma.
Ntsika: That’s the thing Mother the girl doesn’t know she’s
royal.
Queen: How?
Ntsika: Thats What I am going to find out.
Queen: Okay then please hurry and bring my daughter
home.
Ntsika: Awu mah
Queen: Yes hawu
Ntsika: let me go get your daughter then Mankosi.
Queen: Manje ulindeni ( now what are you waiting for)
Ntsika: Awu ngiyahamba vele ( am going)

Ntsika went on his way heading to Nongoma, but he first

went to his apartment in Mhlanga then went to Nongoma
in search of his queen. He spent the whole day going from
house to house that seemed to be in not so good condition.
He finally gave up and was driving back to Mhlanga in
hopes of going back the following day, when he saw a
maiden on the road and stopped in hopes of asking her.
Ntsika: Greetings dear maiden
Maiden: Greetings
Ntsika: I was wondering if you could help me
Maiden: What can I do for you?
Ntsika: Am looking for a maiden that lives with her
grandmother and I was told they live around here but am
not sure where.
Maiden: What do you want with the old woman and her
granddaughter?
Ntsika: I am afraid I can’t tell you that, it is between me
and the family that I seek.
Maiden: Wena vele you think am that stupid as to tell you
where the poor old woman and her granddaughter live? I
know you rich people and your rituals and you always
target the poor people for that. Well not this time, I will not
put those people in danger.
Ntsika: I am not a threat to anyone dear maiden I promise
you. You can even come with me if you don’t trust me.
Maiden: Hayi maybe there is a big stupid sign written on
my forehead! Now you want me to put myself in danger.
Ntsika: Please ( he pleaded)
Maiden: Mxm ( she clicked her tongue and left )

Ntsika had no choice but to go back to Mhlanga since it

was already late but he promised himself that he won’t
stop until he finds her.

Lehlohonolo was a homeless person who was always

around the baKoena kingdom the guards were now used
to him and they would give him their leftover food. At his
kingdom his queen and prince were looking for him and
even filed a missing persons report. While Tomelo was still
a stick fighter fighting with an unknown person, boys who
used take the cows to the fields have been watching him
every day and now this has become part of their routine
that while the cows eat grass they will be watching this old
man stick fighting.

#loveadminInsert 76

Unknown kingdom✨

In the Msana river the king of the land layed buried by his
queen. The king lead his people from the present kwaZulu
Natal area to Dedesi then from Dedesi to Msana river
where he layed rest to this day. All those who were
present during his time still respect him for his hard work
in leading his people. Msana river is a tributary of Mbashe
river in Mthath in the Eastern Cape which the Xhosa
people call Impumakoloni. At Msana his geat palace
accommodated. Merged and assimilated various
fragments from Amabonvana, Amavundle and
Amampondomise and Amamfengu to build his kingship.
Even though the tribes had their own kings or traditional
leaders they voted him as their primary leader and king.
Each tribe continued doing things according to their ways,
but still remained under the late king Langalibalele of
emaMpingeni. Those who still paise him or the current
king would say sizwe esikhokelwe ngukumkani uMpinga,
uMawawa, uBholokoqoshe, intomntana, ingakhuluboya
seyilungele abadala. Now for those who understand these
are the clan names and praises of of the aMampinga or
OoMpinga clan.

The young regeneration of the late king of abaThembu in

the Transkei as the boore mense called it but in the
present day it’s called the Eastern Cape by the
Westerners and it’s called Impuma Koloni by the Xhosa
people. Now Zasembo, Let’s start by unpacking the
meaning of this royal maidens name. The name Zasembo
means women of the olden days, woman of the twentieth
century, women of integrity, women of principles, women
of honor, women like our grandmothers, those who still
carry or carried Themselves with integrity, respect and at-
most dignity.

The kinds of woman we used to look up to, those who

used to keep a home together single handedly, those who
never complain no matter how hard the going got, those
when they woke up in the morning And their feet touch the
ground the devil would say ‘ oh shit she’s awake’ those
who their walk commanded respect and words that came
out of their mouth would build a young person instead of
destroying her. The ones who never judged but instead
gave constructive criticism, they never took the bad or
something from someone with out leaving another. The
women who stood up for what they believed in, ones who
supported each other when their husbands would leave
home to go slave in the mines of the Gauteng Province.

Kwanyama ayipheli kuphela amazinyo endoda ( where the

meat doesn’t finish only the man’s teeth would finish from
eating the meat) abafazi abebe quma amahlazo
amadodabo bawakhuthaze kuze isidima sawo singarhuqi
nemazi zezinja zisindwa ngamabele awehlisileyo ngathi
ngumdlezana evuzelwa ngamabele emsebenzi umntwana
esendlini, azivalele engotsini akhame amabele awabeke
amaxolo ekhaphetshu ngethemba lo lotshisa ubisi
amabeleni. (Women who used to cover for their husbands
incompetencies and support them so that their dignity
remains restored. So that their dignity doesn’t get tainted
like the breasts of a nursing dog, like a nursing woman
with breasts leaking of milk while at work and the child is
at home. Those who would lock themselves in the
restroom and pump their breasts and put a peal of a
cabbage like an African woman would do in hopes of
drying the leaking milk from the breast)

That’s what the name Zasembo stands for, her twin

brothers name was ZamaMpinga who died at birth. His
name meant the men of the Mpinga clan as he was the
first born son of the current king. However he was sent to
an early grave by those who feared his gift and couldn’t
risk having him grow up and destroy them. Which is the
same thing they thought they did to his twin sister. The
queen mother was in a meeting with her associates.
Queenmother: You called us here Qhawekazi now you
quiet like a mouse tiptoeing going to steal cheese from the
trap. Talk woman I don’t have all day.
Qhawekazi: Queen Mother things are not looking good for
us.
Queenmother: So now you are waiting for me to say
continue? Okay then Qhawekazi since you are the boss
around here, please continue we are listening oh great
one. ( she said sarcastically)
Qhawekazi: My humble apologies queen mother... as I
was saying, I have been hearing a heart beating ever so
strongly and according to my intel the heart is that of pure
blue blood.
Queenmother: Are you not talking about my dear
husbands heart?
Qhawekazi: No queen mother, the heart of the king is
beating faintly and weak while this one is beating strongly
and ever so powerful. What amazes me is that they are
beating at the same pace as the king even though the
kings heartbeat is low and weak.
Queenmother: It can’t be, the kingdom has no other living
relatives except for my husband and son.
Qhawekazi: I know my queen but this one is clear as day
that the heartbeat is that of a royal member and that of a
pure blue blood. It’s rhythm makes me weak like that of
Senzangakhona our late royal poet and drains my energy
every time it beats like the voice of the late king Hintsa.
Queenmother: Impossible!!!( she yelled pacing up and
down the rondel making her fellow witches scared)
Queenmother: If a member of a royal family lives in this
day then we are all doomed and the prophecy of
Senzangakhona will come true. You!! Nozinyawana did
you make sure that the princess died like I asked you to?
Nozinyawana: Yes queen mother I did.
Queenmother: Are you sure?
Nozinyawana: Ye... She stuttered...yes queen mother.
Queenmother: Why are you stuttering?
Nozinyawana: Nothing queen mother you just intimidate
me.
Queenmother: Oh trust me if you made a mistake that day
you will regret it! As I will make you watch as a wipe your
whole family right in front of you.

Nozinyawana kept quiet thinking about that day, she

remembers lighting the muti that was going to suffocate
the princess to death but then she started crying so much
that she left her there for a few minutes. She remembers
going back to the rondel and finding the baby quiet and
still wrapped up in the same sack she wrapped her up in.
So she was sure that she died.

Zasembo was in the garden and an old woman asked her

to go to the farmer that was situated in one of the
neighboring villages to get her goat that she left there. She
went and the farmer gave her the goat she was sent to get,
she walked but on the road she got thirsty and stopped at
the stream to drink water. She put the goat that was in a
sack next to the river and went to drink, she finished and
took the sack and out it on her shoulder and went on her
way. When she got to the old woman she gave her the
sack but when the old woman opened it, there was no
goat but a pig in the sack.

She was confused by this as she saw the farmer put the
goat kid in the sack and she didn’t understand how a piglet
got in there. The old woman was angry at her and asked
her to take the pig back and bring her goat. She took the
pig that was inside the sack and carried it on her shoulder
and walked back, while on the field she started beating the
pig while in the sack and kept saying’ caca uba
uyibhokhwe okanye uyihagu ’ ( show yourself if you a goat
or a pig. An elderly man showed and said ‘ it will only
show its true nature when you get home my princess’

Zasembo woke up sweating and breathing heavy from the

strange dream she just had.
Zasembo: What is this now? Yini ngamaphupho? Phela
mina angiseyena umuntu ophuphayo mangilele ngiyalala
nje kuphela, manje yini le? Iphupho lize liphindaphinde
pho (What’s with the dreams now? I mean am not the kind
of person that dreams when I sleep, when I sleep I sleep,
now what is this? A recurring dream?) she wondered
She decided to wake up since it was already sunrise. She
wore a dress she wore the previous day and went to fetch
water from the stream, the time was around 5AM, she
walked to the stream walking bare foot kicking morning the
dew and the drops from it running down her legs. Her feel
frozen from the morning cold but this did bother her as she
was used to it by now. She got to the river and got water
then walked back to the house and started with breakfast.
Nothing fancy but a soft porridge made out of maize meal
that was prepared from corn she got from the neighbors
farms as a payment after weeding his farm.

She cooked the soft porridge on one side while she put
water on the side for her grandmother’s bath. When the
water was warm enough she poured it into a basin and
took it to her grandmother, she wake her up to take her
bath while she went back outside to finish preparing the
soft porridge for them and put water on the side for her
own bath. She finished with the porridge and went back
inside the rondavel and took the dirty water her
grandmother used to bath and disposed it then dished out
porridge for her and took it to her. Then she went back
outside and poured her own water to bath, she smoke
coming out of the fire made her eyes teary as she blew on
it to revive it.
She finally revived the fire then put a three legged size 3
pot with water and salt to prepare pap in for lunch, as she
saw that the weather was not good and might rain in the
afternoon. So she decided to also make lunch as she
might not be able to make fire and cook during the day if it
rained. She went to the small garden to pick what is called
unomdlomboyi by Xhosa people, basically it’s some sort of
veg like plant that grows on its own in the garden. She put
in in water then went and took her bath, after she was
done she dishes out soft porridge for herself and went to
join her grandmother in the house and ate.

The grandmother could see that she was not herself and
she decided to ask what the problem could be since she
was always a bubbly person.
Grandmother: What is bothering you my child?
Zasembo: Oh nothing mother, just one of those days.
Grandmother: You forget that I know you my child, now
talk to me.
Zasembo: Well Mother 2 things have been bothering me
but if am to tell you then promise not to worry too much
about them.
Grandmother: I promise my child.
Zasembo:Well I head from Sizakele yesterday that a man
driving a beautiful car was all over Nongoma looking for a
maiden that lives with her grandmother, how we both
know that here there are only 8 houses with grandmothers
living with their grandchildren.
Grandmother: So?
Zasembo: Sizakele said he went to 4 of the houses and
even asked her to show him the place but she refused.
Grandmother: Am going to say it again my child, you have
to find your mother.
Zasembo: Ngiyakuzwa mah (I hear you mother)
Grandmother: Now tell me about the second thing that
bothers you.
Zasembo: Well it was a dream like... she told her all about
the dream.
Grandmother: I think the old woman and the man looking
for us are connected somehow.
Zasembo: Awu mah wubani othe ufuna thina ( oh mother
who said he was looking for us?)
Grandmother: Thula uzobona ( Wait And see)
#loveadminInsert 77

Ntsika POV:

You know when you love someone you do everything in

your power to show them your love, not just say it but act
on it and that’s what I have been doing this past week.
Going up and down, to and from Nongoma and am
exhausted. It’s been a week of me doing the same thing,
driving the same road and looking for the same people.
But now am left with one house to go but am tired and if
Mpande wants me to go back she better tell me under
which rock am I supposed to look for the lost princess.

Imagine me a whole prince looking for lost people like am

in charge of the lost and found department at a retail store.
Let me call Mpande. Ntsika dialed the queen and she
picked up on the third ring.

Convo:

Mapula: Ntsikayomuzi woManzini

Ntsika: Mpandeyami... how are you my queen?
Mapula: Am doing very well my prince thank you for
asking and how are you doing?
Ntsika: Not so good
Mapula: I figured as much
Ntsika: Awu kumele ngenzeni umangingamtholi phela
ngikhathele Yomuzi( what must I do when I can’t find her?
Am tired Yomuzi)
Mapula: You know your language made me get an app
just to translate what you say because I know that every
time we talk you will use your language.
Ntsika: Good That way I won’t have to repeat myself.
Mapula: Vey funny Ntsika, now get up and go do what I
asked time is running out.
Ntsika: Actually That is why I called
Mapula: I know why you called Ntsika and sometimes I
wish you wouldn’t bother calling because I know what is
happening with you.
Ntsika: Awu ngeke pho, umuntu uzokhuluma kanjani
nomuntu ohlezi esazi konke . ( ai no how is one supposed
to talk to someone who already knows everything)
Mapula: Ntsika today is the day that you find her now go
before it’s too late.
Ntsika: Kodwa Mpandeyami wena ungenza uJesu uqobo
ngeke. ( But Mpandeyami you act like am Jesus)
Mapula: You wasting time now go! ( she dropped the call)

Ntsika looks at his phone and shakes his head. ‘You know
people like my queen need to learn to respect a man,
akakho umfazi ovele alahlele indoda yakhe ngefoni. ( no
woman just drops the call on her husband) but my beast is
in love with exactly that. Hau kodwa madoda umfazi
woManzini ( oh man the Manzini wife) let me go and look
for the lost princess before my wife calls and bites my
head off. Ntsika took his car keys and drove to Nongoma
once again...after 45 minutes of driving he finally arrived at
the house that he didn’t go to and an old woman was
sitting outside under a tree.

Oh lord please don’t let this be the house, if it is then

Mpande is mistaken, a queen of the Manzini kingdom can
not come from such a place. ‘Behave yourself Ntsika be a
gentleman that I know you can be, don’t let your
arrogance stand in the way of destiny’ well I must be going
crazy now sitting in this car scanning this environment that
I hear Mpande’s voice in my head...great! Just great
Mtsika you managed to make a fool of yourself in from of
other people’s house if I can even call this a house.

I got out of the car and made my way into what looks like
was the yard, but now it’s just a broken fence with wires
laying tired on the grass and the poles that used to hold it
together have broken in half. I walked closer to the old
woman looking at me probably wondering if I have lost
mind or something because of the way I have been
looking around this place.
Ntsika: Sawubona mah ( Greetings Mother)
Grandmother: Greetings son
Ntsika: Hau ama uyakwazi ukukhuluma isingisi ( oh
mother you can speak English)
Grandmother: Boy tell me what you want in my house.
Ntsika: Am sorry, may I please sit?
Grandmother: Go ahead ( she said pointing at the wooden
bunk chair and I sat opposite her)
Ntsika: Mother I will not beat around the bush, first I would
like to introduce myself... my name is Prince Ntsikayomuzi
Zulu from..
Grandmother: The Manzini Kingdom, what can I do for you
Gwabini?
Ntsika: Am surprise you know my kingdom.
Grandmother: I didn’t get old just by sitting on this chair
sun baking.
Ntsika: Well am here looking for a girl who lives with her
grandmother.
Grandmother: What do you want with my daughter?
Ntsika: According to the baKoena rain queen I am
supposed to take her home.
Grandmother: What else did the queen tell you?
Ntsika: That She is of royalty but she doesn’t know.
Grandmother: If you want me to believe what you are
saying then you will have to prove to me that the real rain
queen told you this.
Ntsika: First i would like to know if I have the right House
and if so where is the maiden?
Grandmother: You are at the right house and the maiden
went to the stream.
Ntsika: How would you like me to prove that what am
saying is the truth. ( before she could answer my phone
rings and it’s Mpande, I excuse myself and answered)
Convo

Ntsika: Mpandeyami
Mapula: Give the woman the phone Ntsika
Ntsika: Which woman?
Mapula: The old woman you With now give her the phone.
( Mara am being bullied here, first for my time and now my
belongings. I went back to the old woman and gave her
the phone.)
Grandmother: Hallo..
Mapula: Greetings my dear elder
Grandmother: Greetings my child
Mapula: Mother I don’t have time but I wanted to tell you
that you have to tell her the truth.
Grandmother: I hear you child
Mapula: I know you wanted proof that I sent the Manzini
Prince there
Grandmother: Yes I did
Mapula: Very well then ...am sorry to say this but you will
be in the land of your ancestors in the next 3 days.
Grandmother: I understand but I have one question for
you.
Mapula: Am listening mother
Grandmother: Will my daughter be safe is she goes back?
Mapula: I promise to be with her.
Grandmother: My thanks child ( she handed the phone
back to Ntsika but when he answered Mpande already
dropped the call. He put his hands up in surrender)

Grandmother: You love her don’t you?

Ntsika: More than anything
Grandmother: You do know that she is loved by many but
chosen for one?
Ntsika: Me
Grandmother: If she sent you here then am afraid that you
not the one for her.
Ntsika: I know that but my heart refuses to accept it.
Grandmother: When your chosen one comes along you
will forget the so called love you think you feel for her.
I very much hate people who meet me for two minutes,
know a few things about me then all of a sudden they are
qualified to give you advice on how to live your life. This
old woman right here is doing exactly that and I don’t want
to entertain her. I was brought back by an angelic voice of
someone Greeting and I turned to look. The maiden is
beautiful indeed but she needs a little makeover.

Maiden: Greetings
Ntsika: Greetings dear maiden.
Grandmother: Introduce yourself to the prince nana:
Maiden: The prince? Like a real life prince?
Ntsika: Yes like a real life prince ( God she’s so rural)
Maiden: Am sorry my prince, my name is Zasembo.
Ntsika: Wakwabani Sibingo? ( What is your surname?) I
don’t know if she’s blushing or what is going on, I mean
because she’s dark and looking down playing with her
fingers.
Zasembo: My prince what is a surname when you can
only have a name.
Ntsika: I don’t follow
Zasembo: I mean I don’t have a surname my prince.
Grandmother: Please leave us now son, I have to talk to
my daughter and explain a few things to her. You can
come back on Tuesday next week.
Ntsika: Very well then I will take my leave. It was a
pleasure meeting you both.

I left and got into my car and drove off. If this is my queen
then am in too deep, this girl has no background, no
surname nothing. But the name sounds Xhosa so she
must be one and if she is then I can’t even begin to
imagine what my life would be like. I mean look at
Mpande’s friend Kwezi, that girl is crazy now imagine one
with no background.

Unknown:

-I said I want BBQ here at once, it should be easy for you

to find her now since she and ghost seem to have
disappointed.
Guy: But boss that’s how they roll
-I don’t care how they roll I need to find her so that she
can help me get to ghost.
Partner: You must have a death wish, who in their right
mind would go after those two?
-Me and am going to get them.
Partner: What did they do to you anyway?
-Ghosts right hand man took my woman from me and now
she’s with another because of him and his family.
Partner: I not helping you fight for another woman.
Lethabo: Oh but you will ( he said getting inside the
underground wear house)
Partner: And What are you doing here.
Lethabo: Well an enemy of my enemy is my friend and
besides I have a score to settle with my little nephew.
Guy: So ghosts right hand is your nephew?
Lethabo: Yes! Do you have a problem with that?
Guy: No just remind me never to get on your bad side.
Lethabo: oh just shut up, now you need a solid plan to
penetrate that kingdom because this is a king we talking
about and not just any king but ghosts right hand man
_Lets draw him out of his comfort zone
Lethabo: My point exactly and to do that we have to take
the girlfriend and I know his going to want to play hero
- My plan is coming together
Lethabo: Oskaba moleko wena ( don’t be a nuisance) it’s
not your plan but ours.
- Okay I understand

Stay tuned...

#loveadminInsert 78

NONGOMA✨

The old woman was sitting on the grass mat inside the
Now falling apart rondavel, a place they call home and
their safe haven, They have just eaten their sunset feast
and the woman is worried about what Zasembo will say
after she tells her about how she got her. If it were up to
her she wouldn’t tell her anything but because she was
already told that she will die in the next couple of days she
doesn’t have a choice but to tell her and hope that she
understands.
Zasembo on the other side has been worried since she
saw that man earlier, she worried that her grandmother
had arranged marriage for her and that man. Yes the man
is easy on the eyes and she wouldn’t mind getting married
to someone like him but she is worried about her
grandmother and who will take care of her if she were to
get married. She is old and frail, she also doesn’t have
anyone besides her, that is why she hopes that she didn’t
arrange marriage for her as she would hate having to
argue with her in her situation.

Grandmother: Zasembo udliwa yini nganeyami?

( Zasembo What is bothering you my child?)
Zasembo: Nothing Mother am just worried about your
health. We have been to the clinic 4 times this week and
all the medication we got doesn’t seem to be working.
( she is saying that in hopes that her grandmother would
understand that she still needs her)
Grandmother: Oh child! Don’t worry yourself about that I
will be fine in a couple of days and you my dear you will
have to go on a journey to discover yourself.
Zasembo is now worried that what she was afraid of is
really happening and her grandmother seems to have
made up her mind about sending her off and that worried
her a lot. All she knows is how to take care of her not a
man, she never had a boyfriend in her 22years of life and
now she will have to learn everything about men in
marriage. ‘ I wonder if my husband will love me and treat
me the same way as the man I see on TV’ she used to
watch tv at her friend Qinisile’s house and would see love
scenes and would wonder if she will ever have a love like
that.

Grandmother: Stop living in your head Zasembo!

Zasembo: Ngiyaxolisa mah ( am sorry mother)
Grandmother: It’s okay, now focus on what I have to tell
you.
Zasembo: Am listening mother.
Grandmother: Zasembo my child, a few days ago I told
you that you will have to find your mother...
Zasembo: And I said I don’t want to find her mah, if she
needs me then she will find me herself.
Grandmother: She doesn’t need you at the moment but
you need her.
Zasembo: Angimdingi mina mah. ( I don’t need her mother)
Grandmother: Yes you do now listen. I was once a nurse
and working in Mthatha, I was married back then but my
husband was not faithful to me at all. His loyalty to me
ended a year after we got married because I couldn’t give
him a child, my in laws told him to go out there and get
them a daughter in law that will extend the family by giving
them grandchildren.
Zasembo: Now you want me to go through the same thing?
Am Sorry mother but I would rather die here with you of
hunger than die somewhere else with heartbreak.
Grandmother: Ukhuluma ngani manje? ( What are you
talking about now?)
Zasembo: I know you arranged marriage for me and that
man and I will not marry him.
Grandmother: I did no such thing and I told you many
times that when you don’t understand something ask and
not jump into conclusions.
Zasembo: Am sorry mother, my mind just ran wild when
you said to him that he must come back in a few days
because you still want to explain things to me.
Grandmother: That was not about marriage but your family
specifically your mother. Now let me finish.
Zasembo: You can carry on mother and am sorry for
disturbing.
Grandmother: it’s alright, now as I was saying...my
husband lost interest in me as a woman and his wife but
mostly forgot the vows he made ‘ for better or worse’ I was
at my worst that time with his family the one side and his
mistresses the other and my marriage was falling apart.
He left me when I needed him most and kicked me out of
my own home. It was early in the morning and I was going
to work when he came in and and took a suitcase, when
he did that I thought God had answered my prayers and
this man was going to leave me in peace.

I went to the kitchen and left him in the room to pack in

peace while I made breakfast because when I get to work
it got so busy that one didn’t even have time for breaks. I
made the breakfast dished for him and myself, in my mind
I was thinking that was the last meal he will share with me.
Little did I know that I was the one going and I was the one
having a last meal with him and in my house. He came to
the kitchen sat down and I served him. He ate and finished
then looked at me and said. ‘ I once loved you, you know
that? You were always my first choice, yes I had two other
women I was seeing at the time but none of them were as
decent and dignified as you were. In you I saw a wife and
mother of my children, a woman I would grow old with but
you failed me. When you leave please take your bags and
not come back here’
By that time I was already crying thinking how can a man
that claims to have loved me so much give up on me like
that, how can he blame me for something I have no
control over? But none the less, I took my bags and took a
taxi to work. The taxi dropped me off and I dragged my
bags into the hospital, put them in our changing room then
went to the hospital chapel to pray. I prayed so much
pouring my heart out to God. When I opened my eyes
there was a woman next to me wearing a hospital gown
and she was pregnant.

She said she heard me praying as she was sitting two

rows away from me and she thinks we can help each
other. She told me about her mother in law who killed her
first born child just after she gave birth. Now she is about
to give birth in the next month and is worried that she will
do the same with these children. She was carrying twins
and she wanted to keep them safe. I asked her how she
knew her mother in law was the one who killed the child
and she said she had a dream about it and later a
sangoma confirmed it. I asked her how this will work and
told me she will hire me as her personal maid and I will be
responsible for taking care of her till she gives birth then I
must take the children and run away with them.
Zasembo: So you ran away with the children?
Grandmother: Let me finish child.... our plan was solid and
I greed because she was going to give me something I
never thought I could have and that is a child. I Took care
of her for the two days she was in hospital, she was there
a lot since she was carrying twins and were giving her a
lot of problems and she didn’t want to risk losing them.
She booked me into a B&B for the two days then on the
third day she was discharged and I quit my job and left
with her. When we got to the palace no one questioned
the new maid as there were many maidens working in the
palace.
Zasembo: A palace? You worked at the palace?
Grandmother: Yes And Yes now let me finish... so I took
care of the queen which I only found out she was a queen
when we got to the palace. She would take me
everywhere she went and her mother in law? Oh my I
don’t even know how to describe her, the woman is evil
herself and I wouldn’t be surprised if she was the devils
wife. But the king is a beautiful soul and his people love
him, but he too looked like someone who was possessed
because he would do anything his mother asked of him
with no questions asked.
The time came for the queen to give birth and I was in the
room, the queen gave birth to beautiful and healthy
children, a boy and a girl. Which she named soon after
each one came out, I remember when the first one came
out and I told her it was a boy she said in her weak voice
‘ that one is ZamaMpinga’ and a few minutes later, 5
minutes to be exact a girl was born and I told her it’s a girl
and she said that one is Zasembo...

Zasembo: What!!! Mother are you talking about me or

another Zasembo?
Grandmother: Why would there be another Zasembo ?
Zasembo: Mother do you realize that you just said I was a
princess.
Grandmother: Yes now let me finish princess...so after the
children were born her mother in law came in with a
woman she was close to her name was Qhawekazi. They
took the children saying they are going to clean them up,
they left and the queen told me to follow the queen mother
and make sure her child was safe but when I got to where
she was the room was full of smoke.
Zasembo: Was it burning?
Grandmother: No but some muti was being burnt and I
heard her say ‘ go join your brother Mpinga and am sorry
to do this to you but I have no choice, I love you but if you
grow up in this palace you will destroy me and I can’t let
that happen’
Zasembo: What did you do?
Grandmother: I peaked in the room and the baby already
had foam coming out of his mouth so I turned back and
when to find Qhawekazi who was with the baby girl. I saw
her standing by the maidens quarters and I sneaked into
to room where she kept the baby, the smoke was there
but it was not like the one in the room queen mother was
in. I went back out and back into my medical bag and took
a additive and sedated a piglet and put it in a sack like the
baby was.
Zasembo: What! Who put a baby in a sack?
Grandmother: Well the queen mother and Qhawekazi did,
the sack covered the whole body leaving the head peaking
out and I don’t know why but I assume it was for the
children to inhale the smoke and die. When I got to the
room the baby was already weak, I took the child replace
her with the piglet, covered it up and tied the sack and
took the child to my chamber and examined her. She was
fine but she inhaled some of the smoke, I wrapped her up
in a towel and planced her under my bed since she was
asleep because of the sensitive I gave her.
I went back to the queen and informed her of what has
happened, she didn’t shed a tear she just asked one of the
maidens to bring her the baby clothes she bought so she
can dress the children when they come back. The maiden
went and brought the clothes then she told her to go get
the babies from the queen mother and when she left she
gave me a card and pin. Then gave me the baby clothes
and told me she will call her brother Ncibane to come get
me during the night and that I must be prepared to leave
and go far away with the child.

The queen mother and her friend came back and told the
queen that the children died after birth because they
couldn’t stop crying until they died. One tear escaped the
queens eye and she wiped it and asked for funeral
arrangements to be made and she looked at me said she
wanted me out of the palace because She brought me
there to take care of her and her needs but I failed her.
You should have seen the smiles on the queen mother
and her friend when they left that room it was liked they
won the lottery. After they left the queen apologized and
said she said those things so that no one would question
my disappearance. Evening came and Ncibane came and
took us here and since then I never saw anyone from the
palace again.
Zasembo: So that’s why I only have a name, so that
people don’t know who I am. So what is my identity
mother?
Grandmother: You are Princess Zasembo Ndamane.
Zasembo: And my kingdom?
Grandmother: That I can’t tell you but the man who was
here will help you find it just point him to the right direction.
Zasembo: Thank you Mother for telling me who I am and
am grateful of the woman that you are, I never doubted
that you were my mother because of the love and care
you gave me, you raised a strong woman Mazondo and
am grateful. You sent me to school and paid my fees, in
the next month am graduating and after I will find a job
and take care of you just like you did with me. Am happy
to know where I come from but I will not go looking for
witches when I have an angel right here
Grandmother: Oh child! Am afraid you will have to go.

Zasembo didn’t answer her, she was worried about going

to that place only to die at the hands of her grandmother
after being saved from them years ago.
Apologies for not posting yesterday I had to attend a work
function and came back really late. But worry not, today I
will be feeding you to make up for the day we lost.

#loveadminInsert 79

IN THE CAPITAL ✨

One of the Tokelo’s men just got into their warehouse, he

thought best to check on their people on the ground to see
what is going on there so that he can give ghost the
weekly report. He checked everyone through their trackers
and also the routes they have travelled over the past week.
This thing of tracking people started after the Tools saga,
he then checked on the guys who have tails on their
enemies to see if there is anything new there. He saw that
the one tailing Lethabo recently went to an unknown
location, one different from the ones he used to go to. He
decided to call him and find out what is happening. He
automatically dialed his number through their system and
he picked up on the first ring.
Guy: Sure
Buttons: Sure boy... I picked up a new location on your
tracker, mind filling me in?
Guy: Not at all, I was about to check in anyway.
Buttons: Out with it
Guy: Well I followed the uncle to what seems like an
underground warehouse and he met up with some guys
there, am not sure what about because the warehouse
seems to be sound proof.
Buttons: If the warehouse was sound proof then nothing
good is happening in there. Let me inform ghost and
check in if there is new activity on that end.
Guy: Sure

Buttons hand up and called Tokelo who was busy with the
elders together with Lebo, he took out the phone and
checked the id then handed it over to Lebo. He looked at
the iD then went out to answer.
Lebo: Talk to me
Buttons: Terminator the guy tracking the uncle just
informed me of some new developments and I thought it
best to you tell you guys.
Lebo: Go on!
Buttons: Well...( he told him all they know)
Lebo: Okey then start digging and let know what you find.
Buttons: Sure

He hung up and Lebo went back inside where the meeting

continued but before he could sit he and Tokelo share a
look. Not just any look but one that says there is a smoke
and soon fire will burn.

Reneilwe had just left the salon and was now on her way
to the parking lot to drive to baKoena to visit her boyfriend
and now King of baKoena kingdom. She went to the
parking and got to her car, opened the boot to put her
shopping bags in and closed it and walked to the drivers
side. Got in and drove out of the mall, she drove for about
30 minutes before she heard someone clearing their throat
in the back seat of her car. She turned back and saw a
man sitting there and wondered how he got in because
she locked the car and she didn’t see him when she got in.
Man: Now princess stop right here
Reneilwe: Who are you and what do you want?
Man: Someone you should never meet even by mistake.
Reneilwe: What do you want from me?
Man: Well my boss has a surprise for you, now get out of
the car so that we can go and meet him.

Reneilwe got out of the car and started walking into the
bush, she wondered what could Tokelo have in mind now
since he has been sending her from adventure training to
the other saying that people who are close to ghost have
to get proper training. So she thought this was one of the
trainings she had to get through. She didn’t worry about
how the guy got the into her car because if he was sent by
Tokelo or ghost himself then he would know how to hack
into her car. They walked further into the forest and
stopped.
Man: Am afraid from here I will have to blind fold you as I
don’t want you to see where you are going.
Reneilwe: Is that necessary?
Man: I wouldn’t ask if it wasn’t.
Reneilwe: Okay then do what you have to do.

The man blind folded her and they walked for about 20
minuets before the guy helped her get into something that
looked like a drain and took off the blind fold
Reneilwe: Where are we?
Man: Would I have blind folded you if I wanted you to
know where we are?
Reneilwe: Jeez I get it no need to be irritated.
Man: Just go already I don’t have all day.

Reneilwe didn’t ask more question, she just continued

walking until they got to a steel door that looked like a
bank volt. The man punched in the code and then got it
and the door automatically closed behind them.
Man: Tell me you got her....( said a man sitting on the
office chair but facing the other way)
Man: Sure boss I got her...( the man turned his seat
around and Reneilwe’s eyes popped as she didn’t expect
to see what or who was in front of her)
Reneilwe: You!!
Man: Yes me!

Ntsika:

Ntsika was busy taking out clothes to wear as he was

going to Nongoma to see Zasembo or the lost princess as
he calls her. He settled for ripped jeans, a T-shirt and
some sneakers. ‘ ubaba angangilahlela ngaphandle uma
enokuzwa ukuthini inkosana yakhe iziphathisa okwenja
langaphandle. ( my father would throw me out if he were
to find out that his prince is behaving like a dog out there) I
mean it’s only a dog that goes around looking for bones
not Princes especially not me. But here I am because of
the love I have for my wife going to places I never
dreamed of going, looking for some lost princess that I
don’t even know where it belongs to or how to find where it
belongs to.

I mean the girl only has a name, how many people have
that name and how in Gods name is one going to find
people with only a name? Hai kodwa abantu bayahlanya
langaphandle. ( hai no people are crazy out there) none
the less let me go. I mean the woman is easy on the eyes
so am looking forward to that. Ntsika went out of the
house and drove to Nongoma and got there after 30
minuets. Zasembo was busy outside blowing the fire trying
to revive it, Ntsika sat in his car and watched her. She
opened the three legged pot that was on the fire and took
a spoon stirring what was inside. Ntsika realized that he
came empty handed and decided to drive back to the mall
and get them a few things.
He started the car and drove to gateway mall and got
them groceries, few items of clothing for both Zasembo
and her grandmother with the help of the shop assistant of
course. He then went and bought a gas stove for them
then bought KFC chicken a cool drink and some mini
loaves for them to eat. After an hour he was done and
decided to drive back. 30 minuets later he was parked at
the same spot in front of the house but this time he got out
and went to where Zasembo was.
Ntsika: Sawubona ntokazi ( greetings dear maiden)
Zasembo: Greetings my prince
Ntsika: How are you today?
Zasembo: The sane way I was yesterday
Ntsika: And how was that?
Zasembo: Black as you can see. ( nawu mcholwa
engisukela boManzini ngisizeni ngingamenzi lutho ngoba
akusenamuntu Lana vele) here is an abandoned person
trying my patience Manzini people please help me not to
do anything because she is already finished)
Ntsika: ngiyakuzwa ke mcholwa, ( I hear you abandoned
one) can you please help me with the things in the car?
Zasembo: Firstly am not abandoned and secondly what
things are those?
Ntsika: If you not abandoned like you say then who are
your parents?
Zasembo:...?
Ntsika: Nazoke ( there you go) now be a good little
abandoned princess and help me with the stuff in the car.

Zasembo huffed and stood up and went to the car, she

tried to open it but it was locked.
Ntsika: Hayi cha phela uma uyophulile uzoyibhadala
shame. ( hey if you break it you will pay for it)
Zasembo: Wena awuvuli yhini seyizokuphuka nje ( then
why are you not opening it)
Ntsika: Ave unenkani yeselesele bo ( you are as stubborn
as a frog I tell you)
He then opened the boot and took out the groceries and
handed them to Zasembo who was shocked by what she
is seeing as no one ever bought them groceries before
and if they wanted something they had to work for it.
Ntsika got close to her and wiped her tears.
Ntsika: Musukukhala mcholwa wami kuzolunga
yezwa( don’t cry my abandoned one everything will be
okay)
Zasembo didn’t answer she was just amused by him
insisting on calling her mcholwa. They went inside with
everything and the grandmother was happy and grateful.
They haven’t eaten KFC in years and this to them was
Christmas.

#loveadminInsert 80

BaKoena Kingdom✨

The queen mother Mabotle was busy preparing for her

woman’s meeting and today was a special one as she was
being visited by four other queens from different kingdoms.
Apparently one has the some problem with the women of
her kingdom and wants to see how the queen of BaKoena
does it. While the other three said they have problems with
their Kings and now are looking for every solution they can
find. Apparently ones King is acting like a homeless man,
while the other is going around the kingdom bringing
shame to himself and the royal house. While the other
disappears without a trace the whole day.
Mapula got in the room while her mother was finishing
dressing up. She sat on the bed and looked at her through
the mirror.
Mapule: Queen mother
Queen: Yes baby
Mapula: Tell me who is he?
Queen: Who?
Mapula: The man about to replace my father
The queen laughed a little remembering how jealous her
husband would be when she looked good going to her
palace duties.
Queen: Hey please don’t act like your father here.
Mapula: Am just asking because I want to be the first to be
introduced to him and approve.
Queen: Why would it be you who approves and not your
brothers?
Mapula: Because dear queen mother I am the baby of the
family and am the one who will approve even Lebo and
Tokelo’s wives.
Queen: haha don’t let Lebo hear you say the “baby “ part
because according to him his the baby.
Mapula: A grandpa still claiming to be the baby, hai
mother I don’t know where you got your sons. The other
one has been crowned king for more than four months
now but his not even mentioned taking a queen.
Queen: Leave my kids alone princess.
Mapula: Yhoo you still call them kids?
Queen: Yes they are my kids
Mapula: Well then mother forget them growing up shame.
Queen: They will when they are ready
Mapula: Okay but where are you going because I know
you don’t have palace duties today.
Queen: Am just going to the woman’s meeting but today
am being visited by troubled queens.

When the queen said that Mapule’s eyes changed color,

they turned from white to green, blue, red and black. She
was like a possessed person, the queen mother looked at
her because she stopped talking and she saw her
daughter staring at her direction with her eyes popped out.
She wasn’t even blinking but her eyes kept changing color,
she got scared because she didn’t know what was
happening with her daughter. Tears were falling, she
called a maiden and asked her to hurry and call the king
and chief. The maiden ran out going to the throne room,
she got in without announcing herself and went straight to
where Tokelo, Theabiso and Lebo where sitting.
Lebo: Please tell me you not being chased by a ghost
Maiden: No my chief
Tokelo: Then what made you badge in here like that?
Maiden: The queen mother sent me to call you she said
you must get there at once.
Thanks: Where is she? ( they were already on their feet)
Maiden: In her room.

They didn’t wait for her to say another word as they went
out running with Lebo being first out the door then Tokelo
and Thabiso following behind. They got to the palace and
ran up the stairs, budged into the queen’s room and stood
by the door.
Lebo: Mother if you were testing how fast we can run, I
must tell you I won.
Tokelo: Because you cheated.
Thabiso: Yeah you ran out fast before we could say go!
They kept quiet when they realized that their mother is not
saying anything. They looked at each other then her and
then followed her eyes to see what she was looking at.
They saw Mapula sitting there with her eyes changing
color.
Thabiso: Please don’t tell the spirits got to her.
Queen: I don’t know son, one minute we were talking and
the next she was like this.
Thabiso went to her and squatted in front of her trying to
connect with her but he was blocked. A few minuets
passed and Mapula spoke but not in her voice.
Mapula: Boys how are you? ( the two looked at each other
then back at Mapula)
Mapula: I see that some things never change, let me
leave you then you will talk when you feel like it but for
now let me focus on my heart. My love, my queen, how
are you doing mother of my kids and queen of the land?
( the queen couldn’t stop crying hearing her husbands
voice)
Mapula: Do not cry my queen and I don’t have much time
please talk to me.
Queen: Lerumo how... how are you here?
Lerumo: That doesn’t matter now but what matters is that
am here to tell you that don’t trust the women you are
going to meet today and don’t ask me why you will know
soon.
Queen: Oh how I miss you Lerumo
Mapula: I miss you too my heart
Lebo: Father if that is you tell me the one thing that only
me and you know.
Mapula: Do you want me to say it in front of people?
Lebo: If you are my father you will know what to do in this
situation
Mapula: Well am dead anyway so I will just say it. Lebo
my son you are afraid no afraid is not a right word, you are
scared no are terrified of spiders.
The others looked at Lebo and his face said it all, they
burst out laughing at him.
Mapula: Boys leave my son alone, Tokelo and Lebo you
both are doing well in the kingdom and Thabiso thank you
for taking care of my light. Love you all especially you my
heart.

He stopped talking and after a few minutes Mapula’s eyes

went back to normal but she didn’t remember anything.
They went to the chief priest to tell them what was
happening and he told them that since the queen is having
a portal for a baby spirits can use it through her mother
and the person the late king connected with was the baby
not the queen. That is why Thabiso could get through to
Mapula when he wanted to connect with her, the baby
blocked him.

I think I have made up for yesterday now.

#loveadminInsert 80

BaKoena Kingdom✨

The queen mother Mabotle was busy preparing for her

woman’s meeting and today was a special one as she was
being visited by four other queens from different kingdoms.
Apparently one has the some problem with the women of
her kingdom and wants to see how the queen of BaKoena
does it. While the other three said they have problems with
their Kings and now are looking for every solution they can
find. Apparently ones King is acting like a homeless man,
while the other is going around the kingdom bringing
shame to himself and the royal house. While the other
disappears without a trace the whole day.
Mapula got in the room while her mother was finishing
dressing up. She sat on the bed and looked at her through
the mirror.
Mapule: Queen mother
Queen: Yes baby
Mapula: Tell me who is he?
Queen: Who?
Mapula: The man about to replace my father
The queen laughed a little remembering how jealous her
husband would be when she looked good going to her
palace duties.
Queen: Hey please don’t act like your father here.
Mapula: Am just asking because I want to be the first to be
introduced to him and approve.
Queen: Why would it be you who approves and not your
brothers?
Mapula: Because dear queen mother I am the baby of the
family and am the one who will approve even Lebo and
Tokelo’s wives.
Queen: haha don’t let Lebo hear you say the “baby “ part
because according to him his the baby.
Mapula: A grandpa still claiming to be the baby, hai
mother I don’t know where you got your sons. The other
one has been crowned king for more than four months
now but his not even mentioned taking a queen.
Queen: Leave my kids alone princess.
Mapula: Yhoo you still call them kids?
Queen: Yes they are my kids
Mapula: Well then mother forget them growing up shame.
Queen: They will when they are ready
Mapula: Okay but where are you going because I know
you don’t have palace duties today.
Queen: Am just going to the woman’s meeting but today
am being visited by troubled queens.

When the queen said that Mapule’s eyes changed color,

they turned from white to green, blue, red and black. She
was like a possessed person, the queen mother looked at
her because she stopped talking and she saw her
daughter staring at her direction with her eyes popped out.
She wasn’t even blinking but her eyes kept changing color,
she got scared because she didn’t know what was
happening with her daughter. Tears were falling, she
called a maiden and asked her to hurry and call the king
and chief. The maiden ran out going to the throne room,
she got in without announcing herself and went straight to
where Tokelo, Theabiso and Lebo where sitting.
Lebo: Please tell me you not being chased by a ghost
Maiden: No my chief
Tokelo: Then what made you badge in here like that?
Maiden: The queen mother sent me to call you she said
you must get there at once.
Thanks: Where is she? ( they were already on their feet)
Maiden: In her room.

They didn’t wait for her to say another word as they went
out running with Lebo being first out the door then Tokelo
and Thabiso following behind. They got to the palace and
ran up the stairs, budged into the queen’s room and stood
by the door.
Lebo: Mother if you were testing how fast we can run, I
must tell you I won.
Tokelo: Because you cheated.
Thabiso: Yeah you ran out fast before we could say go!
They kept quiet when they realized that their mother is not
saying anything. They looked at each other then her and
then followed her eyes to see what she was looking at.
They saw Mapula sitting there with her eyes changing
color.
Thabiso: Please don’t tell the spirits got to her.
Queen: I don’t know son, one minute we were talking and
the next she was like this.
Thabiso went to her and squatted in front of her trying to
connect with her but he was blocked. A few minuets
passed and Mapula spoke but not in her voice.
Mapula: Boys how are you? ( the two looked at each other
then back at Mapula)
Mapula: I see that some things never change, let me
leave you then you will talk when you feel like it but for
now let me focus on my heart. My love, my queen, how
are you doing mother of my kids and queen of the land?
( the queen couldn’t stop crying hearing her husbands
voice)
Mapula: Do not cry my queen and I don’t have much time
please talk to me.
Queen: Lerumo how... how are you here?
Lerumo: That doesn’t matter now but what matters is that
am here to tell you that don’t trust the women you are
going to meet today and don’t ask me why you will know
soon.
Queen: Oh how I miss you Lerumo
Mapula: I miss you too my heart
Lebo: Father if that is you tell me the one thing that only
me and you know.
Mapula: Do you want me to say it in front of people?
Lebo: If you are my father you will know what to do in this
situation
Mapula: Well am dead anyway so I will just say it. Lebo
my son you are afraid no afraid is not a right word, you are
scared no are terrified of spiders.
The others looked at Lebo and his face said it all, they
burst out laughing at him.
Mapula: Boys leave my son alone, Tokelo and Lebo you
both are doing well in the kingdom and Thabiso thank you
for taking care of my light. Love you all especially you my
heart.

He stopped talking and after a few minutes Mapula’s eyes

went back to normal but she didn’t remember anything.
They went to the chief priest to tell them what was
happening and he told them that since the queen is having
a portal for a baby spirits can use it through her mother
and the person the late king connected with was the baby
not the queen. That is why Thabiso could get through to
Mapula when he wanted to connect with her, the baby
blocked him.

I think I have made up for yesterday now.

#loveadminInsert 82

Nongoma✨

Ntsika was really bothered by Zasembo’s cries, her cries

hurt him and the only thing he wanted to do was make it
better for her. Maybe take away her pain if it would make
her feel better. He kept rubbing her back telling her
everything will be okay.
Zasembo: I hear what you are saying but nothing seems
to be alright from where am standing.
Ntsika: Let me make some calls okay?
Zasembo: Okay.
Ntsika went outside to make some calls, he first called the
police and reported the death then he made a call to his
mother at the palace. She answered on the third ring.

Convo:
Queen: Ntsika yamawakhe
Ntsika: Mother how are you?
Queen: Getting old waiting for my daughter in law.
Ntsika: Well mah that’s why I called.
Queen: What is the matter son?
Ntsika: Mother I need you to do me a favor please.
Queen: If it’s regarding the queen then am sorry son but
am not doing it.
Ntsika: No mah it has to do with your daughter in law as
you call her, please do this for me and I will explain
everything when I get home.
Queen: What can I do for you?
Ntsika: I need you to send 5 maidens and 3 guards to
Nongoma and ask them to bring enough groceries to feed
a village and give them a cow and two sheeps.
Queen: What! are you arranging a funeral or paying lobola?
Ntsika: A funeral mother, now as I said I will explain
everything to you when I get home.
Queen: Okay then let me get on with it.
Ntsika: I need them here by mid day.
Queen: Alright son please shout if you need something.
Ntsika: I will queen mother my thanks.
Queen: Take care of yourself son.
Ntsika: I will mother.

They hung up and Ntsika went back to Zasembo who was

still crying talking to her dead grandmother.
Zasembo: Kodwa mah ungishiya kanjani ungangibonanga
uma ngigqoka isidanga, uhamba kanjani unga bonanga
indlu engizokuthengela yona? Kodwa ungakhathazeki
ngisezokuthengela indluyakho futhi ngiyakwethembisa
angake ivalwe njengoba wawufuna. ( but mother how can
you leave me without seeing me graduate, how can you
go without seeing the house I was going to buy for you?
But don’t worry I will still buy your house and I promise it
will never be closed just like you wanted.
The police arrived outside, they were quick to come
because they were called by a prince and they didn’t want
to keep him waiting. They got into the house and greeted
the prince.
Officer: greetings my prince.
Ntsika: Greetings officer, did you come with the forensic
team.
Officer: Yes my prince they will be arriving in a few
minutes.
Ntsika: Okay then my thanks, let me talk to the lady
outside you do your thing
Officer: Alright my prince.

Ntsika and Zasembo went to Ntsika’s car, they got in and

Ntsika wiped her tears and hugged her.
Ntsika: Kuzolunga yezwa I will take care of everything ( it
will be alright)
Zasembo: Thank you my prince.
Ntsika: Call me Ntsika but just for the time being.
( Zasembo smiled through her tears)
Zasembo: Thank you Ntsika, I don’t know what I would
have done if you were not here. The neighbors were
already gossiping about this.
Ntsika: Bathanda izindaba labo bayekele nje uzobona
( they like news those ones just leave them and you will
see)
Zasembo: Thank you so much.
Ntsika: When do you want her to be buried?
Zasembo: As soon as possible.
Ntsika: Okay I will ask the mortuary to speed up with the
autopsy, so that she can be released on time so that you
can bury her.
Zasembo: I would appreciate that.
Ntsika: I would also like to take you with me until the
funeral.
Zasembo: That is something I cannot agree to, I have to
be here sitting on the mattress and grieving for my
grandmother because no one else will.
Ntsika: I understand but can you at least allow me to take
you shopping for clothes for the funeral.
Zasembo: You don’t have to do that I will wear what I have.
Ntsika: I insist.
Zasembo: Am Alright I promise.
Ntsika: Yazi ukudila nabacholwa abazenza ngcona
kuyadina nje ( you now dealing with abandoned people
who think they are better is exhausting)
Zasembo: Fine you can take me shopping.
Ntsika: And do your hair
Zasembo: What is wrong with my hair?
Ntsika: Everything! Now let’s go so that you can sign the
paperwork so that they can take her.

They went to the forensic team and singed the paper work
then they left for gate way mall to give Zasembo a make
over. Ntsika sent a message to his mother to tell the
guards to stretch the tent and put the fake lawn grass
inside as well as set up the chairs and for the maidens to
clean up the house and try to make it presentable.

BaKoena kingdom:

The queen mother went to her meeting after what

happened the queens that came apparently have
problems with their kings as they said and all the queen
advised them was that they should go and see a seer so
that she can tell them what is going on. One asked if they
could see the rain queen but queen Mabotle refused
saying that the queen is busy consulting and won’t be
available for some time. They left to find a seer in
Moeaneng kingdom to help them figure out what is
happening with the kings.

Tokelo was in the throne room with Lebo and Thabiso

talking about what happened. Laughing and teasing Lebo
for being afraid of spiders. His phone rang it was an
unknown number so he thought it was one of his men
calling to give him an update on what is going on in the
businesses. He picked up the call.

Convo:
Voice: Yeah Tokelo
Tokelo: Who is this?
Voice: That doesn’t matter right now, what matters is that I
have your girl and boy is she tummy.
Tokelo: Pray that I don’t find you or...
Voice: Or what huh?
Lebo was already tracking the call using one of Reneilwe’s
tracking systems.
Tokelo: Just tell me she Okay man
Voice: She is for now
Tokelo: Okay then what do you want?
Voice: I want Boitomelo
Tokelo: Now Who the hell is Boitomelo?
Voice: Easy tiger! You don’t want my fists to accidentally
land on your girl’s face.
Tokelo: Okay! Okay am sorry now explain to be me who
Boitomelo is?
Voice: So now you don’t know who Boitomelo is after you
people locked her up for months then after you give her to
the King of baTlokwa on a silver platter.
Tokelo: Are you serious right now?
Voice: As a heart attach
Tokelo: But..
Voice: No buts you have 8 hours to bring her back to me
or your girl dies. ( he dropped the call)
Tokelo: Tell me you have a location.
Lebo: Of course I do and the guys are already on their
way there.
Tokelo: How far?
Lebo: 5 minuets out I sent the ones on the ground.
Tokelo: Great I have to call Tsietsi that girl has to tell me
who this is.
Thabiso: If you are talking about the Boitomelo I had
locked up then we have to be prepared for anything.
Lebo: You are not getting involved in this, you want
Mapula to kill us?
Thabiso: I brought Boitomelo into our lives so I am
involved like it or not.
Tokelo: Fine let me call Tsietsi and Lebo tell the guys that
I want whoever this is alive.
Lebo: Am On it.

Tokelo went outside to call Tsietsi, it rang twice and he

picked up.
Tsietsi: Tokelo
Tokelo: We have a problem man
Tsietsi: Talk to me
Tokelo: Some guy kidnapped my girl and say he wants
yours in exchange.
Tsietsi: What? Who is that?
Tokelo: That’s What I was hoping you can find out. ( babe
lunch is ready, said Boitomelo on the background)
Tsietsi: Let me put you on speaker so we can all discuss
this. ( he put his phone on the speaker)
Tsietsi: Go ahead we are listening.
Tokelo: Boitomelo some guy kidnapped my girl and says
he wants you in exchange and I would like to know if you
have any idea who it might be?
Boitomelo: I have no idea, I have always been with Tsietsi
since I got out.
Tokelo: This guy talked about your lock up and you being
with Tsietsi after.
Boitomelo: The only other person I was with before I was
locked up was Lesala Motaung of the ba...
Tokelo: Taung constructions.
Boitomelo: Yes do you know him.
Tokelo: Am a business man I know everyone that matters.
( he hung up)
Tokelo went back inside.
Tokelo: It’s Lesala Motaung
Thabiso: If his the one who owns a construction company
then his not doing this alone because that guy is good
someone must be behind this.
Lebo: Lethabo!
Tokelo: Oh his dead this time, the ancestors will forgive
me.
Mapula: You will leave him to me ( said Mapula standing
by the door)

#loveadminInsert 83

Nongoma✨

It’s Saturday the day of the funeral and Zasembo is

looking like the princess she is. She is wearing one of the
dresses that Ntsika bought for her, it’s a body hugging
black dress, a black blazer and a red muffler and red block
hill. She looks beautiful indeed. Ntsika paid for the whole
funeral, he bought a casket for the grandmother, the
groceries for the funeral and the repairs to the rondavel
that the guards and maidens repaired. The guards fixed
the roof of the rondavel while the maidens fixed the walls
of it with mud using it as some sort of cement. Then used
one of those colorful mud stones to make what they use
as paint and painted the rondavel beige and put a brown
line at the bottom of it.

The house looked presentable, the funeral went well and it

was sad indeed but only for Zasembo as most of the
people who attended had their own agendas for being
there. Some came to see how the funeral will be and If
there will be food, others came with their daughters to see
the prince that they heard was there and hoping that one
of their daughters find favor in the eyes of the prince. After
coming back from the gave yard the maidens served
people the food they made. A cow and two sheeps were
slaughtered and a lot of food was made, the people were
amazed by this because they don’t know where Zasembo
could have gotten the money to do all these things.

Others said that she sold herself to get the money to do all
the things she did at the funeral. One of the woman who
came with her daughter went to Ntsika to introduce herself.
Woman: Greetings my prince.
Ntsika: Greetings dear woman.
Woman: You can call me Mangcobo my prince and that
one right there talking to those two women is my beautiful
daughter Nomcebo.
Ntsika: She is beautiful indeed.
Mangcobo: Yes She is And now we are looking for suitors
for her since she has become of age.
Ntsika: Am sure you will find her a suitor soon.
Mangcobo: Yes, she was friends with Zasembo while still
at school but Zasembo started selling herself to make
ends meet so I told my daughter to stop being friends with
her.
Ntsika: Yazi ukuthini wena salukazi ndini uma nje ngikhe
ngakuzwa uwaphinda lawo mazwi komunye umuntu
uzowukhomba umuzi onotshwala. ( you know you old
woman if I ever hear you repeat those words to someone
else you will see what am capable of) Zasembo is a
decent and respectful young woman and uma ungibhekile
Mina ngingabheka lonomconjwana wentombi yakho?
Ungibheke kahle Mina and ayisoze yashada lento yakho
isenomama othakatha emini ilanga lihlabe umhlaba.
Phinda ukhulume ngoZasembo Kabi uzoyibona inkosana
yoManzini, ngizokutshengisa mina salukazi awungazi.( If
you looking at me you think I can even look at that
daughter of yours with skinny legs, look at me carefully,
and that thing of yours will never get married for as long as
she has a mother like you who practice witchcraft in broad
daylight. Talk about Zasembo again and you will see the
prince of Manzini, I will show you old woman you don’t
know me)

Mangcobo: I wasn’t saying that in a bad way my prince I

was just trying to warn you about the kind of person
Zasembo is.
Ntsika: Continue dear woman please continue I dare you.
Mangcobo: But my prince how could she have paid for this?
I mean look at how the house has been repaired, the
casket and now all this food. Do you think a person like
her with nothing can afford all this?
Ntsika: She can If she is friends with the prince and in
case you were wondering I paid for all this Zasembo didn’t
have to sell herself to pay for it. Now if you don’t have
anything better to say about either Zasembo or the
deceased then take lanomconjwana wakho uhambe
la( take that skinny thing of yours and leave here)

Ntsika left the woman standing there with her jaw dropped.
Ntsika: This woman is testing my patience, how dare she
talk about my queen like that, am the only one who can
call her names no one else. Wait! Did I just say she’s my
queen? No Mpande is my queen, Zasembo is just a friend,
an associate or whatever you want to call it. Yes she is
just a friend and I can’t possibly have anything with her.

BaKoena kingdom:

Tokelo, Lebo, Thabiso And Mapula were sitting in the

throne room waiting for the guys who were sent to rescue
Reneilwe to call with an update. When a guard came in.
Guard: Permission to speak my king
Tokelo: Granted
Guard: My king there are people at the gate requesting to
meet with the royal family.
Tokelo: Where are they from?
Guard: It’s the king of Maluti and his queen, the king of
Mohloloaneg and his queen, King Tomelo and his queen
and king Lehlohonolo and his queen
Lebo: That sounds like an army they just missing a
general.
Thabiso: General Tokelo lets go see what your troops
want.
Tokelo: You guys are never serious. You go and show
them to the guest chamber and we will be there shortly.
Guard: My king ( he bowed and left)
Mapula: Those people are not here with good news and
what they have to say is not pleasant and you might not
like it but I ask that you try and behave yourselves.
Lebo: That can only mean one thing.
Tokelo: You know something we don’t.
Thabiso: Yes But really guys behave and think of your
mother
Lebo: If it has to do with mother then I can’t promise
anything.
Mapula: You don’t want your people to see their leaders
killing people, royals to top it off, let this be and allow the
gods to take care of it and before you ask yes I did ask
and the answer is no.
Lebo: Fine I will go call mother.
Tokelo: Yes And you will meet us there.
They went to the guest chamber while Lebo went to ask
the guard to call their mother. At the guest chamber,
Greetings were exchanged by Tokelo and others. Lebo
also got in and exchanged greetings and the same was
done when the queen got in. Silence filled the room until
Lebo spoke because now the smell coming from
Lehlohonolo was unbearable.
Lebo: Lets get on with it people we have other
commitments to attend to.
Tokelo: The chief is right, the sooner we get this done the
better.
Tseko: I will first like to extend my thanks My king for
seeing us at such short notice and I think I speak for
everyone I came with here when I say we apologize for
the pain we have caused the royal family.
Tokelo: What pain is that?
Tseko: Am... clearing throat...we
Tomelo: Man start talking or I will, this man is not giving us
rest
Lebo: What man is that?
Tomelo: Lerumo.
Tokelo: This is the part where you explain yourself.
Tseko: That is what I am about to explain.
Lebo: So get on with it
Tseko: Eeer we killed Lerumo.
Tokelo: Who exactly killed him ( he was getting pissed)
Tseko: All If us. I short him
Tomelo: I stick fought him
Lehlohonolo: I wrestled with him.
Tshepo: I watched
Lebo: What was the stick fight for?
Tomelo: To remind him of the good old days.
Tokelo: And the wrestling?
Lehlohonolo: I wanted him to fight like a man.
Mapula: And You who watched why did you?
Tshepo: I didn’t want to be involved.
Mapula: That’s funny because you were involved from the
start.
Queen: Why did you have to shoot him? You people are
sick.
Tseko: We apologies
Queen: Why now?
Tseko: his not giving us rest, he has me going around my
kingdom asking for forgiveness to those I wronged. He
made me loose the respect of my people.
Tomelo: He makes me go to that field everyday to fight
him and am tired my body is sore
Lehlohonolo: He makes me resent my own palace and
people. I go around living like a homeless person yet I
have a kingdom and a palace.
Tshepo: he gives me sleepless nights asking why didn’t I
save him.
Queen: Why did you have to kill him? Couldn’t you just
beat him up and leave him alive?
Tseko: We are sorry my queen.
Queen: Guards!!!! ( she yelled and the guards came
running) take these people strip them naked and make
them hold the BaKoena flag and take them around the
kingdom for them to apologize to the people of this
kingdom and do the same with their kingdoms.
QueenK: Please my queen they are already being
punished enough don’t make them do this.
QueenT: Yes remember these are our husbands and
fathers to their children, please don’t put them through this.
Queen: Will their forgiveness bring back my husband?
QueenK: No but...
Queen: No buts! Guards do as I say.
Tokelo: The queen has spoken now please leave.

The queens left and the guards went to carry their orders.

#loveadminInsert 84

BaKoena kingdom✨

The guards did as instructed by the queen, they stripped

the King’s naked as in birthday suit naked and gave each
one a BaKoena flag. They went out the palace with
maidens and other palace staff looking at them. They were
told to recite these words as they go along ‘ we killed the
greatest king ever lived, a guardian of this kingdom and a
representative of the gods. We sincerely apologize
BaKoena, we ask forgiveness oh great king Lerumo’. They
walked around the kingdom with the guards riding horses
behind them, boys from the kingdom picked up sticks and
kept beating them on their old wrinkled legs. Woman
picked up stones and started throwing them at their
direction, one stopped them and asked the guards to
award her a chance to say something. Guards stopped
and waited for the woman to say something.
Woman: You call yourselves representatives of the gods
and guardians of your kingdoms yet you kill like wolves,
suck blood like vampires and your greed is That of a witch.
Lerumo in this kingdom was not only a king but a son to
the older women of this kingdom, a grandfather to the
children of this kingdom, an older brother to the young
man of this kingdom and most importantly a protector.
Lerumo took this kingdom from nothing and for years he
struggled to get it to where he wanted it to be, but he
never gave up. He was selfless and he took his own
company and invested his own hard earned money to this
kingdom. You didn’t just take a king from us but you took
away the air the we breathe, our livelihood and our
protector. To the queen mother you took away a husband
and a father his children. Today is your last day and you
will die a painful death at the hand of your own people. (All
this time while she was saying this she was crying)

They moved on and as they go along they were thrown

with stones, beaten with sticks and spat on. They left
going to Tseko’s kingdom and as soon as he was spotted
a messenger ran to the palace to inform the queen but she
had locked herself up in the palace as she didn’t want to
see the shame that has befallen her king. The messenger
then went and rang the bell that is heard by the whole
kingdom, this bell is only beaten when a royal member has
fallen or when someone commits an abomination. The
people went out in numbers because they wanted to find
out which one of the two has happened.

When they saw their kingdom and what he was confessing

to as well as the guards behind them riding on BaKoena
branded horses, they got angry, more angry than they
were when he was going around confessing his sins
around the kingdom. Young men from the kingdom picked
him out from the four men and dragged him to the square,
put him in the middle and they asked the chief priest to
say something.
Chief priest: My people, sitting here in front of us is a man
we call our king, our leader and one that was supposed to
protect us in this kingdom. However as you know that our
king has done a lot of bad things to many people in this
kingdom but apparently he even crossed borders and that
is why his here today. Am not here to pass judgment upon
him, You the ones his wronged will decide on the befitting
punishment for his sins.
Man: Thank you wise one, I suggest that the people he
has wronged must decide on how to punish him.
The old man whose son he killed stood up and spoke.
Oldman: He killed my son, sold his organs and buried him
amongst the bones of the fallen kings. I say he must meet
the same faith my son met.
Man: I think that is more than enough punishment for him.
Death he deserves and may the gods forgive us and him
for what we are about to do and for all that he has done. It
is well my people.

The people picked up stones and others picked up sticks,

while others were carrying whips. They started beating
him with sticks, others throwing stones at him while others
whipped him. This went on for some time while the other 3
kings watched, they wanted to escape and run for their
lives as they wondered what will happen to them when
they got to their own kingdoms. But that was impossible as
the guards watched them like a hawk. The prince of the
land was also watching this, he shed some tears as he
watched how his father was being beaten, he was cruel
yes but he was still his father and he wished that he had
led a better life but it was too late now.
The queen remained in the palace crying, the prince got in
and he went to her and comforted her as she cried on his
chest.
Queen: Is it done?
Prince: Which part?
Queen: Both of them.
Prince: Well if you asking if everyone saw him walking
around naked admitting to killing a king then yes.
Queen: Is he de...dead?
Prince: Yes mother his gone.
Queen: We have to prepare a befitting funeral for him.
Prince: No mother, since father committed an abomination
and was shamed among the people he will not be buried
as king but a commoner.
Queen: Over my dead body!!!
Prince: Mother be careful of what you wish for, let this be
done the way it’s supposed to.
Queen: Tseko was the king here, a leader and my
husband. He will be buried next to his forefathers and no
one will stop me.
Prince: Don’t say I didn’t warn you, remember father is
where he is now because of his stubbornness.
Queen: I am not your father but a queen of this land and
what I say goes.
Prince: You and father are just the same ( he said and left
the queen there)

Queen: If Mabotle thinks she can shame my husband and

get away with it then she has another thing coming. I am
Queen Mponeng of the Maluti kingdom, wife of king Tseko
and daughter of the great king Monoreng. Nobody walks
all over me and get away with it.

The guards moved on with the three kings going to

Tomelo’s kingdom and unfortunately for him his criminal
most wanted son is home and the moment they got to the
grounds, his sons people went and informed him. He
loaded his gun and took a horse and met them halfway, he
stopped right in front of them and got off the horse.
Thabang: Tomelo! What is this?
Tomelo: Son...
Thabang: Hey!!! Don’t you dare call me son because you
don’t deserve to be called a father.
Tomelo: But am still your father Thabang and you will
respect me!
Thabang: Who do you think will respect you after this?
Tomelo: Just take me away from here son and after a few
years all this will be forgotten.
Thabang: You right Tomelo it will be. ( he took out a gun
and pointed at him)
Tomelo: Son what are you doing?
Thabang: Send my greeting to grandmother and tell her I
miss her. ( he then shot him point blank)
Thabang: The show is over people nothing to see here.
( he but his gun on his back then climbed on his horse and
rode off)

The guards left and now they only had two kings with them
as the other two have already lost their lives in their own
kingdoms. The remaining two Tshepo And Lehlohonolo
were begging the guards to let them go, promising them
gold and money but since the BaKoena guards already
know what the rain queen is capable of they didn’t budge.
Next stop was Lehlohonolo’s kingdom, but unfortunately
for him words had already reached his kingdom about
what is going on. People already gathered at the square
and hanging ropes were prepared. They left two boys at
the kingdoms entrance and as soon as they got there the
boys told the guards to bring him to the square. The
guards agreed and the boys lead the way, they got there
and Lehlohonolo was taken and a rope was put around his
neck and the chief of the kingdom addressed the people.

Chief: He started acting like a homeless man going around

this kingdom asking for food and we all thought that he
was bewitched but no he took an innocent kings life. Let
him be hanged according to the ways of our land, beat the
drums.
Drums were beaten and the chair was kicked as the rope
tightened around his neck. The BaKoena guards decided
to leave as they felt that they have seen enough deaths for
the day.
Guard: I hope for your sake your people will be lenient
with you.
Tshepo: Am scared yes and all hope of surviving this are
gone. I have witnessed my friends die in front of me and I
know that the same faith awaits me.

The guards shook their heads and went ahead to his

kingdom that was not far from Lehlohonolo’s kingdom.
They got there and Tshepo did the walk of shame and was
beaten and spat on by his people. His son the doctor
came and asked if the guards would be willing to let him
speak to his father one last time before the people killed
him. The guards agreed.
Prince: You have been a great father to me and a great
king to this kingdom and I thank you. You have done
wrong and your people will judge you harshly and am
sorry.
Tshepo: Son I have been beaten enough please take me
out of my misery. Please give me something to just Rest
In Peace.
Prince: But father...
Tshepo: Please Son grant me my last wish.

The prince went to his medical bag and took out a lethal
injection that is used for mostly prisoners on death row. Ha
carries it around because he works at courts he is the
doctor that administers it to the prisoners. He went back to
his father and hugged him then injected him.
Prince: I love you father
Tshepo: I love you son.
He moved away got into his car and left while the king fell
on the ground losing strength.
The guards left going back to their kingdom.

#loveadminInsert 84

BaKoena kingdom✨

The guards did as instructed by the queen, they stripped

the King’s naked as in birthday suit naked and gave each
one a BaKoena flag. They went out the palace with
maidens and other palace staff looking at them. They were
told to recite these words as they go along ‘ we killed the
greatest king ever lived, a guardian of this kingdom and a
representative of the gods. We sincerely apologize
BaKoena, we ask forgiveness oh great king Lerumo’. They
walked around the kingdom with the guards riding horses
behind them, boys from the kingdom picked up sticks and
kept beating them on their old wrinkled legs. Woman
picked up stones and started throwing them at their
direction, one stopped them and asked the guards to
award her a chance to say something. Guards stopped
and waited for the woman to say something.
Woman: You call yourselves representatives of the gods
and guardians of your kingdoms yet you kill like wolves,
suck blood like vampires and your greed is That of a witch.
Lerumo in this kingdom was not only a king but a son to
the older women of this kingdom, a grandfather to the
children of this kingdom, an older brother to the young
man of this kingdom and most importantly a protector.
Lerumo took this kingdom from nothing and for years he
struggled to get it to where he wanted it to be, but he
never gave up. He was selfless and he took his own
company and invested his own hard earned money to this
kingdom. You didn’t just take a king from us but you took
away the air the we breathe, our livelihood and our
protector. To the queen mother you took away a husband
and a father his children. Today is your last day and you
will die a painful death at the hand of your own people. (All
this time while she was saying this she was crying)

They moved on and as they go along they were thrown

with stones, beaten with sticks and spat on. They left
going to Tseko’s kingdom and as soon as he was spotted
a messenger ran to the palace to inform the queen but she
had locked herself up in the palace as she didn’t want to
see the shame that has befallen her king. The messenger
then went and rang the bell that is heard by the whole
kingdom, this bell is only beaten when a royal member has
fallen or when someone commits an abomination. The
people went out in numbers because they wanted to find
out which one of the two has happened.
When they saw their kingdom and what he was confessing
to as well as the guards behind them riding on BaKoena
branded horses, they got angry, more angry than they
were when he was going around confessing his sins
around the kingdom. Young men from the kingdom picked
him out from the four men and dragged him to the square,
put him in the middle and they asked the chief priest to
say something.
Chief priest: My people, sitting here in front of us is a man
we call our king, our leader and one that was supposed to
protect us in this kingdom. However as you know that our
king has done a lot of bad things to many people in this
kingdom but apparently he even crossed borders and that
is why his here today. Am not here to pass judgment upon
him, You the ones his wronged will decide on the befitting
punishment for his sins.

Man: Thank you wise one, I suggest that the people he

has wronged must decide on how to punish him.
The old man whose son he killed stood up and spoke.
Oldman: He killed my son, sold his organs and buried him
amongst the bones of the fallen kings. I say he must meet
the same faith my son met.
Man: I think that is more than enough punishment for him.
Death he deserves and may the gods forgive us and him
for what we are about to do and for all that he has done. It
is well my people.

The people picked up stones and others picked up sticks,

while others were carrying whips. They started beating
him with sticks, others throwing stones at him while others
whipped him. This went on for some time while the other 3
kings watched, they wanted to escape and run for their
lives as they wondered what will happen to them when
they got to their own kingdoms. But that was impossible as
the guards watched them like a hawk. The prince of the
land was also watching this, he shed some tears as he
watched how his father was being beaten, he was cruel
yes but he was still his father and he wished that he had
led a better life but it was too late now.

The queen remained in the palace crying, the prince got in

and he went to her and comforted her as she cried on his
chest.
Queen: Is it done?
Prince: Which part?
Queen: Both of them.
Prince: Well if you asking if everyone saw him walking
around naked admitting to killing a king then yes.
Queen: Is he de...dead?
Prince: Yes mother his gone.
Queen: We have to prepare a befitting funeral for him.
Prince: No mother, since father committed an abomination
and was shamed among the people he will not be buried
as king but a commoner.
Queen: Over my dead body!!!
Prince: Mother be careful of what you wish for, let this be
done the way it’s supposed to.
Queen: Tseko was the king here, a leader and my
husband. He will be buried next to his forefathers and no
one will stop me.
Prince: Don’t say I didn’t warn you, remember father is
where he is now because of his stubbornness.
Queen: I am not your father but a queen of this land and
what I say goes.
Prince: You and father are just the same ( he said and left
the queen there)
Queen: If Mabotle thinks she can shame my husband and
get away with it then she has another thing coming. I am
Queen Mponeng of the Maluti kingdom, wife of king Tseko
and daughter of the great king Monoreng. Nobody walks
all over me and get away with it.

The guards moved on with the three kings going to

Tomelo’s kingdom and unfortunately for him his criminal
most wanted son is home and the moment they got to the
grounds, his sons people went and informed him. He
loaded his gun and took a horse and met them halfway, he
stopped right in front of them and got off the horse.
Thabang: Tomelo! What is this?
Tomelo: Son...
Thabang: Hey!!! Don’t you dare call me son because you
don’t deserve to be called a father.
Tomelo: But am still your father Thabang and you will
respect me!
Thabang: Who do you think will respect you after this?
Tomelo: Just take me away from here son and after a few
years all this will be forgotten.
Thabang: You right Tomelo it will be. ( he took out a gun
and pointed at him)
Tomelo: Son what are you doing?
Thabang: Send my greeting to grandmother and tell her I
miss her. ( he then shot him point blank)
Thabang: The show is over people nothing to see here.
( he but his gun on his back then climbed on his horse and
rode off)

The guards left and now they only had two kings with them
as the other two have already lost their lives in their own
kingdoms. The remaining two Tshepo And Lehlohonolo
were begging the guards to let them go, promising them
gold and money but since the BaKoena guards already
know what the rain queen is capable of they didn’t budge.
Next stop was Lehlohonolo’s kingdom, but unfortunately
for him words had already reached his kingdom about
what is going on. People already gathered at the square
and hanging ropes were prepared. They left two boys at
the kingdoms entrance and as soon as they got there the
boys told the guards to bring him to the square. The
guards agreed and the boys lead the way, they got there
and Lehlohonolo was taken and a rope was put around his
neck and the chief of the kingdom addressed the people.
Chief: He started acting like a homeless man going around
this kingdom asking for food and we all thought that he
was bewitched but no he took an innocent kings life. Let
him be hanged according to the ways of our land, beat the
drums.
Drums were beaten and the chair was kicked as the rope
tightened around his neck. The BaKoena guards decided
to leave as they felt that they have seen enough deaths for
the day.
Guard: I hope for your sake your people will be lenient
with you.
Tshepo: Am scared yes and all hope of surviving this are
gone. I have witnessed my friends die in front of me and I
know that the same faith awaits me.

The guards shook their heads and went ahead to his

kingdom that was not far from Lehlohonolo’s kingdom.
They got there and Tshepo did the walk of shame and was
beaten and spat on by his people. His son the doctor
came and asked if the guards would be willing to let him
speak to his father one last time before the people killed
him. The guards agreed.
Prince: You have been a great father to me and a great
king to this kingdom and I thank you. You have done
wrong and your people will judge you harshly and am
sorry.
Tshepo: Son I have been beaten enough please take me
out of my misery. Please give me something to just Rest
In Peace.
Prince: But father...
Tshepo: Please Son grant me my last wish.

The prince went to his medical bag and took out a lethal
injection that is used for mostly prisoners on death row. Ha
carries it around because he works at courts he is the
doctor that administers it to the prisoners. He went back to
his father and hugged him then injected him.
Prince: I love you father
Tshepo: I love you son.
He moved away got into his car and left while the king fell
on the ground losing strength.

The guards left going back to their kingdom.

#loveadminInsert 86
BaKoena kingdom✨

Tokelo, Thabiso And Lebo Where in the throne room.

They had just gotten the news about the four kings deaths
and they were more than happy that they met the same
faith as their father. A call came through and it was one of
the guys calling and Lebo picked it up.

Convo:

Lebo: Buttons!
Buttons: Terminator...we got him and 3 of his guys but the
princess was not here.
Lebo: Shit!! I knew this wouldn’t be this easy.
Tokelo: Shit Lebo what’s up man?
Lebo: Look buttons take them to the warehouse and we
will meet you there.
Buttons: Sure bozza
Tokelo: Give me the phone Lebo ( Lebo gave him the
phone)
Tokelo: Buttons!
Buttons: bozza
Tokelo: Are they talking?
Buttons: No bozza they are not.
Tokelo: Take them to the warehouse and don’t worry I will
make them sing.
Buttons: Sure bozza

They hung up and Tokelo looked at Lebo and Lebo looked

at Thabiso and he just shrugged his shoulders.
Tokelo: How do we do it?
Thabiso: I can’t lie to my queen it’s pointless.
Lebo: Lets ask her to deal with mother while we go out.
Thabiso: Shit and my parents are coming.
Lebo: So now you want to be breastfed?
Thabiso: Bohlanya Lebo. ( your craziness Lebo) no man
it’s been a while since they saw us for safety reasons of
course so they wanted to come by and see if we are still
doing well.
Tokelo: Let your queen take care of them and am sure
they are more concerned about her and the baby than you.
Thabiso: You right besides my sister needs me right now.
Tokelo: You mean my queen needs us right now.
Lebo: I don’t have a queen so I’ll stay.
Both: No!!
Lebo: Why?
Thabiso: We need you man.
Lebo: Then stop talking about your queens please.
Tokelo: Hai you need a woman! We can’t have this
anymore and who told you to dump that girl anyway?
Lebo: I got bored.
Thabiso: Oh Lebo! I think you need Mapula to consult the
gods for you and maybe take you to the sacred river to
cleanse you.
Tokelo: Agreed! I mean this is not on.
Lebo: Continue talking about me and women and I stay.
Tokelo: Fine go get Mapula.
Thabiso: No need to she’s here ( the two looked at each
other then the door but nothing. Then they burst into
laughter)
Tokelo: People are going crazy I tell you.
Mapula: My husband is not crazy
Lebo: Where did you come from?
Tokelo: Boloi ausi motseare!! ( witchcraft sister in broad
daylight)
Mapula: No man brother I was just outside! Anyway I
came to tell you that you can go mother and I will take
care of anything that comes through.
Lebo: How did you...
Tokelo: You still have to ask?
Lebo: No
A phone call came through and Lebo picked up.

Convo:

Lebo: Buttons!
Buttons: We hare.
Lebo: Sure.

Lebo: Lets go!

Tokelo: Right!
Thabiso: One car?
Them: Yeah!
Mapula: Oh my word can you guys stop acting like twins
and go already and please no blood spill.
Tokelo: That i cant promise.

They left going to the warehouse. Queen Mabotle was

picking flowers at the palace garden and heard everything
her children talked about.
Queen: So my children are not who I think they are, my
boys are killers and my blossom supports them. Yes I like
how they support each other but what I don’t get is what
does my blossom mean when she says no killing? Where
are they going to and who are they not allowed to kill? Did
their father know?
Mapula: He knew and supported them.
Queen: Was I thinking out loud?
Mapula: No mother but your thoughts were so loud that I
heard them without you speaking.
Queen: please tell me my children are not cold blooded
murders.
Mapula: Mother! Your children love you and they would do
anything to protect those they love even if it means killing.
Yes I know you don’t like that but never doubt that they
have good hearts and they don’t go around killing people.
Queen: Oh my blossom! When did you grow up? But my
thanks my blossom for being there for them and I know
that you will guide them.
Mapula: My thanks mother.

While they were still talking Mapula felt dizzy and the next
minute she was on the ground. The queen called for
assistance and she was taken inside the palace.

The three arrived at the warehouse, parked out of sight

and went inside and the guys were stuttered around with
each one going about their business. Tokelo and Lebo
went around checking what each one was doing while
Thabiso was checking the books and when they were
done they called Buttons.
Tokelo: Talk!
Buttons: The room is ready and set up with everything you
might need.
Lebo: Now we talking.
Buttons led the way to the room and when they got there
Lesala was tired up on a chair and when the door opened
he looked up and saw them.
Lesala: If it isn’t the prince of baTloung! And his puppets.
Tokelo: Am offended but you know what this is not my
fight.
Lesala: So who’s fight is it?
Tokelo: Tsietsi! He took your woman so this is his fight not
mine.
Lesala: Where is that damn king? Where is he!!! ( he
shouted)
Lebo got in followed by Tsietsi and when he got in his eye
met Lesala and he smiled.
Tsietsi: I hope the party hasn’t started yet.
Tokelo: You just on time! ( he smiles)
Lebo: Any toy in this room you can use and we will leave
you to it.
Tsietsi: My thanks for the gift my king and chief.
Tokelo: The pleasure is all ours my king.
Lesala: Everyone knows you kings and princes but now is
not the time. Oh one more thing ask this king of yours to
untie me and fight like a man.
Lebo: Well this is his party so technically he does what he
wants and we don’t have a say.

They walked out to the other room that had the 3 guys
Lesala was found with. They were also tied to chairs, each
one of them took their chairs and sat right in front of them.
Man: So are we supposed to be scared of a stare down?
Tokelo: T! How about you ask questions and if they don’t
answer Terminator starts cutting something and I will do
the same. ( Thabiso nodded in agreement and so did Lebo)
Thabiso: Where is the princess?
Silence....
Lebo pulled out a knife and started cutting a chunk of flesh
of his leg.
Thabiso: Who is working with you?
Silence.....
Tokelo took a cigar cutter and cut off two fingers of the
one in front of him.

This went on for quite some time because none of them

were talking, until Tokelo called for acid, even that didn’t
work until the other two saw what it did to their associate
and started talking. He told them about how Lethabo came
with the whole plan and how he plans on taking back the
kingdom that Tokelo’s father took from him. Tokelo called
his sister but she didn’t pick up so they decided to go back
home and talk to her there.

Maluti Kingdom:

The queen was determined to show queen Mabotle who

queen Mponeng of Maluti is, she head about the witch
doctor from Moeaneng kingdom and this morning she was
going there. The time was 3:20 in the early hour of the
morning when the queen tiptoed down the stairs and when
she passed the kitchen the prince saw her while he was in
the kitchen getting himself a glass of water.
Prince: Mother Where ar you going at this hour?
Queen: What are you doing up at this hour?
Prince: I was getting water and you?
Queen: I have an errand to run
Prince:At this time?
Queen: Do errands have a specific time?
Prince: Go Mother but remember not all that walks at
unGodly hours is pure of heart.
Queen: I didn’t ask you.

The queen left and the prince went to his room. The queen
got into her car and drove out of the palace, she drove for
about 20 minuets when she saw something on the road
and stopped. She got out and went to check and found a
man standing on the road.
Queen: Are you Okay?
Man: More then okay my queen but you not
Queen: Am fine there is no problem, why are you here at
this time?
Man: Looking for you my queen.
Queen: Looking for me?
Man: Yes because I heard that you want revenge on the
BaKoena queen.
Queen: How do you know?
Man: I know everything and I can help you.
Queen: How?
Man: The only way to get to a mother is through her
children and I will help you.
Queen: Get in the car so that we can discuss how to go
about this.
Man: With pleasure my queen.

They got into the car and left.

#loveadminInsert 87

At the airport Kwezi arrives in Lesotho to surprise her

friend, they have been communicating and they miss each
other but she missed her too much to wait for her to be
safe enough to travel, so she came to visit her and
another thing is that she and Lesego broke up. Lesego is
leaving for Canada and he told Kwezi to move on as he
doesn’t know when or if he will com back. So that is
another reason why Kwezi needed to be close to her
friend at this moment. She asked Lebo to pick her up and
for him to keep her arrival a secret from her friend. She
walked out of arrivals isle and went to get her bags, she
got them and walked out meeting Lebo at the entrance.
Kwezi: If it isn’t Lebo the big baby
Lebo: I will never deny that. How are you?
Kwezi: Am well thank you for asking and yourself?
Lebo: Am good now that I see you have matured.
Kwezi: Then If I have matured then I suggest you do the
same.
Lebo: When I find a woman who will understand my love
and respect for my mother then I will grow up.
Kwezi: Get married and finally move into your wing at the
palace?
Lebo: That and more

They are now driving to BaKoena and talking on the way

catching up.
Kwezi: When you say that and more what do you mean
exactly?
Lebo: Girl are you hitting on me?
Kwezi: Please am just making conversation.
Lebo: Well What I want to do more than anything is get a
good woman who is going to love and treat me right, one
that is not going to be intimidated by my love for my
mother, one who’s going to be the mother of my children. I
mean am not getting younger and I don’t want mother to
leave us without seeing and naming the woman that will
look after her son long after she’s gone. I want her to meet
her and approve.
Kwezi: WOW I never thought I would see the day when
you speak like this, you surprised Lebo and I hope that
one day our wishes come true.
Lebo: What are your wishes or dreams or desires,
whatever you want to call it.
Kwezi: Well my dreams is not different from yours as I also
want someone who is going to understand that am a
daddy’s girl and that am loud and sometimes too honest. I
say that because a lot of people don’t want to be told the
truth but why they want to hear and am not like that.
Lebo: I like that about you, one doesn’t have to wonder
what you thinking or what you like or don’t like. Do you
want kids?
Kwezi; Oh yes I do, I actually want to have 4 if God and
the gods allow.
Lebo: Then lets ask your friend to cleanse us because if
seems we need it.
Kwezi: Oh my word who told you we needed cleansing?
Lebo: My brother in law.
Kwezi: Hahaha Thabiso can be cruel sometimes.
Lebo: You laughing now but wait until your friends start
talking about their husbands in front of you then you will
feel the void left by loneliness in your heart.
Kwezi: Yes I understand what you mean and everyone
deserves a companion. Someone to share things with,
Yes one can have friends but it’s not the same.
Lebo: Yeah I know what you mean.

They shared a moment then silence filled the car which

left Kwezi thinking about if the connection she’s feeling
with Lebo right now was because of her break up with
Lesego and now she’s projecting onto Lebo. Lebo on the
other side is wondering if Kwezi has always been the
woman he needs in his life.

BaKoena kingdom:

When the three got to the palace after they left the
warehouse they found Mapula, their mother and Ngwedi in
Mapula’s room and when they asked what was going on
they just said Mapula needed rest so they didn’t have time
to talk to her but she told them she knows. Thabiso was
angry about the fact that he can’t connect with his queen
now because the baby is blocking him, he doesn’t like the
fact that he can’t feel when she’s sick anymore but at the
same time was excited about the growing baby. He
wanted so much to go to the doctor to find out what the
gender is and for his queen to get checked. But they were
told that they have to keep the baby and the queen in a
safe environment and a hospital is breeding ground for
spirits.

Kwezi and Lebo got to BaKoena and Ngwedi saw them

and asked to speak to Kwezi in private.
Kwezi: Oh girl, I didn’t even greet the queen yet am being
called for secret meetings, what is going on.
Ngwedi: My apologies Kwezi but this is important.
Kwezi: Is Mapula Alright and the baby?
Ngwedi: Calm down she is alright and the baby too.
Kwezi: Them What is it.
Ngwedi: I would like you to get her mind off things, she
has a lot of responsibilities and she’s not coping.
Kwezi: Like What?
Ngwedi: The baby, the spirits, her uncle and the kingdom.
Kwezi: Okay I understand now may I please go see my
friend?
Ngwedi: Of course this way.

Ngwedi And Kwezi went and see Mapula and she was so
happy to see her. She missed her after all.
Mapula: Friend I know you just got here and the break up
but I have to pass on a message for you.
Kwezi: Okey say it so that we can move on to catching up.
Mapula: Your destiny lays in the hands of the one you
least expect.
Kwezi: What does that even mean?
Mapula: That’s all am allowed to say.
Kwezi: Okay Tell me how’s my niece or nephew is doing?

They continued talking, laughing and catching up. Tokelo

on the other side is worried about his BBQ ( Beautiful
Black Queen) And soon to be his bride. But now she’s in
the hands of a crazy person like Lethabo and yet his told
not to do anything.
Lebo: Penny for your thoughts?
Tokelo: This Lethabo thing is driving me crazy man and
the part of me keeping my distance is also frustrating.
Thabiso: You have to listen to your sister, danger is
hovering around you and if you don’t listen you will get
burnt.
Tokelo: Damit!! ( he said between his teeth, clearly pissed
and frustrated by all that is going on. All he wants is proof
of life but no his uncles decided to go off the raider.)
Lebo: Look guys I understand that you both are frustrated,
I mean this is your sister Thabiso that we are talking about
here and you Tokelo, you feel responsible for not being
able to protect her and all of that is normal but we can’t go
against the gods.
Tokelo: Yeah I know.

Tsietsi was left at the warehouse beating up Lesala but he

untied him because this was his way of exercising the
change his been preaching. So they fought like men that
they were fighting for Boitomelo, but Lessla’s problem is
not that he loves Boitomelo or his just jealous of the fact
that she moved on. He liked it when she had a crush on
him back in university and he kept an eye on her over the
years but never made a move. Tsietsi on the other hand
has real in love with Boitomelo, she understands him and
never judged him for the things his Done in his past and
they understood each other.

Maluti kingdom:

Queen Mponeng was preparing for her husbands funeral

and by this time she was already possessed by the spirit
she met that night. All she could think of was how to get to
Mapula since it’s the only way to get to Mabotle. She
wanted her to feel the pain she felt when her husband was
brutally killed. Even after she begged her to forgive him
she still went ahead and brought such shame to her. The
kingdom and her people.
She wants to take her revenge for all the pain she has
caused her. On the other side the people refuse to attend
their kings funeral and that alone is making her more
angry.

#loveadminInsert 88

TWO WEEKS LATER✨

Like the floods on a rainy day, so heavy that it washes
away the crops and sometimes washes away the
foundations of people’s houses leaving havoc behind as it
goes. Like the snow on a winter day that seems so white
and innocent yet the damage it causes is beyond measure.
Zasembo’s biological grandmother caused a lot of damage
in a lot of people’s lives, Zasembo didn’t get the chance of
being raised by her own mother, she didn’t get the chance
to be embraced by her, she didn’t get the chance of her
mother singing her lullaby at night, she didn’t get to hear
her reading her bedtime stories, she didn’t get to play
dress up with her and finally she didn’t get to hear her say
I love you or that am proud of you.

Now just a week ago she didn’t have anyone cheering for
her on her graduation day, all she had was a stranger who
had no relation to her whatsoever. It hurt her that while
other graduates were taking pictures with their families
and getting hugs from their mothers, hearing the words ‘ I
am proud of you my child’ made her realize just how much
she needed her. Even her grandmother because her love
and support is all she new, but instead she was alone,
none of them were there to see her success but at the
same time she was grateful for Ntsika and his support.
Zasembo never led a life of luxury, her life was poverty
and hardships all the way, yet today she is told that she is
a princess of some kingdom she doesn’t even know.

She asked Ntsika to do research for her in opening up a

children’s home that will also include a woman’s home on
the other side. She said that was the only way her
grandmother’s house will remain open and because she
didn’t have children of her own this will be her gift to her.
To finally have that house full of children she wanted in life
but couldn’t have, Ntsika told her that they will have
everything they need on the subject when they return. This
week they have been traveling all over looking for
Zasembo’s family but so far no luck. They left Durban and
head to East London, they searched the whole East
London but had no luck in finding the kingdom.

They moved from there to Port Elizabeth but also had no

luck, they moved from there to Maclear then Eugie but still
nothing. They took this route because they knew that this
is where Xhosa people come from. Now they are on their
way to Mthatha but now Zasembo has lost all hope of ever
finding her parents. Ntsika could see it in her eyes that she
is loosing hope, she kept loosing it with each city they
passed. She is now looking out the window as they drove
and Ntsika decided to say something.
Ntsika: Ntom’entle yhini wathula kangaka. ( beautiful lady
why are you so quiet?)
Zasembo: Ngiyacabanga nje. ( am just thinking)
Ntsika: Don’t think you too much it’s not good for you.
Zasembo: I know that but I can’t help it.
Ntsika: Mind telling me what you thinking about?
Zasembo: A lot of things but mainly because I am starting
to lose hope of ever finding these people.
Ntsika: Thse people as you say are your parents and
please don’t lose hope because we will definitely find them
in Mthatha and am sure of it.
Zasembo: How can you be so sure?
Ntsika: Because we have been to all the places that have
Xhosa people in and Mthatha is the last one and am sure
even if they are not alive at least we will find your relatives.
Zasembo: What If they don’t want me Ntsika? What if my
grandmother still wants to kill me?
Ntsika: Zasembo you have me to protect you and angeke
ngiyekele umuntu noma uyhini kuwena ukuthi
akuhlukumeze noma akuzwise ubuhlungu ngikhona.
Ngifunga oManzini ukuthi akukho muntu ozakuhlukumeza
ngiyafunga ngiyagomela. (I will not let anyone whatever
they are to you to hurt you, not while am here and I swear
on the Manzini clan that no one will hurt you. I promise)

Zasembo smiled a little thinking about how sweet what

Ntsika Just said is and it warmed her heart but didn’t have
the guts to tell him that.
Ntsika: See you even have a smile on your face which is
what I like. You have a beautiful smile Zasembo and never
let anyone take that away from you.
Zasembo: Ngiyabinga Ntsika, angazi bengizoba yhini
ngaphandle kwakho. Ngiyabonga ngempela. ( thank you
Ntsika, I don’t know what would have become of me if you
were not here. Thank you really.)
Ntsika: Thank me when we find your parents because we
are getting into Mthatha now so brace yourself mcholwa
wami ( my abandoned one)
Zasembo: hahaha I was wondering when the real Ntsika
will come out.
Ntsika: You know me too well, now let’s first find a B&B so
that we can rest and freshen up before we go looking.
Zasembo: Do we have to?
Ntsika: Do you want to meet your people looking like a hot
mess be my guest but am finding a B&B because I want to
look good.
Zasembo: Why?
Ntsika: Because you never know who you might meet, I
mean I might meet my queen here and I don’t want her to
remember our first encounter with me dirty and sweaty.
Not to mention smelling like a pig.
Zasembo: Fine you made your point, let’s find a B&B.
Ntsika: Yes mam

Zasembo shook her head smiling. They drove around

looking for a B&B and they found one in town and booked
too rooms so that they can have a place to spend the night
as well when they come back from looking for the
unknown kingdom.

Unknown kingdom:

Qhawekazi was busy steering the calabash that was full of

black liquid mixed with some herbas when it broke into
pieces while sitting on the ground and the liquid spilled all
over. Qhawekazi quickly stood up and went out the mud
hut running to the palace to look for the queen mother.
She got there and asked the guards where she was and
they told her that she was in the palace garden, she went
straight there in a hurry and got to her and bent down with
her hands on her knees trying to catch her breath.
Queenmother: Yintoni ngawe wabaleka ngathi uleqwa
zizinja ( what is it with you running like you being chased
by dogs)
Qhawekazi: Queen Mother right now is not the time for
your sarcastic comments, we have a problem and I need
you to come with me right now.
Queenmother: Andizuxelelwa nguwe uba mandithini
ngathi nguwe ikumkanikazi apha, uyayilibala indawo
yakho wena ngamanye amaxesha ( I will not be told by
you what to do as if you are the queen here. You tend to
forget your place sometimes)
Qhawekazi: Hewethu awuzuba yikumkanikazi ixesha elide
uba awuzi, konakele mfazi ndini phakama sambe. ( you
will not be queen mother for long if you don’t come with
me, woman we are in trouble get up and let’s go)
Queenmother: What happened that you can’t handle on
your own for you to be running to me with every little thing.
Qhawekazi: Evey little thing you say! Is the calabash
braking little to you?
Queenmother: Which calabash?
Qhawekazi: The one and only calabash that preserves
your power and place in this kingdom and the underworld.
Queenmother: Keep your voice down! Let’s go before the
whole palace hears what you have to say.

They went out of the palace garden in a hurry going to the

gate but before they passed the chief priests hut he came
out, wearing his traditional clothing that chief priests wear.
This seemed to catch the attention of the queen mother
and Qhawekazi as the chief priest hasn’t spoken in years
because they blinded him and now seeing him like this
was a shock to them. They stood there watching him as
he went and stood in the middle of the palace grounds.
Chief priest: Nditsho ko Mpinga, ooMawawa,
Bholokoqoshe, intomntwana ingakhuluboya seyilungele
abadala. Ndibulele ooCirha, ooNcibane oonojaholo ndisithi
camagu zinyanya zakomkhulu. ( he called the kings clan
names together with the queens and said his thanks to
them)
Chief priest: The chosen one has set foot home, the one
that will set this kingdom free has arrived, the one that will
chase out the evil that lives in this kingdom in human form.
The gods are happy and the witches are worried because
judgement day has come for them. Finally this kingdom
will know peace and the eyes that were closed will finally
open. My thanks great ancestors of this kingdom, after
years of not seeing anything, of making me blind and mute
for my past failures today you have opened my eyes and
mouth.

Queenmother: What is going on here? We blinded this

person and he hasn’t seen anything for years now.
Qhawekazi: 26 years to be exact but as I said the
calabash is broken.
Queenmother: Lets Go! I have to see what you are talking
about.
They left the palace in a hurry going to the hut they work in
and upon arrival the queen mother saw that indeed the
calabash was broken. She asked Qhawekazi what
happened and she told her all that happened, she got so
angry because that only meant one thing and that is a
seed of the royal family has set foot in Mthatha just like the
chief priest said but wondered who could it be because
she killed all the ones she knew about.

Stay tuned....
#loveadminInsert 89

MTHATHA✨

Ntsika and Zasembo were busy freshening up so that they

can be on their way in search of the kingdom. Ntsika was
sitting on the bed after getting dressed thinking about what
Zasembo said about her grandmother. He got worried
thinking what will happen if he is not able to protect her
and he decided to call Mpande to ask for advice and
guidance. He took his phone and dialed her number and it
rang a couple of times before she picked up.

Convo:

Mapula: Ntsikayomuzi woManzini

Ntsika: Mpandeyomuzi woManzini
Mapula: How are you my prince?
Ntsika: Am doing very well my queen and how are you
doing?
Mapula: Am fine, to what do I owe the pleasure of
receiving this call from you?
Ntsika: I need advice Mpande
Mapula: Am listening
Ntsika: Well we in Mthatha now and I have a feeling we
are going to find her parents here.
Mapula: That is good news
Ntsika: Yes But there is a problem, her grandmother
wanted to kill her that is why she was sent away and now
going back there, we don’t know what to expect.
Mapula: Don’t you worry her ancestors are shielding her,
this was the time set by them for her to come back home
and she’s not alone, she has you and your beast, her
grandmother in the land of the gods, the chief priest of her
kingdom and the queen of the kingdom her mother.
Ntsika: That is reassuring and thank you Mpande don’t
forget us.
Mapula: I won’t, visit me when you guys are done with
your quest, I want to see Zasembo.
Ntsika: I was told to never let two of your women meet.
Mapula: That’s crazy but I wasn’t expecting anything less
from you.
Ntsika: That hurt
Mapula: Bye Ntsika
Ntsika: Bye Mpande.

They hung up and Ntsika went out to Zasembo’s room so

that they can go, he got there and knocked and Zasembo
opened the door.
Zasembo: Is it time?
Ntsika: Yes now grab your bag and let’s go.
Zasembo: Very well then. ( Zasembo went back inside and
took her sling bag and went out locking the door behind
her and headed out. But before they could pass the
reception Ntsika decided to stop and ask the receptionist)
Ntsika: Good day dear maiden
Maiden: Good day sir, how can I be of assistance?
Ntsika: Well we are here doing research on different
kingdoms and their cultures but now we don’t know how
many there are around here so we can plan properly on
where to start.
Maiden: Well here we have many kingdoms that consist of
different clans, like the Amabomvana kingdom, Amfengu
kingdom, Amampondomise kingdom, Amabhaca kingdom
but all these kingdoms are lead by one king but still
practice their own custom and beliefs even though the
primary king is king Mpinga of one of the biggest kingdom
here the kingdom was once lead by kind Hintsa ka
Khawuta Who now lays buried in the royal burial site in
Qunu. Then his son king Zwelinzima took over and lead
the people until his ancestors called for him and it is
believed that he lays buried near Mbashe river.
Zasembo: Why wasn’t he buried with his forefathers in the
royal burial site?
Maiden: Well some believe that the king is not dead but
it’s been many years now so I guess that was just a rumor.
But now the amaXhosa kingdom is lead by the late kings
son king Zwelibanzi Mbaga uMpinga.
Ntsika: I think that is where we should start seeing that it’s
the biggest kingdom and leads other kingdoms. We have
to announce ourselves before we go on so that the
homestead has knowledge of us around the kingdom.
Maiden: That will be wise.
Zasembo: My thanks dear you helped us a lot.
Maiden: It was a pleasure.
Ntsika and Zasembo went out to the car and took out a
gps to find the location. He tapped on it and the location
was revealed and it was about 45 minuets from where
they were.
Ntsika: How are you feeling.
Zasembo: Excited and scared at the same time.
Ntsika: What brought upon those feelings?
Zasembo: Well am excited because I get to meet the
people who gave birth to me but am scared that my
grandmother might want to finish what she started.
Ntsika: Worry not about her, she is of no significance in
this matter.
Zasembo: Okay lets go before it gets too late.
Ntsika: Yes mam.

The drive to the amaXhosa kingdom was a quiet one,

Ntsika thinking about ways in which to protect Zasembo is
it comes to that and Zasembo thinking about how her
mother looks like and her father. If they will welcome her
with open arms or hurt her by doubting her and chasing
her away. She wondered if she had siblings and if they will
accept her as their older sister. All these questions worried
her even more. Well the fear of the unknown is the one
that is bothering her the most, right now she feels
vulnerable because she is out of her comfort zone and
entering a place of uncertainty.

45 minuets later they got to the kingdom and stopped in

front of a woman who looked like she was coming from the
farms judging by the crops she was carrying.
Ntsika: Good day mah.
Woman: Good day son
Ntsika: How are you doing?
Woman: Am very well thank you for asking.
Ntsika: We were wondering if you could help us, we are
looking for the palace of amaXhosa kingdom led by king
Zwelibanzi Mbanga.
Woman: Oh Hayi you not far, just go straight this road and
turn right on the T junction and go straight down and the
road will lead you straight to the palace gates.
Ntsika: Thank you mah.
Woman: It’s a pleasure but may I ask you a question
young lady?
Zasembo: Yes mah.
Woman: Are you related to the queen?
Zasembo: Why do you ask mah?
Woman: Because you are the younger version of our
queen and at first I thought you were her but then when
the young man asked about the palace I took a second
look and that’s when I realized that you look like her but
younger.
Ntsika: No mah we are from Durban from Manzini
kingdom we are just here on business.
Woman: Oh! I understand anyway the queen doesn’t have
children and her siblings are only princes but they are
older mahlawumbi kufana kwabantu ( maybe people just
look alike)
Ntsika: Thank you mah we will be on our way now.
Woman: Okay son.

Ntsika and Zasembo drove off and Zasembo was happy

that she doesn’t have to worry about siblings not liking her
but wondered why Ntsika lied to the woman and decided
to ask him.
Zasembo: Why did you lie to that woman
Ntsika: Because we don’t know who to trust here so I’d
rather be safe than sorry.
Zasembo: You right.
At the palace:

The chief priest was going around the palace burning

Africa incest (impepho) the king and queen were standing
outside watching him. They were amazed by all this
because the chief priest hasn’t done this in years, this
brought hope to the queen while the king was standing
there looking like a wet dog. He went closer to the chief
priest to seek answers.
King: Wise one, what are the gods saying.
Chief: That you must prepare a feast because the seed of
amaMpinga will be here any minute now.
King: But we don’t have children wise one and you know
this.

The queen didn’t ask any questions when she heard this,
she went to the stuff quarters and asked the maidens to
start making a big feast and then she went to the farm
workers and asked them to slaughter 2 cows, 2 sheeps, 2
goats and 20 chickens. She also sent the messenger to go
around the kingdom announcing the feast that will be at
the palace. She is doing all this with hope that maybe the
gods are bringing her daughter back. Everyone in the
palace was up and down busy prepping for the feast.

Chief: I know you don’t have children my king but am just

telling you what the gods told me.
King: This is strange, where is the queen mother maybe
she will shed some light in this regard.
Chief: It is better that she’s not here my king, trust me you
don’t need her here.
King: But she is the queen mother she has to be here.
Chief: Queen mother in wolf clothing ( he mumbled)
King: Did you say something?
Chief: No just that you have to call the elders so that they
can be present here today.
King: I can’t remember the last time I spoke to my elders,
do we still have them?
Chief: My point exactly.

The king went to his personal guard and asked him to go

call the elders to the palace immediately. Then he went to
the house and changed into his royal attired which he
didn’t even remember the last time he wore it.
#loveadminInsert 90

AmaXhosa kingdom✨

The queen mother was going crazy in that hut with

Qhawekazi, she kept on blaming Qhawekazi for being
careless with the calabash then blames whoever is
coming for being so hidden from her that she couldn’t get
to her. Both she and Qhawekazi were startled by a knock
they didn’t expect from the door and they looked at each
other, wondering who could that be as no one comes
there because everyone thinks it’s an abandoned hut.
Queen mother signaled with her head for Qhawekazi to go
open the door, she went and opened it and there stand
one of her enemies.
Queenmother: Ufuna ntoni apha maMgcina? ( what do
you want here maMgcina?)
MaMgcina: Oh well I just came to see if what I heard was
the truth but judging by your grumpiness it’s true.
Qhawekazi: So What If it’s true?
Queenmother:Qhawekazi!! ( she said in a reprimanding
voice)
MaMgcina: Well If it’s true then we all know what that
means right?
Queenmother: No one is stripping me off my powers and I
can still win this, I always do.
MaMgcina: So Who are you going to kill now to secure
your place on the high chair?
Queenmother: That is none of your business!
MaMgcina: You can always kill your son you know and
killing a whole king will give you the power to rule over all
witches.
Qhawekazi: Are you crazy? If we kill the king who will take
the seat huh?
Queenmother: That’s What she wants, for the kingship to
go to Amabomvana as there will be no one on our side to
take over.
MaMgcina: That won’t be a bad thing really but for now let
me go to the palace it seems whatever is going on will be
big.
Qhawekazi: What are you talking about?
MaMgcina: So nivalelene apha nje anazi kwanto eyenzeka
komkhulu, uyikumkanikazi enjani kanti? ( so you here
behind closed doors but you don’t know what is happening
at the palace, what kind of queen mother are you?)
Queenmother: Akhonto inokwenzeka komkhulu ndingekho.
( nothing will happen in the palace without my presence)
MaMgcina: Wagqibela ngoko sana, thina simenyiwe
komkhulu kuthwa kukho ithekokazi mntakamama inyama
idlala abantwana. ( it used to be like that dear, we are
invited to the palace we heard that there will be a big
celebration and a lot of meat)
Queenmother: Unotshe! (Never!)
Qhawekazi: Hewethu hambova kwenzekani
singabisebumnyameni. ( hey go and hear what is going on
so that we are not in the dark)

The queen mother was angry that she had to hear about
the matter of the palace from an outsider. She also didn’t
like the fact that everything is not going according to plan
and also the fact that an unknown seed is coming to
destroy her. But she vows that the person won’t make it to
the palace as she will go to the underworld after sorting
out the nonsense happening at the palace as she calls it.
She got there and saw her daughter in law instructing the
maidens on what to do, she went to her to ask what is
going on even though she was the last person she want to
talk to but at the moment she had no choice.
Queenmother: Ndovukazi (my queen)
Queen: Yhoo umhlola okanye ndiva izinto! Wena undibize
ndovukazi? Yhoo miracle or am I hearing things? You call
me a queen?)
Queenmother: Kanti awuyiyo ikumkanikazi yalapha? ( are
you not the queen here?)
Queen: That’s the thing, you never saw me as one. You
only saw Nomakhosazana as the queen of this land even
after she got married so excuse me if am shocked.
Queenmother: mmm, now tell me what is going on here?
Queen: Well since you were nice I will tell you.
Queenmother: So?
Queen: So what?
Queenmother: Haibo Tell me.
Queen: Oh! You will excuse me I have a lot on my mind.
Queenmother: Are you telling me or not?
Queen: Right! The chief priest told us to prepare a feast
because a seed of amaMpinga is coming.
Queenmother: That is strange because you have no
children.
Queen: Yes because you killed them.
Queenmother: mxm ( she clicked her tongue and walked
away.

Zasembo and Ntsika arrived at the palace gates and

Ntsika spoke to the guards asking to see the king and
queen. The guard was leaving to announce their presence
to the royal family when the chief priest came to the gate
reciting the kings and queens clan names.
Chief: Nditsho kuni boMpinga, ooMawawa, Bholokoqoshe,
ntomtwana, ingakhuluboya seyilungele abadala.
Ndinganilibalanga nani maCirha, ooNcibane, ooNojaholo.
Ndikhwaza nina zikumkazi zangaphili, zidwesha nani
zidweshakazi, ukumkazi uHintsa ka Khawuta,
uZwelinzima! Ndithi mawashukume amathambo ifikile
inkosazana yamaMpinga madoda! Kwatsho
kwaded’ubumnyama kwavela ukukhanya! Vulani
amasango angene makwedini ngob’akadingi kuchazwa
ngoba yinzalelwane yalapha. ( the chief priest recited the
clan names and said’ I call upon you king Hintsa ka
Khawuta and king Zwelibanzi! I say let the bones move
because the princess of amaMpinga has arrived, man!
And the darkness moved giving way to the light! Open the
gates and let her in because she doesn’t need to be
announced because she is one of us)
The guards didn’t waste anytime opening the gates when
they heard the chief priest speak like this, the king, queen
and queen mother were standing there with the queen
mother holding her breath and for the first time praying
that the chief priest was wrong. The king was just lost, the
queen was holding her tears because she knew very well
when the chief priest said the princess has arrived he
meant her daughter has finally found her way back home.
Now everything’s eyes are glued to the car that is parked
waiting for whoever is in there to get out.
Ntsika: This is it!
Zasembo: Am scared Ntsika.
Ntsika: Understandably so! I mean you are going to meet
your parents for the first time at the age of 22, but with
what the chief priest said, I would bet that you already
welcomed and your ancestors seem to be with you.
Zasembo: This means we are in the right place.
Ntsika: Of course! Now let’s not keep them in suspense.
Zasembo: Okay lets do this.

Ntsika got out of the car and went to the passenger side
and opened up for Zasembo and they moved to the other
side of the car to the side where the royal family was
standing. They faced them and the queens tears ran down
her cheeks as she saw her daughter. For the first time in
years she was happy and content.
Ntsika: Sunset Greetings your majesties
King: Sunset Greetings son.
Ntsika: I am prince Ntsikayomuzi Zulu of the Manzini
kingdom in KZN.
King: A pleasure to meet you my prince, I am king
Zwelinzima Mbanga, That is my queen and my mother the
queen mother of this kingdom.
Ntsika: A pleasure to meet you all.
Queenmother: And Who is this?
Ntsika: Oh my apologies dear queen mother, This is
Zasembo. ( the air left the queen mother and she couldn’t
breathe but didn’t want to show it)
Queen: Princess Zasembo Mbanga twin sister of
ZamaMpinga Mbanga of amaXhosa kingdom. Welcome
home my princess ( said the queen proudly and with tears
in her eyes)
King: You said what?
Queen: Ngumntana wethu lo Zwelinzima ( this is our child
Zwelinzima)
King: Njani ( how?)
Queen: Not outside, please let’s go inside so that I can
explain and am sure our princess also seeks answers.

They all moved into the palace and the queen mother said
she will meet them inside, Ntsika’s beast was awake and
ready to attack and the queen mother could sensed that.

IN THE MiSTICAL LAND:

The king Zwelibanzi was woken up by his father king

Hintsa.
Hintsa: Vuka Mpinga ixesha loba ugoduke lifikile. ( wake
up Mpinga the time to go home as come)
Zwelibanzi: Has That witch of a woman I called a wife
dead?
Hintsa: No son but the one who will defeat her has set foot
kwaXhosa and she will need you to defeat your wife, she
can’t do it alone.
Zwelibanzi: Alright then father I will go. Please don’t forget
me, help me fight that woman that managed to put me
here for so many years.
Hintsa: OoMpinga bonke banawe nyana Hamba ngoku
nonyana wakho uyakudinga. ( all the Mpinga clan is
behind you son, go your son also needs you)

Stay tuned....

#loveadminInsert 91

AmaXHOSA kingdom ✨

The queen mother was still outside trying to demise a plan

to destroy Zasembo and get back the power she once had
over everything and everyone in the kingdom. She thought
about how Zasembo survived and the only answer she got
was that Qhawekazi was the one who saved her but she
doesn’t know how, but she was more than determined to
find out and nobody disobeyed her orders and get away
with it. But now she wanted to find out what and how
Zasembo managed to escape and it was more than clear
that her mother the queen was involved in whatever it was.
She went back inside and everyone was seated in the
lounge and it was quiet.
Queenmother: Why are you not having refreshments?
Queen: We didn’t think about that queen mother.
Queenmother: Okay let me go make my grand daughter
and the prince some refreshments before we start.
Queen: NO!! ( she shouted) you should sit down and I will
ask a maiden to go get them. ( the queen stood up and
went to ask a maiden to bring refreshments and came
back to join the others)
King: MaMcirha please explain how my daughter is alive.
Queen: Khawume tata ke ndibuze umntana impilo,
Zasembo kamama unjani mntanam and unjani uGloria
( please wait my husband I want to ask my daughter how
she’s doing, Momoys Zasembo How are you my child and
how is Gloria?)
Zasembo: Am well my thanks for asking and we buried
grandmother two weeks ago.
Queen: Am sorry to hear that child.
King: Now that you done with the greetings tell us how
she’s alive? Does ZamaMpinga also live?
Queen: No ZamaMpinga was the unfortunate one.
However Zasembo lives because of Gloria.
King: Gloria your personal maid that you fired?
Queen: I never fired her, I told her to leave with Zasembo.
Queenmother: How?
Queen: Remember when we lost Mzukisi?
King: Yes
Queen: Well after that I wasn’t myself, I refused to accept
his passing because to me it was just too strange and I
wanted to get to the bottom of it. So I went home and I met
up with my kingdoms chief priest and he told me that
Mzukisi was used as a sacrifice and that when I come
back nothing will be the same and indeed when I came
back home nothing was the same. You had changed and
the chief priest was mute, the kingdom was controlled by
the queen mother.
King: How did I change?
Queen: I will not answer that because you won’t know it
even I do explain it to you. Now years went by and we
were blessed again with twins, my pregnancy was a
complicated one as a result I spent most of my days in
hospital.
King: You spent days in hospital? Where was I?
Queen: You were here but too blinded to see anything.
Now in one of my hospital visits, it was a month before I
gave birth, I went to the hospital chapel to pray for safe
delivery and for the safety of my children. When I got there
a woman came in, a nurse she sat two rows in front of me
and she prayed crying and pouring her heart out to God,
she prayed so hard and painfully that I even forgot what I
went there to do. She was asking God Why he never gave
her children, why he let her marry a man that abused her
and threw her out of her home because she couldn’t give
him children and why giving her such horrible in laws that
made her life miserable. It touched my heat and I thought
if I wanted my children to be safe I needed her and she
needed children so I approached her. I told her everything
about me and the suspicions I had about the queen
mother and told her that I will hire her as my personal
maiden and indeed I did that and was not questioned.

She took good care of me since she was a nurse and I

didn’t have to be in hospital every week until I gave birth,
ZamaMpinga came first and I named him inkosana
ZamaMpinga and a few minutes later intombi Zasembo
was born and I was so happy that my children were born
healthy. But the queen mother and her friend Qhawekazi
came in and took the children saying they are going to
change them and bring them back. But to me that was like
the day I lost Mzukisi and I asked Gloria to go check on
them, she went and came back and told me that the
queen mother was burning something that made
ZamaMpinga have white foam that came out of his mouth
and by the look of things he was already dead. I never
shed tears just a one lone tear, wiped it then asked if
Zasembo was okay she said that she managed to save
her while Qhawekazi was outside by the maidens quarters
and replaced the baby with a piglet. That is how Zasembo
was rescued, the queen mother like always came in and
told me some story about how my children died, that night
I asked Gloria to take Zasembo far away and never come
back here until the time was right.

I told her to never change her name because that is how

she will find her way back home. I gave her my black card
that my father gave me before I came here, I also asked
my brother Ncibane to take her and the baby away and
never tell me where they went because I knew that I will
put them in danger. Ndiyaxolisa Zasembo mntanam
ngongakukhulisi, ngongabikho empilweni yakho,
ngongabikho ngosuku lakho lokuqala eskolweni nangonga
bikho xa ugula usiva kabuhlungu, yonke leminyaka
ndabeka ithembalam kuGloria ndithandaza umhla nezolo
kuThixo ukuba akukhusele kwaye noGloria akuphathe
kakuhle. Ndixolele maMpinga ndikonile. (Am sorry
Zasembo my child for not raising you, for not being in your
life, for not being there on your first day of school and for
not being there when you were sick and hurting. All these
years I put my trust in Gloria and prayed day in and day
out that she treats you well and for God to protect you.
Forgive me maMpinga for I have wronged you)

By this time Zasembo was a crying mess with Ntsika trying

to calm her down. The queen mother felt like the ground
would just open up and swallow her and the king well he
was just his usual self, LOST!
King: Njani ungandixeleli? Njani ungcine umntwana wam
imfihlo iminyaka engaka? Ungambulala umntu wogqiba
ulale ubuthongo ebusuku. ( how can not tell me? How can
you keep my child a secret all these years? You can kill a
person and still sleep peacefully at night)
Queen: You know what? My mistake are no worse than
yours just because I am woman, but I want you to know
this, I am a mother first, your wife second, a queen third
and a daughter forth. My first priority was to protect my
kids since you couldn’t even protect yourself from your
mother, how were you going to protect us? You failed me
as a husband and you failed as a father and as a king but
you never not even once heard me say hurtful things to
you but today because I chose to protect my child you see
me as a horrible person? No I will not accept that not from
you and not when my mistake are no worse than yours.
King: Am sorry my dear queen I am just confused and
caught off guard. I didn’t mean it that way am really sorry
mamCirha omhle.
Zasembo: I don’t care what happened all I want to tell you
is that am happy to have found you, my mother or
grandmother to me took good care of me, she taught me
how to be honest, independent and hardworking. She took
me to school and showed me with unconditional love. My
thanks dear mother for protecting me, if I can call you
mother of course.
Queen: Of course you can call me mother and am more
than happy to be called a mother ( she smiled)
King: What about me?
Zasembo: Oh father you are still blinded and even if I were
to share with you how happy I am to see you, you will not
remember when you come back to your senses.

The queen mother was moving slowly to the door trying to

escape and Ntsika changed form immediately blocking her
way and she screamed backing away from the door
because she has never seen this before. Everyone in the
house was screaming except for the chief priest.
Chief: Calm down dear royals, this is the beast of amaZulu
prince and it’s protecting the princess from the evil in this
house.
Zasembo: How? ( Ntsika or the lion moved closer to a
scared Zasembo and lowed his head looking straight into
her eyes and Zasembo felt the warmth in them. The queen
mother saw this as a way to escape but when she stepped
out a huge rumble happened, it was so strong that even
the ground and the structure of the palace moved. The
queen mother got so scared that she moved back into the
house with the speed of lightning.

Stay tuned....

#loveadminInsert 92

AMAXHOSA kingdom✨

The rumble outside got so loud scaring the people in the

palace, maidens ran to their quarters and the guards didn’t
know what to do as they are always told never to leave
their posts for anything. But the poor guards were scared
because they are human too and they didn’t know what
was out there of if they will manage to defeat it, if it came
to that. A noice from outside made the chief priest, the
king and Ntsika go outside to check on what was going on.
When they got outside they saw a lot of people running to
the palace like they are being chased by wild animals.
They were still stunned by this when the first group of
people go to the palace gates and started shouting. ‘ My
king let us in or we will all die!!’

The king was in his lost state that he didn’t know what to
do or say to the people, upon seeing this the chief priest
ordered the guards to open the gates and let the people in.
The palace was very big as it was the primary palace for
all the kingdoms that were around so it was built in a way
that it accommodates at least 2000 people besides the
staff quarters. The royal family didn’t have a chance to ask
the people what was going on as more people kept
pouring in. The chief priest suggested that the gates be
kept open as there was no use keeping them closed as
more people were coming in.

Finally the last number of people came in and the Ntsika

managed to keep one of the young man so that he can tell
them what is going on. The gates were closed and the
chief priest, Ntsika and the king went to the young man to
seek answers. Mind you the rumble was sounding closer
and closer and this time the wind even picked up and dark
clouds started to form. They went to the young man that
was held by the guards.
King: Young man tell us what is going on?
Youngman: My king we are all going to die!
King: We hear you but why or from what?
Youngman: UMbashe river!
King: But uMbashe river is so far how can we be killed by
it?
Youngman: My king uMbashe is overflowing and the water
is moving to this direction and it is the one causing this
rumble.
King: That can’t be!
Chief: AmaMpinga onyanyile, aqumbe asisifu, khumbula
kwedini uyihlo ulele pha, khumbula kwathiwa ilixa mhla
lafika kuzonyakaza umhlaba, kugqume amaZulu
kuphakame abafileyo. Nicinga lomini ifikile. ( amaMpinga
are angry, they are upset, remember son your father lays
buried there, remember they said when the time comes
the grounds will rumble, the thunder will strike and the
dead will rise and I think that day has come.
Ntsika: Oh please don’t tell me am about to see ghosts in
this kingdom.
Chief: But you turn into an animal so...?
Ntsika: Yeah good point! So do we run or just wait and see
if what they are saying is true?
King: What good will running do? Because when death
knocks no one can escape it.
Ntsika: Also true but I would want to die at least trying to
survive.
King: Are you always like this?
Ntsika: Like How My king?
King: Find humor in every situation?
Ntsika: Well If am to meet my forefathers and god I don’t
want to arrive there screaming, they would chase me
away so I’d rather die with a smile on my face.
King: And the smile is for?
Ntsika: To look good of course ( he smiles)
Chief: hahah I like this boy.

Out of the blue Ntsika’s smile turns into an ‘0’ his shocked
beyond measure, the chief priest was talking on the side
explaining why he likes Ntsika but then he realizes that his
talking alone with no one answering. He turns to look at
Ntsika and he sees the shock in his face and turns to look
at the direction he and the king are looking at and saw the
the water coming straight to the palace. The wave was so
big like the Tsunami that hit Indonesia in 2004. The wave
was so big it covered the whole kingdom, it came with a
loud noise like the one the ocean waves make.

The three moved back a little because what was in front of

them was never seen before and it was scary. The guards
didn’t wait to be told what to do as they started running
towards the palace to join the others. The king moved
forward and the chief priest looked at him and shook his
head.
Chief: My king just because you are not in your senses
right now doesn’t mean you should kill yourself, the
kingdom still needs a king.
King: I am well on my senses oh great one This here is the
work of ooMpinga, ooMawawa, Bholokoqoshe,
ntomntwana ingakhuluboya seyilungele abadala ( he
recited his clan names moving forward and the chief priest
was amazed)
Ntsika: Good people it was nice meeting you but now I
think we have to say our goodbyes. Oh and if one of you
make it please tell my queen mother that I love her and tell
Mpande that this is all her fault but I forgive her.

Chief: This is not the time for jokes my prince we might

actually die because the gods of this land don’t play.
Ntsika: No dear wise one! This in front of me is nothing
compared to what I have seen before.
Chief: What do you mean?
Ntsika: I mean that I have seen worse than this and
Mpande was responsible.
Chief: Who is this Mpande you keep talking about?
Ntsika: She is the rain queen from LeSotho.
Chief: Is she real? I mean does she exist?
Ntsika: YES! And that’s how I met your princess she sent
me to her to help her find her family but now is not the
timeeee!!!
Chief: Why are you shouting? ( Ntsika was already moving
back as the wave was much closer now to the gate and
the king was still moving forward slowly and Zasembo
appeared out of nowhere)
Zasembo: Father please come back!! ( she shouted and
the king turned but moved forward again)
Zasembo moves forward towards him in hopes of stopping
him and when Ntsika saw this he also moved forward to
stop Zasembo and then the wave got to the palace and it
stopped right in front of the king. The king was looking
right at it and then something happened to him, he started
seeing his life flashing through the wave like he watching
tv. He first saw the time his fathers spirit was captured by
his mother, the time she gave him the potion, what she
didn’t to his children and everything else up until this day
and after that the wave moved to the top of the palace
gates and the king moved out of the way still shocked by
what he saw and yes he was back on his senses.

He moved out of the way and the wave entered the palace
getting lower as the water gets into the palace grounds
until it revealed his father, in the clothes he was wearing
when they took him, he was also dry like he was not
coming from inside the water. The king and the chief priest
were shocked by this and so were the people as they
came out to see what was going on when the rumble went
quiet.
Zwelibanzi: Don’t be alarmed my son for I have returned
and all that you have seen is the truth.
King: How father?
Zwelibanzi: The sane way I showed you
King: How could mother do all that?
Zwelibanzi: We can ask her. ( turned and looked at
Zasembo)
Zwelibanzi: Welcome home ntombi Zasembo Mbanga
princess of amaXhosa kingdom.
Zasembo: My thanks my king( she bowed her head
showing respect)

The queen mother also came out and moved through the
people so that she can see what was going on. She
moved closer and saw her husband talking to her son.
Queenmother: You! ( she said clearly shocked)
Zwelibanzi: Yes my dear queen me
Queenmother: But ho...how?
Zwelibanzi: You never thought I will come back from
where you kept me?
Queenmother: I...I...( she fainted)

Stay tuned...
#loveadminInsert 93

AMAXHOSA kingdom✨

Everyone was shocked and confused by what the late king

said. Heck they were shocked that he was standing right
in front of them and some faintest along with the queen
mother while others were still speechless. When the
queen mother fainted the former king Zwelibanzi, the
current king Zwelinzima, the chief priest and Ntsika looked
at each other and the former king shook his head.
Zwelibanzi: Can someone take the queen mother to the
house and everyone else should go back home.
King: What should we do about her? ( pointing at the
queen mother)
Chief: Don’t worry my king her husband and grand
daughter are here to deal with her but not in front of these
people.
Ntsika: Lets not forget her friend Qhawekazi
King: Oh don’t worry she’s already here but I will tell the
guards to not let her leave the palace grounds.
The people left going back to their houses and those with
houses that have been damaged by the water the king
promise to play for repairs. The people were happy both
about the kings generosity and that he promised to repair
their house. Everyone left and the king and others went to
the house. While the guards brought Qhawekazi in, she
couldn’t even look at the kings in the eye. She sat down
on the grass mat and the former king asked for water and
the maidens brought the water. He took the water and
poured it on the queen mother.
Zwelibanzi: Wake up now my darling you can’t die now!
Not when I just arrived home. ( the queen mother woke up
and looked around scanning her surroundings, she was
hoping that what she saw was just an hallucination nothing
more. But when her yes landed on her husband all hope
was gone, she then saw Qhawekazi and got up with the
speed of lightning going to her, she held her by her neck
strangling her and pressing her against the wall.
Queenmother: This is all your fault!!! ( she shouted while
strangling her. All the people that were in the room just sat
back and watched)
Qhawekazi: Ndiyake maan Nokuzola sibhaqiwe akhonto
sizophinda siyenze And nokundibulala kwakho akuzujika
nto ( leave me alone maan Nokuzola! We have been
caught and there is nothing we can do and even killing me
won’t change a thing)
The queen mother loosened her grip around her neck and
Qhawekazi removes her hands on her neck and started
coughing uncontrollably. The queen mother was looking
everywhere besides the people in the room, she was
thinking of ways to get out of the trouble she’s in but it was
not use because nothing came to mind.
Zwelibanzi: Are you done?
Silence...
Zwelibanzi: I mean we have to get the point of all this but
we clearly don’t want to disturb the witches and we
definitely don’t want to be on the cross fire because we
know nothing about being a witch and their fights.
King: True that father but I have two questions for You
Nokuzola...(she cut him off)
Queenmother: Am still your mother Zwelinzima and you
will respect me.
Ntsika: Wonders shall never end! So says the Nigerians.
Do you still want respect after all this?
Queenmother: You are an outsider so stay out of it.
Ntsika: You threaten Zasembo and you want me to stay
out of it? You must be delusional!
Zwelibanzi: You even wanted to kill my grand daughter?
The only one we have?
Queenmother: This thing right here is only here to destroy
me and this kingdom! Nothing good will come out of her
being here! Mark my words!
Zwelibanzi: No you mark my words Nokuzola because
after we done here I will kill you with my bear hands.
King: I said I have questions for you Nokuzola and I want
answers ...now why didn’t you feed me muti?
Queenmother: It wasn’t me it was Qhawekazi who gave it
to you.
Qhawekazi: Hayi Hayi Hayi awuzubeka ityala kum
ndingenzanga nto. Nguwe ondiphetheyo and andenzinto
ngaphandle kwemvume yakho. ( No no no! You are not
going to blame this on me when I didn’t do anything, you
are the one who’s in charge and I don’t do anything
without your approval. She said that with her hands on her
head)
Queenmother: Yazi awulothemba Qhawekazi uyandijikela
ngoku. Ulibele ndingubani? ( you know you are not to be
trusted Qhawekazi, you turn your back on me, did you
forget who I am?)
Qhawekazi: Hayi kaloku sulibala silaphanje kungenxa
yoba uphelelwe awusenamandla ( no dear, we are here
Because you lost your powers)

The others were just looking at them listening to their

bickering and the queen got tired of this bickering between
them and decided to say something because she too
needed answers from her mother in law.
Queen: My king Am sorry for this but am tired of this
bickering between these two. Queen mother am tired of
this please answer your son and stop putting blame on
others.
Queenmother: You one to talk! You failed as a mother,
you failed to protect your children now you come here
asking me nonsense.
Zasembo: ENOUGH!! You will not address my mother that
way after you killed her children and made your own son a
walking zombie. From now on you will answer the
questions asked and you will not divert the attention to
anyone. I lost the chance to grow up in my home with my
parents because of your greed and I will not continue to let
you making a fool of everyone here. ( she sat down and
thought ‘ how on earth did I get such courage to say all
that to this witch, God she’s going to kill me now’)
Zwelibanzi: You heard the princess now start talking
woman we don’t have all day! ( he said with a
commanding voice)
Queenmother: I gave you that muti because you are as
stubborn as your father and I needed you to be useless for
me to achieve my goals.
King: Why didn’t you take me like you did with father since
you said am just like him?
Queenmother: The kingdom needed a king and I couldn’t
afford the throne going to amaMfengu.
Zwelibanzi: Ubhadlike nje noba kukancinci, noko
obubugqwirha bakho abuyixuthanga yonke ingqondo
yakho. ( you have a brain even if it’s little, at least this
witchcraft of yours didn’t completely take your brain)

King: And what did my children ever do to you?

Queenmother: I needed royal blood to secure my place in
the underworld and your children gave me that.
King: ( Teary eyed) What did my wife do to you because
you never liked her?
Queenmother: She was too clever for her own good and
liked asking a lot of questions about things that were none
of her business.
King: So was it all worth it? Killing my children and taking
father away?
Queenmother: For all these years!( she smiled as if
thinking of something really good) all these years I have
been the best witch in the underworld, not only that I want
the second in charge and all I needed was just one more
royal blood to secure the position of a queen. To rule over
all witches and to be respected with every witch bowing at
my feet. ( she said all this while smiling)

Zwelibanzi: Thixo awunantloni mfazindini ude uncume

ngathi uthetha into entle, oh bawo ndandimthathaphi
losathana womfazi. ( God you don’t have shame woman!
You even smiling as if you talking about something good,
oh lord where did I get this devil of woman)
Chief: Ukhala akuncedi ubisi luchithekile ( no use crying
over spilled milk)
Zwelibanzi: Are you done with your questions son?
King: Yes father ( he said with sad voice)
Zwelibanzi: Sukhathazeka nyana kuzolunga ngoku
ndikhona ( don’t be sad son am here now everything will
be okay)
Zwelibanzi: Nokuzola! Wandithwebulelani iminyaka
engaka, ubudinga ntoni? ( Nokuzola why did you hold me
captive all these years, what did you lack?)
Queenmother: Power! I lacked power and I was not going
to be your shadow for the rest of my life and if I wanted
things to change I had to make things happen myself.
Zwelibanzi: Okay! What did your power get you?
Queenmother: Respect! ( she said proudly)
Zwelibanzi: Respect of witches because you already had
the respect of the people of this kingdom.
Queenmother: That was not enough and I wanted more
and I got it.

Everyone was quiet processing all that has been said and
most still couldn’t believe it. Zasembo looked at everyone
and decided to ask one question that nobody asked.
Zasembo: What did you do with my brothers remains?
Queenmother: Which one?
Zasembo: Both of them.
Queenmother: hahah ( she laughed that evil laugh looking
up as if she was amazed by something)
Queen: What is so funny?
Queenmother: All of you are! I mean you walk over
Mzukisi every day yet you don’t know hahaha!!
Zasembo: Where is he!!
Queenmother: Palace gate! Hahah yho akunzima ( yho it
is tough)

Stay tuned....

#loveadminInsert 94

BaKoena kingdom✨

Tokelo was sick and tired of the hide and seek Lethabo
was playing, what’s worse is that his sister keeps telling
him to wait but today king or not his going to find his
queen. Thabiso also seems frustrated but not about
Reneilwe but about his queen and child. He says danger
is coming and it won’t be good, he says a lot will happen
and a lot of blood will be shed. Mapula has been in the
mystical land for a week now since she can’t see a
western doctor she was told she has to go to the mystical
land once a month for a week. She is in her fourth month
of pregnancy and she can’t wait to meet her princess
Keabetswe, a name given to her by her grandfather after
he died.

Tokelo was busy in his chamber preparing for the mission

his going to When Lebo got in.
Lebo: What are you doing?
Tokelo: Dressing up.
Lebo: I see that but why?
Tokelo: So you want me to go around naked like those
Kings who killed our father?
Lebo: You know very that’s not what I meant, but I know
that attire is for a mission and I am sure you not going to
disobey the queen.
Tokelo: The queen as you say is our sister Lebo and she’s
younger than us, so I can make decisions without her.
Lebo: Man don’t say I didn’t warn you.
Tokelo: Am just so frustrated man! My queen is out there
in the hands of that crazy man and here doing nothing.
Lebo: But you are looking for her and you will soon find
her. I mean you ghost man you can find anyone.
Tokelo: Of course I can find anyone but I haven’t been
looking because Mapula said to leave it to her. Now am
regretting doing that, it’s been weeks Lebo.

Lebo: I understand your frustration man I do but going on

this mission won’t help in anyway just trust Mapula.
Mapula: You should! ( she said coming in)
Tokelo: When did you come back?
Mapula: Just now my king and I would like the king to
change and go attend to the matters of the kingdom and I
will be on my way to find Lethabo.
Lebo: How?
Mapula: Because I know where he is!
Lebo: Need help?
Mapula: No I can take care of this alone, the gods are
angry and tired of Lethabo so it’s time. Do not worry
brother Reneilwe is unharmed.
Tokelo: Good luck sister please be safe.
Mapula: Always brother.
Mapula left the room going to hers to change and she and
Ngwedi were going together. Thabiso went in the room
and Ngwedi excused them.
Thabiso: My queen
Mapula: My king
Thabiso: How are my two favorite women doing?
Mapula: We are fine but don’t let mother hear you say that
because she thinks she’s the favorite one.
Thabiso: Mother will understand. Now I want you to be
careful out there and protect our baby.
Mapula: I will be! Now talk to your child so that he she
doesn’t block you so you can connect with me so you
know when we in danger. ( Thabiso lifted up her shirt and
brushed her tummy kissing it in the process and Mapula
was giggling like a school girl being kissed by her crush)
Thabiso: My princess, my second love, now don’t be
jealous or angry because mommy is my first love because
she came into my life first haha but worry not my princess
when you come you will have all of daddy’s attention and
love. But I want you to do something for me my love,
please don’t block daddy because he needs to know that
you and mommy are safe at all times and so that he can
be your super hero and save you when you in danger.
Now take good care of mommy okay ( he kissed her
tummy and got up and kissed his wife’s forehead)
Thabiso: Now I know you are the rain queen and all but to
me you are my wife, my baby and my duty is to protect
you and our baby so I ask that you connect with me when
you feel like you can’t handled the situation on your own.
Mapula: I will my love don’t worry. Now let me go and get
my uncle.

They shared a kiss and Mapula went out with her husband
holding hands. Tokelo and Lebo were already waiting
outside with Ngwedi. They wished them well and they got
into the car and left. An hour later they were at the capital,
and Mapula directed the driver to the warehouse where
Lethabo was and he drove there. They got there and
Ngwedi changed into her alligator form and Mapula
knocked but no one opened, she knocked again and still
nothing. She moved aside while Ngwedi breathes fire onto
the door and Mapula kicked it open. When they got inside
everyone was on their feet including Lethabo.
Mapula: I knocked
Lethabo: I heard dear niece
Mapula: I came for you uncle
Lethabo: So the king decided to send a woman, no a child
to do his job for him.
Mapula: Oh uncle you hurt me
Lethabo: Now! Now! Princess that was not meant to hurt
you.
Mapula: Am fluttered uncle really and I wish I could stay
but time is not in my side.
Lethabo: I understand dear prince but what I don’t
understand is how you plan on getting me to come with
you? I mean you only have your little pet here while I have
men with guns.
Mapula: You keep hurting me uncle and I don’t like it. Now
where is Reneilwe?
Lethabo: Oh you came to visit her? Mxm you should have
said that sooner. Guys bring the girl. ( two guys went to
the back and came back with Reneilwe)
Lethabo: See your sister in law is unharmed.
Mapula: Please untie her.
Lethabo: No that I cannot do.
Mapula: I said please.
Lethabo: And I head! Now tell me who will be paying for
my door.
Mapula: Ngwedi please take care of these men and uncle
you might want to move aside.
Lethabo: What? Wh....

He didn’t finish because Ngwedi started by jumping on

one of the men holding Reneilwe ripping his throat. The
other one was long gone, while the others went and took
their guns and came back, aiming at Ngwedi.
Mapula: Now That is not a fair fight.
Lethabo: I told you that you can’t bring a pet to a gun fight.
This got Ngwedi angry as she jumped on Lethabo and
coming back with the chunk of his arm.
Lethabo: What the hell!!!!! ( he shouted in pain with blood
oozing out of his arm and it hurt like hell)
Lethabo: What are you waiting for kill this piece of sh$&@t!
The guys started shootings at Ngwedi and in speed of a
cheetah Mapula dew her Snow White wings and covered
Ngwedi until the guys stopped shooting. She got up with
her eyes changing color, at this moment a lot of things had
already took over, from cheetahs to elephants, from that to
angels, from that to the good sprits protecting her baby
Lerumo included. The guys were scared but couldn’t move
back because Lethabo their boss was busy barking orders
at them telling them to shoot.

The fight started with Mapula and all her animals and
angels backing her. As well as Ngwedi and the 3 late rain
queens, Nyolodi, Bohomi and all. She went flying to the
guys with guns as they started shooting, she covered
herself with her wings and got in the middle of them
opening her wings slicing them in half with the wings.
Lethabo had never seen such as a result he attempted to
run but Ngwedi was standing guard and he didn’t want to
be beaten again. Mapula got shot on the wing and she
groaned in pain like a wounded animal. She roared like a
cheetah, she stood there and called out to her people.
Mapula: To the fallen rain queens raise and heal me! To
the angels up above wake up and lead me! To the
cheetahs of baTloung wake up and lend me your powers!
To the alligators of BaKoena I summon you! It is I your
queen Mapula Senesha pula sabaKoena kere haene
pula!!!! ( us is I your queen Mapula the one who makes the
rain fall and I say let the rain fall!!!)

In no time thunder roared outside followed by strong wind

and then a hale storm followed shortly after. Stones as big
as a tennis ball fall from the sky and lightning strikes like it
was showing off. Every time it strikes it would hit right in
front of Lethabo and this made Lethabo so scared that he
wet himself. Mapula’s wing healed and she was now flying
above the guys and they put down their guns and went
down on their knees bowing at the feet of their queen.
Them: Kgosikgadi Mapula!! Senesha pula sabaKoena!!
Haene pula!!( they all said in union while they were on
their knees with their hands bowed. By now only a few of
them remained as all the others were cut in half by the
queens wings)
Mapula: Raise!! ( they all got up and stood but not looking
at her in the eyes because her eyes kept changing color
and to them this was very scary)
Mapula: Get your boss in the car outside now! ( she said
in a voice that was calm yet stern. The guys ran to where
Lethabo was standing and roughly picked him up carrying
him to the car)
Man: Sies man you even wet yourself! What kind of a boss
are you?
Mapula: That’s Because his no boss, now go in there and
clean up that mess ( they went in running to do as told)
Mapula, Reneilwe and Ngwedi got back into the car and
Ngwedi changed into her human form.
Lethabo: Hell no!! Oaloya wena ( you are a witch said
Lethabo to Ngwedi)
Ngwedi: Not a witch but a protector of our queen.
Lethabo: And you change from a Koena ( alligator) to
human and you want me to believe that?
Ngwedi: But you just saw it!
Lethabo: I need a hospital I think your Venom is making
me hallucinate.
Mapula: No dear uncle you don’t need a hospital, what
you need is a visit to the sacred river.
Lethabo: No! No! Not the river! No I will do anything but
not the river please!
Mapula: It’s out of my hands now uncle the gods will take
care of it now. Reneilwe How are you?
Reneilwe: Am fine just in shock and I don’t think I will ever
get used to your powers.
Mapula: I don’t think I can myself.

They drove to BaKoena with Lethabo beginning Mapula

not to take him to the sacred river! His heard a lot of
stories about the river and he was not willing to be an
example for others.
#loveadminInsert 95

BaKoena kingdom✨

Mapula, Ngwedi And Reneilwe arrived at BaKoena and

Kwezi, Lebo, Tokelo And Thabiso were waiting outside for
them. As soon as the car stopped Reneilwe got out and
ran into Tokelo’s arms and he hugged her brushin her
back. Mapula went to her husband and hugged him.
Ngwedi went with the guard to lock up Lethabo until the
queen says what will become of him. Lebo was standing
next to Kwezi as the love birds were hugging.
Lebo: We might as well hug ourselves since this is a
hugging competition.
Kwezi: Yeah You right ( they shared a hug and Tokelo
turned and saw them)
Tokelo: What are you two doing?
Lebo: Hugging!
Tokelo: Why?
Lebo: We didn’t want to be left out of the competition
Tokelo: But Kwezi was not kidnapped
Lebo: I know but we hugging.
Thabiso: hahaha oh man am done with you two. Come my
beautiful wife let’s go get you checked.
Tokelo: Come My beautiful princess let’s get you cleaned
up ( said Tokelo to Reneilwe)
Lebo: oh hell no we not being left out of this competition.
Come my lovely Beautiful Kwezi let’s go get some snacks.
Tokelo: hahah get a woman man!
Lebo: You must be blind course I already have one on arm.
Kwezi: Tell them Lebo
Mapula: Oh wow young love haha
Kwezi: You one to talk haha

They all went their separate ways with Thabiso taking

Mapula to check if she’s okay and the baby. Tokelo taking
Reneilwe to his chamber so that she can bath and change.
Then Lebo and Kwezi went to the kitchen to get some
snacks. They were sitting in the kitchen counter on high
chairs eating some chips.
Lebo: Lets Go to the movies tomorrow night.
Kwezi: Why?
Lebo: Girl don’t act dumb with me! What do people do in
the movies?
Kwezi: Watch a movie
Lebo: Exactly! So?
Kwezi: Okay then! Besides it will be good to be out there, I
mean the person I came to see has been busy and I
understand her duties so from now on Mr Lebenya you will
be my entertainer for the duration of my stay.
Lebo: With pleasure my lady ( Kwezi smile and her smile
warmed Leno’s heart wondering why only now is he
noticing how beautiful and charming Kwezi was.)

A guard came in while they were busy chatting and

laughing.
Guard: Greetings my chief
Lebo: Greetings
Guard: There is a queen of Maluti at the gate requesting to
see the queen.
Lebo: Let her in and out her in the guest chamber.
The guard left and when Lebo was about to go up stairs to
call the queen Mapula and Thabiso came down the stairs
running.
Lebo: What is chasing you two?
Thabiso: Get the workers to safety now!
Lebo: What?
Mapula: Lebo the woman is not alone she has brought all
the evil spirits with her.
Lebo: Then you not going out there!
Mapula: I have to or they will kill mother and everyone in
this palace and I can’t Let that happen. ( while they were
talking Tokelo also came running)
Tokelo: Something is not right
Lebo: We know that’s why we here
Thabiso: Lets call the guards to get the workers to safety
we can’t have those evil spirits possessing more people
because they will be more powerful.

Kwezi called a guard and he was given instructions to tell

all the others to go to the staff quarters to and lock
themselves in there. The guard went out and told
everyone and they left discreetly to their quarters and they
knew better than to question the royal family, so they just
did as told. The queen came down stairs and was told
what was going on and was told to remain in her room no
matter what, she went back up and started praying. The
chief priest came in.
Chief: It is time my queen
Mapula: Alright Lets go.

They went outside and when they got there queen

Mponeng was standing in the middle of the palace
grounds with spirits moving around her, but only Mapula
and Thabiso could see them.
Mponeng: Where is Mabotle? ( she asked with a voice that
was scratchy and bold)
Thabiso: What is it you seek from her?
Mponeng: That is none of your business but worry not the
who we really want is here.
Thabiso: Who might that be?
Mponeng: You! ( she said pointing at Mapula)
Mapula: Well I am here! How may I be of assistance?
Mponeng: You have what belongs to us and we want it!
Mapula: What might that be?
Mponeng: Stop with the games, your mother had my
husband killed and my friends want your baby.
Mapula: Take her if you can! ( she connected with Thabiso
and told him to get ready)

Thabiso summoned the cheetahs of baTloung and the

hawks. They started flying above him and the cheetahs
behind him. Mapula was already in position and so was
the chief priest.
Lebo: Okay now you guys are not playing fair! I mean you
all have scary animals and spirits and we have nothing,
how the hell are we going to fight against that!
Tokelo: True man and am moving away I don’t want the
animals confusing me for the enemy.
Lebo: You And me both.
They said and moved aside standing a bit further from the
others. Kwezi was looking out the window, scared for her
friend and the others.

The spirits started moving trying to find a weak person

they can possess but none of the ones there were so the
fight started as they were angry. Some went for the chief
priest while others went for Thabiso, Mponeng with other
spirits went for Mapula mostly targeting her tummy. She
drew her wings and covered her tummy with one wing
while fighting with one. The fight was intense and Lebo
couldn’t take it anymore. He went charging to Mponeng in
attempt to protect Mapula, but the spirits sent him flying
and landing on the kraal earning some cuts from the
woods there as he fell. Kwezi saw this and ran out
because she could see that others were too busy to notice
Lebo.

She went to him and when she got there she saw that a
piece of wood has pierced through his skin from the back
coming out in the front right on his rib cage and was
loosing a lot of blood. She went to the staff quarters and
called two guards to come and help her, they came
running picking up Lebo and getting him into the palace.

I know it’s short but my phone is flat....see you during the

day!

#loveadminInsert 96

Continuation ✨
Kwezi was inside the palace with the guards and the
queen trying to stop Lebo’s bleeding wound. They couldn’t
even call the palace doctor as she was as the hospital and
they were afraid to put her life in danger judging from the
situation outside. The queen asked for towels and water to
clean the wound, the guards brought the water and she
cleaned the wound while his head was laying on Kwezi’s
lap. She was a crying mess as she kept brushing Lebo’s
head telling him to hang in there.

Outside the rain queen and the others were fighting a

loosing battle. The spirits were over powering them and
were determined to leave the palace grounds with what
they came for. While Mapula,Thabiso And the chief priest
we’re determined to make sure that they prevent that from
happening. Tokelo was bleeding all over from being
beaten by things he doesn’t even see. He got so angry
waking up ghost and well ghost woke up but this was not
the usual ghost, the usual ghost was his hard headed
grandfather Lerumo’a father but this ghost that took over
was Lerumo himself.

His eyes turn green but not an ordinary green but an

emerald green, they were sparkling and mesmerizing to
look at with the Naked aye but that gave him the power to
see what he was up again. Something in him told him how
to capture a spirit, he did just that, he went to one of the
spirits fought with it then let it enter his body in hopes of
possessing him but in turn it burnt transferring its power to
him. Now he had the power of three ghosts inside of him,
his grandfather, his father and this unknown ghost that has
now been vanquished.

Mapula got tired of this because there were just too many
of them to fight and she was getting tired, it’s
understandable because she was just in a fight earlier on
and now she in another and to top that off she is pregnant.
She touched her slightly visible belly and connect with the
baby.
Mapula: The portal of wondering spirits kindly awoke and
address them! I am speaking to the spirits of the most high!
The higher power that control and commands us all! Rise
and put your people in order! She closed her eyes and the
air around her was now light and refreshing. She opened
her eyes and they were as white as snow, no black
whatsoever in them. She opened her mouth and spoke.
Mapula: Wondering spirits of the underworld I speak to
you as your king! Your purpose here is not to kill but to
seek answers to the questions that hold you here, to find
peace and tranquillity. If you continue this fight you will be
destroyed.

Spirits: In the land of the dead we follow your rules but in

this world we make our rules and no one can stop us.
Mapula: That’s where you wrong!!
She said and drew her wings with her hair now changed
color and they were white as snow, they looked like they
were frozen and longer than before. She held up her hand
and Thabiso and the chief priest moved aside, she held up
her hands then put them on her chest making a cross and
then covered her whole body with the wings and span
around like a wheel of a fast moving car, creating a
tornado in the process moving towards the palace gates
and the spirits followed, remaining was Mponeng and the
others fighting. Thabiso followed his queen riding in a
cheetah’s back, holding on to its fur and it was running fast
like it was chasing its prey.

The queen moved to the forest with the tornado with her at
the top of it spinning around. She got there then opened
one of her wings and spoke to the spirits that followed her.
Mapula: Surrender now or parish forever! ( she yelled)
Spirits: Never! (They said in union)
Mapula: Very well then!
She began spinning but now adding fire and ice to the
tornado. Now it was moving as air, ice and fire but what
was amazing was that each one of these moved separate
from the other. It moved faster as she span, creating a big
tornado of the combination, sucking the spirits in the
process and uprooted trees. One of the biggest in the
forest, they were also flying around the tornado and as
each spirit was captured it was thrown into the whole a
tree was uprooted from followed by a tree on top with
either fire around it or ice.

All the spirits got thrown in those holes where the trees
were and the trees on top and when they were all done
Mapula went to each of the trees binding the spirits forever,
when she was done she made her way back to the palace
and upon arrival she saw that Tokelo and the chief priest
and Ngwedi had defected the spirits that remained. Only
Mponeng was left.
Mapula: Ngwedi take her to the river and I have to tend to
my brothers wounds.
Ngwedi: Right away my queen. ( Ngwedi turned into her
human form scaring Mponeng in the process, she touched
her shoulder and disappeared with her going to the river.
She got there and put Mponeng down.) then she went and
bowed before the alligators that were gathered by the river
and spoke.
Ngwedi: DiKoena tsametsing ( alligators of the water or
animals of the water) here is an offering to you from the
queen. ( she then pushed a screaming Mponeng to the
alligators, each one went for the closest piece of her body
they can find.

Mapula went into the house with everyone, she was still
the same with white frozen hair and white eyes with wings.
She went to where Lebo was and the closer she got she
felt his heart beat was getting weaker. She picked a
feather from her wings and took the water they used to
clean his wound with, water that was dirty and full of blood
and poured it into a jug then used the tip of the feather to
stir it. While she was stirring she prayed over the water
and became clean, she poured some into the feather and
asked Kwezi to open his mouth and she didn’t.
Mapula: I give to you the life you already lost back to you
( she made him drink) I give back the air that has and
continues to leave you back ( she made him drink again)
the angels of the Lord and your guardian from up above
give you life ( she made him drink one last time) she put
her hands on the piece of wood stuck in him and it froze,
she then broke it from both the back and the front.

She then put a finger in the open wound burning the

remaining piece from inside and moved him to lay on his
side as she placed her hand on the wound from the back
and ashes of the burnt wood came out. She then placed
her hands on both sides of the wound and healed it, then
asked the guards to take him to his chamber and that she
will go check on him later on. Thabiso could feel that she
was getting weaker with all the power that she used, he
took her to their chamber and placed her on the bed for
her to rest.

Kwezi went to her room to bath then after that she went to
Lebo’s chamber to look after him. Tokelo was with
Reneilwe who was also busy taking care of his wounds,
she was a bit scared of him because of the emerald color
of his eyes but then she thought that he will tell her when
the time is right. But wondered if they will even change
back to its normal color.

Stay tuned for more!

#loveadminInsert 97

AMAXHOSA kingdom ✨

In the palace everyone was still shocked by what the

queen mother said, the queen of the land couldn’t stop
crying because traditionally a new born baby or a still born
baby is buried by the elder women of the family only a
mother is not involved since she just gave birth and they
don’t want to put more stress on her that is why only elder
woman bury the child and the queen mother new this. Let
me tell you something you all didn’t know, back in the day
women didn’t go to hospitals to give birth and yes there
were hospitals but our elders didn’t believe in that. They
believed that woman were more than able of giving birth in
the comfort of their homes being taken care of by elder
woman who have given birth before.

If a child was a still born but our people say (uzelwe

ediniwe) the child would be wrapped up in a blanket and
buried ( egoqweni) in stacks of fire wood just under it. That
place was known to be a woman’s sacred place just like a
kraal was known as men’s sacred place. Now this was
because only men were allowed to enter a kraal but not
boys ( amakhwenkwe) this place is believed to be sacred
because that is where sacrifices for the ancestors were
made by men in the family and another man was not
allowed to enter another’s kraal because this would be
disrespectful to the ancestors of that certain family. Even
when it was time for the boys to go to initiation school,
they will be taken into the kraal by the men in the family
and those who shared the same clan names as the family
and a goat will be slaughtered to ask the ancestors for
their protection and guidance through their journey.

Now with a woman ( igoqo) or the stacks of firewood was

a woman’s place where a lot of their secrets were buried
and that included the burial site of still born babies. Now
men didn’t know of this because they were not allowed
there just as women didn’t know and still don’t know
exactly what is going on in initiation schools or what is
being discussed by men in the kraal. Now that was the
reason why the queen didn’t ask questions about where
her children were buried. She assumed that they were
where they were supposed to be and that is under the
stacks of fire wood, which is also why she didn’t ask
questions about where they were buried. But when
Zasembo asked and the truth about the queen mother was
revealed she was more than curious to find out. When she
said that her sons remains were buried in the palace gate
her world came crumbling down.

She was crying like she just lost the children now yet it has
been 26 years ago but the pain of how they buried them
made it feel like it had just happened. Now kwaXhosa they
say a man doesn’t cry ( indoda ayikhali ikhalela
ngaphakathi) But the king couldn’t hold his tears, he cried
for the children his lost in the hands of his mother, he cried
for the years his lost with Zasembo and he cried for the
years he was made a walking zombie by his own mother.
The former king looked at this woman he once called a
wife laughing at the pain and tears of their son and that
turned his heart into stone.

Zasembo: Are you hearing yourself? Are you even normal?

Queenmother: Normal you ask! We let me put it in a way
that you youngsters understand, normal is overrated dear
but power is everything.
Zwelibanzi: Where in the palace gate did you bury my
grandson?
Queenmother: Right in the middle where everyone walks.
Zasembo: And Where is ZamaMpinga’s remains?
Queenmother: Ask Qhawekazi Because i asked her to
bury both children.
King: Qhawekazi!! ( he said in a low but very stern and
commanding voice making Qhawekazi jump a little)
Qhawekazi: Eee...My king eee ( she’s scratching her head)
King: Woman if you make me ask you the same thing
again you will regret it.
Qhawekazi: They are... I mean he is.... is under your bed.
Ntsika: What!! Ayi I used to say Zulu people are bad ass
witches but no you people take the cup. I mean they take
their victims to emkhathini ( where witches gather) but you
hide them in plain sight.
Zasembo: Where and how did you put him under the
queens bed?
Qhawekazi: The time when the queen was being nursed
back to health I told the maiden responsible for cleaning
their room that I will take care of it as I wanted the queen
to be more comfortable. She didn’t argue with me as I
have been a family friend for years so I did it then.
Ntsika: A family witch you mean not friend.

Zwelibanzi: Qhawekazi and you Nokuzola we are going to

the king’s chamber and you will dig up the remains.
Queenmother: No she will because she buried him there
and I will dig up the one I buried.
Zwelibanzi: I wasn’t asking you woman I was telling you.
Now let’s go.
They all got up and followed the two to the king and
queen’s chamber, Qhawekazi moved the bed and there
was a carpet under but one could see that it was cut in the
middle. She removed the cut piece and put it aside, then
they helped each other remove the planks that were there
as the floor was all wooden. They removed them and what
was once a silver trunk with a lot of dust and rust on it
appeared they took is out and it was clocked with a key.

The former king instructed them to open the trunk and

Qhawekazi asked a maiden for a bread knife which she
brought and she opened the trunk and the remains were
there in a potato sack. The king asked her to open the
sack which she tore since it was old and the little princes
remains were revealed. The queen fainted upon seeing
this.
Queenmother: Yazi Qhawekazi umuncu no wonder
kwakungasebenzi mayeza nje kulomfazi wena
wazomkhusela ngamathambo onyanakhe! Ubucinga ntoni?
Heyi Hayi awubhadlanga ngeke ( you know Qhawekazi
you are stupid! No wonder no muti worked on this woman
you protected her with the bones of her son! What were
you thinking! Hai no you are stupid.)

Qhawekazi: Wena ubuxelele bani uba lento izomkhusela?

Nam bendilandela ezinyaweni zakho kuba nawe
ungcwabe inkosana egayithini yakomkhulu. ( And Who did
you inform that this will protect her? I was following in your
footsteps since you buried the prince in the palace gate)
Queenmother: Akholonto apha ufuna uzenza bhetele
ngathi wena ufene indawo engcono yokungcwaba ( there
is no such thing, you just wanted to show you are better by
finding a better place to bury)
Zwelibanzi: ENOUGH!!! ( he shouted) guards take this and
put it in the throne room and don’t let anyone in there.
Guard: Yes my king.
Zwelibanzi: You two lets go to the palace gate so that you
can dig up my grandson.

They all walked to the gate but the queen didn’t go, not
because she didn’t want to but the king said it was best
she stayed in one of the guest bedroom and rest. When
they got to the spot the queen mother stopped walking
and the others did too. The former king asked the guards
to leave their post and they will be called when they are
needed. The chief priest came with a shovel and gave it to
the queen mother, she took it and started digging. She
dug and dug maybe four feet then a sack appeared, same
like the one they found in the bedroom, she took it out and
opened it then the remains were revealed.

The king asked a guard to go out them in the throne room.

The guard did as told and the queen mother poured back
the soil into the mini grave, when done she threw the
shovel aside and stood there looking at her family. The
king requested that she and Qhawekazi be locked up in
the palace holding cells and that they will be dealt with
after everything was done. The chief priest said they first
needed to cleanse the palace both in and out. Slaughter a
cow to appease the ancestors, then they can bury the
children in the royal burial site with their forefathers and
when that was done a cow should be slaughtered to
introduce Zasembo to the ancestors.

They all agreed that the work will start the following day
and asked everyone to go to bed and they will meet in the
morning but Zasembo and Ntsika refuses to sleep there
and said they will come back in the morning and the chief
priest saw it best Zasembo doesn’t take more bad luck
from the palace.
She and Ntsika left going to the B&B they booked to get
some rest as they had a long day.

Stay tuned....

#loveadminInsert 98

AmaXhosa kingdom ✨

The following day Ntsika and Zasembo were getting ready

to go to the palace, Ntsika was a bit sad that his journey
with Zasembo is coming to an end, so he decided that his
going to try and find out if Zasembo feels anything for him.
As he has developed feelings for her, he also didn’t want
to leave Zasembo behind as he has grown so close to her.
He even thought of how calm his beast has been around
Zasembo but also wondered if it was because he had to
help her or was is because it was content with her. He
thought of all the mistakes his made with Mapula and he
didn’t want to repeat the same with Zasembo. So he
decided that if Zasembo felt the same way he did then she
will show it somehow because this time he was
determined to keep his kingdom safe and actually do the
right thing.

Zasembo’s journey taught him a lot about people and now

he didn’t want to put his people in danger because of his
own selfish reasons. While he was still deep in his
thoughts Zasembo knocked and he shouted a lazy come
in, she came in and greeted but saw that Ntsika was not
himself.
Zasembo: You seem more tired than I am.
Ntsika: Yes I am But I will be fine.
Zasembo: Alright then ( silence followed)
Ntsika: You know we are coming to the end of the road,
after this ceremony you will be with your family and I will
have to go back to KZN.
Zasembo: Yes And Am grateful for everything that you
have done for me.
Ntsika: It was a pleasure.
Zasembo: You know I still have the orphanage to build
right?
Ntsika: How can I forget that, you can buy a phone and
call me anytime you want and I will be available to assist
you anything.
Zasembo: I know that but I was hoping we go back
together.
Ntsika smiled and looked at her. He wanted to ask her so
badly about her feelings but also worried that maybe it
was not the right time.

Ntsika: You can come with me and I will be more than

happy to accommodate you.
Zasembo: Thank you and I really enjoyed this time with
you.
Ntsika: I did too ( they were looking at each other intensely
and Ntsika couldn’t hold himself as he went closer and
kissed her. She responded to the kiss and Ntsika pulled
out after a while)
Ntsika: Am sorry! I didn’t mean to disrespect you like that
and I know you don’t feel the same way I do and I deeply
apologize for this and it won’t happen again
am...( Zasembo shut him up with another kiss then pulled
out)
Zasembo: I don’t know what am feeling for you because I
have never had a boyfriend before but it feels good and I
don’t want it to end.
Ntsika: You don’t?
Zasembo: No I don’t
Ntsika hugged her and kissed her forehead. They were
both happy. They went and ate breakfast and made their
way to the palace.

When they got there the chief priest was ready to begin
cleansing the palace, everyone was up and busy
preparing everything for the ceremony. They were taken to
the house and the chief priest did his thing, lighted the
incest and spoke to the ancestors then began cleansing
the palace from inside then out. When that was done a
goat was slaughtered to appease the ancestors. Then the
family went to the royal burial site and two graves were
already dug up for the two princes. The goats were
slaughtered right there for both of them starting with
Mzukisi’s goat since he was the oldest and the one who
died first. Everything was done for him accordingly and he
was buried, then they did the same for ZamaMpinga and
he was also buried.
They went back to the palace and washed their hands and
the chief priest gave everyone muti to wash the bad luck
with. Zasembo and Ntsika were given rooms in the palace
to use, they all went to the rooms and did as the chief
priest instructed them everyone met back in the lounge.
Chief: Now that everything is done you can have
something to eat then in the afternoon we can slaughter
the cow to welcome and introduce the princess to the
ancestors.
Queen: But I want something big for the princess and
invite all the kingdoms since she never got any ceremony
and to introduce her to everyone.
Zwelibanzi: You can still do that my daughter but not today.
Today’s just for the family and then after you can plan
wherever ceremony you want for her.
Queen: I understand my king.
King: Zasembo my daughter I want to apologize for
everything that happened here and also ask you to forgive
me for not being there for you and not protecting you as a
father when you needed me to.
Zasembo: I already forgave you father and after
everything I will be going back to KZN with Ntsika.
Queen: What? No! ( she was already tearing up) I don’t
want to lose you again, I know I wasn’t there for you but I
would like to be there for you now. Please don’t go my
dear princess. ( tears were already falling)
Zasembo: Mother don’t cry am only going there to fulfill a
promise I made to my grandmother and then I can come
back.
King: What promise is that? Maybe we can help.
Zasembo: I promised her that her house will not be closed
and in order for it not to be closed I decided to build an
orphanage there and a home for abused women.
Zwelibanzi: That is noble of you my princess and we can
assist you with anything that you might need.
Zasembo: My thanks grandfather.

They continued discussing the orphanage and eating,

laughing and joking together. The time came for Zasembo
to be introduced to the ancestors, the cow was
slaughtered after Zasembo had to poke it with a spear and
it made the sound that everyone was expecting and it was
slaughtered after. The ceremony went on but not all was
done. In the evening the former king Zwelibanzi asked the
guards to bring the queen mother and her friend and they
did.
Queenmother: Oh you finally back to your senses, good
riddance! Give me some food so that I can eat then go
bath and rest.
Zwelibanzi: Food you can get but it will be your last meal.
Queenmother: You not going to deprive me of food now
dear husband will you.
Zwelibanzi: No but you will be the food to beetles and
mites.
Queenmother: Zwelibanzi you cant kill your wife let alone
royalty.
Zwelibanzi: Or but I can And your remaining family has
been informed and they will be here any moment now so
you better eat up.
Qhawekazi: So am I forgiven? I mean I was only following
her instructions.
King:You are just as much to blame as she is and you will
both meet the same faith.
Qhawekazi: But my family....my husband and kids
Queen: Your husband has been informed his also on his
way and your kids? You should have thought about them
before killing mine.
The two ate but the food was not really going down as
they were worried about their deaths. Their families
arrived, Qhawekazi’s husband couldn’t even look at her.
The royal family informed the families of everything the
two did, Qhawekazi’s husband was angry and disgusted
by what his wife had done. He took a spear and stabbed
Qhawekazi in the heart right outside the palace gates as it
was where they were standing.
Husband: This is for all the blood you spilled, for the
queens tears and for my children because one day you
would have killed them the same way you killed the royal
seeds.
Qhawekazi: For...forgive..m..me! ( she closed her eyes)
her husband with the help of her brother took the body and
put it in the back of a truck and drove off.

Brother: I will not bury a witch and I don’t want my niece a

nephew to know the kind of person their mother was.
Husband: I will not bury this thing myself, it deserves to be
burnt.
Brother: Then let’s take her to the forest and burn her.
The husband nodded in agreement and they drove to the
forest and burnt her. Back at the palace The queen mother
was begging he husband and uncles not to kill her and
promised to change but they wouldn’t hear of it.
Uncle: You killed your grandchildren like you were killing
animals and you will be killed like one too.
Zwelibanzi. Everyone who wants to come with must get
into the truck and we go to the forest. Guards get the dogs
ready.

The guards got the dogs ready and everyone went into the
truck and they drove off. Upon arrival to the forest the the
queen mother was tied to a tree and the dogs were
ordered to attack. The dogs did exactly that, they were
biting and scratching. This went on for a while until the
queen mother died because she was loosing a lot of blood.
They left her there and went back to the palace.

#loveadminInsert 99

BaKoena kingdom✨

Lebo still hasn’t woken up yet and it has been two days.
Mapula went to check on him and told them that he will
wake up when his ready but Kwezi wasn’t having it, she
insisted a doctor be called in to check on him and indeed
the palace doctor was called. She checked on Lebo and
said the same thing that Mapula did, that his okay and just
needs motivation to wake up. Kwezi has been waking up
early in the morning to go into Lebo’s chamber to check on
him. This morning was no different, she took a bath and
went to Lebo’s chamber. She got in and sat on the bed
next to him and spoke to him.
Kwezi: Lebo you have to wake up now, it’s been two
whole days and it’s lonely here without your jokes. I don’t
know why I feel so connected to you all of a sudden but
whatever this is I want to discover it with you. Now wake
up everyone misses you but I miss you more, you have to
wake up because you owe me a movie date and you were
supposed to be my entertainer for the duration of my stay.
Lebo: Woman I will buy you the whole cinema if it will get
you to shut up.
Kwezi: Lebo you awake! ( she said excited)
Lebo: Not So loud woman I have a headache.
Kwezi: Sorry am just excited that you woke up! And don’t
ever do that to me again!
Lebo: Woman keep it down I just woke up from a coma
here.
Kwezi: You were not in a coma Lebo just unconscious.
Lebo: Same thing!
Kwezi: Just don’t ever do that to me again.
Lebo: I will do that over and over again just so that I can
hear you say how much you miss me.
Kwezi: I can say that with you alive and well Mr Lebenya.
Lebo: Please say it again Mrs Lebenya
Kwezi: Oh wow now am a Mrs what an upgrade.
Lebo: I can upgrade you even now if you would have me.
Kwezi: What are you saying exactly Lebo?
Lebo: That I want you to be my girlfriend and soon wife if
things go well between us.
Kwezi: I don’t know what to say.
Lebo: You said you don’t know what you feel and you
would like to discover that with me and am asking you to
come with me on the journey of discovery.
Kwezi: I don’t know Lebo.
Lebo: Kwezilomso
Kwezi: Did you have to call me by my full name though?
Lebo: Yes because it doesn’t give out the full meaning of
your name when shortened.
Kwezi: You know the meaning of my name?
Lebo: Yes Kwezilomso meaning the sunrise graze and I
want you to be my sunrise, sunset and midday sun just
shining through my life. Please be my sunshine Kwezilam.
Kwezi: Keleboha bahaeso kahontlisetsa wena, ke lebohe
morena Modimo leMapula ka orekopantsa and nkarata
hobalewena morena Lebenya ( I thank my ancestors for
bringing you to me, I also thank God and Mapula for
bringing us together and I would love to be with you Mr
Lebenya)
Lebo: Your Sotho is improving and thank you for having
me my chocolate face.
Kwezi: You are not very good in this romance thing Lebo.
Lebo: Then teach me Mrs.

They were laughing and talking when the maiden came in

and asked if she can bring their breakfast. Kwezi asked
her to bring something light for Lebo. The maiden went
back to the kitchen to get food for the two. The others
were sitting on the dining room table having their morning
feast. When the maiden was about to pass with the tray of
food Mapula stopped her.
Mapula: Is Kwezi having her morning feast in Lebo’s
chamber again?
Maiden: It seem they both are my queen ( Mapula smiled)
Tokelo: Wait did you ask that on purpose? Is Lebo awake?
Thabiso: What do think green eyes?
Tokelo: Now you guys are cruel why didn’t you tell me my
brother was awake?
Mapula: But we just told you my green eyed brother.
Reneilwe: Don’t mind them my green eyed man they are
just playing with you.
Tokelo: But babe you also just said green eyed ( the all
burst into loud laughter)
Tokelo: You know what am going to see my brother you all
can sit here and continue laughing ( he stood up and
followed the maiden)
Reneilwe: Am sorry babe I didn’t mean it! ( she shouted
behind him while still laughing)
Tokelo: But you still laughing! ( shouted back and they
laughed even louder)

He made his way to the west wing where Lebo’s chamber

was, he got there and he could hear the laughter all the
way from the corridor and he went in without knocking.
Tokelo: My brother is awake! ( he said standing by the
door)
Lebo: You know it will take more than a piece of wood to
kill me.
Tokelo: I don’t doubt it brother ( he said getting closer)
Lebo: WHOW hold it right there and don’t come any closer!
Kwezi call Mapula now!
Kwezi: Why?
Lebo: My brother is possessed go and call them now!
( Kwezi was dead with laughter)
Lebo: Woman stop laughing this is serious. Mapula!!!!
Thabiso!!!! ( he yelled and Kwezi couldn’t stop laughing)
Tokelo: Lebo oarasa maan ke eng kawena ( Lebo you
making noise what’s wrong with you) the others came in
running.
Mapula: Lebo what’s wrong?
Lebo: Help my brother!
Mapula: What’s wring with him?
Lebo: His possessed by those evil spirits! Look at his eyes!
They are green and not just any green the evil snake kind
of green! ( the others couldn’t hold it anymore, they bust
out into a loud laughter holding their tummies)
Lebo: Can somebody let me in on the joke because I don’t
see anything funny about this he needs help (shame he
sounded so serious)
Mapula: Okay! ( she said still holding her tummy) long
story short your brother discovered the extent of his
powers during the battle with the spirits and that is why his
eyes are like that.
Lebo: Damn and I missed that.
Kwezi: I will tell you all about it.
Lebo: Now that’s not fair now it’s only me and you without
powers babe all these people do.
Reneilwe: Well I also don’t have powers so I guess am in
your group.
Them: Babe huh?
Mapula: Is there something you guys want to tell us?
Lebo: Orata ditaba ausi tjo! ( you like gossip sister yhoo)
Tokelo: Now I think it’s time we discuss the elephant in the
room.
Lebo: Right! Thabiso you know we like you but the palace
is too small to accommodate you, your wife and your
elephant. So the elephant will have to go to the zoo.
Tokelo: What the hell are you talking about now? ( the
others were laughing)
Lebo: You said we had to discuss the elephant and the
only person who has elephants is Thabiso.
Thabiso: Now I could just knock you back into a coma.
Lebo: Hear That Kwezi I was in a coma
Kwezi: Yes I heard! Now let me leave you and go help
mother.
Mapula: You don’t have to leave friend it’s no secret.
Kwezi: No thank you because the things you guys deal
with are scary and I still like my sleep( she said and left.

Tokelo: Right! As I was saying, we have to deal with the

Lethabo issue the gods have been visiting me and they
are not pleased.
Mapula: Me too and now that Lebo is awake we can do it
today.
Thabiso: Lets no delay it any further, let’s go change and
go.
Lebo: Yeah! You guys get out I want to change.
Reneilwe: But you need to rest.
Lebo: Girl I have been resting for two days. And I won’t
miss this for anything! So am going.
Tokelo: Okey then let’s go.
Lebo: Wait where are we taking him?
Mapula: The river
Lebo: Damn alligator food! I don’t want to be in his shoes
right now.
Tokelo: You And me both

They all went their separate ways to go change, a few

minutes later they met in the lounge and Mapula asked the
guards to bring Lethabo to the car. They brought him and
they drove to the river. It was not far and they had to leave
the car a bit further and walked the rest of the distance.
They got there and Lethabo was pleading with them to let
him go.
Lethabo: My niece and nephew! My brothers children
please let me go and I promise I will never do this again.
Mapula: It’s not up to us now uncle.

Continuation to follow
#loveadminContinuation✨

Lethabo was pleading with his niece and nephew to let

him go but they were having none of it.
Lethabo: My niece and nephew! My brothers children
please let me go and I promise i won’t do this again.
Mapula: It’s not up to us now uncle look ( she pointed at
the river that had a hole in the middle and the alligators
that already gathered there waiting.
Lethabo: Please am begging you please don’t take me
there please. ( he pleaded)
Tokelo: No one will take you there uncle..( Lethabo cut
him off)
Lethabo: Oh thank you dear nephew you won’t regret this
thank you.
Tokelo: I said no one will take you there but they will ( he
punted to the alligators that were coming closer and closer)
Lethabo: No please don’t let them take me please.

They all stood behind him as the alligators got closer and
closer and Lethabo moving backwards.
Mapula: Ngwedi please accompany him and give my
greetings to the queens.
Ngwedi: My queen! ( she bowed her head then
transformed into her alligator form and pushed Lethabo
from behind and he fell)
The other alligators took him, with each one holding a part
of him with its teeth and Ngwedi leading the way to the
open part of the river. The alligators were not eating him
and Lethabo had hope, they got to the middle and the
alligators let him go and he sank into the hole and it closed.
Lebo: I expected more from this at least for them to bite
him here and there.
Tokelo: Yeah me too what a disappointment!
Mapula: Do you guys want to know what will happen to
him in there?
Lebo: No if you going to tell us it won’t be the same.
Tokelo: Yeah so what’s the point?
Mapula: Look

They all looked at her as she concentrated on the river

and after a few minutes the mystical land appeared. It
showed the queens sitting there with Lethabo kneeling in
front of them.
Bahomi: You know your blood is not pure blue yet you
went for the throne why?
Lethabo: Because of greed and am sorry.
Nyolodi: You plotted to kill a king, your own brother why?
Lethabo: Because I wanted the throne.
Bahomi: Even though you knew it wasn’t yours?
Lethabo: Yes please I apologize
Nyolodi: You plotted to kill the rain queen and the current
king why?
Lethabo: Because they were in the way of me getting the
throne and I had to remove them.
Bahomi: Evem though you know that the throne was still
not yours? ( Lethabo got annoyed)
Lethabo: Yes And why didn’t You people do anything
when I took it the first time if I didn’t deserve it?
Bahomi: He will never change.

Bahomi And Nyolodi and the other queen looked at each

other and nodded. The protectors went to Lethabo in a
hurry and before he could get up they were already in front
of him. Each one went for a part of his body they could
reach first ripping him apart and they kept going back. On
the outside Tokelo, Lebo and Thabiso were so happy
watching this, they were even playing their commentator
game with Tokelo commentating for Nyolodi’s protector,
Lebo was commentating for Bahom’s while Thabiso was
commentating for Lesedi’s protector. They would comment
like soccer commentators as each protector went for a
chunk of lethabo’s flesh until there was nothing.

Mapula stopped and the three had the biggest smiles on

their faces like 5 year olds that just got an ice cream.
Lebo: That was fun!
Thabiso: Tell me about it.
Tokelo: It felt really good
Mapula: You guys will never change.

They walked back to the car while discussing what

happened and laughing at how Lethabo was begging.

Have a good slumber:

#loveadminInsert 100
BaKoena kingdom ✨

The queen mother Mabotle decided it was time for a

celebration since they have been through a lot lately. She
wanted this day to be a day of celebrations, celebrating
friends, family and associates. Only those who fit into that
category were invited, amongst those invited was
Ntsikayomuzi Zulu, Zasembo Mbanga, from those who
came from far, Kwezi’s parents where also invited and her
cousin Scelo. Well I know that everyone doesn’t know
Scelo but he is one of the people who had a crush on
Mapula, he used to see her when she would visit with
Kwezi but he made himself invisible. He loved her from a
distance but since he was home for holidays he also
wanted to tag along when the family said they were going
to LeSotho.

The event was a very sophisticated one, media was

invited, the Royal family of baTloung kingdom were invited,
the King of baTlokwa kingdom was also invited,
associates they work with in the hotel deal were invited
and that included those who were involved in the making
of the hospital as well as those from abroad who volunteer
at the hospital. Everyone who mattered was to be there.
The event was called the BaKoena’s first annual ball. A
announcer was also there to announce all the Royals as
they arrive, the chef and his staff didn’t sleep the previous
day as they were preparing desserts for the day and today
they woke up early to start with the cooking.

4 more chefs were hired to work with the current family

chef they have, they didn’t want to hire any catering
company as that would open a gap for the enemies and
they decided to do everything in house. The palace
garden where the ball will be held was decorated
beautifully for the event, in fact the whole palace looked
beautiful with all the decorations. The women were busy
with their make up before dressing up for the event while
the guys were dressing up in Lebo’s chamber. The mood
was a joyous one and everyone was happy and excited
about the day ahead. Mapula asked the drivers to go pick
up Ntsika and Zasembo from the airport and the other to
pick up Kwezi’s parents.

The ladies were looking very beautiful in their evening

gowns with Mapula wearing a royal blue evening gown
with a train, Kwezi wearing a Yellow evening gown,
Reneilwe wearing a black evening gown and the queen
mother wearing a silver grey evening gown with lace arms.
The guys were also looking very handsome and ready to
eat. With Thabiso wearing a blue suit and peach tie and a
brown hat with brown shoes and brown belt with brown
leather gloves, Tokelo wearing a charcoal suit a check
black shirt, black tie, black shoes and back belt. Lebo
wearing white pants, white shirt, blue jacket, a brown tie
and watch and topped it off with black shades. He even
shaved his beard.

Mapula: Mother you look beautiful and so young

Kwezi: Girl she is making us eat dust I tell you.
Reneilwe: In that dress people will think she’s your older
sister.
Queen: Then am changing
Mapula: What no the guests are about to arrived and we
have to receive them.
Queen: Well am not the queen of this land now am the
queen mother so you my queen and your brother the king
can receive and welcome the guests.
Mapula: WOW is that how it works now?
Queen: Yes now go the people are waiting
Kwezi: Tshita queen mother.
Reneilwe: So What are you going to change into queen
mother?
Queen: You will see when I arrive now go.
They all went out laughing and met up with the guys in the
dining room.
Lebo: WOW If this is how you ladies look then am hosting
events every month so that I can see you looking like that.
Tokelo: I might just support you, look at me and my queen
matching.
Thabiso: No you eating dust green eyes look at my queen
matching with her husband.
Mapula: Okay we are all matching but now you and I Mr
king are going to receive guests.
Tokelo: What where is the event organizer?
Reneilwe: She’s changing
Lebo: Why?
Mapula: Because we told her she looked young in the
dress she was wearing so she decided to change.
Lebo: You should stop playing with my mother Mapula.
Thabiso: Leave My queen alone Lebo.
Lebo: Tokelo take his queen and go receive the guests
and we will see what he will brag with.
Thabiso: That’s cold bra
Tokelo: Serves You right
Thabiso: You still have green eyes that are brought out by
that suit you wearing.
Lebo: Now his fashion police who know what brings out
what.
Mapula: Lebo leave my husband alone.

They laughed and the two went to receive the guests. The
others went to the garden and mingled with the guests that
were already there, it was mostly business associates.
The announcer started announcing the royal guests as
they arrived.
Announcer: Ladies and gentlemen! Royals and associates
please welcome Prince Ntsikayomuzi Zulu of Manzini
kingdom and Princess Zasembo Mbanga of AmaXhosa
kingdom.
The two went in and greeted Tokelo while Ntsika went and
gave Mapula a big hug picking her up and spinning her
around. Zasembo got a little jealous by this as Ntsika has
never hugged her like that before or has never seen him
that excited to see her. Lebo saw this and patted Thabiso
on the shoulder.
Lebo: There goes your queen being stolen right under
your nose hahaha.
Thabiso: The Zulu prince doesn’t scared me I got the girl
and I married her.
Lebo: Mxm
Thabiso: hahah how do you like that haha

Ntsika put Mapula down.

Mapula: Well That hug says it all.
Ntsika: I missed you Mpandeyomuzi
Mapula: I know that but will you ever stop calling me that?
Ntsika: No you will always be I Mpandeyami
Mapula: Okay I better get used to it then.
Ntsika: Please Do. Let me introduce to you princess
Zasembo Mbanga But you already know that.
Mapula: Yes I do( she and Zasembo shared a hug and
she whispered in her ear’ don’t worry you will get more
than a hug from him okay. Zasembo nodded)
Mapula: A pleasure to finally meet you in person. I am
Mapula.
Ntsika: No no no! That is wrong, She is Mapula the rain
queen.
Zasembo: A pleasure to meet you my queen.
Mapula: Go in and enjoy.

The announcer announced the next royals to arrive.

Announcer: Let us welcome the King of BaTloung and his
queen ( the people clapped for them as they arrived)
Announcer: Let us also welcome the king of BaTlokwa and
Miss Boitumelo ( he was also welcomed)
Everyone arrived even Kwezi’ parent with the cousin.
Everyone was having fun laughing, eating and drinking.
Kwezi’s coursing Scelo has his eyes fixed on Mapula, he
was looking dapper in his maroon suit, women came to
him trying to make small talk because he was a catch
really but he wasn’t having it. Kwezi’s father had his eyes
fixed on Lebo and Kwezi and he wasn’t liking it.
Kwezimother: No Brian don’t even think about it.
Brian: But Kwezi is young and that young man seems
older than her.
Kwezimother: Leave the child alone and Kwezi is not 5
years old she can choose who she wants to be with.
Brian: Fine I will let it go for now.

They were both looking good in their evening wear. The

queen mother graced them with her presences wearing a
black dress. It was a good evening indeed filled with love,
laughter and good company.

#loveadmin

Season 2:

Insert 1

5 Years later✨

Mapula gave birth to a beautiful baby girl with blue eyes

and she named her Keabetswe just as her father
instructed. She gave birth at the mystical land because the
queens said that danger still lacked in the shadows. So
she had to be in the mystical land to give birth, this didn’t
sit well with Thabiso at all as he wanted to be the first to
hold his princess. But they made up for that by letting him
be the first to hold her when they came back. Keabetswe
is a daddy’s girl and her father loves this very much, he is
enjoying the life he, his wife and child have. They moved
back to their home in BaTloung after Mapula gave birth
but they do visit BaKoena evey week and the 3 guys
always meet up evey weekend.

Keabetswe is a lovely young girl who took her fathers dark

complexion and her mothers beauty. Her eyes are just
something else and her mother says they are the eyes of
the gods since none of them have blue eyes. She has
more animal pets than friends and always tells her mother
that they speak to her, well her mother doesn’t know much
about animals but her father is more of an animal person
as his powers come from them. He says they are talking to
her and she can hear and understand them. We don’t
know the extent of this power as yes as she is still a young
girl who loves big hair.

Zasembo and Ntsika worked together and opened the

orphanage and that was two years ago. Mapula and the
others were invited to the opening and it was a very big
success. Zasembo still lives in Mthatha and works at
Ntsika’s company but working from the offices they
opened in Mthatha. Their relationship has been doing well
but Ntsika is sick and tired of the long distance so his been
looking at rings so that he can pop the question on
Zasembo’s birthday in a months time. Manzini kingdom is
doing well but there was drama when the queen ( Ntsika’s
mother) when her vhenda ex visited on the day of the
orphanage opening. Apparently he is one of the people
sponsoring the orphanage so he had to be there, so
apparently there are still strong feelings between them
which got king Sbanisezwe very angry and over protective
of his wife.

Tokelo and Reneilwe got married two years ago, this took
long because the queen (Reneilwe’s mother) wanted her
to marry someone else, someone that she chose because
she as the mother wanted the pleasure of choosing a
suitor for her daughter but unfortunately she already chose
who she wanted to marry. Tokelo decided that they must
give her time to get used to the idea which she finally did
but it took Reneilwe not talking to her and not going home
renting a flat at the capital. So she agreed and they got
married and it was a beautiful royal wedding indeed. She
is now the queen of BaKoena kingdom and they get along
with her mother in law like a house on fire, which
sometimes annoys Tokelo as he says his wife spends
more time with his mother than with him.

Lebo and Kwezi are another story. They are happy and in
love but they are not married yet because Kwezi’s father
doesn’t like Lebo for Kwezi. He says his too old his
daughter, Lebo got her a job in one of his companies so
now she moved to LeSotho and goes home every month
end. Her mother has tried to convince her father to give
them his blessings but he won’t budge. Reneilwe decided
to do a background check on Kwezi’s father and found out
that his their rival in the diamond trade. What she doesn’t
know is if he knows that they are the owners or not. She
also hasn’t shared the information with anyone until she
gets all the information she needs on him and his partners.

Scelo has become a regular in LeSotho, he conveniently

always bumps into Mapula and Keabetswe when they go
to the capital for shopping and it’s always conveniently
when Thabiso is not with them. Mapula hasn’t seen
anything shady about him but the queens keep telling her
that danger is lacking in the shadows but they are not
saying more.
This is only the beginning people, so fasten you seat belts
and hang on because it’s about to get bumpy.

Like, comment and share as much as you can.

We have to grow the family and maybe a release a book

when I have done reach on how to go about it and if any of
you have the information feel free to drop me an inbox.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 2

BaKoena kingdom✨

Lebo just came back from dropping Kwezi from the airport,
he was troubled by what was going on in their relationship.
Yes he loves Kwezi but the issue of her father is standing
in the way of them moving to the next level. He was sitting
in the palace garden deep in his thoughts when Tokelo
came to find him.
Tokelo: Sitting here like this is not you, tell me what is
bothering you.
Lebo: Hey man this Kwezi issue is really getting to me
man.
Tokelo: I know it’s not easy but what can you do?
Lebo: I don’t know man what I do know it that we have
been together for years now and still that man doesn’t
trust me with his daughter.
Tokelo: It’s not that he doesn’t trust you but every parent
wants what’s best for their children and I know that there is
no better than you for Kwezi.
Lebo: Then why doesn’t he see that man, I have never
given him any reason to doubt me.
Tokelo: Did I give Reneilwe’s Mother a reason not to want
me to marry her daughter?
Lebo: No but she eventually agreed.
Tokelo: Yes But how long did that take? Look man all am
saying is that give this man time he will come around.
Lebo: am not getting any younger man, I need to have my
own wife and kids running around here and want that
while mother is still alive.
Tokelo: I feel you man.
Tokelo went back into the house, he also didn’t like what
was happening with Lebo and how this issue with Kwezi
was affecting him. He went to the fridge and took a beer
and went to stand by the window looking outside.
Reneilwe went to him and hugged him from behind.
Reneilwe: What is on your mind dear?
Tokelo: Nothing my queen just thinking
Reneilwe: About What?
Tokelo: Look At Lebo, how does my bother look to you?
Reneilwe: He looks bothered and it’s unlike him, Lebo is a
free spirit and that out there is not the Lebo we know.
Tokelo: Exactly and what upsets me is the fact that I have
no idea how to help him.
Reneilwe: I might have done something that may explain
Kwezi’s fathers reaction to Lebo but I don’t have all the
details yet.
Tokelo: Serously? You have something that can get my
brother out of his misery and you not sharing it?
Reneilwe: As I said my king I don’t have all the details.
Tokelo: Whatever details you have we are sharing them
with Lebo now.
He took Reneilwe by the arm and they walked to the
palace garden where Lebo was sitting looking deep into
his thoughts.
Tokelo: Hey man! Reneilwe might have something that
maybe of help. ( Lebo was hopeful)
Lebo: What is that?
Tokelo: I don’t know but we are both about to find out.
Reneilwe: Okay first I want to apologize in advance for
what I did, I know that no one asked me but I did it anyway
because I was tired of the way things have been with that
man.
Lebo: It’s okay as long as this will shed some light into this
situation because am really out of options.
Reneilwe: Well it seems that Brian is our rival in the
diamond business.
Lebo: Son of a b..(Tokelo cuts him off)
Tokelo: Hold it Right there man his still your father in law
and we don’t know if he knows about us or not.
Lebo: Am telling you he knows and I think it’s time we
have a talk.
Tokelo: Are you going to talk to him as Lebo or Terminator?
Lebo: Whichever one his wants me to be. I have had it
with this man and today his going to tell me what his
problem is.

Tokelo: But his not even here so how are you going to do
that tonight?
Lebo: His goons are here keeping an eye on me.
Tokelo: What? He has a tail on you and you didn’t say
anything!
Lebo: His had it for 5 years now and those bloody
amateurs don’t even know how to tail someone cause I
saw them from day 1 but I kept quiet.
Tokelo: When was this?
Lebo: Two days after the first annual ball.
Tokelo: Then screw him go meet with him and take some
guys with you.
Reneilwe: Brian is smart taking guys won’t work! Lebo
don’t worry I will prepare some devices for you.
Lebo: Undetectable?
Reneilwe: Of course how do you know me?
Tokelo: Look at my queen at work mmm.
Lebo: Hayi sies man! I will need the jet.
Tokelo: Mona Lebo ( jealousy Lebo) sure man you don’t
even have to ask.

Lebo went and took the car and drove out of the palace.
Those guys followed him, he stepped on it and they did
too just as they were about to get to him he hit the brakes
and braked with the car blocking the road. The guys
braked just inches before hitting his car and he was
standing right in front of it. They got out and went to him.
Guy: What the hell man!
Lebo: Call Brian now!
Guy: I don’t know what you talking about.
Lebo: Oh really? Okay ( he reached for his gun and shot
the guy he was talking to right between his eyes and fell
down with his Body colliding with the ground.)
Lebo: Now can any of you call Brian? ( the two guys were
shocked) one of them took out his phone and dialed Brian
and gave it to Lebo. He answered after 2 rings.
Brian: Yah?
Lebo: We need to talk father in law
Brian: Mm I was waiting for this call for years, meet me in
waterfront in 3 hours, that is if you can make it.
Lebo: I will be there ( he hung up and gave the phone to
the guy and got into his car and drove off.

He drove back to the palace and Reneilwe had everything

ready for him. He packed a change of clothes.
Tokelo: Need back up?
Lebo: Nah I got this
Tokelo: Love huh?
Lebo: The shit we do for it.

They fist bumped and walked out to the car.

Brian made a call to one of his guys and he picked up

immediately.
Guy: Bozza
Brian: Get the warehouse ready we have a guest coming
in 3 hours.
Guy: On it.
He dropped the call.
Brian: Lets see what you made of Terminator! Am sure he
thinks I would let my daughter marry a criminal like him.
Shame he must think again Kwezi will not marry a man
like him, not while am still breathing.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 3

CAPE TOWN✨

Lebo arrived in Cape Town just in time, he had their Cape

Town guys on standby and they were connected to his
coms trackers. Ghost had a tracker installed in his gums
as it undetectable. He was angry at Brian for making him
waste so many years he could have spent with Kwezi as
his wife and maybe by now he would be a father but no he
had to play mind games with his daughter’s future. He
drove to waterfront and walked around the beach to calm
himself down. Reneilwe spoke to him on the coms just to
see if everything is okay.
Reneilwe: Lebo come in
Lebo: Am here
Reneilwe: Don’t sounds so down now you almost at the
end of all this.
Lebo: What if he wants something I can’t give him?
Reneilwe: Your brother would give him the mood if it
would mean you being happy. Now chin up and go show
that man what our chief is made of.
Lebo: Now you make me feel like an old man.
Reneilwe: hahah
Lebo: Let me wait for this guy.
Reneilwe: Is he going to call you or what?
Lebo: No he will find me, he said to come here so am sure
he has eyes on me as we speak.
Reneilwe: Alright then focus.
Lebo: Alright stand by

Lebo waited for Brian and he was watching him from his
boat smoking a cigar with a glass of whiskey in hand.
Lebo was getting impatient with the waiting and as he was
going to the nearest bar to get a drink and van stopped in
front of him.
Lebo: Look guys I don’t want any trouble just move along
and let me go get my drink.
Guys: Brian sent us.
Lebo: You should have said so in the first place and not
stop in front of me and stare at me.
Guy: Just get in.

Lebo got in the van and they drove off, they drove for
about thirty minutes and the van stopped. They got out
and in front of them was a heavily guarded warehouse in
the middle of the forest. Lebo looked around, more like
recording his surroundings with the camera contact lenses
he was wearing. Reneilwe and the guys in Cape Town
were getting the the footage. The got inside and Brian was
sitting on a leather office chair in the middle of the room
with armed guys all around him. Lebo got annoyed by this.
Lebo: Did you seriously need an army to face one man?
Brian: Oh no they were just keeping me company.
Lebo: Nice company you keep.
Brian: Oh my thanks dear chief or shall I say Terminator.
Lebo: Call me however you want but I prefer son in law
( she gave him a side smile which got Brian’s blood boiling)

Brian: Keep dreaming son.

Lebo: Okay lets get down to it and I would prefer it to be in
private.
Brian: Let’s step into my office.
They walked to the back of the warehouse into what
looked like an office and Brian took a seat behind the desk
while Lebo sat in front of him.
Lebo: I know you are our rival in the diamond trade but
what I don’t know is why you don’t want me to marry your
daughter.
Brian: Straight to be point! I like( he stood up and poured
himself a glass of whisky) drink?
Lebo: No am good.
Brian: Suit yourself. Now as you know I am your rival, so I
want you to give me your Nigerian contacts as well as
your supplier in the DRC.
Lebo: And What makes you think that I will give you that?
Brian: You want to me marry my daughter don’t you?
Lebo: The only price I will pay in Kwezi’s name will be her
brideprice nothing more.
Brian: You can take this as her brideprice.
Lebo: One That is negotiated in a warehouse full of men
with guns?
Brian: What’s wrong with that?
Lebo: What you just showed me is that you don’t value
your daughter and her happiness. But to me Kwezi means
more than that.
Brian: And you think you have a choice because?
Lebo: Because am Terminator Brian and you don’t want to
mess with me, now what I want you to do and go home
and tell Kwezi you give us your blessings and you will give
me a date to come pay lobola and on our wedding day you
will smile and walk her down the isle and when you get to
me you will smile and give her away to me. Got it?

Brian smiled then laughed so hard, he even lost his breath

from all the laughing he was doing. While Lebo was
serious as a heart attack, he eventually stopped laughing
and looked at him.
Brian: You are a very funny man I give you that. Now on a
serious note I will never give my daughter to a criminal like
you.
Lebo: You one to talk! Does she even know the kind of
person you are?
Brian: She doesn’t have to know that and am done talking.
You either agree to my terms or you die here today, oh
don’t even think about trying to fight your way out of here
because you will lose and you don’t have the ghosts right
hand man and your people so you completely out
numbered.
Lebo: So is that your final word?
Brian: Yes take it or die.
Lebo: I have had to face death more times than I can
remember and this won’t be any different so do your best
but pray that I don’t get out alive because if I do you will
die.
Brian: Full of ourselves are we? Guys!

The guys came in running.

Brian: Take him to the other side and show him how we do
things around here.
The guys showed Lebo the door and he walked out ever
so gracefully all the way to the the big hall full of armed
guys and stood in the middle with his hands in his pockets.
He looked calm and collected on the outside but on the
inside he was boiling with anger. Like a duck in the water
that appears so calm and relaxed on the surface but
paddling like crazy underneath.
Brian: Check him for trackers! I know very well that his no
amateur and he won’t go around without them, not when
he has so many enemies.
Guys: Yes boss.
The guys searched him for trackers and they found the
easy ones and destroyed them.
Guy: His clean now boss
Brian: Still don’t want to reconsider? ( Lebo folded his
arms and looked at him in the eyes)
Brian: Alright then. Do it ( referring to his guys and they
went full force to Lebo)

The guys and Reneilwe were watching this and Reneilwe

ordered them to go in, they were 10 minuets out so for that
10 minutes Lebo was alone. They went to him full force
and it was 5 against 1 they fought and when Brian saw
that Lebo was overpowering his Guys he ordered more
guys to beat him up. They did as told and they were all on
him kicking and beating him up, Reneilwe was shouting on
the coms for the guys to hurry up and assist Lebo. The
driver didn’t stop when they got to the warehouse, he
drove the van through the doors of the warehouse making
everyone stop and look at what was happening which
gave Lebo a chance to go charging to Brian. When his
guys catches on what was going on, Lebo’s guys came
out shooting from the van while Lebo dragged Brian out of
the warehouse with his guys following but not shooting as
they were afraid of shooting their boss in the process.

The guys inside were wiping out Brian’s team even though
two of them got shot in the process. Lebo took one of the
cars outside and drove out to the airport with Reneilwe
giving him short cuts and directions to roads that had less
traffic. He got to the airport and went to the jet and they
prepared for take off.
Brian: You do know it doesn’t end here right.
Lebo: Oh this is far from over and I know that.
Brian: It’s just the beginning boy, get ready for war.
Lebo: War is my middle name.
Lebo left him there and went to the back of the jet in the
room in there and started thinking about what to do with
Brian. He didn’t want to hurt him because of Kwezi but he
also wanted to find out how much power and influence he
has before doing anything.

Like, comment and share.

Merry Christmas Royal Family.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 4

The Capital✨

Scelo POV✨

I see that a lot of people underestimate me around here,

just because Mapula has powers they think that nothing
will ever happen to her. Well news flash, to every illness
there is a cure or prevention and to every power there is a
kryptonite, which is something that can weaken your
powers. See what am using is making Mapula not to see
anything bad in me but a good sweet little boy who
admires her. Mapula ignored me since school and I will
not let that happen again. I loved that girl from the first day
of school when she came late and was roaming around
the school looking for her class. I helped her but she was
in such a hurry that she didn’t even look at me when she
said thank you.

I was there when she had a crush on that stupid player

boy from school who had every girl in school at his
disposal but she didn’t notice me. I fought for her when the
guys I played rugby with wanted to take advantage of her
but still she didn’t notice me. I loved and protected her
from a distance but she never noticed me. I was the one
who set up the meeting between her and my cousin Kwezi,
Yeah am sure you asking how? So Kwezi was this loner at
school because she didn’t like to hang with the girls in
school saying they are fake and when Mapula arrived I
thought she and Kwezi would get along just fine because
she was down to earth and considerate.
But she and Kwezi never met because each one of them
were bookworms who always spent their time in class. So
this one day I convinced Kwezi to come eat lunch with me
in the cafeteria and then I asked Jason to invite Mapula
and join us and he did. They joined us but we left Mapula
and Kwezi saying we going to get something to eat and
never went back and since that day they were inseparable.
Still she didn’t notice me and now she will. She came
home and got married and now she has a child that should
have been mine but because she didn’t notice me she has
a child with another. But I love my princess she is weird
and awkward like me, loves animals like me and dark like
me. See she should have been mine.

Now am watching them eating with her mom just across

the street but I can’t go to them because of that guy she’s
married to. See what am using can only work on her not
him, so technically he can sense that am up to no good so
that is why I keep my distance when his around. But time
has come to be reunited with my family. ( he smiled
thinking about how happy he and Mapula will be in their
new home in Canada with their princess)

Kwezi was having snacks with her mother catching up on

what has been happening in their lives in the past month.
Kwezi: Mother where is father?
Kwezi’smother: Hey I don’t dear, he should be back by
now because he said what he is doing won’t take long.
Kwezi: Yeah! I don’t even know why I worry about him
because his always been like this.
Kwezi’smother: You right, your father would say he will be
back in two days and stay away for a week even more.
Kwezi: Yes I know. Do you think father will ever give Lebo
and I his blessings?
Kwezi’smother: I don’t know child, I really don’t.
Kwezi: Lebo is a traditional man, he loves me but he will
never marry me without the permission of my father and at
this rate I don’t think we will ever get it.
Kwezi’smother: Don’t talk like that baby your father will
come around.
Kwezi: Mother it’s been 5 years now and still nothing and
am thinking of just living my life with Lebo with or without
him.
Kwezi’smother: How are you planning on doing that?
Kwezi: Having the children we want and be happy.
Kwezi’smother: Lebo won’t allow that
Kwezi: I know which is why am not going to tell him
because his too good to do that or even allow me to. That
man loves me mother and I love him. What father is doing
is pulling us back and putting a strain on our relationship
and am not going to lose Lebo because of him.
Kwezi’smother: What makes you think you will lose him?
Is he not the same anymore?
Kwezi: That’s the thing Mother! Lebo is more than what I
could ever ask for in a man, his patient and loving and has
never given me any reason to doubt him. But his human
too and he will get tired of this.
Kwezi’smother: You right baby I will support you in
whatever you do.
Kwezi: Thank you Mother.

Kwezi’smother: How is Scelo?

Kwezi: His Alright, we meet up every now then.
Kwezi’smother: How is his business going?
Kwezi: Very well actually and am proud of him.
Kwezi’smother: Me too! He has come a long way indeed.
Kwezi: Yes he has. I hope he never gets to a place where
he stops taking his medication again.
Kwezi’smother: I hope so too. We don’t want a repeat of
what happened in university.
Kwezi: Yeah That was bad hey, poor girl I hope her
parents buried her with dignity and I must admit they are a
very forgiving family.
Kwezi’s mother coughed uncontrollably and Kwezi went
out to the kitchen to get her some water. She drank the
water.
Kwezi’smother: Thanks baby.
Kwezi: Feeling better now?
Kwezi’smother: Yes dear thank you.
Kwezi: Okay then.

Kwezi’s mother couldn’t risk Kwezi talking about those

people anymore as she didn’t trust herself to not say
anything about it. Yes it happened years ago but what
they did still haunts her. Scelo is sick and when he has
one of his episodes no one can stop him. It takes time for
him to be alright again which is why she always kept
Kwezi away from him or with a body guard if they were in
the same place like now. Her husband has people keeping
an eye on him to make sure Kwezi is safe.
I know it’s short please bare with me.

Like, comment and share as much as you can!

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 5

AmaXhosa kingdom✨

Zasembo was busy preparing to go to Durban to go meet

up with Ntsika. She was excited about her visit, Ntsika
made her happy and she loved him. Mapula was right
when she said that she will get more than a hug from
Ntsika. She got to experience the sensitive side of him, the
loving and romantic side that she didn’t know existed and
she was loving it. Her mother got in her room while she
was finishing up.
Queen: You look beautiful baby but before you leave your
father and I would like to see you in the throne room.
Zasembo: What is Mother?
Queen: You will hear all about it just follow me.
Zasembo: you sound excited and that makes me wonder.
Queen: Stop wondering dear princess and come with me.
Zasembo: Okay then am right behind you.
The queen left leaving Zasembo wondering what her
parents wanted to talk to her about. She finished up and
went to join them in the throne room. She got there and
bowed her head as a sign of respect.
King: As you were dear princess.
Zasembo: My thanks my king.
Queen: Please do take your seat, we won’t be long.
( Zasembo took her seat and waited for her parents to
speak)
King: Well princess yesterday I got a visit from king Nqaba
and his delegates.
Zasembo: What did they want father?
King: Well they have come to ask for your hand in
marriage and you will be marrying none other than the well
known prince Zithulele of amaBomvana kingdom. A great
and well known neurosurgeon in South Africa.
Zasembo: And What was your answer then dear father?
King: Your mother and I agreed ( he said with a smile on
his face)
Queen: Am Sure you will have the most spectacular
wedding because you are still pure. ( she said ever so
excited)
Zasembo: Permission to speak my king.
King: Granted
Zasembo: How can any of you agree to marry me off to
someone I don’t know when you both know very well that I
am with prince Ntsikayomuzi Zulu?
King: Has the prince proposed marriage to you?
Zasembo: No father but I...
King: Has he even spoken of marriage to you?
Zasembo: No but...
King: Then it’s clear he has no intentions with you or else
he would have said something by now. So as your father I
am doing what is best for you.
Zasembo: With all due respect my king, you have just met
me, you don’t know me and what I want and if you both
would have taken the time to ask me I would have clearly
told you that I do not want to marry this prince. I will take
my leave now and I will see you next weekend. That is if
am still allowed in your palace. ( she stood up and left her
parents there)

Queen: She’s right my dear, we don’t know her and yet we

arrange marriage for her without her knowledge.
King: But that is how things are done in royalty.
Queen: But she didn’t grow up as royal she grew up as a
commoner, making her own choices and decisions. Now
we come along and want to change that, it won’t be easy
for her to accept.
King: I understand but she is a princess, always has been
and in this 5 years she should have learnt how things are
done.
Queen: Yes she has learnt but as you can see that our
princess is different, she has a mind of her own and can
use it very well. You think if she were any other princess
she would have turned down the status and honor of
marrying the prince?
King: No she wouldn’t have but there is nothing we can do
now it’s done.
Queen: Not if the Zulu prince comes before him and she
accepts him.
King: Well I don’t think that will happen.
Queen: Don’t lose hope yet my dear, he might surprise
you.

Zasembo arrived in King Shaka international airport, after

two hours of traveling. She was troubled by how she left
things with her parents and she knew that this is how
things are done but she wishes that Ntsika was the one
who asked for her hand. Ntsika was waiting for her at the
airport at Mug and bean. She waited for her bag then went
and joined him there. He saw her and stood up and met
her half way, they shared a hug and sat down. Ntsika had
already ordered for her.
Ntsika: How is my queen doing?
Zasembo: I wish that were true but sadly it’s not.
Ntsika: Awu wemah ngaze ngazenza ngentombi
yomXhosa. Uyibuza impilo yona ikutshela ngokunye nje.
( oh god I have done it by choosing a Xhosa woman. You
ask her how she is and she answers something
completely different)
Zasembo: Am serious Ntsika, my parents have arranged
marriage for me and we had a huge fall out over that
before I came here.
Ntsika: What exactly did you say to them when they told
you about this?
Zasembo: That they know that am with you yet they went
ahead and arranged marriage for me and I also told them
that they don’t even know me to be making such decisions
for me.
Ntsika: We are taking my jet and going back to your home.
Zasembo: But I just got here.
Ntsika: Yes But you left a mess behind and you have to
clean it up. Look I have learnt the hard way to listen and
actually do as told, it’s not ideal but it has it’s advantages.
( he took out his phone and called the pilot to get ready for
take off and he told him that inspections were done the
previous day and the jet was refueled so they are ready)
Ntsika: Lets go.
Zasembo: Ntsika am tired
Ntsika: There is a room with a bed in my jet you can sleep
there but now we going to your house.
Zasembo: What are we going to do when we get there?
Ntsika: You will start by apologizing and I will take care of
the rest.

They were off and in no time they were back in Mthatha

now on their way to amaXhosa kingdom. The drive was
not long and they arrived, the guards saw their princess
and opened the gates. They drove in, parked, got out and
walked to the door. They got in the king and queen were
shocked to see them.
Zasembo: My king and queen ( she bowed her head)
King: As you were princess.
Ntsika: My king and queen, a pleasure to see you again.
Queen: A pleasure is all ours (they took their seat)
Ntsika: My king I heard what the princess has done and I
brought her back home as she has something to say to
the king and queen.
King: Alright we listening.
Zasembo: My king and queen. I would like to apologize for
my behavior earlier on, I know you didn’t raise me and I
know it was not your choice and I apologize for saying all
that.
Queen: It’s okay my princess we understand.
King: We might have not raised you but I will not tolerate
such behavior from you.
Zasembo: I understand my king.
Ntsika: That’s not all ( he stood up and reached in his
pocket and took out a box. Then went down on one knee
in front of Zasembo)
Ntsika: This is not how I planned on doing this but now the
situation doesn’t allow me to wait any longer. I wanted to
do this on your birthday and I have been carrying this ring
around for the past two weeks like if I leave it home I will
lose it and in the process lose you. I know am not the best
of men and have have my flaws but if you will have me I
would like to be a better man by your side and grow old
with you. Ngiyakuthanda nkosazane yomXhosa ngicela
ungenze indoda emadodeni ungishade sthandwa sami ( I
love you Xhosa princess. Please make me a man
amongst men and marry me) by this time Zasembo was
crying.
Zasembo: I would love to grow old with you.
Ntsika: is that a yes?
Zasembo: Yes ( he put the ring in her finger)

King: I love what am seeing but there is another prince

involved.
Ntsika: I know this process and I know exactly what to do.
King: Alright then.

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 6

AmaXhosa kingdom✨

The day of the negotiations came and everyone at the

kingdom was up and down busy preparing for the guests
to come. Only the king and queen knew that two families
were coming this day, they didn’t inform anyone else as it
is not allowed for the princess to be involved with another
while promised to the other. So what they are doing is
giving their daughter a choice in a way to choose who she
wants to be with by either denying one and accepting the
other. Ntsika, his uncles and father were getting ready at a
B&B the one he and Zasembo stayed in the first time they
came here.
Uncle: Kodwa wena mshana wahlala usenzisa izinto
ezingasile nje ( But you nephew are always making us do
stupid things)
Uncle2: Azange waphila kahle la ekhanda ushana lo wena
Bafo ufuze uyise ( our nephew has never Alright in the
head brother he takes after his father)
KingSbani: Manje nifuna ukuthi angiphilile kahle inkosi
yenu yonke? Ngizondla imbuzi nina (now you want to say I
am not well, a whole king? Am going to fine you a goat)
Ntsika: Batshele wena baba ( tell them father)
KingSbani: But son are you sure this girl is going to
choose you? We don’t want the past to repeat itself.
Ntsika: Father I know that I have disappointed you in the
past but I promise you that this time things will be different.
KingSbani: I hope so son, mina nomalume bakho
singadumala kabi umengase akukhanyele lomntwana
( me and your uncles will be so disappointed if this girl
denies you)

Ntsika: Father That will not happen don’t you worry. For
the first time in my life I have never been this sure about
anything and this will be the time that you will all be proud
of the man that have become. All I ask is that you trust me.
KingSbani: We hear you son, now let’s go, I don’t want us
to be late.
Ntsika and his people made their way to AmaXhosa
kingdom. While the amaMfengu king and delegates we
also on their way to the palace. It was not far for them to
travel just a 20 minute drive. They got there and called up
their clan names at the gate and the king and former king
his father delayed letting them in as part of giving the Zulu
prince time to get there before everything is finalized.
Zasembo called her mother telling her that Ntsika and his
people are 5 minutes away. The queen informed the her
husband and father in law and they went out and met the
amaMfengu people at the gate. All the necessities were
done and they were let in, they went to the guest chamber
where the negotiations will be taking place. Refreshments
were brought and they drank before getting down to
business, while they were still enjoying themselves there
was noice at the gate and they all kept quiet and listened.

Uncle: Sikhuleki kuni bo Mpinga!, Mawawa!

ubholokoqoshe! ooNtomntwana!ingakhuluboya
seyilungele abadala! Sithi ooManzi sivuleleni bo size
ngesihle!
KingNqaba: Kanti kwenzeka ntoni apha Zwelinzima?
( what is going on here Zwelinzima?)
King: Ndawukwazi njani mna kodwa ndihleli nawe apha?
Hayi kumkani sukundisulela ngamafutha inyama
ndingayityanga. ( how would I know when am sitting here
with you? No my king don’t wipe oil on me while I didn’t
eat the meat)
Zwelibanzi: Ayincedi ke le niyenzayo, ngesingenisa
abantu qha thina sive bafuna ntoni sizokwazi uqhubela
phambili ngomcimbi ( what you are doing is not helping,
we should be letting the people in and hear what they
want so that we can proceed)
KingNqaba: Kulungile mabangeniswe ( Okay let them in)
KingZwe: Hayi kaloku ayihambi njalo, wena ulindwendwe
apha awuzusixelela uba sithini ( no it doesn’t work like that,
you are a visitor here so you will not tell us what to do)

KingNqaba: Ndiyaxolisa kumkani ndiphethwe yidyudyu nje

wena ( my apologies my king am just nervous)
The kings didn’t answer they went out and opened the
doors for the Zulu people. They were also taken to the
same room where the amaMfengu people were.
KingZwe: Now can you please tell us what brings you here
this day?
Uncle: Our prince Ntsikayomuzi Zulu saw a delicate flower
in your garden and has sent us to pick it for him. That is
why we are here today.
King: I see, well these people that you see in front of you
are here for the same reason.
Uncle: Then it’s clear that the flower is delicate and very
rare if a lot of people seek for it.
Zwelinzima: Indeed! Now here when a situation like this
arises we let the flower be the one to pick or shall I say to
tell us which people she is aware of.
KingNqaba: Indeed That is how things are done and I am
more than sure that the princess knows us and will never
turn down such honor ( he said with such pride)

KingZwe: Well there is only one thing to do and that is to

call the princess and tell us which of you people she
knows so that the proceedings can continue with the
family that she admits to knowing.
KingNqaba: That would be best my king ( KingZwe went
out and called his queen and told her to bring their
princess, the queen went and got Zasembo and they went
to the guest chamber where she sat on the grass mat with
her head bowed.
KingZwe: My princess we are in a predicament here.
Zasembo: Yes father.
KingZwe: We have two families in this room, the one are
from amaMfengu kingdom and they came to ask for your
hand in marriage for their prince Xhanti. And the other
family is the Manzini people also here for your hand in
marriage for their prince Ntsikayomuzi as they said. Now
as you know that we can’t negotiate with two families for
one person, so am going to ask you do you know the
Manzini people?
Zasembo: Yes father I know them.
KingZwe: And the amaMfengu people? ( king Nqaba was
already pissed at this point)
Zasembo: I do not know them father.
KingZwe: Alright then you may take your leave ( Zasembo
left)

KingNqaba: What the hell is this Zwelinzima?

KingZwe: What do you mean?
KingNqaba: Did you bring us here to play with us?
Zwelibanzi: Now How did we do that when you clearly saw
these people come in while you were here?
KingZwe: Did you even hear a rumor that other people
were coming here today?
KingNqaba: No but these people will tell me what I need to
know. Now tell me who do you know here and how did you
know about this day?
KingSbani: Am afraid we are not your children or your
savants so you cannot ask us anything and our business
here is with the king of this palace since the princess has
already admitted to knowing us.
KingNqaba: Oh this is not over Zulu king.
KingSbani: Am afraid it is Xhosa king.
KingNqaba: NdiliMfengu mna hayi umXhosa ( I am a
Mfengu not a Xhosa)
KingSbani: I don’t really care my king, now if you will
excuse us we have matters to attend to.

The king was mad as hell when he left. The Zulu’s And
Zasembo’s family finalized the negotiations and were
invited for a feast and Ntsika was also called in and they
were laughing and talking about how angry the Mfengu
king seemed when he left. The Mfengu king arrived home
and his son followed him to the throne room to hear how
the negotiations went.
Xhanti: Father how did it go?
KingNqaba: She denied us and chose a Zulu prince.
Xhanti: What? How?
KingNqaba: Well they...( he told him everything)
Xhanti: Clearly That Zulu prince doesn’t know who Xhanti
is.
KingNqaba: Don’t do anything stupid.
Xhanti: No I will just teach him how to respect people. ( he
went out and made a call)
Convo

Xhanti: Boys! I need a favor

Guy: Yes prince
Xhanti: Komkhulu there is a Zulu prince with his people,
tail him until they go back home.
Guy: Done!
Xhanti: Great! ( he dropped the call)
Xhanti: This guy clearly doesn’t know who I am but am
going to show him that no one messes with me and get
away with it.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 7

BaKoena kingdom ✨

It has been a week since Lebo took Brian and they have
been working day and night to find out who his associates
are. It has been a roller coaster ride looking with no luck.
Brian covered his tracks really well and looking for who he
is in business with was like looking for a needle in a
haystack. It has proven to be more than difficult to say the
least. They now gave BBQ to do the job and knowing her
she will find something in no time. However Lebo is
impatient because Kwezi will be back this weekend and he
doesn’t want to have to lie or pretend with her. Lebo hated
what was happening, he hated that he had to use other
means to convince the father of the woman he loves to
accept him. Lebo has done everything humanly possible
to show this man that he’s genuine but he is blinded by his
greed.

He was sitting in his chamber thinking about what his

father would have done in this situation. Yes his biological
father was a good man but he was never home or had
time to spend with him. He was working hard to make sure
that they had a roof over their heads, they had food to eat,
clothes to wear and that he goes to school like all the
other child. Lebo appreciated that very much but just like
any other boy he wished for a time with his father. But that
never happened until the day he died in the mines and
then his mother followed being killed by a heart attack at
his father’s funeral.
Now when the king and queen took him in he thought he
will have to work extra hard to prove himself and secure a
future for himself. He wanted to do this because he has
seen how children who don’t live with their parents were
being treated by their relatives and what he feared was
that the king and queen were not even his relatives that is
why he wanted to prove himself and be good. However
when he got to the palace things were different, he got
workers assigned to him like the prince, he was sent to the
best school just like the prince, he was loved just like the
prince, he was never treated differently from the prince
and princess instead he was treated like a prince.

Even the people around the kingdom respected him the

same way they respected the prince. On the princes 21
birthday the king bought him a car, he got a little jealous
and envious like any other young man would. His birthday
cake as well and the king bought him his car and that day
is the day Lebo knew in his heart that he doesn’t have to
fit in or prove himself because his parents love him just the
way he is. They treated him more than his own parents
ever did, his mother the queen gave him hugs and treated
him like the baby of the family. His father the king treated
him like a young prince and a chief of the land as he
always said.
Now the king was a man of his word and even after death
he kept his promise to both his sons. He remembered the
day they came back from initiation school, he sat them
down and told them how men behave and they treat their
women and that when one wants to marry a girl they not
only marrying her but her family as well. He told them to
always respect the father of their brides and raise their
children with respect, dignity, discipline and love. He also
promised that the prince will be the king of the kingdom
like it should be and Lebo will be the chief ruling together
with the king as one. He never believed this as the chiefs
were chosen by the elders and were always members of
the family.

However when the king passed the elders crowned him

the chief of the land saying they were following the former
kings wishes. Now in a situation like this he needed to
hear some of that wise man’s words of wisdom and
encouragement.
Tokelo: Man I have never seen you in your head this much
in my life.
Lebo: What do you mean and when did you get here?
Tokelo: you wouldn’t have noticed because you were deep
in your thoughts and even crying and I thought I should
just watch and not disturb.
Lebo: Then Why did you?
Tokelo: It was getting depressing and I found myself
crying with for no reason because I don’t know what you
were crying about.
Lebo: How long have you been sitting there you sissy?
Tokelo: For over an hour! You call me a sissy yet you the
one who made me cry for something I don’t know.

Lebo: Yeah yeah

Tokelo: What were you crying about anyway?
Lebo: You mean what were we crying about.
Tokelo: Fine tell me.
Lebo: What Father always told us..
Them: Always respect the girls father.
Lebo: Yeah But how do you respect someone like Brian?
Tokelo: He makes it hard I tell you.
Lebo: You think! Sometimes I wish he was just a nobody
Tokelo: So that you can terminate him right?
Lebo: You bet!
Reneilwe: Hey Guys!
Tokelo: My queen
Reneilwe: My king ( she smiled at him) my chief she
bowed her head.
Lebo: Now I can get used to this
Tokelo: Good now get Kwezi to do it.
Lebo: Hahah jealous much
Tokelo: You wish..
Reneilwe: Hey don’t start we have something important to
discuss.

Lebo: Please tell me you found something.

Reneilwe: I did
Tokelo: please tell me it’s illegal
Reneilwe: It is.
Lebo: Now please...
Reneilwe: No enough of that let me explain and please
don’t say anything. ( the two nodded) Okay Brian is
working with the Russian mob and they have been looking
for him. According to my source he had a deal to close
tomorrow and the Russians are coming here.
Lebo: Here?
Reneilwe: Well not here in LeSotho but South Africa.
Lebo: How the hell are we going to defeat the Russian
mob?
Tokelo: I got you don’t worry.
Lebo: No offense brother but this is a gun fight not a ghost
fight.
Tokelo: Waphapha ( you too forward) We have our own
badass people same level as the Russians.
Reneilwe: Please don’t tell me about Uche and his
Nigerian friends.
Tokelo: No baby am talking about Mexican cartel
Lebo: Shit I almost forgot we work with them! Damn Brian
bring on the Russians and we will eat them with Tamales
from Mexico.
Reneilwe: Wait a minute! Do we work with the Mexican
cartel?
Lebo: Not just any Mexican cartel but ring leader of all the
Mexican cartels! The one they all report to.
Reneilwe: Please don’t tell me it Carlos Diablo Rodriguez.
Them: The one and only!
Reneilwe: Brian you going down hard! So what is the
place.
Tokelo: Take them for everything they got then offer to
rescue Brian but for a price.
Reneilwe: Which is?
Tokelo: Giving My brother his blessing.
Reneilwe: Great plan, I will sort out my side and you guys
do what you have to do but the Mexicans must be here
tomorrow.
Lebo: The jet is fueled and ready for pick up.
Tokelo: Let me call our Mexican friend.

Stay tuned...

Please people, I have two pages and I need your support,

like, comment, mention and share to as many people as
you can and with every 10 shares I post and insert. Am
free and can do it. Now let’s show support.

Still need that information on a book deal, if you can assist

drop an inbox.

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 8

Dedicated to the 5 people who shared. My thanks your

majesties.

Mapula✨

Mapula was out with her daughter on one of their weekly

mother daughter dates. They went to the game shop
where Keabetswe got to play every game you can think of,
from car racing to gun fighting and weight lifting. She and
her mother enjoyed themselves and now they were on
their way to eat before going back home. They headed to
spur because the princess also wanted her face painted
and the queen had no choice but to oblige. They went in
and they were shown their table and as soon as they sat
Scelo walked in with a smile on his face and a paper bag
in hand. He bought the princess the doll her mother the
queen said she couldn’t have. He knew she wanted the
doll because as usual he was following them.
Now with people like Scelo or people who suffer with the
same condition he does, everything must be planned
properly, everything must be to a T, every detail must be
in place and every follow up to be done. Which is what
makes him very good in his job, by the way he owns a
courier company and it’s doing very well because of the
system he created to make sure that everything runs
smoothly with every parcel delivered on time with no
delays. His customers hold him at high regard as he never
fails to deliver, that is how good he is. People with his
condition are antisocial, they don’t like being around a lot
of people and if they happen to be in that situation they
like to maintain personal space.

They enjoy their own company and let in a few people in

their circle. Which is a very small and intimate circle of
hand picked people for certain reasons. He walked to their
table with the paper bag in hand.
Scelo: Good Afternoon my queen.
Mapula: Afternoon dear Scelo, how do you do?
Kea: His Fine Mother! What have you got me uncle Scelo?
Mapula: You are not getting anything until you greet
properly my princess.
Kea: My apologies mother and uncles Sclelo. How do you
do uncle? ( Scelo was smiling this whole time)
Scelo: I am very well your highness, how is her majesty
doing this fine day?
Kea: Oh very well dear uncle my thanks for asking. Now
what did you get me?
Scelo: Well I don’t know if you will like it your highness but
I tried my best to get a suitable gift for her majesty
because I didn’t want to come to her presence empty
handed.
Kea: You most certainly right dear uncle and I promise to
keep your present even if I do not fancy it.
Scelo: Well That puts my heart at ease your highness.
You may open your gift.
Kea: Oh I thank you ( she had the biggest smile on her
face as she opens it) oh uncle you have outdone yourself
this time.
Scelo: Why is that my princess?
Kea: Well this doll is exactly what I wanted and the queen
refused to get it for me.
Scelo: Oh that’s unbelievable!
Kea: Tell me about it.
Scelo: What was the reason for not getting it for you your
majesty?
Kea: Well she said I had spent all the money that I worked
for this week and that I had to work for another then buy
the doll.
Scelo: Well I think that is wise my princess.

Mapula: Okay you two am still here.

Scelo: We apologies my queen. How do you do?
Mapula: Very well my thanks for asking, I have just
ordered for myself and Kea. I am not sure if you will join us
or you just passing.
Scelo: It will be an honor to join you my queen.
Mapula: Very well then, order for yourself while I make a
call.
Scelo: Certainly my queen.( Mapula moved away to make
the call and Kea’s guard moved closer and stood behind
her)
Mapula dialed Ntsika’s number and he picked up on the
second ring.

Convo:
Mapula: Ntsikayomuzi woManzini.
Ntsika: Mpandeyomuzi woManzini.
Mapula: When will I lose that title since the real Mpande is
here now.
Ntsika: You are the only Mpande the Manzini’s will ever
need.
Mapula: And Princess Zasembo? I hear congratulations
are in order!
Ntsika: Well my thanks Mpandeyami and Zasembo is the
mother of my children and my queen.
Mapula: Well That title suits her well.
Ntsika: My thanks again Mpande.
Mapula: I called for a reason Gwabini.
Ntsika: Please don’t give me more tasks and bad news.
Mapula: My apologies for being the barer of bad news
Manzini but the Manzini clan sent me with a message.
Ntsika: Please don’t tell me they don’t approve of my
queen.
Mapula: Oh no they do and this is not about that.
Ntsika: Oh thank the gods.
Mapula: You are in danger my prince, there are people
following you and they were sent by someone with the
heart of vengeance.
Ntsika: What have I done now?
Mapula: Nothing That the gods don’t approve of, just be
careful and take care of yourself.
Ntsika: Will I need help with this?
Mapula: You might And the only people who can help you
with this one are my brothers. Also know that this is not a
spiritual fight so be prepared in all angles.
Ntsika: My thanks my queen and I shall do as you
suggested.
Mapula: Take care Manzini.
Ntsika: You too my queen.

They dropped the call and Ntsika thought of the day at the
field and thought that it will be a hot day in hell before he
goes and kneels in front of those men asking for help.
Mapula went back to the table and the two were already
eating and talking like they usually do and Scelo was at
his happiest.
Mapula: How is the food my princess.
Kea: Delightful dear mother.
Mapula: Well am glad.
Kea: How is your good dear uncle?
Scelo: Marvelous dear princess.
Kea: Uncle you should stop following us and join us
instead, it will be more fun.
Mapula: What are you talking about princess.
Kea: Uncle needs help and they will use him to do bad
things like he did before. ( as Mapula was trying to
process what the princess just said Nyolodi connected
with her)
‘My queen danger lacks in the shadows please be careful’
she said ‘ is Scelo a danger to us?’ She asked ‘ Am afraid
that is all I can say at the moment, trust the princess’ she
said ‘was what she said true?’ She asked ‘trust the
princess my queen’
Scelo: Hey don’t tell me you think what she said is the
truth, children have wild imaginations. Please trust me and
if I was up to no good you would know by now.
Mapula: You right and I do trust you.
Scelo: Thank you, you must be excited about Kwezi’s
return.
Mapula: Yes I am ( she said absent minded)

Stay tuned...

Like, comment, meantion and share.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 9

Xhantilomzi was informed by his goons about Ntsika’s

schedule, where he lives , where he goes to and who his
been seeing over the past week. His is now in Durban to
pay Ntsika a visit as he calls it. Ntsika today was meeting
the wedding planner at Mhlanga rocks because he wants
to throw Zasembo a surprise birthday party/engagement
party. His been busy with it for the past week since her
birthday is on the weekend and Zasembo is coming over
to Durban to spend it with Ntsika. He met up with the
planner and when he was done he went to Roco mamas
for some lunch. Xhanti was told by his goons where Ntsika
was and he made his way there, he got in and searched
for Ntsika with his eyes and found him seating in the table
near the window reading a newspaper. He walked up to
him and sat in front of him and Ntsika lowered his paper
and looked at him then went back to his reading.
Xhanti: You full of yourself aren’t you?
Ntsika: Ungazongisuzela wena la, khona uhubani
usesofika ungitshile amasinba ngizihlele? ( don’t come
here with nonsense, who are you to come here and tell me
shit)
Xhanti: The name is Xhanti! Prince Xhantilomzi of
amaMfengu kingdom.
Ntsika: And That is supposed to faze me because?
Xhanti: Yazi ndiyaqheleka apha, Jonga apha wena la
nkosazana uyithathileyo ibithenjiswe mna, ndim
ebekufanele utshata naye hayi inkwenkwe yomZulu. ( you
know am being disrespected here, look here that princess
that you took was promised to me and I am the one she
was supposed to marry not a Zulu boy)
Ntsika: That’s funny because she chose this Zulu boy
herself and left the so called Mfene (baboon) man. So
accept defeat and leave me the hell alone.
Xhanti: Who are you calling Mfene? Am not a Mfene
( baboon) but a Mfengu. Know the difference.
Ntsika: And why would I bother myself with baboons really?
Xhanti: You don’t know who I am do you? But worry not I
will be more than happy to show you.
Ntsika: Kubukeka ngathi umuntu ngeze andle kahle lana
ngoba kunezi Mfene ezihlupha abantu beyihlelele. Angazi
ukuthi abasebenza ngeyilwane la e Zoo bayiyekele
kanjani iphunyuke seyihlupha abantu nje. ( its clear that a
person cannot eat in peace here because there are
baboons that are bothering people. I don’t know how the
zoo workers let it escape for it to be bothering people)
Xhanti: Uzonya wena sani ndiyakuxelela! Ulibambe
lingatshoni ngoba umoshe ongamoshwayo kwaye
uzobhatala ngalonto. Ungathi andikulumkisanga ( I will
show you boy am telling you. Mark my words because you
messed with a wrong person and you will pay. Don’t say I
didn’t warm you) he stood up and left but when he was
about to go out Ntsika shouted behind him.
Ntsika: Ngicela ubuyele ezilwanyaneni uzobalekisa abantu
la! Yindawo yabantu le hayi izilwane. ( please go back to
other animals you will scare people here, this is the place
for people not animals) this made Xhanti very angry.

He went out and stood outside for a moment trying to calm

himself down, then made his way to the car and made a
call.
Convo:

Guy: Bozza!
Xhanti: It’s time to speed up the plan and show this Zulu
prince who Xhanti is.
Guy: We are far from being ready with the original plan but
we can do something to torment him so long.
Xhanti: What do you have in mind?
Guy: Arson!
Xhanti: Great But target his penthouse then move to the
apartment here in Mhlanga.
Guy: I was thinking the company.
Xhanti: We will move to that if he doesn’t back off after
these two.
Guy: Consider it done.
He dropped the call and smiled thinking about how much
his going to enjoy this.

Xhanti: I will wipe the smile off your face Ntsikayomuzi

Zulu. You don’t know who Xhanti is because if you did you
wouldn’t mess with me. You took what was mine and you
have the guts to call me an animal to face nogaal. You will
eat your words very soon and you will beg for your life. I
thought I was just going to teach you a lesson but your
disrespect has exceeded my limits and so be prepared.
Zasembo will be mine like it was intended.

Ntsika on the other hand was left making his own calls to
his private detective as he wanted to be sure who his
dealing with before it too late. He dialed his number and
he picked up on the second ring.

Robert: Sure!
Ntsika: I need you to dig up some dirt on someone and I
need that information ASAP.
Robert: Name?
Ntsika: Xhantilomzi, his a prince of amaMfene kingdom.
Robert: You mean prince Xhanti of AmaMfengu kingdom
from Mthatha.
Ntsika: That’s the one
Robert: I will give you the information now, his renowned
neurosurgeon in the country and also South Africa’s
eligible bachelor according to Bona magazine.
Ntsika: That is just what he wants everyone to think and
see. What i want is for you to dig deep, I want everything
dirty little thing his ever done.
Robert: Give me two days.
Ntsika: Great!

Ntsika: let’s see what you made of baboon prince. But my

wife is one person you won’t get, I worked hard to get
where I am and to get Zasembo where she is and I will be
damned if I let you ruin that for us. If I have to play dirty to
get you to back off I will and believe me I have more
people in my corner than you could even know. ( he
thought to himself after making that call)

BaTlokwa kingdom:

Tsietsi organized a special dinner for him and Boitumelo,

there was orchestra playing and a nice table in the garden
with the chef making her favorite meal. He bought her a
dress and left it on the bed with a note for her to wear It
and meet him in the garden. He was a nervous wreck not
knowing what Boitumelo will say this time since she turned
him down twice already in the past. He wore his suit and
made his way to the kitchen to check if everything was
done.
Tsietsi: Chef how are we doing?
Chef: Stater is done my king and now preparing the main.
Tsietsi: Alright then my thanks.
Chef: My pleasure my king.
He left and went to check in the garden if everything was
prepared and when he got there the maiden was doing the
final touches.
Tsietsi: It’s beautiful dear maiden my thanks.
Maiden: It’s a pleasure my king.
Tsietsi: Do I look Okay?
Maiden: Yes my king the madam you appreciate the effort.
Tsietsi: My thanks dear maiden.

The maiden left and went back inside while Tsietsi was left
going up and down the palace garden. He wanted
Boitumelo to be his wife but if she turned him down again
then he will have no choice but to take the maiden the
elders choose for him as they have lost patience with him
now. Boitumelo made her way to the garden led by the
maiden that was there earlier.
Maiden: My king we here.
Tsietsi: My thanks you may take you leave and tell the
chef we are ready.
Maiden: My king ( she bowed her head and left. Tsietsi
opened a chair for Boitumelo and they sat)
Boitumelo: This is beautiful my king.
Tsietsi: Am glad you like it.
Boitumelo: I love it thank you.
Tsietsi: My pleasure
Boitumelo: Are you Alright? You don’t seem quite like
yourself and you haven’t been for the past week.
Tsietsi: It’s nothing to worry about am alright.

A maiden came and served them drinks and starters. They

ate over light conversation, their main meal came and they
ate but Boitumelo could see that something was bothering
Tsietsi but she didn’t know what. She didn’t like seeing
him like this but there was nothing much she can do
because he wasn’t saying anything. Dessert came and
they ate. Tsietsi took out a ring from his pocket and slide it
over to Boitumelo and she looked at it and then him.
Tsietsi: Boitumelo you know I love you and I have been
showing you how much ever since we met. I will not go
down on my knee and ask you to marry me as I have done
before and got disappointed. I ask you again and for the
last time to please make me the happiest man and be my
wife, mother of my children and the queen of this kingdom.
Marry me Boitumelo.
Boitumelo: I have been so Afraid of disappointment that I
ended up disappointing you in the process. The only
person who has truly loved me, the only one who
accepted me with my flaws, the only one who never
judged me and the only one who has been on my side
since day one. I never met to hurt or disappoint you but I
was just scared of the unknown but now am willing to take
that risk. Let’s get married my love and start our family.

Tsietsi didn’t hear the last part because in his mind he

already heard a no Am not ready and now he was thinking
of how to tell her go and move on with his life.
Boitumelo: Did you hear what I said love?
Tsietsi: Yes I did and I understand.
Boitumelo: Then this is the time where you put a ring on
my finger.
Tsietsi: Wait What? Did you say yes?
Boitumelo: Yes I did
Tsietsi: Really! ( he was excited)
Boitumelo: Yes now out a ring on it ( she said with a smile
on her face)
Tsietsi: oh thank you my love! You have made me a man
amongst men and a king among other kings. Thank you
for bringing back respect to me and this kingdom. I love
you Boitumelo.
Boitumelo: I love more my king.

Tsietsi took the ring and slide it in her finger and took her
in his arms and span her around yelling she said yes and
Boitumelo was giggling like a school girl. The maidens and
guards came and congratulated them and the king asked
for more champagne for everyone so that they can
celebrate together as a family because today they gained
a queen for their kingdom.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 10

Day 1✨

When a child grows up getting everything they want it’s

difficult for them to accept when they don’t get what they
want. They feel entitled to everything and always want to
make a point that they are better than others, Prince
Xhanti is someone who grew up getting everything he ever
wanted and even when he grew up he made a name for
himself in medicine but that was not enough power for him.
So he created a gang of other power hungry rich kids who
wanted things that didn’t even belong to them. In this gang
there a lot of people involved such as the ministers son,
the army general’s son, the daughter of the secretary
general of the state. The son of the richest woman in
South Africa, The Igbo prince of Nigeria, Tswana prince
and himself.

They do have other people though but they are not as rich
as they are, what makes them get away with everything
they have ever done is because they are well connected
and they feel invincible, because their fathers and mothers
always come to the rescue. Xhanti is the leader of the
gang since he started it and he always gets what he wants.
Ntsika was sitting in his office busy with paper work and
sorting out the trucks schedule and maintenance. His
personal assistant got into his office.
PA: Am sorry to disturb Mr Zulu but I have urgent news to
share with you.
Ntsika: What seems to be the problem?
PA: Sir your housekeeper just called saying that the house
is on fire.
Ntsika: What?
PA: Yes sir
Ntsika: Which house?
PA: The penthouse sir.
Ntsika: Thank you And please tell John to take care of
everything I was doing and forward those documents for
the new trucks to Miss Mbanga in Mthatha.
PA: Yes sir.

Ntsika took his stuff and made his way to The parking lot.
Got into his car and drove to the penthouse, on his way he
called the insurance company to meet him there so that
they can assess the damage and process the payment for
repairs. He got to the penthouse and there were fire
fighters everywhere, the police and the ambulance. He got
worried when he saw the ambulance because the
housekeeper lives in the cottage behind the penthouse
with her children. He looked around for her and saw her in
the ambulance about to be taken away and he went to her.
Ntsika: Mah what happened here?
Sindy: Well son I don’t know, I was in the house cleaning
when Smilo came in and told me the back of the house
was on fire, I went to check and the whole back from the
cottage all the way to the poolside was on fire.
Ntsika: So it didn’t start inside the house?
Sindy: No son.
Ntsika: Okay mah are you and the kids Alright?
Sindy: Yes son I just got burned on my arm when I went to
fetch my and the children’s important documents from the
cottage.
Ntsika: Alright mah go to the hospital and I will book you
and the kids into a hotel until the house is fixed. So long I
will call your sister to stay with the kids.
Sindy: Thank you son.
Ntsika: It’s a pleasure mah.
The ambulance left with the housekeeper mah Sindy, the
fire did a lot of damage to the house but luckily no one got
hurt except for mah Sindy. The firefighters told Ntsika that
the fire was set deliberately and petrol was used to fuel it.
Ntsika told them to email him an official report so that he
can open a case and the police who were there said they
will be waiting for him to come when he gets the report.
The insurance company also did their own assessment
and told Ntsika that they will only be able to pay for 70% of
the damage and Ntsika will have to pay the 30%. He
agreed and asked them to send him the paperwork and
they left.

He looked around and thought that maybe it’s naughty

children but his mind always ended up with Xhanti but he
had no proof. He called to construction company to clear
everything so that they can start building again. He then
called Robert and he picked up immediately.

Convo:

Robert: Sure
Ntsika: Man we have to speed up everything on this guy.
Robert: Why? I mean because you gave me three days
and this is only day one.
Ntsika: Yes I know but I suspect that he is the one who set
fire on my penthouse and almost killed the people who
work for me.
Robert: What? This is not good my prince people’s lives
are at stake here.
Ntsika: I know and that is why I called you, I need to know
what am dealing with here.
Robert: What does this man want from you anyway.
Ntsika: He is bitter because I got the girl he wanted and
now his playing dirty.
Robert: How ironic!
Ntsika: Why do you say that?
Robert: Because you also did the same thing years ago
when you wanted that Sotho princess.
Ntsika: I know that but she actually chose me.
Robert: And she chose that other prince but you still didn’t
back off now did you.
Ntsika: Robert I didn’t call you so that you can take me
down memory lane. I need that information.
Robert: You will get it don’t worry.
Ntsika: Sure.

Ntsika thought about what Robert said and realized that

Xhanti must be feeling the same way he did when he got
rejected by Mapula. Little did he know that Xhanti is just a
spoilt brat who always gets what he wants when he wants
it, but what Ntsika didn’t understand is if Xhanti even
knows Zasembo so he decided to call her and she picked
up after two rings.

Convo:

Zasembo: Sthandwa sami ( my love)

Ntsika: My love how are you?
Zasembo: Am Alright baby and you?
Ntsika: Not Good But I will tell you when you get here.
Zasembo: Is it bad?
Ntsika: Well it depends on how you look at it.
Zasembo: Okay then.
Ntsika: Enough about that, I wanted to ask you something.
Zasembo: Go ahead.
Ntsika: Do you know the prince you were supposed to get
married to?
Zasembo: I have never met him, I only saw his pictures
online because when I heard about it I googled him. Why
do you ask?
Ntsika: I will tell you everything when you get here this
evening and don’t worry about anything Okay.
Zasembo: Okay then, let me finalize everything here so
that I can go home and prepare for my trip.
Ntsika: Okay then babe, I can’t wait to see you.
Zasembo: Me too baby, bye.

Ntsika was still sitting in his car thinking about this when a
black golf 7 passed but then the driver reversed the car
and when he got to him he signaled for him to open the
window and he did. He gave him a Note and sped off,
Ntsika held the envelope up to see what is inside but it just
showed another paper and he opened it. There was a note
written.

Dearest Zulu prince

This is only the beginning and I hope you liked your
surprise. I mean I love surprises which is why I still have
more for you.

Bye now...

Ntsika: So I was right! The baboon did set fire on my

house and judging by the note his far from being done.
Now I can’t do anything until I have all the information I
need on this guy, but I must say that he knows how to get
under someone’s skin.

Xhanti was busy celebrating with his people in one of the

houses they have in Durban.
Xhanti: A job well done guys.
Guy: Yeah I bet that guy didn’t see this one coming.
Xhanti: How could he? His just an idiot. ( the guys laughed)
Guy: You should have seen his face when we delivered
that note.
Xhanti: Priceless! Hahah
Guy: Where do we hit next?
Xhanti: We started small now let’s go medium then big.
Guy: Oh my am loving this, it’s so exciting!
Xhanti: I know you always had a thing for Arson and there
is still more to be done that will get you even more excited.
Guy: Damn that prince messed with the wrong guy.
Xhanti: You said it ( his phone rang and moved away from
the guys to answer it)

Convo:
Xhanti: Father
Nqaba: Where are you?
Xhanti: Am in Durban father
Nqaba: What are you dong in Durban?
Xhanti: I had some business to take care of father but I
shall return soon.
Nqaba: Xhanti did you forget that you are a doctor that is
on call 24/7 and above all you are a prince with duties to
attend to in this palace.
Xhanti: No father I didn’t forget and I will call the hospital
now but I can’t come back until am done here.
Nqaba: Are you going after that prince?
Xhanti: He has to pay father, he can’t just take what’s
mine and get away with it.
Nqaba: Please keep it clean this time Xhanti we can’t be
cleaning up your mess every time you have business.
Xhanti: That’s what parents are for! Cleaning up their
children’s messes.
Nqaba: Xhanti am serious this could have consequences.
Xhanti: When does what I do ever not have consequences?
I have to go. ( he dropped the call and went back to the
guys)

They partied till late then they finalize their plan for the
next day. Xhanti was more than determined to ruin Ntsika
because according to him his disrespectful and he is not
one to be disrespected. He also wanted to remind his
people who he is so that they don’t even think of messing
with him. They finished what they were doing around
midnight and one of the guys called the club they always
go to when they are in Durban and in no time about 20
girls arrived to give them a good time as usual. Girls from
the club would fight to go to a private party with them
because they pay well and are very generous.

The party went on and the plan for the next day was in
place.

Can Ntsika defeat Xhanti alone?

Stay tuned...

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 11

Day 2✨

Ntsika was having lunch with Zasembo and later they are
going to dinner to celebrate her birthday. She doesn’t
know that Ntsika planned something bigger than just a
dinner, but Zasembo was excited because she has never
celebrated her birthday before and this to her was going to
be special. Ntsika and the planner had everything sorted
and now they are putting the final touches getting ready
for tonight.
Zasembo: My day already feels special, thanks babe.
Ntsika: I aim to please.
Zasembo: And I appreciate it. Now what were you going to
tell me?
Ntsika: Promise not to freak out
Zasembo: Do I ever freak out?
Ntsika: Well you are a woman and women freak out over
the smallest of things.
Zasembo: Well not me, now tell me what is going on?
Ntsika: Well your prince Xhanti burnt down my penthouse.
Zasembo: His not my prince and I don’t even know him.
Wait did you say he burnt down your house?
Ntsika: That’s What I said.
Zasembo: How Do you know it was him?
Ntsika: Well the other day he came to me while I was
eating lunch and told me that I will pay for taking you away
from him.
Zasembo: I was never his to begin with.
Ntsika: I know but he doesn’t see it that way, so yesterday
I was called from work and told that my penthouse was on
fire and at first I didn’t suspect him until a note was
delivered to me.
Zasembo: What did the note say?
Ntsika: Here read for yourself ( he took out the note and
gave to her. Zasembo read the note and gave it back)
Zasembo: This is bad and dangerous. You don’t know
what this guy could be planning next.
Ntsika: I know and am waiting on information on him so
that I know how to defend myself.
Zasembo: Did you inform the police?
Ntsika: They won’t do anything at this point because it
seems this guy is well protected.
Zasembo: This is bad, please be careful Ntsika.
Ntsika: I will, I promise.

While they were talking and eating Xhanti was called by

the guys following Ntsika and told that his with a woman.
Xhanti came to see who the woman is, he doesn’t know
Zasembo face to face and even when he googled her
nothing popped out because she is not a social media
person. So now he wanted to see who Ntsika was with
and maybe use that to get Zasembo. He got to the
restaurant they were in and walked to their table.
Xhanti: Fancy seeing you here.
Ntsika: Prince Mfene.
Xhanti: I won’t tolerate that, lovely lady! Let me introduce
myself, my name is prince Xhantilomzi of...
Zasembo: AmaMfengu kingdom son of king Nqaba and
South Africa’s renowned doctor.
Xhanti: How nice to meet someone who knows important
people. What is the lady’s name if I may ask?
Zasembo: Zasembo Mbanga.
Xhanti: You mean you are the daughter of king Zwelinzima
and granddaughter to the former king Zwelibanzi?
Zasembo: Yes I am.
Ntsika: You mean to tell me that you came all the way
from Mthatha to fight me for someone you don’t even
know? Hayi uyimfene ngempela ( no you are a baboon for
real)

Xhanti got angry by what Ntsika said but he didn’t want to

show it in front of Zasembo. He actually liked how
Zasembo carries herself and how she addressed him, it
made him proud.
Xhanti: A call will be coming to you soon and I suggest
you take it.
Ntsika: And why would I do that?
Xhanti: Trust me it will be in your best interest to pick it up.
Zasembo: Prince Xhantilomzi...
Xhanti: Oh how I like how you call my name princess no
one calls me by my full name and it is an honor to have
you call me by it.
Zasembo: Right! As I was saying, do you mind excusing
us?I would like to have my meal in peace if you please.
Xhanti: Don’t you want me to join you dear princess?
Zasembo: It’s my birthday and I would like to spend it with
the person who reserved my time at this moment.
Xhanti: Oh certainly my princess, and you please don’t
forget the call. ( he left)

Zasembo: This Prince is up to no good and I don’t like it.

Ntsika: I don’t like it either and the fact that I have nothing
on him makes me worry even more.
Zasembo: You need help Ntsika you can’t fight this guy
alone.
Ntsika: I promise I will get help when I need it Okay for
now let’s enjoy your special day.
Zasembo: You right we don’t want this guy ruining it for
me. And where is my gift?
Ntsika: yhoo Hayi waze waphela umuntu, kanti uyibiza
ngani le siyenzayo manje. ( yhoo a person will go bankrupt,
what do you call what we doing?)
Zasembo: This is a couple having lunch.
Ntsika: Usuyaphapha ke manje. Kodwa uzosithola isipho
sakho ntambamba umasiphumile. ( you are too forward,
but you will get your gift at dinner)

While they were still talking and laughing Xhanti came

back and walked to them. He looked at Ntsika and smiled,
he pulled the chair next to Zasembo and sat.
Xhanti: My princess, I would like to apologize for coming in
your presence earlier without a gift for you. I didn’t know it
was your birthday today, so will you please accept my gift
and apology? ( he said giving her a box and Zasembo
took it)
Zasembo: My thanks my prince but you really didn’t have
to.
Xhanti: Please don’t offend me by not accepting it I beg of
you my princess.
Ntsika: Hayi kodwa uyadelela wena Mfene angeke pho.
Uyakhohlwa ukuthi humkami lo umthengela isipho
uphinde umnike phambi kwami pho! ( no you being
disrespectful now baboon, did you forget that this is my
wife that you buying a gift for and even give it to her in
front of me)

Xhanti smile looking at Ntsika and then back at Zasembo

and with a serous face.
Xhanti: Am sorry my princess I meant no disrespect to you
or the prince.
Zasembo: It’s okay my prince and I accept your gift.
Xhanti: My thanks my princess please open it ( Zasembo
opened it and it was a diamond necklace)
Zasembo: It’s beautiful my thanks. Please excuse us.
Xhanti: Very well my princess ( he stood up and fixed
himself and turned to Ntsika) remember the phone call. He
left.
Ntsika: Why would you accept his gift?
Zasembo: Because we don’t want to provoke him some
more, right now he thinks his making you jealous and
winning points with me and that makes him happy.
Ntsika: You right but this is until I get the information.
Zasembo: Exactly.

They continued with their lunch and talking catching up not

minding Xhanti at all. Ntsika’s phone rang and they looked
at each other.
Zasembo: Are you going to answer?
Ntsika: No! I don’t want that baboo taking more of our time.
Zasembo: You right and his annoying yho, imagine if I had
married that thing.
Ntsika: Haha then you would be Mrs Mfene.
Zasembo’s phone rang and it was her personal assistant
in Mthatha and she answered it. Then her facial
expression changed, she dropped the call and looked at
Ntsika.
Ntsika: What is it? What did she want?
Zasembo: She says the Durban branch has been calling
you but couldn’t find you so they decided to call me in the
Mthatha branch and when they couldn’t find me my PA
called me.
Ntsika: What is it babe? ( he was worried)
Zasembo: The Durban warehoused has burnt down and
four people died in the fire.
Ntsika: What?

While they were still shocked a waiter came and gave

Ntsika a note saying a man dropped it off for him a few
minutes ago. He took it and it read.

Dearest Zulu prince

I told you I have more surprises for you in store. But worry
not more is yet to come.
By the way my wife looks beautiful, please take care of her
till I win her back.

X
He read it and gave it to Zasembo and she also read it
and they looked at each other defeated.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 12

Continuation of day 2✨

Ntsika and Zasembo rushed to the warehouse and indeed

the fire had damaged the place and only a structure of
what used to be was left. Police, ambulance and
firefighters were still at the scene. It was a really sad thing
to watch as the firefighters kept bringing out the injured
victims who had nothing to do with the war but I guess in
every war there are casualties and this was no different.
Zasembo was very worried about this now and the families
that lost loved ones because of a crazy person who
couldn’t accept the fact that she chose another. She
thought it will be best to give herself to prince Xhanti than
to let anymore people get injured or die because of
something she did. She really blamed herself for
everything that was happening.

Ntsika on the other hand was very angry about all this, he
thought of what Mpande said and now he had no choice
but to seek help, because even if he did get the
information his still had to plan on how to use it and he
had no time as Xhanti was a step ahead of him. He looked
at Zasembo and saw that she had tears in her eyes that
she kept wiping off. He went to her and hugged her.
Ntsika: Look I know right now you thinking that if you had
chosen him none of this will be happening. And yes
maybe it wouldn’t be happening but I’d rather lose
everything I own to have you by my side.
Zasembo: But Ntsika this is too much, people are losing
their lives here and it’s not funny anymore and it never
was. These people who died here today were
breadwinners in their homes and now what are their
families going to do.
Ntsika: Remember the employee fund you suggested we
open for all staff?
Zasembo: Yes I do, what about it?
Ntsika: Well I opened it and those families will get the
same amount of money each of these people got paid
every month for 5 years.
Zasembo: Well That is something but what are we going
to do about Xhanti? This man doesn’t seem like his going
to stop.

Ntsika: Lets go home and prepare for your birthday dinner.

Zasembo: How can we go and celebrate while this is
happening?
Ntsika: Listen, I have a plan and I need you to trust me.
Zasembo: I want to know what you have planned.
Ntsika: I will tell you when we get home. Now let’s go.
Zasembo: Okay.
They got in the car and drove off to Ntsika’s apartment in
Mhlanga. They got there and Zasembo went to the shower
while Ntsika made the call he didn’t want to make. It rang
a few time before she picked up.

Convo:
Mapula: Ntsikayomuzi wo Manzini
Ntsika: Mpandeyomuzi wo Manzini.
Mapula: I know what happened and as usual you took
your sweet time to seek help.
Ntsika: I know that is why I called.
Mapula: I told you I can’t help you with this.
Ntsika: I know that, I was hoping that I can speak to your
husband and brothers please.
Mapula: Okay give me 30 minutes we are actually going to
BaKoena now so when I get there I will call you.
Ntsika: Thank you and I will wait for your call.
Mapula: Take care.

Zasembo was now busy lotioning her body while Ntsika

went to shower. They now done and waiting for Mapula to
call him back, his phone rang and he picked up
immediately.

Convo:
Mapula: I am here with my husband and brothers and I
have filled them in on what is going on.
Ntsika: Okay Thank you, please put me on speaker.
Lebo: You are already on speaker dummy.
Ntsika: Right! Look guys I need your help.
Thabiso: And why should we help you?
Ntsika: Look I know a lot happened between us but right
now this is not about me now, other people are involved
and people are dying.
Tokelo: Fine, what do you need?
Lebo: No we have other obligations.
Tokelo: well my brother is right and I can’t just leave
everything because of you.
Ntsika: Guys please I need your help, this guy seems to
be protected and his already burnt my penthouse and my
warehouse and 4 people died on that fire.
Lebo: Fine What is the name of this dude?
Ntsika: Xhantilomzi Nyembezi
Tokelo: Okay we will be in Durban in two hours so long we
will gather intel on him and don’t do anything stupid.
Ntsika: I won’t.
Lebo: I wouldn’t count on it because your second name is
stupid.
Ntsika: I will take that for now because I need you but after
that all bets are off.
Lebo: As if you can stand a chance.
Ntsika: Bye guys I will get my driver to meet you at the
airport and organize a place for you to stay.
Tokelo: Seriously?
Ntsika: Yes.
Tokelo: you underestimate us too much, we don’t need
anything from you and we will find you when we get there.
Ntsika: I will keep my phone close.
Lebo: He said we will find you not call you.
Ntsika: Fine and see you when you get here.

They dropped the call and Ntsika was relieved a bit by this.
Zasembo: Am proud of how you swallowed your pride and
out other people first.
Ntsika: Thank you can we go to dinner now
Zasembo: Yes please.
They left for dinner and they were both relieved that they
will be getting help with this. Xhanti was busy planning his
next hit with his guys and everything was already in place.

Will post day 3 later on.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 13

Day 3✨

The trio arrived in Durban yesterday and they have been

working with Reneilwe aka BBQ. Before they even left
LeSotho she had already found out who he works with in
his gang and who their parent were. What she was
working on till this morning is finding out who has been
covering and protecting them. This morning the trio was
having breakfast at the balcony of their beach house,
taking in the sea breeze and enjoying a well prepared
breakfast.
Thabiso: I can’t believe am back in a place where I almost
died in.
Tokelo: And according to your wife this very same ocean
is the one that saved you.
Lebo: Oahlanya ( you crazy) busy trying to be all
sentimental here telling lies
Tokelo: What have I done now Lebo.
Lebo: That’s not how she told the story.
Tokelo: Then How did she tell it? ( Thabiso was laughing
at them this whole time)
Lebo: She said that after she released you from the tree
since you were the monkey of the day ( the two burst out
laughing) shut up am telling the story now.
Thabiso: Okay sorry
Tokelo: I really wanna hear this
Lebo: Then shut up and listen. So after she took you she
didn’t have the sacred river to take you for healing so she
came to this very ocean and spoke to the gods to give her
passage and they did. That’s how you were saved. You
were dead boy! In fact you are a ghost!

Thabiso: If am a ghost how did I Father the princess?

Tokelo: Hey leave the princess out of it man you were
given that child by the BaKoena.
Thabiso: You already turned on me?
Lebo: Leave him his crazy Mapula is not Marry the virgin
from the Bible.
Tokelo: But She was a virgin
Lebo: How Do you know?
Tokelo: Thabiso Tell him she was.
Thabiso: You crazy boys am not discussing my wife with
you.
Tokelo: You scared of her.
Lebo: You one to talk because we all scared shit out of her!
None of us can mess with her.
Tokelo: I can!
Thabiso: Keep dreaming green eyes
Tokelo: Am done with you two, am going to get ready for
Ntsika’s baboon.

He went inside to get ready and the two followed.

Zasembo enjoyed her surprise birthday/Engagement party
and even her parents were there. She got so many gifts
and she loved them all, but today it was back to reality,
one that goes by the name of Xhanti. They didn’t know
where he will hit next so they had security guards installed
on all warehouses but they left the company because the
building they are in had its own security. They had just
finished getting ready to go to the beach house they were
told about by the guys. They left and in 20 minutes they
were there.
Ntsika: Did these guys rent this house?
Zasembo: Isn’t it the one you wanted to buy a few years
back.
Ntsika: Yes and I was told the owner is out of the country
and it’s not for sale.
Zasembo: Well then maybe they rented it, Lets go in.

Before they could knock a guard opened the door for them
and they went in and shown to where to guys were. They
went to them and greetings were exchanged.
Ntsika: You Guys should have said you wanted me to rent
you a house.
Lebo: What do you take us for?
Tokelo: What the hell gave you the idea that we rented it.
Ntsika: You mean you are the owners?
Thabiso: You can be stupid sometimes, no offense to you
princess.
Zasembo: None taken. In fact I will leave you guys to it
while I go make lunch for everyone.
Lebo: That’s the reason we paid lobola for you.
Tokelo: Now I can see that our money didn’t go to waste.
Thabiso: Yeah.
Ntsika: Guys! I paid lobola not we. Kodwa nithi yimina
islima ( yet you say am the stupid one. Zasembo left them
and went to the kitchen to make lunch with the chef)
Tokelo: Hai shut up you still need us.
Ntsika: Really?
Lebo: Yes.
Ntsika: Fine! ( they laughed at him)

Thabiso: Now lets get down to business, Lebo tell him

what we know.
Lebo: Well we found out that the guy works with really
powerful people, people who can get things done.
Ntsika: What kind of people?
Lebo: The ones that can make a person disappear from
the face of the earth. Now he works with the likes of the
ministers son, the generals son, the secretary generals
daughter and that is just naming a few. ( Ntsika’s phone
rang and it was the private investigator)
Ntsika: I have to take this. ( he moved away and answered)

Convo:

Ntsika: Robert
Robert: Sure
Ntsika: What have you got for me?
Robert: Well I tried everything and came up with nothing.
Ntsika: What do you mean?
Robert: His clean man and am sorry I couldn’t find
anything. You don’t even have to pay.
Ntsika: Okay Thanks Robert
Robert: Sure

Lebo: Who was that?

Ntsika: The private investigator I always use and I hired
him to look into this guy.
Tokelo: What did he tell you?
Ntsika: He came up clean.
Lebo: What is the last name of this Robert?
Ntsika: Robert Williams
Thabiso: His part of his group man, you have been played.
Ntsika: I don’t understand he has always been loyal.
Lebo: Everyone is loyalty until you come for one of their
own.
Ntsika’s phone rang again and he put it on speaker this
time and everyone listened.

Convo:

Ntsika: Yes
Xhanti: Hey princy
Ntsika: What do you want?
Xhanti: Just to inform you that another surprise has been
delivered for you and I hope you like it.
Ntsika: What have you done now?
Xhanti: You want me to tell you so that I can ruin the
surprise? Never! ( he dropped the call)
Lebo: It looks like you got yourself a psychotic version of
yourself.
Tokelo: I second that.
Thabiso: Now What has he burnt? Because it seems like
this one like playing with fire.
Ntsika’a phone rang again, it was his PA from work and
they looked at each other and signaled for him to
answered and he did.

Convo:

Ntsika: Angela what is up?

Angela: Sir the office building is on fire
Ntsika: What? Is everyone safe?
Angela: Am not sure sir but the fire started on our floor.
Ntsika: Am on my way, did the firefighters arrive yet?
Angela: Yes sir they are here putting out the fire.
Ntsika: Alright am on my way.
He dropped the call and started pacing up and down.
Lebo: Oh his pissing me off now
Tokelo: Me too
Thabiso: Go see what’s up and we will sort things out this
side.
Ntsika left and drive like a mad man to the office building.
Lebo: I think it’s time to meet this baboon.
Tokelo: Reneilwe already has a location for him.
Thabiso: We go now
Lebo: What do we wear?
Thabiso: Business attire so that he doesn’t suspect a thing.
Tokelo: Business attire it is and Ntsika?
Thabiso: We pick him up on our way there.

They agreed with each other and they went to their rooms
to get changed and met up in the dining area. They took
four of their guys also dressed in suits and left another
four at the house to protect Zasembo while they are away.
They drove off and picked up Ntsika then made their way
to the club where Xhanti was. Upon arrival they spotted
him with his crew in the VIP area and they made their way
there. Xhanti spotted Ntsika coming their way and told the
girls to leave them.
Xhanti: If it isn’t the prince! Did you like your surprise?
Ntsika: Loved it.
Xhanti: Good now what are you doing here with your
workers? What did you think you are going to come here
and intimidate me with the man in suits, really? Hahah oh
you funny workers nogaal!
Lebo: No he didn’t!
Tokelo: He did
Lebo: Please Tell me he didn’t ( he asked looking at
Thabiso)
Thabiso: Am afraid he did.
Lebo: What a shame! I though I was going to spare him.
Xhanti: Bring it on boy!
Lebo: Did he just call me boy?
Thabiso: You have done it this time man.
Xhanti: I said bring it on boy! What are you going to do?

Stay tuned...
#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 14

Day 4✨

The guys left the club after that scene with Xhanti and
went back to the house. Xhanti and his crew were
laughing as they left. The guys didn’t leave because they
were scared oh no we know they are not but they don’t do
things in public. They are royalty after all and have a
reputation to maintain even though Xhanti doesn’t seem to
know who they. But they were more than happy to show
them exactly who they are, they are not disrespectful after
all as to not introduce themselves to royalty when they see
one and they had planned just the right way to make the
introductions to the prince. Ntsika was confused as to why
they went there in the first place because he doesn’t know
how the brothers roll.

They got to the house and made a few calls to arrange

everything. Ntsika asked what the next step was but they
told him that he will find out today. So after that they went
their separate ways. Xhanti was ready with his next plan
and it was to be executed today and he couldn’t wait to
see Ntsika’s face when it happens. His boys were ready
and everything was in place and all they had to to now
was act. One of the hotel staff knocked on his door and his
guard opened, she gave him an envelope and told him it
was delivered for the prince at the front seat and he left.
The guard went to knock on Xhanti’s door and he shouted
a lazy come in and he pushed the door and went in.

Guard: My prince.
Xhanti: Yes, What is it?
Guard: This just arrived for you my prince ( he gave him
the envelope)
Xhanti: What is it?
Guard: I hold no knowledge of that my prince as I did not
open it.
Xhanti: My thanks, you may take your leave now.
Guard: My thanks my prince ( he walked out)
Xhanti took the bread knife that was on the breakfast table
and opened the note and it read:
Dearest Prince Xhantilomzi Nyembezi

You are cordially invited to a gentleman dinner that is

being hosted by the king of BaKoena kingdom in LeSotho
and his chief.

The king got word that you were in town and decided that
it will be a disgrace not to invite you.

We would like you to know that the invite is from the king
himself.

We look forward to having you this evening.

Great regards,
The king of BaKoena

The address of the event was at the back of the golden

invite. This made Xhanti feel really honored and
appreciated. He decided to call his father and brag to him
about the honor he has just received. He dialed his
number and he picked up on the third ring.

Convo:
Nqaba: My prince.
Xhanti: Father, how are you doing this fine morning?
Nqaba: Am Very well my thanks, how are you?
Xhanti: Ecstatic!
Nqaba: And What might be the reason behind that?
Xhanti: Do you know the king of BaKoena in LeSotho?
Nqaba: I have heard of him yes.
Xhanti: Well the amaMfengu Prince has gotten a personal
invite from the king to join him on a dinner that he is
hosting tonight.
Nqaba: Is he in the country?
Xhanti: Yes he is and am meeting him this evening.
Nqaba: Go represent us son, I hear the king is very
wealthy and an alliance with him will boost our standard.
Xhanti: My thoughts exactly father.
Nqaba: Now go get a suit and look presentable.
Xhanti: I will I have to go now father.
Nqaba: Take care.

He dropped the call and Xhanti was all smiles. He took a

shower and went to get his suit to prepare for the dinner.
His guys were sorting out the details for the next hit but
they were to meet this evening as they will be going
together because he wanted the king to see the king of
people he associates himself with.
The guys got a catering company and a deco company to
get the place ready for tonight and they also had their suits
ready.
Ntsika: Guys How is hosting a dinner for a guy that has
been destroying me going to help with anything?
Lebo: I told you to shut up and watch.
Ntsika: I really don’t get this and it doesn’t sit well with me.
Tokelo: Do you want our help or not?
Thabiso: Because we can easily take the jet and go back
home if you have everything under control.
Ntsika: I do need your help but I just don’t understand why
we have to do this.
Lebo: Then watch and see.
The hours went by and and their people from Cape Town
and Durban were there and were all dressed in black suits
some of them were disguised as waiters going around
serving drinks. They were now waiting for the guest of
honor to arrive. One of the guards where were outside
came in and informed them that they just arrived. They
came in and Xhanti looked around looking pleased with
what he was seeing. One of the guys who were disguised
as a waiter went to them and served them drinks.
Xhanti: The king has taste, this is French champagne
served in an Italian champagne glass. Incredible!
General’s son Bulumko answered him.
Bulumko: Indeed and I cant wait to meet the king.
Xhanti: Neither can I
They mingled around and Xhanti spotted Ntsika and went
to him.
Xhanti: Zulu prince
Ntsika: Mfene prince
Xhanti: You will swallow those words when you get your
next present.
Ntsika: I can’t wait ( he said sarcastically)
Xhanti: Well if I were you I would call mom and dad just to
see if everything was alright ( he said and left him standing
and went to his friends)

He was looking at Ntsika from across the room as Ntsika

made a call to kingSbani to find out if everything was okay
but he got his personal guest that told him that the king
and queen went to check on the fire that started in the
farms. Ntsika got angry and went to the the brothers in the
other room and they told him to go back and he did. The
got everyone’s attention and they kept quiet.
Guard: Good evening gentlemen, I won’t take much of
your time but let’s welcome the king of BaKoena and his
chief. ( everyone cheered as they knew it was about to go
down. Xhanti had a broad smile on his face waiting)
Tokelo and Lebo appeared from the back and Xhanti’s
face dropped but he thought they are just the king’s body
guards.
Tokelo: Good evening gentlemen, let me first introduce
myself since some of you don’t know me. I am Tokelo
Mohapi son of the late king Lerumo and the current king of
BaKoena kingdom ( Xhanti was so embarrassed thinking
about the way he treated them yesterday. Lebo took the
stand)
Lebo: And I gentlemen am Lebo the chief of BaKoena
kingdom( after he said that all guns pointed at Xhanti and
his people even the guys they thought were waiters were
pointing guns at them.)

Lebo: Oh and I forgot to mention that I am also known as

Terminator and the king here is none other the the mighty
ghosts right hand man. ( he smiled) oh and I forgot to
mention the one and only ghosts brother in law and the
one operating hand in hand with ghost and his right hand
man and of course me the Terminator.
Bulumko: You are the dangerous trio ( he said in a low
voice sounding defeated)
Xhanti: If you are who you say you are then where is BBQ
because according to my knowledge she works with
ghosts now.
Tokelo/ghost: Oh you mean my wife and queen? Oh okay!
Show them boys ( the guys opened the curtains and a hug
screen and Reneilwe appeared)
Reneilwe: My king and chief.
Tokelo: Baby Tell my guest who you are.
Reneilwe: You queen of course or do they want BBQ?
Xhanti: If it’s you are her then do something to prove it. I
know BBQ can do anything from anywhere so Queen of
LeSotho show us.
Reneilwe: Don’t report to you but I will show you now ( she
clicked some buttons and Xhanti’s phone and his peoples
rang and they reached for them and Reneilwe’s face
appeared on all of them.)
Xhanti: Okay What do you want.
Tokelo: You have been bothering my friend here the Zulu
prince.
Xhanti: Well That is a personal matter.
Lebo: You made it personal the moment you called us
worker and called me a boy.

Stay tuned...

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 15

LeSotho✨
Mapula hasn’t been sleeping well the past two days as a
result Ngwedi suggested that she goes to the river to get
to the bottom of what is going on with her. Before she
could go she went to her room to praise the ancestors and
ask for safe passage as she will be going with the princess.
She hasn’t been sleeping well because she keeps having
the same dream throughout the night of spirits fighting to
get their message across to their loved ones through the
princess. But the problem is that they are doing it all at the
same time that it opens way for bad spirits to also enter
without being noticed. Which changes the princess’s
behavior into an aggressive one and the only way to calm
her down is if she gave her blood.

But it doesn’t show who’s blood it is that she is giving her.

This has been happening for the past two days and when
it happens she would wake up and go to her room and call
upon the ancestors to protect her. She would fall asleep in
her room but the moment she does the dream would come
back, so she would end up staying up the whole night
praising and saying her clan names and that of her
husband. She would burn African incest and pray over it
asking the ancestors for her child’s protection and beg
them to show her the dangers that follow her so that she
can stop it before time.
Also in the same dream she always sees a man taking the
princess away but in the dream she doesn’t do anything
as he takes her away. It is like she wants to do something
but she can’t as she suddenly feels weak to do anything
and resort to crying as the man moves further away with
the princess. She didn’t want to bother her husband as he
is far away to do anything anyway, so today she and
Ngwedi woke up early to go to BaKoena. Ngwedi prepared
the princess while she packed a few things for the road
and some snacks for the princess. They were now on the
road to BaKoena and she was looking out the window.

The princess has been calling her for sometime now but
she didn’t even hear her as her mind was far away.
Ngwedi shock her a little and she turned and looked at her.
Ngwedi: My queen the princess has been calling you.
Mapula: Am sorry princess mommy didn’t hear you. What
did you want to say baby?
Kea: I wanted to tell you that all will be well mother he
won’t harm me he just needs help.
Mapula and Ngwedi looked at each other then she turned
back to the princess.
Mapula: Who are you talking about princess?
Kea: The man you saw.
Mapula: But I didn’t see any man princess
Kea: Yes you did, in your dreams the one That takes me
away.
Mapula: Do you know who it is princess?
Kea: Yes I do.
Mapula: Can you tell mommy who it is?
Kea: No I can’t
Mapula: Why not my princess?
Kea: Grandpa said I shouldn’t tell you and I made a
promise.
Mapula: Why doesn’t grandpa want you to tell me?
Kea: I will tell you what he said only if you promise not to
be angry at me.
Mapula: I promise I won’t baby.
Kea: Well grandpa says I shouldn’t tell you because you
have become too comfortable and lazy. He says if you
don’t pick up your socks you are going to learn the hard
way. Mommy why are you not picking up your socks?
Because you making grandpa angry.
Mapula: Tell grandpa am sorry for not being a good girl
and I will pick up my socks just like you princess then
grandpa won’t be angry anymore.
Kea: Well you should never leave your socks laying
around anymore then.
Mapula: I promise I won’t do it again.

Well what the princess meant was that her mother should
pull up her socks and stop being too comfortable. They got
to BaKoena and the queen mother was outside, she saw
their car drive in and dropped the watering bucket and
hurried to the car, the princess got out hugged her
grandmother.
Kea: Grandma! ( she said excited)
Queen: My princess! How are you baby?
Kea: But grandma I have been telling you that am not your
baby I am mommy’s baby.
Queen: So what should I call you again?
Kea: You call me princess, or grandpa’s light but he says
mommy was her light but now she has switched off that
light so now am the light. ( the queen looked at Mapula
with questioning eyes)
Mapula: That is why we here mother.
Queen: When are you supposed to go there?
Mapula: Early tomorrow morning.
Queen: Okay let’s go in. ( they all went inside and the
maiden brought them some refreshments)

Durban:

Xhanti was scared for his life now, he knew that ghost is
not like all the other people he has dealt with. Everyone in
the underworld feared him and his team, not just fear over
nothing but the man rules the underworld like a god. He
kept looking at Tokelo’s eyes and wondering if they are
contact lenses or his real eyes. The way they shine when
he speaks and the way they just pull you in when you look
at them for too long like magical crystals.
Tokelo: So now gentlemen we are going to sit down and
reach an agreement.
Xhanti: Can I ask you something?
Tokelo: Go ahead
Xhanti: Are those your real eye? I mean no disrespect but
I would really like to know. ( Lebo and Thabiso were
holding in laughter while Ntsika looked at him because he
also wanted to ask that since they arrived)
Tokelo: Do they look fake to you?
Xhanti: No
Tokelo: There’s your answer. Now tell me what is the
reason for you to do this?
Bulumko: We wanted to teach this prince a lesson.
Lebo: Who asked you?
Bulumko: No one
Lebo: Well don’t come here talking as if you falling off a
tree. Here you are not important, that bull remains in your
fathers house and your little gang and here you respect
your elders.

Lebo said and Bulumko got angry because he could see

that he was older than Lebo and here he is demanding
respect.
Xhanti: I wanted him to pay for taking my woman from me.
Lebo: Were you guys dating?
Xhanti: No
Lebo: Did you know her?
Xhanti: Only her name
Lebo: Is that reason enough for innocent people to lose
their lives?
Xhanti: In every war there are casualties and this was no
different.
He shouldn’t have said that because Lebo was in front of
him in a matter of seconds blessing him with fist after fist
and everyone was looking. Xhanti’s people were too
shocked to reach and So was Xhanti, Lebo caught him off
guard and he didn’t get a chance to fight back as the first
fist landed him on the ground. Bulumko slowly reached for
his gun and shot Lebo in the arm but before he could pull
the trigger again Tokelo was already by his side picking
him up from the couch by his neck.

His eyes were sparkling as he pushed him against the wall

and lifted him up with one hand against the wall shocking
the life out of him. His guys were shocked by this, Yes
they know ghost but never in the time they have worked
for him have they seen him like this. He has the energy
and strength of a possessed person and that got them
afraid to even go close to him.
Tokelo: You Shot my brother you piece of crap ( his voice
had changed and now he spoke in a more bold and scary
voice that cause the walls of the room to echo and vibrate
as he spoke.)
Lebo was being attended to by one of the guys who is a
doctor in their team.
Thabiso: If you don’t stop him his going to kill him.
Lebo: Let him because no one leaves his place alive.
Thabiso: Are you sure you want to to that?
Lebo: 100% these people have killed a lot of innocent
people and to this day their families don’t have closure,
they have no idea what happened to their loved ones
because their fathers made the bodies disappear. Now it’s
their turn to disappear.
Thabiso: Alright then.

Tokelo watched Bulumko as he loses his strength and his

pulse weakening under his palm. He had no control over it
because now the ghosts had taken over all he was seeing
were all the people that Bulumko killed and all the families
that still cry over their loved one s to this day and those
that still had hope that one day they will return. Not
knowing that they will only see them in the after life again.
Bulumko dies in ghosts hand and he threw him across the
room and stood there looking at a scared Xhanti who
suddenly wanted to pee when looking in his eyes. Lebo
was now bandaged on his arm, he stood up and walked to
Tokelo slowly, he got to him and held his hand which he
grabbed tightly and kept internally reciting the BaKoena
clan names until his grip loosened on Lebo’s hand.

Tokelo: Now am going to say this once and I won’t repeat

myself, do you understand?
Xhanti: Yes I do
Tokelo: You will pay for all the damage you caused to the
properties of the Zulu prince and you will transfer the
money now.
Xhanti: Am sorry but I can’t do that.
Tokelo: Okay, Lebo!
Lebo connected with Reneilwe on the coms.
Reneilwe: Chief
Lebo: Clean Xhanti out.
Reneilwe: Give me a minute ( she did her thing for two
minutes and Xhanti’s bank accounts were wiped clean, his
offshore accounts also wiped clean the kingdom’s account
that is under his father was also cleaned then Reneilwe
sent proof on Xhanti’s phone)
Reneilwe: Done Chief
Lebo: Great.
He looked at Tokelo and nodded
Tokelo: Look at your phone ( Xhanti took out his phone
and saw and email. He opened it and saw all the accounts
were wiped clean, he was now a broke man)
Xhanti: No this can’t be true no!
Lebo: Oh but it is. ( he smiled at him)
Xhanti: Noooooo! ( he cried out loud)
Ntsika: Hahaha kanti ukhala ngathi humuntu wesifazane
hahaha ( you cry like a woman) hahah who would have
thought, the mighty baboon crying like woman hahah.

Stay tuned...

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 16

Durban✨
Rich people tern to give their children everything they
require on a silver platter, they don’t teach them to work
for things, they don’t teach them to put themselves in other
peoples shoes. They also don’t teach them humanity and
compassion, which is why most of them grow to be spoilt
brats who only care about material things than people. To
them things are more important than human life, status is
more important than anything else. So now when that is
taken away from them their whole lives stop, they don’t
know what to do and that is the same reason Xhanti lost it
when he saw that all that he had was gone.
Xhanti cried so much that his head started hurting, he
didn’t know life without royalty or his team. He didn’t know
the life of poverty or having to wait for pay day to have
money, he didn’t know any of that.

His team mates didn’t care about Xhanti’s cries, all they
cared about is if they were going to make it through the
night or they will meet the same fate that their friend met.
The trio were having drinks minding their own business.
Ntsika was still confused about what he just saw, he didn’t
know what exactly the brothers are and curiously was
getting the better of him so he decided to ask.
Ntsika: Guys I have a question.
Lebo: What is it?
Ntsika: What are you?
Lebo: What do you mean?
Ntsika: I mean what are you because I don’t understand.
Lebo: Am the chief of BaKoena
Tokelo: And am the king of BaKoena.
Thabiso: And am the prince of baTloung and king to the
rain queen.
Ntsika: Guys come on I know all that but this, what I saw
here today is something else.

Lebo: Do you still want our help or you want us to explain

to you how we deal with pests like the one in the living
room.
Ntsika: Fine then do it your way.
Lebo: It’s not like you had a choice.
They went back to the to the living room and the guys
more scared than what they already.
Lebo: Guys please chose your punishment for following
Mr baboon here.
Guy: You can take whatever you want but I would like to
live please.
Others: We would also like to live please.
Lebo: Okay let me make the call ( he connected with
Reneilwe and she cleaned them all out)
Tokelo: you can all leave
Lebo: You can take your dead friend with you and I hope
you will take this one home.

The guys didn’t hesitate to get up and run to the door but
they were blocked at the door and they turned to look back.
Lebo: I said you take your dead friend with you. ( the guys
were scared to take him, Yes they killed a lot of people but
they have never had to deal with the bodies themselves
before)
Lebo: Take him or be killed like him.
They rushed to him and picked him up, they were even
vomiting all over him because they have never done this
before.
Thabiso: Ntsika you now have the money to fix all the
damage to your property and pay the victims a good sum.
Ntsika: Yes And Thank you so much I really appreciate it.
Lebo: Yeah right.
Mapula woke up early in the morning and went to the
sacred river. She was worried about the fact that her
elders think that she has dropped the ball. Which she has
somehow because she has been busy with her own little
family and even stopped going to the river since it has
been a quiet over the past 5 years. She got to the river
and asked for passage and it was granted, the eye of the
gods Kea was not afraid but excited about what was
happening. They got to the mystical land and were
welcomed by Bahomi babaKoena the second rain queen.
Bahomi: Welcome home my queen and princess.
Kea: Hey am Keabetwe
Bahomi: I know who you are princess.
Kea: I didn’t know there was such a place under water and
I want to live here.
Bahomi: When the time is Right you will princess.
Kea: Can I go play with those fishes
Bahomi: haha okay and they are very kind.
Kea: I know! They are the ones that told me no to be
scared when we came here.
Bahomi: Alright then ( she left them)
Bahomi: You forgot your duties my queen.
Mapula: I know my queen that I have been lacking but I
thought since there was no danger everything was okay.
Nyolodi: You thought wrong ( she said coming beind her)
Mapula: Am sorry my queen
Nyolodi: This is no time to be sorry come ) she lead the
way to where she was sitting her protector went to Mapula
and bowed at her feet.
Nyolodi: Hey don’t come and steal my protector here
Mapula: I would never my queen she is just fond of me.
Nyolodi: I know, child you have really been lacking and
now danger has entered your home and the princess is in
danger.
Mapula: My home but who in my home?
Nyolodi: Close your eyes and remember your training and
all will be revealed.

Mapula did as told and saw everything, how the danger

entered her home and how it possessed the person. She
also saw the man but he was not revealed to her who it
was.
Mapula: No my queen it can’t be ( she was shocked)
Nyolodi: Had you been coming here you would have seen
this before it happened, your father is angry at you.
Mapula: I know my queen but first thing is first, we have to
close the princess and capture her powers until she’s old
enough to handle them.
Nyolodi: We did the same with you but you were stonger
so they showed anyway. What am afraid of with her to that
she doesn’t control anything the gods do and the spirits.
Mapula: What should I do my queen because she is so
close to us and my husband oh my queen please help.
Bahomi: We will help my queen and I will go plead with
those above us to help us with this because it will be hard
not only for your but for your family.
Nyolodi: This one is here to destroy am afraid and it’s a
step ahead of you.

Mapula: I will fight tooth and nail for my family my queen.

Nyolodi: Doing That can cost you your marriage my queen.
Mapula: The only way for this to work is if we block my
husband from connecting with me because is if does
connect with me then I will surely lose him.
Nyolodi: Go to your work station and block him on all
aspects and when he ask just tell him you don’t know but
you will find out. Ngwedi will do all she can to delay the
process but you have to act fast.
Mapula: I hear you my queen let me go and start with the
process.
Nyolodi: I will start with the princess even though it seems
she doesn’t need our protection because she has won
over all the animals.
Mapula: Trying won’t hurt my queen.
Nyolodi: Alright Lets get to it then.

They went their separate ways, Bahomi and the other

queen were pleading with the higher ups, Ngwedi and
Mapula busy on the blocking assignment and Nyolodi with
princess Kea who is proving to be difficult.

Stay tuned...

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 17
The capital✨

People with bipolar type 2 have the following symptoms,

depression, psychotic behavior, aggression and
hallucinations. Now if these people don’t get the help they
need at the right time they get worse and end up doing
things that later don’t remember ever doing. Scelo was
going crazy because he hasn’t seen Mapula for almost 4
days now, he has been going to her house but the guards
keep telling him that the king and queen are not around
but not giving specifics on when they will return or where
they went. He has been sleeping in his car not far from
Mapula’s home but so far it has been in vain because
there was no sign of her. He thought that the only way to
get information was through his cousin because now he
had no other option he needed to know.

He drove off from where he has been parked and went to

his apartment. Took a shower and wore clean clothes. He
then made himself something to eat and sat in front of the
TV and ate. When he was done he put the plate in the sink
and took his phone from the changer and dialed Kwezi’s
number, it rang a couple of times and she picked up.
Convo:
Kwezi: Hey cuz
Scelo: Hey you, long time how are you?
Kwezi: I know right! Am well thank you how are you.
Scelo: Am good, so your boyfriend keeping you busy that
you don’t even see your cousin anymore.
Kwezi: Oh no his not even here, his in Durban with the
brothers.
Scelo: So you have been spending time with your friend.
Kwezi: No I have been busy with work ever since I came
back and I last spoke to her a few days ago.
Scelo: Okay How was home?
Kwezi: Home is home man nothing changed.
Scelo: And my aunt and uncle?
Kwezi: Mother is fine still likes shopping and she said to
tell you that you owe her.
Scelo: I always owe that woman.
Kwezi: You And me both. But I left without seeing your
uncle.
Scelo: He pulled one of his disappearing acts again.
Kwezi: You know it, but this time it was the ‘I will be back
in an hour card’
Scelo: Then he disappeared
Kwezi: You know him too well.
Scelo: It was nice catching up cuz and don’t be a stranger
now.
Kwezi: Okay I won’t.
They said their goodbyes and drop the call. Scelo was left
think of where could Mapula be but he had no idea.

BaTloung kingdom:

King Letsi and his queen had just come back from the
palace duties and are now sitting in the lounge having
some refreshments.
King: I think it’s time Thabiso took over as king now, these
duties will kill me before my time.
Queen: I wouldn’t mind going away just for a me time and
not worry about palace duties and the queen was taught
well so she won’t need me that much. Do you know that
she has even taken over some of my duties?
King: Really I didn’t know that.
Queen: Yes she has and she would ask me to look after
the princess and she would go. I heard from the people we
work with that she is a natural.
King: Or maybe they are afraid of her because she is the
rain queen hahah
Queen: Haha my king don’t do that to my daughter, she
might be the rain queen but she knows royalty very well
and when she speaks she commands respect.
King: I know my queen I am just joking.

Queen: I know my king.

King: oh how I miss the little princess.
Queen: Oh that one, I don’t think she will be princess for
long because every time am with her she would ask me to
teach her how to be a queen like her grand mothers.
King: Then she will be king and queen of her own kingdom
because she would ask me to teach her what she needs
to know to become a king.
Queen: Hahah oh my baby, I can’t wait till Reneilwe has a
child then I will be a grand mother of two beautiful souls.
King: And I pray that the child doesn’t have powers.
Queen: Well that would be almost impossible because all
the children of BaKoena are blessed with them.
King: Your son also has them.
Queen: Yes But Reneilwe doesn’t So it is possible that her
child might not have them.
King: I pray so because these powers come with a lot of
responsibility.

While they were still talking they smelled incense coming

closer and they new that it was the chief priest coming.
Queen: I wonder what he wants now.
King: Whatever it is it better not be bad news.
Queen: You And me both I can’t take it anymore ( the
chief priest come in and put his grass mat on the floor and
started chanting the BaTloung clan names)
Chief: Ketsho ho BaTloung, Pedi, Kgahlatlopo, Nnja
pokojwe, Thole, Pofolo, Namane, Nyamatsana, Lona
basaloying lelehae, leloyang lelenaheng. Ketshoholona
ma awa.
He finished and started groaning like a wounded animal
making weird sounds. The king and queen were patiently
waiting for him to finish what he was doing and tell them
what is going on, they knew better than to disturb him.
He lifted his head and looked at them then shook his head.
Chief: My king and queen.
King: Talk to us eye of the gods, what message do you
have for us?
Chief: It’s bad my king very bad ( he looked down shaking
his head)
King: Tell us.
Chief: The palace is on fire my king.
King: What do you mean by that?
Chief: Evil has found its way into the palace and it lives in
the shadows here now.
King: Let’s remove it then chief.
Chief: Am afraid we can’t my king.
Queen: Then who can?
Chief: Oh my queen, you speak as if the ways of the god
are like those of us mere mortals. This evil can only be
destroyed by the rain queen.
King: That is not a problem and am sure she has seen it
already so we don’t have to worry.
Chief: Oh you should be worried my king, in fact you
should more than worried. I have a message please allow
me to deliver it.
King: Go ahead wise one.
Chief: The gods say you should have an open mind, they
say what is about to happen is supposed to happen and
that you shouldn’t cast blame when the time comes.
Queen: This message is vague wise one.
Chief: Oh you will all understand when the time comes.
( he stood up and picked up his stuff and left)
King: What is this now?
Queen: I wish I had answers for you my king but I don’t.

BaKoena:

The guys arrived at BaKoena this morning and they were

now resting. The queen asked the chef to cook a feast for
them because she knows how much those three eat. She
sent the maidens to go to their chambers and call them to
come down for lunch in the garden. The maidens did as
told, then came back and helped the queen with the
setting of the table. The guys came down. Tokelo with
Reneilwe on his arm coming from the east wing of the
palace, Lebo coming from the west wing and Thabiso
coming from the south wing of the palace that runs
through the back of the palace. Now the palace is built like
a plus sign + with the east wing occupied by the king
Tokelo, the west occupied by the chief Lebo, the south
occupied by or reserved for Mapula when She’s Home.
And the north is where the queen mother is and also
where the throne room is. Outside is the guest chamber
then the stuff quarters.

They came down and lunch was served.

Thabiso: Queen Mother Where is my wife, I can’t get hold
of her on her phone and even on the house phone.
Queen: They are at the river, they left yesterday.
Thabiso: Oh okay then ( he didn’t worry much about them
being there because he knew that she goes there from
time to time)
Queen: Lebo my child
Lebo: Yes ma
Queen: When are you getting married child.
Tokelo: You call him child and expect him to get married?
Queen: Tokelo shut up am talking to my younger son here
not you.
Lebo: Tell him mother Tokelo orata hokena ditaba
tsabatho ( Tokelo likes getting involved in other people’s
business)
Thabiso: Ha Lebo! You even act like a child now.
Tokelo: Tell him.
Queen: Tokelo and Thabiso leave my son alone. Tell
mama my baby when are you getting married because I
want grand children.
Lebo: Did you hear that green eyes? She wants grand
children so you and your queen make grand children.
Mama I will be getting married before June.
Tokelo: Is that so?
Thabiso: Yes he will.
Tokelo: Hai Thabiso you not to be trusted, you were with
me now and all of a sudden you have Lebo’s back.
Thabiso: What can I say.
Queen: As long as you will get married my baby mama is
proud and you two ( looking at Tokelo and Reneilwe) get
me a grand child.
Reneilwe: hawu mama.
Queen: Keng? ( what)
Tokelo: Nothing
Queen: I thought so

Tokelo mumbled something. Mapula and the queens were

very busy in the mystical land.
Mapula: My queen I have good news.
Nyolodi: What is it?
Mapula: The chiefs woman is with child and she doesn’t
know it yet.
Nyolodi: That is good news indeed my queen all that is left
is for the king your father to bless our prince.
Mapula: He will in due time.
Nyolodi: Are you done with everything?
Mapula: Yes my queen I am on my side.
Nyolodi: Am done with the princess as well but the task
that will take time is that of Bahumi.
Mapula: The higher up are not easy to please is it.
Nyolodi: No! Which is why you have to do everything that
has to be done on time and do it right or you will have this
begging to do.
Mapula: How long do you think it will take? Am worried
about what is happening out there.
Nyolodi: Don’t worry nothing will happen for as long as you
both are here. The higher up won’t let it.
Mapula: That’s a relief.

She went and joined the princess where she was playing.
She got to her and she introduced her to the fishes, the
star fishes, the sea horses, the squints and dolphins.
Mapula was occupied trying to keep the names of all the
friends her daughter has made. And she was also at her
mercy when it comes to hearing what they were saying.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 18

Mthatha✨

Xhanti arrived home two days ago and has been avoiding
his family ever since, he wakes up early in the morning
and leave for work then comes back home late in the
evening when everyone has already gone to sleep. King
Nqaba observed this and told himself that today he will
find out what is going on with his son. He woke up early at
around 4 In the morning and went to wait outside Xhanti’s
chamber. At 4:30 Xhanti opened the door and got the
shock of his life seeing his father sitting there.
Xhanti: Father you scared me.
Nqaba: That’s What you get for coming in and out of my
palace like a thief.
Xhanti: Sorry Father But I have been busy at work
catching up on the work I missed while I was in Durban.
Nqaba: Well son you are doing a good job catching up on
avoiding your parents. Now get in we have to talk.
Xhanti: Father I have to get to the hospital.
Nqaba: I won’t ask again Xhantilomzi ( he moved aside
and his father went in. He closed the door and went to sit
on the couch opposite him)

Nqaba: Now out with it

Xhanti: With What Father?
Nqaba: Xhanti I know you have been avoiding me or not
staying home long enough for me to see you. Now if the
meeting with the king didn’t go well then that is no problem
we will get other alliances.
Xhanti: Father I have done it this time
Nqaba: What have you done?
Xhanti: Oh father please forgive me ( he started crying)
Nqaba: Whatever it is son I will fix it like I always do and I
forgive you.
Xhanti: No father this is worse than anything I have ever
done before.
Nqaba: Tell me what it is son and I promise I will fix it.
Xhanti: Father I messed with the wrong people.
Nqaba: You always mess with the wrong people nothing
new in that.
Xhanti: But this time they took everything and Bulumko.
Nqaba: The general’s son?
Xhanti: Yes father
Nqaba: Don’t worry his father is army general and he will
find him. He has all the resources so don’t worry yourself
about that.
Xhanti: Father you don’t understand
Nqaba: Then make me understand Xhanti
Xhanti: They killed Bulumko father! ( he cried) they killed
him right in front of us.
Nqaba: What?
Xhanti: That’s not all
Nqaba: Oh my God there is more?

Xhanti: They cleaned us all out.

Nqaba: What do you mean clean you out?
Xhanti: They took all our money, everything we had from
here to offshore accounts everything.
Nqaba: Don’t worry son I will transfer money to you.
Xhanti: They also cleaned out your accounts ( He said
looking down)
Nqaba: Oh Xhanti wenzeni ( oh Xhanti what have you
done. He said sounding defeated)
Xhanti: Am sorry father.
Nqaba: Who are those people?
Xhanti: Am sorry father but I can’t tell you that.
Nqaba: Oh you will.
He stood up and called the guards. They came running
and bowed before him.
Guar: My king
Nqaba: Keep and eye on the prince and make sure he
doesn’t go anywhere. One of you must get the car ready.
Guard: Yes my king.
One guard went and got the car ready while the four kept
an eye on Xhanti as instructed.

Nqaba made calls to the parents of the children that

Xhanti is in the gang with and asked them for an urgent
meeting. They didn’t refuse because when one of them
calls they already know that their children have done
something stupid and as usual they have to clean up the
mess. He specifically instructed them to come with their
children and if they don’t want to they must bring them by
force because they have done something worse than they
have ever done before. They agreed and said they will
meet in an hour. He got out of the house and went to the
car then asked the guards to come with Xhanti. He didn’t
protest he just went to the car and got in and the guard
drove off.

While in the car Nqaba checked the accounts just to make

sure and indeed the money was gone. He was so angry
that he didn’t even utter a word to Xhanti, who was also
quiet looking out the window. He could stop seeing
Bulumko’s body as they carried him out of there and that
made him never the want to cross paths with the king
again. When they left they took Bulumko to a mortuary in
Durban and left him there. Each one went their separate
ways and haven’t spoken to each other in two days, which
is unusual for them. The drive was tense but it wasn’t long
till they got to the place, it was a house in the middle of the
woods owned by the General. The house is always
guarded so when they got there the guards opened for
them since they already knew them.

They drove in and parked, then got out and went into the
house. They were the first ones to arrive, they got in and
Xhanti sat down while Nqaba poured himself a glass of
whiskey. The Secretary General arrived with her daughter
followed by the minister and his son, the General arrived
alone and soon all the parents were there with their
children except for the General who came alone.
General: Why are we here and where is my son?
Nqaba: Well I found out this morning before I called you all
that these children got involved with the wrong people.
SecretaryGeneral: There is nothing new there.
General: Yes She’s right, so who are we making
disappear this time.
Nqaba: Let me finish, they got involved with these people
and now we have nothing.
Richparent: What do you mean we have nothing?
Nqaba: I can’t even say it, just look at your accounts and I
mean all of them.

Each one took out an iPad, others took out their phones
and started checking their accounts one by one.
General: What is this?
Nqaba: That is not all and I would like you to sit down for
this one General.
General: I will not sit down! Where is my son? Did they
kidnap him?
Nqaba: No they killed him ( the General lost his strength
when he heard that, he almost fell but balanced with the
wall and went down with his back against the wall)
Secretary General: As if it wasn’t enough that they killed
Bulumko now they had to go and take out money too. This
is war!
General: I don’t care about war right now, tell me where
my son is.
The guys looked at each other and kept quiet. The
General’s blood boiled and he stood up and took out his
gun and pointed at them.
General: If no one tells me where my son is in the next 5
seconds am shooting someone.
Gerald: His in Durban
General: Where in Durban?
Gerald:!The mortuary

General: Send me the name of the mortuary and the sons

of witches who did this. He said and stormed out.
Nqaba: Tell us who did this.
Gerald: Am sorry but I can’t
Nqaba: Xhanti!
Xhanti: I said it before father I can’t tell you.
Secretary General: Mandy baby you know I can protect
you and your friends, I have the state resources at my
disposal, you all have the support of the army General, the
support or the South Africa’s most rich parents. We can
take these people down all you have to do is tell us who
they are.
Mandy: Mother we not rich anymore in case you didn’t
notice.
Secretary General: But we still have our connections and
resources. ( the other parents nodded in agreement and
Mandy looked at the guys And they showed no emotion)
Mandy: It was the Zulu prince from Durban and his friends.
Nqaba: Who are his friends?
Mandy: They introduced themselves as the king and chief
of some kingdom with a name I cant pronounce but they
are also know as ghost right hand man, his brother in law
and Terminator.
Nqaba: Oh my God! What did you do to anger those
people?

They told them everything they did to Ntsika leading up to

the meeting with the king and how Bulumko got shot. The
parent were furious, at their children for putting them
through this and those people as they calm them for all
they have done. Each one had their phone in hand trying
to organize a plan to get their money back.
Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 19

BaKoena kingdom ✨

For those who have family members who have been

through the process of ukuthwasa as the Xhosa people
call it. But in English it’s the calling of one to serve the
ancestors, those people will clearly understand that the
ancestors don’t show you everything, sometimes they
show you things clearly and the other times they will show
you bits and pieces of it and you as the healer should
figure the rest out. It doesn’t help when the one who is
supposed to be your mentor and trainer is jealous of your
powers and end up blocking you from seeing anything. It
gets worse when someone like Scelo who used your
kryptonite to weaken your abilities to see at all. Now these
people only block you from seeing their wrong doings but
they don’t have the power or the ability to stop you from
seeing other things. That was the reason Mapula couldn’t
see Scelo’s wrong doing.

By now you all should know that Mapula’s weakness is the

same water that is also her strength, but when it lands in
the hands of the wrong person and use it for their own
gain it can weaken that persons strength or block them
from seeing the evil that the person using the water
possesses. It doesn’t help that Scelo is bipolar though.
Now am sure you wondering how Scelo got hold of the
water from the sacred river. Well after the first annual ball,
they decided to have one every year, so on the third
annual ball Scelo came also with Kwezi’s parents but
because he is always following Mapula around he saw
when when the princess was heating up during the ball
then Mupula took her to her room and gave her the water
and the princess was well in a matter of minutes.

When Mapula got out of the room he went in and stole half
that water because at first he thought that it is some sort of
medicine that BaKoena are keeping a secret or maybe it
had some sort of chemical that can cure illnesses. So he
took a small sample of it and gave to to a friend of his to
test it but he came up empty and told him it was just clean
water. He then invited Kwezi and Mapula for lunch and
poisoned Kwezi’s drink then washed his face with the
water before they came. When they got there he told them
he had already ordered drinks for them, now we all know
that Mapula was supposed to see that there was
something wrong with Kwezi’s drink but she didn’t. Kwezi
got sick while they were having their lunch and Mapula
took out a smal bottle from her bag and gave her to drink
and she was okay in minutes. Scelo asked what she gave
her and she told him that it was just water but he knew
that it was not just water. That is when he started using
small drops of that water every time he has to meet with
Mapula and that is the reason why she only sees shadows
of the man nothing more.

The rain queen surfaced from the river riding on a wave of

water like a surfer in the ocean riding on the biggest wave.
The moment they surfaced the weather outside chanced
immediately and a warm but heavy drops of rain started
falling. This time the rain queen was like she was showing
off, she came out wearing a short bob cube dress that had
pearls over it, with a necklace that had a big pearl in the
middle but was made with some sort of twine and only had
that one big pearl in the middle, on her head she had
something like a crown made of seashells and a bracelet
what was also made of the same material. She was
holding some sort of an ancient stuff that rulers of the
twentieth century used to carry.

She was holding the staff on one hand pointing forward

and on the other she held the prince on her shoulder. The
princess was also dressed more or less like the queen
minus the crown but she had some sort of a headband
made of the roots from the trees that grow under water
and a necklace that had a star fish in the middle, a live
one if I may add. The wave pushed them towards the
palace. The people that saw it along the way ran for their
lives as they have never seen such. Farmers were left with
their jaws hung open as they witnessed their queen and
princess riding on a wave that ran just above roof tops of
houses. Other people were looking out the windows and
witnessing the gods at play.

The guards at the palace saw the wave first and one ran
inside the palace to inform the king and queen, while the
others didn’t know whether to run or hide but they couldn’t
to both because they are not allowed to leave their posts.
The guard arrived in the throne room where the trio was,
he bowed his head.
Guard: My king, permission to speak.
Tokelo: Granted, What is it?
Guard: My king there is a big wave coming this way.
Tokelo: What do you mean a wave?
Guard: I mean water my king.
Thabiso jumped from the chair with a wide smile on his
face and looked outside like a crazy person.
Lebo: Oahlanya jwale Thabiso? ( are you going crazy now
Thabiso)
Thabiso: No am not. That’s my wife coming. ( he said
going outside and the others followed)
They went to the palace gate just when the wave was
arriving with the queen and princess.
Lebo: Tokelo oaloya ausi wahaho keajwetsa ( Tokelo your
sister is a witch I tell you)
Tokelo: She’s your sister too

Mapula raised the staff and pointed forward and the wave
moved right above the palace gates and Thabiso was
quick to bow the guards followed then Tokelo and Lebo.
She then pointed the staff on the side and the wave
stopped and lowered bringing them to the ground, the
moment their feet touched the ground it moved away. The
others got up and looked at her, the princess ran to her
father and he hugged her spinning her around. Mind you
the rain hasn’t stopped and everyone out there was
dripping wet except for the queen of course. She led the
way inside the palace without uttering a word to anyone
and the others followed.

They got to the throne room and she took her seat on her
throne and Tokelo sat on her right and Lebo on her left,
Thabiso was playing with his daughter.
Mapula: Guard call a maiden for me
Guard: Right away my queen ( he left)
Lebo: Mapula boloi keng mare he? ( Mapula what’s with
the witchcraft?
Mapula: But Lebo you know it not witchcraft
Lebo: It’s not witchcraft then why is that every time you
leave you come back with something even more scarier
than the last.
Mapula: Okay then brother I will keep my witchcraft and
not tell you the good news I have for you.
Lebo: But you know it’s only witchcraft when you scare
people with it.
Tokelo: Now you changing your mind.
Lebo: Shut up green eyes ( the guard came back with the
maiden and she was told to take the princess to the queen
mother)

Thabiso: My queen, did they now decide to change your

attire?
Mapula: No my king, this is only for the task ahead.
Lebo: What now?
Mapula: We have a war coming but mine is different than
yours.
Tokelo: Tell us more.
Mapula: You three have a war coming from the parents or
the young man you had dealings with in South Africa so I
suggest you get Ntsika here so that you all together to
fight this one.
Lebo: What do they want?
Mapula: Their money but at the moment they are still
trying to find you all, so I suggest you use this time to
prepare and sort out the Brian issue immediately, you
can’t have two wars at once because they can joint forces
and destroy you.
Thabiso: You said you have another war to fight and I
want to fight by your side my queen.
Mapula: I can manage on my own my king, my brothers
need you more because those people have resources.
Lebo: So do we.
Tokelo: I just don’t want to work with someone who’s
going to be asking questions all the time and being
annoying.
Them: Ntsika!
Tokelo: Exactly

Mapula: you have to work with him, he and my husband

can attack using spiritual powers while you guys attach
your own way. Those people are only expecting gun and
other weapons but your strongest weapon are Thabiso
and Ntsika.
Tokelo: I can also use mine.
Mapula: Only when necessary but I don’t want you
exposing yourself unnecessarily.
Them: Understood
Mapula: I also have good news ( she smiled)
Thabiso: What is it?
Mapula: My king it’s not our good news but it is none the
less. Tokelo you are going to be an uncle again.
Tokelo: Are you pregnant again?
Lebo: Thabiso doesn’t shoot blanks like you hahah
Tokelo: Oahlanya Lebo ( you crazy Lebo)
Thabiso. My queen what are we expecting this time?
Mapula: We are not the ones having a baby my king the
Chief is.
Lebo: What?
Mapula: Yes Lebo! Kwezi is with child and it’s going to be
a young Chief.
Tokelo: Oh wow brother! Congratulations
Lebo: Did you say a baby?
Mapula: Yes Lebo a baby.
Lebo: A whole baby!
Thabiso: Kemang ahlanyang jwale hahah( who’s crazy
now?)
Lebo: Tokelo am going to be a Father
Tokelo: Yes brother you going to a Father
Lebo: Oh mother will be so happy, Hell am so happy. We
have to sort out these people and protect our family.
Mapula: That’s the spirit.
Lebo ran out the door like a mad man going to find the
queen to share with her the news.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 20

BaKoena kingdom ✨

You know before soldiers ship off for battle they make
sure that their business is in order, they know very well
that they may or may not come back. They take measures
to ensure that their families are taken care of. That’s
exactly what everyone in BaKoena was doing, the trio sent
word to Ntsika to be in LeSotho immediately and he is
landing in town in an hour. They said they will meet with
him later while they went to the warehouse to sort out the
Brian issue, it was long over due. Reneilwe sent a
message to the Russians on Brian’s phone letting know
that he has found a way to infiltrate ghosts organization
and that he needed their help to resolve the matter, they
didn’t waste time replaying telling him that they will be
landing this evening.

Tokelo called his people and told them to get ready to go

pick up the Russians at the airport in the evening, also told
the others to go and get Brian and bring him to the
warehouse. He, Lebo and Thabiso drove to the
warehouse to sort out Brian and also sort out the Russians.
Reneilwe was supposed to clean them out and take
everything they own, not only money but businesses as
well and transfer everything to their organization. She was
to do this while they flew to LeSotho so that by the time
they get there they have something to negotiate with. They
got to the warehouse and Tokelo excused himself to make
a call to the Mexican cartel boss, it rang a few time before
he picked up.

Convo:

Diablo: hola ( hello)

Tokelo: Hola ( hello)
Diablo: Como puedo ayudarte ( how can I help you?)
Tokelo: El te necesito aqui esta noche ( I need you here
tonight)
Diablo: Donde esta el problema? ( what is the problem?)
Tokelo: The Russians are coming here tonight.
Diablo: Send the jet we are on our way.
Tokelo: It’s already in its way to Mexico as we speak.
Cartel-boss: Boeno ( good)

He dropped the call and went back inside, Brian was

brought in and they took him to the back. They got in and
sat looking at him.
Brian: Boys tell me how long are you planning on keeping
me here?
Lebo: Oh no we are not keeping you anymore, you are
going home tonight.
Brian: Finally you came to your senses ( he smiled)
Lebo: Do you know that you are going to be a grandpa
now?
Brian: Kwezi is a smart girl and she will never be stupid
enough to let you impregnate her.
Lebo: But her mother was stupid enough get herself
impregnated by you.
Brian: Don’t you dare talk about my wife like that.
Lebo: No I mean no disrespect but me and you are the
same and if your wife got pregnant by you why can’t your
daughter be impregnated by me?
Brian: No Kwezi is not pregnant she knows better than to
fall pregnant out of wedlock.
Lebo: And who’s fault is that?
Brian: Boy you can’t impregnate my daughter then come
here asking stupid questions. Am telling you the moment I
get out of here you are dead and am going to make sure
that another man raises your child for you.

Lebo: You disappoint me now father in law, what makes

you think I will let that happen?
Brian: Am done talking to you, now let me go home it’s
already late.
Tokelo: But you cant leave before seeing your Russian
friends now can you? ( Brian’s eye popped out)
Lebo: Tokelo I think he is shocked that we invited his
friends here.
Thabiso: Sure looks like it to me.
Brian: What do you mean they are coming here?
Tokelo: Oh they will be here any moment now.
Brian: You don’t know what you got yourself into and your
little army here won’t stand a chance.
Lebo: You give the Russians so much credit, how about
we wait and see.
Brian: With pleasure.

Ntsika and the Russians had already been picked up from

the airport by Tokelo’s people. They drove Ntsika to the
palace while the others drove the Russians to the
warehouse. They were excited to get their hands on the
diamond operation they have been looking to get for a
long time now, little did they know that they had a surprise
waiting for them. They got to the warehouse and to cars
stopped and the guys opened the doors for them, they
were driving in 6 tinted cars because there were many of
them. They got out with their boss in front, he led the way
to the warehouse and the guys opened for them. The trio
appreared from the back.
Tokelo: Gentleman welcome
Boss: Chto eto? ( what it this? He asked speaking in
Russian)
Tokelo: Uveren Brayan on”yasnit ( am sure Brian will
explain)
Boss: So you speak Russian?
Tokelo: Of course even though it’s the most rude language
I have ever heard.
Boss: Now you being disrespectful, Where is Brian?
Tokelo: Guys please tell Brian our guests have arrived.

The guys went to the back to get Brian, they untied him
from the chair and put hand cuffs on him and walk with
him to the front, the Russian boss saw him but was not
aware that he was cuffed because of the two guys that
were walking beside him.
Boss: Brian! Tell me you have the papers ready. ( the
guys moved away from him and the Russians saw he was
tied and they all drew they guns)
Boss: You set us up?
Brian: I didn’t even know you coming, I have been here for
over two weeks.
Boss: That doesn’t mean anything, you betrayed me.
Brian: Look I did no such thing, just get me out of here so
that we can have a meeting.

Lebo: This is a nice reunion but am afraid that is not why

we here.
Boss: Then why are we here?
Lebo: Oh we just wanted to tell you Thank you we now
own everything you had.
Boss: Impossible!
Lebo: Please show him ( one of the guys pressed some
buttons on the computer and turned it around for him to
see it)
Boss: Nooo!!! What are you waiting for kill them!! Kill them
all!!
The Russians didn’t waste anytime to shoot, bullets where
flying. Thabiso was dodging bullets trying to get hold of a
gun himself but before he got to it he was shot on the leg
and he fell. He got to a gun and leaned against the wall
and started shooting. Bullets were flying and people were
falling on both sides. There was blood everywhere,
Tokelo’s Guys took Brian back to the room and two of
them guarded the room while others were fighting for their
lives out there dodging bullets.
The Mexicans arrived at the warehouse and they could
hear the gunshots from outside and they went out of the
car while the cartel boss instructed one of his guys to
connect a small missile they did as told and gave to the
boss and he shot it up in the sky and it exploded.
Everyone in the warehouse went out running to see what
is going on.
Diablo: How can you start the party without me Rodrigo?
Rodrigo: Bloody Mexican, I should have know you were
behind this Diablo.
Diablo: You give me too much credit my Russian friend.
Rodrigo: What do you want?
Diablo: Since you can see that you are out numbered, how
about you come with me!
Rodrigo: Over my dead body! ( he was angry)
Diablo: That can be arranged, Guys!

His guys didn’t waste anytime shooting Rodrigo’s Guys

with the help to Tokelo’s team, they fell on the ground like
flies. They wouldn’t stop shooting and when Rodrigo saw
that his left with two people he spoke, more like screamed.
Rodrigo: ENOUGH!!!
Diablo: Did you change your mind?
Rodrigo: Yes
Diablo: Good Because I thought I would have to kill you.
Terminator my man please tell we have taken everything
from this pest.
Lebo: How Do know us?
Diablo: That’s What I like to hear, Guys let’s go.

His guys took Rodrigo and Tokelo’s people drove them

back to the airport. The trio went to the back where Brian
was, Thabiso was already bandaged and the bullet taken
out. Brian was sitting there looking pissed.
Lebo: Father in law I apologize for the hospitality here, but
you can still go home tonight.
Brian: What is the catch? Because you have already taken
everything of mine.
Lebo: Or it’s simple, give Kwezi and I your blessing.
Brian: That is about the only thing I have and am not
giving it up.
Tokelo: Look you will get everything that we took back and
all you have to do is call your daughter and tell her you
give her your blessing.
Brian: And I get everything?
Lebo: Yes everything.
Thabiso: But you only get it after the wedding
Brian: Why after the wedding
Lebo: We don’t want you changing your mind.

Brian: Fine But I will need money to sustain my family till

them.
Lebo: Not a problem, you will get 50k every month till the
wedding when you get everything
Brian: Now you going to give me my money installments
like Am one of your workers.
Lebo: Take it or leave it.
Brian: Fine!
Lebo: Now call Kwezi and give her the good news.
They took his phone and dialed Kwezi then put it on
speaker, Brian told her that he thought about everything
long and hard and thinks it’s best to give her his blessings.
Kwezi was excited and Lebo was a happy man. Brian was
let go and drove to the airport, his jet was still there and he
boarded and went home.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 21

BaTloung✨

Witchcraft and bad spirits are two things that can make
even the air around you feel different and unsettling. As
you walk in a place that the air is not completely pure you
can feel it, the hair at the back of your neck stands, you
feel like you not alone but when you look around you see
nothing. Those who are lucky enough do see the bad
spirits moving around but am not sure how lucky they feel
when this happens, because only by the hair standing at
the back of the neck I feel scared with my heat pounding
fast as if it’s going to jump out of my chest. How much
more when you can see the very reason for all that.
Anyway some people are brave. The air at BaTloung
kingdom has changed and has become exactly how I have
described, it’s that kind of air that makes one feel lonely
and the place to look like it has been deserted even
though there’s people living in it.

The king and queen of the kingdom have not been getting
along at all, they argue over small things. It got so bad that
they now sleep in different rooms, the chief priest tried
everything but he is failing because he doesn’t know what
the sources is. Yes he knows it’s bad spirits but he doesn’t
know who they have taken over and using to cause all the
havoc in the palace. Mapula saw this already but it was
not yet time for her to go there but today is the day, she
woke up and prepared to go to BaTloung. She left the
princess behind with her grandmother, she just told her
husband that it was time for her to go for her own war and
he didn’t have a problem with it as this was discussed
before.

She didn’t feel the drive to BaTloung because she could

already see that the evil already did a lot of damage and
has already possessed the person and now starting to
take the soul little by little. When she got to BaTloung the
chief priest was already waiting for her at the gate, she
drove in and parked the car. She didn’t even take a guard
with her and she was driving herself to BaTloung.
Mapula: My Chief
Chief: My queen
Mapula: Where is the royal family?
Chief: I wouldn’t call them a family anymore but they are
inside.
Mapula: Both of them?
Chief: No the king is in the throne room and the queen is
somewhere in the palace.
Mapula: Okay, be on standby.
Chief: Alright my queen.

She left going to the throne room where the king was and
he was sitting on his chair looking deep in thoughts.
Mapula: My king ( she bowed her head)
Letsi: My queen
Mapula: How is the king doing?
Letsi: Not too well my queen, a lot has been happening
and I feel useless because I don’t know what to do.
Mapula: That is why am here my king, to help.
Letsi: That will be appreciated my queen.
Mapula: I have to warn you my king that this matter is
going to be difficult and you won’t like it.
Letsi: Do Whatever you want to do to save my kingdom.
Mapula: My king you don’t understand, Yes I will do as the
Gods instructed but you won’t like it because it involves
the queen.

Letsi: How does this have to do with the queen?

Mapula: The queen has been possessed by the evil spirits
that have been hovering around the palace. They found
her weak and possessed her.
Letsi: That is why she has changed so much, you know
she was even asking for you to bring the princess because
she said she missed her but I told her that the princess will
not come here until the things go back to normal in this
palace.
Mapula: Forgive her my king, it’s not her doing but that of
the spirits. They want the princess for her powers an they
wanted to use someone close to her to get to her and
finally take her life.
Letsi: Gods Of our ancestors this is serious, does Thabiso
know about this?
Mapula: No and I would like to keep it that way because
his love for the queen will blind him into not seeing her
wrong doings and might end up fight me instead of the
problem.

Letsi: I hear you my daughter and I agree with you. The

chief priest did say we have to keep an open mind and if I
didn’t see the change in my queen I would be fighting you
as well. But I have seen how much she has changed and I
must say that, the woman in that house is not the one I
married.
Mapula: My thanks for the support my king and I ask that
you not get involved in this as it will put you in danger and
you might end up not liking what is about to happen.
Letsi: I said for better or worse to that woman so am not
going anywhere.
Mapula: I am not saying leave my king just that you stay
out of harms way.
Letsi: The chief priest did say that you are the only one
who can stop this so I will listen. Even though am scared
for you my daughter because I don’t know the extent of
your powers or if you won’t get hurt by those spirits.
Mapula: I have done this before my king and I have a lot of
support from everywhere and I also have my protector
with me so nothing will happen to me.
Letsi: Be careful my daughter

While they were still talking they heard someone calling

Mapula’s name outside and they stopped and listened. It
was the demon possessed queen standing in the middle
of the palace square where meeting with the people are
held in the royal house. The king and Mapula got out of
the throne room and made their way to her, when they got
close they noticed that the queen’s eyes were pure white
with no block in them. The king wasn’t sure whether she is
looking at them or somewhere else because with those
eyes you couldn’t tell. The king wanted to go forward but
Mapula held him by the arm and pulled him and stood in
front of him.
Mapula: Remember What we talked about my king.
Letsi: Yes But that’s my wife there.
Mapula: That is not your wife anymore my king that is
something else, a demon.
Letsi: Is she even in there somewhere?
Mapula: Yes she is But you have to trust me and move
aside.

Queen: Mapula you have not respect! I called you here

and you answer to me not this weak thing who calls
himself a king.
Mapula: You wrong! I don’t answer to demons. ( her voice
now changed because the demon was angry and it spoke
in its own voice through her)
QueenDemon: We want the portal and this time we are
going to get it.
Mapula: You will have to go through me first.
QueenDemon: With pleasure but I want to spare you
because you are weak, you haven’t been to the river in a
while or else you would have seen me.
Mapula: I can still defeat you.
QueenDemon: No you can’t because you powers
deteriorated the moment you stopped going to the river.
Now you don’t have to die just give me the portal and join
my side and you will live.
Mapula: No thank you, I will take my chances.
QueenDemon: Very well then.
She opened her arms and wings appeared. They were not
just any wings but that of a bat �, she started flapping
them and her feet were lifted from the ground and she
stood in the air. The kings jaw dropped, never in his life
had he seen anything like this, his seen witches and their
witchcraft. Demons and their demonic acts but nothing g
like this, as he was looking at this woman with wings of a
bat he wondered if this was the worse he promised to
stand by her in during his wedding vows. He wondered if
he will ever look at her the same again, he also wondered
if she will ever be the same after this. All those had no
answers at the moment and all holes left him, he moved
further back as he saw that this was nothing he could
handle.

The chief priest was standing a bit further from them and
when he saw what was happening he said to himself
‘ there was no way I could have seen this’ the worse part
was when his queen grew wing or an evil animal, that is
when he started reciting his clan names and those of
BaTloung says gods of my ancestors save our queen for
what I am seeing is not the one you chose to rule this
kingdom along side our king but a demon and the devil
himself. He also made an apology to the gods saying he
will never be able to assist the rain queen at least not with
this.

Ngwedi yabaKoena has changed into her human form and

stood beside her queen ready to fight. Which is another
thing that got the king losing all hope, he has never seen
Mapula fight but he has also never seen an alligator turn
human or his queen turn to bat. He even wanted to call his
son to come but thought of the warning he got from the
queen and decided against it.
QueenDemon: Surprise are we?
Mapula: Not at all
QueenDemon: You Fokker have to act brave, even rain
queens are allowed to be scared.
Mapula: Well am not and please shut up now( she
shouldn’t have said that as the demon covered herself
with the wings and when she opened them a ball of
powerful and strong wind blew Mapula, Ngwedi, the king
and the chief priest away landing Mapula and Ngwedi on
the walk of the throne room, the chief priest at the gate of
the palace the king on the ground next to the throne room
door.
Stay tuned...

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 22

BaTloung kingdom ✨

It seems as though the rain queen is going to have a hard

time with this one. The king was out after he got thrown
away landing on the door then the ground, his old and the
bone are not as healthy or as fresh as they were when he
was a young man. The chief priest also took time getting
up from where he fell on the palace gates with the help of
the guards. Maidens were hiding in their quarters looking
at what was happening from the windows scared to go
outside. The guards who guarded the back of the palace
were also peaking from behind making sure that they are
not seen by anyone. Unfortunately for the ones at the gate,
they had no where to run to as they were not given any
orders to go hide. Yes they were curious about what was
happening but after seeing everyone flying like that they
lost hope and the curiously few out the gate and only fear
remained. The rain queen and Ngwedi stood up from
where they fell and dusted themselves off and walked
towards the center of the square to where the queen
demon was standing.
QueenDemon: Well if I were you I wouldn’t have gotten up.
Mapula: Then it’s a good thing that you not me because I
would still be on the ground if you were.
QueenDemon: Give us the portal and all this goes away
simple as that.
Mapula: What makes you think that a mother will give up
her child to demons just so that she could live?
QueenDemon: A wise one would do that
Mapula: Clearly am not wise enough.
QueenDemon: You willing to die and let others die
because of that curse you call a child?
Mapula: I will do that and more just to keep her safe.
QueenDemon: Why do you think it is that all demons are
after her?
Mapula: You Tell me Because you are the ones after her.
QueenDemon: That’s Because she is one of us, she is to
go to the underworld and rule alongside her real mother
and our queen.
Mapula: And she didn’t give birth to her because?
QueenDemon: You ask too many questions! Give me her
location already.
Mapula: Find her yourself
QueenDemon: You know you blocked me from picking up
her cent! ( she roared)

She flapped her wings a bit and moved even higher above
the ground. Ngwedi was already waiting for action
standing in front of the queen, she tapped her shoulder
and Ngwedi looked back at her.
Mapula: Get the guards to safety
Ngwedi: My queen ( she left going to the gate to let the
guards know that they can leave their posts and go find a
hiding place) the queen demon opened her wings about to
strike Mapula but she strikes first using the stuff she was
holding, releasing a fire ball that burnt the one wing of the
demon and it cried out in pain. She blew wind on the wing
and it stopped burning. It then released a lot of bats going
straight for Mapula causing a lot of dusty wind to blow
because others where on the ground running like rats
towards Mapula picking up dust in the process. While the
bats went for Mapula the demon spat some green stuff on
both her wings and they multiplied. She now had three
wings on each side like a carobi the angel of light.

She used two of the wings to cover her legs, two to cover
her face from all the dust and two to fly with. The bats
were all around Mapula and she was burning them with
fire Balls with the help of Ngwedi. She saw that each time
she burns one three more would appear from the ashes of
the burnt one, they raised from the ashes like a Phoenix.
She drew her wings and flew towards where the chief
priest was standing.
Mapula: My Chief help Ngwedi with the smal bats and am
going to deal with the big one.
Chief: As you wish my queen.
Mapula flew towards the demon and the chief priest went
to where Ngwedi was to help her with the bats. They
couldn’t even see properly because of all the dust and
Ngwedi resorted into turning back to her alligator form to
be on the level of the bats. She would just open her mouth
and swallow a chunk of them while keeping the others
away from her with her tail.
The chief priest didn’t have time to be shocked by the
transformation of Ngwedi because the bats were coming
strong. He had a clay pot in hand and kept sprinkling the
bats with the Muti that was inside using his hand. He
would sprinkle on them and they would turn into a green
slimy liquid but they didn’t resurrect or multiply. This
method he was using was working and so was the
swallowing that Ngwedi was doing. The big bat demon
was still covering herself with the wings and kept wincing
as each small bat died on the ground. Mapula got to her
and threw a fireball at her right in her tummy and she
squealed in pain as the fireball burnt her.

She uncovered her face while she close the tummy with
the wings in the middle and was left using the lower ones
to keep flapping in the air. She was using the top wings to
fight Mapula and she was using hers to fight back and
protect herself. The demon got hold of one of Mapula’s
wings and pulled it toward her braking it in the process,
she then pulled it out completely and Mapula cried in pain
as she fell on the ground because she couldn’t fly with one
wing. The rain immediately fell from the sky and strong
wind blew and the her angel appeared in the mist of the
dark clouds coming towards her. Then loud banging sound
that caused the ground to shake followed and soon the
palace gates of BaTloung were on the ground with
elephants running through them.

They came in and made a circle around Mapula while the

angel was at the top of the circle shielding Mapula from
the Demon. It was not long before a big flood come
through carrying the BaKoena alligators, the three big lazy
ones came from behind all the others with the fallen rain
queens on top of each one. Bahomi opened her arms and
wings as beautiful as those of butterfly appeared, Letsatsi
did the same and wings of dragon appeared on her arms,
Nyolodi followed suit and wings of an Eagle appeared on
her arms. They all flapped them at the same time lifting
themselves off the ground going towards the the angels
and they stood in a circle while the elephants were doing
the same thing on the ground.

They were not just standing in a circle but they were

running around in a circle surrounding Mapula. The rain
changed from heavy rain to hail storm and big rocks where
falling from the sky. They all started chanting.

The rain queen of BaKoena, with the powers as strong at

the Eagles, the power as strong as the queen butterfly, the
power as strong as dragon, a heart as pure as angel.
Raise and take the power of the animals the gods offer to
you. Raised and lead the elephants and alligators to light.
They all flew down to her and the same time and covered
her with their wings and while blinding light appeared in
the middle shooting up the sky lit only one place from
where Mapula was. It blinded the demon on the process
causing it to lose balance and fall on the ground not so far
from them. The light shined brighter and Mapula came out
from the middle with the biggest wings ever, they had the
combination of all the ones the fallen queens and angel
had. The queens and the angel had sacrificed their wings
for them. The wings were beautiful with all the colors on
them like those of a fairy.

Stay tuned...

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 23

BaTloung kingdom✨
If you walk into spiritual warfare without spiritual armor,
you will be pummeled. This world is just made up of things
that we perceive with our five senses, because there is an
unseen world that is superimposed over ours. If we could
put on special glasses that would allow us to see the
unseen it would send our heads spinning. Unfortunately
for us we don’t have those glasses but the rain queen
doesn’t need them as she has powers from up above and
from the mystical land that allow her to see and be able to
fight such demons. The demon was not pleased with how
the angel helped Mapula out with the wings.
QueenDemon: How can you betray your own brother like
that? ( he was referring to the angel)
Angel: You stopped being my father when you chose the
power of the underworld than the kingdom of your father.
QueenDemon: So he sent you to destroy me? You know it
will never work dear brother because am stronger than the
angels. Father can send them all and I will continue to
defeat them while he watches.
Angel: Unfortunately this is not my fight or father’s. That
standing there is what you have to defeat. ( he said
pointing at Mapula)
QueenDemon: What is she and why are you in the body of
a 12 year old.
Angel: Because as you know it makes your job easier
when you can relate to those whose spirits you guide.
QueenDemon: What is she! ( he yelled as he could see
Mapula’s transformation getting complete right before his
eyes.
Angel: She is many things and possesses the power of
many, including humans, animals, the fallen one and an
angel.
QueenDemon: No you lie to me! No one can access the
power of the fallen let alone transfer it to a human.
Angel: Then go fight her ( he disappeared)

The rain queens transformation was complete, her wings

and feet took many forms right before your eyes. They
would turn from Eagle, to dragon, queen butterfly and
angel. She felt the blood of each creature run through her
veins as they changed but then they changed to an angels
wings she would feel at peace yet powerful. She felt like
she can take on the world with that much power, she could
clearly see every dark spirit in the kingdom but what she
noticed was that they were all connected to the queen
demon. She saw it best to focus on the big bat and let
Ngwedi and the chief priest focus on the small demons
and spirits because as they kill or vanquished a demon
from the small ones it weakened the big bat.

QueenDemon flapped her wings and to the rain queens

level. She stood a bit further from her.
QueenDemon: I lost my wings because of you greedy
humans, my father disown me because of your kind and
now I want to get the power I need and make a name for
myself and the underworld. But now you want to stop me?
Never!
Mapula: You are the reason for all this.
QueenDemon: Now I will finish it.
She went flying to the rain queen and she got ready for a
fight, she got to her and they fought . The demon was very
angry because now he realizes that he underestimated the
rain queens power. He fought using many different forms
of dark magic but nothing seem to work. The rain queen is
more powerful and each strike the demon threw at her she
counter acts just as quickly.

The king eventually woke up and was now look at his

queen who now had more wings than when he first saw
her change. He doesn’t know when all this happened and
he didn’t know when and how Mapula transformed. He sat
there with his back on the wall of the throne room as he
watch what used to be his wife throwing one ball of fire
after the other and his daughter in law countering each
one with with stones from the hail that was falling from the
sky. He looked at his gate and he couldn’t believe his eyes
when he saw that It was on the ground and only a
structure remained.

He then looked at ground level and saw elephants sitting

and watching what was happening above. Now animals
don’t move around when there is a storm they sit around
in one place and wait for the storm to pass while they
protect their young. He also saw the alligators but with a
naked eye he couldn’t see the fallen queens as they sat
on top on them. He has never in his life seen so many
alligators in one place. Mapula stretches her hand and the
stuff flew to her and she held it tight then pointed it to her.
It released a ball that looked like a yin and yang of both
fire and ice, while the demon was looking to block the ball
she shines and light to her eyes that blinded her and the
ball made contact with her body.

As soon as it made contact with the skin it penetrated both

freezing and burning the demon inside the queen. The
demon was screaming out loud leaving the queens body
and took its normal form. The queens body went and fell
down colliding with the ground making a bang sound as
she fell. The king was on his feet immediately going to
check on her, he ran to where she was and pulled her to
the throne room. The demon was now in its normal
demonic form, it was a big bat with red eyes, blood shot
red eyes with wings that had pointy ends and corners. It
went flying to Mapula and they fought, he kept stabbing
the rain queen with his pointy sharp wings every chance
he got.

Nyolodi connected with Mapula through her mind and

spoke to her ‘ you have to get closer to it My queen and
hold it against your body and make sure it doesn’t get
away, then recite the spell to vanquish it once and for all’
Mapula head what she said and pretended as if the
demon was defeating and over powering her. The demon
got closer and closer burning fire in his hand got bigger
and bigger as he got close to her. He wanted to finish her
off when Mapula ducked from under his open arms and
held it tight against her body, she imprisoned it locking it in
with her wings. It tried moving and escaping but she held
on firm.
The queen started reciting the words to vanquish the
demon.
Mapula: For we are not fighting against flesh and blood
enemies, but against evil rulers and authorities of the
unseen world, against the mighty powers of the dark world,
against the evil spirits in heavenly places.
QueenDemon: Stop it!!!! I said stop right now!!! ( it was
moving trying to free itself from her hold but it was too tight.
( the rain queen continued to recite the spell)
Mapula: Therefore put on every piece of the pure armor so
you will be able to resist the enemy in time of evil. Then
after the battle you will be standing firm.

She quickly let go of the demon and it fell on the ground

as it got weaker and weaker. She went down and stood
firm in front of it as kept changing forms from snake, wild
cat and big red eyed bat. It was rolling on the ground all
this time changing forms and it finally turned to dust and
the moment it did all the other bats as well turned to dust.
She walked over to the chief priest and Ngwedi then took
their hands and moved backwards with them. She let go of
their hands and took the stuff and pointed forward and all
the dust blew away. She then walked to where the
elephants and alligators were sitting and stood in front of
them. They stood up and bowed before her together with
the fallen queens, when they got up she also went down
on one knee and bowed before them then got up.

She pointed the stuff to the gate and all the animals
moved gracefully towards the gates leaving BaTloung
kingdom. The rain queen watched as they went away, the
elephants went out the gate and disappeared. She then
lifted the stuff and a wave of water appeared covering the
alligators then picking them up and they float above it and
she pointed forward and the wave moved away. She then
fell on the ground where she stood and Ngwedi together
with the chief priest picked her up and took her to the
throne room and laid her next to the queen.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 24

BaTloung Kingdom:
The rain queen and the BaTloung queen were out for the
count, the chief priest did all he could for both of them but
nothing worked. Ngwedi had to connect with the fallen
queens in the mystical land and they told her that the rain
queen will wake up when the time is right. The queen of
BaTloung will be woken up by the rain queen. Ngwedi
shared the news with the king and he decided that it was
time Thabiso knew what was going on, seeing that both
his queen and his sons with no hope of waking up. He
went outside and looking at what used to be his beautiful
palace and wonder if it is all worth it. If serving the gods
was worth losing everything he has worked hard for all
these years. He wondered if putting people's lives in
danger was worth it all. He wished he had listened when
the queen said she needed some time away but then
again the demon had already possessed her but it was
dormant.
He took out his phone and dialed Thabiso's number and
he picked up on the second ring.

convo:
Thabiso: Father
Letsi: Son, i need you to come home immediately.
Thabiso: What seems to be the matter father?
Letsi: Everything in my palace has gone to hell, my
ancestors allowed a terrible thing to take place in this
palace and i need my right hand man with me at this time.
Thabiso: I hear you father and i will be there late in the
evening.
Letsi: No son this can't wait that long please.
Thabiso: Father i understand i am just waiting for my
queen to come back from the battle she went to then we
can come together and assist each other with whatever is
going on there.
Letsi: My prince, your queen is here, she at the palace as
we speak. Please hurry.

Thabiso didn't even say his goodbyes to his father he

dropped the phone and took his car keys and made his
way to BaTloung. There was only on thing on his mind as
he drove, that his queen got injured in battle and BaTloung
was the closest place to get help from. However his
father's voice told him that there is more to it than that but
he couldn't put a finger on it. He tried to remember if his
queen told him where she was going on battle but nothing
came to mind. He also thought of the times he tried to
connect with her and he couldn't get through. He put two
and two together and realized that his queen has hidden
something from him for the first time since they got
married. But why? When all of this came to mind it drove
him crazy making him drive like a mad man on the road
ignoring all the rules of the road. His mission was to get
home and ask her why?. 30 minutes later he was getting
into BaTloung driving to the palace, the sight in front of
him caused him to slow down.

The gate of the palace was on the ground, the walls and
structure that held it together is damaged. the roof of the
house looked like bricks were being thrown at it with so
much force, he drove in and saw the big hail stones that
were already melting on the ground and knew that his
queen is responsible. What he didn't know was why would
she be here and why would she destroy his home like that.
He got out the car and made his way to the king that was
standing outside the throne room looking like his mind is
far away, so far that he didn't even feel the presence of the
prince beside him. Thabiso held his shoulder and he
turned and looked at him.
Thabiso: Father what happened here?
Letsi: I can't tell you exactly what happened because i
myself only saw half of it.
Thabiso: Please tell me what you know.
Letsi: Lets go to the main house and i will tell you all about
it. { they walked to the house and sat in the lounge}
Thabiso: Father tell me what is going on?
Letsi: Let me start from the beginning, not so long ago the
chief priest come and told us that danger is lacking in the
shadows and that we should keep and open mind. I asked
him to destroy the evil but he said he couldn't and only the
rain queen can.

Thabiso: So my wife came here to assist.

Letsi: Yes she did my prince.
Thabiso: Why didn't she tell me about this? i mean this is
my home as much as it is hers.
Letsi: Because the evil she had to fight was your mother.
Thabiso: WHAT?
Letsi: Yes my prince.
Thabiso: You said was, did Mapula kill my mother?
Letsi: That wasn't your mother son but yes she managed
to kill the demon.
Thabiso: In the throne room.
He left his father there and went to the throne room with
his father following behind.
Thabiso: I thought you said she killed the my mother.
Letsi: Yes she killed the demon that was inside your
mother not her.
Thabiso: So what is wrong with them?
Letsi: Your queen was badly injured while vanquishing the
demon and your mother got like that after the demon left
her body.
Thabiso: Get the chief priest to help them.
Letsi: The gods said your queen will wake up when her
body heals and your other can only be healed by her.

Thabiso: Damn you Mapula {he said kneeling in front of

her} You should have told me about this, i am your
husband and not once did you hide things from and when
you start you start with something so big. why? this is my
mother we are talking about, what gave the right to hide
this from me.
The king could see that his son is upset so he decide to
leave and give him and his wife some space.
Thabiso: You even block me so that i don't find out what
you were up to, who gave you the right to wear pants in
the marriage, who gave you the right to make decisions
without my knowledge, who did you discuss this with. if my
mother didn't make it who was going to be on your corner
because everyone would have blamed you and i would
have been in a difficult position of not knowing who to
believe because you were not truthful to me. Why would
you do that to someone you claim to love, because right
now i don't think you love me at all. Yes I know you are the
rain queen first and a wife second but to me you are my
wife first then rain queen second and as my wife i expect
honesty. i expected you to honour the vows you made to
me. But i guess i was asking for too much. Please wake
up and heal my mother then you can be queen all your life
but my wife, i dont know.

The was both angry and heart broken, he understood her

duties and not even once did he try to stop her from doing
them, but for her to keep secrets when it mattered the
most was something he was not willing to accept. He was
hurt that she and his mother got injured but was angry at
her for not asking for help or sharing the kind of war she
had to fight.

Will Mapula and Thabiso make it as a couple?

Stay tuned to find out.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 25

Mthatha✨

They say that those with the heart of vengeance are never
at peace. These people never live in peace because they
are always planing the next step of their plan while the
people they want to inflict pain on carry on with their lives.
Vengeance is the same as hate because hate is like
drinking poison and expect the next person to die but at
the end you the one who end up dead. With
vengeance,one stops living their lives, their main focus
because the their vengeance, it consumes them just like
an obsession but the end of the day they are the ones who
lose the most in this whole situation. They lose time that
they will never get back, as the saying goes ‘ time wasted
never returns’ they miss out on the good moments of life
which they will never get back, time they could have spent
honoring their loved one and being happy but no they act
like good times can be packed away and put in a pocket
then when you want to live then you just merely take them
out and relive them. But Xhosa people say ‘ intsuku
ezimnandi azifakwa pokothweni’ which is something
Xhanti should know better than anyone.

Last week was a sad week for both the gang and the
parents of their friend. The funeral was sad like any other
but life goes on, doesn’t it. Which is why the families
decided on moving on and try to solve the things they
have control over like get their money back. The families
fathered at their meeting place to finalize the plan on how
to attack the Sotho king and his people.
General: I have managed to get a lot on the king from my
friend at the military in LeSotho. But according to him the
king is a well respected person who takes care of his
people and plays a huge role in the development of the
country and contributes well to the country’s economy.
Nqaba: That is how I know the king myself.
General: Are you kids sure that the king was the one who
took our money and killed my son.
Xhanti: We are very sure that is was him, but if you people
are scared of him like we are then I don’t blame you.
Mandy: His right, that guy is ruthless and his eyes are just
weird.
Secretly general: I say we attack his little kingdom first that
will teach him a lesson he will never forget.
Xhanti: I don’t want to lie to you, if you do that then
prepare to meet Ghost himself. They did say that the king
was the right hand man of ghost and from what we know
from the underworld no one messes with him and live to
tell the tale.
General: I am the army general and I have deployed to
worse places than LeSotho and have dealt with more
dangerous people than a mere king from a little village.

Xhanti: Don’t say I didn’t warn you in fact am not going.

Nqaba: Oh yes you are, because if it wasn’t for you and
your “ teaching the Zulu prince a lesson “ we wouldn’t
have lost our money. You and your friends are the ones
who are going to be leading this whole thing and you
better pull your weight around here.
General: His right, I lost my son because he couldn’t think
for himself, he followed you and did whatever you said
must be done and now that his no more you don’t want to
do anything to make sure that his killer is punished. What
kind of a person are you?
Xhanti: Am sorry if I sounded insensitive but am sure that
all of us who have seen that guy in action are scared to go
near him. But I will do my part to make sure that your son
gets the justice he deserves and if I come out alive in this
am no longer going to be in a gang.
Mandy: You know what you have to do to get out of them
gang.
Xhanti: Mandy we are not here to discuss the gang we are
here to discuss a way forward and how to attack. Parents
is it okay if I make a suggestion.

General: Go ahead
Xhanti: You and your people should target their offices,
and I mean all the companies they own. While they are
busy with that me and the gang will attack the kingdom.
That way they won’t see us coming.
Nqaba: That is a good idea indeed and it could work.
SecretaryGeneral: That is a good strategy but how are we
going to get our money?
General: We have a hacker at work and his good. He can
get us our money.
Xhanti: Am sure your hacker good but he can do nothing.
Their hacker is very good and I have never heard of
anyone who is able to hack into her systems.
General: Then if that’s the case target the kingdom. My
soldiers and I will target the kingdom and kill anything that
moves until he gives back what he owes us. ( a parent of
one of the rich kids spoke)
Man: Is it all worth is though? I mean why can’t we
negotiate with these people to give us what belongs to us?
General: If they didn’t kill my son then we would negotiate
but now we are over the negotiation stage. I want to
avenge my son.

They continued talking about the plan and they ended up

agreeing to kill people in the kingdom and force Tokelo to
pay.

BaKoena:

The guys were busy discussing the plan in how to protect

the kingdom as well as the people nd their companies.
Their plan was solid but they needed Mapule’s input on it
and make changes if there are any she would like them to
make. Thabiso hasn’t been himself for the past week, he
goes to BaTloung every evening and come back in the
morning for their planing and training. He was not his
usual talkative self and Ntsika being Ntsika decided to
asked.
Ntsika: Ngithi hakengibuze we Thabiso, yhini wase
wamuncu nje kulezintsuku ( let me ask Thabiso, why have
you been off these past few days)
Lebo: You know I noticed that too but I didn’t want to ask
because am always the one asking these things. Am
starting to like you Ntsika.
Tokelo: Tell is man, what seems to be the problem?
Thabiso: Nothing man everything is fine.
Tokelo: If everything was fine you wouldn’t be walking
around like you carrying the weight of the world on your
shoulders.

Thabiso: Just marriage and its challenges.

Tokelo: Am married and I would like to help if I can.
Ntsika: Am also married
Lebo: And I will be getting married soon and I would like to
know that I have people to turn to when things don’t go
well.
Thabiso: Well my wife doesn’t see me as a man in our
marriage, she makes decisions within informing me and
now she and my mother are out cold and I don’t know
what to do.
Tokelo: What you need to understand is that Mapula will
sometimes thinks we not think but act as superior as she
is. She is a queen and not just any but one that is chosen
by many things including the angels. Sometimes that
power will make her do things without consulting you.
Lebo: Which is wrong, Yes Mapula is the queen and all
but Thabiso is her husband, he should be told about
everything whether he likes what he hears or not.
Ntsika: I for one haven’t had these nice life problems but I
once said that Mpande will be the death of me and I meant
that literally. That woman’s powers are beyond
imagination and now and then she will do things like this
and all you have to do is sit her down and talk to her.
Lebo: No don’t do that Thabiso, she is my sister and all
and I love her with all of me but Mapula will never change
or consider her husbands feelings if his just going to take
the excuse she gives him and it ends there. What if it was
Thabiso hiding things from her? We would be against him
and we would be ready to kill but now it’s him we want him
to sit down and talk? No man that’s not right.
Tokelo: Lebo is Right you have feelings too and right now I
say deal with this how you see fit so that your wife can
respect you as the man of the house.
Ntsika: I say don’t do anything, don’t talk to her don’t do
anything. Let her see her wrong doing and be the one to
make it right and if she doesn’t see that then you decide
on how to move forward.
Lebo: I will support you.
Tokelo: So will I
Thabiso: Thank you guys.
Tokelo: We are brothers now and it’s only fair that we do
these kinds of things.

They continue with the final touches of the plan.

Will they be able to protect the kingdom?

Stay tuned.

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 26

The mystical land with the higher ups ✨

We all grew up being told that the ways of the ancestors

are law, that no one should go against them or there will
be hell to pay. Yes the gods or the ancestors however one
wishes to call them, are powerful and when they do get
angry it’s never pleasant for the one that is in the receiving
end. They do this because they no longer live in our world
anymore or communicate with us the same way they used
to when they were alive. Now they have to depend on
showing us what they want us to do in our dreams, but
sometimes those very dreams become so vague that one
can’t make out what exactly is required. One wakes up
with questions like, did it mean anything, do I have to do
something but there is no one to give a definitive answer
to your questions so you end up forgetting about the
dream.

You continue to dream but because you were no trained in

dream interpretation you ignore all the signs and warnings
you are given. Now this is when the ancestors get angry
and things start going badly for you that you don’t know
what went wrong. So even go to healers to find out what
exactly is the source of their misfortune and when they get
there they get answers like you have been ignoring your
ancestors for far too long and now they are angry, or your
ancestors have turned their backs on your because you do
not listen and you do as you please. Now I know I might
be pushing it by saying this but my question is always this’
why do these people forget how life was when they left
you to demand the impossible when they are dead.’

Mapula the rain queen was as the mystical land being

nursed back to life but this time the queens were not the
ones doing all that but her father the late king Lerumo with
the help of the higher power. She was getting better and
they were all pleased with her recovery.
Lerumo: This time we might have gone too far in pushing
for this matter to be done without the king’s knowledge.
Angel: He knew what he was getting himself into when he
married the queen.
Lerumo: But that is not reason enough for a wife to
undermine the husband like that. You chose that man to
be the leader of their home and now you turn around and
push him aside when it matters the most.
Angel: I understand what you are saying but the danger
was too great. The queen chose to save her princess and
mother in law and to do that without having to be
distracted by how what she’s doing is affecting her
husband would have put everyone in danger.

Lerumo: You speak like that because you hold no

knowledge of what it is like for one to live the life that we
mere mortals have led. To you it’s all about logic but to
humans things like this involves emotions and right now
the Kings emotions are all over the place and if we the
people who did this don’t fix it then you will have no king
and no queen and that is her faith as you know it.
Angel: That is why I have you here as one of the elders to
school us about the ways of the humans. That who made
us never explained we were just given the task of being
guardians to special pure hearted people like our queen.

However we will not disrespect the queen by not giving

her a chance to at least try to solve this on her own.
Lerumo: I hear you but what of my kingdom?
Angel: Do not worry about your kingdom much what you
should be worried about is the angel of death that is
hovering over the kingdom.
Lerumo: That is what am worried about, I know my sons
are more than capable of keeping the kingdom safe but
how can we find out who the angel of death is there to
take.
Angel: We can’t, death and the living don’t mix, that
means we guide and protect the living but we cannot
interfere with the angel of death. If they have a job to do
we can’t do anything but the faith does change sometimes.
Lerumo: How?
Angel: When the person they came for somehow does
something that changes their faith as it is written then a
second chance is given, however if they don’t change their
ways like they are supposed to, that second chance will be
cut short and angel of death will come and take what
belongs to him.
Lerumo: How cruel is that?
Angel: People misunderstand the angel of death, when he
comes and takes what’s his they forget all the times he
has changed their fate by seeing something good in them
and giving them a second chance. But your kind don’t
learn and when they are taken now their families want to
blame the angel of death for being a thief and all that
which is not fair.
Lerumo: I understand but I think it will take a lot of time for
me to learn your ways.
Angel: But it took a second for us to decide to grant you
your wish to punish those who killed you because we
could see that you needed it. That is the same way the
angel of death works.
Lerumo: I hear you.

BaKoena kingdom:

The guys have just finished preparing to go to Tsietsi and

Boitumelo’s engagement celebration. They have put up
tight security on all the companies and the kingdom as
well, they have sleeper agents who are not longer asleep
anymore. Let me explain, the gang has the people that
work in the warehouse, the people that infiltrated their
enemies organizations so that they are a step ahead of
the enemy at all times, they have people who deal with the
diamond mines, the people that distribute to their suppliers,
they have people on the ground that are user as tails on
those that they need information on and finally the sleeper
agents. Now their job is to live among the people, have
families and regular jobs and all that. But they are well
trained assassins who only come up when needed but that
is like once in a very long time.

Now since there is a war that is directed not only at the

kingdom but the organization as well they needed all
hands on deck so the sleeper agents have their ears on
the ground to get information as to when this whole thing
will take place. The organization has sleeper agents all
over the country and they work together and resolve
issues that don’t end the attention of ghosts or Terminator.
So they were on point and ready for action at any moment.
Ntsika: Guys how do I look?
Lebo: That sounds so gay in so many levels.
Tokelo: Please do tell him.
Ntsika: Jealousy makes you nasty
Thabiso: Now That has confirmed it, you gay and I feel
sorry for your wife.
Ntsika: Speaking of which, Lebo take a picture I need to
ask someone with taste to tell me how I look. ( Lebo took
his phone and Ntsika posed a bit making the guys laugh)
Lebo: If I didn’t believe you gay all this while that pose just
proved me wrong. Take your phone.
Ntsika: You just jealous ( he took his phone and dialed
Zasembo and she picked up immediately)

Zasembo: My handsome prince

Ntsika: My beautiful dark chocolate wife, how are you?
Zasembo: I am well just missing my better half.
Ntsika: Oh your half will be home in no time my rib.
Zasembo: I cannot wait! Am even jealous you looking so
good going to a celebration without me.
Ntsika: Oh if it was the time when I was crazy in loved with
Mpande I would tell you straight up that you don’t have a
chance.
Zasembo: Oh really? So what changed my dear prince?
Ntsika: Well I met my abandoned princess and instead of
me being Prince Charming and save her from the dragon,
she went an swept me off my feet and here I am.
Zasembo: She must have used dark magic because no
one can charm the prince of Manzini kingdom.
Ntsika: Oh why do you think that dear maiden.
Zasembo: Oh my prince please don’t call me maiden my
husband wouldn’t like it. To answer your question the
beast of Manzini doesn’t take well to abandoned
princesses.
Ntsika: Well it was charmed too and tell your husband that
we will continue trying to be in courtship with his wife if he
doesn’t to anything.

Lebo: Hey Hey we are late as it is already let’s go and

stop being whipped! Oh and say hi to our wife for me and
tell her I miss her cooking. ( he said standing behind
Ntsika)
Ntsika: Babe I have to go, people are sexually frustrated
here and now they are making my life difficult.
Zasembo: hahah it’s funny because you also not getting
any.
Ntsika: Wait till our wedding night and see what happens. I
love you
Zasembo: love you more
He put the phone in his pocket and went to the others
smiling like a retarded person.
Tokelo: I never thought I will see that day another woman
makes you smile like that.
Thabiso: Besides my wife of course.
Ntsika: Don’t flutter yourself your wife still makes me smile
to this day.
Lebo: hahaha oh god I wasn’t ready for that.
Thabiso: I don’t deal with crazy people. Let’s go.

They went to the car and all roads headed to baTlokwa

kingdom and in no time there were there since the
kingdom is not that far from BaKoena. The cars that were
parked outside one could tell that there was some sort of
celebration going on. They parked their own car and got
out. They walked to the door and a guard opened for them.
The palace was beautifully decorated with royal blue,
Black and white theme.
Lebo: Guys we came alone without our wives knowing that
the future queen has no friends.
Thabiso: We will just pass on the gifts they bought for her
and tell her they couldn’t make it because of some
emergency.
Tokelo: Yes and maybe ask them to organize a woman
thing for her.
Ntsika: Sounds good but now I need a drink and unwind
before the big battle that might land me in hospital.
Lebo: Yeah today we let loose.
Tsietsi spotted them standing together by the door way
and made his way to them.
Tsietsi: Welcome Royals and my thanks for gracing me
with your presence.
Lebo: Thank you But today we not here to be all formal.
Now tell us where do we put your wife’s gifts.
Tsietsi: Oh how I was praying for someone to say that,
these old Kings got me talking like Am their age mate.
Tokelo: hahah that how old people are my friend.
Lebo: I hear all that but where do we put the gifts? ( Tsietsi
called a maiden and she took the gifts them them and left)
Thabiso: Now we cant give you your gift in front of other
people.
Tsietsi: I have just the place, follow me.

They followed him out in the passage all the way to the
garden and he opened the shed in the garden.
Ntsika: Ayi ngeke pho! Sishiya ipati ngaphakathi uzosifaka
eshedini engadini yakho ngathi siyiziboshwa? Hayi ngeke
nibuyela phakathi mina ( hey no man, we leave the party
inside and you bring us to a shed in your garden like we
prisoners? No am going back inside)
Lebo: I was thinking the same thing and I was ready to
fight because you can’t completely trust this guy.
Tsietsi: Would you guys shut up and follow me?
Tokelo: Okay lets go.
Lebo: Fine But If I die here today it’s your fault brother and
I will possess you as a ghost and turn your eyes red.
Thabiso: hahah knowing how crazy you are you might just
do that.
Lebo: I would

They followed Tsietsi inside the shed, inside it had tools

and gardening stuff. Pressed a button on the wall and the
back of it opened revealing a man cave with a big flat
screen TV on the wall, a pool table, bar area, dart boards
and many more things guys have in their man caves.
Tsietsi: Welcome to my man cave, here am not a king,
fiancé or anything am just Tsietsi with no title.
Lebo: I change my mind, like you but just for today ( they
gave him expensive whiskies, gin and brandy)
Ntsika: Let the party begin.
They all took off their jackets and threw them on the other
couch and they started drinking and playing game,
laughing and making jokes.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 27

Mthatha.✨ (not edited)

Today is the day Xhanti, the parents and his gang go to

LeSotho to avenge the death of Bulumko and to try and
get the money the king took. He woke up dreading this
day as he has seen first hand how the king is and is
worried that a lot of the people his going with will not come
back home alive and that might include him and his father.
He got out of his chamber and went to join his family for a
morning feast, he wanted to spend time with his family
because it might be the last time he get to do that. He sat
on the table in his father’s ring while his mother was in the
left, the maidens served them their morning feast and they
ate. He decided to say something because he might not
get the chance to.
Xhanti: yazi mama ndiyakuthanda? ( mother do you know
that I love you)
Queen: Ufuna ntoni ngoku Xhanti? ( what do you want
now Xhanti))
Nqaba: Hayi noba yintoni akazuyifumana kuwe ( whatever
it is he won’t get it from you)
Xhanti: No am serious, mama zange ndakuxelela indela
endikuthanda ngayo, ndiyakuthanda kwaye ndiyabulele
ngayo yonke into ondwnzele yona. Ukundikhisa,
undikhusele, undithanda, undinakekela and ndiyabulela
ngalonto. Ndifuna noba andikho ngenye imini uyazi
uyathandwa ngunyanakho. ( mother I never told you how
much I love you, I love you and I thank you for everything
you have done for me.. raising me, protecting me and
caring for me. I thank you for all that and I want you to
know that even if am not around I want you to know that
your son loves you.)

Queen: Oh my baby, I did all that because am your mother

and I love you. You may not say you love me every day
but I know you do in your own way. Now I have to go for
My duties and I will see you when I come back.
Nqaba: Goodbye My queen ( she left the two still at the
table)
Xhanti: Father, I know I have disappointed you in many
occasions and through alll that you never gave up on me.
Thank you for always being on my side even when I did
the most stupid things you never gave up on me and I
thank you for that.
Nqaba: Well son, you are my pride and joy. My only son
and I would do anything you ask of me.
Xhanti: Father we may not come back alive from this
mission and if that happens please make sure that mum
knows that we love her and that we didn’t mean to hurt her.
One of us can come back in a body bag and I don’t know
how that person will explain the others death to mother.
Nqaba: We will cross that bridge when we get to it.

They sad there for a while talking and bonding. This was
their first time actually having a father and son
conversation without the missions and kingdom issues.

LeSotho:
Scelo heard from Kwezi that Mapula is not well and since
that day he has been going to the place but the guards are
on high alert. They don’t let anyone close to the palace as
the constitution was still underway to fix the damage that
was caused. He even went to BaKoena but things were
worse than at BaTloung, he was told straight that no one
is allowed in the palace. So this past week he spent going
between BaKoena and BaTloung hoping that he will see
Mapula by chance but nothing. He is now going crazy
spending his day looking at the picture of her and the
princess on his phone.

Lebo was on his way to Kwezi’s apartment to tell her the

good news since he has been busy he didn’t get the time
to talk to her about it. He got to her place and parked then
walked to the door and knocked and she opened.
Kwezi: My love.
Lebo: Hey babe
Kwezi: Come on in ( they went inside and Kwezi went to
the kitchen and came back with something to drink.)
Kwez: oh how I have missed you.
Lebo: I have missed you too babe but you know I have
been busy.
Kwezi: I know babe and I have good news for you.
Lebo: I also have good news but you go first.
Kwezi: Well my father called me a few day back and he
told me that he has thought about everything long and
hard and he gives us his blessing.
Lebo: That’s good news, did he say what made him
change his mind after all these years?
Kwezi: All he said was that he wanted me to be happy and
if you made me happy then he is more than happy to give
us his blessing.
Lebo: Am Really happy about this babe and I want to do
things right but not now. Now I want to tell you my good
news.
Kwezi: Tell me
Lebo: Well before Mapula got sick she told me something.
Something that made me happy and envious to make you
my wife.
Kwezi: Tell me already I also want to know.
Lebo: Well she told me that we are expecting a baby ( he
said with a smile on his face. Kwezi took time to process
this)
Kwezi: Did you say we are expecting a baby? As in me
pregnant?
Lebo: Yes babe
Kwezi: Come Lets go
Lebo: Where to?
Kwezi: Come Lebo

She took his hand and rushed to the door, they got into
her car and she drove to the pharmacy and got 4 different
pregnancy tests and they drove back home. They got
there and she took the tests, she went out and put them
on the couch and started pacing up and down.
Lebo: My love, you do know that I love you right?
Kwezi: Yes I know that
Lebo: Well I want you to know that even when I leave your
in the psychiatric hospital.
Kwezi: What will I be doing there?
Lebo: Getting treatment because what you doing right now
makes me think you going crazy.
Kwezi: No am just nervous, please check the test, I can’t
look. ( she turned around)
Lebo: What am I looking for again?
Kwezi: if it has two lines am pregnant but if it has one then
am not.
Lebo: Okay turn around now
Kwezi: What does it say
Lebo: Look for yourself ( she turned and looked at the
tests and they were all positive. She jumped up and down
screaming hugging and kissing Lebo)
Lebo: Enough now woman yho
Kwezi: Am so happy
Lebo: Me too babe ( Lebo’s phone phone rang)

Convo:
Lebo: Brother what’s up?
Tokelo: I need you back at the palace now brother.
Lebo: What is it?
Tokelo: The soldiers have arrived and the sleeper agents
just informed me that they around looking around the
kingdom:
Lebo: Am on my way back now Okay
Tokelo: Sure.
Lebo turned to Kwezi.
Lebo: Babe I have to go, and please whatever you do
don’t come to BaKoena because we are about to go to
war and I don’t want you getting caught in the cross fire.
Kwezi: Okay then babe go and please be safe.
Lebo left going to BaKoena to see what is going on there
and to make sure that all the guys were doing what they
are supposed to.

BaTloung:

It has been a week since the fight with the demon and the
king and the chief priest have been checking on the queen
and Mapula since day one to make sure that they are
comfortable. The king even had a maiden there 24/7 to
watch over them. The rain queen moved a little and the
maiden saw her and went out the room running to tell the
king. He got to him and bowed before him.
Let’s I: As you were
Maiden: My king the rain queen just moved ( the king
didn’t ask any questions he stood up and hurried to the
room and went they got in Mapula was sitting on the bed)
Let’s: Oh my daughter you are awake, thank the gods.
How are you feeling?
Mapula: A bit tired my king but am well.
Let’s: It’s good to hear that my daughter and welcome
back.
Mapula: Thank you my king, let me try and wake the
queen up.
Let’s: Oh I would appreciate that.

Mapula got up and kneeled in front of the queen. She took

her hand and started reciting the clan names of the
BaKoena and the BaTloung ancestors. She asked for the
god and the angels to breath life into the queen and
cleanse her of the dark magic. When she stopped talking
she closed her eyes and focused, this went in her about
10 minutes and the queen started shaking uncontrollably
but Mapula didn’t let go of her hand. This went on for
about an hour and all this time the king was restless but
decided to trust Mapula anyway.

After a while she opened her eyes and removed her hands
from the queen and went back on the bed.
Mapula: My king, she will wake up tomorrow but for now
we need some rest.
Letsi: Thank you my daughter for everything that you have
done.
Mapula: It was not all me but the work of the gods, they
are to be praised not me. May I please borrow the kings
phone.
Letsi: Okay here you go ( he said and left the room a
happy man) Mapula took the phone and dialed Tokelo and
he picked up immediately.

Convo:
Tokelo: My king
Mapula: No brother it’s me.
Tokelo: oh you are awake
Mapula: You don’t sound happy that I am.
Tokelo: Oh am happy that you are awake and I will never
wish evil upon you because you are my sister.
Mapula: So What is the problem.
Tokelo: The problem is you treating your husband like one
of your friends or your child. Hiding things from him like his
not man enough to take care of you.
Mapula: But I did that to protect him.
Tokelo: Isn’t Thabiso your husband?
Mapula: Yes he is.
Tokelo: Then What makes you think you can do all the
protecting in that family? What have you the right to make
the man you call your husband feel weak and
unappreciated by you.
Mapula: But Brother I..
Tokelo: Just tells me why you called.
Mapula: I wanted to tell you guys to be careful and that I
will be there tomorrow to help because those people will
be there in the early hours of the morning.
Tokelo: Thank you. Remember Mapula, you can be queen
and act superior to your people but to your husband you
are just a wife not his master

He dropped the call and Mapula was left heart broken and
crying. She thought she was doing the right thing but in
the process hurt the very same person she wanted to
protect.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 28

The Capital ✨

The parents and their children arrived in LeSotho the the

previous day and today tension is hight, everyone knows
that they may not make it today and they were more than
ready to accept whatever faith they will have. The soldiers
are already in position surrounding BaKoena and just
waiting for command from the General. Xhanti called his
team to the hotel lounge to have breakfast and for him to
have a word with them.
Xhanti: Guys, today is a big day, some of us may not
make it home alive. So I called you here to tell you that
you don’t have to fight. We lost Bulumko in a brutal way
and am not willing to lose anymore people so if you feel
like you can’t handle it stay here and no one will blame
you.
Gerald: Look man, I get that you want to do the right thing
but we owe it to Bulumko to see this through and I for one
will not leave.
Mandy: I might be a woman but I hold my own, so am in
and am doing this for Bulumko.
Others: We not leaving.
Xhanti: Alright I hear you, I just wanted everyone to have a
choice and not feel like they were forced to do this.
Gerald: No man we are a team and we have your back in
this.
Xhanti: Great

BaKoena:

It was busy at the kingdom today, people were told to stay

inside their houses and not come out no matter what. The
team was up and down making sure everything was in
order, the sleeper agents already informed them that the
soldiers slept there last night but they are laying low. While
they were still busy the maiden came to call all of them
and told them that the queen mother is looking for them in
the dining room. They all went to the dining area and the
table was set with the morning feast, they took their seats.
Queen: Sunrise Greetings my children
Them: Greetings my queen
Queen: Now I asked for this feast to me made so that we
can have it together because we don’t know what will
happen today. Now I don’t know how we got here or what
lead to this war and am not going to ask all I want is to
have this meal with all of you.
Lebo: Thank you mother I appreciate it
Tokelo: No we appreciate it
Lebo: Hey am not going to say we when am one person.
Thabiso: You are such a baby Lebo.
Lebo: Of course I am right mother
Queen: Yes my baby
Ntsika: Hayi ngeke mna umawami ukwaZulu manje oLebo
ba busy nomababo ( no my mother is in KZN and now
Lebo is busy with his mother)
Lebo: You just jealous
Ntsika: Vele ( of course)

Mapula has just arrived at BaKoena and was told that

everyone is in the dining area so she went and joined
them. She was standing by the door and everyone was
laughing and talking, making jokes and the princess was
sitting on his father’s lap. She walked in and everyone
kept quiet.
Mapula: Sunrise Greetings everyone
Kea: Mommy! ( she jumped off her father’s lap going to
her mother)
Mapula: Hello my princess how are you.
Kea: am well my queen I just missed you but daddy told
me that you will be home soon.
Mapula: Daddy was right princess and now am home.
Queen: Greetings my princess sit down and join us ( she
went and sat next to the queen)
Kea: But queen mother I am the princess not mommy
Queen: Am sorry my princess I made a mistake.
Kea: I forgive you grandmother.
Thabiso: Thank you for the feast my queen. If you will
excuse me ( he stood up and left, Tokelo followed. Ntsika
and Lebo finished their food first before leaving)

Queen: What is going on here Mapula?

Mapula: Maiden can you take the princess to her room
please and look after her until I come.
Maiden: Yes your highness ( she took Kea and left.
Queen: Now tell me what is going on?
Mapula Mother Ito just marital issues.
Queen: Now tell me about them.
Mapula: I hid from my husband the battle I was going on.
Queen: What battle was that and why did you hide it from
him?
Mapula: His Mother was possessed by a demon and I had
to keep it from him because he would have stood by him
mother and made it difficult for my to destroy the demon.
Queen: Did he tell you he will stand by his mother?
Mapula: No my queen
Queen: Mapula my child in a marriage you don’t hide
things from each other because when you do your
husband will never trust you again and your marriage
won’t survive. Is that what you want?
Mapula: No mother, I just thought I was doing the right
thing.
Queen: Right thing for yourself yes but not your family.
Mapula you are very powerful but your power is just that
yours and it has nothing to do with your family it’s between
you and the gods.
Mapula: I was just trying to protect my daughter and
husband from having to choose between me and his
mother.
Queen: But you didn’t give him a chance to choose you
made the choice for him and that is why he is like this.
Mapula: What can I do mother?
Queen: Consult the same people you consulted when you
decided to make that decision.
Mapula: Mother I need help.
Queen: Now that things are not going well you need help
yet when you did this you didn’t consult anyone. Did you
ever see me do things in the house without your father’s
knowledge?
Mapula: No mother
Queen: Exactly ( she stood up and left)

Outside the guys were more than ready for action when a
guard came running to the throne room.
Guard: My king
Tokelo: As you were
Guard: Thank you my king
Tokelo: speak
Guard: The king of baTlokwa is at the gate.
Tokelo: Let him in.
The guard left and came back with Tsietsi.
Tsietsi: My king
Tokelo: Greetings my king, what brings you here?
Tsietsi: I heard that you have a war on your hand and am
here to help.
Tokelo: The help is more than welcome thank you my king.
Lebo: And now we are complete.

While they were ere still talking the ground tumbled and
they all hurried outside to check on what was going on
when Lebo’s phone rang and he picked up immediately.
Convo:
Lebo: What’s up?
Agent: They have just thrown a grenade
Lebo: Was it the one that just exploded?
Agent: Yes and I think it’s their way of telling us that they
are here.
Lebo: Get into position am on my way.
Agent: I will tell the others.
Lebo: Great
He put the phone down and looked at the others.
Lebo: Who is going with me?
Ntsika: Is it time?
Lebo: Yes
Tsietsi: Am going with you.
Tokelo: Okay go with Tsietsi we will hold the forth here.

Lebo and Tsietsi drove to the side and when they got
there another bomb exploded, they ducked and covered
themselves so that fragments from the bomb don’t hit
them. After the explosion died down they got out and went
to the guys who were already shooting, snipers taking out
the soldiers like flies while the soldiers were taking out the
guys on the ground as well. It was messy with a lot of
blood spill. Tsietsi and Lebo didn’t wast time joining the
batle.
Xhanti and his people made their way to the palace of
BaKoena and they were all admiring its beauty and
sophistication. They were looking around like tourists
when a man stopped them on the by standing on the road
as the driver hit the brakes and the car came to a hilt.
Xhanti got out of the car and went to the man.
Xhanti: Please move from the road
Man: I was told to let you know that is you go any further
than this you will have no one the blame for what will
happen to you and your people but yourself
Xhanti: Says who?
Man: You have been warned ( he left)
Xhanti went back to the car and they drove the BaKoena
and Ntsika was at the gate then Xhanti got out of the car
when he saw him.
Ntsika: That’s far enough ( Xhanti stopped midway) if you
here for me then I will meet you out there not here.
Xhanti: What makes you think we came here for you?
Tokelo: Don’t worry am here too
They got out and got into the cars with them together with
Thabiso and they went on their way to the field.
Continuation to follow

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 29

BaKoena kingdom✨

The parents of the rich and spoilt kids were heading the
war on the east coming towards the kingdom while the
soldiers were on the west fighting with Lebo, Tsietsi and
the team. Tokelo was at the field with Ntsika and Thabiso
with the gang. His team was trying to hold the team with
the parents on the east as they were out gunned. They
have been trying so hard to hold them back but their
military weapons were too much for them. The BaKoena
kingdom was a battle field colored with the blood of the
fallen people as well as their lifeless bodies. Thabiso
senses that war was closer to the palace and thought of
his daughter, he got so angry that he started swearing
profusely.
Tokelo: Are you alright?
Thabiso: The war is getting closer to the palace, a lot of
places going through that place have been destroyed. Will
you handle this while I go help the guys that side?
Tokelo: We will be fine, go help protect our families.
( Thabiso didn’t waste anytime he wiped the sweat off his
face then bent down and holding onto his knees as he felt
weak and drained)
Xhanti: I guess you are already one man short since this
one here seems to have lost the battle before it even
starts. ( Tokelo and Ntsika ran over to him but before they
got closer Thabiso’s clothes were already tearing up. They
stopped in their tracks and watched what was happening.
Fur started to appear on his back right before their eyes,
Tokelo also has never seen such with Thabiso so he was
shocked as everyone who was at the field. He completely
turned into a huge cheetah with blue eyes. Ntsika was so
excited to find out that his not the only one who turns into
an animal)
Tokelo: I guess you won’t be needing a car getting to the
West.
Ntsika: Yes man! Yes! Now this is how we roll. Please say
something now prince Mfene ( baboon) I dare you too.
Tokelo: Why are you so excited about this? You not the
one who turned into a cheetah.
Ntsika: You right I didn’t turn into a cheetah but I can turn
into this ( he moved a bit further from them then jumped
towards Xhanti and turned into a huge lion as he landed in
front of him and letting out and huge roar right in front of
and he fainted. Ntsika moves back and went to stand in
from of Thabiso the cheetah and he Ntsika the lion stood
side by side. Tokelo just smiled.
Tokelo: Go protect out family.

- [ ] The cheetah is the fastest land animal so as Tokelo

said he can go he was out of the running with the most
hight speed heading to the west. Leaving Tokelo ghost
and Ntsika the lion back at the field. He ran so fast and
when he stood on the hill he saw that their people were
falling like flies. He walked around as if he is looking at his
prey waiting for just the right time to devour it. He walked
to them from the back, he got to one guy and pulled out
his throat from the back leaving him on the ground. He
moved around on the back doing the same thing, his paws
were so sharp like they were sharpened they something
making it easy for him to achieve his purpose. He was
leaving bodies behing with no throat, not just the throat but
he would up root the throat deep coming out with it
together with the lungs and threw it on the ground and
moving forward. The soldiers were losing their back line
and they didn’t even notice as they were busy with the
guys in front of them.
- [ ] The guys got motivated as they noticed that they had
help and now fought with so much courage and
determination. They didn’t know who or what was helping
them but they were grateful for the help. Mapula saw how
Thabiso has transformed and not even one day has she
seen him like that even when he was fighting the demons
at BaKoena. She was right there with him connecting to
him as he fought, she felt pride of the man the gods have
chosen for her but also felt disappointment that she
undermined his powers. She decided to connect with the
queens and ask about this and she connected with
Nyolodi.
- [ ] Mapula: My queen, something is bothering me.
- [ ] Nyolodi: I know you are bothered to see your king like
that.
- [ ] Mapula : But Why caused this My queen, I mean I
have never seen my king like this.
- [ ] Nyolodi: You caused it My queen
- [ ] Mapula: Please explain yourself
- [ ] Nyolodi: When you hit your mission from him you
unleashed anger that you were supposed to keep calm.
His a beast and a strong one at that but his beast don’t
just come out and only you and the princess can trigger
that kind of anger from him as well as calm him.
- [ ] Mapula: But why wasn’t I told about him having such
powers?
- [ ] Nyolodi: That was not yours to find out but I did tell
you once that the gods will never choose a weak link to be
the husband to the rain queen. You should have known
that your powers and his are on the same level but his can
be more dangerous than yours when anger consumes him.
I mean look at how his killing those people.
- [ ] Mapula: What can I do to fix this?
- [ ] Nyolodi: I hold no knowledge of that my queen
because I never had a king and we did warn you that this
might happen.
- [ ] Mapula: Yes you did my queen and my thanks for you
time.
- [ ] Nyolodi: Keep well.

Back at the field:

Ntsika the lion was busy circling Xhanti’s gang and Tokelo
was watching as the guys circled around Xhanti checkup
on him while the others were just getting closer to others
as they were afraid of the lion that is looking at them like
they are it’s meal. Xhanti coughed up and woke up.
Xhanti: Guys what happened?
Tokelo: You fainted you piece of shit ( Xhanti stood up
quickly looking around for the cheetah he saw before he
fainted only to find a lion and no Ntsika or Thabiso)
Xhanti: Okay Where is the cheetah?
Mandy: His gone
Xhanti: And the Zulu prince? ( they pointed at the lion)
Xhanti: Oh come on!! You got to be kidding me! Are you
guys all animals?
Tokelo: I wish I had time to explain ( he moved closer to
him and Mandy shot him on the shoulder and that was her
mistake as Tokelo got angry and ghost took over)

He was strangling and throwing Xhanti’s people on the

ground like his throwing hot potatoes. While Ntsika the lion
was fighting like the animal he is targeting the most vital
organs of his victims that weakened them making it hard
for them to move. Xhanti was using a gun to fight but his
could see that his people were losing, he ran a bit further
from the others and sent a quick signal to the soldiers that
were allocated to them and went back to trying to shoot
Ntsika but he would hide behind his own people and end
up shooting one of his own. The soldiers arrived and
started shooting but by the look of things there was no
army there only the lion and the one guy, yet their people
were falling.

East side:

Tsietsi and Lebo were handled their guns like

professionals that they are. Shooting and helping each
other with bullet cases fighting side by side looking out for
each other’s backs. If it wasn’t a war one would even say it
was beautiful to watch.
Tsietsi: I never knew how much I missed the adrenaline
rush of shooting a gun.
Lebo: Well you got more than enough of it now so let’s
make sure we get out of here alive so that we can go to
our families.
Tsietsi: Yeah I have a woman to marry
Lebo: And I have a baby to meet.
Agent: Boss look out grenade!!!
Lebo and Tsietsi run for cover and the bomb exploded and
fragments were flying all over.
Tsietsi: Now they are fighting dirty, well I can do that as
well.
Lebo: I will cover you. ( Tsietsi nodded)

He ran to the trees while Lebo and some of the agents

covered him. He got to the tree and climbed and from
where he was he could see where the soldiers were. He
took out two grenades from his pocket and threw them on
the side of the soldiers and they exploded with fragments
and body parts flying around.

Stay tuned for more

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 30

BaKoena kingdom

Things were getting ugly by the minute at BaKoena, the

grounds look like the times of apartheid in South Africa
when roads would be so quiet that only those with the
authority walked them and those who were brave enough
to face the consequences. Now in BaKoena the only
people who were out were those involved in the war and
the outsiders who came to invade their kingdom. The
people have their children hidden under the beds and in
wardrobes just to keep them safe in case things get out of
hand. Yes their king informed them that no one will come
into their house and they will know when the war is over
by the bell that will be rang.

At the field Xhanti was losing a lot of people quickly, he

even thought that his not fighting human but animals even
though the other didn’t change form. He was tired and
count take anymore, the soldiers were also not much help
as Ntsika the lion was killing them like his killing animals in
the jungle, but then again it was the jungle, the survival of
the fittest and his team was not among the fit. They killed
all the people and now it was now only him, Gerald and
Mandy left when he signaled them to surrender and they
out their weapons down at the same time.
Xhanti: My king, please have mercy on us, we surrender,
my father could be dead where he is by now and if I die
too then my kingdom and my people will have no leader.
We only came here to get at least some of the money
back, our people are suffering and the deals we had in
process are going to fall through. Please my king.
Tokelo: Couldn’t you act like a normal person and come to
me to negotiate getting a sum of money, instead of
attacking my kingdom? What did you think will happen?
Xhanti: We didn’t think that far my king, the pressure the
parents put on us was too much and we understood
because it was our own fault that we ended up losing the
money and we apologize profusely.
Tokelo: Well am not the only one you have to apologize to,
Prince Ntsika is here, do apologize to him.

Ntsika the lion went them in a hurry and stood in front of

them then roared so loud that It was Mandy and Gerald’s
turn to faint. After that he moved around them circling
them as he kept on showing his lion teeth like his going to
devour him any moment.
Xhanti: My king how do I talk to the prince when his like
this? ( he asked with a very shaky voice and he was five to
peeing his pants)
Tokelo: There is no talking to him now because you might
say something stupid and you will end up being his meal
for the night.
Xhanti: We would like to take out leave now my king if the
king allows.
Tokelo: Take your friends and get the hell out of my
country.
Xhanti didn’t wast anytime waking up these two with claps
and heading for the car they came with.
Tokelo: Hey Hey Hey! ( Xhanti turned back) I will be
sending these bodies to your kingdom and you will see
what to do with them! ( Xhanti nodded and they drove off)

Tokelo turned to look at Ntsika the lion.

Tokelo: You do know that am going to be riding on your
back going home right? ( Ntsika groaned)
Tokelo: Hey remember we came with their car so how do
you think I will get home?
( Ntsika groaned loud)
Tokelo: It doesn’t matter what you think because it’s not
like I can make a call to be picked up. People are at war
here.
( Ntsika groaned and went closer to him and bent his front
feet and Tokelo climbed on and held on to his fur then
Ntsika walked off.

On the West Thabiso was so angry that he wasn’t even

looking, his fur and paws were full of blood. The soldiers in
front noticed that they no longer have a back line but they
couldn’t focus on the back as they were being attacked
hard in front. He was now on the row where Xhanti’s father
and the general were and he attacked the two people
before Xhanti’s father and when he saw this he made a
run for it but he didn’t get far as Thabiso got to him
throwing him into a tree then went to him and bricked his
legs. He left him and went straight for the General, one of
the soldiers saw him coming and he shot him two times in
the chest but not before he came back with the general’s
throat.

Mapula fell on the ground with excruciating pain on her

chest the same time Thabiso fell. She closed her eyes and
saw him laying on the ground with blood all over. The
queen came running to her room because she screamed
so hard and loud.
Queen: What is wrong baby?
Mapula’s eyes were now changing colors and the queen
got scared a bit but no parent you leave their child’s side.
Mapula: Call the palace doctor at the hospital tell her to
meet me on the roof of the hospital, tell her am coming
with someone with him shot wounds.
She then drew her wings and flew out the window of her
room breaking it in the process. She flew heading to
where she was feeling Thabiso’s heart beat slowly fading.
She was up in the sky when she saw the bodies on the
ground and all the blood she got angry as she lowered
herself down and when she was about ground level she
closed her wings and started spinning around very fast
and strong and very cruel wind started blowing forming a
tornado as she goes higher and higher off the ground. She
got to the top very hight and the tornado was now big and
strong not forgetting the wind that came with it. She then
spread her wings moving very fast towards the west where
the war was and where her history laid. The guys from
her brother’s team saw her as she came and they didn’t
waste any time running the opposite direction. The
soldiers thought they had won when they saw them
running little did they know that this will be their end.
Mapula was very fast because she could hear the
heartbeat fading, she was picking up everything on the
way there as the tornado was strong. When she got closer
to the soldiers their guns started flying and being sucked
in by the tornado, they ran and held on to trees but that
didn’t help much as the branches they held on to started
breaking and being sucked in as well by the tornado with
them too, they were spam around in the tornado being hit
by the the things that were sucked in the tornado. Mapula
got to Thabiso and left the top of the tornado and flew to
him and picked him up and flew the direction of the
hospital. Tokelo and Ntsika spotted her and followed
behind her.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 31

BaKoena ✨
The soldiers that survived the tornado were only 5, they
regained consciousness and started looking for survivors
but there weren’t any. As they walked to where their cars
were they heard someone groaning in pain and they went
to check Who it was and they found king Nqaba himself.
He was losing a lot of blood and they were not even sure if
he will make it to the hospital. As we know that the
soldiers are trained not to leave a man behind in battle so
they followed their training and took off their shirts and tied
them from his waist down to his legs that seemed to be
broken. They did that only to stop the bleeding, they held
him up and Nqaba was groaning in pain all this while.
They got to the car and drove off to the capital, they went
straight to the hospital and when/ they got there his pulse
was weak but still alive. They left them there and went to
the hotel they booked and upon arrival they met Xhanti.
Xhanti: Are you the only ones who survived on your team?
Soldier: Yes and your father
Xhanti: Where is he?
Soldier: We dropped him off at the hospital a few minutes
back.
Xhanti: How bad is he?
Soldier: Man we not doctors we soldiers who should have
been informed that we will be fighting animals not people
and now we lost our men because the intel we got was not
complete.
Xhanti: The General should have told you that but in my
defense I didn’t know either that those people are half
human and half animal or I wouldn’t have dragged my
team here.
Gerald: You didn’t drag us anywhere and you gave us a
choice to stay behind and we chose to come with you. So
it’s not your fault.
Xhanti: But it doesn’t make it any easier, we lost our
parents there, your father, the team, Mandy’s mother only
survived because she only sent her people and she wasn’t
here and we don’t even know if my father will make it
through the night.
Soldier: Serves him right for wanting to fight animals like
his a careless zoo keeper. Now we lost people on this
damn battle including the General himself, you should
have seen how that cheetah was ripping off their throats
man. It was not a good sight to see and I have been on
many battles and I have seen a lot of bad and horrible
things but nothing like what I saw here today.
Gerald: What are they anyway?
Xhanti: I have no idea man! In our kingdoms we don’t
have such and I only read about this in books but never
thought it existed.
Soldier: Well this was no book you just read but reality of
the events that just took place I don’t even know how you
survived. Let me go pack am going back home, I don’t
want to be in this country a minute longer.
Gerald: What’s going to happen to all the bodies laying in
those fields? I mean their families will at least like to bury
their loved ones to get closure.
Xhanti: The king was generous enough to say he will send
them home but what scares me is that his going to send
them to my kingdom.
Soldier: When they arrived tell us so that the soldiers
bodies can be buried with dignity military way.
Xhanti: Thank you, I was worried about that.
Soldier: Next time pick your battles carefully and not get
other people killed. Those soldiers there got killed
because they were loyal to the wrong person who also
died without giving the families answers now what are we
going to tell them?
Xhanti: Am sorry man but I have no idea.
The soldiers all left going to their rooms to pack leaving
Xhanti and Gerald standing there.
Gerald: Are you not going to see your father?
Xhanti: No I will go tomorrow because those operations
take hours and I won’t see him anyway even if I go.
Gerald: Yeah You right, lets check on Mandy.
They went inside to check on Mandy and they found her
sitting on the bed holding a pillow staring into the walls not
even blinking.
Xhanti: She definitely going to need trauma counseling
after this.
Gerald: So will I
They sat with Mandy on the bed replaying the events of
the day and they still couldn’t believe what they saw.

The East Side:

Tsietsi, Lebo and the agents managed to defeat the

soldiers but they had their own bruises to prove that they
have been in battle. Tsietsi was shot on the shoulder
which is now bandaged with a piece of his shirt to stop the
bleeding. Lebo was shot in the leg and is now limping,
using an AK 47 gun as a cane to walk with. He called the
guards to get medical help for their people, they have lost
many but also managed to save many. They were now
being transported back to the palace in a open back truck
as there were a lot of them.
Tsietsi: I have a gun short wound but damn it was worth it
hahah
Lebo: It was But am tired as hell now because the
adrenaline is wearing off.
Tsietsi: I enjoyed myself, I never got to play that hard
since Papi’s day and don’t tell my wife.
Lebo: Am not snitch but man those days you and your
father were bad ass.
Tsietsi: Yeah we tried to keep up with ghost and look
where that got us.
Lebo: It’s in the past now man. Now tell me, what
happened to your father really? Did you guys ever find the
person that killed the mighty terror?
Tsietsi: Man you won’t believe me even I told you the truth.
Lebo: Yeah probably ( Lebo put two and two and
discovered that Tsietsi killed his own father, I mean that
can only be that explanation for him not to even look for
the person that killed him. Who would look for them see
anyway)
When they got to the palace there were a lot of doctors
around helping people even the residence of the medicine
were there helping out and gaining field experience in the
process working in the fast paced environment with
peoples lives on their hands.

At the Hospital:

Mapula arrived at the roof of the hospital but Ntsika the

lion and Tokelo couldn’t go up or go inside the hospital as
Ntsika was still a lion so they stood at a distance then
tuned back heading to the palace. But when they got
closer they saw that there were many people there and
Ntsika had to change into his human form. Then they
walked to the palace, they got there and Tokelo made
calls to arrange for the bodies to be taken from the fields
and sent back to Mthatha at amaMfengu kingdom. When
he was done he went around checking on his people.

The palace doctor met up with Mapula on the roof with two
nurses who fainted the moment they saw an angel flying
towards them as they called it when they spread gossip
around the hospital. The doctor was also scared after
seeing this but the moment she saw it was Mapula she
calmed down, she had questions but this was not the time
to ask them. The doctor immediately took Thabiso to the
OR ( Operating Room) and she was told by Mapula to only
remove the bullets and stabilize him as she will be taking
him away the moment his stable. The doctor did as told
and 30 minutes later she went to Mapula and found her
sitting on the benches in the waiting room.
Doctor: His stable now.
Mapula: Thank you, please take me to him I have to take
him away from here.
Doctor: If I do that he might not make it through the night.
Mapula: I know that is why I have to take him with now so
that I can get him the help he needs.
Doctor: I won’t argue with you but you will have to get out
through the back so that no one sees you.
Mapula: I wouldn’t have it any other way, let’s go.

They went to where Thabiso was and Mapula took him.

Then the doctor showed her the back door and she flew
away with him going towards the sacred river. In no time
she was there and stood on top of the water and asked for
passage and it was granted as the water opened in the
middle. But what was strange was the alligators that
surrounded the ends of the river going all the way around
as if they were paying respects to a fallen one. Mapula
looked at that but pushed it back and went into the water,
upon arrival Nyolodi met her half way.
Mapula: My queen I am here to seek help.
Nyolodi: I know why you are here my queen, come this
way. ( they went to where Nyolodi works and put him
down)
Nyolodi worked on him for a while then looked at Mapula.
Mapula: What is it my queen.
Nyolodi: I don’t know how to explain this to you my queen
but it’s really bad.
Mapula: please tell me my queen I need to know.
Nyolodi: The king is between two worlds, the world of the
dead and that of the living. His not dead or alive either.
Mapula: What got him stuck this way?
Nyolodi: The king is very angry my queen at you
especially and his not even fighting to come back because
his love has rendered him useless.
Mapula: But he will never be useless to me my queen, I
love him and his the father of my child and the love of my
life.
Nyolodi: He doesn’t know that now, this happened at the
time when he had his doubts about your love for him,
which is why his not even fighting to come back, his given
up on life. But he has been given a second chance to
reconsider but he doesn’t want to take it so his given two
weeks before they take him.
Mapula: When he doesn’t want to take the second chance
what will I tell the princess? That girl loves her father more
than anything, if he doesn’t want to come back for then
can he at least come back for the princess? His daughter
needs him.( she was now crying)

Nyolodi: My queen crystal won’t help go and talk to him he

can here people on both worlds maybe he will change his
mind. ( she nodded and went to him and kneeled before
him)
Mapula: My love, please come back to me, we have to fix
this please. Am sorry for disrespecting you like that, am
sorry for undermining your authority as my husband, the
man of the house and the father of my child. Baby I made
a mistake, I broke my vow to you to always be open and
honest with you about everything. I failed at that and I
failed you. Am sorry very sorry my love please forgive me,
I thought I was doing right but in the process I ended up
doing you wrong. Please baby come back to me and our
princess, we need you and our family is not complete
without you. I can’t be a queen without my king and how
will my princess be a princess without her king by her side.
We need you my love please come back to us. ( she was
a crying mess and she spoke to him but no change in
Thabiso)

Nyolodi went to her to check on Thabiso after she has

spoken to him.
Nyolodi: Can I please check on him to see if there is any
progress? ( Mapula nodded moving aside giving way to
Nyolodi)
Nyolodi went to him and kneeled in front of him and placed
her hands on his chest, one on the chest and one on his
forehead. She concentrated for a few minutes with her
eyes closed, after a few minutes she opened her eyes and
looked at Mapula then shook her head. Mapule cried so
painfully kneeling before him with his hands on hers as
she cried. The fallen queens were looking at her with pity
in their eyes.
Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 32

Mystical land with the higher ups:✨

In the mystical land the higher ups, those that hold the
power, make our faith and make the difficult decisions
were gathered together to discuss the prophecy on the
rain queen. They could see that things were getting out of
hand now and they were afraid of what will happen if they
let this continue. But at the end of the day the choice
remains with the individual.
Angel: We are gathered here today to discuss the
prophecy regarding the queen and our king.
Lerumo: I am new to this and before we continue I would
like to know what the written prophecy is?
Angel: Well before rain queens were not allowed to marry
so they lived lonely lives with no children and no king.
Their main focus was protecting the kingdoms they ruled
in. But after the 3 fallen were killed by the witch we
decided that it was time things changed. A prophecy was
written that a rain queen shall marry and have children but
they won’t be ordinary, they will be the eyes of the gods
and young protectors of the kingdom. Each one will have a
special status and power. But if the queen were to lose a
king in a manner that weighs heavy on both their hearts
we will lose them both.
Lerumo: So you telling me that if the king refuses to wake
up the queen will follow?
Angel: Yes because they are connected in every way and
if one dies the other dies two. They are each other’s life
line.
Lerumo: Then we have to do something the princess is too
young to protect the kingdom.
Angel: Am aware of that but there is nothing we can do
really, we did all we could when we begged the angel of
death on his behalf now it’s all up to him.
Lerumo: Humans have a ego, especially men and when
that ego is bruised by the one they hold dear to their
hearts they see themselves as useless. Our queen did this
to our king but now she regrets it and to find out that we
can’t do anything hurts me.
Angel: Their faith lies on his hands they just have to find a
way to convince him.

It seems that our faith lies in our hands after all, we have
the power to change it into what we want but our actions
prevent us from doing so because we listen more to other
mortals than that little voice inside that says do it and you
will succeed. But with one single thought of doubt we lose
every we ever wanted and cry Why me.

The rain queen has been by her husbands side all this
time begging him to come back to her. Her eyes were
swollen from all the crying and she was slowly losing
herself.
Nyolodi: My queen take him home so that all the family
members can spend time with him before the two weeks is
over.
Mapula: What am I going to tell his parents?
Nyolodi: You don’t have to tell them everything just that he
got injured in battle.
Mapula: No my queen I can’t do that, I am here today in
this mess because I kept a secret and am not about to
keep another one because it will be like I didn’t learn from
my mistake. I will tell them things exactly as they are and if
they hate me after that so be it but they will know the truth.
Nyolodi: I understand but connect with your protector so
that she can help you with him when you get out.
Mapula didn’t answer she just closed her eyes and
concentrated connecting with Ngwedi. ‘ I am already
waiting outside the river my queen’ she said ‘ my thanks
Ngwedi I will be out now’ she said and opened her eyes.
Nyolodi: It’s time.
Mapula nodded and the protectors of the queens helped
her with carrying the king because she was too weak to do
so herself. They left and the water opened and she
surfaced from the water with the protectors in front of her
carrying the king. Ngwedi went to them running and took
the king and placed him on the side of the river on a big
rock that was there. Then went and helped the queen who
was just kneeling in the water losing her energy, she took
her and placed her next to the king.
Ngwedi: My queen give me your hand so that you can
connect with your brother to come and help us.
Mapula: No I can manage Ngwedi.
Ngwedi: No my queen you are losing strength and I can
feel it please let us ask for assistance. ( she nodded and
Ngwedi put her hand on hers and they closed their eyes
together searching for Tokelo and they found him)’Help
me brother am by the river’ she said ‘ my mind is playing
tricks on me) he thought ‘Tokelo it’s me Mapula I need
help Am by the river’ she said ‘ I don’t know if you can
hear me or my mind is playing tricks on me but am
coming’ he said. She and Ngwedi opened their eyes and
sat there waiting for Tokelo and he arrived after 5 minutes
as it was not far. He got out of the car and walked towards
the river bend as he could see them.
Tokelo: We will talk at home, I will carry Thabiso and
Ngwedi help the queen.
Ngwedi: My king
Tokelo picked up Thabiso and Ngwedi took Mapula and
they walked to the car, Tokelo placed Thabiso at the back
and Mapula as well and she put his head on her lap then
Ngwedi sat in front with Tokelo and he drove off. No one
was talking on the drive home but what Tokelo was seeing
was not good at all, they got to the palace and the guards
opened for them. He picked up Thabiso again going to
their chamber and Ngwedi followed with the queen, they
got there and they placed them on their bed together and
covered them up. Tokelo left to inform the queen mother
and the others, while he walked to the main house to tell
the queen mother the chief priest walked to him and
without saying a word they went to the queen mother who
was sitting in the lounge playing with the princess.
Tokelo: Mother
Mother: My king how is everything going out there.
Tokelo: We are getting there my queen and in a week it
will be like there was no battle. Can we send the princess
to her room we need to have a word with you( the queen
called the maiden who looks after the princess and she
took her away)

Queen: What is the matter?

Tokelo: Mother your son in law got injured in battle and I
just came back from getting him and Mapula from the river.
Queen: Then he must be healed by now, if his coming
from the river.
Tokelo: That’s the problem Mother, they both look like they
will die any moment.
Chief: Which is why am here, the king is right, the queen
and her king are not well and even the gods can’t help
them. Am told only pure and untainted love can bring back
the king from the dead but the queen will only heal after
making peace with the king.
Queen: God of BaKoena what is this now? So does that
mean that if we can’t find this pure love they will both die?
Chief: Yes my queen.
Tokelo: How long do they have?
Chief: Two weeks.
Queen: Oh my God! Where are we supposed to find this
pure love?
Chief: That was not revealed to me my queen.
Tokelo: Thank you chief priest and I will go inform the
others.

Tokelo went out to the throne room to inform the others,

he was torn by these news and feels useless that he can’t
do anything to help. He got in and sat on his chair and
looked at Lebo, Tsietsi and Ntsika.
Tokelo: I have some bad news
Lebo: What is it? ( he asked sounding very worried)
Tokelo: The king got injured in battle and he doesn’t seem
like he will make it.
Lebo: Yhoo I feel sorry for Mapula, this is going to be very
difficult on her.
Tokelo: That’s not all.
Ntsika: What more can there be now? ( he asked
sounding defeated)
Tokelo: The queen might also not make it since she is
connected to the king, she is already weak as we speak
and losing strength by the minute.
Ntsika: What? Hayi iMpandeyami, angivumi! Loyamuntu
yimpilo kimina, kunkosikazi wami, ooManzini bephelele.
Kunina nakwingane yakhe, benzanjani abantu abadala
ukuthi bamyekele kanje? Ngifunga ooGwabini asoze
ngimyekele afe mina. Loya muntu unginikeze ubomi
nempilo mina nesizwe so Manzini angeke afe. ( not my
Mpande, I don’t agree! That person is life to me, to my
wife and the Manzini clan, to you and her child, how can
the gods turn their backs on her like this? I swear on the
Gwabini’s I will never let her die. That person gave me life
and then gave life the to Manzini clans she will not die) he
said with glassy eyes and looks like his going to let the
tears fall at any moment.

Tsietsi: I know I have done her wrong before and she

forgave me, like Ntsika she gave me my wife, a woman
am about to make the queen of my kingdom and the future
mother of my kids. If there is anything I can do to help her
let me know.
Lebo: Mapula and Thabiso will not die. Tell us what the
gods want and we will go to the ends of the world to get it.
Tokelo: Pure and untainted love will bring the king back
and the queen will be saved after making peace with the
king.
Ntsika: Damn your ancestors are complicated! What the
hell is that?
Lebo: Pure love, that’s what it is.
Tokelo: Am as confused as you are.
Tsietsi: This is difficult.

The queen mother went to where Mapula and Thabiso

were, she got in and sat on the bed besides them, she
looked at both of them and could see that they are slowly
drifting away.
Queen: Oh Lerumo, wherever you are please plead with
the Gods for us not to let my children die, they are too
young and have a lot to do before they join you. Please
my king help your light and her king, Lerumo it hurts me to
see our children like this and it makes it worse that you
not here to help me through this. Don’t make me go
through this I beg of you my love, don’t make me bury my
children.
She sat there begging her husband to plead with the gods
on their behalf and also begging Thabiso and Mapula to
not live her and their princess. She was hurt and was a
crying mess.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 33

The Capital✨

A Week later✨

It has been a week since Xhanti’s father was admitted to

the hospital after the war, but today his being discharged
and they are going home. The injuries he sustained were
very serious, his legs couldn’t be saved so they had to be
amputated and now he has no legs and will have to use a
wheelchair for the rest of his life. Not unless he manages
to buy himself those artificial legs but it’s highly unlikely for
him because they have no money. Xhanti was on his way
to the hospital to fetch his father, it really hasn’t been easy
for him over the week. He got to the hospital and was
shown to his ward and Nqaba was sitting on the bed ready
to leave.
Xhanti: Father, how are you feeling today?
Nqaba: Like someone with no legs.
Xhanti: You are to be grateful that you are still alive, many
of your associates and their children didn’t make it.
Nqaba: I don’t care about that
Xhanti: well you should because you live and your son
lives. Be grateful father, this experience should change
you and make you a better person not a bitter person.
Nqaba: Take me home son please.
Xhanti: That’s why am here
A nurse came in pushing a wheelchair for Nqaba and
helped him sit on it and gave them the medication the
doctor prescribed for him. They took it and felt, going to
the car then the airport to catch a flight home. They
boarded their flight and in no time they were in joburg
South Africa. They went and got something to eat while
they waited for a flight to Mthatha. In no time they were on
their way home and all the way Nqaba was very quiet
which bothered Xhanti but told himself that he will need
time to accept his current condition. When they got to
Mthatha a driver was already waiting for them, they got
into the car and left going home, upon arrival to the palace
the queen was busy in her garden when they arrived and
she left everything and went to them.
Queen: My people, I missed you, how are you doing?
Xhanti: Greetings Mother, we are hanging in there.
Queen: Alright my prince, my king are you not going to
come out and greet your queen? ( Nqaba kept quiet and
Xhanti went over to his side and helped in onto the
wheelchair and put him to the other side.
Queen: Gods If our land what is this? ( she said shocked
with her hands on her head)
Xhanti: We will explain inside mother.
Queen: No!! Nothing will be explained inside, first it was
tons of dead bodies being delivered to my palace with
people telling me you guys know about them and now this!!
What the Hell is going on in this palace?
Xhanti: Mother please let’s go inside ( he pleaded)
Queen: Xhantilomzi Nyembezi I said I need an explanation
and I need it now!
Xhanti: Okay! The bodies are the people we were to battle
with and father got injured there.
Queen: What? Just how many people did you go with and
what battle did you go to?
Xhanti: Can we please explain the details inside?
Queen: Fine! Let’s go
Xhanti pushes the quiet Nqaba to the house and they sat
and explained what happened to the queen. To say she
was furious would be an understatement.

BaKoena kingdom

It’s been a week and Mapula is not getting better and

Thabiso is not waking up. Mapula has lost so much weight
and has even stopped talking and she doesn’t eat. The
weather in BaKoena has been somber resembling how the
queen felt. It started with a drizzle on the second day they
came back from the river and from then on wards it has
been getting worse and worse. The worse the queens
health got the worse it rained, it has been raining since
that day. The farmers are even concerned about the crops
being damaged because of too much rain, but there is
nothing anybody can do about it. Now BaKoena has been
facing rain storm for a week now and has been raining non
stop.

The chief priest tried all he could but nothing worked, the
queens pleased on their behalf but nothing could be done.
The princess has been asking for her parents but she is
always told that they are not feeling well and that she will
see them when they are better. Lebo has been calling
Kwezi every hour to check on her and the baby since the
roads are not safe to drive on in that kind of weather. The
royal family was gathered in the dining table eating lunch,
more like the queen mother was eating lunch while the
others were just playing with the cutlery.
Queen: Look here all of you, my children still live and I will
not allow you to act like they are dead already. Now eat
your food before you get me angry.
Reneilwe: It’s just too difficult my queen.
Queen: Who said it wasn’t huh? Those are my kids in
there and the person who’s feeling more pain than all of
you combined is me and if I can be strong and eat so can
you.
Tokelo: Mother look at the weather outside, it is not normal,
you go outside for a minute in this weather and you come
back soaking wet and this started when all of this
happened.
Lebo: I think we all know that man but what mama is
saying is that we have to keep our strength and eat. Also
try to be strong for them.
Ntsika: Mah, bengicela ukuyombona uMpande uma
kulungile ku mah ( mother I would like to go and see
Mpande if it’s okay with you)
Queen: Ntsika you know I like you and all that but my child,
I don’t understand your language and the only thing I
heard was mah nothing else.
Ntsika: Am sorry mah, I was asking if it’s okay if I go see
Mpande?
Queen: Of course you may go.

Ntsika stood up and asked a maiden to show him

Mapula’s chamber and she did, he got in and saw how
she looked and couldn’t stop the tears. He fell on his
knees and started praying.
Ntsika: Nkulunkulu baba, ngizakuwe namuhla ngingena
lutho esandleni ngaphandle kwentliziyo yami kuphela.
Baba ngiyazi ukuthi angiyena umuntu othandazayo kodwa
ngicela ukuthi uzwe umthandazo womntwana wakho.
Ngiyazi ngiwumoni, umbulali kodwa uthi wena uthanda
umoni oguqukayo kunelingisa. Nayi Mpandeyami baba
ilele kulombhede ingenamdla ngisho okuvula amehlo,
mkhumbule baba, uma ungenzeli mna yenzela umawakhe
nomntwana wakhe. Bayamdinga baba nami futhi
ngiyamdinga. Amen ( Father lord Jesus I come to you with
nothing in hand but my heart. Father I know that am not a
person that prays but I ask that you hear the prayers of
your child. I know that am a sinner, a killer but you say in
your word that you love a sinner than repents more than a
saint. Here is my Mpande lord laying on this bed with no
strength even to open her eyes, remember her father, if
you won’t do it for me then do it for her mother and her
child. They need her father and I also need her. Amen. He
was crying this whole time)

He got up from where he was kneeling and walked slowly

towards the bed, he sat next to her and took her hand in
his.
Ntsika: Mpandeyomuzi yoManzi, you know you supposed
to say Ntsikayomuzi woManzini. Tell me who is supposed
to say that when you laying here? You have to wake up
now Mpandeyami the princess needs you. You know what,
I don’t blame you but I blame your husband. Wena
Thabiso wangishaya laphayana ungishayela yena
uMpande lo ulele naye la. Manje awufuni kubuya ngoba
uzwe kabuhlungu? Hayi man uyigwala wena, hubani
owathi umshado ulula? Phela uma ubulula ngeba zonke
imfene langaphandle ziyashada. Hakuvuke uyekele
ukuziphathisa okomumntu wesifazane. ( You Thabiso beat
me up once for Mpande the one you laying next to. Now
you don’t want to come back because you got hurt? No
man you are a coward, who said marriage is easy?
Because if it was easy all the baboons out there would be
getting married. Wake up and stop acting like a woman)

And you Mpande I will not come back to see you here, I
will see you out there, healthy and smiling. Okay? ( he
stood up and wiped his tears and left the room. Mapula
could hear what Ntsika was saying but she didn’t have
strength to respond or open her eyes. If she was healthy
and well she would have laughed at some of the things he
said. As she laid there she keeps on trying to connect with
her husband to beg him to come back but she can’t do it.
She was too weak and Thabisa was not even making any
effort.

The princess went to her grandmother in her room

accompanied by the maiden that looks after her. She got
in and went to sit by her side.
Kea: Queen mother
Queen: Am not queen mother to you am grandmother.
Kea: But everyone calls you queen mother.
Queen: Yes because they are my children.
Kea: And am not?
Queen: No but you are more than my child, you are
grandpa’s light and also mommy and daddy’s light and to
me you are my everything.
Kea: I like that.
Queen: Good now why aren’t you in bed? It’s cold outside.
Kea: Because grandpa told me to go and save my king so
I came here to ask permission to go see him.
Queen: Am sure grandpa didn’t mean it like that but for
now come sleep with grandma.
Kea: Okay ( she went to her and got in bed next to her and
they slept)

The people of baking were now worried that maybe the

gods are not happy about something. Or else why would it
continues to rain like this non stop? They were now
worried that the heavy floods will soon move away with the
foundations of their houses because they were very heavy
and the rain wasn’t showing any sign of stopping.
Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 34

BaKoena kingdom ✨

The king and queen of BaTloung arrived at BaKoena

riding in horse carriages because the roads were too
dangerous and wet to use a car. The journey from
BaTloung to Bakoena took 3 days as it was hard even for
the horses to carry the carriage in that weather. When
they got there the guards saw from the flag on the carriage
that is was from BaTloung and they opened for them and
told them to stop closer to the entrance so as to not get
rained on. They did that and entered the palace and the
family was all gathered in the lounge discussing a way
forward. Tokelo spotted them and stood up to greet them.
Tokelo: Greetings my king and queen
Queen: Your king died and your queen is right there ( she
said pointing at Queen Mabotle) Everyone was taken back
by this.
Tokelo: Am sorry my queen I meant no disrespect.
Queen: Take me to my son now! ( she shouted and the
queen signaled for the maiden to take her and they both
followed the maiden to the room.
Lebo: What was that?
Tokelo: I don’t know either.
Queen: Anger and sadness
Tokelo: And it’s taken out on me because?
Queen: I don’t know my child, I don’t know.

The king and queen of BaTloung came back and one

could tell that the queen was fuming with anger.
Queen: Tell me Mabotle, was this your plan all along?
Letsi: Please sit down my queen.
Queen: No I will not sit down until Mabotle answers my
questions.
Mabotle: What are you on about?
Queen: First you kept my prince in your palace, then make
him fight battles that are not his and then get him killed in
the process.
Tokelo: My king please do me a favor and calm your
queen because she is going too far now.
Letsi: My queen please sit so that we can talk about this
like civilized people.
Queen: This is no time to be civil with people who are
going to kill my only child the air apparent to the throne of
BaTloung.
Mabotle: You listen here, this is My kingdom and this that
you are in is my palace and I will not allow you to
disrespect me in my own home like that.
Queen: Now you are telling me about your kingdom, did
you think about my kingdom when you kept my prince
here?
Letsi: Enough now!
Mabotle: No my king let her be this is between your queen
and I.
Queen: You damn right it is!
Mabotle: Now tell me this, who saved you and your
kingdom from the demon that possessed you?
Queen: I don’t know and I don’t care.
Mabotle: You know very well that my daughter saved you
but now you here causing trouble for what exactly?

Queen: For my son that is on his deathbed because of you

people.
Mabotle: Today we are you people, wow how quick you
forget. The maiden your prince married is not just a
princess but a queen, her life line in here in this kingdom
and if her betrothed wants to follow her then who am I to
stop him?
Queen: Are you not the adult here!
Letsi stood up as he was now tired of all this.
Letsi: You know what am going to see my son ( he went
back to the room where the king and queen were) You
people have to wake up now, things are falling apart out
there and I don’t want you coming back to a mess.
Thabiso, phofolo yabaTloung tsoga ngwanaka dintho
diasenyeha kantle kakoana( Thabiso beast of BaTloung
wake up my son things getting out of hand out there) Son
you know I have no other air to the throne besides you,
please come back to me and besides I need help with
your mother she’s going crazy In there. ( he stood up and
went to the lounge again and when he got I. His wife was
still going on.
Queen: My prince should be at home where his umbilical
cord is and not at BaKoena.
Letsi: That’s enough now! My grandfather the person who
gave Thabiso his beast didn’t have to be home for our
ancestors to recognize him as their own and come for his
aid. My grandfather lives in Thabiso in fact he is Thabiso,
he left his kingdom under the care of his prince my father
and went to live with his wife who was a healer in another
kingdom but that didn’t make him any less of a king. Now
Thabiso is here because he wanted to be, his heart is here
just like you are with me at home. Now I know you are
angry but do not forget that your life was saved by the
queen here, your son was saved more than once by the
queen here, our kingdom was saved by the queen of this
kingdom. Now apologize to the queen.
Queen: But Letsi you should understand that am angry
and sad about my sons situation.
Letsi: And you think they don’t feel the same about their
queen?
Queen: That’s not what am saying.
Letsi: It sounds like it, now if you weren’t possessed
maybe you would have been the one to save our prince
but you still undergoing treatment which the queen of this
kingdom gave you.
Queen: Am sorry my king.
Letsi: You are apologizing to the wrong person.
Queen: My queen am sorry for the way I spoke to you and
am sorry for my behavior. I am just angry and sad about
this whole situation and looking for someone to blame and
I blamed the wrong person.
Mabotle: It’s alright I understand where you coming from.
Lebo: Can we go eat now?
Mabotle: Of course we can.

They all moved to the dining area to have lunch. In Kea’s

room the maiden went to the bathroom leaving Kea alone
playing with her small puppy dog. When she came out she
couldn’t find her, she started looking in the closet where
she likes to hide but she was nowhere to be found, she
checked under the bed but nothing and then she started
panicking. She ran to the lounge and found no one then
heard voices in the dining areas and went there in a hurry
and got in then looked around but Kea was not there. All
this time the royals were watching her because she just
budged in and started looking around without saying a
word.
Lebo: Dear maiden, have you lost something that we can
maybe help you find.
Maiden: No my chief ( she said looking down at her feet
playing with her fingers)
Lebo: If That is the case then why did you budge in here
like that.
Maiden: I..I was... I...
Mabotle: Is the princess Alright dear maiden.
Maiden: No my queen I was actually looking for her.
Mabotle: What do you mean looking for her? Wasn’t she in
her room with you?
Maiden: She was my queen but I went to use the ladies
room and when I come back she wasn’t there.

The queen didn’t ask anymore questions as she stood up

and started looking. Everyone that was at the table started
spreading around the palace looking for the princess but
none of them found her. They went and met back in the
lounge to see if anyone found her but nothing. The king
Tokelo asked for the guards to go call the chief priest to
come immediately, the guard ran to the chief priests hut
and when he got there he was soaking wet because of the
heavy rain out outside. He called for the chief priest from
outside and he invited him in.
Guard: Greetings wise one
Chief: Tell them she will come back when she’s done with
what she needs to do.
Guard: Eye of the gods, I don’t not quite comprehend what
you are saying.
Chief: Were you not told to come get me because the
princess is missing, according to the royal family.
Guard: Yes and she really is missing wise one we looked
everywhere.
Chief: Is that so?
Guard: Yes wise one.
Chief: Then go give them my message.
Guard: As you wish

The guard left going back to the palace, his clothes were
wet and has started sneezing now, because the rain was a
cold one resembling the cold state the king and queen
were in. He got there and stood by the door.
Letsi: Where is the chief priest?
Guard: My king, he said the princess will come back when
she had done what she needs to do.
Letsi: What?
Mabotle: Oh my god what will I tell the king and queen
when they wake up?
Reneilwe: I think I know where she is
Tokelo: Where?
Reneilwe: In her parents chamber
Mabotle: You might be right because she has been asking
to go there for a while now but I didn’t want her seeing her
parents like that.
Queen: You were right it will traumatize her and her father
wouldn’t like for his princess to see him like that.
Lebo: While you debate I will go to the chamber and look
for her ( he said and started walking towards the south
wing of the palace where the chamber is and the others
followed.

They got to the chamber and Lebo opened the door and
Kea was sitting on the bed between her parents. They all
looked at each other with questioning eyes.
Kea: What took you so long?
Tokelo: What do you mean princess.
Kea: Uncle king I have been waiting for you all to come so
that I can begin but you all took long to come. Maybe the
food was nice that’s why you took long.
Mabotle: It was nice princess how about we go and get
you some?
Kea: Not now queen mother grandma, I have to save my
king now then we can go.
Lebo: My God I forgot she has powers ( he said
whispering to Tokelo)
Tokelo: Not just any powers she is a portal ( he whispered
back)
Kea: Uncle Chief and uncle king grandpa says stop
behaving like school boys and sit down.
Lebo: You call us school bays princess?
Tokelo: Yet we are your elders.
Kea: But I was saying what grandpa told me to say and
now he says he doesn’t have time to argue with boys.
Mabotle: My princess where is grandpa? ( Lerumo got
tired by all the questions these people kept asking his
granddaughter and decided to speak through her.)
Kea started feeling drowsy and she closed her eyes for
about a minute then opened them like she was a zombie,
but her eyes were not their normal color, they were bright
blue and when one looks closely at them they change
colors from the blue to a sparkling green, purple, then
blood shot red. They royal family was starting to get
worried and Letsi moved his queen behind him as he was
worried about her being possessed again. Lerumo started
speaking through Keabetswe.
Kea: Old friend am no bad spirit I am merely here to assist
the princess with what needs to be done.
Mabotle: Lerumo kewena o? ( Lerumo is that you?)
Lerumo: Kenna lerato laka ( Its me my love)
Mabotle: Oh my half! How I have missed you.
Lerumo: I know my heart but am not here for that now.
Mabotle: I understand.
Lerumo: Boys stop being childish and sit down so that we
can begin. All of you sit and hold hands. ( they all sat and
held hands.)
Letsi: Lerumo if it’s really you tell me who my first love is.
Lerumo: The one we fought about?
Letsi: No we didn’t fight about her you were the one
fighting me because you wanted her.
Lerumo: We Both wanted Moleboheng old friend but since
we both wanted her we decided not to pursue her.
Letsi: It’s good to hear you didn’t completely leave us old
friend you may begin.
Lerumo: It is not I who will do the work but the portal of the
gods.

Kea started shaking like she was having an epileptic fit,

this went on for about two minutes then she calmed down
and her eyes went back to their normal state. She looked
at everyone who were wearing shocked expressions on
their faces.
Ntsika: Ayi ngeke! Ngangithi ayathakatha amaZulu futhi
ngiwavuma ukuthi ayawukhanda umuthi ngaze
ngahlangana nogogo ka Zasembo hayi ngasho ngathi
akathakathi ubuya kusasa. Kodwa kwacaca ukuthi
angikaboni lutho ngoba naku manje ingane kaMpande
ithakatha emini ishintsha amehlo ize ikhulume okomkhulu
wayo. ( hey no! I used to say Zulu people are witches and
I swore that they know muti until I met Zasembo’s
grandmother, and I said she is the kind of witch that goes
and come back at down but it was clear that I haven’t seen
Anything yet because now here is Mpande’s child
practicing witchcraft in broad daylight changing colors in
her eyes and talking like her grandfather.
Lebo: I second you on that Ntsika and I did tell Mapula
that her witchcraft will rub off on this child and now it has.
Mabotle: Lebo! ( she reprimanded)
Lebo: Apologies Mother.
Ntsika: Kodwa nawe mah uyabona ukuthi hubuthakathi
lobu. Wawuzwaphi umuntu ophilayo ekhuluma nabafile
kanje pho hayi! Thina sijwayele inyanga eziphosa
amathambo zikhulume nabaphantsi. Nathi njengeyilima
sikholwe sizibhatale ezishisiwe zona imali sizama impilo
kodwa le hayi ihamba phambili ngeke. Wayeqinisile ubaba
umethi bayathakatha abeSuthu kodwa bengingazi ukuthi
kuthakatha ne ngane zabo futhi zithakatha emini ( but
mother even you can see this is witchcraft. Where have
you ever heard of a living person talking to dead people
like this? No! We are used to traditional healers who throw
bones and talk to the ancestors. And we like fools believe
them and pay them huge sums of money trying to heal
ourselves but this one takes the cup. Father was telling
the truth when he said Sotho people are witches but I
didn’t know that even their children are witches and they
practice in daylight.)

Kea: Uncle I don’t understand what you are saying.

Tokelo: Don’t mind him princess his just being silly.
Kea: Okay Uncle king, can we start now? We don’t have
much time.
Mabotle: Go ahead princess.
Lebo: I have a question.
Mabotle: No! I don’t want to hear a word coming out of you
three’s mouths.
Tokelo: But I didn’t say anything.
Mabotle: You didn’t but you were thinking it now shut up
and let us save my kids. ( they all kept quiet and Kea took
her mother and father’s hands into hers and closed her
eyes, while the others held their hands together sitting
surrounding the bed)

Stay tuned for more.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 35
Thabiso POV✨

The journey to healing is not an easy one, especially that

of healing internal wounds, it takes time and a lot of
patience. My wife has hurt me badly, not only by keeping
such a secret but also by undermining me as the man of
the house and her protector. The gods gave me that role,
they chose me to be by her side and what does she do?
She goes around behind my back and does the most
stupid thing ever. Now I know a lot of people are saying
am being unreasonable but what would have happened
had my mother died? How would I have defended her
when she kept me in the dark to begin with? Had she
been the one to die what would I have told our princess?
What would I say was the reason for her mother’s death
and what would have been my reason for not protecting
her? All these things am sure my dear wife didn’t think
about before acting.

Now am stuck in this place not knowing when they will let
me join my people, it’s been long enough now so I’d really
like to rest. But how can I when they busy talking all the
time asking me to come back, come back where exactly?
To whom? I love my princess but I think I will protect her
better in the world of my ancestors. For now I will wait for
whatever they want me to wait for but am not going back
to a place where am not wanted.

Back in the palace the princess was starting the process

of going to her father, being lead by her grandfather and
giving her instructions on what to do.
Lerumo: Close your eyes now princess ( she did as told)
now listen very carefully, don’t allow anything that is not
your father to talk to you)
Kea: Okay grandpa, I see a long corridor but it’s dark in
here.
Lerumo: Run my princess your father is already halfway
through it. Run and get to him before he moves to the
other side.
The princess didn’t waste anytime running in the long dark
corridor, as she ran it lights up as she goes further and
further. She continued running and she was now getting
tired.
Lerumo: Call for him prince but don’t stop running.
Lea: Daddy!!!... daddy!!!
Lerumo: Continue running princess and don’t stop calling
for him.
Kea: Daddy please come back for me!! Daddy!! ( she was
running as fast as she could and kept calling out to her
father)

Thabiso: Now am hearing voices of my princess calling

me, what would she be doing here anyway. ( he kept
walking)
Kea: Daddy please!! I need you!! ( Thabiso stopped and
looked back but he didn’t see anything or anyone)
Thabiso: Okay this place is making me lose my mind, let
me rather sit and rest a bit, it has been a long walk after all.
( he sat down and rested)
Kea: Daddy!! Daddy it’s me your princess!! ( Thabiso
stood up and looked around)
Thabiso: Where are you princess! Come to daddy baby
where are you?
Kea: Daddy you heard me, please come back my king I
need you.
Thabiso: I don’t know if you can hear me baby girl but
daddy Will always be with you and never forget that daddy
loves you and what I like is that you can talk to me
anytime you want you know why?
Kea: Why?
Thabiso: Because you are the portal of the gods and the
only one who can talk to me. Isn’t that great?
Kea: It is daddy but I want my dad to take me to school
every morning and play with me and my animals at home
and help me talk to them. Daddy you can’t do that if you
are away, please turn back and I will meet you halfway.
Thabiso: Am sorry my love but daddy can’t now please
understand that I can no longer stay with you my love.
Kea started crying now because her father won’t listen and
the people in the palace could only see tears in her eyes
but they don’t know why she is crying because she is no
longer in her body now and she is even laying on her back
in bed between her parents. Still had their hands on hers.

Kea: Daddy please come for me, am tired Daddy I have

been running for a long time please daddy I need you.
The parent in Thabiso wouldn’t let him just continue going
forward when his princess says she needs him and she is
doing something he doesn’t like to see her doing and that
is crying.
Thabiso: Okay Keabetswe I want you to listen to daddy
now my princess okay.
Kea: Yes daddy am listening.
Thabiso: I want you to meet me half way baby girl even if
you walk I will run and get to you fast okay.
Kea: Okay Daddy, please hurry! Am scared daddy
because grandpa left me now please!
Thabiso: Am on my way princess just do as I asked and
keep talking to me Okay.
Kea: Okay daddy!
Thabiso: What am I not your king now?
Kea: haha ( she laughed a little) oh daddy but you didn’t
complain this whole time when I called you daddy.
Thabiso: I know that but am complaining now ( he was
trying to keep her calm as he ran backwards to where he
came from trying to get to his daughter)
Kea: You funny Daddy.
Thabiso: You still calling me daddy princess.
Kea: Okay Okay My king.
Thabiso: Baby I can only see your hand where are you?
Kea: Take my hand Daddy
Thabiso: Baby am here where are you my princess? Is
something holding you? ( he asked sounding panicked)
Kea: Take my hand Daddy please! Take my hand
( Thabiso didn’t hesitate taking her hand when he head
the panic in her voice) as he took her hand Kea pulled him
towards her with the help of Lerumo and back in the
palace Thabiso opened his eyes the same time the
princess took a deep breath. Everyone was so shocked
that Ntsika and Lebo fell off their chairs.
Queen: His back! My son is back! Oh praise the gods!
Letsi his back! Our son is back! ( she said while on her
feet very excited to see her son back)
Letsi: I can see that ( he said with a smile on his face)
Kea: Daddy you came back for me
Thabiso: Anything for my princess ( they hugged each
other)

Lebo and Ntsika were still on the ground watching as this

whole thing unfolds. Reneilwe was shocked because she
was starting to believe that her brother is not coming back.
Reneilwe: If I see worse than what I have seen here today
in this house and not faint! I will say that am strong, very
strong ( Tokelo burst out laughing)
Reneilwe: Am serious my king and you here laughing at
me.
Tokelo: No my love am not laughing at you, am laughing
at these two idiots who fell off the chairs hahah and what’s
worse they don’t get up hahaha ( the others joined in
except for Lebo and Ntsika )
Lebo: Laugh all you like but witchcraft is very new to me.
Ntsika: Nami futhi angikaze ngamubona umthakathi
ngisho omdala manje ngibona ingane? Hayi bekumele
ngiqulekile hayi ukuwa nje estuleni ( me two and I have
never seen a witch before but today am seeing a child?
No I was supposed to faint not just fall off a chair)

Tokelo: Yeah right... how are you feeling brother? I see

everyone is still shocked by your return.
Thabiso was busy with his princess all along while his
parents were left looking at him and the queen mother was
looking down not saying anything. Yes she was happy
Thabiso woke up but was sad for her daughter.
Thabiso: I am well brother but what I don’t understand is
what happens to her ( he asked pointing at Mapula with
his head)
Lebo: It’s because her witchcraft didn’t work on bringing
you back so she became like that.
Tokelo: Oh it can speak now haha
Lebo: Leave me alone Tokelo, in fact Ntsika let’s go grab
a drink.
Ntsika: You right we need it after this ( they walked out
leaving everyone else in the room)
Thabiso: Mother may you take the princess please.
Mabotle: Not a problem son. Come princess.
Kea: No! I want to stay with my king.
Thabiso: Listen my princess your king just wants to get
changed and join you in the kitchen to eat, daddy is Very
hurry and would appreciate food made by his princess.
Kea: Okay! Let’s go grandma daddy needs food ( she took
the queen mothers hand and they walked out going to the
kitchen)

Letsi: It’s good to have you back son.( he said and

extended his had for a handshake and he took it)
Thabiso: It’s good to be back father.
Letsi: I also see the care takers did a good job with your
wounds, they are healing well.
Thabiso: Yes they did and I will sure thank them for that.
Now will you both excuse me.
Queen: I missed my dear prince
Thabiso: I know mother and I missed you as well.
Queen: I will be in the kitchen helping out with the feast.
Thabiso: I don’t need a feast mother really am fine.
Queen: That’s the very reason we are having a feast
because you fine.
Thabiso: Alright then, I look forward to it. ( his father and
mother left)

He stood up from the bed and went to the bathroom and

took a shower then changed into sweat pants and hoodie
with sneakers. He turns and went to the bed and sat next
to his wife.
Thabiso: I hate seeing you like this, you lost weight and
you look pale. You have to wake up now because am here
am back so you can wake up. I won’t lie to you and say
what you did was okay because it was not, you hurt me
Mapula and for that I don’t know where our marriage will
be. I took a vow to protect you but you underestimated me
so much that you went behind my back and did what you
felt was right for you. I thank you for saving my mother and
I thank you for giving me the princess. I forgive you
wholeheartedly but I don’t think I will ever trust or look at
you the same again. You did not only hurt me but you
made me look like your child or toy and not your husband
and you did that in front of my father of all people. What
kind of a king will I be when my father steps down if am
going to be controlled and made decisions for by a woman?

Don’t get me wrong, your advice is much appreciated but

you going over my head is something that I will not
tolerate. Rain queen or not in our marriage am the king
and am the man, you disrespecting that meant only one
thing to me and that is you don’t see me as someone who
can protect you because you think you have all the power
to do so. Which you do but if that’s the case I don’t think
you should have gotten married at least not to me. Maybe
Ntsika wouldn’t have minded but I do. I love you so much
and I will always love you but love alone is not enough,
love without trust is doomed for failure and now I don’t
trust you, I don’t trust my own wife because she thinks she
is so important and powerful to share sensitive things with
her husband. God and the gods now that I forgive you and
am not angry but I can’t do this right now.

One more thing before I leave this room, if you ever

considered me your husband or if you ever intended to
listen to me some day then let it be now. Listen to me now
when I tell you this. Wake up and clean yourself up
because my daughter needs her mother and I know you
will think am a hypocrite for asking you to wake up telling
you about our daughter needing you but you caused this.
You Mapula were the reason I was willing to give up
everything, you and no one else, damn it Mapula I gave
you my love, honestly which is something you failed to do
after you almost chose Ntsika over me after you found out
about the Boitumelo thing. You were so angry that I had to
leave home and go to Cape Town just to get you back and
prove to you that I made a mistake. I even took the
beating I got from Ntsika’s home as punishment for not
being truthful to you and I spent every day after that
proving to you that I meant it when I said I will never keep
things from you. Who is the hypocrite now doing exactly
what she punished me for and what’s worse now you
doing it to your husband, your betrothed not your boyfriend
or the man your father chose for you.

If this was pay back for that then well done you got your
pay back and it came as a great surprise to me because I
thought we moved on from that. But hey who I not to
forgive you huh? I mean you women always say men hurt
you many times and you forgive them and take them back.
So am doing the same for once letting my bruised ego go
and forgiving my wife and taking her back but I won’t lie
and say things will miraculously go back to normal
because they won’t. Now wake up. ( he said and stood up
going to the door) Mapula was crying the whole time her
husband spoke, tears were just rolling out of her eyes but
she didn’t have strength to respond back or open her eyes
but she knew she had to wake up one way or the other
and fix her marriage.

Ntsika and Lebo went to go call him to come eat when

they got to the door they heard him speak and they stood
outside the door and listened. They heard everything and
keep looking at each other, when Thabiso opened the
door they were outside.
Ntsika: I think we need to talk man.
Thabiso: If you heard what I said and want to apologize
there is no need. We are fine and that what you heard was
between me and my wife. Lebo is the food ready am
hungry.
Lebo: Yeah it is
Thabiso: Okay ( he said and left them standing there)
Lebo: You really did a number on the guy, yes he forgave
you but what my sister did brought back a lot of bad
memories for him.
Ntsika: I see that now and I hope they make it out of this
stronger than ever.
Lebo: And yet we still want to get married when marriage
is this hard.
Ntsika: Tell me about it.
They went to the dining area to join the others.

Mapula gathered every little strength she had and

connected with the queens in the mystical land.
Nyolodi: My queen, I can feel you are still weak.
Mapula: My queen please help me regain my strength I
beg of you.
Nyolodi: You can’t rush this my queen you need time.
Mapula: I understand that my queen but if I don’t get out of
this bed by this evening I will lose my husband. He will
think I don’t listen to him, please my queen help me.
Nyolodi: I will send your protector with some herbs and
water but it will only give you enough strength to wake up
and from there is will be up to you to regain your strength
by eating and drinking the water every day for 7 days
without missing not even a single day.
Mapula: That’s all I ask ( she said and fainted because
she used up everything she had in her to send the
message and ask for help)
Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 36

BaKoena ✨

Scelo heard from his cousin that Mapula was not well and
he decided to go to BaKoena to go see her because he
was going crazy without seeing her. He drove to BaKoena
but it took longer than the usual time it would have taken
had the roads been okay. However the rain did a number
on the roads as a result they will need to be fixed after the
rain stops, now it was not raining as much as it was the
previous week but the roads were still damaged. He got to
BaKoena and drove to the palace with his fingers crossed
that they let him in. He got to the gate and the guards new
him so they opened for him but told him to wait for them to
announce his presence before going in and he agreed.
The guard went into the palace and the royal family was
sitting in the lounge talking.
Guard: My king
Tokelo: As you were
Guard: My thanks my king, Permission to speak.
Tokelo: Granted
Guard: There is a Scelo outside my king.
Thabiso: What does he want?
Guard: He didn’t say my king just that he would like to see
the royal family.
Tokelo: Let him in ( the guard went outside to tell Scelo he
can go in)
Lebo: How the hell did this guy get here when I can’t even
drive to see my woman?
Ntsika: A man on a mission finds a way ( Scelo came
through)
Scelo: Greetings Royals
Them: Greetings
Scelo: How is the royal family doing this evening.
Lebo: We are well just wondering how you got here in this
weather.
Ntsika: I have seen a lot here so I wouldn’t be surprised if
he flew on a broomstick to get here.
Scelo: hahah( fake laughs) no I drove my car even though
the roads are not that pleasant to drive on.
Thabiso: What brings you here?
Scelo: I came to see the queen
Tokelo: Oh no I can’t let you see my queen she is not
feeling well.
Thabiso: So is mine so...( he shrug his shoulders)
Ntsika: Mine is not here so...
Lebo: Mine either but my mother is here and I can call her
for you since all the other queens are not available.
Scelo: Haha no Am sorry if I haven’t made myself clear.
The queen i came to see here is the rain queen.
Thabiso: What business do you have with her?
Scelo: I have no business with her but since my cousin
mentioned she wasn’t well and sounded worried I thought
I should come and see her so that I can give her some
information on her health.
Thabiso: So you think Lebo is not giving your cousin the
right information on her friend or you are just undermining
Lebo or is it me?
Scelo: It’s not like that but..
Thabiso: But What? I don’t trust you and am not about to
hide that from you, something about you is not right and
until I find out what it is I want you far away from my family.
Do I make myself clear?
Scelo: Don’t come here and talk to me like that, you might
be the prince in your kingdom but here you are nothing
and if I want to see Mapula and my daughter I will and
there is nothing you can do to stop me.

The guys were on their feet in a split second when they

heard what Scelo said, they were all shocked to hear this
but Scelo seemed determined and they didn’t want to
really get involved until Thabiso says so.
Ntsika: Mfana yithi ngikuxwayise mina owaziyo ukuthi
lendoda ukhuluma nayo ukuthi ihambaphi. Yabona ndoda
uma ufuna ukuhamba la usaphefumula phuma la ukhona
ngokukhulu kona ukushesha ( Man let me warn you, me
that knows what this man you are talking to is capable of.
You see man if you want to walk out of here still breathing,
don’t go there)
Scelo: Just because he beat you up doesn’t mean he will
do the same with me. He doesn’t deserve your sister but
you guys are so scared to say anything. What kind of
brothers are you?
Lebo: Thabiso I beg of you Brother let me handle this I
beg.
Ntsika: Yhoo nayi ingulube inginonela bo. Thabiso shaya
lomuntu ngoba manje usegqithisile ngeke ( yhoo here is a
pig trying me people, Thabiso beat this guy because now
he has gone too far)

Thabiso: Tell me something, what makes you think that

you deserve her more than I do? And why would you even
think my daughter could be yours?
Scelo: One I don’t answer to you and two I have been
more of a father to that girl than you.
Thabiso: And That means what exactly?
Scelo: Take it however you want am going to find my
woman ( he started walking towards the chamber where
he stole the water from but he didn’t get far and Thabiso
tapped his shoulder and he turned colliding with his fist
that sends him on the ground falling on his bottom.)
Lebo could see that Thabiso was not himself and he was
going to kill Scelo if they don’t do something. So he called
Kwezi and she picked up immediately.
Convo:
Kwezi: My love
Lebo: Babe something is about to go down here.
Kwezi: What is it?
Lebo: Your cousin came here demanding to see Mapula
and telling her husband that he doesn’t deserve her and
that he has been more of a father to his daughter then he
is.
Kwezi: Oh my God Where is he now Lebo?
Lebo: Thabiso is giving him a well deserved beating.
Kwezi: Lebo please Scelo is not well his bipolar and am
sure he hasn’t been taking his medication that is why his
like that.
Lebo: What?
Kwezi: Yes Babe please put me on speaker so that I can
explain.
Lebo: Not happening, you are pregnant and you won’t
stress about this I will handle it.
Kwezi: Baby please I...
Lebo: What did I just tell you?
Kwezi: Am sorry am just worried.
Lebo: I know but am here and I will handle it, you are
pregnant and I don’t want you worrying.
Kwezi: Okay I love you.
Lebo: Love you better.

Lebo looked at Scelo who looked like a possessed person

trying to over power Thabiso and just shook his head
going to them.
Lebo: Brother they say his bipolar and must be off his
meds.
Ntsika: Hawu uyahlanya nokuhlanya lomuntu kanti. Yazi
usezofa lo. ( his even crazy? His going to die one day)
Thabiso: Guards!! ( they came running)
Guard: Yes my king
Thabiso: Take this piece of filth out of my sight to the
psych ward at the hospital tell the doctor there to call me
and I will explain.
Guard: Yes my king
Scelo: This isn’t over yet Thabiso, I will get what is mine
and there is nothing you can do about it.
Lebo: Hai his more crazy than I thought.
The guards took Scelo away and the maidens cleaned up
his blood on the floor as his nose was already bleeding
from the beating he got. Thabiso went up stairs to change
as his clothes were stained by Scelo’s blood. He got in
and saw that Mapula was awake, he went straight to the
bathroom and ran a bath while he took a quick shower.

He finished and wrap a towel around his waist and added

bath salts to the water then went to the bed and
uncovered his weak wife, undressed her then picked her
up and put her in the tub. He helped her bath while the
maiden that was looking after her made the bed and
changed the sheets. He finished bathing her took a big
towel and dried her, then he took another and wrapped it
around her and picked her up and put her on the bed.
Then went and took out warm socks for her, a vest and
her adidas track suit. He also took her lotion and optioned
her body, helped her put on under garments, socks and
her track suit. He took hair conditioner and applied it to her
hair just to revive her curls. When he was done she looked
beautiful but thin he then went to the kitchen and asked
the chef for chicken soup for her and he quickly made it
and gave it to him. He went back to the room and sat next
to her and helped her eat. When she was done he put her
under blankets and called the maiden to take the bowl to
the kitchen.
Mapula: Thank you
Thabiso: For What?
Mapula: Everything you just did.
Thabiso: You are my wife are you not?
Mapula: Yes I am.
Thabiso: Did I not vow to be with you for better or worse?
Mapula: You did
Thabiso: So What are you thanking me for if am only
fulfilling my promise to you?
Mapula: I was being polite.
Thabiso: Okay, do you want to go down stairs and see the
people or you want to remain here?
Mapula: I would like to remain here with you if you don’t
mind.

Thabiso didn’t say anything he just took off his shoes and
switched on the the heater on the walls to make the room
a bit warm. He took off his vest and remained with his
sweat pants and got in bed and sat behind her with his
back on the headboard. He laid her head on his chest and
covered her nicely with a blanket and sat there quiet
playing with her hair.
Mapula thinking to herself: This is what I missed about my
husband, just him cuddling me and playing with my air, we
get so busy that we neglect being intimate with each other
not sexually but just this. I don’t even know where to start
apologizing to him, I did him wrong and I don’t know how
to fix it. He was right the power went to my head and
because he always supported me I thought he will do the
same thing time again, but then again the fallen queens
did warn me about the consequences. I did my husband
wrong and how he spoke proves it, he supports me in
everything that sometimes I don’t see the need to tell him
others because I know he won’t say no, but the fact of the
matter is that his right, had my mother in law died I don’t
know if his father would have been on my side he might
have blamed me for losing his wife and I would have put
him in a difficult position.

Mapula: My dear husband.

Thabiso: Yes
Mapula: We need to talk.
Thabiso: I know that but I won’t talk to you while you still
weak, I need you strong and healthy then you can say
your peace because I believe you heard what I said.
Mapula: I did and we will talk when am Okay.
Thabiso: Good now rest.
Ntsika was missing his wife so he decided to call her to
find out how she is. He called and she picked up
immediately.
Convo:
Ntsika: My love were you waiting for my call that you pick
up so quickly?
Zasembo: No dear I just came out of a meeting so my
phone is in hand.
Ntsika: Okay Thank you for holding the forth while am
gone.
Zasembo: Am doing it for us. Babe?
Ntsika: I miss you too
Zasembo: I know you do but remember the program we
are running for empowering the young people in different
kingdoms?
Ntsika: Yes I do.
Zasembo: Well Xhanti applied for his kingdom and his
proposal is good and now am between a rock and a hard
place.
Ntsika: We can not punish the youth of his kingdom for his
and his father’s mistakes. If his kingdom is deserving then
we will consider funding them and remember this is not for
him but the young people in his kingdom.
Zasembo: I hear dear, I think so too but I didn’t want to
make a decision without talking to you first.
Ntsika: That is good My love and am coming home on
Monday I miss you.
Zasembo: Then am coming over Sunday evening and
sleep at the orphanage then come pick you up on Monday
at the airport.
Ntsika: I would appreciate that my love. Ngiyakuthanda
yezwa ( I love you Okay?)
Zasembo: I love you too
They said their goodbyes and Ntsika went back to the
guys.
Tokelo: Stop being lovey dovey here
Ntsika: You have your own wife here I don’t know why you
jealous.
Lebo: tell him, he wants to be happy alone. Let me call my
woman ( he took out his phone but Tokelo grabbed it out
of his hand and started running away with it then Ntsika
and Lebo ran after him chasing him for the phone)
They were running around laughing trying to catch him.
Playing around like school kids and it was a nice thing to
watch as they have been through a lot and a little play
time won’t hurt.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 37✨ ( not edited)

The royal family had a dinner on Sunday evening to say

goodbye to the Zulu who has proven to be a friend to the
royal family even after all they have been through together.
As they say everything happens for a reason and what
happened between them was bound to happen so that
Ntsika can meet his true queen and the brothers earn
another brother from yet another mother. Queen mother
Mabotle seems to be getting more crazy children but she
doesn’t mind. The rain queen was getting her strength
back with her husband taking care of her. She also joined
in the dinner with everyone, it was an evening full of
laughter and jokes.
It’s Monday afternoon and Ntsika just landed at King
Shaka international airport and was waiting for his bags,
he couldn’t wait to see his queen, the bags came and he
took his and made his way out. He saw Zasembo from
afar wearing and body hugging dress, Black in color with
red hills and a red blazer with a black clutch bag. He
walked slowly towards her and she looked up and saw him
and smiled going towards him. They met halfway and
hugged each other.
Ntsika: awu sawubona ntokazi ( greetings dear maiden)
Zasembo: Sengwayo wami uyaphila kodwa Manzini?
( Sengwayo ( calling him by his clan name) are you well
Manzini)
Ntsika: Am Very well now that I see you my beautiful
princess.
Zasembo: How is the queen?
Ntsika: She is regaining her strength as the days pass.
Let’s drab a late lunch I want us to discuss something.
Zasembo: Can’t it wait till we get home?
Ntsika: No, now let’s go ( they went to a restaurant and
ordered lunch)
Ntsika: My love, lobola has been paid and traditionally you
are my wife.
Zasembo: I know that Sengwayo
Ntsika: I want you home with me my love, I want my wife
by my side all day every day. I want to have kids with you
and I want us to move to the next step in our relationship.
Zasembo: I understand but am scared my prince, you
know am still pure.
Ntsika: That my love is a gift only you can give me but
when you are ready to do so. What am asking now is for
you to pick a date for our white wedding.
Zasembo: Really? ( she asked excited because she
thought Ntsika didn’t want the white wedding anymore)
Ntsika: Did you think I will just take you and bring you
home without seeing you in that white dress?
Zasembo: In that case how about we do it next week?
Ntsika: Can you pull it off in such short notice?
Zasembo: The wedding planner is done with everything
she was only waiting for us to give the date and we on.
Ntsika: Uzokhashwa hubani ke ( who will be your brides
maids?)
Zasembo: For a maid of honor I want the person who
brought us together.
Ntsika: Mpande?
Zasembo: Yes
Ntsika: Awu wema ngaze ngafa iMpandeyami ne
nkosikazi yami zimezonke manje ngizo khetha bani hawu
ntokasi yomXhosa uyamenza umuntu ( oh my am dead,
my Mpande and my wife standing side by side, who will I
choose? No Xhosa woman you know how to confuse a
man)
Zasembo: Haha you will chose the one in a white dress
the dark one.
Ntsika: Of course I will. So who else?
Zasembo: Well I got along very well with the queen of
BaKoena and Kwezi over the years so I was thinking that
they also be there by my side on the day.
Ntsika: Then I might as well take their husbands to stand
up with me.
Zasembo: Best man?
Ntsika: Lebo
Zasembo: Sorted, now we just have to tell the parents.
Ntsika: Yes now lets go to the car and call these people.

They were both excited as they paid and got out of the
restaurant going to the car, they got in and took out their
phones with each one calling their own people. Ntsika
called Lebo and he picked up.
Convo:
Lebo: No man, you are home with your wife yet you are
thinking of mothers cooking already no man.
Ntsika: This has nothing to do with the food man.
Lebo: What? Did you get dumped?
Ntsika: The opposite man am getting married next week
and I want you all here.
Lebo: Oh no! What did you do to the poor girl to agree to
marry your crazy self in less than minutes of landing? Hey
guys listen to this moron ( he put the phone on speaker)
Tokelo: What is Now Ntsika?
Lebo: His getting married next week.
Thabiso: Tell the princess we are coming to save her.
Ntsika: From What?
Thabiso: You still asking?
Ntsika: Fine But I want you all here next week and Lebo
you my best man.
Lebo: Hai you ask me nicely shame or am not doing it.
Ntsika: His eating ice- cream right guys?
Thabiso: You know him too well.
Lebo: Pregnancy cravings
Tokelo: You are such a woman, where have you ever
heard a man taking his woman’s cravings?
Ntsika: You don’t have to hear about it, you have Lebo
there.
Lebo: Continue talking and you will have no best man.
Ntsika: I was just saying how much you love your woman
that you share everything.
Lebo: Now that’s more like it.
Tokelo: Suck up.
Ntsika: A man gotta do what a man gotta do.
Thabiso: Hai piss off with your wannabe nigger.
Ntsika: Hahah See you guys next week.
Them: Sure
They said their goodbyes and Ntsika and his woman
looked at each other.
Zasembo: We are getting married
Ntsika: Yes we are
They shared a kiss and drove home.
Scelo escaped from the psych ward at the hospital, he
was on a plane going to Cape Town and left behind
hospital stuff going crazy looking for him. He also left two
bodies behind, a security guard and a nurse. He never
took his meds while he was at the hospital, he would put it
under his tongue and spit them out the moment a nurse
leaves his ward. He was more , he was agitated, had
anxiety and anger was brewing. It was as of the place was
taking forever to land in Cape Town. When it finally landed
he took a taxi to his home, where he grew up with his
parent. He got in using a window because he was
paranoid thinking that people were after him and he
needed to hide.

He got to his old room and took off his closed and went to
shower, he sat under water for hours and kept biting his
nails and humming a song to himself. A song his mother
used to hum to him while she was still alive. In his might
his mother was humming the song to him and he was in
bed about to sleep. He got out of the house with his hands
and feel wrinkled due to staying under water for too long.
He dried himself and wore his father’s pjs that he used to
wear while he was still alive. He got in his parents bed and
slept in the middle of the bed just like he used to do when
he was young. With his father sleeping on the right and his
mother in the left.

He remembered the times he would come home from

school crying because other kids made fun of him saying
that he was cray and sick that is why he takes medication
every day. His mother used to say ‘ subanaxhala wena
mntanam ngoba wonke umntu unesigulo Sakhe qha aba
bagula ebusuku bazenza bhetele kwaba bagula emini
kodwa aba bagula emini bayalala bona ebusuku Babe aba
abasebusuku ngengali nasemini. ( don’t worry my child
because everyone is sick, the ones that are sick at night
make fun of those who are sick during the day. But the
ones who are sick the whole day sleep at night while the o
es who are sick at night don’t sleep even during the day)

He sculled himself into a ball in that bed hugging his knees

rocking himself while repeating the words am not sick over
and over again.

I know it’s shot but I will continue tomorrow.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 38✨

- [ ] People with mental illness or intellectual disabilities

are misunderstood a lot by society and sometimes the
parents, because of lack of knowledge. Take for example
students in high school who are slow learners that don’t
catch the work as easy as those whose brains are fully
developed, these students are called names like they are
dumb, lazy not serous, will not amount to anything and all
of this name calling has a negative effect on them as they
end up believing what is said about them then they drop
out of school. Some are lucky to be discovered in Primary
school and send to special schools after being diagnosed
with an intellectual disability by a psychologist. These
Lerner’s at least have a chance of actually learning a skill
in those special schools, skills they can use to get a job
when they leave school, they also get opportunities like
getting learnerships that provide them with nationally
recognized qualifications. However for those who come
from mainstream schools it is difficult because they were
not diagnosed and do not have the necessary
documentation required to obtain one of these
learnerships and end up staying at home with no
education or hope for a brighter future.

Fortunately for Scelo his intellectual disability was not as

bad that it caused him to leave school. For as long as he
took his medication he was fine and living a normal life like
any other person. Which is why he is successful today,
because he wanted to prove a point to all those who
thought that he wouldn’t make it, those who bullied him
telling him that his a sick child, those who always told him
that he will not live long enough because of all the
medication he took. Those who told him that his wasting
his time studying because he will die before he even
finishes school and he did it. He made it, but like any other
person with an intellectual disability when he sees that his
well he stops taking his medication telling himself that his
fine and he doesn’t need his medication. Now the sad part
about all this is that they leave it for so long that they need
help getting back to it because like Scelo the
hallucinations and tricks his mind play on him makes him
forget about medication and only think about reaching
whatever goal their minds have set for them.

That is what was happening with Scelo now, his mind has
set a goal and his goal is to be with Mapula and
Keabetswe. He even has hallucinations about them, when
he cooks, he cooks for 3 same as when he dishes up the
food, he would dish up for 3 and then get angry when the
food is not eaten and end up breaking the plates only to
do the same thing the following day. It’s been a week now
and Kwezi was worried about him since they heard that he
escaped from the hospital, she even asked her father to
find him because he needs help.

Kwezi and the others were in South Africa for Ntsika and
Zasembo’s wedding the following day and one of Scelo’s
employees told him about the wedding. He calls and
checks up on his company because he said he wants to
provide a good future for his wife and daughter. When he
calls he always tells his employee that he always talks to
not say anything to anyone who is looking for him but to
always keep him updated about the work and what
happens in BaKoena. So when he told him that he saw
Kwezi and Mapula together with the queen of BaKoena
shopping and talking about a wedding in South Africa and
them looking good like the royals they were he told Scelo
about it. Now Scelo is in Durban calling every venue to
find out the venue the wedding will be. He came to Durban
because he knew that is the only place besides Mthatha
the BaKoena rayal family visit when in South Africa and he
was more than determined to find it.
Zasembo, Mapula, Reneilwe and Kwezi were at a hotel
throwing Zasembo a bachelorette party. It was the day
before her big day and they wanted it to be special for her.
They had full body massages, manicures and pedicures.
Did their facials and nails. Now they are back at the hotel
and the room is decorated beautifully for the night.
Mapula: Well Zasembo you have to enjoy this because
some of us didn’t get to have this day.
Zasembo: Why didn’t you guys do it for her? ( she asked
Kwezi and Reneilwe)
Kwezi: Girl there was no time because she had rain queen
duties and soon after she got married and that was it.
Zasembo: Well lets enjoy together then my queen.
Reneilwe: I for one don’t want to be called queen this
evening.
Mapula: You And me both am not a queen today just a
woman supporting her friend on her wedding.
Kwezi: No ladies you are wasting time now , let’s give her
presents now and I will start.
Zasembo: I can’t wait to see what you got me.
Kwezi: Girl you will like it here ( she handed her the paper
bag and Zasembo opened it.
Zasembo: On no Kwezi!
Reneilwe: Take it out we also want to see ( Zasembo took
out the Victoria secret lingerie and the three screamed)
Reneilwe: Oh my god that is beautiful
Mapula: Indeed And it will sit well on those curves.
Zasembo: Ladies you seem to forget that am still pure and
to be honest am happy about my wedding day but am
scared of the honey moon.
Mapula: Oh honey am not going to lie to you and say it will
not hurt because it will hurt like hell.
Reneilwe: Hey I remember my first, I was left with a fire
burning for days I tell you.
Kwezi: What about the walking girls?
Mapula: Penguin walk all the way. ( they laughed)
Zasembo: I want to get his over and done with.

Kwezi: it will not be over dear trust me, Yes the painful
part will be over but not the whole deed.
Mapula: Open My gift now here ( she gave her a paper
bag, she opened it and it was a lace robe and a cook book)
Zasembo: This is a beautiful and sexy robe thank you.
Mapula: Well I know that I the royal palace there are chefs
but there will be days where you will want to surprise your
husband with a meal cooked by his wife. That is what the
cook book is for.
Zasembo: Thank you very much.
Reneilwe: Now mine ( she opened it and it had everything
make up, cleansers, scabs and masks) a lady always has
to look good for her husband.
Zasembo: Thank you very much I love all my gifts.
Them: You welcome.
They continued having fun and Mapula and Reneilwe
were giving her advice on marriage and all that stuff.

The guys were at Ntsika’s lodge for his bachelor party. It

was fun all around as the guys were making jokes and
teasing him.
Lebo: Tell me Ntsika why would you choose me as your
best man?
Ntsika: Because you are the one who is as crazy as I am.
Lebo: Call me crazy one more time and you won’t have a
best man.
Tokelo: Yho Ntsika you chose the wrong person to stand
up for you because now his threatening you every chance
he gets.
Thabiso: Don’t get involved Tokelo because they will gang
up on you in no time.
Lebo: Gang up on Who for who?
Ntsika: Yeah we not women who gang up on people just
that Tokelo doesn’t understand my relationship with Lebo.
Lebo: Yeah And people who don’t understand others
relationships they always want to find something wrong
with it.
Ntsika: Yeah You right and besides no one asked him.
Lebo: Damn right!
Thabiso: What did i Tell you?
Tokelo: I give up ( raising his hands in surrender)
Thabiso: Am Just here to rescue our wife because this guy
is crazy.
Lebo: Ntsika you can rescue his wife while his busy with
yours.
Tokelo: And it will be easy because she will be standing
right next to you with your wife.
Thabiso: Who’s side are you on?
Tokelo: Am Just making an observation.
While they were talking and teasing each other there was
a knock on the door and Lebo went to open.

Lebo: What are you doing here? ( the guys turned to the
door to see who it is)
Lebo: What the hell man answer me, what are you doing
here?
Tokelo: Who is that Brother? ( Lebo opened the door wide
revealing none other than Xhantilomzi Nyembezi)
Ntsika: Ufunani manje Mfene? ( what do you want now
baboon?)
Xhanti: I came for what is mine ( he said with a serious
face)
Ntsika: Bakithi hake ningibizele uMpandeyomuzi Zulu
azokhombisa lomuntu owakhe umfazi wangempela hayi
owami ( people please call Mpandeyomuzi Zulu to come
and show this guy his real wife not mine)
Thabiso: Hey don’t get it twisted she is Mapula
MaKeabetswe Moloi not Mpandeyomuzi Zulu
Ntsika: Hake uyekele umona we Thabiso, awuboni ukuthi
sinenkinga la? Hayi ndoda asinaso isikhathi sokukhweleta
lana. ( pleased stop being jealous Thabiso, don’t you see
that we have a problem here? No man we don’t have time
for your jealousy here)
Lebo: You must be crazy that’s his wife you talking about
and you expect him not to be jealous, no man you and this
baboon here are playing for the same team.
Ntsika: Sengijikelwa nanguwe, ngikwethemba kangaka.
Manje usuthi ngidlala nemfene. Hayi ngehlulekile ke
manje ( so you turn against me now after I trusted you so
much. Now you say I play with baboons no I give up)

Xhanti was still standing at the door with Lebo in front of

him, listening to the guys talking like his not even there.
Xhanti: ( clearing throat) mmm Guys...( no one paid
attention) guys!! ( he spoke louder)
Them: What! ( they said at the same time)
Ntsika: Yhini Mfene khuluma ( what is it baboon? Talk)
Xhanti: I was joking
Tokelo: About?
Xhanti: Coming here for what’s mine? It was a joke.
Ntsika: Manje ufunani la ( then what do you want here)
Xhanti: I came to clear the air with you guys more
especially Ntsika.
Thabiso: I think the air cleared the moment you left our
country.
Tokelo: I think so too.
Xhanti: Guys all I ask for is a few minutes.
Ntsika: Khuluma ndoda sheshisa ( talk Man hurry up)
Lebo: No he can’t just talk kebatla bolamolomo
( imvulamlomo in Xhosa or the money paid to open
negotiations during a lobola negotiation)
Thabiso: hahah woreng na Lebo, orebolamolomo ( what
are you saying Lebo? You saying you want the opening
money)
Lebo: Hela monna reanyadisa hosanne retloka chelete
( hey man we have a wedding tomorrow we need money)
Ntsika: Hayi ke ndoda uzizwele ukuthi umkhongi wami
uthini. Beka imali ndoda sikhulume. ( man you heard what
my negotiator said now bring money then we shall talk)

Xhanti took out R5000 and put it on the floor at his feet.
Lebo took it and counted it the. Smiled and put it in his
pocket.
Lebo: Now you can talk.
Xhanti: Can I please come in?
Lebo: Pay up and you can come in ( Xhanti took out
R2000 and put it on the floor and again Lebo took it and
put it in his pocket and opened for him to go in)
Ntsika: Now talk
Xhanti: Look man I did a lot of things to all of you and I
have come to try and make things right with you.
Ntsika: Usukhuluma ngani ke manje? Yazi wena
uyathanda ukusuza nje yonke indawo( what are you
talking about now? No man you just like farting all over the
place)
Xhanti: I came to say am sorry for all that I did, I didn’t
deserve the princess but my ego didn’t allow me to just let
go so I brought this to make peace like men do ( he said
handing him a 12 year old Whiskey)
Ntsika: Yenza kanje ke indoda yangempela ungahamba
ke manje ( this is how a real man does things. Now you
can go)
Xhanti stood up and left then Lebo went to the door
opening it.
Tokelo: Where are you going Lebo?
Lebo: To see my woman.
Ntsika: Ngigcine ungancelisi ndoda manje kwenzenjani?
( the last time I checked you were not breastfeeding, what
happened now?
Lebo: What did I say about you counting your words till
after the wedding or you will not have a best man.
Thabiso: But man these hormones are playing with you for
real.
Tokelo: I pray I don’t get this with Reneilwe.
Lebo: Ntsika and Tokelo go down on your knees.
Them: Why?
Lebo: What are you going to find out if I tell you that now?
Tokelo: Am not going that
Ntsika: Me neither ( Lebo took out his gun and put a
silencer on and pointed it at them)
Lebo: I said on your knees ( he said with a straight face)
Ntsika shook his head went on his knees.
Tokelo: If these are hormones then I disown you as my
brother. ( Lebo shot at Tokelo’s feet and he jumped )
Lebo: I said on your knees ( Tokelo went in his knees next
to Ntsika)
Lebo: Good now start praying that you don’t get cravings
and morning sicknesses for your women.
Tokelo: Lebo are you crazy!
Ntsika: Hayi uhlanya ngempela manje ndoda ( no you
really are crazy now man)
Thabiso: Hahah oh man am taking a video of this hahah
it’s hilarious haha go on pray man it might just save your
lives haha.
Tokelo: Lebo!!
Lebo: What? You said you will pray that you don’t get
morning sickness and hormones for your women and now
am helping you do just that. Now pray! ( he said with a gun
still pointed at them. Thabiso was dead with laughter as he
was taking a video of these two on their knees praying)

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 39

Durban ( the wedding 1) not edited ✨

Sengijikelwa nanguwe! Kade ngikwethemba kangaka!
Sengijikelwa nanguwe ndikwesuka nawe le makhaya! He
kodwa basho bangitshela ukuthi ungabomthemba umuntu!
Ngobu umntu uyabhoxa! Ngoba umuntu uyajikajika!
Ngobu umuntu angeke um confirme! Ngobumuntu
ulalephenduka! Yhikoloko ngabaphikisa! Ngenxa yothando,
Ngathi owami uthembekile! Ngenxa yothando, Ngathi
owami akafani nabenu! Ngenxa yothando, Ngoba owami
yingilosi yoqobo!

This is the song that was playing when Ntsika and his
people entered the royal palace of Manzini kingdom. In the
front row of his entourage was the king of BaKoena Tokelo
himself, next to him the chosen king of the gods and
husband to the rain queen Thabiso then Ntsikayomuzi
Zulu prince of Manzini kingdom and next to him was his
best man and chief of BaKoena kingdom Lebohang
Lebenya. Today they were not from different cultures and
kingdoms but one culture and kingdom a Zulu culture snd
from Manzini kingdom, supporting their friend in his
wedding wearing traditional Zulu attires representing the
the prince as they walked in singing along to the song and
dancing walking towards the Zasembo’s family.
Oh her side it was Reneilwe the queen of BaKoena, next
to her was the future chiefs wife Kwezilomso then
Zasembo princess of amaXhosa kingdom, next to her was
the rain queen Mapula Moloi. They were also representing
the princess and future queen of Manzini kingdom. They
were all wearing Imibhaco which are the traditional Xhosa
attires for women. They were also singing song walking
towards the grooms family meeting them halfway and both
families stopped singing and the drums started and the
bride and her entourage started dancing in front of the the
grooms family. They were dancing traditional Xhosa
dances which they learnt on the last minute because they
didn’t know that they had to do this but they were more
than happy to practice and learn so that Zasembo can
have the best wedding day ever.

The groom and his people pushed them out of the stage
as they came in dancing and the brides people moved
back giving them way as they took the stage doing what
they do best, dancing for the their woman in front of them.
This dancing went on with them changing dances until the
chief priest stopped them and spoke.
Chief: Greetings everyone, people of the Manzini kingdom
who came to witness their only prince getting married. The
people of amaXhosa kingdom who entrusted us with their
princess, the kings, chiefs and queens of LeSotho you are
Welcome. Now that this part of the ceremony I would like
to borrow the prince and our future princess to go with
them to take blessings from the gods of this land.

Song started again then Ntsika together with his

groomsmen and Zasembo with her bridal party followed
the chief priest to the Manzini kraal where two cows were
tied and waiting for them. The chief priest called for order
and everyone kept quiet as well as the people that were
standing outside the kraal as they were not allowed inside
but close enough for them to witness the whole thing.
Chief: Prince Ntsikayomuzi Zulu this is your cow and for
us to know that it is the chosen one for you by the
ancestors you will have to take the spear and poke it.
( Ntsika took the spear he was given and poked the cow
and it make noise and the people started holulilating )
Chief: Princess Zasembo in order for us to know that the
gods of Manzini accept you we want you to take this spear
and pike this cow ( Zasembo was nervous because she
was worried that it may not make noise but she took the
spear and poked it and it made noise and the people
started cheering and whistling)
Chief: Now for us to know that this union is blessed by the
gods I want to both of you to take your spears and poke
those cows at the same time and they must make noise at
the same time ( Ntsika and Zasembo took their Spears
and poked the cows at the same time and the noise they
both made filled the Manzini palace and the people
couldn’t stop cheering and Zasembo and Ntsika shared a
look)

Chief: It is clear that this union is blessed by the gods and

to prove it we have here today the one that says die and
we perish, the one lead by angels, the one animals bow
down to, the one that controls not only animals but the
weather too. The one who is an angel yet lives among the
people. The ones who’s king was chosen even way before
she was born. I will not say who you are my king and
queen all am asking if for you to bless us, ask the gods to
help us bless this union. Let there be rain for a few
minutes.
Mapula went close to her husband and held his hand then
connected with him as she didn’t was to be taking the
spotlight away from where is should be.
Mapula: Should we do it my king?
Thabiso: Try and read Zasembo as I read Ntsika just to
see if this is what they would want ( they both did as they
discussed while the people were singing and dancing
around the kraal)
Mapula: Ntsika says she would love rain that would
symbolize a blessing from the gods.
Thabiso: I thought he would be thinking something crazy.
Zasembo is worried about bothering you.
Mapula: Are we doing it them?
Thabiso: Go ahead my queen give them their blessings

Mapula concentrated as she spoke to the gods of

BaKoena, the gods of BaTloung and the gods of Manzini.
She was doing all this while kneeling but the LeSotho
Royals surrounded her as they didn’t want the people to
see and think of something negative. In two minutes the
clouds quickly formed and then rain followed, it was a
worm and slow flowing drops of rain. People went crazy
cheering, singing and dancing.
Chief: My thanks to the god for the gift now before we
finish up here and go have a feast I will give the king of
Manzini and the king of amaXhosa to say a few words to
our prince and princess.
King Sbanisezwe Zulu
Came forward with his chest out and shoulders back. He
stood in front of the people a proud father and his posture
said it all.
KingSbani: Greetings to all the royal families and my
people. Today I stand before you a proud father and king.
I never thought I would see my son marry because of
picky our ancestors are but today here he is with his very
own wife and future queen of this kingdom. All I want to
son it that you did well, the gods are happy and I am
happy. Take care of your wife Manzini and never forget to
love and respect her as your wife and the princess of this
kingdom. You will face challenges more times than you
can ever imagine and you will want to give up but don’t.
Those challenges will be the ones that will mould you into
better people who understand each other and share a
bond that can never be broken. My thanks.

King Zwelibanzi Mbanga king of amaXhosa kingdom stood

up looking good in his Xhosa royal attire. A true king
indeed.
KingZwe: Greetings my dear people, I won’t say much but
I will talk to you my princess. I know we didn’t raise you
but this is my chance to give you advice in a department I
know oh so very well. You came into my life at a time
when life dealt me a bad hand and I had no choice but to
play. I played not even knowing I was in the game, what
am trying to say to you is that you will not always know
that you are in the game but you will still have to play. Life
is the play ground and we are all players, yes we don’t
know that we are in the game yet we are playing. Child
birth is one of the stages of the game, your teen life is
another, school, love, marriage, kids and death. All of
these stages you have to go through and get through them.
Now if you look at it it’s exactly like the game, you win and
sometimes lose then start over again. What am saying to
you is don’t stop or get tired of starting over. My thanks.

Chief: Now that everything is done the royal family invites

you to have drinks with them and celebrate this union. The
prince and princess can change and come back looking as
one. Now people you can go to the garden where food
and drinks will be served and the royal family will join you
shortly. The people were happy and everyone moved to
the palace garden where food and drinks were served.
Zasembo and Ntsika were happy that this part of the
wedding was over and now they couldn’t wait for their
white wedding and going off to their honeymoon. That is in
an undisclosed location as Ntsika said it’s a surprise.

Stay tuned for wedding day 2

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 40

Wedding day 2

Zasembo POV✨

Every girl dreams of her perfect wedding and her perfect

dress with the perfect groom waiting for her at the end of
the isle, but those were not my dreams growing up, my
dream was to finish my studies, work and provide a better
life for umah. I will never forget that woman and all that
she did for me when my own parents couldn’t. She never
not even once did she make me feel like I wasn’t hers, she
disciplined me like any other child and she loved me just
as much. She gave me all she could but most of all love
and affection. Am sad that she won’t see me on my
special day, no offense to my father but had she been
alive I would have asked her to walk me down the isle
because she was both a mother and a father to me. But
God had other plans but I guess she will be there watching
me.
Last night we slept very late and today we have to wake
up very early to prepare for the day ahead, I can’t wait for
it to be over. Don’t get me wrong I want this more than
anything but what I will be doing is what am not looking
forward to. ( there was a knock on her hotel room and she
went to answer)
Mapula: Good morning bride
Reneilwe: Please go shower the make up artist will be
here any moment.
Kwezi: The dresses are already in my room all 16 of them.
Mapula: What?
Zasembo: One I have already showered and two yes it’s
16 dresses including yours.
Reneilwe: God the word all out was invented just for you.
Mapula: Wait I need to understand something here, what
are the 16 dresses for?
Zasembo: Let me explain, dress 1 is my original wedding
dress that I will be wearing for the ceremony, dress 2 is
the dress I will be wearing when am taken to the
orphanage where I grew up, dress 3 is the dress that I will
be wearing when I go parade at Manzini kingdom, dress 4
is the dress I will be wearing at the reception.
Mapula: Yhoo that’s a lot but I understand but where is the
dress your parents got you because it seems that
everyone got you one.
Zasembo: The dress I will be wearing for the ceremony is
the one my parents got me.

Reneilwe: Then What are we waiting for?

Kwezi: Yeah we have a long day ahead of us.
Zasembo: Have you guys showed?
Mapula: Yes we have ( there was a knock and Kwezi went
to open and 4 make up artists came in)
Kwezi: Ladies the make up artists are here so let’s get this
show on the road.
Reneilwe: If you weren’t showing a little I swear I wouldn’t
believe you pregnant.
Kwezi: Why?
Reneilwe: The energy you have is more than what I have.
Mapula: That’s because she gave my brother all the
tiredness, mood swings and cravings.
Kwezi: No need to be jealous ladies! Now let’s get
beautiful.
The make up artist got busy with their make ups making
them beautiful for the day. On the other side the guys
were getting ready while Lebo was sitting at the table
eating breakfast.
Tokelo: Lebo How can you be eating while we getting
ready?
Lebo: Did you say how?
Tokelo: Yes how are you eating?
Lebo: Like this ( he took a fork with a piece of pork
bangers and put it in his mouth and chewed) that’s how
am eating.
Tokelo: You know what am done.
Lebo: Good for you and I will be done too soon.
Thabiso: Let Lebo eat.
Lebo: Yeah let me eat because we won’t see food for the
rest of the day because this fool right here decide to be
galavanting around on his wedding day.
Ntsika: It’s not galavanting. Zasembo wanted to go visit
her home where she grew up on her wedding day and I
will make that happen. Then by tradition when a royal
prince gets married the wife must be shown to everyone in
the kingdom in form of a parade.
Lebo: What a great sentiment at such a wrong time!

Thabiso: That’s a good thing man.

Lebo: Yeah it’s a very good thing because you three will
starve while am full.
Tokelo: Unbelievable!
Ntsika: What the wife wants the wife gets.
Lebo: Still fiancé not wife
Ntsika: Jealous much?
Lebo: Now that’s gay
Tokelo: Definitely
Thabiso: Ntsika and Lebo shut up and get ready so that
we can get you married.
The guys got ready to go to the church for the ceremony
and the ladies as well on their side.

Scelo:

Scelo finally found out where the wedding will be and he

was now getting dressed in his hotel room. He looked
good in his navy three piece suit matched that with a white
shirt, brown shoes and brown belt. He really looked good,
if only he wasn’t crazy.
His plan to take Mapula was in place and he knew very
well how to be invisible and go unnoticed and that will
come in handy this day as he wanted to do this without
being noticed. He got out of his room and locked behind
him and went to the car he hired and drove off to the
venue. He sat in his car and watched as people arrive in
church in their numbers for the wedding. He was waiting
for just the right time to strike and in his mind it’s exactly
what Mapula wants.

The groom and his groomsmen arrived in church and

Scelo followed and sat at the back of the church in a little
corner there next to a full figured woman who happened to
hide him very well with her body. The bridal party arrived
and the song started and the bridesmaids walked in one
by one starting with Kwezi and Lebo was looking at her
feeling like he could just marry her right there and then.
Followed by Reneilwe who made Tokelo wear a wide
smile on his face, then Mapula the maid of honor with her
husband looking at her remembering their wedding day.
Then the song changed and Ntsika’s eyes were glued to
the door waiting to see his queen. Zasembo emerged from
the doorway and Ntsika was overwhelmed by how
beautiful she looked, she walked gracefully down the isle
on her father’s arms and the song playing on the
background suited the moment perfectly as they walked
slowly down the isle.

Sir am a bit nervous by being here today not really sure

what am going to say but bare with me please if I take too
much of your time! Here in this box is the ring for your
eldest she’s my everything and going to say it will be such
a relief if we were on the same side! Cause very soon am
hoping that I, can marry your daughter and make her my
queen she will be the most beautiful bride that I have ever
seen! I cant wait to smile as she walks down the isle on
the arm of her father on the day that marry your
daughter!🎶🎶🎶

The song was playing beautifully on the background as

they searched Ntsika and the king handed Zasembo to
him. The priest came forward and spoke.
Priest: Before we begin I would like to know who gives this
man to this woman. ( his mother and father stood up)
King&queen: We do!
Priest: Who gives this woman to this man ( Zasembo’s
parents stood up)
Them: We do.
Priest: Thank you, dearly beloved, we are gathered here
today to witness the holy matrimony of Nksikayomuzi Zulu
and Zasembo Mbanga. I will start by asking if anyone here
knows of any reason these two should not be joined
together please speak now or forever hold your peace
( the church went quiet) right now the bride and groom
prepared their own vows, let hear them my prince.
Ntsika: Princess Zasembo Mbanga, when I first met you,
you didn’t even have a last name but now here you are, a
princess of a well known kingdom and soon to be my wife.
Even though I miss calling you MCHOLWA wami But now
I don’t have a reason to because I was the lost one until
you found me. You brought light into my life, happiness
and love. I love you my princess but if you go crazy on me
know that Mpande is here to comfort me even if Thabiso
will beat me up for that ( the people laughed) on a serous
not though my love I will always be by your side, loving
you, cherishing you, honoring you, in sickness and in
health, for richer for poorer, to have and to hold on this
day forward till death do us part. I love you.

Priest: Beautiful vows my prince, now it’s your turn my

princess.
Zasembo: Ntsikayomuzi Zulu today I take you to be
lawfully wedded husband, my protector, the head of our
home, the father of our future kids, my love. We have
been through a lot together and I promise to never change
the person I am and if I do I promise it will be for the better.
I promise to be a good wife to you, love you and support
you. Maybe give you the soccer team you want ( the
people laughed) above all, I will love and cherish you, in
sickness and health l, for richer for poorer, to have and to
hold, from this day forward I giving myself to you till death
do us part.
Priest: The rings ( Lebo gave Ntsika the ring and Mapula
gave Zasembo the ring)
Priest: Prince Ntsika repeat after me as you put the ring on
her finger ( Ntsika nodded) with this ring I thee wed.
Ntsika: With this ring, I thee wed.
Priest: Princess Zasembo you do the same thing.
Zasembo: With this ring, I thee wed.
Priest: By the power vested in me by the South African
marriage committee I now pronounce You husband and
wife. You may kiss the bride ( they had their first kiss as a
married couple)
They left the church and and Zasembo and her team went
to change into the second dress and they headed to
KwaNongoma for Zasembo to go set food in the place
where she grew up in. When she got there the stuff and
children at the orphanage were happy to see her, they
congratulated her on her wedding and wished her well.
She went behind the orphanage where her grandmother
lauded to rest.
Zasembo: Oh mah how I wish you were here with me
today, but I believe that you are watching me today and
that you were there at my wedding when I walked down
the isle and when I said I do. I did what you always wished
for me mah, I came here with my second white dress just
like you wanted and I came to say I did it and you got your
wish. My parents are also here and they are more than
happy to be here with me. Thank you for all that you have
done for me mah. I love you so much. ( she stood up and
spent an hour there with the children and the women, until
it was time to leave)

They left and headed to the Manzini kingdom but

Zasembo and her bridal party went to the hotel first to
change into the third dress. They all headed to Manzini
and when they got there the slide for the parade was
ready and waiting for them. They got in and went around
the kingdom greeting people as the princess of the
kingdom, some were waving and greeting white others
gave them gifts from live stock to jewelry and fabric. They
finished the parade at around 4 PM in the evening and
they went to the reception area but Zasembo had to
change into her final dress. She looked beautiful in all her
dresses and she enjoyed her day. Ntsika was just looking
at her every time she came in with a different dress
wondering how he got so lucky.

Speeches went on, food and drinks were served and now
everyone was letting lose. This was Scelo’s chance to
execute his plan.

Stay tuned...

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 41 ( not edited)

The reception✨
The reception was on going, the couple was happy, the
parents were happy and Ntsika was on another level of
happiness and so was his wife. Tokelo was dancing the
night away with his wife Reneilwe, laughing and dancing
together with no care in world. Kwezi and Lebo were also
having fun but at the table with food around them. Thabiso
and his wife were also sitting together We the wedding. It
was fun all around, it was indeed a joyous day.
Thabiso: You know I never thought I would see Ntsika like
this with someone who is it you.
Mapula: Me too, but that was until the gods showed me
his real wife.
Thabiso: Am happy for him really, his crazy but he has a
good heart.
Mapula: Yes That he does, this makes me think of your
wedding day. Baby am sorry I took you for granted and..
Thabiso: MaKeabetswe we are here to celebrate the
wedding of our friends and we are not about to discuss our
problems here. One thing I need to learn to do is for you
never to discuss our problems outside of our home, when
we leave the house it doesn’t matter how angry we are at
each other but when we get out we leave all that at home
and we act normal like a loving couple in front of people
because you never know who is watching or listening just
to take advantage of the situation. We can pick up where
we left of when we get home.
Mapula: I hear you my king and I apologize.
- [ ] Thabiso: I don’t need you to apologize just for you to
learn. I love you and you are my wife, being here with you
and happy is not me pretending.
- [ ] Mapula: We will talk home then. Am so tired though
it’s been a long weekend and I miss my princess.
- [ ] Thabiso: I miss her too but she is safe I can feel it but
something is not right here.
- [ ] Mapula: Do you also have this uneasy feeling?
- [ ] Thabiso: Ever since this day started.
- [ ] Mapula: Let me go use the rest room and then we can
call it a night.
- [ ] Thabiso: Yeah You right am tired.

Mapula got up and went to the bathroom and Scelo saw

her and followed her and waited for her outside the the
door. Mapula finished and went out, only to be met by a
smiling Scelo outside the door.
Mapula: Scelo! How are you? We were worried sick about
you.
Scelo: Hello my love Am sorry I got you worried but am
fine ( Mapula was taken back a bit by the My love thing but
she brushed off)
Mapula: Am glad you Okay let’s go find Kwezi she has
been really worried about you.
Scelo: No babe, we will see Kwezi some other time right
now we have to go. Am sure you tired it’s been a long day.
( Mapula thought about what Kwezi said about Scelo
being bipolar and decided to go with him)
Mapula: Okay then let’s I really do need the rest.

Mapula and Scelo left the venue to Scelo’s car and drove
off. In the car Mapula connected with Thabiso ‘ babe’ she
called out ‘ Yes dear where are you?’ He answered ‘ Scelo
has me, we are leaving the venue now’ she said ‘ what the
hell? Where are you headed’ he asked ‘ I will let you know
when we get there but please don’t let Ntsika and
Zasembo know’ she said ‘ I don’t care about that but if the
lunatic lays his hands on you I will kill him’ he said clearly
angry ‘ no babe his sick and needs help right now’ ‘ tell me
when you get there and I will come for you’ he said
Scelo: Babe why are you so quiet?
Mapula: Am Just tired that’s all.
Scelo: Don’t worry we are almost at the hotel and
tomorrow morning we are flying to Cape Town from there
you can choose where you want to go.
Mapula: That’s Nice But What about Keabetswe?
Scelo: Don’t worry about that we will ask Kwezi to bring
her to Cape Town to us.

Mapula realized that Scelo was really sick to think that

they could be a family especially knowing her powers to
end him. At the venue Thabiso stood up and went to Lebo
and pulled him aside and Tokelo.
Lebo: You disturbed my meal just so you know.
Tokelo: And my quality time with my wife.
Thabiso: Guys Mapula has been taken.
Tokelo: What do you mean taken?
Thabiso: That lunatic Scelo took her, she just connected
with me and told me that.
Lebo: Oh hell no am tired of this crazy guy.
Tokelo: He needs to be taught a lesson.
Thabiso: I agree but that can wait until he gets the help he
needs and you Lebo how do you think Kwezi will feel after
hearing that you ended her cousin.
Lebo: You just had to go there
Tokelo: It’s true though.
Thabiso: Guys please keep quiet Mapula is trying to
connect. ( they kept quiet as he concentrated) ‘baby where
are you?) he asked ‘ Tsogosun hotel’ she answered ‘ what
is the room number’ 406 Third floor ‘ ‘ we on our way’
Thabiso: We have to get to Tsogosun now.
Lebo: I will get Kwezi
Tokelo: I will get Reneilwe.
Thabiso: I will meet you in the car.

The guys left to get their women and Thabiso went to get
the car and the guys met him at the entrance. They got in
and drove off.
Kwezi: Guys please don’t harm him, his sick and needs
help. I know what he did was wrong but I beg of you to
have mercy on his.
Lebo: Don’t worry babe we will get him the help he needs.
Kwezi: Babe I love you and all that but sometimes when
you say that it means breaking bones ( Thabiso coughed
and Tokelo laughed)
Lebo: Not this time my love.
Kwezi: Thank you.
They got to the hotel and went up to the room and
knocked, at first Scelo didn’t open but then the knock
persisted and he opened the door only to be met by the
brothers and Thabiso they pushed him aside and they all
got in.
Scelo: What the hell are you doing here?
Kwezi: Scelo please calm down and let us talk.
Scelo: No coz these people need to leave now!
Kwezi: Scelo please don’t do this please.
Scelo: I said they must go now!! ( he said and banged the
wall)
Lebo: Oh now his really crazy
Scelo: Am not crazy!!! ( he shouted going straight to Lebo
and punched him)
Lebo: Am sorry babe but he asked for it( Lebo returned
the punch landing Scelo on the ground) Mapula was by
Thabiso’s side and Kwezi ran to Scelo to help him out but
he pushed her and she landed on her but.
Lebo: What the hell!!! ( he went charging to him and
released a flood of fists on him)
Kwezi: Lebo no! Stop! ( Lebo stopped and looked at her
and noticed that she was bleeding and he panicked)
Lebo: Hell Baby you bleeding! ( he rushed to her and
picked her up, Mapula was already at the door opening it. )
Lebo rushes out with Kwezi followed by Mapula and
Reneilwe. They rushed Kwezi to netcare and when they
got there she was rushed in. Thabiso and Tokelo Where
left in the room with a fuming Scelo.
Tokelo: You better pray that Kwezi doesn’t lose the baby
because if she does Lebo will kill you.
Scelo: I don’t give a damn about the baby or Lebo, I want
my wife. ( Thabiso was sick and tired of all this as he went
to Scelo and picked him up by his clothing and pressed
him against the wall punching him on his stomach
repeatedly)
Thabiso: This happened because he went crazy and took
my wife.
Tokelo: Lets take him away then go to the hospital Lebo
needs us.
While they were talking Scelo stood up and threw a punch
at Thabiso and he turned around and gave him a punch
that knocked him out and they carried him out the hotel
White the front desk called the police.

They drove to the psychiatric hospital and admitted him

and told the staff that they found him beating up people.
They left him there while they drove to the hospital to see
how Kwezi was doing. When they got there Lebo was
pacing up and down the waiting room going crazy.

I know it’s short but will make it up to you.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 42

Mhlanga Netcare✨
No one was saying anything in the waiting room, they
were all seated waiting for the doctor to inform them of
Kwezi’s condition. Lebo was blaming himself thinking that
if he didn’t go with Kwezi to the hotel none of this would
have happened. While they were sitting there Mapula was
pleading with the gods to let the young chief live as it will
kill her brother if he were to die. Tokelo was worried about
what Lebo will become if he lost the baby, he was worried
that Terminator will be activated on full mode and he
couldn’t have that. While they were deep in thoughts the
doctor approached them and they all stood up.
Lebo: How are they?
Doc: They are both fine. The bleeding was coming from
the mouth of the uterus because it opened so we had to
stitch it so that it can be able to keep the fetus in until she
gives birth.
Lebo: Can I see them?
Doc: She’s asleep now because we sedated her for the
operation but you can go in and see them.
Lebo didn’t wait to be shown where the ward is as he
started walking towards the wards. He got in and Kwezi
was sleeping peacefully like nothing happened.
Lebo: Hey Babe, it’s me you scared me there for a second
and you big boy ( he said rubbing Kwezi’s belly) never
scare daddy like that again, I love you and mommy so
much and I will do anything to protect you two but I want
you to do something for me. I want you to fight in there
until it’s time to come meet me okay boy. Daddy loves you
champ and you too princess. ( he kissed her tummy and
her forehead and left the room going back to the others
and when they saw him they stood up again)
Tokelo: How are they?
Lebo: They are fine and sleeping, look we all had a long
day so you guys can go to the hotel and I will stay here
and wait for them to wake up.
Thabiso; You crazy even when you are in trouble, we not
going anywhere.
Mapula: Yes we are.
Thabiso: We are?
Mapula: Yes we are going out to eat, bath then change
into comfortable clothes and bring Kwezi some as well
then we all come back here and wait for her to wake up.
Tokelo: Lebo What do you say?
Lebo: You must be high on something of you think am
going to say no to food but we must come back before
they wake up so that they don’t think we left them here
alone.
Mapula: Okay lets go eat first I already booked us a table.

They all went to eat at the restaurant and after they went
to the hotel bathed and changed into comfortable clothes
and Lobo took Kwezi’s as well and they went back to the
hospital.
Ntsika and Zasembo had excuses themselves and went to
rest before they leave for their honeymoon the following
day. They were in their hotel room after taking and well
deserved bath now are now laying in bed.
Ntsika: You looked beautiful in all your dresses today.
Zasembo: Thank you my husband.
Ntsika: Mmm That has a nice ring to it my wife.
Zasembo: It really does but I don’t understand why the
royal family of LeSotho left without saying that they are
leaving.
Ntsika: From What I have learnt from those people is that
they care about one another and if of their own is in
trouble the whole team will be there to support. My guess
is something happened and they didn’t want to ruin our
day with bad news.
Zasembo: They are really good people and am glad that
we are friends with them. People like them are the kinds of
friends that will have your back even from a distance.
Ntsika: You right about that and am glad that Mpande is
not a person that holds grudges because if she did we
wouldn’t be here today.
Zasembo: Am glad she’s not and we owe everything we
are to her and her husband for being so forgiving.
Ntsika: Yeah, Enough about that, how do you feel about
our honeymoon?
Zasembo: Excited and scared at the same time.
Ntsika: Don’t worry my love I will make it memorable for
you.
Zasembo: I know you will but the fear of the unknown
won’t let me rest.
Ntsika: I love you, do you know that?
Zasembo: Yes and I love you more.
Ntsika: No I love you better.
Zasembo: The feeling is mutual dear husband.
Ntsika: Smart mouth ( they laughed and retired for the
night cuddling in each other’s arms for the first time as
husband and wife)
BaKoena kingdom:

The princess hasn’t been sleeping well ever since the

parents left, she would wake up in the middle of the night
crying and sweating asking for her uncle king ( Tokelo)
this has been going on for the past three consecutive
nights. The chief priest came to see if he can assist but
the gods blocked him from seeing anything, the queen
mother didn’t want to bother the parents because of the
wedding but his night she figured she should say
something because she hasn’t slept since she went to bed.
She would close her eyes for a few minutes then start
sweating and calling for her uncle king and cry at the
same time that they will have no choice but to wake her up.
Queen mother has been sleeping with her ever since this
started, she would burn incense in the middle of the night
and plead with the gods together with the chief priest but
all that was in vain.

They also tried giving her the water but it only worked for a
hour and then she starts again. What is frustrating about
the situation is that she doesn’t say anything she just asks
when is uncle king coming back. So tonight it happened
and she slept for an hour and it started again and now it
will only given her two minutes of sleep and start again. So
the queen mother dialed Mapula’s number and she picked
up immediately since they were up talking in the hospital
waiting room.
Convo:
Mapula: Mother, a call so late at night what seems to be
the problem?
Queen: Tell me my child, when does this gift of yours work?
Mapula: All the time mother, why do you ask?
Queen: Because Keabetswe hasn’t been sleeping here
since the day you people left.
Mapula: Oh gods of BaKoena! Mother am blocked from
seeing anything regarding Keabetswe because the gods
want to train her themselves without interference. What is
happening to her mother?
Queen: I don’t know she just sleeps for a few minutes and
wake up crying and asking for Tokelo.
Mapula: For Tokelo?
Queen: Yes
Mapula: Whatever it is has to do with him, is she awake?
( Tokelo heard his name and was already by his sisters
side together with Thabiso who could hear that the
conversation was about his princess)
Queen: She just woke up now that’s why I called I want
her to talk to Tokelo.
Mapula: Let me give him the phone ( Mapula gave her
Brother the phone)
Tokelo: Mother What is the matter?
Queen: The princess is not well and she’s been asking for
you.
Tokelo: Please put her on.
Queen: Okay But don’t be long because she’s tired.
Tokelo: Alright mother ( the queen gave Kea the phone)
Kea: Uncle king
Tokelo: Yes princess am here
Kea: You have to come back home in the morning with
aunty queen ( Reneilwe)
Tokelo: We will come back princess what is wrong baby
girl?
Kea: You have to come home I can’t tell you on the phone.
Tokelo: Okay Baby when you wake up in the morning your
uncle will be there besides you.
Kea: Good because I want to sleep am tired.
Tokelo: Why are you not sleeping princess?
Kea: Because of you ( Tokelo was hurt by this)
Tokelo: Okay Baby try to sleep now and tell whoever
wants you to tell uncle something that he will be home at
sunrise and that they must let you sleep tonight Okay.
Kea: Okay. Tell mommy and my king I love them.
Tokelo: Let me put you in speaker so that you can tell
them ( he put the phone on speaker) you can tell them
now princess they can hear you.
Kea: I love you mommy
Mapula: I love you too baby
Kea: I love you my king.
Thabiso: Daddy loves you more warrior.
Kea: Haha oh my king, where is my uncle chief?
Lebo: His gone because you don’t love him anymore.
Kea: You silly I know it’s you, I love you Okay and the
babies will be fine.
Lebo: It’s only one baby princess.
Kea: You funny, let me sleep now I will see you at sunrise.
Them: Goodnight princess.

They dropped the call and looked at each other.

Thabiso: Something is wrong I can feel it.
Tokelo: It has to do with me and my queen.
Lebo: Did anyone else hear her say the babies are fine?
Reneilwe: We did but as far as we know it’s only one child.
Mapula: Maybe it’s because she’s tired.
Thabiso: Maybe But we have to be home by sunrise.
Lebo: Let me find the doctor to discharge her if possible
and if not I will stay behind and wait for her.
Tokelo: I will let the pilot know of our departure.
Mapula: I will tell newlyweds that we are leaving.

Each one went their separate ways to sort out everything

while Reneilwe called the hotel to have them sort out their
lag-age.

It’s short I know! I will continue with it later on.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 43✨( not edited)

The doctor allowed for Kwezi to leave only because Lebo

said there is a bed on the jet and she will be able to sleep
all the way home. So the doctor ordered bed rest for her
for two months with no lifting of any king or standing for
too long. Tokelo also manages to get the pilot together the
bird in the air. Ntsika and Zasembo sent their well wishes
as they are flying out to their honeymoon as well the
following day. Thabiso and Reneilwe went to get their
bags from the hotel and went back to the hospital so that
they can leave from there. Lebo got a limo so that Kwezi
can lie down on the way to the airport. Everything was set
and now they were waiting for the doctor who was busy
with Kwezi. The nurse who was responsible for her went
to Lebo and gave him her medication and told him how to
she’s supposed to take it. The doctor came out a few
minutes later.
Doc: Mr Lebenya please take care of my patients and
make sure they get the rest they need and two months is
not two weeks.
Tokelo: Don’t worry doc she has an army to take care of
her.
Lebo: I won’t get my eyes off her.
Doc: Good luck with that pregnant woman and hormones
are dangerous.
Tokelo: No need to worry about that too doc his the one
with the hormones, mood swings and cravings.
Thabiso; His right, your patient is harmless but this one is
a ticking time bomb.
Lebo: Don’t listen to them doc.
Thabiso: Don’t you crave ice-cream everyday at 3?
Lebo: I do
Tokelo: Didn’t you just make us pray that we don’t get
mood swings and cravings for our wife’s?
Lebo: This is useless the fact of the matter is that Kwezi is
going to be taken care of.
Doc: You seem like a lovely bunch and if you were not
from LeSotho I would say I earned myself friends. But
don’t worry Mr Lebenya it’s happens that the man would
be the one with morning sickness while the wife is fine.
Lebo: Did you two hear that? It happens which means am
not the first, which means am not soft, got it?
Tokelo: Doc can we take our wife home?
Lebo: Now I get how Ntsika felt when we called Zasembo
our wife.
Doc: you guys are fun but yes you can take her the nurse
will be out with her soon ( just then the nurse came
pushing Kwezi with a wheelchair)
Nurse: Here she is
Lebo: Thank you.

The nurse pushed Kwezi out with everyone walking beside

them, when they got outside the limo was already there
Lebo helped Kwezi settle in an he got in with Tokelo and
Reneilwe while Thabiso and Mapula followed behind with
the car. They drove off going to the airport and when in 30
minutes they arrived. They got out of the cars and Lebo
picked Kwezi up bridal style taking to the jet and made her
comfortable on the bed. The others also got in and took
their seats and they took off. The journey to LeSotho as
everyone fell asleep on the way because they were tired
due to the events of the day. 3 hour’s later at around 5 AM
the captain announced landing and they prepared to land
home. The jet touched ground swiftly and they prepared
for departure. Tokelo has their guys meet them at the
airport and indeed 3 cars where there when they got off
the jet and made their way to BaKoena.
Now that they were in LeSotho nerves kicked in on Tokelo
and now he didn’t know whether he wanted to be home or
back where he came from. He had a feeling that the news
the princess has for him were not pleasant at all, but he
kept it together for his queen who also seemed worried as
they got closer and closer to BaKoena. Thabiso was
worried about his princess not being able to sleep and he
wished that he could take all her powers away until she is
matured enough to handle them because no parent wants
to see their child sick. Mapula was not worried about the
powers her daughter has but since she was young it was
difficult for her to handle all the messages that come to her.
She was worried that she’s too young for her powers to be
surfacing now.

They got to BaKoena at 7 AM in at sunrise and the

princess was having her bath while they went to sleep for
a few hours. Each one went to their chamber to bath and
rest for a while, but Tokelo wanted to go see the princess
and hear what the problem was but Reneilwe refused for
him to go saying they should rest because they will need
all their strength for the news. So he ended up sleep but
instead of a power nap it became half day as they were
really tired. They woke up and freshened up then went to
the dining room to have lunch. Everyone was there and
they had lunch over light conversation.
Queen: How was the wedding?
Mapula: It was beautiful mother and Zasembo looked like
a true princess in all her dresses.
Queen: And my crazy Zulu son?
Lebo: No mother no his not your son I am.
Tokelo: When will you stop being a baby?
Lebo: And I should do that because?
Mapula: Because am the baby of the family brother.
Lebo: Keep telling yourself that.
Queen: Enough, yhoo am tired of this craziness from you.
Now was son Zulu son happy.
Mapula: He looked content mother

They finished eating and went to the lounge and the

princess was brought in by the maiden, she was excited
seeing everyone and she went around to all of them giving
them hugs and kisses then she went and sat on her
father’s lap.
Kea: Can i talk to you now uncle king? You have been
sleeping the whole day and I have been waiting for you.
Tokelo: Talk to me princess what is it?
Kea: Auntie queen am sorry but you can’t have children
both of you can’t ( Reneilwe’s eyes got glassy in a matter
of seconds)
Mapula: Princess what do you mean they can’t have
children?
Kea: Aunty’s Mother never released her whole heartedly
when she got married to uncle king because she wanted
to choose a husband for her and when that didn’t happen
she was angry at the both of and blocked some of the
blessings she was supposed to receive.
Mapula: Okay did she do that on purpose?
Kea: No mommy just her heavy heart did it.( Reneilwe was
crying by now)
Tokelo: What about me princess what did I do?
Kea: Mmm I don’t know if I should say it in front of people
but yours is scary.
Tokelo: It’s fine my princess say it.
Kea: Well I don’t know if it will make sense or not but the
message is ‘the blood you shed will be the river you
continue to drown in’ and then I see you drowning in blood.
( the elders looked at each other)
Tokelo: Okay I hear But is there more?
Kea: I think so
Tokelo: Then Tell Uncle king princess
Kea: The man I was with said you are the king and you
can’t lead the kingdom with hands filled with blood. He
said the blood on your hand should be washed with
another’s pure blood. ( this whole thing shocked them
because they were not a family that kills people for fun
and pure blood means a blood of an innocent must be
spilled in order for the king’s hands to be washed clean.)
Tokelo: Thank you princess, did you sleep last night?
Kea: After I spoke to you yes but the man said you are too
stubborn for your own good and said you take after him
( again this was a shock because she didn’t say the man
was Lerumo so who could it be?)
Tokelo: Good am glad he listened.
Kea: Oh uncle chief
Lebo: Yes daddy’s warrior
Kea: Hahah only daddy calls me warrior uncle.
Lebo: Then Whatever you want the answer is no.
Kea: Okay you can call me warrior too then.
Lebo: Good my little warrior what can I do for you?
Kea: Can I have one of aunty Kwezi’s babies? She will
agree if you ask her.
Lebo: How many babies will aunty Kwezi have first so that
I can talk to her.
Kea: Plenty
Lebo: Oh my warrior you know I can’t count so I don’t
know what plenty means.
Kea: Oh lord then you must come to school with me so
that you can learn, plenty means she will have 3 babies
but because she can’t take care of 3 babies on her own I
want one.
Mapula: And Who will take care of that baby?
Kea: Daddy and I will.
Thabiso: Me? But I have you
Kea: No silly am not a baby am old now so we need a
baby.
Lebo: What If aunty Kwezi doesn’t want to give you her
baby?
Kea: Make her see reason but I want one, oh and I don’t
want the boy I want the girl.
Lebo: Okay So one is a boy and one is a girl so what is
the other?
Kea: A surprise, I want to go play now.
Mapula: Go baby ( she jumped off her father’s lap and left)

Lebo: Brother please take one of the children when they

come.
Tokelo: No am going to be busy making mine.
Lebo: Thabiso you can’t say no to the princess.
Thabiso: Visiting the babies will be more than enough.
Lebo: Mother...
Queen: No Lebohang I raised you guys raise your own
kids.
Lebo: Alright But when I die don’t cry because it will be
your fault.
Tokelo: Yeah right. But on a serious note what are we
going to do about this pure blood thing?
Mapula: I will go ask the queens tomorrow morning and
also find out what has to be done about the queens
situation.
Reneilwe: My thanks, I just never thought choosing a
husband for me was that important to mother that she
would do this.
Thabiso: Hey sis she will make it right, I will make sure of
it.
Reneilwe: Thank you Brother.

They continued discussing a way forward.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 44

BaKoena kingdom✨( not edited)

Tensions were high in the Royal palace of BaKoena, the

Chief was worried about raising 3 kids as much as he was
happy for the blessing he got from the gods. Kwezi was
tired of being in bed already and wanted to go back to
work already but knowing Lebo he won’t risk it. Reneilwe
was worried about what the people and her husband will
say if she can’t give him children, she wondered what kind
of a queen will she be if she didn’t give her husband
children. She feared being called a barren woman and she
also feared that her husband will be forced to take a
second wife that will give him children and she blamed her
mother for all that. Thabiso was worried about the fact the
Keabetswe said Tokelo will need pure blood to cleanse
and wash way the blood in his hands. His imagination has
already ran wild thinking that maybe the baby she wanted
was the one to be sacrificed for Tokelo to be cleansed but
he also wondered how will that happen since the gods are
against the spilling of blood especially that of the innocent.
The queen mother of BaKoena decided to call the royal
family of BaTloung to come and hear this as well so that
they don’t blame anyone when bad things start to happen.
Today Mapula woke up early to go to the sacred river to
get to the bottom of this as she could sense that things
might turn out for the worst if they make decisions without
being well informed.

Because even yesterday after the whole thing the mood of

everyone in the palace was down, yet they tried lifting
everyone’s spirits but it was not really working because
even laughter would die down as quickly as it started as if
they are blaming themselves for laughing when things are
going south quickly. This day she woke up way before
sunrise to go to the sacred river to get the answers she
needs to solve this. She didn’t even bother showering
because she will be under water anyway, she left a not for
her husband informing him of her whereabouts before she
left the house and walked to the river. She was walking
bare foot kicking the morning dew as the drop of it ran
down her legs. Her feel had grass sticking on to them
because of how dumb her feet were.

She got to the river and kneeled down on the rocks beside
the river and called upon the alligators.
Mapula: Alligators of BaKoena, animals of the water,
humble yet strong as the rain, it destroys when it’s heavy
yet it remains calm. I seek for you this sunrise to standby
your queen as the matters of the palace am supposed to
protect are getting out of hand. Yes am the queen but I still
have to give answers to the king so that both of us can
better protect the kingdom you entrusted to us. ( by this
time all the alligators were gathered around her with their
heads lifted up and looking at her as if they were
attentively listening to their queen) Ngwedi came forward
walking in her alligator form, she got to the queen and
bowed her head to her as if asking permission to speak.
Mapula nodded her head and Ngwedi transformed to her
human form still bowing her head.
Ngwedi; My queen we have heard you and we know your
pain and we are here to assist with whatever you need.
Mapula: My thanks dear protectors of our land. I shall take
my leave now and I will see you when I come out.

Ngwedi: My queen the protectors would like to accompany

you to the mystical land if the queen pleases.
Mapula: I would be honored dear protectors, let us go.
( Ngwedi changed back to her normal form and she and
the other protectors went in the river going deep into the
middle of it where the water is still and not moving like the
other on the sides. The water opened in an unusual way
this day as it opened a big hole in the center of the river,
maybe because there were many of them. They went in
and the water took them to the mystical land moving like
they were riding on a water slide. They got there and the
queens protectors together with the queens were waiting
for them, they were also standing in an unusual way as if
they were forming a triangle. Nyolodi standing in front,
Bahomi babakoena standing on her left but further behind
and Letsatsi standing in her right the same distance as
Bahomi. The rain queen noticed these signs but chose to
ignore them, they all went before the queens and bowed
their heads.
Nyolodi: As you were my queen and protectors.
Bahomi: Blessings be to the queen and the kingdom.
Letsatsi: Prosperity and peace rain as the queen
summons the rain from the skies up above.
Mapula: Peace be with the protectors, the angels and the
rain queens before me.
Nyolodi: It shall be done.

When they left Bahomi and Letsatsi walked in front but not
braking the triangle they all formed as they walked.
Mapula looked back at the protectors who were walking
slowly behind her, she looked at Ngwedi just to make sure
she’s not seeing things and Ngwedi bowed her head as
though she didn’t want to comment. They got the were
they were supposed to be and the queens sat the same
way there were standing and walking. They were sitting on
big sea shells and Mapula noticed that each one of them
had a big pearl around their necks but each one with a
different color. Nyolodi’s one was the normal off white
color, Bahumi’s was a sky blue while Letsatsi‘ seas a
bright orange.
Bahomi: My queen, we know why you are here but before
we get to it we have it tell you about the weather at
BaKoena today. The sky will be as blue as the pearl am
wearing, it will be calm and the wind will blow softly.
Letsatsi: But the sun will be shining bright orange up in the
blue sky resembling the pearl I am wearing.
Nyolodi: All of this will happen during day light while
everyone watches just like the pearl I am wearing. Ngwedi!
( Ngwedi transformed into her human self)
Ngwedi: Tragedy is about to befall BaKoena and your duty
is to calm it down by being all these pearls together and
make them one.

Ngwedi: The time has come for you to use the stuff you
got here before and save the kingdom from what is yet to
come.
Nyolodi: Of cause we will all be with you. Now about what
you came here for, the princess didn’t mean killing when
she spoke of pure blood she meant that the blood that will
cleanse the king is hers.
Mapula: How My queen?
Nyolodi: She has to perform the ritual herself as she was
shown by the gods, but she will only have to cut herself a
little on both her hands and the blood drops that will fall on
the king’s hands will wash way all the bad spirits following
him. He has to let the blood dry on her hands and go to
sleep like that and if the gods are pleased he will wake up
with his hands clean.
Mapula: And the baby she wants?
Bahomi: She is an only child my queen and she is lonely
among adults all she wants is someone to play with
because in her mind her uncle and aunt will have more
than enough babies and it only fair she gets one too.
Remember she said she doesn’t want the boy?
Mapula: Yes my queen
Bahomi: That is because she wants a girl that will play
dolls with her and the one she chose also chose her, they
will be inseparable.
Mapula: I understand my queen, what of the queen of the
land?
Letsatsi: You know I am not usually here when you come,
that is because I am in charge of the difference goddesses
and the goddess Motsoetsi meaning mother, the goddess
of children and the goddess that gives children said the
queen will have children but only if the queen her mother
releases her wholeheartedly.
Mapula: But she is okay with everything now.
Letsatsi: That is what she thinks but her heart is still heavy
and wondering what it would have been like had she
chose a husband for her daughter like it should have been.

Nyolodi: Don’t forget the weather forecast we told you

about and the only way to win what is coming is if you, the
king, the chief and our king your husband stand together
like this, in a triangle you will win.
Mapula: But the triangle consists of 3 people.
Nyolodi: That I know, our king will be in the middle of it,
the king of the land and chief will be on the sides while you
stand in front. Demans are awake and they are out for
blood.
Mapula: My Thanks My queen.
Bahomi: Don’t Thank us Yes, the protectors will be with
you all the way.
Mapula: My thanks and I will take my leave now.

At the palace:

The king and queen of BaTloung arrived not so long ago

and were informed of what was happening. The king was
just tired of all the drama he only needed time out from it
all, while the queen was more angry about this whole thing.
Queen: I hear what you are saying Mabotle and I
understand but let me ask you something. How would you
have felt had you not been given your right as a mother
and queen of choosing a suitor for your princess?
Mabotle: I would have no problem with it as I didn’t choose
your son for my daughter but the gods and my husband
did.
Queen: Well am not you, what Reneilwe did hurt me and
for my husband to support it left me no chose.
Reneilwe: What is it that you don’t approve of in my
marriage mother because you can see am happy?
Queen: I don’t approve of the fact that you got married to
the same house and kingdom your brother married to.
How will I see you shine and grow your kingdom when you
married to riches and powers that you don’t add any value
here.
King: You know what my queen am tired of this, your
bitterness will cost our daughter and this kingdom.
Queen: BaKoena will survive they always do, they have
powers don’t they?
Thabiso: WOW no wonder bad spirits find it easy to get to
you.
Queen: What do you mean?
King: He means you are bitter and your heart is has
hardened thus making you weak and an easy target to the
spirits because you open for them with your heavy heart.
Queen: So now my own husband and son are turning
against me?
Thabiso: I love you so much mother but I will tell you this,
if you get possessed and threaten my loved ones I won’t
hesitate to end you and I won’t regret it.
King: I will be right by your side because what is in front of
me is not my wife but a demon.

They both stood up and left the room but bumped into
Mapula at the door. She asked them to go inside and they
did and took their seats.
Mapula: Greetings Royal family
Them: Greetings my queen ( they all greeted besides the
queen of BaTloung)
Mapula: The queen is not a demon but she’s jealous, she
compares the two kingdoms and see BaKoena as better
than her kingdom.
King: With all the riches, honor and prestige we have at
BaTloung?
Queen: It is not enough!
King: This is not a competition, the woman I married never
cared about all the riches and materialistic things, what
happened to you ?
Thabiso: Bitterness and to think I was worried about what
would have happened had my queen killed you in battle.
Mapula: My dear she is still your mother, let us go outside
now ( they all went outside)
Mapula: Look at the sky ( when they looked the sky was
beautiful, blue like Bahomi said, the sun bright orange like
Letsatsi said and it was daylight but what was strange was
the dark clouds that seemed to be pushing the sun to the
center while the blue sky get covered with dark clouds and
the sun no longer bright beneath the clouds.
King: What is this?
Mapula: It’s happening

Stay tuned....

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 45

BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

When Mapula saw what was happening she ran inside to

get her staff and asked the maiden to go call the king and
chief and tell them to meet her outside where the king and
queen of BaTloung were. The maiden went into the throne
room to call the king and chief. She got in and bowed her
head.
Tokelo: As you were dear maiden.
Maiden: My king the queen is requesting your presence
outside where the king and queen of BaTloung are.
Tokelo: Is there a problem?
Maiden: I hold no knowledge of that my king.
Tokelo: Alright you may take your leave now.
The maiden left and the they sat there contemplating
whether to go out or not.
Lebo: What do you think is the problem now?
Tokelo: I don’t want to know really.
Lebo: I really don’t remember father having so many
problems in this kingdom it us...
Tokelo: It’s like we attract bad vibes and spirits.
Lebo: Tell me about it but we have to go and find out what
the issue is now.
They left the throne room and went outside it when they
stepped out they noticed that it’s getting dark in briad
daylight. They looked up and saw that the clouds are
covering the whole sky making it look dark. The clouds
were not rain dark clouds but black like the smoke that
comes out when one is burning old clothes.
Lebo: Keboloi baeng jwale bo? ( what witchcraft is this
now?)
Tokelo: I told you we shouldn’t come out.
Lebo: Let’s go back and it will be like we never come out
or saw anything.
Tokelo: Yeah right! How when your sister is already
looking like a warrior really for battle of kingdoms in the
battle field.
Lebo: No just any battle but the one from olden days were
one would only use a spear and a shield at war.
Tokelo: Wearing animal skin only covering the necessary
parts of the body.
Lebo: Hahah like what we were wearing at the wedding.
Tokelo: We were Zulu boys for sure hahah
Lebo: Haha okay let’s go join them now before they kill us
with looks.
Tokelo: Very funny.

They went and joined the others and Mapula told them to
form a triangle with Thabiso in the middle of it. She told
everyone to be ready for battle, they did as told and
looked up in the sky as some sort of a portal started
opening little by little forming a purple ring in the middle of
the black sky.
Tokelo: Mapula What the hell is this! ( he shouted in order
for her to hear what he was saying because now even the
wind was no longer soft it was blowing hard)
Mapula: We are all about to find out but all I know is that
it’s bad! ( she shouted back)
Lebo: Why the triangle?
Mapula: Wait and see.
The princess came out of the house running and stood
right under the opening portal.
Thabiso: Keabetswe What are you doing?
Kea: My work daddy
Mapula: What is your work baby?
Kea: Protecting the kingdom just like all of you.
Thabiso: No princess this is dangerous and you are just a
child.
Kea: Then why do you call me your warrior daddy if you
don’t believe I am and can be a real one.
Thabiso: I do believe that my little warrior but I’d like to see
you do it when you old and matured.
Kea got angry at how her parents and everyone there
underestimated her and her abilities.
Kea: Who among you old people is a portal?
Lebo: None of us princess.
Kea: Exactly, then what is that up there?
Mapula: A portal
Kea: Of What?
Thabiso: We don’t know.
Kea: I do! That is the portal of all the bad spirits to come
out, opened by grandma with her heavy heart and driving
a wedge between herself and auntie queen. Her jealousy
caused this and opened the portal in the process.
Mapula: Understood

The queen of BaTloung was shocked and hurt at the same

time that her own granddaughter saw her flaws and that
didn’t sit well with her, all she ever wanted was to be
happy with her family and for her grandchildren to look at
her with admiration but what she heard was far from it.
She looked at Kea who was standing right under the portal
as it was getting bigger and bigger.
Queen: My granddaughter tell me what to do to stop this?
Grandma is willing to do anything.
Kea: It’s too late now grandma but find it in your heart to
see the happiness in aunty and let her be free in her
marriage. Yes you didn’t want this but they are meant to
be.
Queen: Reneilwe my child am sorry but I got so angry
when you married into the same home as your brother, to
me and all the other people it seemed as if we wanted our
children to be married to the children of our friends, like we
wanted to keep an eye on you two, like one couldn’t be
without the other and that is something I never wanted to
see. I wanted to see my daughter as queen of some
kingdom, bringing good change and development to the
kingdom but I failed to see that this is the kingdom you
chose but not just a kingdom your husband and new
family as well. I couldn’t be happier knowing that you are
taken care of and your mother in law treats you like her
own children. Forgive me my princess.

Reneilwe: That is all well and good but do you all see
those things coming out of that hole. ( they all looked to
see and black things were coming out) as they were
looking at that Kea flew straight to the portal, everyone
was shocked that she even flies, Mapula quietly registered
what was going on and drew her wings flying behind her
and she caught her leg trying to pull her back.
Kea: Mother there is no time for this let me go do what am
told to do.
Mapula: No Kea you were never trained for battle and am
not letting you do this.
Kea: Grandpa trained me now let’s go ( a voice came
through to Mapula and it was queen Nyolodi) ‘ stop
wasting time and let the princess go, you have to keep an
eye on the ones that came out and make sure they don’t
mix with water’
Mapula let go of Kea and went back down. Thabiso looked
at her with questioning eyes.
Mapula: You the one who said she’s a strong warrior and
my father made sure that she is and now we have to let
her do what the gods tell her to.
Thabiso: That doesn’t make me like it any more than I do.
Tokelo: Okay people what in the hell are these things
looking for?
Lebo: Food maybe they are hungry.
Tokelo: Not everything is about food Lebo.
Lebo: To me it is.
Mapula: Assume positions! ( they all went back into their
triangle)
Make sure those things don’t get anywhere near water
and even if we move around do not break the triangle.
Thabiso: Let get rid of these ones before more come out.

The black looking thing were walking around as if looking

for something but were not finding it. Tokelo got tired of it
all as he looked at them with his eyes and they started
shining and released a bright green light that burnt one of
them. The others squealed like pigs as they gathered
around where the one was turning into liquid that was
being absorbed by the ground. A few rain drops fell on the
sky and one hit on of those things and it multiplied. The
shock on Tokelo’s face was not one that could be missed.
Lebo: I told you we shouldn’t have come here look at us
now!
Tokelo: We will be alright
Lebo; Maybe you guys with powers will be alright what
about me why am I even in this triangle.
Mapula: Because the bond and the love we share is more
than any power.
Lebo: Good to know now let the bond protect me.

Inside the portal Keabetswe was sitting at the door of it

concentrating her mind trying to close it. Those things
were looking at her and couldn’t believe after they wanted
her for so long now she was there with them.
Lapicokn: We came
Kea: Yes I did, now tell me what it is you want.
Lapicokn: Well the queen will never allow you to work with
us.
Another: Which is why our kind always wanted to kill you.
Kea: That makes no sense, how will killing me help you in
anyway?
Lapicokn: We don’t know
Kea: You Guys are silly.
Lapicokn: Yes maybe we are.
Kea: Lets make a deal
Them: What kind of deal?
Kea: I help one of you each day and you leave my
kingdom alone.
Lapicokn: But How can we do that when your people have
just killed one of our own down there.
Kea: Is you all go down there be sure that you will all die,
my family doesn’t play like that.

Lapicokn: How can you help us? You don’t even know
what we are and why we are angry ( as they were talking
the portal was slowly closing)
Kea: You were once kids like me but faith was not on your
side.
Lapicokn: This has nothing to do with faith! Our parent
killed us and some abandoned us, leaving us to fend for
ourselves and yet you compare yourself with us?
Kea: Bad spirits convinced you of all that but let me take
one of you to your parent and you can ask them yourself
why she did what she did to you.
Lapicokn: I will go first
Lapicokn: What if she doesn’t keep her word and let her
parents kill you?
Lapicokn: Then avenge me but for now am going, if there
is any chance of us being in a better place then am willing
to take it. Remember what he told us?
Them: Your savior will come and you will be taken to a
better place.
Lapicokn: What if this is it?
Lapicokn: Okay you go but the moment you die we
destroy.
Lapicokn: Deal
Kea: Tell me where your home is?
Lapicokn: My Mother is queen and she is right here.
Kea: Who?
Lapicokn: Your grandma
Kea: Which one?
Lapicokn: The one who opened the door for us.
Kea: Oh ( poor child was discussed) let’s go then.

The portal opened and Kea together with one of the

lapicokna got out and the others looked at her as she
came down with this thing in her arm.
Mapula: Princess what are you doing?
Kea: Making things right, where is grandma ( she asked
looking at her father)
Thabiso: She is inside baby
Kea: Can you please ask the guards to call her father?
Thabiso: Alright, guard! ( the guard came running)
Guard: Yes my king
Thabiso: Call My Mother and father ( the guard went
inside the palace and called the queen but the king also
followed they got there and saw one of those things next
to their granddaughter and panicked)
Queen: What is going on here?
Kea: Grandma am here with your child and he wants to
know why you abandoned him?
Queen: What! Thabiso I didn’t abandon you.
Kea: No grandma not father this one.
Queen: That’s thing is not my child( she said looking
disgusted)
Lapicokn: Do you remember Pedi ( the queen started
sweating because no one knows about Pedi only her and
her mother knew about him)
Queen: Pedi?
Pedi: Yes mother, you had when you were still in school
and my father was the son of king Lehasa from Dithokong
Kingdom but he denied me and you sent me away.
Kingletsi: What is this thing talking about?
The queen went down on her knees.
Queen: Oh my baby what happened to you?
Pedi: I died
Queen: But how?
Pedi: The woman you sent me to only kept me safe for a
year then she started abusing me, I had to grow up and
act like an adult while I was a child and one day I lost one
of her cows that didn’t come back from grazing in the
fields and she hit me with an ex and it was the end of me.
She buried me under her stack of wood.
Queen: Oh my baby am sorry! Am really sorry for all I did.
I was only a child and when I came back from school with
you my parents had already arranged marriage for me, I
was young and had no say in my own life, father knew you
as my friends child that I liked but mother knew the truth.
She said if father found out he would kill me and you. Of
course I didn’t want either of us to die so I asked mother to
help me.

She did, she took you to that woman and asked her to
take car of you since she was one of the good palace
maidens in her youth so mother trusted her and said this
will be a chance for her to have the child she never had
because she worked her entire life at the palace. She told
her she will pay her every month to take good wolf you
and she was more than happy to do so. We left you there
but I would go and visit you every chance I got. It when
time came for me to get married it got difficult to visit so I
asked mother to do it on my behalf and give me feedback
on how you are doing. Am sorry I thought you are still alive
all this while because my mother always gave me reports
that you were.
KingLetsi: If you had a child already when we got married
then where did the blood on the sheet come from?
Queen: My mother told me to use raw liver so that you
would think am still pure and the blood was all the liver not
me.
King: I don’t even know how to look at you! All these years
you kept it from me, what kind of a woman are you? What
king of a mother are you?
Queen: Am sorry ( the king looked at her in disgust and
left)
Pedi: Thank you for telling me why you left me, I was
angry at you for a long time which is why I was trapped
here for so long. Thank you mother for releasing me.
Queen: I love you Pedi I always did ( as soon as she said
that the black stuff that was covering him disappeared and
a handsome young prince appeared. He looked more like
Thabiso at young age)
Paid: Thank you portal of the gods, it is now time for me to
go and join father.
Kea: Is that light for you? ( everyone was looking around
for the light but they didn’t see it)
Pedi: Yes it is, please help my friends.
Kea: I promise to uncle.
Pedi: Hahah am too young to be your uncle.
Thabiso: So you are my brother?
Pedi: Older Brother to be exact hahaha
Thabiso: I would have loved to know you.
Pedi: Like wise. ( the shook hands)
Reneilwe: And am your sister
Pedi: Younger sister don’t forget.
Reneilwe: Of course.
Pedi: I always thought mother loved you more than she
love me which is one of the reasons why I blocked you
from having children. But now I know better, have a good
life my siblings and I will continue to watch over you but
from a better place now.
Queen: Please don’t go Pedi.
Pedi: I have to mother. ( the light for brighter and brighter
until Pedi disappeared) the queen cried painfully on the
ground and her children just looked at her. The other
lapicokns that were on the ground went back and told the
others of what had happened and they were looking
forward to seeing their parents and leaving the jail they
were trapped in.
Mapula: You did well princess but there is a lot that needs
to be done.
Kea: I know mother grandpa told me but we have to be
fast because when their keepers find out we will have a
war on our hands.
Thabiso: That we already know princess.
Lebo: I need to share this with Ntsika and hear what cray
thing he will say about witches.
Tokelo: Go check on your wife and leave Ntsika alone.

The sky cleared again and the weather was back to

normal but the rain queen could feel that more is coming.
Like the queens told her, she believed that this was just
the beginning and more is yet to come. She went to her
mother in law and helped her up then got her to her
chamber.
Mapula: All will be well mother.
Queen: How when my king already hates me and my
children won’t even look at me. My mother deceived me.
Mapula: Forgive her and yourself then start building what
seems to be broken and move on.
Queen: I don’t think I can.
Mapula: You can because you have me.
Queen: My thanks dear daughter.
Outside the children of BaTloung and their father were
angry and disappointed at their mother.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 46

BaKoena kingdom✨

Things at the palace were very tense after the queens

confession or the appearance or the child that no one
knew about. Reneilwe was fuming with anger and Tokelo
tried everything to calm her down but she wasn’t having it.
She sat down on their bed thinking of how can a person
she admired and always aimed to please could ever do
such. Yes she understood the part about having to lie
about her purity because she was afraid of her father
because in Royalty princess have to get married while still
pure but she wasn’t so she understands how scared she
might have been of the shame she had brought to her
family but leaving a child behind and never going back to
see him yet have the gut to dictate to those that were in
from of her.

She stood up and went to find her mother and found her in
her chamber silently crying sitting on the bed.
Reneilwe: Please do us all a favor and wipe those
crocodile tears because we need to talk Kelebohile.
Queen: No matter what I did or how I did it am still your
mother, I gave birth to you and raised you so you will not
call me by my maiden name ever again. The person who
had the right to call me that because I was not a mother to
him forgave me even when he was still angry he called me
mother because he knew that is what I am to him and
always will be.
Reneilwe: Your son might have forgiven you for what you
did to him but I will not forgive you for what you did to me.
You are here passing judgment on others yet you are a
sinner yourself. Who made you forget your son. Who
made you not visit him even if you said you were visiting
your mother. Why did you hide him from us.
Queen: That my dear daughter is none of your business
but mine and those questions I will answer only to my
husband not you.
Reneilwe: That is if you still have one after this, you better
release me so that I can have my own children but you
can be sure that I will never abandon them like you did
your own. ( she stood up and left)

The queen was left heartbroken by the words her only

daughter uttered to her. She knew that getting their
forgiveness will be hard because now they no longer see
her as the loving and caring mother but one that deceived
their father and abandoned her child. While she was still
crying queen Mother Mabotle came in.
Queen: If you came here to gloat about how perfect you
are then don’t because I already know.
Mabotle: You have known me for so long yet you don’t
really know who I am. Look everyone makes mistakes but
what matters is what you do after.
Queen: What do you mean?
Mabotle: Your husbands and children are angry yet you
locked yourself up in here instead of going to them and
talk to them.
Queen: Reneilwe was already here and she doesn’t
understand and I don’t think any of them will understand.
Mabotle: Forget about the children now and focus on
getting your husband back on your side. Make him listen
to you and apologize to him, show him how sorry you are
about everything that has happened. Believe me life is too
short to be holding grudges, look at me, I have no
husband because he was taken from me by selfish people
and imagine if he died angry at me for some reason.
Queen: I hear you now let me go get my husband back.
Mabotle: Go ahead his waiting.

The queen stood up and wore her slippers then went and
looked for her husband. She was told by the maiden that
his in the late king’s study and she went there but when
she was at the door she heard him speaking.
KingLetsi: Oh old friend, I wish I was sharing this drink
with you and you advising me on what to do about this
witch I married. This woman deceived me my friend,
imagine me thinking am deflowering my wife yet all am
doing is... I can’t even say what I was doing. Leave that it’s
not important because I would have supported her had
she told me. But what I don’t understand is why did she
leave her child for this long? Leave that but why didn’t she
tell me after a few years, we would have gone and gotten
the child and raised him as our own. Now a child comes
after years as some sort of evil ready to destroy because
of a woman he called a mother. Had divorce been
something we do in our kingdoms I would have filled for it
already.

The queen’s cheeks were wet with all the crying she was
doing standing at the door of that study, she wished she
didn’t go there maybe it would have been better had she
not know what her husband thinks of her. She went back
to the room crying.
Queen: Gods of BaTloung and gods of Moreneg my
kingdom where my umbilical cord lays, I call upon you
today I ask that you accept my son when he gets to you.
Don’t punish him for my deeds, gods of BaTloung heal my
Kong’s heart, I know am the one who caused this and am
the one who deceived him but I ask that you heal his heart.
Whether he forgives me for this not but I don’t want him to
go around with a heavy heart. Forgive me for all that I
have done and I have no one else to cast blame on but
myself.

In Mapula’s chamber there is silence, she doesn’t know

what to say to her husband or how to comfort him through
this. She wished she can take away the pain his feeling
because she can feel it too, every bit of it. She wished he
would at least talk about it maybe he will feel better.
Mapula: My husband
Thabiso: Babe please I just need time.
Mapula: I understand but can you at least talk to her and
get the answers that you need.
Thabiso: I will not talk to that woman, did you see my
brother? He looks just like me from the picture you were
laughing at the one you found back at home.
Mapula: I remember that picture and I must say his a
replica of you.
Thabiso: No am a replica of him, his older than me
remember?
Mapula: Yes
Thabiso: The gods we’re replacing what my mother lost
with me because my brother is my even the way he
speaks, his posture is that of a true royal prince. Mother
has to go to his kingdom and have them accept him as
their own so that he can Rest In Peace, she owes him that
much.
Mapula: Yes You right and I like his forgiving heart.
Thabiso: He was a good person even if I knew him for just
a few minutes I could tell that he would have been a good
brother to us.
Mapula: Yes he would have, did you see your warrior?
Thabiso: Yhoo don’t remind me and am never saying
something that she will use against me again.
Mapula: Hahah today we learnt a great lesson as parents.
Thabiso: Tell me about it, did you hear when she said ‘ but
daddy you always called me a warrior what changed now’
and my energy left me right there and then.
Mapula: Hahah and when she said ‘ what is that? And I
said a portal and she answered then what am I?’
Thabiso: Hahah I don’t know what we are raising but I
have a feeling that she will be the exact warrior Lebo was
talking about with animal skin and a shield.
Mapula: Judging by how much she loves her animals I
wouldn’t be surprised.

They continued talking about their princess and the kind of

woman they think she will grow up to be.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 47

BaKoena kingdom ✨

Late that evening a sheep was slaughtered, I say I sheep

because Sotho people don’t use a goat to do their rituals
only sheeps and some healers use a goat only when it
was their ancestors requirement other than that a sheep is
Sotho people’s most sacred animal. This sheep was to
cleanse the queen of BaKoena and she was being
cleansed by her mother, this ritual required her to be at
peace and make peace with those who did her wrong and
the person that was to do the cleansing herself must be
pure of heart. Not pure as in never done anything wrong
but pure as in forgiveness, forgive those who have done
her wrong and those that she has done wrong. This was
difficult for both the queens because they both carried
heavy burdens that they didn’t want to let go so easily but
to err is human and to forgive is devine so they say.
Reneilwe was sitting alone in the chief priests hut while
the queen was sitting in a different chamber with the chief
priest of BaTloung that was called to come and assist with
the ritual. Both were given a task to forgive and go into the
ritual with clean hearts.

They were told that for as long as their hearts were heavy
the candles that were lit in those rooms will continue to
blow out and they will have to light them up again and
repeat until they stay lit and not blow out. Reneilwe’s
candles have blown out 6 times already and she was
frustrated by all this. Tokelo came in seeing how long she
has been in there and found her sitting on the grass mat
crying. He rushed to her and embraced her until she
calmed down.
Tokelo: My queen I know your heart is heavy but I want
you to remember why this ritual has to be done. Yes
forgiving that easy is not ideal but it has to be done. We
want children don’t we?
Reneilwe: Yes we do.
Tokelo: So lets do these rituals for the family we want to
have, we have been married for 4 years now and the
people have started talking including the elders. I have
tried to let them know that the gods are the ones who
bless us with children and we cannot rush them but I don’t
want such negative words to be said to you. Now I ask
that you clear your heart and forgive, for me, for you and
our future children.
Reneilwe: I heard you my dear king now let me do this.
Tokelo: Alright I will see you out there.
Reneilwe: Okay then.

Tokelo left Reneilwe alone hoping that he got through to

her.
Reneilwe: Gods of BaTloung, Pedi kgatlatlopo, nnja
pokojwe, thole pofolo, namane nyamatsana. Lona
basaloing balehae baloang balenaheng. The gods of
BaKoena malekelele, maila mangwathela, batho basajing
sengwathoane, bajang polokwe efeletsing. ( she called the
ancestors of both clans, hers and the ones from the
kingdom she is married to BaKoena) gods of BaTloung I
think when my big brother Pedi was given the name you
were revealing that he was supposed to be a child of
BaTloung as you gave him your clan name is his name
Pedi. I ask that you accept him as your own and shield
him, help me forgive my mother and let the anger I feel
within me fade I way as I say I forgive her for everything.
BaKoena I am one of your own now, the queen in your
kingdom, don’t let me down as a queen by rendering me
as barren woman. Please bless the king and I with
children, princes and princesses. As I let go of all that is
weighing at my heart I forgive whole heartedly. ( she felt at
peace after saying that and when she opened her eyes
the candles were still lit)

The chief priest came in and took her outside to wait her
ritual but the queen was not yet out. The king got angry
and went to her room and saw her crying, with the candles
blown out. He looked at her for a while and spoke.
King: Will you ever stop being selfish?
Queen: Excuse me?
King: You heard me, my daughter is out there waiting for
you and you here playing the victim and keeping everyone
waiting. Just own up to your damn actions and give my
daughter what she needs then you can go back to being
your selfish old self again.
Queen: How can you talk like that when am really hurting.
King: I really don’t care how you are feeling I only care
about my daughter out there which is what you also
should be doing. I want you out of here in the next 10
minutes ( walked out and left her there)
The queen was left alone crying for everything she’s ever
done and what people have done to her. She cried for her
son Pedi and for everything else that was heavy on her
heart.
Queen: Gods of BaTloung these are the last tears am
shedding in this matter please wipe my tears and let there
be no cries and heavy heart as I forgive my mother for not
being a mother and a grandmother to my son. My
husband for being so angry though it’s justified and my
children for their anger towards me. I forgive (she said the
her candle remained lit and the chief priest came to get
her )

The sheep was slaughtered and the cleaning was done for
Reneilwe everyone was happy and cheering. Then it was
time for Keabetswe to perform her ritual for her uncle king,
her mother wanted to dress her for the ritual but she
refused saying the gods already told her what to wear and
she will dress herself, so the queen had no choice but to
do as told. Kea wore the mermaid attire she came back
with from the sacred river the day she went with her
mother, together with the pearl necklace and the seashell
bracelet. She walked out of the palace with a new blade in
hand together with the black ointment that healers apply
on the wounds after making small cuts on people. She
went to where everyone was and saw her uncle and went
to him.
Kea: Uncle king are ready?
Tokelo: Yes my princess I am and are you ready?
Kea: Am Ready But you not.
Tokelo: How So princess?
Kea: Go put on your blanket uncle and take your stick as
well.
Tokelo: Which blanket?
Kea: The one you had on after coming back from initiation
school.
Tokelo: Okay ( he left and went to get the blanket and the
stick, Keabetswe was told to ask her uncle to wear the
blanket he wore after initiation school those blankets that
Sotho guys wear after coming back and Sticks they carry.
See when Sotho guys stop wearing those blankets they
don’t throw them away or burn them, they keep them until
they wear out on their own and the sticks are placed on
the roof of the main house but inside not out, so Tokelo
had everything that was required. )

He went back to where everyone was wearing his blanket

carrying his stick.
Kea: Can we all move to the kraal please.
Mapula: Why princess?
Kea: Because this ritual is for a king and his ancestors
want him in the kraal one more time to remember the
teachings he got the day he came back from initiation
( they all moved to the kraal but women stayed outside
while Kea and her uncle as well as the king of BaTloung
and Lebo got in)
Kea: Now kneel down uncle king ( he did as told and Kea
gave Lebo the things she was holding and placed her little
hands on her uncles head and showed him the day he
was there coming back from initiation and all the teachings
he got from his father and all the other men that were
there. This was very emotional for Tokelo because he had
forgotten most of the things his father told him about and
just seeing that day made him emotional because his
mother was standing outside the kraal hululilating saying
‘boafela otlafola otabolefela ketlaroka’ meaning talk and
you shall heal, tear and I will saw.

When Kea was done her uncle was in tears, he opened

his eyes and looked at his little princess and smiled
thinking about how proud he is of her and wondered what
king of child will he have. The princess took the blade from
Lebo and cut her one hand and the blood oozed out of it
then she rubbed them both together to spread the blood
on both hands then smeared it all over her uncles face
making it look red like the day he came back from initiation.
Smeared more on his arms and hands both inside and out.
Then took the blade again and cut her other hand blood
came out and she smeared it in his legs and feet and
some on his stick, now the uncle looked like a new man
that just came from initiation. She asked for water and
washed her hands then took the ointment and went out
gave it to her crying mother outside the kraal to put some
on her wounds, she did that ever so gently because she
didn’t want her to feel pain when she was done the
princess went back to the kraal.
Kea: Stand up now uncle ( Tokelo stood up) ethoke
Mokoena ( praise Mokoena) what she wanted him to do
was for him to say the same praises he said Kadithoko
tsahae meaning she wanted him to say the same praises
he said the day of the celebrations of his home coming
after initiation.

They got out of the kraal with Tokelo singing the song he
sang that day with Lebo by his side singing with him as
they were together on the day they went and came back
from initiation. When they got to the middle of the palace
grounds he stopped.
Tokelo: Hella Kenna Tokelo, ngwana wabaKoena,
ketsamaile tsela etelele ofehlela mona, eitse haoba thata
kanahana mme waka katswela pele kalebaka lahore
nekebatla omobona hape. Bafihla baloi bakwala tsela
yaka kanahana ousi waka omonyane Mapula kaotlwa
ntante Lerumo are phahama otlehaye Mapula lemao
bayahotloka. Katwelela maoto waka alebotloko alejwalo
kana kafehla hae ka amohelwa kamodidietsane katsho
kafola BaKoena. ( it’s me Tokelo child of BaKoena, I
walked a long road to get here, when it got hard I thought
of my mother and I carried on walking because I wanted to
see her again. Witches came and blocked my way and I
thought of my little sister Mapula and I heard my father
Lerumo say get up and come home Mapula and your
mother need you. I labored on and continued walking my
feet were sore and I continued walking until I arrived home
and I was welcomed with hulululations and I got healed)

After he said this his sister and mother hulululated and

they were crying because their praises tell what they went
through during initiation until they got home. His mother
and sister were only realizing now the depth of what he
meant in his praises. Him walking bare feet in the
mountains durning cold and stormy weathers walking on
rocky foot trails must have been hard. With him having to
dig and put down a big tree just so he could get his stick
from the root of it must have been hard with his hands
sore and full of blisters. With witches wanting to take him
while he was still there tore the queen apart knowing that
her son might have been one of the initiates that didn’t
come back home that day. But they were grateful that
even when she and Mapula were not there they somehow
contributed to him being here today.

It was very emotional for everyone there even Lebo who

witnessed first hand what happened to Tokelo there as he
also witnessed what happened to him there. With his
ancestors fight BaKoena because he was not a Mokoena
but forgetting that he had no home and no relatives to
perform the ritual for him. Yes he was initiated as a
Motlokwa but his ancestors wanted it to be done at his
home which he no longer had. They both almost died
there but somehow the gods of BaKoena fought for both of
them to come back home in one piece. Both rituals were
done and sheeps were slaughtered and it was joyous for
everyone. This was an intimate thing for the family but the
guards and maidens were invited to eat and rejoice with
them.

Now they will wait to see if Reneilwe’s ritual worked when

she falls pregnant and Tokelo’s one the following morning
when the blood is no longer covering his body and Kea’s
wounds have healed because that’s what was said. If it
worked the princess’s wounds will be healed by the time
she wakes up in the more and the king clean with no blood.

Lik, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 48✨

BaKoena kingdom: (not edited)

Ntsika and Zasembo arrived at the airport in LeSotho

coming to surprise their friends before heading off to the
Maldives, they started in Cape Town Robertson, they
visited all the wine farms, doing tastings, picnics and boat
rides in river, it was fun and Zasembo enjoyed every
minute of it but now it was time for them to go on their real
honeymoon in the Maldives But Zasembo instead on
visiting their friends before they left just to see if all is well
with them since they left in a hurry and they also heard
about Kwezi and she wanted to make sure she was alright
before going away. They took a taxi from the airport to
BaKoena and they arrived at the crack of down just as
Mapula was about to go and assist in making breakfast
because she didn’t sleep well thinking about the rituals
that took place the previous day.

The guard came in and bowed before her.

Guard: My queen
Mapula: Greetings dear Moleleki junior, son of the late
Maleleki the late king’s trusted guard and confidant.
MJ: My queen it is an abomination for a queen to praise a
servant like that.
Ntsika: Not in BaKoena and certainly not Mpande ( he
coming in with Zasembo in his arm)
Mapula: Thank you Moleleki I see the guests you came to
announce have let themselves in.
Maleleki: My queen ( he bowed his head and left)
Mapula: BoGwabini.
Ntsika: Hayi cha ntokazi humkami kuphela ongibiza
kanjalo wena njengo makhwapheni wami ungangibiza ngo
Ntsikayomuzi woManzini. ( oh no woman only my wife can
call me that, you as my side chick can call me
Ntsikayomuzi woManzini)
Zasembo: Wait until Thabiso hears you say that to his wife.
Ntsika: Awu MaMbanga uzongixela yhini kula mbuzi?
Uyazi ukuthi uyashayana lomuntu? ( hey Ms Mbanga are
you going to tell on me to that goat? Do you know that
man beats?)
Zasembo: Angeke ngikwenze lokho Sengwayo mina
ngizokukhusela ungabinankinga ( I will never do that
Sengwayo I will protect you don’t worry)
Mapula: Gods of BaKoena! Did you have to wake me up
this early just so I can witness love birds being all lovey
dovey in the morning.
Ntsika: Uyabonake Mpande uma usubiza lezizinyanya
zakho uzoqala ukuthakatha, Hayi namuhla ngiyala! ( you
see Mpande when you call these ancestors of yours you
will start with your witchcraft, not today I refuse!)
Thabiso: My wife is not a witch Ntsika.( he said coming in)
Ntsika: I never said anything of a sort.
Lebo: Yes you did ( said Lebo coming in)
Ntsika: how do you know that Lebo because you were not
here?
Lebo: Because I know you and witchcraft. What are you
guys doing here because the last I checked this is
BaKoena not some beautiful resort in Maldives.
Zasembo: Unomona Lebo! ( you are jealous Lebo)
Ntsika: Tell him babe.
Lebo: Tell him babe what? You our wife go with the witch
there..(Thabiso gave him a look) I mean my sister to the
kitchen to make us breakfast.
Ntsika: Hayi ngeke! Sifika pho? ( oh no when we just
arrived?)
Lebo: Shut up Ntsika she is a wife here and has to cook
for her in laws.
Thabiso: The last I checked her in laws are Zulu not Sotho.
Lebo: Same thing she’s a wife.
Mapula: Zasembo lets go because if we stand here we will
never make this breakfast.
Zasembo: You right lets go.

In the king’s chamber Tokelo was afraid to open his eyes

and see if the blood was still there or gone. Reneilwe has
been sitting on the bed after showering wondering how
long he will stay like that.
Reneilwe: My dear husband.
Tokelo: Yes my queen
Reneilwe: I am in pain and I have difficulty breathing.
( Tokelo jumped out of be going straight to her )
Tokelo: What is wrong? What can I do?
Reneilwe: Hahah you can start by looking at your hands
( Tokelo looked at himself and there was no blood. He got
off the bed and went to the mirror and he was clean. He
went to his wife and picked her up bridal style spinning her
around while she giggled like a teenager)
Tokelo: Baby it worked! It worked my queen it worked!
Reneilwe: Of course it did.
Tokelo: Oh my queen, my thinks for being mine, my
thanks for showing a heartless ghost that there is more to
life than laying with different maidens. That a ghost with no
heart can be loved and love as well, my thanks dear angel
of BaTloung.
Reneilwe: Oh my king, your words warm my heart mainly
because you don’t say them often but when you do, they
mean a lot to me. My heart will always yearn and long for
you my king.
Ntsika: Oh hayi ngeke uthi uzobona abantu usufike
bavalelene emakamelweni. Nathi sishadile bo! Hake
niphume sifunukuhamba nabafazi bethu thina ) oh no! You
come and see people then you arrive and they are behind
closed doors, we are also married! Get out we also want
to leave with our wives. He said from the other side of the
door)
Tokelo: Ntsika am still king here
Ntsika: If you were real king you would be out here
welcoming your guests.
Tokelo: Don’t let me see you when I come out of here!
Guest for who?
Ntsika: Mxm sala ngiyahamba vhele ( mxm stay am
leaving)

Reneilwe: My king lets go before Ntsika comes back with

Lebo.
Tokelo: Oh hell no let me go shower quick
Reneilwe: Hahah you are afraid of Lebo?
Tokelo: Put Ntsika And Lebo in one place and you will see
flames. Am going. ( he left going to the shower while
Reneilwe went to join the others)
The princess came down for the morning feast with the
maiden that looks after her and when she saw Ntsika she
went to him running and Ntsika picked her up.
Ntsika: Nkosazane kababa ( daddy’s princess)
Kea: Not So loud uncle Zulu father will be jealous.
Ntsika: Oh I didn’t know, but you are my princess. ( he
said whispering)
Kea: Yes But it will be our little secret ( she whispered
back)
Kwezi: No people can we eat now ? You have been
talking non stop here hayi
Lebo: But Baby you have been eating all this while.
Kwezi: Those were starters now it’s time for the main.
Zasembo: Awu we ma ngaze ngamosha isikhathi sami
ngizobona umuntu ohumqemane ( oh no I just wasted my
time coming to see someone who is healthy)
Ntsika: I told you we shouldn’t come.
Zasembo: No I wanted to come and seeing her this
healthy warms my heart.
Ntsika: Hayi hayi hayi nayi imihlola bo! ( No no no here are
wonders people) warms your heart yani when I should be
the one doing that?
Lebo: It means you failed and my wife passed.
Ntsika: Continue encouraging this nonsense and in no
time we will both not have wives. ( Lebo didn’t say
anything he went and sad next to his fiancé)
Lebo: Lets eat baby our kids need to be fed.
Ntsika: Oho enjoy it while it lasts because soon she will be
throwing you with plates for finishing her ice-cream.
Zasembo: Haha no man Ntsika let’s eat.
Thabiso: Please finish up Zasembo and take your
husband with and go to your honeymoon.
Zasembo: Are you chasing us away?
Thabiso: Not you our darling wife am talking about him
( he said pointing at Ntsika)
Ntsika: Sengenzeni ke manje? ( what have I done now?)
Thabiso: I don’t want you and Lebo in one place not even
for an hour.
Zasembo: I agree
Lebo: You too?
Kwezi: Her too what babe?
Lebo: Oh nothing
Tokelo: Yep women will beat you up because you don’t
listen.
Kwezi: Leave my man alone Mr King.
Lebo: Tell him babe.
Tokelo: Why did I get involved again?
Thabiso: Because you don’t listen.
Tokelo: Right!

It was a fun day for the people at BaKoena, mostly

because the rituals they did seem to have worked. But
they didn’t want Ntsika and Zasembo to stay there long
because there was still a lot to be done and more is yet to
come.

Like, comment and share.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 48✨

BaKoena kingdom: (not edited)

Ntsika and Zasembo arrived at the airport in LeSotho
coming to surprise their friends before heading off to the
Maldives, they started in Cape Town Robertson, they
visited all the wine farms, doing tastings, picnics and boat
rides in river, it was fun and Zasembo enjoyed every
minute of it but now it was time for them to go on their real
honeymoon in the Maldives But Zasembo instead on
visiting their friends before they left just to see if all is well
with them since they left in a hurry and they also heard
about Kwezi and she wanted to make sure she was alright
before going away. They took a taxi from the airport to
BaKoena and they arrived at the crack of down just as
Mapula was about to go and assist in making breakfast
because she didn’t sleep well thinking about the rituals
that took place the previous day.

The guard came in and bowed before her.

Guard: My queen
Mapula: Greetings dear Moleleki junior, son of the late
Maleleki the late king’s trusted guard and confidant.
MJ: My queen it is an abomination for a queen to praise a
servant like that.
Ntsika: Not in BaKoena and certainly not Mpande ( he
coming in with Zasembo in his arm)
Mapula: Thank you Moleleki I see the guests you came to
announce have let themselves in.
Maleleki: My queen ( he bowed his head and left)
Mapula: BoGwabini.
Ntsika: Hayi cha ntokazi humkami kuphela ongibiza
kanjalo wena njengo makhwapheni wami ungangibiza ngo
Ntsikayomuzi woManzini. ( oh no woman only my wife can
call me that, you as my side chick can call me
Ntsikayomuzi woManzini)
Zasembo: Wait until Thabiso hears you say that to his wife.
Ntsika: Awu MaMbanga uzongixela yhini kula mbuzi?
Uyazi ukuthi uyashayana lomuntu? ( hey Ms Mbanga are
you going to tell on me to that goat? Do you know that
man beats?)
Zasembo: Angeke ngikwenze lokho Sengwayo mina
ngizokukhusela ungabinankinga ( I will never do that
Sengwayo I will protect you don’t worry)
Mapula: Gods of BaKoena! Did you have to wake me up
this early just so I can witness love birds being all lovey
dovey in the morning.
Ntsika: Uyabonake Mpande uma usubiza lezizinyanya
zakho uzoqala ukuthakatha, Hayi namuhla ngiyala! ( you
see Mpande when you call these ancestors of yours you
will start with your witchcraft, not today I refuse!)
Thabiso: My wife is not a witch Ntsika.( he said coming in)
Ntsika: I never said anything of a sort.
Lebo: Yes you did ( said Lebo coming in)
Ntsika: how do you know that Lebo because you were not
here?
Lebo: Because I know you and witchcraft. What are you
guys doing here because the last I checked this is
BaKoena not some beautiful resort in Maldives.
Zasembo: Unomona Lebo! ( you are jealous Lebo)
Ntsika: Tell him babe.
Lebo: Tell him babe what? You our wife go with the witch
there..(Thabiso gave him a look) I mean my sister to the
kitchen to make us breakfast.
Ntsika: Hayi ngeke! Sifika pho? ( oh no when we just
arrived?)
Lebo: Shut up Ntsika she is a wife here and has to cook
for her in laws.
Thabiso: The last I checked her in laws are Zulu not Sotho.
Lebo: Same thing she’s a wife.
Mapula: Zasembo lets go because if we stand here we will
never make this breakfast.
Zasembo: You right lets go.

In the king’s chamber Tokelo was afraid to open his eyes

and see if the blood was still there or gone. Reneilwe has
been sitting on the bed after showering wondering how
long he will stay like that.
Reneilwe: My dear husband.
Tokelo: Yes my queen
Reneilwe: I am in pain and I have difficulty breathing.
( Tokelo jumped out of be going straight to her )
Tokelo: What is wrong? What can I do?
Reneilwe: Hahah you can start by looking at your hands
( Tokelo looked at himself and there was no blood. He got
off the bed and went to the mirror and he was clean. He
went to his wife and picked her up bridal style spinning her
around while she giggled like a teenager)
Tokelo: Baby it worked! It worked my queen it worked!
Reneilwe: Of course it did.
Tokelo: Oh my queen, my thinks for being mine, my
thanks for showing a heartless ghost that there is more to
life than laying with different maidens. That a ghost with no
heart can be loved and love as well, my thanks dear angel
of BaTloung.
Reneilwe: Oh my king, your words warm my heart mainly
because you don’t say them often but when you do, they
mean a lot to me. My heart will always yearn and long for
you my king.
Ntsika: Oh hayi ngeke uthi uzobona abantu usufike
bavalelene emakamelweni. Nathi sishadile bo! Hake
niphume sifunukuhamba nabafazi bethu thina ) oh no! You
come and see people then you arrive and they are behind
closed doors, we are also married! Get out we also want
to leave with our wives. He said from the other side of the
door)
Tokelo: Ntsika am still king here
Ntsika: If you were real king you would be out here
welcoming your guests.
Tokelo: Don’t let me see you when I come out of here!
Guest for who?
Ntsika: Mxm sala ngiyahamba vhele ( mxm stay am
leaving)
Reneilwe: My king lets go before Ntsika comes back with
Lebo.
Tokelo: Oh hell no let me go shower quick
Reneilwe: Hahah you are afraid of Lebo?
Tokelo: Put Ntsika And Lebo in one place and you will see
flames. Am going. ( he left going to the shower while
Reneilwe went to join the others)
The princess came down for the morning feast with the
maiden that looks after her and when she saw Ntsika she
went to him running and Ntsika picked her up.
Ntsika: Nkosazane kababa ( daddy’s princess)
Kea: Not So loud uncle Zulu father will be jealous.
Ntsika: Oh I didn’t know, but you are my princess. ( he
said whispering)
Kea: Yes But it will be our little secret ( she whispered
back)
Kwezi: No people can we eat now ? You have been
talking non stop here hayi
Lebo: But Baby you have been eating all this while.
Kwezi: Those were starters now it’s time for the main.
Zasembo: Awu we ma ngaze ngamosha isikhathi sami
ngizobona umuntu ohumqemane ( oh no I just wasted my
time coming to see someone who is healthy)
Ntsika: I told you we shouldn’t come.
Zasembo: No I wanted to come and seeing her this
healthy warms my heart.
Ntsika: Hayi hayi hayi nayi imihlola bo! ( No no no here are
wonders people) warms your heart yani when I should be
the one doing that?
Lebo: It means you failed and my wife passed.
Ntsika: Continue encouraging this nonsense and in no
time we will both not have wives. ( Lebo didn’t say
anything he went and sad next to his fiancé)
Lebo: Lets eat baby our kids need to be fed.
Ntsika: Oho enjoy it while it lasts because soon she will be
throwing you with plates for finishing her ice-cream.
Zasembo: Haha no man Ntsika let’s eat.
Thabiso: Please finish up Zasembo and take your
husband with and go to your honeymoon.
Zasembo: Are you chasing us away?
Thabiso: Not you our darling wife am talking about him
( he said pointing at Ntsika)
Ntsika: Sengenzeni ke manje? ( what have I done now?)
Thabiso: I don’t want you and Lebo in one place not even
for an hour.
Zasembo: I agree
Lebo: You too?
Kwezi: Her too what babe?
Lebo: Oh nothing
Tokelo: Yep women will beat you up because you don’t
listen.
Kwezi: Leave my man alone Mr King.
Lebo: Tell him babe.
Tokelo: Why did I get involved again?
Thabiso: Because you don’t listen.
Tokelo: Right!

It was a fun day for the people at BaKoena, mostly

because the rituals they did seem to have worked. But
they didn’t want Ntsika and Zasembo to stay there long
because there was still a lot to be done and more is yet to
come.
Like, comment and share.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 49

BaKoena kingdom✨

The mood at the palace was a joyous one, everyone was

happy and content, their friends were there with them and
it was fun. The queen of BaKoena has been locked in her
room since she went to bed the previous night. She made
peace with what happened but that didn’t mean the people
involved made peace with it especially her husband and
children. She didn’t want to go and join them for breakfast
when they don’t want her presence there. The queen
mother saw that she wasn’t at the morning feast so she
decided to take food for her to her chamber, she asked a
maiden to go with her so that she can clean the room. She
went up and knock and the queen invited her in.
Mabotle: Sunrise Greetings my queen.
Queen: Greetings queen mother.
Mabotle: I have brought you food
Queen: My thanks my queen but I am not very hungry.
Mabotle: I knew you would say that, get up and go shower
then eat. Maiden clean the room.
Queen: But my queen...
Mabotle: No buts! Now go ( she got up and went to the
shower while the maiden cleaned the room. The queen
mother took out a dress for her then went to her room and
changed then called the guard to get the car ready and get
4 more guards to be ready they will be out soon.) she
finished getting ready and went to the queens room and
she was drying her hair.
Queen: My queen why would you take out such a lavish
dress for me as if am going somewhere?
Mabotle: That’s Because we are going somewhere.
Queen: But my queen I don’t want to be around people
and I just want to be alone and not talk.
Mabotle: I never said you will talk to anyone but I want you
out of this palace because you will lock yourself up in this
room because you don’t want to see the people who are
carrying the burden you left in the hut yesterday. So act
like the person who forgave and leave the people who still
hold grudges to do so on their own.
Queen: But my queen they are my family.
Mabotle: Yes that they are and they should be supporting
you like a family should and not judge you by your past as
if they don’t have one. Now get dressed we going out.
Queen: You right let me get dressed ( she got up from the
dresser and put on her dress did a light makeup and she
looked beautiful, they both did. They got out of the room
and everyone was sitting in the lounge laughing and
talking)

Lebo: yhoo yhoo yhoo Mother!

Mabotle: What is it Lebohang?
Lebo: My I ask where you going?
Mabotle: No you may not.
Ntsika: May I ?
Mabotle: No! In fact none of you should ask us anything,
good bye and don’t wait up.
Mapula: Yhoo my mother’s are on fire today.
Kwezi: Go slay mother you deserve it.
Mabotle: Tell then Kwezi. Let go my queen ( talking to the
queen and the king looked at his wife and looked away.
They walked out and left)
Kea: Mother
Mapula: Yes princess
Kea: May you please ask the guards to accompany me.
Thabiso: Where are you going?
Kea: I made a promise to my friends that I will help then
like I helped uncle and my job is to help one every day.
Ntsika: What is she talking about?
Lebo: Boloi! ( witchcraft!)
Thabiso: Lebo! ( he reprimanded)
Kea: No father leave uncle alone, he doesn’t know the
difference between what am doing and witchcraft.
Lebo: I give up!
Kwezi: Hahah serves you right and am going with you
princess.
Mapula: Not in your condition so am going and besides it’s
been a while since I last visited the people in the kingdom
this will be my way of making up for that.
Reneilwe: In that case it’s only right that the queen of the
kingdom goes too.
Zasembo: I will stay with Kwezi.
Ntsika: Manje thina sizohlala la? ( so are we going to stay
here?)
Lebo: What do you think?
Thabiso: We can’t leave the kingdom with no one.
Tokelo: Tomorrow it’s our day and they can stay here, we
have to go out before you and our wife leave.
Ntsika: Whn will you stop this ‘our wife’ thing?
Lebo: The day you stop calling my sister Mpande.
Thabiso: Thank you Lebo.

Mapula and Reneilwe went and got ready to go out with

the princess. She didn’t say where they were going, only
that they will receive instructions on the way. They finished
and met in the lounge and the princess came too.
Mapula: Do we have to take a car princess?
Kea: No mother we walk, you sometimes forget that the
gods know no cars.
Mapula: Where did you get that from?
Kea: Grandpa.
Mapula: Well Tell Grandpa That..
Kea: Don’t say it because his here. And uncle Zulu
Grandpa says you made the right choice and his proud of
the man you becoming.
Ntsika smiles looking at Keabetswe.
Ntsika: My thanks dear princess.
Lebo: Tell Grandpa Thank you from me too for the babies.
Kea: He says thank him when you stop eating all the ice-
cream in the house.
Lebo: No princess now you the one saying that not him.
Kea: He says he saw you last night when you were eating
ice-cream from the fridge like a thief in the night.
Kwezi: Lebo!
Lebo: What? The babies wanted it hawu
Kwezi: But am the one carrying them and I didn’t eat ice-
cream.
Lebo: You were asleep so I ate it for you.
Kwezi: I give up.
Kea: Lets go my dear queens.

They left the palace with two guards walking behind them.
They walked all the way to the houses not far from the
river and to a house an old woman stays in alone. She
saw them enter the gate and went on her knees as she
sees the royals coming into her yard. The queens and the
princess ran to her side and picked her up.
Reneilwe: Mother you don’t have to bow for us, we are not
here for that.
Oldwoman: I have to my queen, the last time I saw you
was at your wedding celebration and since then I never
got to see you or any royal family members.
Mapula: We apologies for not visiting mother, I won’t even
make an excuse of saying we were busy, I know we
shouldn’t be busy to visit the people of this kingdom
because all of you are this kingdom.
Oldwoman: My thanks rain queen am just grateful for your
presence here today. Oh where are my manners, can I
offer you food I just made Polokwe ke mogodu.
Mapula: We would love some mother ( the old woman
went inside the house to prepare the little it of food she
had for the royals. While Mapula sends one of the guards
to the palace to get some good stuff for the old woman)

The old woman came out of the house with a tray with
three plates of food and gave it to them.
Reneilwe: My thanks mother.
Kea: Mother how come we don’t eat this in the palace?
Mapula: Why princess? Don’t you like it?
Oldwoman: She doesn’t have to eat my queen if she
doesn’t want to.
Kea: No! ( she shouted) my apologies grandma for
shouting, just this food is nice and I have never had
something like this before. May I please have some more?
Mapula: Keabetswe! ( she reprimanded)
Oldwoman: No my queen she’s just a child, much like my
granddaughter before she disappeared. She used to be
just like her.
Kea: That is why we came grandma but may I please have
some more food first before I tell you about it please?
Oldwoman: Of course little princess ( the oldwoman went
inside and dished our the little portion of food that was left
for her to eat for the little princess) while she was inside
the guard came back from the palace carrying food stuff
with a maiden helping him with some. When the old
woman came out she saw then and the food they were
carry and a lone tear dropped from her eye.
Kea: Do not cry grandma, from today on you will have
more than enough food.
Oldwoman: Here is your food princess.
Mapula: Maiden please put the food in the house and
prepare some for mother since she gave us all the food
she prepared for herself.
Maiden: My queen ( she bowed her head then she and
then guard went inside to put the food and for her to start
cooking for the old woman)
Oldwoman: My thanks dear queens, you don’t know how
much this means to me.
Reneilwe: It’s the least we can do mother.

Kea: Am full now may I have water from the river?

Oldwoman: You are just like my granddaughter princess I
will get you the water.
Kea: No your granddaughter will show me where the water
is ( she stood up and left leaving the old woman shocked.
She decided to follow her as she went behind the house to
a big drum filled with water from the river and opened it
exactly where her grand daughter used to open it. On the
hole that she covered with gum. She started drinking then
put the gum back) the woman went back to Mapula and
Reneilwe with tears in her eyes.
Oldwoman: My queens, I don’t mean to be disrespectful
but what is going on here?
Mapula: We came here because she wants to tell you
something from your grand daughter.
Oldwoman: Did you find her my queen?
Mapula: No, yes, it’s complicated but she will tell you all
about it. ( Kea came back and sat next to the woman)

Kea: Grandma please promise not to run.

Oldwoman: Even if I wanted to princess I longer have to
strength to and my legs can not carry me.
Kea: Okay then. Show yourself ( the grand daughter
appeared and immediately the weather changed and dark
clouds covered the sky)
Oldwoman: Koketso! Is that really you my child?
Koketso: It is l grandma.
Oldwoman: Where were you? Why didn’t you come back
home dear child? ( she was crying now thinking of the day
she didn’t come back from the river)
Koketso: I went to the river and a man asked me to fetch
his shoe inside a farm that had big and tall grass. I went in
to look for the shoe but he followed me in and did things to
be and when he was done he suffocated me with a plastic
bag.
Oldwoman: Oh my daughter! My grand child! Am so sorry
Koketso. Am sorry I wasn’t there to protect you my child
am sorry ( she was crying)
Koketso: It’s okay mother but I want to know why didn’t
you go get me from that place? Why did you leave me
there for so long? Am cold there and am alone.
Oldwoman: I didn’t know where you were my child, please
forgive me and tell me where your body lays and I will go
get you back home and burry you with dignity.
Koketso: I will show my princess here where to find me, I
missed you grandma and my thanks for the food.
Oldwoman: But you didn’t eat and the food is finished.
Koketso: I ate with the princess grand mother and I found
what we have been looking for.
Oldwoman: Your mothers letter and documents?
Koketso: Yes grandma.
Oldwoman: Oh my child where are they?
Koketso: Remember that old suitcase that I used to put in
the dolls you made me?
Oldwoman: Yes I still have it.
Koketso: They are in that small zipper that is stuck and
refuse to open, go get it ( the old woman went to the
house and came back with the old suitcase filled with dolls
made of sticks and old items of clothing)
Oldwoman: Here It is
Koketso: My princess please ask your guard to open it
( Mapula asked the guard to open the zipper that was
stuck and a file was in there with documents)
Oldwoman: My queens I cannot read please read these
for me, I have kept this since my daughter who was
working in South Africa died 10 years ago leaving me with
Koketso.
Reneilwe: I will gladly ready it for you mother ( she took
the file and took out a letter and read it for her)

Dear mother and my darling Koketso

I trust by the time you read this you will be a big girl, going
to school, read this letter out loud for grandma to hear.

My baby I have been sick for a while now but the doctors
couldn’t see anything wrong with me until last week when I
was old by a specialist that came to volunteer here.
Luckily it was date and she was there and was told about
my case, she ran some tests and they found out I had
cancer but it is too late to get treatment because it has
already spread all over my body. But worry not you two
Because I have prepared for you, in this file I have a piece
of paper with my bank card and pin and there is R50 000
in there that I managed to save. I know it’s not much but
that was all I could manage to save after putting away
money in your trust fund for education. The papers to it
are in the file and mother you are the beneficiary. The last
time I checked on it there was about R500 000 in it and I
hope it will be enough to get Koketso through school.

Am sorry for not telling you I was sick or coming home

because I am the breadwinner and coming home with
nothing was no option. I hope you will forgive me for that.

I love you both so much

Lerato

Oldwoman: Oh my baby, thank you child for this but it

hurts me that you won’t get to enjoy this or go to school.
Koketso: It was meant to be this way, I have to go now but
please go get me and put me next to mother.
Oldwoman: I will my child I promise
Koketso: I love you grandma ( she disappeared)
Mapula: Well will send people to go look for her mother
and when we find her we will help you prepare a befitting
funeral for her.
Oldwoman: My thanks my queen but I will also need help
with these documents.
Reneilwe: I will sort that out for mother don’t worry, by
tomorrow you will have your own bank account and all that
money will be in it.
Oldwoman: My thanks royals this day has really been a
blessing for me.
Mapula: We will take out leave now mother to go and start
on the search
Oldwoman: My thanks dear royals.

Mapula and Reneilwe went back to the palace to sort out

the woman’s stuff and organized people to go and search
for Koketso’s body.
Like, comment and share

#loveasminSeason 2

Insert 50

BaTloung kingdom ✨

A Week later

There was still tense in the house because the king was
still angry and not talking to the queen, but the queen on
the other hand took the queen mothers advice and
decided to live and let other people be alive instead of
living. She wakes up in the morning as usual and go for
her palace duties and finding other business ventures that
will benefit the kingdom and pursue them. When she’s not
working, she wakes up and make herself look beautiful
then go out the whole day and come back at sunset. The
spar that the queen mother took her to is her new century,
she goes there in the morning and order their famous
breakfast, then go for her facials which take about an hour,
from there she would go for her foot massage with those
little fishes in the water massaging her feet. Then go and
indulge yourself with lunch and go back and do her usual
full body massage. Then go into town and shop for new
items of clothing which she would wear every time she
goes for her royal duties.

The king has seen the change in his queen and has began
thinking that she is maybe cheating on him. Because of
the way she looks these days, she looks younger and
more vibrant, she’s always glowing and her clothing
always on point, which she picks out the night before and
lays it carefully on the chair. All this has made him wonder
what made her change? What made her not care that her
husband is not well or happy? What made her not care
about what happens to him? And where does she go
every time when she’s not working because she hardly
spends a day in the palace. Which is unusual for her. This
morning the queen was not going for her royal duties and
the king decided to talk to her because this has gone out
of hand. The queen woke up early as usual and took a
well deserved bath and added some bath salts which is
something she never cared to do before but recently she
has been doing a lot of unusual things. She came back
and motioned then wore her clothing and the king could
see that she was going out yet again.
King: Where are you going?
Queen: Out
King: I can see that but where to?
Queen: To have some me time my king.
King: Am I even still your king?
Queen: What would change that?
King: Tell me something, doesn’t it bother you that we
sleep on the same bed yet we are not talking? Stay in the
same house that you hardly spend a day in?
Queen: You the one who didn’t want to talk so what was I
supposed to do?
King: You did me wrong woman and you don’t even show
remorse for it.
Queen: Correction, I did Pedi wrong not you. Yes I
deceived you but what did I know? Because I was only a
teenager myself and couldn’t make decisions for myself. I
did as told like a good little princess and followed
instructions.
King: If you were so good then you wouldn’t have been
sleeping around.
Queen: What makes you angry is that you didn’t get to
deflower me. Let me make you understand something
here Letsi, I don’t regret being deflowered by that man
because I loved him, he was my first love and his word
was law to me. And I Definitely don’t regret having Pedi
because he was the product of the love me and his father
shared.
King: If he loved you so much then why didn’t he do right
by you? Why didn’t he honor you and make you his wife?
Queen: That I cannot answer for I am not him, Only he
would know the reason for that but what I do know is that
he loved his son from the first time he laid his eyes on him,
much like you fell in love with Thabiso from the moment
you saw him.

King: So what you are trying to say is that you don’t see
anything wrong in what you did? In your husband not
talking to you? In your children never coming home?
Queen: Thabiso and Reneilwe are grown up and there can
do whatever they please. I can not and will not force them
to come home when they don’t want to nor can I force
them to talk to me.
King: What about me?
Queen: What about you?
King: Do you not care that you hurt me? Do you not care
that you bruised my ego and made me feel less of a man
than I actually am?
Queen: You my king made yourself feel that way and I
cannot control your emotions. In that hut I was in you gave
me and ultimatum, telling me to either forgive and do the
ritual for your daughter then go back to my selfish selfish. I
did what you asked and what Reneilwe wanted, I forgave
and I did the ritual but what I cannot do it continue to
punish myself when the person who was supposed to be
angry at me in the first place have forgiven me.
King: So the only person that matters is your son and not
us?
Queen: You know very well I don’t mean it like that, but
what you people also fail to do was to stand by me and
support me just like a family would. But instead you gave
me your backs and your backs I accepted. As I said before
I will not punish myself for what I did in the past because
we all have a past, which is what molded us to be who we
are today. Even you my king have your own skeletons in
your closet but you don’t see people turning their backs on
you because of them. So why should I accept the little, not
even little but this emptiness and silence you are giving
me?
King: You have completely changed and to show that you
don’t even offer me an apology for what you did.
Queen: That’s because I don’t owe you one just like you
saw it fit not to talk to me about something that we should
have discussed a long time ago. We have been together
for a long time now and we have children. If you don’t
standby me then how do you expect our children to
respect me? You showed your anger in front of them when
you should have supported me then and after show me
exactly how angry you are. But you involved our children
in our business.
King: How did I involve them when even the princess
knows about all this?
Queen: But by showing your anger in front of them you
showed them that it was okay to not talk to their mother
just like didn’t talk to me.

King: Wow! Don’t let me keep you, go on.

Queen: My thanks my king ( she took her purse and left)
the king was more than shocked about how she spoke
and he didn’t like it.

BaKoena:
The newly weds left for their honeymoon the Monday of
the past week, the princess and the queens continued
doing their work and the king and chief were still the same
but more excited about the chief of BaKoena’s wedding.
Which the bride wanted it to be all traditional and nothing
more, she wanted the people in the kingdom to be invited
and for the wedding to be that of the people than intimate
because according to her she has been to a lot of those
already. She said this time she wanted to involve the
people of the kingdom she will be marrying into to witness
their union. Kwezi’s parents were there and Brian has
been quiet all this time not saying anything to his daughter.
The BaKoena square was decorated nicely in royal blue,
White with a touch of gold.

The mood at BaKoena was a joyous one for the people

and the chief and his wife to be. The family and friends,
Ntsika and Zasembo were to arrive late afternoon as the
wedding was to take place at 4 PM and go on the whole
night. Brian had an ace up his sleeve as he was not about
to witness his daughter marry a thug as he calls Lebo. His
wife came into the chamber they were using and saw the
look in his eyes and knew that her husband was up to
something.
Kwezimom: Brian, whatever you are thinking don’t do it
because it will only hurt Kwezi.
Brian: I never said I will do anything.
Kwezimom: You don’t have to say it because I see it in
your eyes.
Brian: Okay tell me something, how do you feel about
Kwezi marrying this boy
Kwezimom: The Same way my father felt when you
married me. He wanted me to marry a doctor you know
but you came along and stole my heart and that broke my
father’s heart. What am trying to say to you is that in your
noble quest to destroy Lebo, don’t forget that your
daughter will be hurt just as much.
Brian: I heard Andike won’t do anything.
Kwezimom: Good

Brian: ( you maybe okay with this but I will never let her
marry a man that humiliated her father and took away all
that he owned and gave him installments like he was a
child. I will teach Lebo a lesson) said Brian thinking to
himself.

Like, comment and share

I know it’s short but the weekend has only just began.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 51. ( not edited)

BaKoena kingdom✨

The square at BaKoena was decorated nicely and people

of the kingdom were arriving at the venue to witness the
wedding of their chief and soon to be wife and their new
princess. Everyone was busy at BaKoena, with catering
companies coming in and out of the palace preparing for
the day ahead, with the deco company doing finishing
touches on everything to make sure the place was exactly
as the bride wanted it to be. To the maidens and guards
preparing to go to the royal wedding as they were invited
because this day Tokelo and Lebo’s people were going to
be the ones guarding the palace, the kingdom and
keeping the peace at the venue. They were in black suits
carrying their guns but hid them well so as to not scare the
people in the kingdom. Each car that came through was
thoroughly searched at the entrance of the kingdom by
some of the guys to make sure it was clean and the
passengers as well. Then the car would go through a scan
before it takes the road to the palace to check if there
wasn’t anything that the other guys missed. All the coma
and other devices were created by the one and only BBQ
and queen of BaKoena in preparation for the event. The
royal family of BaTloung come as well as the king and new
queen of BaTlokwa came. Those two got married a month
back and it was an intimate wedding because they had no
family to invite but the elders, the officiator and a few
people in the kingdom. Today they came as husband and
wife, king and queen of BaTlokwa. The prince and
princess of Manzini kingdom also arrived.

Thabiso was outside when his parents arrived, his mother

got out and greeted then went into the palace the check
on the queen mother while Thabiso remained with his
father.
Thabiso: Father, how are you?
King: As can be son, as can be.
Thabiso: I see you haven’t made peace with the queen.
King: How can I when she doesn’t see anything wrong in
what she has done?
Thabiso: What do you mean?
King: Son your mother has changed to a point that she
doesn’t care about other people’s feelings. She has
become this selfish person I don’t even recognize.
Thabiso: What are you going to do about it then?
King: I am going to go to her kingdom, her brother still
lives and her uncle and mother. They must come and take
their daughter back because that woman in there is not
the one I married.
Thabiso: Isn’t that hash?
King: Was it hash how you punished your wife after she
disrespected you?
Thabiso: No I wanted her to learn to respect me as her
husband.
King: Am doing the same thing with your mother. If she
doesn’t want to admit when she wrong and apologize to
me that means she’s not diffident from her cruel mother. I
love your mother but I will not be made to be the one in
the wrong when am not. She deceived me and my people
and all I wanted from her is a sincere apology but she
doesn’t see the need to.
Thabiso: I hear you father and you well in your rights.
King: What pisses me off is the fact that she said the only
person she’s wronged is Papi and not us.
Thabiso: What? How did she get to that conclusion?
King: I have no idea. Anyway let’s enjoy the wedding and I
will deal with your mother the only way I know how.
Thabiso: And I will support you.

He went to the house while the king went and joined other
Kongs. The queen was in the queen mothers room
watching her as she gets ready.
Mabotle: I see you looking good and you glowing.
Queen: What can I say? Life is good.
Mabotle: I can see that, husband forgave you?
Queen: No but I don’t care am living my life now, if he and
his children want to sulk then I won’t stop them and I won’t
stop living.
Mabotle: Mmm
Queen: What is it my queen?
Mabotle: It’s just that when I took you out I wanted you to
have time to think and let your family cools down then talk
to them and ask for forgiveness.
Queen: What for my queen?
Mabotle: You have done your husband wrong, in fact you
have done the whole BaTloung clan wrong, you got
married to the king under false pretenses and that was
wrong and you should apologize.
Queen: But I only did what I was told by mother nothing
more.
Mabotle: Yes you did and you were young I understand,
but now you old enough to know what is right and wrong.
What you did back then was wrong and now not
apologizing for it to your husband is even worse than what
you did back when you were young, because you not
young now.
Queen: I don’t know what you want from me Mabotle, I
was sitting in this palace miserable and you told me if my
family doesn’t want to support me then I should let them
carry the burden themselves.
Mabotle: Yes I did but I didn’t not say don’t apologize.
Apologizing to them doesn’t mean you are weak or you
admit guilt but apologizing means that you are growing up
and you want to make peace.
Queen: Yhoo not today or tomorrow am enjoying myself
and that place is amazing. It’s doing wonders to me and
am happy.
Mabotle: Your happiness is important and so is the
happiness of your loved ones. How do you think they feel
when you living your life like you have done nothing wrong.
How do you feel when you come back home and your
husband is angry?
Queen: I feel nothing really am done punishing myself for
this.
Mabotle: The results of this will not be good but I hope you
prepared for it.
The queen didn’t answer.

In the room where Kwezi was getting dressed, all the

ladies were gathered there being made beautiful by the
make up artists. She was so excited that finally after so
long she gets to marry the man she loves. Her phone rings
and Zasembo hands it to her.
Convo:
Kwezi: Hello
Voice: Hellow Kwezi how are you?
Kwezi: Am well thank you how are you?
Voice: Am very well thank you for asking. I heard that you
getting married.
Kwezi: Who are you?
Voice: Wow you forgot about me
Kwezi: If I didn’t I wouldn’t ask ( all the ladies were now
looking at her)
Voice: It’s Lesego Kwezi your Lesego.
Kwezi: Oh my God Lesego!
Lesego: Yep that’s me.
Kwezi: Are you calling to wish me well? And where did you
get my number?
Lesego: No Kwezi, I didn’t Call to wish you well, I called
because I want what’s mine.
Kwezi: What?
Lesego: Yes Baby am back and I want my woman back.
Kwezi: Lesego am getting married in a few minutes and I
love my husband and..
Lesego: And you pregnant! I know but Lebo is more than
capable of raising his own children.
Kwezi: How Do you know so much about me?
Lesego: It doesn’t matter, get ready am coming for you.
( he dropped the call)
Mapula: What is it Kwezi?
Kwezi: Lesego says his coming for what’s his and Lebo
can raise his own kids.
Mapula: How does he know all that and where did he get
your number?
Kwezi: I don’t know friend, I really don’t.
Mapula: Am confuses because even Thabiso last spoke to
him years ago when he said his never coming back.
Reneilwe: Give me your phone and let me track where he
is. ( Kwezi gave her the phone and Reneilwe did her thing
and found a location) she looked at everyone.
Mapula: What is it?
Reneilwe: I need to go and use my computer in my room
this phone is not doing what I want.
Kwezi: Please do whatever need to do because I don’t
want the like of Lesego ruining my day.
Mapula: I will go with you and you get ready.
Zasembo: I will help her you guys go but hurry back, time
is not on our side.
Mapula: Okay.
They went out of the room and when they were further
down Mapula stopped Reneilwe.
Mapula: You round him didn’t you?
Reneilwe: I did but I didn’t want to say anything in front of
Kwezi.
Mapula: Where is he?
Reneilwe: Right here in the palace.
Mapula: What?
Reneilwe: Yes
Mapula: Go inform your husband and I will find mine and
also make sure he informs the security.
Reneilwe: On it.

They went their separate ways. Reneilwe found Tokelo

and Thabiso in the room where Lebo was getting dressed,
with Ntsika there, she knocked and got in.
Tokelo: my beautiful queen.
Reneilwe: My king, May I steal you for a moment.
Tokelo: Of course
Reneilwe: Thabiso your wife is looking for you.
Thabiso: Where is she?
Reneilwe: She went to the direction of your chamber.
Thabiso: Okay I will go find her.
Lebo: Be quick you two I want to get married already.
Them: Yeah we know
They left the room with Thabiso going to look for Mapula
while Tokelo and Reneilwe went to their chamber.
Tokelo: What is it my queen?
Reneilwe: A Lesego just called Kwezi saying she must get
ready because his coming for what’s his.
Tokelo: Lesego! You mean the ex that went to live in
Canada?
Reneilwe: Well his not in Canada now but right here I this
palace.
Tokelo: You tracked his phone?
Reneilwe: Yes and his right here.
Tokelo: Okay go to Kwezi get dressed and I will inform the
guys but make sure no one tells Lebo this or there will be
no wedding today but a funeral.
Reneilwe: Okay let me go back.
Reneilwe went back to the room and told Kwezi that his
not around here but in South Africa and Kwezi calmed
down and got dressed for her wedding.
Mapula found Thabiso as she was leaving the chamber to
look for him somewhere else.
Mapula: There you are
Thabiso: Yes Reneilwe told me you looking for me.
Mapula: Yes, let’s go inside ( they went into their chamber)
Mapula: Your friend is back.
Thabiso: What friend is that?
Mapula: Lesego
Thabiso: Oh wow! I never thought that guys will ever come
back from Canada. Where is he?
Mapula: Well his back and his right here I. The palace.
Thabiso: Then I have to see him, damn it’s been a long
time, I missed him.
Mapula: He didn’t come back for you. According to the call
he made to Kwezi he came back for her.
Thabiso: What?
Mapula: Yes, he said Kwezi must get ready because his
coming for what’s his.
Thabiso: Damn It Lesego! ( he banged his hands on the
wardrobe) does he know what Lebo will do to him if he
finds out?
Mapula: Which is why I don’t want him to find out until
after the wedding.
Thabiso: Don’t worry I will find him and talk some sense
into him.
Mapula: There is not time, we have to be out there in the
next 20 minutes just get the security to be in the look out.
Thabiso: Damn it all! I never thought I would be chasing
after my old time friend. Lesego can be an ass sometimes..
excuse my language.
Mapula: It’s okay I have to go now, it’s almost time.
Thabiso: Alright

They went their separate ways going to finish up dressing

for the wedding.

Like, comment and share

#loveasminSeason 2
Insert 51. ( not edited)

BaKoena kingdom✨

The square at BaKoena was decorated nicely and people

of the kingdom were arriving at the venue to witness the
wedding of their chief and soon to be wife and their new
princess. Everyone was busy at BaKoena, with catering
companies coming in and out of the palace preparing for
the day ahead, with the deco company doing finishing
touches on everything to make sure the place was exactly
as the bride wanted it to be. To the maidens and guards
preparing to go to the royal wedding as they were invited
because this day Tokelo and Lebo’s people were going to
be the ones guarding the palace, the kingdom and
keeping the peace at the venue. They were in black suits
carrying their guns but hid them well so as to not scare the
people in the kingdom. Each car that came through was
thoroughly searched at the entrance of the kingdom by
some of the guys to make sure it was clean and the
passengers as well. Then the car would go through a scan
before it takes the road to the palace to check if there
wasn’t anything that the other guys missed. All the coma
and other devices were created by the one and only BBQ
and queen of BaKoena in preparation for the event. The
royal family of BaTloung come as well as the king and new
queen of BaTlokwa came. Those two got married a month
back and it was an intimate wedding because they had no
family to invite but the elders, the officiator and a few
people in the kingdom. Today they came as husband and
wife, king and queen of BaTlokwa. The prince and
princess of Manzini kingdom also arrived.

Thabiso was outside when his parents arrived, his mother

got out and greeted then went into the palace the check
on the queen mother while Thabiso remained with his
father.
Thabiso: Father, how are you?
King: As can be son, as can be.
Thabiso: I see you haven’t made peace with the queen.
King: How can I when she doesn’t see anything wrong in
what she has done?
Thabiso: What do you mean?
King: Son your mother has changed to a point that she
doesn’t care about other people’s feelings. She has
become this selfish person I don’t even recognize.
Thabiso: What are you going to do about it then?
King: I am going to go to her kingdom, her brother still
lives and her uncle and mother. They must come and take
their daughter back because that woman in there is not
the one I married.
Thabiso: Isn’t that hash?
King: Was it hash how you punished your wife after she
disrespected you?
Thabiso: No I wanted her to learn to respect me as her
husband.
King: Am doing the same thing with your mother. If she
doesn’t want to admit when she wrong and apologize to
me that means she’s not diffident from her cruel mother. I
love your mother but I will not be made to be the one in
the wrong when am not. She deceived me and my people
and all I wanted from her is a sincere apology but she
doesn’t see the need to.
Thabiso: I hear you father and you well in your rights.
King: What pisses me off is the fact that she said the only
person she’s wronged is Papi and not us.
Thabiso: What? How did she get to that conclusion?
King: I have no idea. Anyway let’s enjoy the wedding and I
will deal with your mother the only way I know how.
Thabiso: And I will support you.
He went to the house while the king went and joined other
Kongs. The queen was in the queen mothers room
watching her as she gets ready.
Mabotle: I see you looking good and you glowing.
Queen: What can I say? Life is good.
Mabotle: I can see that, husband forgave you?
Queen: No but I don’t care am living my life now, if he and
his children want to sulk then I won’t stop them and I won’t
stop living.
Mabotle: Mmm
Queen: What is it my queen?
Mabotle: It’s just that when I took you out I wanted you to
have time to think and let your family cools down then talk
to them and ask for forgiveness.
Queen: What for my queen?
Mabotle: You have done your husband wrong, in fact you
have done the whole BaTloung clan wrong, you got
married to the king under false pretenses and that was
wrong and you should apologize.
Queen: But I only did what I was told by mother nothing
more.
Mabotle: Yes you did and you were young I understand,
but now you old enough to know what is right and wrong.
What you did back then was wrong and now not
apologizing for it to your husband is even worse than what
you did back when you were young, because you not
young now.
Queen: I don’t know what you want from me Mabotle, I
was sitting in this palace miserable and you told me if my
family doesn’t want to support me then I should let them
carry the burden themselves.
Mabotle: Yes I did but I didn’t not say don’t apologize.
Apologizing to them doesn’t mean you are weak or you
admit guilt but apologizing means that you are growing up
and you want to make peace.
Queen: Yhoo not today or tomorrow am enjoying myself
and that place is amazing. It’s doing wonders to me and
am happy.
Mabotle: Your happiness is important and so is the
happiness of your loved ones. How do you think they feel
when you living your life like you have done nothing wrong.
How do you feel when you come back home and your
husband is angry?
Queen: I feel nothing really am done punishing myself for
this.
Mabotle: The results of this will not be good but I hope you
prepared for it.
The queen didn’t answer.

In the room where Kwezi was getting dressed, all the

ladies were gathered there being made beautiful by the
make up artists. She was so excited that finally after so
long she gets to marry the man she loves. Her phone rings
and Zasembo hands it to her.
Convo:
Kwezi: Hello
Voice: Hellow Kwezi how are you?
Kwezi: Am well thank you how are you?
Voice: Am very well thank you for asking. I heard that you
getting married.
Kwezi: Who are you?
Voice: Wow you forgot about me
Kwezi: If I didn’t I wouldn’t ask ( all the ladies were now
looking at her)
Voice: It’s Lesego Kwezi your Lesego.
Kwezi: Oh my God Lesego!
Lesego: Yep that’s me.
Kwezi: Are you calling to wish me well? And where did you
get my number?
Lesego: No Kwezi, I didn’t Call to wish you well, I called
because I want what’s mine.
Kwezi: What?
Lesego: Yes Baby am back and I want my woman back.
Kwezi: Lesego am getting married in a few minutes and I
love my husband and..
Lesego: And you pregnant! I know but Lebo is more than
capable of raising his own children.
Kwezi: How Do you know so much about me?
Lesego: It doesn’t matter, get ready am coming for you.
( he dropped the call)

Mapula: What is it Kwezi?

Kwezi: Lesego says his coming for what’s his and Lebo
can raise his own kids.
Mapula: How does he know all that and where did he get
your number?
Kwezi: I don’t know friend, I really don’t.
Mapula: Am confuses because even Thabiso last spoke to
him years ago when he said his never coming back.
Reneilwe: Give me your phone and let me track where he
is. ( Kwezi gave her the phone and Reneilwe did her thing
and found a location) she looked at everyone.
Mapula: What is it?
Reneilwe: I need to go and use my computer in my room
this phone is not doing what I want.
Kwezi: Please do whatever need to do because I don’t
want the like of Lesego ruining my day.
Mapula: I will go with you and you get ready.
Zasembo: I will help her you guys go but hurry back, time
is not on our side.
Mapula: Okay.
They went out of the room and when they were further
down Mapula stopped Reneilwe.
Mapula: You round him didn’t you?
Reneilwe: I did but I didn’t want to say anything in front of
Kwezi.
Mapula: Where is he?
Reneilwe: Right here in the palace.
Mapula: What?
Reneilwe: Yes
Mapula: Go inform your husband and I will find mine and
also make sure he informs the security.
Reneilwe: On it.

They went their separate ways. Reneilwe found Tokelo

and Thabiso in the room where Lebo was getting dressed,
with Ntsika there, she knocked and got in.
Tokelo: my beautiful queen.
Reneilwe: My king, May I steal you for a moment.
Tokelo: Of course
Reneilwe: Thabiso your wife is looking for you.
Thabiso: Where is she?
Reneilwe: She went to the direction of your chamber.
Thabiso: Okay I will go find her.
Lebo: Be quick you two I want to get married already.
Them: Yeah we know
They left the room with Thabiso going to look for Mapula
while Tokelo and Reneilwe went to their chamber.
Tokelo: What is it my queen?
Reneilwe: A Lesego just called Kwezi saying she must get
ready because his coming for what’s his.
Tokelo: Lesego! You mean the ex that went to live in
Canada?
Reneilwe: Well his not in Canada now but right here I this
palace.
Tokelo: You tracked his phone?
Reneilwe: Yes and his right here.
Tokelo: Okay go to Kwezi get dressed and I will inform the
guys but make sure no one tells Lebo this or there will be
no wedding today but a funeral.
Reneilwe: Okay let me go back.
Reneilwe went back to the room and told Kwezi that his
not around here but in South Africa and Kwezi calmed
down and got dressed for her wedding.

Mapula found Thabiso as she was leaving the chamber to

look for him somewhere else.
Mapula: There you are
Thabiso: Yes Reneilwe told me you looking for me.
Mapula: Yes, let’s go inside ( they went into their chamber)
Mapula: Your friend is back.
Thabiso: What friend is that?
Mapula: Lesego
Thabiso: Oh wow! I never thought that guys will ever come
back from Canada. Where is he?
Mapula: Well his back and his right here I. The palace.
Thabiso: Then I have to see him, damn it’s been a long
time, I missed him.
Mapula: He didn’t come back for you. According to the call
he made to Kwezi he came back for her.
Thabiso: What?
Mapula: Yes, he said Kwezi must get ready because his
coming for what’s his.
Thabiso: Damn It Lesego! ( he banged his hands on the
wardrobe) does he know what Lebo will do to him if he
finds out?
Mapula: Which is why I don’t want him to find out until
after the wedding.
Thabiso: Don’t worry I will find him and talk some sense
into him.
Mapula: There is not time, we have to be out there in the
next 20 minutes just get the security to be in the look out.
Thabiso: Damn it all! I never thought I would be chasing
after my old time friend. Lesego can be an ass sometimes..
excuse my language.
Mapula: It’s okay I have to go now, it’s almost time.
Thabiso: Alright

They went their separate ways going to finish up dressing

for the wedding.

Like, comment and share

#loveasminSeason 2

Insert 52

BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

The bride and her bridal party got dressed and ready for
the wedding, the groom and his groomsmen also go ready
on their side. Kwezi’s Mother was ready in the room they
were allocated and now she was waiting for Brian to finish
up so that he can go walk Kwezi down the isle.
Kwezimom: Brian finish up it’s almost time to walk Kwezi
down the isle.
Brian: If that boy can’t wait for my daughter then he can
leave it.
Kwezimom: How long do you want the poor child wait
really? Lebo has been waiting for your blessings to marry
Kwezi for many years now.
Brian: Then What is a few minutes going to do.
Kwezimom: You know that you acting like you were forced
to accept Lebo or give him your blessing to marry your
daughter.
Brian: Maybe I was, you never know.
Kwezimom: I would like to see the day when someone
forces the mighty Brian to do something he doesn’t want
to.
Brian: Be glad you didn’t see it.
Kwezimom: What do you mean? Were you really forced?
Brian: Really woman no! I wasn’t forced Am just saying be
glad you will never get to see that day. Imagine someone
forcing me to do something I don’t want to.
Kwezimom: Mmm then finish up am going to take my seat
outside as the mother of the bride.
Brian: Go in Kwezi and I will be out in a moment.
Kwezimom: Okay see you out there.

She got out and went to the venue to take her seat right
opposite the queen mother. Brian made a call.
Convo:
Brian: Be ready am going to be out soon.
Lesego: Am already in position.
Brian: Good.
He dropped the call and sent a message to Lebo telling
him that he wants to see him.

In Lebo’s chamber his phone vibrated in his pocked and

he took it out and read the message and put it back in his
pocket.
Ntsika: Hey man it’s time for us to go out there.
Tokelo: Yes Brother you have been waiting for so long for
this now it’s time.
Lebo: Okay But give me a minute I will be right back.
Thabiso: Oho you want to be more late then the bride now.
Ntsika: Hakumtshele ( tell him)
Lebo: No I won’t be late am coming back just now.
Lebo went out the room going all the way to the back of
the palace where Brian said he will be. He saw him and
went closer to him.
Lebo: Father in law
Brian: Not yet
Lebo: Soon though, in just a few minutes.
Brian: Not if I can help it
Lebo: What do...( Lesego appeared from the back and
covered Lebo’s mouth and nose with a hanker-chief
dapped in chloroform and Lebo lost consciousness the
moment he inhaled it. They took him to the basement of
the palace the one outside close to the prison cells and
locked him up in there. Brian then went to get Kwezi while
Lesego made himself scarce.
Brian got to Kwezi’s room and the bridal party was ready
and waiting.
Brian: My beautiful princess.
Kwezi: Daddy am going to be someone’s wife soon please
don’t call me princess like am 8 years old.
Brian: You will always be my princess no matter how old
you are and everything I do is for your own good.
Kwezi: Thank you Father.
Brian: Ladies could you excuse us please I want to talk to
my daughter.
Them: Of course
They went out and left them in the room. They went to
check on the guys to see how far they are because time
has come for them to go out.
Kwezi: Daddy don’t be long I have to go out there and say
I do.
Brian: Kwezi you are my daughter in fact you are my only
child and I love you with all that I am. Everything I have
ever done was for you and your mother, even refusing for
you to marry Lebo was for your own good.
Kwezi: Thank you Daddy for all that you have done for me,
I might be getting married but that won’t change the fact
that you are my first love.
Brian: I appreciate that princess.

Back in the room where the guys are the ladies entered
looking beautiful.
Ntsika: If Lebo was here he would say he wishes he could
get married everyday just so he could see you all looking
this beautiful.
Tokelo: You are are gay as Lebo is.
Reneilwe: Are you trying to say we are not beautiful my
king?
Tokelo: Not at all my queen, you all look beautiful.
Reneilwe: I thought as much.
Mapula: Where is Lebo anyway?
Zasembo: Yeah Because we have to go now, the people
are waiting and the brides father is already in her room
waiting to walk her down the isle.
Thabiso: He left here a... ( he looked at his watch) 20
minutes ago.
Mapula: Where did he say he was going?
Tokelo: He didn’t say he just said he will be back in a few
minutes.
Thabiso: Let me call him ( Thabisa called Lebo but his
phone rang unanswered) his not picking up.
Mapula: I have a bad feeling about this.
Tokelo: Let me ask the guys if they have seen him. ( he
moved away from others and spoke to the guys on the
coms)

Tokelo: Gents
Them: Copy
Tokelo: Has anyone of you seen Terminator?
Guy: I saw him a few minutes ago talking to Brian.
Tokelo: Where?
Guy: Around the back when I did my rounds.
Tokelo: Who ever is close to that side go look and report
back.
Them: Sure.
The guys that were close by were to check where Lebo
was while the others checked the perimeters around but
none of them found him.
Guy: Boss
Tokelo: Am here
Guy: Nothing on my side
Them: Nothing on ours as well.
Tokelo: Thanks Guys But be on the lookout.
Them: Sure bozza
Tokelo went back to the others.
Tokelo: We have to spread out and look for Lebo.
Thabiso: What are the guys saying?
Tokelo: That they last saw him talking to Brian around the
back a while ago but his not there now.
Thabiso: Lets go check.
They spread out all over the palace looking for Lebo from
bathrooms, kitchens, lounges, the garden and the throne
room as well as the chambers but none of them found him.
They met again in the chamber they were in.
Tokelo: Anything?
Thabiso: No
Tokelo: I suspect Brian
Thabiso: I suspect Lesego
Ntsika: Just Who is Lesego now and why do you suspect
the father?
Tokelo: It’s a long story regarding the father but Lesego is
an ex that just came back saying his here to take what’s
his.
Ntsika: And That is?
Thabiso: Kwezi
Ntsika: Oh I wish we could find him so that Lebo can teach
him a lesson.
Tokelo: We will have to find Lebo first, am going to Brian.
Reneilwe: Does he have his phone with him?
Ntsika: Yeah it was in his pocket.
Reneilwe: I will check that while you guys go.

The guys together with Mapula went to the chamber

where Kwezi was getting dressed while Zasembo and
Reneilwe were left behind for Reneilwe to track Lebo’s
phone. They got to the room and Tokelo went straight to
Brian and punched him in the face and he stumbled
backwards. Kwezi screamed.
Kwezi: Tokelo! What is going on?
Tokelo: Ask your father!
Mapula: Tokelo we didn’t come here to fight please
contain yourself.
Kwezi: Daddy What is going on?
Brian: Am just as shocked as you are.
Mapula: Okay now you are making me angry Mr, this is
your daughter’s wedding that you are trying to ruin.
Kwezi: How did he do that Mapula?
Mapula: Your Father has Lebo and we suspect that he is
the one who brought Lesego here.
Kwezi: Father wouldn’t do that, would you daddy?
Brian: Of course not princess.
Tokelo: Look her man you don’t want to piss me off, you
are the one who was last seen talking to Lebo around
back and now His nowhere to found. How do you explain
that?
Brian: I can’t because I don’t know where he is?
Kwezi: Daddy please look at me and tell me you had
nothing to do with this?
Brian: I promise you princess I had nothing to do with this.

While they were still talking Reneilwe connected with

Tokelo on the com.
Reneilwe: Babe I found him, well at least I found his phone.
Tokelo: Where?
Reneilwe: I don’t know where exactly because this palace
is big and I haven’t been to every where around here so
you will have to come and check.
Tokelo: Am on my way.
Tokelo headed for the door and the others followed but
Mapula remained.
Mapula: I hope for your sake Kwezi your father had
nothing to do with this.
Kwezi: He promised he didn’t Mapula, could Lebo have
stood me up?
Brian: He could have knowing how that boy is. He wanted
my blessings for so long and now when it comes to it he
runs.
Mapula: Does that sound like Lebo to you Kwezi?
Kwezi: I don’t know what to believe anymore Mapula,
Lebo is gone, my father is suspected in his disappearance
and Lesego wants me back. This is all too much for one to
handle on her wedding day.
Mapula: Leave the wedding thing and think if Lebo would
do that to you. Because in my opinion If he wanted to
leave you he would have done so many years ago when
your father refused for you to marry him. Why would he
leave now?
Kwezi: I really don’t know friend.

Tokelo and the others got the rooms and Reneilwe

showed them the place where his phone is pinging from.
Tokelo: I know the place
Thabiso: Lets go ( they went out running to the place)
Outside people were getting restless because no one was
coming, no groom or the bride. Even the parents were
starting to wonder what is going on. Tokelo got to the
basement but the door to it was locked and it had a new
key and he wondered who could have put a new key there
when no one uses the basement. He and Thabiso looked
for something to break the key with and they found a rock
but it didn’t work. Tokelo ran to the shed where the tools
were and took a cutter and went back and Thabiso was
still there trying to open. Tokelo broke the key with the
cutter and they opened the door. It was dark inside and
Thabiso took out his phone to try and find the lights and he
found it and switched it on. They scanned the room and
found Lebo sleeping in the corner of it with his hands tied
and mouth shut with tape. Tokelo got angry as he went to
him and removed the tape. Then untied him, he and
Thabiso picked him up and out but they were met with a
gun pointed at them.

Thabiso: Lesego!
Lesego: Thabiso
Thabiso: You did this?
Lesego: No we did it, me and his father in law. See he
believes that I deserve Kwezi more than he does and I
believe home because she was mine first.
Thabiso: Yeah And then you left her and went to Canada
after you broke up with her.
Lesego: That is a mistake am here to correct, now go back
inside.
Tokelo: Not happening! Am getting my brother married
and there is nothing you or Brian can do about that.
Lesego: Wanna bet?
Tokelo: I bet your life on it ( the guys head what Tokelo
was saying on the coms and went to check it out)
Lesego: Are you sure about that? I mean am the one with
the gun and all.
Tokelo: And they are the ones with more guns you see
( he said pointing behind him with his head and Lesego
turned and was faced with angry guards with guns)
Tokelo: Lock him up and we will deal with him after the
wedding.
Them: Sure bozza.
Lesego: Thabiso! ( he turned and looked at him) this is not
over my friend not by a long shot.
Thabiso: Wait until after the wedding and I will show you
just how over it is.

They took the unconscious Lebo to the room and called

the palace doctor from the guests and she came running.
Doc: What is it? The people are restless out there.
Tokelo: So are we! Can you wake him up?
Doc: What happened?
Tokelo: Story for another day, right now I need him awake
and out there.
Doc: Okay get me my medical bag the one I always leave
here ( Reneilwe ran out to go get the bag while the doctor
examines Lebo)
Doc: Looks like he inhaled a lot of chloroform and he was
going to wake up tomorrow afternoon now.
Tokelo: Well tough I want him up now.
Doc: I will do what I can.
Tokelo: Whatever you do wake him up.
Doc: Okay
Reneilwe came in with the medical bag and the doctor
took it and opened it then did her thing for a few minutes
then moved back.
Doc: Get the bride ready and get this man married.
Tokelo: But his not awake yet.
Doc: Give him 5 minutes but he will only be awake for 3
hour’s before the effects come back full force and he will
have no choice but to sleep it off.
Tokelo: That’s more than enough time.

Thabiso called Mapula and she picked up immediately.

Convo:
Mapula: Yes dear
Thabiso: If Kwezi still wants to get marry she must get
ready to come out because we are going out now.
Mapula: Lebo?
Thabiso: Right here
Mapula: Okay
She dropped the call and looked at Kwezi.
Mapula: If you still want to get married then prepare to go
out now.
Brian: What is she supposed to marry when the groom
disappeared?
Mapula: Don’t worry about that Lebo and his groomsmen
are going out now. ( the ladies came in)
Reneilwe: We ready if you are? ( they all looked at Kwezi)
Kwezi: Where was Lebo?
Reneilwe: There was no time to ask but we will have
plenty of time after the wedding.
Mapula: That is If you still want to get married.
Kwezi: Lets go get my man ladies
Them: Yesssss!!!

They quickly did the final touches so that they can go out
and Brian was pissed. So much that he couldn’t hide it,
Kwezi saw this but told herself that they will talk after the
wedding right now she had a husband waiting down the
isle.

Like, comment and share.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 53

BaKoena kingdom ✨ (not edited)

The groom got cleaned up quickly and he and his

groomsmen which were Tokelo the best man, Thabiso and
Ntsika. After they finished with everything they made their
way out of the palace to the venue and when the queen
mother saw her children she stood up holulilated with the
queen of BaTloung by her side, people of the kingdom
were cheering and man whistling seeing their Chief and
King standing up there together, it was sight to be hold. A
few minutes later Zasembo appeared as one of the brides
maid and the smile on Ntsika’s face couldn’t be missed,
she walked up and took her place, the. Reneilwe followed
and the people of the kingdom cheered for their queen as
she walked gracefully down the isle with her chin up and
shoulders back and her hand put together hold the
beautiful bouquet of flowers. Then Mapula the rain queen
followed as the maid of honor to the bride, also walking
gracefully down the isle and occasionally smiling and
waving at the people who couldn’t contain themselves with
excitement, she took her place and looked at her brother
Lebo who looked nervous and she nodded her head and
Lebo seemed to be relaxing a bit.

The music changed and everyone got on their feet to

properly welcome the bride, Kwezi appeared at the far end
of the entrance with her father by her side who didn’t seem
happy at all. Her mother noticed this and wondered what
could have happened. They started walking down the isle
and Brian whispered to his daughter.
Brian: There is still time to change your mind princess, just
say the word and daddy will take you away from here.
Kwezi: This is what I want daddy. Walk me down the isle
it’s about time. ( she whispered back to her father and they
started walking again) Brian had this evil look that he gave
Lebo as they walked his wife saw that and her heart sank.
They got to Lebo and her father kissed her forehead and
went to sit down without giving her away to Lebo and
Kwezi was heart broken. Lebo took her land and stood
beside her. The priest spoke.
Priest: Before we continue I would like to know who gives
this man to this woman ( the queen mother stood up with a
smile on her)
Mabotle: I do
Priest: Thank you queen mother, who gives this woman to
this man? ( Brian kept quiet and Kwezi’s mother stood up)
Kwezi’smom: I do
Priest: Thank, we are gathered here today to witness two
souls being tied together as one. I was asked not to even
ask if any of wish this marriage not to continue because I
can also see by the number of people here that all of you
wish to see these two united. Now for the vows. Chief
please start.

Lebo: Oh my Kwezi, I had a long speech prepared but

after the events of earlier on am left with just a few words
to say. Kwezi we have been through a lot together and not
even once did I think of giving up on you and on us. I love
you and I want to spend the rest of my life with. I know that
not all will be or are happy that we are standing here today
but I want you to know that no matter where I am, or what
I do or what you hear about me. I want you to remember
my love for you. Today I take you to be lawfully wedded
wife, to have and hold, in sickness and in health, for richer
or poorer, till death to us part. I love you.
Priest: Beautiful, it’s your turn now Kwezi.
Kwezi: Lebohang Lebenya, Chief of BaKoena, when I met
you, I never knew you would be the one, the father of my
children and the one that completes my heart. I promise to
stay faithful to you, to love and cherish you. To be your
shoulder to lean on and be the best wife I can be to you.
Today I take you, to be my lawfully wedded husband, to
have and to hold, I. Sickness and in health. To have and
to hold, till death do us part. I love you.

The priest called for the rings and the ring ceremony was
done and he pronounced them husband and wife. They
kissed and left the venue with the bridal party and
groomsmen and went to take pictures. After they went
back changed and joint the reception. Food was served to
everyone and drinks, speeches were made and people
started enjoying themselves. Lebo was yawning the whole
time because now two hours has passed, Tokelo saw this
and asked everyone to go inside and they excused
themselves and Kwezi’s mother also followed when she
saw Brian being dragged inside by the royals. They got to
the guest chamber and closed the door.
Kwezi’smom: What is going on here?
Tokelo: Please do ask your husband man.
Kwezi’smom: Brian what is going on?
Brian: I have no idea ask them.
Lebo: You know what am tired of this back and forth we
are doing here, Brian I know you didn’t want me to marry
your daughter but to kidnap me and lock me up in the
basement on my wedding day is something I never
thought you would because you love your daughter but
you did it.
Kwezi’smom: Brian what did you do? ( she asked
sounding defeated)
Brian: I was not just going to standby and watch a career
criminal marry my daughter.
Kwezi: Did you ever stop to think of what I wanted daddy?
Brian: Sweetheart, I gave birth to you and I know very well
what you want and what is good for you and this thing
right here is not it.
Kwezi’smom: Didn’t I warn you not to do anything?
Brian: Woman you don’t tell me what to do about my
daughter. I was trying to save Kwezi from this thing right
here.
Kwezi: Save me you say daddy, from what exactly? Being
loved and be happy. What is it that you don’t like so much
about my husband?
Brian: The fact that his a criminal and Lesego is a better
man than he could ever be.
Kwezi: Is that why you brought him here to ruin my
wedding?
Brian: Yes but not to ruin anything but to save you from
him.
Kwezi: I am so disappointed in you father, but from now on
a set you free, you no longer my father from this day
forward you can consider yourself childless. I want you to
be gone and stay away from me and my family and I do
not want you anywhere near me, my husband or the
children am carrying. From today onwards I do not have a
father for mine died the moment he brought another man
to ruin my wedding.
Brian: So you are going to disown me and not let me into
my grand children’s lives yet you are going to let this
criminal raise them?
Kwezi: You seem to forget something Brian that this
criminal as you call him, fathered these children and he
has every right to raise them as they are his own.
Brian: Is this what you really want princess?
Kwezi: Yes! For you to be gone and never look back.
Brian: Then I hope he comforts the child in your heart, I
hope he understands the woman you are, I hope he never
take for granted the little things that make love work and I
hope his all that you deserve. ( he said and left and Lebo
followed him leaving the tense room with people looking
sad)

He got outside and saw him walking to his car.

Lebo: Brian! ( he called out to him and he turned and
looked at him)
Brian: What is it you want? You got what you wanted so
What now?
Lebo: I am a man of my word and I have you my word that
day that I will give you everything after the wedding ( he
took out his phone and transferred all his money to him
and his phone beeped)
Brian: This is exactly what you took from me.
Lebo: Yes it is.
Brian: But why didn’t you deduct the money that you kept
giving me all those months.
Lebo: Consider That an apology for forcing you to give me
your daughter, look Brian what you did today showed me
that you love Kwezi and I will let it go for her. But do that
again and I won’t hesitate to put a bullet on your skull.
Brian: You also treat my daughter like the princess that
she is or else I will put a bullet between your eyes.
Lebo: Deal ( Brian looked at him and walked away)

Lebo went back inside and the house was quiet like there
was no one in there. He went straight to his wife and
kneeled before her.
Lebo: I know that you are hurt and disappointed by what
your father did and I want you to know that you don’t have
to disown him because of me. I did not marry you to break
your family apart I merely wanted to be a part of it through
you. Your father is hurting out there as he leaves and you
have the power to bring a smile on his face once again.
Kwezi: That’s the reason I love you, you are considerate of
everyone regardless of who they are or what they have
done. My father did you wrong today, he did me wrong as
well but keeping him away is my way of making him
realize his mistakes and repent before he loses everything
he loves.
Lebo: As you wish and am sorry that am going to be
asleep through out our reception.
Kwezi: it’s not your fault babe and I understand.

The other left the room, others went back to the reception
to enjoy the rest of the festivities while Thabiso sneaked
off to the back where Lesego was and Tokelo saw him
and followed. He got there and asked the guards to open
and they did, he switch on the lights And Lesego was
sitting there and when he saw his old friend he smiled.
Lesego: Came to release me already?
Thabiso: Why would I do that? (Tokelo was listening
outside)
Lesego: Because you my friend and why else would you
come alone?
Thabiso: We were friends back when you had a brain but
now I don’t even know who you are.
Lesego: Just because I came to get what’s mine you don’t
know who I am?
Thabiso: You broke up with Kwezi before you left why did
you think she was still yours?
Lesego: The Same way you thought Mapula was still
yours even after that Zulu prince was in the picture.
Thabiso: That is different
Lesego: How is to different? I helped you with Mapula
back then but you couldn’t help me get Kwezi now.
Thabiso: Let me ask you something, in Canada were you
single?
Lesego: No! ( he smiled) I have beautiful girlfriend who
just gave birth to our beautiful baby girl, her name is
Lauren Reabetwe Mohale ( he said that with pride and
Thabiso couldn’t control himself as he went charging to
him and started beating him up)

Lesego didn’t see this coming as he was still sitting on the

floor and he didn’t have a chance to get up and fight back
and Thabiso was beating him up real good with Tokelo
taking a video of everything.
Thabiso: You come here ( punch) to ruin ( punch) other
peoples lives ( punch ) yet you have a girlfriend ( punch)
and a daughter ( punch) back in Canada (punch ) you
don’t deserve them (punch) you don’t deserve to be called
a man. Then more punches rained on him. Thabiso was
really angry and Tokelo saw that Lesego won’t make it if
he doesn’t stop him. He stop the video and shove his
phone in his pocket and went inside.
Tokelo: Hey man! Leave some for Lebo am sure he wants
a piece of this.
Thabiso have him one last punch and got up and left.
Tokelo got the palace doctor to look at him while he took
Thabiso to get cleaned up.

The effects of the chloroform had taken effect on Lebo and

he was fast asleep in the room with his bride constantly
checking up on him. Kwezi’s mother was not herself, she
was heartbroken by what her husband did even after she
has warned him not to do anything.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 54✨ (not edited )

The wedding was over and the people went on with their
lives, Lebo and Kwezi went to their honeymoon in Paris
France. Lebo has asked his brothers to keep Lesego
locked up and fed until he returns. When they asked why
he must be well fed he simply said ‘ I don’t want him to
feel like his fight was unfair, hence I want him healthy and
strong to show him what I do to men like him’ Tokelo and
Thabiso laughed at the thought of what Lebo will do to
Lesego when he comes back. Thabiso goes to see him
everyday just to remind him not to get too comfortable
because they are only fattening him up to get him ready
for the slaughter. Tokelo calls him lamb to the slaughter
and that made Lebo laught when he heard about it. Ntsika
and his beautiful wife Zasembo went back home because
the chief priest summoned them and they are yet to find
out what the matter is.

It’s been a week since the wedding the queen of

BaTloung’s family is visiting to hear of the reason the king
summoned them. Thabiso and Reneilwe were also there
because their father asked them to be. The queen just
knows this as a family dinner and in her mind she thought
her family finally came around and were willing to support
her and be with her instead of pushing her away. Little did
she know that what awaits her is more deeper than that.
Today she was running around ordering the maidens to
work and get everything ready for her children were
coming home for a family dinner.

The king was outside when his sons car pulled up at the
palace gates because he was not far but at his house with
his wife. They went back home after the wedding but they
make sure that they are at BaKoena everyday so that
Keabetswe can continue doing good deeds for the people
like she promised. He drove in and parked the and went
out to his father.
Thabiso: Father
Let’s I: Son, how have you and the family been?
Thabiso: We are doing well father just busy with the
princesses journey to helping others.
Letsi: That one is a blessing indeed, I wonder what kind of
woman she will grow up to be.
Thabiso: She will be the king that will give me grey hair
and her mother a heart attack.
Letsi: Hahah I can already see my poor daughter in law in
and out of that river because she was almost killed by her
offspring.
Thabiso: Why would you only think of her when I will be
the one running around between BaKoena and BaTloung.
Or being called at work to go to her school because she
hit some kids that killed a spider.
Letsi: Hahah oh son I feel sorry for you, the gods have
blessed and punishing at the same time.
Thabiso: Haha tell me about it.
While they were busy laughing and talking the queen of
BaKoena arrived with her convoy, there six cars driving up
to the BaTloung palace gates and she was in the middle
one. Before she left her husband said that once in a while
people must see who you are just by the cars you driving
in and a convoy behind you and today is that day. She
tried protesting saying that she’s only going home not
another royal palace where she is not known, but he
refused. Her father were just looking at the gate as the
cars drove into the palace and the engines died down. On
the first car guards came out and stood by the door of the
car she was in and others came out from the cars behind
and surrendered the car. On the car behind hers maidens
came out walking in a line drooling flowers for the queen
before she came out. The guard opened the door and
Reneilwe walked out wearing her royal attire of BaKoena
kingdom, today she really was the queen and one wouldn’t
mistake her for anything less.

She walked behind the maidens going to the direction of

her father and brother. Her father had a proud smile on his
face. She got to him and bowed her head in respect.
Reneilwe: Father
Letsi: My princess and queen of the most powerful
kingdom, how are you doing my princess.
Reneilwe: Very well father and you?
Letsi: Hanging in there my princess.
Reneilwe: Brother ( she bowed her head before him in
respect and he smiled)
Thabiso: My dear sister, if Lebo was home I’d say his the
one who asked you to go all out today my queen.
Reneilwe: Not at all dear Brother the king was the one.
Thabiso: Hahah I forgot he can be as crazy as his brother
that one. But my dear sister you look like a real queen one
of true beauty.
Reneilwe: But I am a real queen brother.
Thabiso: Oh dear lord is a figure of speech Reneilwe.
Reneilwe: Correction Brother Reneilwe is my maiden
name Matseko is the name I was given as the bride of
BaKoena.
Letsi: Damn I wish my old friend Lerumo was here to
witness the pride in his daughter in law. The pride she
take in the name she was given.
Thabiso: Father don’t encourage her
Litsi: No son! This is what a true queen should be like, I
know oh don’t want to be different from others but one in a
while people must know who you are.
Reneilwe: Now father repeats the words of my king.
Letsi: He holds true wisdom.
Thabiso: Don’t let him hear you say that or else we won’t
hear the end of it ( they laughed and the queen I merged
from the house with a smile of her face)

Queen: No one told me we had arrived, food is ready we

may move inside. You look like a true queen my princess.
Reneilwe: My thanks ( she said as they moved into the
house)
Queen: The dining area is set, let’s go eat before the food
gets cold.
Letsi: No we have more guests coming and I would like us
to wait for them.
Queen: How long will they be?
Letsi: They will be here any moment now ( just then a
guard came in)
Guard: My king, your guests have arrived.
Letsi: Just in time! Let them in. ( the guard went out)
Queen: Just who are these guests?
Letsi: You wait and see my queen ( there was a knock and
the maiden went to open and the first person to enter the
queen mother herself and grandmother to Thabiso and
Reneilwe. Whom she’s only met twice while they were still
young. The queen dropped the bowl she was holding and
it broke into pieces.
Queen: You!

Like, comment and shareSeason 2

Insert 55

BaTloung kingdom ✨(not edited)

To say the queen was shocked to see her family there

was an understatement. She was both shocked, terrified
and angry.
Queen: You!
Queenmother: Yes me, why do you look so shocked
seeing your mother like you have just seen a ghost?
Letsi: People lets go to the dining table, you arrived just in
time for a good meal, my wife cooked.
Grandma: She cooked?
Letsi: Yes she did.
Grandma: Yhoo Kedibone my child when I die because of
your daughter’s cooking please bury me with dignity.
Queenmother: No need for drama mother, if she cooked it
means I did a good job raising her.
Letsi: Indeed ( he said sarcastically) Now the table is this
way ( they followed him to the table. It was the great
grandmother, the mother and the uncle. Plus the king and
queen of the land and their children at the table)
Grandma: Yhoo is this your queen Thabiso?
Thabiso: No grandma this is my sister Reneilwe.
Grandma: Oh! And why is she dressed like a queen?
Thabiso: That’s because she is a queen grandmother.
Grandma: From which kingdom?
Thabiso: BaKoena kingdom.
Grandma: What are you her spokes person now?
Thabiso: No grandma am...( she cuts him short)
Grandma: You still talking.
Queenmother: Mother leave my grand children alone and
you married well my princess BaKoena is a renowned
kingdom. But I don’t know why I was not invited to your
wedding.
Queen: Maybe because you don’t deserve to be called a
grandmother.
Queenmother: You keep quiet Keneilwe am still your
mother! ( she reprimanded)
Letsi: People lets have lunch in peace we will have plenty
of time to talk after.
Grandma: Indeed son in low. So Thabiso Why did your
sister get married before you.
Queen: Oh she didn’t grand mother, my son married the
most powerful woman the world has ever seen ( she said
with pride)
Queenmother: What? Don’t tell me he married a politician!
Queen: On no dear mother he married nine other than the
rain queen.
Queenmother: Impossible!!
Queen: Oh Why is that dear mother?
Grandma: Because the last rain queen was her best friend,
well not best friend she was more of a frenemy to her
because your mother was jealous of her powers as a
result she...
Queenmother: Enough Mother!
Queen: Oh I would like to know what she did, what was
the name of the queen she betrayed.
Queenmother: Who said anything about betrayal?
Grandma: The name of the queen was Bahomi but I don’t
remember where she was from.
Thabiso: Bahomi the second rain queen of BaKoena?
Grandma: I think that’s the one yes!
Queenmother: I said enough mother! ( she banged the
table and Reneilwe was enjoying the show)
Grandma: Don’t ever raise your voice at me Kedibone l
am still your mother. ( silence filled the table)

Silence filled the table as they continued eating, with the

queen mother giving her mother the evil look and the
queen of BaTloung smiling enjoying seeing her mother like
that. Thabiso was still trying to process the rain queen part
because he would hear how his wife spoke of the fallen
queen Bahomi, Nyolodi and Letsatsi. They finished eating
and moved to the lounge to talk.
Uncle: My king, I think it’s time you tell us why we are
here today.
King: Very well uncle I will get right to it. Well not so long
ago I discovered that my queen here has a secret and that
I was deceived. Upon find out I was angry just like anyone
in my position would have been, I waited for an apology
from my wife but I never got any and all she said was she
didn’t wrong me and that the person she has wronged
forgave her.
Uncle: I don’t understand my king what secret is that?
King: The secret is that when your daughter here uncle
married me she already had a child and that she used liver
to prove purity at the showing of the sheet.
Queenmother: Not had has a child and I don’t even know
why it matters now.
Uncle: Shup up Kedibone! What do you mean that she
used a liver?
King: That uncle you will have to ask your daughter and
her mother how.

Uncle: Kedibone Motlabela! Tell me what this it now!

Queenmother: No need to shout I will tell you because
really it doesn’t matter. These people have been married
for years and that child is not raised here.
Queen: You mean the one who died less than a year after
you took him to that place?
Queenmother: What?
Queen: Don’t say what you lied to me and said my son
was doing well when you have never even seen him since
the day I left.
Queenmother: So What If his dead? Good riddance to
unwanted offspring. ( she shouldn’t have said that
because the queen jumped from where she was sitting
and she was on her mothers throat in a matter of minutes
chocking her)

Grandma: Stop this Letuka! ( the uncle and the king just sit
back and watched. Thabiso could see that his grand
mother was struggling to breathe and he went and took
her mother off her)
King: Are you done acting like a ratchet woman with no
morals now?
Queen: You heard what she said!
King: Don’t raise your voice at me, this is still my palace
and you will sit down and let us continue with why I called
your people here and if you want to fight your mother go to
her house and do so but not in mine.
Uncle: Well said my king, now Kedibone I asked you a
question.
Queenmother: You still want me to answer when you let
this child almost chock me to death?
Uncle: And if you don’t answer I will be the once chocking
you to death and no one will save you.

Queenmother: Well when she came back from school and

told me about the child I had to act fast so that she doesn’t
shame me and my husband. So when it was time for her
to get married I took to child to my retired maiden to look
after and I paid her. She got married but on the night
before we left this kingdom I knew she will have to prove
purity to the aunts the following morning so I had to come
up with a plan. That’s when I thought of a woman I once
met who told me that is what she did once so I got the liver
from the kitchen here as there many chickens slaughtered
on that day and all their insides were in a dish bowl so I
took just enough from there and gave it to her and told her
what to do.
Uncle: So you deceived the royal family and made them
think they are having a pure maiden when in reality they
were having and old woman with child. Kedibone you are
cruel no wonder his child wanted to end you herself. And
you, ( talking to the queen) why did you let this matter go
this far? Why didn’t you apologize to your husband when
this came out?
Queen: Because I saw nothing wrong as I did what I was
told.
Uncle: What you were told by your witch of a mother?
Queenmother: Don’t call me a witch uncle!
Uncle: If you are not one then why did you sell your friend
the queen to be killed by witches? Why did you let your
own grand son die in the hands of a stranger and why did
you turn your only child into a heartless monster? ( she
kept quiet)

Uncle: My king, you do as you please and I will support

you. These people I call my family are cruel and heartless
and am done defending their ways.
King: Right, since my wife doesn’t see anything wrong with
what she has done then I ask that you take her with you
because am done. I have done all I can for this woman but
she doesn’t respect me so she must leave my house.
Queen: My king I...
King: You had plenty of time to talk and apologize but you
did not so now please leave my palace.
Queen: Thabiso?
Thabiso: Mother remember the incident with my wife?
Queen: Yes
Thabiso: It’s exactly the same as this one, You don’t want
to see your mistakes and I won’t get involved in father’s
decision.
Queen: Reneilwe?
Reneilwe: Don’t get me involved please
King: Maiden! ( he called out and the maiden appeared)
Maiden: My king
King: Bring them
Maiden: As you wish my king ( the maiden left )

The people in the house were left wondering what it is that

the maiden must bring. The maidens about 3 of them
came back with three bags full of the queens clothes.
Maiden: Here they are my king
King: My thanks you may take your leave ) the maidens
left)
King: These are your clothes. Now please leave my
palace. Uncle thank you for coming the guards wi show
you out ( as he was about to leave the queen went on her
knees.
Queen: My king please give me a chance to speak.
King: You had your chance now please leave ( he said
and left the room)

The guards came in and did as instructed by the king.

Took the queens bags out and showed the guests to the
door.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 56

BaTloung kingdom✨
The queen got out of the palace followed by her family,
her uncle was disgusted by his whole family because they
all have hearts made of stone and his grand daughter was
an inconsiderate and selfish person. He stood by the car
looking at them as they continued to argue and shook his
head then got in and looked out the window.
Queenmother: You are such a disgrace to queens and
royalty in General, how could you be chased out of your
husbands house like that?
Queen: Maybe if I had a mother to advice me the right way
I wouldn’t be in this situation.
Queenmother: Now you blame me for your mistakes when
you were the one who opened your legs for that good for
nothing prince that left you with a child and married
another?
Queen: Had you not arranged marriage for me when I
came back then he would have gotten a chance to do the
right thing and my son would still be alive.
Queenmother: Alive you say? What kind of a child do you
think he would have turned out to be?
Queen: A good one
Queenmother: A good one that would have gone around
impregnating commoners like his father.
Queen: His father never impregnated a commoner.
Queenmother: That’s What you thinking Because you
don’t know, the father of your son fathered 2 half bloods
before marrying his wife. That very same man never
contacted you not even once to ask about his son yet you
are here defending him. No wonder you didn’t apologize to
your husband you were busy thinking about a dead man
that never cared about his son. A full blue blooded prince.
Grandma: It’s funny how you see all the wrong that your
daughter is doing and forget how you got your own
husband.
Queenmother: That is different mother
Grandma: How is it different?
Queenmother: It Just is
Grandma: Let me remind you that the man you married
never loved you because he loved Bahomi but you had
her killed because you wanted the man she was going to
marry.
Queenmother: Mother that’s enough! You know Bahomi
was a rain queen and was not going to marry the king
anyway because they don’t marry.
Grandma: They don’t?
Queenmother: No they don’t
Grandma: if I heard correctly in there my grandson is
married to one, care to explain?
Queenmother: If he did then am sure she’s not a real one
because rain queens don’t marry.
Queen: Wait till she hears that you killed one of her own
and you will see how real she is.
Grandma: And you should have given Bahomi a chance to
live then and see if she wouldn’t have married your so
called husband.
Queenmother: She wouldn’t have.
Grandma: We will never know Now would we? Why do
you think you never gave your husband a son?
Queenmother: The gods are the ones who bless us with
children and if they didn’t give me a son then there is
nothing I can do.
Grandma; Then why do you punish your daughter like this?
Queenmother: I never punished her!
Grandma: I will tell you why since you in denial, you
punishing her because she is a princess instead of the
prince you wanted to give your husband.
Queenmother: That is not true and if anything you the one
who punished me all my life because your son died.
Grandma: Correction! He didn’t die you killed him because
you were jealous of the love and favor your father showed
him and You hated him for that.
Queenmother: I never killed your son and you know it!
Grandma: If you didn’t kill your brother then where did you
get the guts to kill your friend and the rain queen of
BaKoena?
Uncle: Enough!!! Can’t you see that the people are looking
at you?

When they looked around they saw that guards and

maidens stopped their chores and listened to what they
were saying. The queen opened the boot of her car and
put her bags in.
Queenmother: You are not coming to my house!
Queen: I wouldn’t dream of it. ( she got into her car and
drove out of the palace )
The queen mother and her mother got into the car with the
uncle and drove off. The king was looking at his queen
and her family arguing in his yard in front of the help. His
children hearing the and witnessing the kind of hatred their
mothers family had for one another. He went down to
check on his children and hear what they think about this
whole situation and he found them quiet sitting in the
lounge each one looking deep in thoughts.
King: My prince and princess.
Them: Father
King: Talk to me and not be afraid to share with me
exactly how you feel.
Reneilwe: For me a lot of things make sense now.
King: How so?
Reneilwe: First it was my wedding father mother was not
happy that I chose my own husband as she wanted to
chose a husband for me. But now i feel like she wanted to
do what her mother did for her, choosing the most wealthy
kingdom to marry me off to but not the one Thabiso was at
But my own so that she can be able to brag to her mother
that her children are doing well. Mother has always been
seeking her mother’s approval which she never got to this
day. I think is reason why she is like this, wanting or
desperate for us to stand by her even when she is wrong.
King: That could be it, but I have never seen her like this
and I don’t know all these things that were revealed here
today. I feel like I never new the person I called my wife for
so many years.
Thabiso: On my side I feel like that whole family needs
help, one can see that this is not something that started
now but a long time ago. Grandma is angry and bitter
because she believes that her own daughter killed her son
and Brother. That she also killed her own friend but not
just any friend but the rain queen of BaKoena which is
something that will not sit well with my wife. What is
shocking is that she is not admitting or denying the fact
that she was involved in this whole thing.

King: So how do you think we can help them? Because

right now am out of ideas.
Thabiso: My wife should be involved so that we can get to
the bottom of the queens killing. Also the princess the
gods bless her soul should be involved because she might
assist in finding the truth behind great grandmother’s sons
death and finally mother, our mother can only get help
after these 2 generations of women have gotten the
answers they need as well as the closure that will help
them move on. Because what I think she needs more than
anything is an apology from her mother for what she did to
my brother Pedi.
King: You make so much sense my prince but you will
have to go and talk to your wife first about this. Which I
don’t know how much more my poor daughter in law can
take with this family.
Reneilwe: She has a good heart father and always willing
to help.
Thabiso: Let me get going so that I can talk to her. By now
she must be back from BaKoena because it’s almost
sunset.
King: Alright my prince.
Reneilwe: Where do you think mother went?
King: Maybe a hotel because I didn’t take any of her
privileges became I love her and she’s still my wife and
queen of this kingdom and above all mother of my children.
Reneilwe: Then Why did you chase her out if you love her
that much?
King: Because right now she needs time to herself and
she needs help but the kind of help she needs I cannot
provide. Being alone with no kingdom or husband to worry
about will give her time to think about herself and where
she wants her life to be like.
Reneilwe: That makes sense.
Thabiso: Let me get going now.
Reneilwe: Let me leave with you Brother my guards and
maidens must be starving now.
King: What do you take me for princess? I asked the
maidens to give them food as well.
Reneilwe: My thanks father, with all that was going on I
didn’t have time to think about them.
King: It’s alright my princess now let me walk you out.

Reneilwe bid farewell to her brother and father then got

into the car and she and her guards and maidens drove off
to BaKoena. Thabiso drove to his house as well after
bidding farewell to his father.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 57

Mapula’s House ✨(not edited)

Thabiso got home and found his wife in the kitchen

cooking, he smiled as she didn’t do this much but
occasionally and when she does it he really appreciates it.
He went to her and kissed her cheek then went to their
room and took a shower, when he finished he went to
checked on the princess and found her and the maiden
preparing to take a bath. He left them and went back to
wife, he was worried of his wife’s reaction to all this but he
had no choice but to tell her. As he also needs her help in
solving this problem.
Thabiso: My beautiful queen
Mapula: My king, dinner will be ready in a minute.
Thabiso: I was hoping we can talk before we have dinner.
Mapula: Meeting didn’t go well?
Thabiso: A lot happened there my queen and some
involves you, I don’t know if directly or indirectly.
Mapula: Let me switch of the stove then because the food
is ready anyway I was just letting it simmer. ( she switched
off the stove and went to the lounge with her husband)
Mapula: Talk to me.
Thabiso: First can you tell how the fallen queens died?
Mapula: That’s random but I will answer. Queen Nyolodi
was...( he cut her shot)
Thabiso: Can you tell me about queen bahomi?
Mapula: What is that got to do with the meeting you had
with your family?
Thabiso: Please indulge me.
Mapula: According to what she told me, she was killed by
an evil witch the same one I had to defeat which was
Boitumelo’s mother.
Thabiso: How and why didn’t she see that coming?
Mapula: That’s the thing, she said that when she died the
gods told her that when the time comes she will know why
she didn’t see her death coming but till today she still
doesn’t know what she did wrong.
Thabiso: Well I think my grand mother had something to
do with that.
Mapula: How Do you mean?
Thabiso: Today I learnt that my grand mother and queen
Bahomi were friends and according to my great
grandmother, grandma was jealous of the queen and also
wanted the man that was in love with her. According to her
she did something that day that led to her death.
Mapula: You mean your grand mother had something to
do with my queens death?
Thabiso: It seems that way.
Mapula: I will need to connect with her and find out what
she remembers but I will not get involved unless am
required to. The queen is more than capable of avenging
herself if she wants to even in death and I don’t want us to
get involved.
Thabiso: I hear you my queen and I will wait to hear from
you after you have spoken to her.
Mapula: I will do so.
Thabiso: Also there is an issue of my grand mother’s that
died in a not so clear way and she blames my grandma for
it.
Mapula: Why is that your grandma sound like she is or
was involved in a lot of things?
Thabiso: It seems that way.
Mapula: I hear you but I don’t work like that, only the
princess can help there because she is the portal.
Thabiso: That’s What I was thinking because these people
need help.
Mapula: And the queen?
Thabiso: She left the palace.
Mapula: She will be okay, she is a strong woman.
Thabiso: I hope so, can we talk to the princess tomorrow?
Kea: I already know daddy and I will help. ( she said
coming into the lounge with the maiden that looks after her)
Mapula: What do you know princess?
Kea: Everything and his willing to talk to great great great
grandmother.
Mapula: We will sort that out tomorrow my princess. Now
let’s go eat.

The queen of BaTloung is at the hotel sitting in bed with a

glass of wine and all the junk she could find in the hotel.
What bothers her the most is the fact that she doesn’t
know the reason for her mother’s behavior towards her.
She was hurt that her mother didn’t even show remorse
for her sons death, in fact she was pleased that he no
longer lives. She wondered where she will do the sending
off ceremony as per culture when she’s not welcomed at
her home where she’s supposed to do it. Because
according to culture Pedi belongs to the BaTlokwana
because the queen had him out of wedlock, but now
things are no longer the same and her father is no more
so doing the ceremony will prove difficult.
Queen: Pedi ngwanaka kekopa tswarelo kahore
kesahofeletsi hantle Motaung, lewena oyabona ngwanaka
hore mama otsietsing. ( Pedi my child am sorry for not
sending you of properly, you can also see that your
mother is in trouble) son I don’t know how or where the
ceremony will be done as my own family turned their
backs on me. Am sorry for not being a mother to you. I
know you forgave me and you don’t want anything more
than to Rest In Peace but I can’t just let you be without a
proper send off. I know you grew up in a home that wasn’t
yours and you didn’t get the love you deserve as a child
but I would like to do this one thing for you but am failing
you once again.
She sat there drowning her sorrows with one bottle after
the other of wine.

BaKoena:

Mapula and Thabiso woke up early this morning because

Mapula wanted to go to the river and hear what the queen
has to say about this whole thing. They got to BaKoena
right before sunrise and she asked her husband to drop
her off on the way as she was going to the river while they
go to the palace. She took off her shoes and walked bare
foot reciting the BaKoena clans as she walked, down the
foot bath going down the river kicking the morning dew
with the little drops running down her legs as she walked. I
know some might be wondering how are the drop running
down her legs but if you all notice that Sotho women don’t
wear long skirts and dresses. They wear dresses and
skirts that are just below the knee of knee length and they
also to wear scuffs and doeks. She got to the river and the
water was making sound like a big wave was coming, the
hole in the middle opened in a strange way as well as the
water was not silent and at the level of the river but today
it was high up opening in the middle with water falling on
the sides like a fountain. She wondered whether to go
under or above, as. She was thinking of how she would go
in the water she was standing on carried her over to the
open hole and she sunk it like she usually does. The water
was nice and warm not cold as it would be in the morning.
She got to the mystical land, but she was surprised to see
that no one was there to welcome her. She walked further
down going to where the queens usuals stay but there
was no one. She moved around looking and eventually
saw them in a place she has never been before, the place
looked like a river within the current river and it has
houses surrounding it but they were on the far end of the
river. The place was nice and green with beautiful flowers
all around it with mermaids sitting on big shiny rocks
brushing their hair with sea shells. It was a beautiful sight
indeed, the queens saw her, well the two did, Nyolodi and
Letsatsi while Bahomi looked like she was carrying the
weight of the world on her shoulders. The two came to her
before she could reach them and they all bowed to each
other at the same time.
Nyolodi; My queen, apologies for not welcoming you or
granting you passage.
Mapula: But my queen the portal between the two
kingdoms was opened that is why I thought you gave me
passage.
Letsatsi: No my queen that is because of the anger
Bahomi holds within, she’s not saying anything about how
she is feeling and now it shows itself in the things that she
can control like the water and the sun.
Nyolodi: Which is why we brought her here to calm her
down because that open portal there can be dangerous,
things and people that are not supposed to be in the world
may come in because the doors are wide open.
Mapula: Permission to talk to her my queen.
Nyolodi: You go ahead my queen maybe you will get
through to her.
Mapula: I might, now please go and keep guard to the
entrance we don’t want uninvited guests.
Letsatsi: You are right ( she and Nyolodi went to guard the
entrance while Mapula went to sit next to Bahomi.
Mapula: The gods finally showed you how you got
defeated?
Bahomi: I wish they showed me everything but they only
showed me what I remember and little bits of it. What
makes me angry is the fact the higher ups only show me
what I already now, making me furious in the process,
making me feel like I failed my people! ( as she spoke her
anger rises and as it raises the water they sat next to rose
as well to a level higher covering the rocks that the
mermaids sat on. Her voice changes scaring the
mermaids as they jumped into the water.)
Mapula: Calm yourself my queen I brought you news and
if you are this angry you might act on impulse and I don’t
want that.
Bahomi: What news have you brought?
Mapula: I came to share with you what you have been
longing to hear all these years but I need you calm for it.
( the queen closed her eyes for a few minutes and got her
breathing steady and the water went back to its normal)
Bahomi: Put my heart at ease my queen, tell me I didn’t
fail the people I vowed to protect. Tell me I didn’t fail
BaKoena, malekeleke, maila mangwathela, batho basajing
sengwathoanq bejang plokwe efeletsing. ( she said as she
recited the BaKoena clans with tears in her eyes, pain and
disappointment visible in her eyes and voice as the
flowers around then started to whither resembling the
mood the queen was in.) Mapula connected to Letsatsi
because Bahomi‘s mood was destroying. ‘My queen,
please breath life into the land or all living things will
whither and die as we know it’ she said ‘ Please get
through to her because the portal of the underworld is
slowly opening and we don’t want the battle of the demons
and definitely not when Bahomi is like this’ she responded.
Mapula turned her attention back to queen Bahomi.
Mapula: My queen, do you remember your friend
Kedibone?
Bahomi: Hahah oh my queen, how can I forget, she and I
we’re inseparable even though we were two sides of a
coin, much like you and your friend Kwezilomso. We loved
each other, I remember when we were just young maidens
and at that time I was just starting to discover my powers.
We heard about a disco that was going to be in Maluti and
we decided to go, we went and we had the time of our
lives. That day was the day I met Tswarelo and fell in love,
he was with Keletso from BaTlokwa and Kedibone fell for
him. Those were good times ( as she was saying all this
she had a smile on her face remembering the times she
had with her friend)
Mapula: My queen, I see you hold pleasant memories with
your friend.
Bahomi: Indeed ( she smiles)
Mapula: Well I hate to be the barer of bad news but it
seems that your friend was involved in the events leading
to your death.
Bahomi: She What! ... while she was shocked her mind
and eyes were like open gates as the visions of What
Kedibone did flashed before Bahomi, voices of what was
said and visions of what was done were playing like they
are on fast forward.
While Mapula was watching her on statue mode she
doesn’t know what happened because the next minute
Bahomi jumped into the water growing a tail as she went
deeper. Nyolodi app reared out of no where.
Nyolodi: Mapula follow her now !!
Mapula: Where is she going?
Nyolodi: To Kedibone! Go the mermaid will borrow you a
tail and lead you to her hurry before she destroys
everything!
Mapula did wait to be told more as she jumped into the
water and as she went deeper a tail grew replacing her
legs and mermaids joined her swimming beside her
leading the way.

Stay tuned...

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 58 ✨( not edited)

Mapula got scared of what the queen will do when she

gets to where she is going. She asked the mermaids to
hold her on both sides so that she can connect with her
husband. They did as told and Mapula connected with
Thabiso who suddenly went quiet when he felt his wife’s
signal and Tokelo kept his mouth shut as he knows by
now what is happening when he does that. Mapula spoke
to her husband ‘ my king can you hear me’ she asked ‘Yes
my queen what seems to be the problem?’ He aske
sounding worried ‘Please get the scent of your
grandmother and come to her wherever she is’ ‘What is
happening my dear?’ He asked more worried than before
‘ no time to explain my king ask Keabetswe to to help with
the scent and please don’t take a car it might not be a
good idea but I need you there’ ‘ on my way’ Thabiso
looked at Tokelo who was already up on his feet as he
followed Thabiso out the throne room and. Into the palace
with Thabiso calling his daughter’s name and she came
running holding a green scarf.
Kea: Here Father
Thabiso: How did you... never mind who’s is this?
Kea: Grandmas, now take it and go now daddy mommy
needs you.
Tokelo was out the door and into the car the moment he
heard the mommy needs you part. Thabiso smelled the
scarf and went to the door and Tokelo called him in the car.
Thabiso: I will walk
Tokelo: You will get out when we halfway there now get it
we don’t have time.
Thabiso got into the car and Tokelo drove out in high
speed, with Thabiso giving directions to where they were
going. As they were driving passing kingdoms the scent
was slightly getting stronger.

The queen got to the river of BaTlawana kingdom where

her old friend lives. The river erupted as she got out of it,
the people who were doing washing at the river left
everything behind running for their lives as the river came
to life right before their eyes. The woman and children who
were swimming in the were thrown out of be river when it
erupted but they didn’t even get time to feel pain or lick
their wounds as they got up and ran for their lives. The
water from the river rose to a higher level then moved out
of the river moving toward the kingdom. The woman of
The Who gossip in the river when they do washing had no
time to even be dramatic about the situation as they saw
death knocking on their door and they were not willing to
open. The water was moving at the pace of a sea wave as
it moves going wards the kingdom. Those who saw this
thought their eyes were deceiving them as they never saw
such before. I mean this was not BaKoena where people
were used to random things like this from their queen but
never did she leave dead bodies behind.

But what the people of this kingdom were seeing was like
a fury-tale from a children’s book but this was no fury-tale
but reality. As the wave got closer they noticed the figure
on top of it but couldn’t make out what it is because rain
queen Bahomi was a spirit after all, a god at that but not
just any god, a powerful and vindictive one at this point.
The love she once felt for her friend had turned into hatred.
She was only realizing now the day that ‘ there is a thin
line between love and hate’ the people saw their wonder
and they had nowhere else to run but the palace.

On the road Thabiso could sense that they were closer

and he jumped out of the care like a dog landing on the
ground in his cheetah form and taking off running just as
fast. Tokelo was amazed by this but there was no time to
react to that as he had to keep up with the cheetah that is
his brother in law, racing to get to the place of BaTlakwana.
When the mermaids and Mapula got to the river they could
already see from the water levels that all of the mystical
land has broken lose releasing not the good but the anger
and destruction of one of the most powerful beings that
ever graced the earth with its presence. She saw that
there is no way she can face the queen in her normal form
so she did what she did best and summoned the rain from
the skies above and in no time thunder strikes once, the
second time and on her third heavy rain fell from the skies
with its drops marinating the dry soil of BaTlakwana.

She thought of using water but then thought of the animals

that will die as the river will be left dry. So she decided on
the tornado and to make it stronger faster she stood on
top of it and drew her wings and she started spinning so
fast above it causing it to get stronger and bigger. When
she was satisfied she started moving at its speed trying to
catch up with the quiet who was riding on a wave
destroying houses as she moved along. Now two of the
most powerful forces were at place with no one giving way
to the other.

At the palace:

The people started pouring into the palace and the chief
priest was groaning like a wounded animal moving up and
down the palace. The guards went and informed the
queen ( Kedibone) and the queen mother ( her mother and
Thabiso’s grand mother) the guard budged into the palace.
Guard: Royals! We have a problem
Queenmother: What it all the commotion about?
Guard: All the people in the kingdom have come to the
palace and more are still coming, what they speak of is
unheard of In this kingdom but maybe the queens can
shed some light. ( the queens both stood up at the same
time and went out in a hurry) they saw the palace crawling
with people and the chief priest moving up and down like a
mad person. The queen went to him.
Queen: Chief what is it?
Chief: Hahah my queen, you have done it this time, you
have managed to turn the purest of gods into a vindictive
spirit that is going to destroy you and this kingdom. The
gods are quiet because you wronged one of their own.
Pray to whatever else you pray to because the gods won’t
listen.
Queen: What are you talking about and why are the
people here?
Before the chief priest could answer and bug cheetah
roared in front of them making both the chief priest and the
queen jump and landing on their behind as they fell.
Tokelo arrived at that moment.
Tokelo: Chief! My queen you are in trouble because of you
go by the gate and look at what is coming you will want to
run yourself.
Queen: Are you not the king of BaKoena?
Chief: Stop with the greed for this is no time for it.
Queen: I was just asking
Tokelo: My queen this is no time for that, this is the time
where you have to humble yourself for the sake of your
kingdom and it’s people. What is coming no man can stop,
by the look of things I would bet my life on it that those
coming are the rain queens of BaKoena both living and
those who are fallen.
Chief: My king please tell me what the one is not the fallen
for if it is we are as good as dead.
Tokelo: I cannot tell you which one is called the fallen my
chief but if it is the fallen.
Chief: They we will surely meet our end
Queen: When you done rumbling tell me what you are
taking about and who’s animal is that?

She should have said that because she angered the great
cheetah and protector of BaTloung. That was no Thabiso
but the god of BaTloung, he jumped on the queen landing
her on the ground with his two front paws on her chest
pressing her down on the ground and roared so loud
making the people take cover.

Stay tuned....

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 59

BaTlakwana kingdom✨

Arrogance, selfishness and greed. These three words

always go together in most cases. Arrogant people turn to
be very self centered and they don’t care about other
people’s feelings or who’s toes they step on moving up
forgetting that those people are the same ones they will
need on their way down. Greed, now greed is very strong
and can make a person do the most despicable things just
to get what they want. Which is exactly what the queen of
BaTlakwana did when she wanted to marry the late king,
she sacrificed her friend for her to get what she wanted
and not even once did she feel bad about it. She
continued with her life like nothing happened and when
the years passed she thought she had gotten away with
murder. Little did she know that she can’t hide the truth
forever, people say the truth always has its way of coming
out.

Tokelo could see that Thabiso was not himself and if he

didn’t do anything he will kill his own grandma. He moved
closer to him and kneeled down before him, by the look in
his eyes he was not there at all, something or someone
had already taken over and only Mapula could stop him
now but she too had bigger things to worry about So
Tokelo did what he thought best.
Tokelo: BaTloung, Pedi, dikgatlatlopo, nnja pokojwe.
Dithole, diphofolo, namane, dinyamatsana, lona basaloing
lelehaye, leoyang lelenaheng. Kecho holona ma ahoa.
Dibatha dibothile. ( He recited his clan names, in a soft
and begging manner that made him even clap his hands
once or twice just like healers do) he could see his eyes
getting softer and he moved his front paws from the queen
and moved and stood by the gate looking at the direction
of the wave and it was not far and so was the tornado
coming behind it. These two were destroying things but
they didn’t really care.

The queen stood up from the ground, more amazed by

what Tokelo just did than what the animal as he calls him
did to her. She went to the gate where everyone was
looking because she too wanted to see what is going on.
When she got there she almost fainted as she’s never
seem such before in her entire existence.
Queen: Chief priest, how can you just stand there and not
protect the kingdom from the witch that is doing all this?
Chief: Witch you say? Witch! Okay my queen please do
wait for the witch because in two minutes the witch will be
here and please do me a favor and ask it to leave because
am sure none of us here want to meet our ends today.
Queen: I think we need another chief priest after this.
Chief: That is if you still live after this.

Just then the sound of the wave got loud and when the
queen turned the wave was at the gave but the moment
her eyes met it, it came for her, by coming for her means it
went straight to her so quickly that when she realized what
was happening it was already too late. She was under the
wave and couldn’t breathe, the wave spat her out and
threw her in the ground and she coughed uncontrollably
trying to catch her breath but no! Just as she was calming
down the wave picked her up again and kept her under for
a while then spat her out throwing her hard on the ground.

The people who were around couldn’t believe what was

going on and if they were not seeing it with their own eyes
they wouldn’t believe it. The wave stretches from the gate
to the middle grounds of the palace and the guards house
that was close to the gate was already destroyed. The
royal throne room that was also not far as well as the
maidens quarters was destroyed. Mapula arrived in her
tornado and when the queen saw what was happening
she was defeated. Queen Bahomi went for the queen
again but Mapula was fast to suck her in the tornado
which was also not doing the queen any good as it was
spinning her around making her sick to Pitt of her stomach
and she threw up all the breakfast she had already had
this morning.

On the one side there was a tornado that was sucking in

everything that moves and on the other was a the unusual
wave that has destroyed the kingdom. The people
believed Mapula to be the devil because of the colorful
wings and tornado but What confused them was the wave.
Some said it was the witches and some said water is holy
so whatever was in the water had to be good. Some
argued that if it was good then it wouldn’t have destroyed
the kingdom. Those were the talks among the people of
the kingdom while watching this wonder before them.

Queen Bahomi moved closer to Mapula in hopes of

getting Kedibone back but Mapula wouldn’t budge. Instead
she got closer to her killing the tornado in the process and
joining the water.
Mapula: My queen, anger will not solve this, find out why
she did it first and deal with her accordingly but not the
people. They didn’t do anything and they don’t deserve to
left homeless, they don’t deserve to suffer for the sins of
their queen.
Bahomi: She Hurt me my queen, she hurt my people. Do
you know how long my people suffered before the gods
chose Letsatsi as the new rain queen? Over 30 years! 30
Whole years my people suffered and for what? Greed!
She has to pay.
Mapula: I Don’t dispute that but don’t involve the people.

The queen spat out Kedibone and this time she had
already failed as they kept her under water for quite
sometime. Queen Bahomi opened her hands and moved
them forward and the water gracefully lowered both of
them and dropped them off right In front of the Now fainted
queen. Queen Bahomi has now taken the form of a
beautiful woman and she went and stood in front of her.
Bahomi: No gods will ever accept you so do us all a favor
and wake up Kedibone Matiela ( she didn’t wake up and
queen Bahomi went to her and put her hand on her chest
burning her in the process and the queen jumped and
when she looked at her chest a black burn mark was there.
Queen: What in God’s name did you do? Why did you
burn me? Who are you anyway?
Bahomi: One question at a time Kedibone, so which one is
first?
Queen: Why did you burn me?
Bahomi: Because That chest of yours holds no heart but
something as dark as the mark I gave you. ( she said and
all this while she is circling her)
Queen: Who are you and what are you doing in my
kingdom?
Bahomi: Can’t I visits my old friend now?
Queen: Then do that far away from my palace and
kingdom look at how much damage you have caused.
Bahomi: You have eyes yet you remain blind. Why did you
have me killed Kedibone?
Queen: What? I never got you killed, I don’t even know
you.
Bahomi: Oh you know me very well, my friend, remember
the disco, remember the princes, remember the witch?
Queen: Father Lord Jesus Bahomi Mohapi
Bahomi: Why did you have me killed Kedibone?
Queen: I never got you killed my friend I loved you, we
were like sisters you and I ( Bahomi got tired and took the
form of huge eagle and picked her up with her feet flying
up above the palace with Kedibone screaming her lungs
out)

Mapula as the referee of the match drew her wings and

flew up to the level of the queens and watched as Bahomi
was busy picking Kedibone‘ head with her eagles beak
while holding her with the feet.
Kedibone: Forgive me Bahomi! Please let me explain what
happened my friend please just stop what you are doing
and let me explain o beg of you. (Blood was already
coming out and going down the back of her ears. Bahomi
let go of her and she fell so hard on the ground and her
mother was standing not too far from her with a smile on
her face.
Kedibone: Mother don’t just stand there do something or
Bahomi will kill me.
Grandma: Why should I when you killed her. Karma knows
everyone’s address my dear daughter.
Bahomi had already changed and was in front of her again
circling her.
Bahomi: Explain yourself! ( she was getting impatient)
Kedibone: I did what I did because I wanted to marry the
prince who is now the late king of this kingdom. I wanted
him but he only had eyes for you, even when I would meet
him at events that you weren’t allowed to go to, all he
would ask me about was you and that got me a angry and
jealous and so I stole some of your water and gave it to
the witch right before you went and fought with her.

Bahomi: How did you meet the witch?

Kedibone: I didn’t meet her she came to me with a
proposal
Bahomi: And you agreed!
Kedibone: Yes I did
Bahomi: Did it ever occur to you that I wouldn’t have
married him even if I wanted to, did you even think of my
people?
Kedibone: Look at that time everything the witch said
made sense to me and I wanted nothing more than to get
the prince at all cost.
Bahomi: You mean at the cost of my people and me.
Kedibone: Am sorry Bahomi
Bahomi: Sorry won’t change anything but worry not, at
sunrise after your brother you will meet your end.
While they were still talking Mapula got signal, a very
strong signal from the mystical land and she accepted. ‘My
queen’ ‘ come back to the land now!’ ‘ what is the matter
my queen?’ She asked clearly worried. ‘ the worst has
happened and no one is safe, come back now and bring
Bahomi’ ‘ on our way my queen ‘ Mapula went to Bahomi
and held her hand she saw all that was happening in the
mystical land and in no time the little rain that was dying
down got heavy again with thunder and lightning. The
wave was back at the gate and they climbed up like they
are climbing the stirs and it moved very quickly leaving
everyone shocked and looking at the queen.

Chief: Didn’t the king tell you to humble yourself? Look at

you now, you already hav the date of when you will meet
your end.
Tokelo: We have to go now and don’t worry my queen the
damage will be taken care of by us. ( the cheetah went
and stood next to the queen and looked at Tokelo and he
got it and asked the queen to come with) she was too
scared to protest and she asked the guards to bring
another car around since the one he came with was
damaged by the water and lightning. The guard brought
the car and they were off with the cheetah that kept
roaring at the back seat. At this Point Tokelo missed Lebo
more than anything.
The queen mother soon followed behind as she wanted to
witness what will happen to the queen.

What could be happening in the mystical land?

Stay turned to find out.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 60

The mystical land:✨

This land is known for its purity and always serves to

protect the living from the dead. It’s main purpose since
not everyone can be angel was to take a few and let them
live here, those lucky ones could connect with the living
and could also take different forms or whatever creature
they wish to use. Only a few of the living know about this
place, the healers and chief priest are among the few, I
know some are asking for the difference between a healer
and the chief priest. A healer is what Xhosa people call
IGQIRHA and Zulu people call INYANGA, those who wear
beads and have colorful wraps with animals imprinted on
them, whereas a chief priest is what they call IXHWELE
and ZULU people call them ISANGOMA. Now many
people call these two or think these two are the same or
they do the same thing but no that’s not the case.
IXHWELE the chief priest is the one that is chosen mostly
by the gods to only perform a certain task, these people
can heal and they can kill as well depending on the
situation. They also don’t have to throw bones to
communicate with the gods, whereas healers don’t kill but
heal people, block evil spirits and protect those who need
protection. Chief priest are the one that can easily turn evil
because they are connected to both worlds and can see
many things before they happen so that they can protect
or stop them in time before they destroy. They can turn
evil though when they become arrogant and think that
their way is the right way or start killing for their own
benefit.
The other people that have the pleasure of seeing this
world are the innocent, those who are pure at heart like
Mapula but others only see the land in their dreams and
those are the ones that will live there after their time has
ended in the land of the living. It was said that no evil will
ever enter the mystical land because the barriers that
protect it are very strong but I guess they didn’t take into
account the anger of one of the queens because by the
time she was angry and busy throwing the queen back
and forth the portal between the land and the underworld
opened wide letting in the angel of darkness Lucifer and
his demons in the land. The queens and protectors had to
go into hiding for a while so that they can get a chance to
inform the army of the land of what was happening.

When they returned back to Lucifer as he calls himself, but

he is known as the angel of darkness but he hates being
called that he prefers Lucifer. He was sitting on Nyolodi’s
throne as each of the queens had their own royal chairs.
They came forward and noticed that the land was now
crawling with demons that looked ready to kill and destroy.
What they also noticed was that the portal closed which
was already too late since the demons were already inside.
Nyolodi: If it isn’t the angel of darkness
Lucifer: Now now my love, you know I hate being called
that. You can call me Lucifer.
Nyolodi: You finally found your way in I see
Lucifer: How can I not when you my love opened up for
me, finally we will be together like it was meant to be but in
the same land. By the way beautiful palace you got
yourself here.
Nyolodi: If I remember correctly you had a choice, the
gods gave you the power of darkness and a choice that is
you use it for good then they will reward you but if you
don’t then your place will be in the underworld.
Lucifer: See am grateful to the gods for the power they
gave me because if they didn’t I wouldn’t be the king of the
underworld now would I? Oh and am sorry one of my
people killed you, I thought you will hate the gods for
letting you down so that you can come live with me. But
boy! Was I wrong, my dear Nyolodi was good till the end
following her name right till death and I love you for it.
Nyolodi: So What are you doing here?
Lucifer: To give you a choice.
Nyolodi: And That is?
Lucifer: You come home with me to the underworld and be
my queen like it was supposed to be.
Nyolodi: Or?
Lucifer: Or nothing! Hahahh ( evil laugh) maybe I will not
influence the new king.
Nyolodi: What are you talking about?
Lucifer: Oh I know Letsatsi the angel of life didn’t tell you
yet, let me have the honor of being the first to inform you.
The queen is with child and i being as powerful as I am
already know that he will have the same power that I do.
( Nyolodi looked at Letsatsi and she simply nodded and
that scared Nyolodi because she knows how the angel of
darkness can be)
Lucifer: So What is it going to be?
Nyolodi: For now I am going to fight for my kingdom and
later protect and guide the new king.
Lucifer: But my love you failed to guide me to light.
Nyolodi: No darling you chose the underworld because it
made you more powerful.
Lucifer: You know me too well. Now let’s sit here and
watch your people being destroyed by mine. ( Nyolodi
went and sat next to him in Bahomi’s chair)
Lucifer: Now this is beautiful! Us together side by side like
it should have been. My heart is content.
Nyolodi: Am surprised you think you still have one.
Lucifer: Well What used to be a heart but whatever I have
now still beats for you my queen.

Now my people let me take you back in the time of queen

Nyolodi, the queen was born the same day as the angel of
darkness. His name was Luciano. It is said that on that
day two different powers were given to the two children
born on the same day and at the same time. Luciano was
born from a queen who was a window and couldn’t have
children until she met a young stud that charmed her and
slept with her. Little did she know that she had given
herself to the devil and it planted its seed inside her. When
she was told that what she was carrying was the devils
child the queen went through out her pregnancy with no
food only water that she would pray for. She did this to
beg the gods to not let evil take her only child, the god had
pity on her and when the baby boy was born it was a
normal child. That was until he was 15 and his evil ways
started, he killed animals mostly when he started and
when he almost killed a child because he said its cry is like
music he would like to hear for the rest of his life the gods
send Nyolodi his way. They wanted her to show him how
he can use his power for good instead of evil and that
worked until the boy was 21. Until the devil come for
what’s his, the boy Luciano by then had already fallen in
love with the young maiden Nyolodi and he saw a future
with her because she had a way of keeping him grounded
and his evil demons at bay.

The devil first come to the queen Luciano’s mother and

told her that it was time he has what’s his but the queen
refused saying over her dead body will he have her son.
So the devil waited until the son went to visit his mother
and that when he possessed him, which was not hard
because they shared the same powers and he killed his
mother. That was the day of not return for him as the gods
turned their backs on him and the devil took him with to
the underworld but he never forgot his love.

Mapula and Bahomi got to the mystical land but they came
through the same way they left and they went around to
check what is going on and the place was crawling with
demons. Bahomi knew right there and then that she was
the reason for this and she said a little prayer to the higher
ups ‘ if the land it to be destroyed this day I ask that you
change it’s faith and vanquish me instead. Let my save my
people one last time’
Bahomi: My queen, today you are going to be fighting not
just the small spirits and demons that the angel of
darkness sends to your land but you will be fighting the
devil himself.
Mapula: I am ready my queen
Bahomi: Now I want you to fight like you never fought
before. Use any power you can get in this place and fight.
Mapula: It is only the 4 of us my queen?
Bahomi smiled a little
Bahomi: No we have an army of merman and mermaids.
An army of squints, army of seahorses, the army of
alligators and most importantly the four best rain queens
the land has ever had.
Mapula: Let the war begin.
Bahomi: for our land!
Mapula: For our people!

They marched forward going to where Nyolodi and

Letsatsi were and the two smiled.

Like, comment and share

Sunrise greetings royal family!!

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 61

The mystical land✨ (not edited)

The first line defense moved forward which was the

seahorses lead by queen Letsatsi. Mapula’s was second
defense with the mermaids and Bahomi’s team was the
third one with the squints. Lucifer looked at Nyolodi and he
smile at how beautiful she still looks. He himself was not
ugly, I mean when have you ever seen the devil ugly?
Because if he was he wouldn’t be able to charm a lot of us
now would he? The devil is in anything beautiful and
appealing to us and as usual we always fall for it. The
demons were ready to take on the the pure of the purest,
but they were not fazed at all by that.
Lucifer: My heart we don’t have to do this, I don’t want to
destroy your palace I just want you with me.
Nyolodi: You came here for me but I refuse to go with you,
this is the land of the pure and I will protect it with all I
have.
Lucifer: Would you even kill me my heart?
Nyolodi: Without remorse
Lucifer: If you would be so cruel as to kill me then I guess
you really are my heart.
Nyolodi: Protecting this place doesn’t mean I have a evil
heart Luciano.
Lucifer: Oh father! She called me by name, not the angel
of death but by my name! Do you know how good my
name sounds coming from her lips?

While he was still going on and on about his name and

how good it sounded coming from Nyolodi. Letsatsi froze
on of the demons and the seahorse broke it making it one
demon down. When the others realized what was going on
they started spitting fire burning everything in sight killing
the fish in the process. But that was mistake because it
woke Keabetswe with a lot of pain because those fish that
they killed are her connection to the mystical land. When
she cried out loud her father ran to the room and found her
in bed curled up into a ball, he went to her and picked her
up.
Thabiso: My warrior what is going on?
Kea: My king, please take me to the mystical land.
Thabiso: Why My little warrior?
Kea: Because they need my help. Please take me now!!!
( she cried out in pain as Thabiso stood up running to the
living room with her in his arms. Tokelo saw them and
drop the call he was making talking to Lebo and went to
the car and opened the door) they drove out of the palace
going toward the river and In the car Keabetswe was
squealing like a piglet. They stopped a bit further and
opened the door and took her out and ran to the river.
Keabetswe: Daddy leave I will be home with mommy.
Thabiso: I want to see you go in first.
Keabetswe: Okay
The portal of the gods didn’t ask for passage as she knew
how dangerous it was to do so. Instead she got under
water and the fish were already there and swam with her
to the mystical land and when they got there the fight was
on. Letsatsi would freeze a demon and Bahomi would
vanquish it, Mapula was would stab and the mermaids
would finish off. The mystical land was tainted with blood
and they all knew that after this it will have to be cleansed.

Keabetswe took all the fish and the small creatures of the
sea and took them into hiding then she made her way up
to the opening of the portal without anyone noticing and
started opening it. She had a layer that prevented the
demons from coming out but made one so that the ones
who were there could get out. Lucifer noticed this and he
got very scared to a point where he stood up very slow
and unnoticed and flew to the portal going back to the
underworld leaving his demons behind. But before he
could leave he called out to Nyolodi.
Lucifer: Till we meet again my heart! ( when Nyolodi saw
that he was running she went after him but before she
could get through the portal Keabetswe closed it.
Keabetswe: No grandma, if you go after him you won’t
come back to this land, worry not you will get him.
Nyolodi: You are wise dear portal. ( she flew back to the
ground and they started destroying the demons)
Keabetswe went town to and she started blowing air to the
slimy green stuff that is left when the demons are
vanquished and it flew to the portal. Some felt out a slimy
green liquid while other left a red one and others left
something that looked like mucus and she was cleaning all
of that.

The demons were vanquished and it was almost sunrise

and Keabetswe had work to do at home with her great
grandmother and grand mother.
Keabetswe: My queen
Mapula: My princess
Keabetswe: It’s almost sunrise and I have to be home
before he arrives
Mapula: He?
Keabetswe: Mah am supposed to help grandma.
Mapula went to the queens
Mapula: My queen we are sorry we can’t stay and help
you with the cleansing because the portal has work in the
land of the living.
Nyolodi: It is alright child and thank for fighting with us and
you too dear princess.
Bahomi: Go And set her free princess
Keabetswe: My thanks my queen.
Keabetswe and Mapula went out of the water and they
were very tired from fighting almost the whole night. They
got to the surface and walked to the palace, laughing and
talking about anything in the world. When they got to the
palace there was a care at the gate entering and
Keabetswe ran to it with Mapula following behind.
Keabetswe: Uncle you back!
Lebo: Yes princess how are you?
Keabetswe: Am fine uncle where is auntie Kwezi?
Lebo: She is asleep in the car
Mapula: Brother
Lebo: Moloi wahaeso, ojwang ngwaneso? ( our witch, how
are you my sister?)
Mapula: You first call me a witch then ask how I am?
Lebo: Yes Because am angry you people didn’t tell me
about the fight of the witches that was going on here.
Mapula: But you were on honeymoon.
Lebo: So? And I called Ntsika
Mapula: For What?
Lebo: I lied and told him we have business to take care of.
Mapula: Lebo! ( she reprimanded)
Lebo: What?
Mapula: I give up
Tokelo: My brother is home ( he said going to them)
Lebo: Hell no! Am not your brother
Tokelo: Hawu Lebo What did I do?
Lebo: Why didn’t you take a video of what was going on
here instead of calling me when am already halfway here?
Tokelo: Brother there was no time the thing was real.
Lebo: Is it ever not real with you people, am beginning to
think that mother and I are the only normal people in this
house.
Kwezi: Yhoo the noise you people make! Wena Lebo
normal for that what when you just as crazy? My friend
help me to my chamber to rest.
Mapula: Oh with pleasure ( they went in leaving the
brothers outside arguing about videos and all that)

Everyone was now gathered in the dining table eating the

morning feast. Queen Mabotle was there, Queen
Kedibone was there, her mother was there, Mapula,
Thabiso, Reneilwe, Lebo, Kwezi and the king Tokelo.
When they were about to finish Keabetswe came down
and went to stand by the table.
Keabetswe: It’s time.
Lebo: Time for what? And am sorry if am going to be rude
but who are these people?
Mabotle: These are the royals of BaTlakwana my son,
grandmother of Thabiso and her mother.
Lebo: Okay a pleasure to meet you royals.
Kedibone: The people of theirs palace have no respect,
how can you ask the guests who they are like that?
Lebo: Hahah because I have the right to know, I am the
chief of this land and whoever comes into this palace has
to go through me first. Just because you came when I was
not here doesn’t mean I shouldn’t care who you are.
Kedibone: But we Already here so you could have
assumed that everyone here knows us.
Lebo: And why would I do that because for all I know you
could be holding them hostage in their own palace.
Grandma: I like this child! My queen you raised him.
Kedibone: Trust you Mother to take the strangers side
instead of mine.
Grandma: Who are you for me to take your side?
Lebo: I like this grandma!
Thabiso: Why did you come back again?
Lebo: You crazy if you think I was going to miss anymore
action and Ntsika has arrived here 20 minutes ago and he
will be here any moment now.
Tokelo: Why is Ntsika coming?
Lebo: Because I told him we have business to resolve.
Tokelo: What business is that?
Lebo: The action in this palace, we have missed enough.
Tokelo&Thabiso: Lebo!
Grandma: I like this child! ( she said smiling)
Lebo: What?
Mapula: The princess said it was time so let’s go outside.
Lebo: Ntsika has a jet that is why he got here so quickly
and he will be here any moment now.
Kwezi: Babe we are not waiting for Ntsika.
Ntsika: Why? ( he said coming in)
Lebo: You made it! Great! The princess said it’s time Why
are you all still sitting?
Ntsika: Yeah Why?
Kwezi: But you don’t know what we were talking about you
just got here.
Ntsika: Doesn’t matter for now its time ( he said going
outside with Lebo)
Keabetswe: Oh uncle! I missed them though.
Thabiso: We all missed them princess but yhooo.

They all went outside and stood in a circle holding hand

but queen Kedibone didn’t want to hold anyone’s hand.
Keabetswe: Great grandma!
Grandma: Yes child
Keabetswe: His here
Grandma: But I don’t see him.
Keabetswe: Praise him grandma, he says he still likes it
when you recite his clan names.
Grandma: Oh child, my child Lebone laba Taung, bataung
bahahlalele, batho basajing lebese lakgomo etswana.
Hlaha keobone Motaung. ( she recited her sons clan
names with tears in her eyes and when she was done she
said, show yourself for me to see you Motaung)
Kedibone: Even after death Lebone still likes attention, I
don’t even know why we calling upon ghosts here.
Ntsika: I like her! Who is she again?
Lebo: Thabiso’s grandma
Ntsika: Is she a witch too or she’s knew in the industry?
Lebo: New!
Kedibone: Mihlolo! ( wonders!) I can still hear you
Lebo: We were not whispering
Keabetswe: Please keep quiet and uncle chief, he likes
you.
Lebo: Who like me princess?
Keabetswe: Great uncle Lebone
Lebo: No! Tell him not to like me my princess because a
ghost person is your uncle king not me.
Keabetswe: Oh uncle there is none like you.
Just then the weather changed in the palace, strong wind
blew and a few clouds gathered. While they were still
looking at that a voice spoke.
Voice: Greetings mother!
Grandma: Lebone!
Lebone: Yes Mother
Grandma: Oh child where are you? Let me see you please.
Lebone: Right behind you my queen ( everyone turned
and saw Lebone standing there, he was a tall young man,
with a good structure and bold shoulders)
Grandma: My son! My prince! Oh baby you left me, why
did you leave me Lebone? Why did you take my light
away from me? ( she was crying)
Lebone: I didn’t want to leave mother I was forced to.
Grandma: By what or who?
Kedibone: Lebone Brother! How I have missed you! ( she
said going closer to him)
Ntsika: She’s shady
Lebo: She’s a witch
Lebone: Stay where you are Kedibone, mother as you
suspected Kedibone had a hand in my death even though
she didn’t do it herself.
Grandma: How do you mean my prince?
Lebone: The day I died Kedibone had organized young
men from two kingdoms and told them I wanted to marry
their princesses and put them in polygamy and back then
no prince wanted their sister to be in polygamy so the
princes from both kingdoms organized young men and
waited for me by the river. When I got there they beat me
up until I met my end. Am sorry I couldn’t fight my queen
but there were too many of them.
Kedibone: That is not true Lebone
Lebone: Kedibone my sister for once tell the truth, you are
about to join me in the land of the dead yes it won’t be
today because you have to make peace with your
daughter first but you are joining me in two days. Weather
you make peace or not.
Kedibone: You have every Lebone, everything! Mother
and father’s love, their attention and you got whatever you
wanted. Which made me feel like I wasn’t part of the
family, like I was maybe not your biological sister and they
were not my parents. I wanted to be loved just like you, I
wanted to be taken care of just like you. But mother has
no time for me, even when I became a woman mother was
not there, I cried myself to sleep not knowing what I had
done wrong to be bleeding like that, my friend Bahomi
helped me and explained to me what was happening and
when I asked how she knew she said her mother told her.
That day I died inside knowing that my mother never took
the time to tell me such things because she was busy with
her prince. Yes I had a hand in your death and am sorry
but at the time I thought mother would love me if I was the
only child she had but no! She hated me saying I killed
you. Which I did even if it wasn’t by my hand.
Grandma: Kedibone!

Stay tuned for more

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 62✨ (not edited)

The queen mother ( Kedibone’s mother) was sad that her
actions led to her sons death. She blamed herself for not
explaining to Kedibone what the real reason for their
actions were. She feels that if she had told her then none
of this would’ve happened the way it did. That her children
would have protected each other instead of conspiring
against each other.
Grandma: Kedibone! My child am sorry, am really sorry
child. I never knew you felt that way, had I known or payed
more attention I would have known. I know that I was not
the mother you needed me to be and am sorry for that. I
never loved you any less than I love Lebone. The reason
your father and treated him like that was because we
struggled getting him. I had 9 miscarriages and 2 Still
borns before we had Lebone. My in laws already gave me
a name, the curse but my husband stood by me through it
all and when we had Lebone we prayed that he lives and
he did, but he was also a sick child, we were in and out of
hospitals and have seen a lot of Chief priests and healers
but nothing worked. We had given up thinking we were
going to lose him too. But one day my child woke up
healthy like he was never sick, so me and your father
always walked on eggshells around him because we were
worried that we might lose him. And when you came along,
you didn’t give us any problems, you were healthy and
happy all the time. With you we had nothing to worry about
because even when you got sick with a cold it would only
be a two day thing and you would be back to normal. You
were the one that put our hearts at ease while Lebone was
the one we had to worry about all the time. Am sorry that
my worry and concern lead me to neglect you my princess.

Kedibone was crying all this time, she never knew that her
brother had health problems or that her parents lost so
many children before they had them. She now regretted
what she did to her brother and wished that she could
change the hands of time and change the past but she
couldn’t. She had already killed the one person that could
have been by her side and protected her.
Kedibone: Oh mother! I can’t remember the last time you
called me princess.
Grandma: You are and will always be my princess
Kedibone. The gods might have decided your faith but if I
had anything to do with their decision I ask that they
change it for I had no idea that I contributed to the person
you have become. I ask your father to plead on your
behalf so that we can have a little more time together for
me to show you how much I love you.
Kedibone: I have done bad things Mother and if the gods
take me after two days then don’t blame yourself. It will all
be because of my own doing. Lebone my brother, I never
got to know you because I was too jealous to even try and
get to know the kind of person you were. Forgive me for
making your time in this world short and forgive me for not
being the sister you deserved.
Lebone: All is well my sister, be good. And mother till we
meet again.
Grandma: I love you my prince.
Lebone: And I You my queen. ( Lebone left)
Lebo: I feel like a robbed myself.
Ntsika: Why?
Lebo: I should have gotten myself popcorns and tissues
had I known this will turn out like this.
Ntsika: It’s like am watching a chick flick.
Lebo: I don’t know what am watching but popcorn would
have made it better.
Ntsika: Don’t you mean ice-cream?
Lebo: Shut up because I didn’t call you here for that.
Ntsika: hahah yeah right, so why did you ask me to bring
you a chocolate one then.
Lebo: Not so loud Ntsika! What is wrong with you?
Ntsika: You So gay
Lebo: I take after you.

Grandma jagged her daughter for the first time after 42

years. They cried in each other’s arms thinking of the time
they have lost blaming each other and fighting over stupid
things.
Grandma: We have to find my grand daughter and talk to
her, she needs to know why you did what you did to her
and maybe just maybe she will turn out better than the two
of us.
Kedibone: We were not that bad were we?
Grandma: Oh we were worse! ( they laughed)
Kedibone: I love you so much mother.
Grandma: I love you too my princess.
Kedibone: So where do we start looking for my baby girl?
Thabiso: I know where to find her.
Kedibone: Can we leave now? I want to get all my affairs
in order before I leave this world ( those word broke her
mother’s heart)
Grandma: I will go with you.
Kedibone: My thanks mother
Lebo went to the queen Mother Mabotle and hugged her.
Lebo: Thank you Mother.
Mobotle: What is it now Lebo? It’s not even a day since
you arrived and already you being a baby.
Lebo: My thanks for raising us well queen mother, for
showing up love and treating us equally and yes am the
baby of the family.
Mapula: I give up! ( she threw her hands in the air and
Thabiso just laughed)
Ntsika: So gay Lebo! So so gay
Lebo: Find a mother to love you and leave me alone am
an only child and I need to feel the love.
Kwezi: Now you the only child not the baby?
Lebo: I meant am the baby of the family my love.
Kwezi: I wonder if my children will have space in their
grandmother because you seem to be taking everything.
Lebo: That’s not true
Tokelo: Keep telling yourself that.
Kedibone: Oh you people are a breath of fresh air, I have
never seen royals behave the way you do but it’s beautiful
to watch.
Mabotle: Ob you haven seen half of the things they do and
how they behave. I tell you they are worse than the
princess.
Them: Mother!
Mabotle: What? ( they said nothing) I thought as much
now go find your mother Thabiso.
Lebo: Am going
Ntsika: Me too
Lebo: Maiden!!! ( the maidens came running)
Maiden: My Chief
Lebo: Make popcorn quickly I need them and some cold
drink and chocolates please pack them nicely in a basket
and make it quick. ( the maidens ran to do as told)
Mabotle: What is all that for Lebo?
Lebo: Mmmm
Mabotle: Don’t mmm me what is all that for?
Lebo: Just a snack mother.
Ntsika: Hahah lies
Lebo: Shut or you not getting any ( Ntsika kept quiet)
Thabiso: Lets get going the cars are ready.
Kedibone: Queen Mother Mabotle, My thanks for your
hospitality And accommodation we really appreciate it.
Mabotle: It’s a pleasure ( they went to the car and the
maiden came with a busker with grapes, bananas, nicely
sliced water melon, the popcorn, juice, cream ,
strawberries and chocolate)
Lebo: This shows how much the Chief was missed, you
went above and beyond dear maiden and my thanks. You
can have the afternoon off.

Maiden smiled and thanked the chief. They left heading to

the hotel where the queen was. On the road was Thabiso,
Lebo, Ntsika and the grand parents. Lebo and Ntsika were
busy eating fruits from the basket while they talked crazy
all the way to the hotel. When they got there Lebo took the
basket with and they went to the reception and asked for
the room which they got after some difficulty and they
went up to the queens room and knocked. She opened
looking like hell, her air was a mess and she was wearing
pajamas.
Queen: What are doing here?
Kedibone: To see you princess.
Queen: Me? Hahahha ( she laughed so much like she was
losing her mind) am sorry but this is the best joke I have
ever heard in my life. Kedibone said me her princess and
she came to see me. Hahah oh wow. This is too much.
Okay you have seen me now goodbye Kedibone.
Thabiso: Mother this is no joke, move aside and let us in.
Queen: For what huh? Didn’t you side with your father
when he chased me out?
Thabiso: For a good reason now move.
Lebo: She was chased out ( he whispered to Ntsika)
Ntsika: This is news to me ( he whispered back)
Lebo: This is why I needed popcorn! I had missed a lot of
drama.
Ntsika: You And me both
Lebo: What is this got to do with you? Go to your own
drama in the Zulu land.
Ntsika: You think I would be here if there was any?
Lebo: Mxm you people are boring
Thabiso slightly moved his mother aside and they entered
the room, it was clean and one could tell that room service
was on point pity they didn’t clean the owner of the room.
They sat down and she sat in the floor legs crossed like a
little girl.
Queen: Let’s get in with Why you invaded my space.
Kedibone: Nana am sorry for not being a mother to you
and a grandma to Pedi. That is because I didn’t know how,
my own mother was not a mother to me and I in return
wasn’t a mother to you. Not because I didn’t want to be
but I didn’t know how. What I did I thought was right and
not checking up on Pedi I thought will make the problem
go away.
Queen: So my son was a problem?
Kedibone: That’s not what am saying, the problem was me,
it has always been me. I failed you, my brother, my friend
and my grandson. Am sorry to all of you, I know it won’t
change anything but I want you to know that had I known
love I would have given you the same but I didn’t therefore
I gave you what was given to me and made you feel
exactly how I felt when my mother didn’t care about me.
Am sorry for that my princess and no matter how much of
a bad mother I was but your father loved you, he loved
you from the day he met you to the day he died. I on the
other hand only felt love today, I only felt wanted and
cared for only today and I came to say I love you. I might
not know how to show it or anything like that but I do love
you. When I go to the gods I will ask my grandson to also
forgive me and maybe try to be a better grandma to him
that side.
Queen: You broke me mother, you took all the love I had
and you killed it.
Kedibone: Am so sorry my dear princess and please make
things right with your children and husband because they
love you more than anything. Learn to humble yourself
when you wrong and make peace with what has
happened and also learn from your mistakes. You
wronged your family and it’s time you fix it then come
home together as a family so that we can send off Pedi
with dignity as the royal prince of BaTlakwana.
Queen: My thanks mother.
Kedibone: Please go home today and fix things because I
want you home tomorrow for the ritual because if not them
I might not have the time to do it again.
Queen: What are you that busy now?
Kedibone: No dear the gods have me two days to live.
Queen: Oh mother am so sorry.
Kedibone: It’s alright now go get cleaned up and go to
your husband.
Queen: Okay then.

The queen went and got cleaned up while the others left
going to BaKoena and the royals of BaTlakwana going
back home to prepare for the ritual. Yes their kingdom and
palace were a mass but they had no time to think about
their image at the moment.

Like, comment and share

#love adminSeason 2

Insert 62✨ (not edited)

The queen mother ( Kedibone’s mother) was sad that her

actions led to her sons death. She blamed herself for not
explaining to Kedibone what the real reason for their
actions were. She feels that if she had told her then none
of this would’ve happened the way it did. That her children
would have protected each other instead of conspiring
against each other.
Grandma: Kedibone! My child am sorry, am really sorry
child. I never knew you felt that way, had I known or payed
more attention I would have known. I know that I was not
the mother you needed me to be and am sorry for that. I
never loved you any less than I love Lebone. The reason
your father and treated him like that was because we
struggled getting him. I had 9 miscarriages and 2 Still
borns before we had Lebone. My in laws already gave me
a name, the curse but my husband stood by me through it
all and when we had Lebone we prayed that he lives and
he did, but he was also a sick child, we were in and out of
hospitals and have seen a lot of Chief priests and healers
but nothing worked. We had given up thinking we were
going to lose him too. But one day my child woke up
healthy like he was never sick, so me and your father
always walked on eggshells around him because we were
worried that we might lose him. And when you came along,
you didn’t give us any problems, you were healthy and
happy all the time. With you we had nothing to worry about
because even when you got sick with a cold it would only
be a two day thing and you would be back to normal. You
were the one that put our hearts at ease while Lebone was
the one we had to worry about all the time. Am sorry that
my worry and concern lead me to neglect you my princess.
Kedibone was crying all this time, she never knew that her
brother had health problems or that her parents lost so
many children before they had them. She now regretted
what she did to her brother and wished that she could
change the hands of time and change the past but she
couldn’t. She had already killed the one person that could
have been by her side and protected her.
Kedibone: Oh mother! I can’t remember the last time you
called me princess.
Grandma: You are and will always be my princess
Kedibone. The gods might have decided your faith but if I
had anything to do with their decision I ask that they
change it for I had no idea that I contributed to the person
you have become. I ask your father to plead on your
behalf so that we can have a little more time together for
me to show you how much I love you.
Kedibone: I have done bad things Mother and if the gods
take me after two days then don’t blame yourself. It will all
be because of my own doing. Lebone my brother, I never
got to know you because I was too jealous to even try and
get to know the kind of person you were. Forgive me for
making your time in this world short and forgive me for not
being the sister you deserved.
Lebone: All is well my sister, be good. And mother till we
meet again.
Grandma: I love you my prince.
Lebone: And I You my queen. ( Lebone left)
Lebo: I feel like a robbed myself.
Ntsika: Why?
Lebo: I should have gotten myself popcorns and tissues
had I known this will turn out like this.
Ntsika: It’s like am watching a chick flick.
Lebo: I don’t know what am watching but popcorn would
have made it better.
Ntsika: Don’t you mean ice-cream?
Lebo: Shut up because I didn’t call you here for that.
Ntsika: hahah yeah right, so why did you ask me to bring
you a chocolate one then.
Lebo: Not so loud Ntsika! What is wrong with you?
Ntsika: You So gay
Lebo: I take after you.

Grandma jagged her daughter for the first time after 42

years. They cried in each other’s arms thinking of the time
they have lost blaming each other and fighting over stupid
things.
Grandma: We have to find my grand daughter and talk to
her, she needs to know why you did what you did to her
and maybe just maybe she will turn out better than the two
of us.
Kedibone: We were not that bad were we?
Grandma: Oh we were worse! ( they laughed)
Kedibone: I love you so much mother.
Grandma: I love you too my princess.
Kedibone: So where do we start looking for my baby girl?
Thabiso: I know where to find her.
Kedibone: Can we leave now? I want to get all my affairs
in order before I leave this world ( those word broke her
mother’s heart)
Grandma: I will go with you.
Kedibone: My thanks mother
Lebo went to the queen Mother Mabotle and hugged her.
Lebo: Thank you Mother.
Mobotle: What is it now Lebo? It’s not even a day since
you arrived and already you being a baby.
Lebo: My thanks for raising us well queen mother, for
showing up love and treating us equally and yes am the
baby of the family.
Mapula: I give up! ( she threw her hands in the air and
Thabiso just laughed)
Ntsika: So gay Lebo! So so gay
Lebo: Find a mother to love you and leave me alone am
an only child and I need to feel the love.
Kwezi: Now you the only child not the baby?
Lebo: I meant am the baby of the family my love.
Kwezi: I wonder if my children will have space in their
grandmother because you seem to be taking everything.
Lebo: That’s not true
Tokelo: Keep telling yourself that.

Kedibone: Oh you people are a breath of fresh air, I have

never seen royals behave the way you do but it’s beautiful
to watch.
Mabotle: Ob you haven seen half of the things they do and
how they behave. I tell you they are worse than the
princess.
Them: Mother!
Mabotle: What? ( they said nothing) I thought as much
now go find your mother Thabiso.
Lebo: Am going
Ntsika: Me too
Lebo: Maiden!!! ( the maidens came running)
Maiden: My Chief
Lebo: Make popcorn quickly I need them and some cold
drink and chocolates please pack them nicely in a basket
and make it quick. ( the maidens ran to do as told)
Mabotle: What is all that for Lebo?
Lebo: Mmmm
Mabotle: Don’t mmm me what is all that for?
Lebo: Just a snack mother.
Ntsika: Hahah lies
Lebo: Shut or you not getting any ( Ntsika kept quiet)
Thabiso: Lets get going the cars are ready.
Kedibone: Queen Mother Mabotle, My thanks for your
hospitality And accommodation we really appreciate it.
Mabotle: It’s a pleasure ( they went to the car and the
maiden came with a busker with grapes, bananas, nicely
sliced water melon, the popcorn, juice, cream ,
strawberries and chocolate)
Lebo: This shows how much the Chief was missed, you
went above and beyond dear maiden and my thanks. You
can have the afternoon off.

Maiden smiled and thanked the chief. They left heading to

the hotel where the queen was. On the road was Thabiso,
Lebo, Ntsika and the grand parents. Lebo and Ntsika were
busy eating fruits from the basket while they talked crazy
all the way to the hotel. When they got there Lebo took the
basket with and they went to the reception and asked for
the room which they got after some difficulty and they
went up to the queens room and knocked. She opened
looking like hell, her air was a mess and she was wearing
pajamas.
Queen: What are doing here?
Kedibone: To see you princess.
Queen: Me? Hahahha ( she laughed so much like she was
losing her mind) am sorry but this is the best joke I have
ever heard in my life. Kedibone said me her princess and
she came to see me. Hahah oh wow. This is too much.
Okay you have seen me now goodbye Kedibone.
Thabiso: Mother this is no joke, move aside and let us in.
Queen: For what huh? Didn’t you side with your father
when he chased me out?
Thabiso: For a good reason now move.
Lebo: She was chased out ( he whispered to Ntsika)
Ntsika: This is news to me ( he whispered back)
Lebo: This is why I needed popcorn! I had missed a lot of
drama.
Ntsika: You And me both
Lebo: What is this got to do with you? Go to your own
drama in the Zulu land.
Ntsika: You think I would be here if there was any?
Lebo: Mxm you people are boring

Thabiso slightly moved his mother aside and they entered

the room, it was clean and one could tell that room service
was on point pity they didn’t clean the owner of the room.
They sat down and she sat in the floor legs crossed like a
little girl.
Queen: Let’s get in with Why you invaded my space.
Kedibone: Nana am sorry for not being a mother to you
and a grandma to Pedi. That is because I didn’t know how,
my own mother was not a mother to me and I in return
wasn’t a mother to you. Not because I didn’t want to be
but I didn’t know how. What I did I thought was right and
not checking up on Pedi I thought will make the problem
go away.
Queen: So my son was a problem?
Kedibone: That’s not what am saying, the problem was me,
it has always been me. I failed you, my brother, my friend
and my grandson. Am sorry to all of you, I know it won’t
change anything but I want you to know that had I known
love I would have given you the same but I didn’t therefore
I gave you what was given to me and made you feel
exactly how I felt when my mother didn’t care about me.
Am sorry for that my princess and no matter how much of
a bad mother I was but your father loved you, he loved
you from the day he met you to the day he died. I on the
other hand only felt love today, I only felt wanted and
cared for only today and I came to say I love you. I might
not know how to show it or anything like that but I do love
you. When I go to the gods I will ask my grandson to also
forgive me and maybe try to be a better grandma to him
that side.
Queen: You broke me mother, you took all the love I had
and you killed it.
Kedibone: Am so sorry my dear princess and please make
things right with your children and husband because they
love you more than anything. Learn to humble yourself
when you wrong and make peace with what has
happened and also learn from your mistakes. You
wronged your family and it’s time you fix it then come
home together as a family so that we can send off Pedi
with dignity as the royal prince of BaTlakwana.
Queen: My thanks mother.
Kedibone: Please go home today and fix things because I
want you home tomorrow for the ritual because if not them
I might not have the time to do it again.
Queen: What are you that busy now?
Kedibone: No dear the gods have me two days to live.
Queen: Oh mother am so sorry.
Kedibone: It’s alright now go get cleaned up and go to
your husband.
Queen: Okay then.

The queen went and got cleaned up while the others left
going to BaKoena and the royals of BaTlakwana going
back home to prepare for the ritual. Yes their kingdom and
palace were a mass but they had no time to think about
their image at the moment.
Like, comment and share

#love adminSeason 2

Insert 63✨(not edited)

Forgiveness, when one forgives they don’t do it for the

other person but for themselves, yes people forgive but
they never forget, however what is important is to forgive
yourself for your wrong doings and also forgive yourself for
expecting too much of people. Your expectations are just
that yours not the next person and hate is like drinking
poison and expect the next person to die. It dangerous,
but forgiveness brings peace to the one who was wronged
and to the person who did wrong. The queen of BaTloung
did her husband wrong but failure to see her wrong doings
caused her husband to take drastic actions which in turn
became beneficial to her as well. The queen of
BaTlakwana also did wrong many people, that included
her parents, her brother, her friend and lastly her first
grandson. Now she’s paying for her mistakes in the most
horrible way. I mean no one wants to know when they will
die, yes we prepare but actually knowing the date is
torture. You try by all means to right the wrongs you have
done but can you actually right them all? The regrets you
have for the things you didn’t do because you have so
many responsibilities, the what if’s and the I wonder’s and
it not healthy.

The queen drove home that night in high hopes, hopes

that her husband will forgive her, hopes that she will get
her life and family back. Hopes that things will get better
and hopes that the gods will give her more time with her
mother. She arrived home and the guards opened for her,
she drove in and parked the car, she did breathing
exercises and got out of the car and walked to the house.
She knocked like she is a guest and the maiden opened
for her.
Maiden: My queen ( she bowed her head)
Queen: Sunset Greetings dear maiden where is the king?
Maiden: His in the dining room my queen.
Queen: My thanks dear maiden you may return to your
duties.
Maiden: My thanks my queen ( the maiden was surprised
by the queen’s behavior because she is not usually that,
she’s a very demanding person and being polite is not one
of her strong points)
The queen walked to the dining room and the king was
eating his evening feast on his own. She went and sat
next to him.
Queen: My king ( she bowed her head)
King: The queen of the land, how are you doing this
evening?
Queen: I am well my king but I will be perfect once my
king forgives the foolish queen he married.
King: Mmm ( he nodded in agreement and also indicating
for her to continue)
Queen: Let me start by apologizing but not for hiding Pedi
but first for deceiving you making you believe that I was
still pure when we got married when I wasn’t. I will not
blame my mother because I also had a brain to think and I
should have used it and done the right thing and I didn’t. I
chose the easy way out and am very sorry for making you
doubt me and yourself.
King: I hear you
Queen: I also apologize for being selfish and only thinking
of myself. When the truth came out I only saw what I
wanted to see, I made myself a priority and forgot that now
I have a family that needed answers and explanation to all
that I have done. Had I told you about Pedi from the
beginning my son would still be alive and maybe I could
have raised him with but I will never know that now
because I deprived myself, you and my son the change to
find out and am sorry.

For the way I treated our kids am sorry, for only thinking of
myself am sorry, for making you believe in an illusion of
the person I am not am sorry, for selling you dreams that
will never come true am sorry and if you will have me, I
would like to come back home and be the wife that you
deserve, a good queen in this land and a better mother
than I was to our kids.
King: I never chased you out because I don’t love you or
don’t want you anymore, I did that so that you can deal
with the underlining issues that caused you to be the kind
of person that you are today. This thing of yours started
after we got married, not even once did you visit your
home, you only went when your father died and that was it.
When the issue persisted I knew that I wasn’t the problem
but you and am glad that you have seen your mistakes
and made peace with them.
Queen: My thanks my king for the king words. If the king
would allow me, I would like to do a send off ceremony for
Pedi so that he can’t Rest In Peace and I would like to do
it tomorrow as the gods have my mother only two days to
live.
King: So you wanted to do it while she still lives.
Queen: Yes my king, but not because she is needed but
because I would also like her to make peace with what
happened to Pedi before she goes and joins them.
King: Very well then. Let’s go get some rest we have a
long day tomorrow.
Queen: My thanks my king.

The king took her hand and they went and retired to their
room for the night.

BaTlakwana kingdom:

The queen of the land had no time to waste so as soon as

she got to her kingdom she dropped her mother and went
to the house of the woman that was supposed to raise her
grandson. She got there and the woman was sitting in a
rondavel with a candle light. The house was not
completely lit since the candle was only one and didn’t
provide that much light so other parts of the house are
dark. The woman was now old and frail, doesn’t remember
things and lives alone since she had no children. But when
the queen arrives she spoke.
Woman: My queen, I have been waiting for you, the gods
won’t let me rest and you took your time getting here.
Queen: Why Dimakatso?
Dimakatso: I don’t know, but what I do know is that I was
and still full of hate, hate for my husband for leaving me
because I was barren, hate for the gods for not giving me
a child, hate for the women who had children yet didn’t
care for them and hate for the young children who had
everything much like your yet chose to bring children in
the world and expect other people to take care of them.
Queen: So Why did you kill him?
Dimakatso: Because when you brought him here, it was
like you came to mock me, mock my inability to have
children, mock my suffering and mock my ability to raise a
child. It was like you came to test me to see if I will be able
to raise a child when I couldn’t have one and I hated you
for it, your daughter for being irresponsible and that child
for being born.
Queen: But he never asked to be born, he never asked to
be abandoned and he never asked for a grandmother like
me who is cruel and couldn’t love him like he deserved.
He was not to blame but I was and I don’t blame you. All I
need now are his remains.
Dimakatso: They are in the garden right at the bottom of
the garden.
Queen: Thank you.
Dimakatso: No thank you for coming and setting me free
but I also have to apologize to your daughter for what I
have done.
Queen: I will talk to her
Dimakatso: That’s all I ask.
Queen: I will take my leave now
Dimakatso: May I ask you something my queen?
Queen: Yes
Dimakatso: Why would you come for the remains at this
time?
Queen: Because I just like you don’t have much to live and
I want to get my affairs into order before leaving this world.
Dimakatso: I can tell that you not the same person I
worked for all those years ago, you have changed and I
hope the gods see that. Had you been the same person I
would have met my end the time you heard I killed the
prince. I spilled royal blood and the gods are punishing me.
Queen: You not alone in that and I hope we both get the
forgiveness we need to Rest In Peace.
Dimakatso: I hope so.
Queen: I will leave now it’s late.
Dimakatso: Good luck my queen.
Queen: And to you too.

The queen went out and spoke to the mortuary people as

well as the chief priest and he performed the ritual of
taking his spirit and the bone were taken away for
identification before being brought beck in the morning for
the ritual and burial.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 64

BaTlakwana kingdom✨( not edited )

The people of the kingdom didn’t sleep the previous night
because some where helping the construction people who
were fixing their houses and some the roads. The workers
had shifts one for the day from 8:00-18:00 and the night
shift would start from 20:00-6:00 in the morning so work
was moving fast and the houses were coming together
very well. At the palace the maidens and the cooks didn’t
sleep either it because they were forced but when the
situation was explained to them they were more than
happy to help and work through the night. They were busy
preparing for the ceremony to following day and they
asked to be involved in it especially those who knew the
prince.

Early in the morning and the queen mother Kedibone

woke up very early in the morning and asked the driver to
take her to the mortuary to sign out the prince’s remains
when she was done she went to the funeral home and
chose the most beautiful coffin for him, paid for a
tombstone written ‘To prince Pedi Arosi of BaTlakwana
kingdom Rest In Peace Motlakwana’ when she was done
she went home and arrived the same time her daughter
and husband arrived and the time was around 8:39 in the
morning.
Queen: Greetings mother
Kedibone; Greetings my princess and my son in law.
King: Greetings queen mother.
Queen: How are the preparations?
Kedibone: Everything is sorted the only thing that needs to
be done now is for the chief priest to perform the ritual and
for the goat to appease the gods but that will be done after
the remains get here.
King: Were they already dug up?
Kedibone: I took care of that the moment I got home
yesterday.
Queen: My thanks mother.
Kedibone: am only doing what is right for my grandson
and trying to be the grandmother he deserves.
King: Thank you queen mother.

At around 9AM the people started arriving at BaTlakwana,

the BaKoena royals arrived with the grand children of
BaTlakwana Thabiso and Reneilwe. They were with
Ntsika and the queen mother of BaKoena Mabotle Mohapi.
They were all wearing their traditional attires to show that
a royal is what is being put to rest. Dishweshwe traditional
Sotho dresses and dikobo the Sotho traditional blankets
ledikoto the Sotho stock carried by men. All these were
worn, soon after they arrived the remains arrived and the
chief priest started the ritual, the first goat that was
slaughtered was to welcome the prince home, the second
one was to apologize to the prince for abandoning him.
The third goat was to appease the ancestors, the forth
goat was to pave the way for the prince after all this was
done the family was asked to say a few words before the
prince can be laid to rest.

The queen mother Kedibone’s mother cane forward to say

a few words.
Grandma: My great grandson, my prince, am sorry for the
part I played in this, I hope you will forgive all of us after
this and I hope you will meet me halfway when the time
comes with your great grandfather. I love you Pedi.
Kedibone: You are here because of me my prince, your
own grandmother put you here, I don’t even want to ask
for your forgiveness because it will never make up for
what I did to you. I never gave you a chance to live, to be
the child you were supposed to be, to live the life you were
supposed to live and to be the husband and father you
were supposed to be. When we meet, that is if we ever
meet I want you to give me a chance to show you the love
I never showed you when you were still in this world. Till
we meet again prince.
Queen: My baby, I know I wasn’t a mother to you, in fact I
was never a motherless anything to you, I failed as a
mother, as a sister or anything I just failed. And right now I
don’t know what to say but am sorry. Am sorry I wasn’t
there, am sorry I wasn’t there to take care of you and most
of all am sorry I wasn’t a mother to you. I know you said
you forgive me but I still feel like I should have done more.
Rest In Peace now my son and I love you.
Thabiso: Big Brother, I wonder what it would have been
like to have a big brother but none the less I love you. I
wish I could have known you and I wish I could have had
you fighting for me at school and teaching me things that
only a brother can. Now you Rest In Peace and don’t
forget to visit us.

Reneilwe: Oh brother, I don’t even know what to say to

you but I wish I could have known you. I wish I had the
chance to piggyback on you, to ask you for the most
ridiculous things because Thabiso didn’t give me that
( everyone laughed) I wish I got time to sit with you and tell
you all the stupid things in the world and for you to say you
will make them happen because that’s what big brothers
do. I love you even if I didn’t know you, you were my
brother and you mean a lot to me. Rest In Peace
Motlakwana.
Lebo: Well I am only saying something because you said
you liked me, but I want you to know that am very straight
and I have a wife and kids in the way. But if you like me as
a brother then maybe we would have gotten along very
well. I mean man your brother is boring and is always
serious maybe you were better than him because yhooo,
you can ask Ntsika his bad like that and..
Mabotle: Lebohang! ( she reprimanded)
Lebo: Am sorry mother, Brother Pedi I want to say you
were a Motloung because they have the name of a great
elephant. You were named after the great great
grandfather of BaTloung Pedi kgatlatlopo nnja pokojwe. I
know traditionally you are a Motlakwana but ask the gods
what they wanted to achieve or show you when the name
Pedi was given to you. Rest In Peace and when we meet
please do explain yourself about the liking thing.
Mabotle: Lebohang Lebenya keng kawena ( Lebohang
Lebenya What is it with you?)
Queen: Let him be my queen he lifted up our spirits. My
thanks my dear Chief ( Lebo nodded)
The people went to the royal burial site and the prince was
laid to rest. Everyone went back to the palace and they
washed their hands and the food was served. A woman
came out of nowhere and went to where Mapula was
sitting with Reneilwe, Tokelo and Thabiso.
Woman: Rain queen Mapula, you remind me so much of
my almost daughter in law. Look my queen the devil is out
for blood and you have to go your guard. The future king
has his power and it will be your responsibility to make
sure that he doesn’t turn out like him or the whole of
BaKoena will burn. ( she turned around and started
walking)
Tokelo: Woman stop right there! ( she stopped but didn’t
turn to look at him) who are you?
Woman: The one who will help destroy BaKoena if the
chance and opportunity presents itself. ( she said and
walked away leaving everyone who heard what she said
shocked and speechless)
Ntsika: Looks like I came just in time for the witchcraft ( he
said smiling)
Mapula: Ntsika! ( she reprimanded)
Ntsika: What? And who is the future king she is talking
about? ( everyone was quiet because the future king could
be the son of Mapula and Thabiso or the son of Tokelo
and Reneilwe. The four didn’t have words because they
were worried that out of all the powers the children of
BaKoena could have Where did the power of darkness
come from because they have always been the people of
peace.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminInsert 65

BaKoena kingdom✨ ( not edited)

Everyone was back at the palace and the mood was not a
not good at all, everyone was down expect for Lebo and
Ntsika of course. Everyone was worried about this baby
and more especially Mapula because she heard what the
queen Nyolodi said about Luciano and now having
another one right in their family and kingdom was scaring
her. This meant they will have to be on guard for the rest
of their lives. And another issue is not knowing who will
have the child but that didn’t matter much because
everyone will be affected by it. The princess came in while
everyone was quiet and in their own space.
Kea: Sunrise Greetings everyone
Thabiso: Greetings my little warrior
Kea: What are you all sad when the day is this beautiful?
Mapula: We not sad my princess
Kea: Yes you are because uncle king is going to have a
prince with dark powers.
Them: What?
Kea: Uncle king is having a prince and grandpa wants to
talk to you uncle king.
Tokelo: Princess you mean am the one who is going to
have a child?
Kea: Yes
Reneilwe: How can I even be happy about this pregnancy?
Mapula: Hey listen, you are going to be happy about this
child because it’s your first one and because every child is
a blessing from the gods.
Kea: They would not have given you the child to begin
with if they didn’t believe you will can handle him and
beside grandpa will be here to guide you and he will be
good if you show him how.
Tokelo: Let me talk to grandpa my princess.
Keabetswe went to the lounge and everyone followed her
in, Reneilwe was very sad asking herself what it is she did
to deserve this from the gods, she was trying very hard to
keep calm and convince herself that this will be okay.
They sat on the couches and looked at the princess. She
sat on the floor and closed her eyes for a few seconds and
when she opened them they were changing color like what
her mothers eyes were when she wanted to connect with
her father while still pregnant with her. Her eyes went from
blue to green, white and black and then they stayed on
bright blue.
Ntsika: This witchcraft is fun to watch, it’s like am watching
a movie each time here and this happens ( he whispered
to Lebo)
Lebo: Wait till the devil gets here ( he whispers back)
Ntsika: When that happens I will be here everyday in fact I
will move here just so I can watch.
Lebo: Then I will help Zasembo kill you when the day
comes because you stupid.
Lerumo spoke through Keabetswe.
Lerumo: Lebohang Lebenya! Are you ever going to grow
up?
Lebo jumped from the couch and landed on his bottom in
the floor and everyone couldn’t help but laugh because he
and Ntsika weren’t concentrating on what was happening.
Lebo: Father!
Lerumo: Don’t Father me get up so that I can say what I
came here for.
Lebo: Old man how can you scare me like that?
Lerumo: Call me old one more Lebohang
Lebo: Did I say old? No I mean wise man. You can talk
now am seated.
Lerumo: I don’t need your permission now keep quiet.

They all kept quiet especially Tokelo and Reneilwe

because they were more scared than worried of what was
coming.
Lerumo: My daughter and queen of BaKoena, do not
despair the child is a blessing but the child won’t be like a
normal child.
Tokelo: What do you mean father?
Lerumo: The child will be born after 6 months because the
longer he stays in the mother’s womb the more power the
devil will get over him, he works mostly with the last 3
months of the pregnancy since the child is more
developed then and will be easy to transfer his powers
without killing the child.
Reneilwe: At 6 months father he will still be weak, how can
he survive? Because children born at that time hardly
survive.
Lerumo: Don’t worry child he will be fine we are here and
his a Mokoena so he will be just fine. Don’t be alarmed by
the changes you will undergo during this pregnancy just
know that it will be us doing what we can to make sure he
doesn’t transfer more power into him than he wants to.
Tokelo: Father ( he said in a low voice and his father knew
that his son was scare and needed him)
Lerumo: Tokelo my son, you are the king now, a leader
and a husband and son a father. I need you to standby
your wife at this time and love this child for he is a blessing
to both you two and this kingdom but when provoked he
can be a threat as well.

Tokelo: What did that woman mean?

Lerumo: That one is both a witch and angel. She couldn’t
get enough of the power she got as an angel so she
seeked more power which resulted in her getting the
wrong power from someone who was not good.
Tokelo: What did she mean when she said BaKoena will
burn.
Lerumo: She meant that if this child is born after 9 months,
there is nothing we could do because the power would
have been too much for us to handle or control. He will
literally destroy BaKoena with his bare hands and there is
nothing anyone of you can do about it.
Tokelo: And you?
Lerumo: We can’t do anything about it either my son which
is why we are going to prevent that from happening. Love
will be his weakness but heartbreak will be his power.
Tokelo: I don’t understand.
Lerumo: When his shown love he will be just fine and will
have a good heart but when his heart is broken that will
make him stronger and no one will be able to stop him.
Tokelo: You mean we have to walk on eggshells around
him.
Lerumo: No you have enough love for him to feel without
you walking on eggshells. You will discipline him the same
way I did you and Lebohang and you will love him just the
same. The love am talking about is the love a woman, the
love that makes Everyman weak.
Tokelo: So we won’t have to worry about anything
happening until his a teenager?
Lerumo: Hahah yes and I have to go now.

Lerumo left and now the mood had improved, they were
now laughing and talk. Reneilwe And Tokelo were much
better now. They all went and had their sunrise feast as a
family.

Stay tuned for more..

Like, comment and share

#loveadminInsert 66

BaKoena kingdom ✨

3 Months later✨ ( not edited)

The queen of BaKoena was now showing like someone
who is 6 months pregnant year she’s only 3 moths. The
family understands and know what is happening, she has
now bonded with the child very well and every kick she
gets from him brings a smile to her face. As he would kick
she would brush her tummy smiling and say ‘ you are
loved by both your parents as well as uncles and aunts, I
want you to know what no matter who breaks that little
heart of yours, your family will always love you’ this was
her way of telling him that he should never think it’s the
end of the world when his heart get Brocken and that he
must always remember the love his family has for him.
She got out of the shower and wrapped a towel around
her and went to the room. Tokelo was standing there with
a gown in hand and handed it to her.
Tokelo: You look beautiful my queen, I never thought you
could ever be more beautiful than you already were but
carrying our son has made you more beautiful than ever.
Reneilwe: My thanks my king but my back and feet are
killing me.
Tokelo: That is why I am here, to give you a back rub and
a foot massage before we go for our morning feast.
Reneilwe: You so kind my king.
Tokelo: Anything for my wife and son.
Reneilwe laid on the bed while Tokelo rubbed her feet and
back and when he was done they went to the dining area
and everyone was there already eating.
Tokelo: Sunrise Greetings family
Mabotle: Greetings my king! My baby how are you and
how is the prince treating you?
Reneilwe: Am fine mother and the prince too, am just tired
all the time.
Mabotle: Well worry not its normal and you must get as
much rest as you can! Believe me you need it.
Tokelo: Why?
Mabotle: Because She is pregnancy and tired you big
head.
Lebo: Tell him mother, look at my beautiful wife who is
about to pop, she is always tired and forever eating.
Kwezi: Don’t you mean you are always eating?
Lebo: Yeah that ( they laughed at him)

Just as they were busy talking and laughing eating their

feast. Strong wind blew, it blew so hard that the roof of the
palace shook. They looked at each other wondering what
was happening because the sun was shining not so long
ago. The wind blew even harder that they all stood up and
went outside to check what was going on and the moment
the door opening it flew to the wall hitting it hard as it
collided with it. The wind was so strong that tree leaves
were flying in the air and washing was getting loose from
the pegs it hanged on. Just as they were looking at that
the woman who came to them from BaTlakwana appeared
and the wind calmed a bit.
Woman: Royal family! What a good morning it is.
Lebo: Maybe to you but to me it’s not.
Woman: Because I disturbed your meal? Am sorry my
dear Chief next time I will have better timing.
Mapula: How come I don’t feel you when you coming?
Woman: Because dear rain queen, I am both good and
evil and when I come here I will never come as my evil self
because the barriers would burn me. So I come as the
angel I once was and good is no threat to you that is why
you don’t feel me.
Mapula: Why are you here?
Woman: Take it easy my queen I don’t come for you or in
bad spirits I just came to see how the queen of the land
and our prince are doing.
Reneilwe: We are very well thank very much now you may
leave.
Woman: I will the late king didn’t tell you everything. I am
the messenger of the underworld which is ruled by my
brother Lucifer but for those who know him personally
know him as Luciano.
Mapula: What does the devil want? ( she said stepping in
front of Reneilwe)

Woman: Easy my queen, my brother wants nothing yet!

He just sent me to check on things and I see why he
hasn’t been able to full transfer the power to the prince.
Mapula: Be warned woman.
Woman: My queen my queen my queen! I told you am not
here as evil am here as an angel as that was the only way
I could get in here. So that means the things I do in this
form don’t mix with those I do in the other form. So worry
not my brother will not find out about this until I see it when
am bad then he will surely know.
Mapula: What message do you have?
Woman: Oh I forgot because I got it while I was bad so
now it’s gone with that person. But what I can tell you is
that, if you want your child fully safe even when his born
you have to bath with the water from the river and also do
the same to the young prince when he comes.
Mapula: My thanks.
Reneilwe; Thank you.
Woman: Don’t forget when I meet you as my evil self don’t
think I will remember this and I won’t hesitate to capture
you for my brother so that he can fully transfer the power
to him.
Tokelo: Why is it that you can’t remember the good when
you bad but can remember the bad when you good?
Woman; Because my king? I was meant to protect and to
be pure of heart and when am in this form all the good I
once had comes back and my heart softens. I will take my
leave now.

The woman left they all went back inside the house and
sat in the lounge.
Lebo: I see that look in your eyes Brother and I know what
it means so I ask that you remember what father said.
Tokelo: Am just tired of all the danger that is surrounding
my child, how much more when his here of danger follows
him now?
Mapula: When his born he won’t be in danger but he will
be the danger.
Tokelo: That’s just it! I don’t want danger and prince in the
same sentence.
Mabotle: What did you just say?
Tokelo: That I don’t want danger and prince in the same
sentence.
Mabotle: Tokelo What are you?
Tokelo: A king
Mabotle: Before That
Tokelo: A prince.
Mabotle: You can go around circles all you like, we all
know that you are danger yourself and in fact this child
takes after you. Just because you have pure powers
doesn’t mean they don’t destroy when you are angry, the
same thing applies to this child and that to me says his
yours through and through. I don’t want to hear any of you
talk about my grand son like he wi be some psycho and if
he is then you all are because your powers don’t make
you any different. ( she stood up and went to her room
leaving them there quiet)
Reneilwe: Mother is right! If we act like this now how much
more when his here? He will notice that his treated
differently and will want to know why. I don’t want my child
to feel like he has a disability and can’t do things for
himself because we worried about what he might do. Even
people without powers do despicable things and who
treats them differently? No one.
Mapula: You are right, this is all knew to us and I know it’s
difficult but we must try. That is about all we can do
anyway do let’s do it. This child is one of us and we should
treat him that way.
Kwezi Well I never saw anything wrong with him which is
why I planned a baby shower for you.
Mapula: Kwezi!
Kwezi: Oh snap I forgot it was a surprise, blame it on
pregnancy my dear friend.
Mapula: Well since it’s already out we are planing a baby
shower for you, we invited Boitumelo since she’s about to
give birth as well and Zasembo and she’s pregnant.
Lebo: How Do you know? Oh wait don’t tell me or don’t
answer that I understand. What I don’t understand is why
Ntsika hasn’t said anything.
Mapula: Because he doesn’t know yet, Zasembo is
planning on telling him the day of the baby shower.
Thabiso: Oh lord I feel sorry for the child.
Lebo: Why?
Thabiso: Because his father is crazy and will embarrass
the kid.
Lebo: No his father is cool and his friends will be jealous of
him.
Tokelo: Trust you to say that.
Lebo: Don’t even speak Tokelo because I can already see
you as the uptight father.
Kwezi: It’s funny how you see Tokelo like that when I see
you like that.
Lebo: Yeah sure I will protect them but I will not be uptight.
Kwezi: wait till they get here my love.

The guys excused themselves and went out in the garden.

Tokelo: Lebo I think the pig you have been fattening up is
now ready.
Lebo: What pig?
Thabiso: Lesego.
Lebo: Oh that
Tokelo: Yes That! What does it seem like you forgot about
him?
Lebo: I have because he doesn’t matter to me but you
right, it’s time to show this guy never to mess with what’s
mine ( now when he said that he was Terminator not the
funny Lebo everyone knew. He thought of how he almost
ruined his wedding with Brian and his blood boiled as he
marched towards the basement)

Stay tuned...

Like, comment and share

#loveadminInsert 67

BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

Thabiso and Tokelo were following Lebo to the basement,

when they got there a guard was there and he was
instructed to open and he did as told. The moment the
door open light blinded Lesego as he hasn’t seen light in a
long time. He closed his eyes trying to adjust them to the
bright light that just came through. He finally opens them
after a while and saw the three standing there, what he
had was hope when he saw. Hope that he will soon get
out of there, hope that they will let him go so that he can
see his family, hope that they don’t kill him since they have
punished him enough by locking him in there for this long.
Lebo went closer to the light and switched it on and
Lesego was clearly revealed to them.
Lebo: Well! Well! Well! What do we have here?
Tokelo: A pig that you were fattening up for this day.
Thabiso: hahah that’s hilarious! A pig?
Tokelo: That’s What he is, I mean no man can as stupid
as this one.
Lebo: Get up we are going somewhere.
Lesego: Look man, I get that you angry but this was not
my idea, yes I went along with it because when I heard
Kwezi was marrying you I just lost it.
Lebo: You lost it?
Lesego: Yeah I lost it man
Tokelo: Why would you lose it when you left her here
single for so many years?
Lesego: I don’t know, but Kwezi is one of the good ones
and the best girlfriend I have ever had and hearing that
she’s getting married got to me.
Thabiso: No your greed got to you, you have a family back
in Canada yet you left them and came here to fight for a
woman you felt. What do you call that?
Lebo: Am fine talking, you get up! ( he said to Lesego with
a stern voice and he got up)

They walked around the back and asked the guard to

bring the car around because they didn’t want to be seen
by their women. The guard brought the car around and
they drove him to the famous field where they beat up
Ntsika before. They got there and the boys who were
heading the cows were told to move along and they did as
told by the royals. They got out of the car and Lesego
remained and that angered Lebo even more, as he went
to the door of the back and opened it, signaling him with
his head to get out. He saw that there is no getting out of
this so he got out of the car and stood next to it looking
around.
Lesego: I forgot how beautiful and refreshing home can be,
back in Canada all one can see are tall buildings and the
streets with cars and people walking around. It is nothing
compared to this, it is true when they say home is where
the heart is, no matter how big or small but when love lives
in a home you are blessed. ( the three were just looking at
him rumbling)
Lebo: Lesego Before anything happens here I want to
know what Brian promised your for you to leave everything
to come here?
Lesego: It’s really funny actually, the man promised me
my own construction company and a beautiful wife by my
side, his daughter. He said I was the best man for her as
she was at her happiest when she was with me. That
alone made me remember the good times I had with
Kwezi and I just had to come back for her.
Lebo: Did you think about your little girl at all when you
took that decision?
Lesego: Actually I did, I know Kwezi has a big heart and I
knew if I had her and yak my daughter afterwards she
would love her as her own.
Lebo: So how do you feel now that you did all that
nonsense for nothing?
Lesego: I really Don’t feel anything really because a part
of me knew that if this goes south that guy would leave me
without thinking twice.
Lebo didn’t waste time and he threw a punch at him, which
was not expected by Lesego since they were talking, he
stumbled backwards a little and regained his composure.
Lebo: You came here to ruin my wedding for for shit that
you knew wouldn’t work? You made me lose out on the
most fun part of my wedding, dancing with my wife
because I was too out of it because of that damn
chloroform that you gave me!
Lesego: Look man am sorry, all I want now is to go back
where I came from and live my life.
Lebo got more angry that Lesego wanted to leave and go
back where he came from like nothing happened. He went
charging to him as he threw another punch and he ducked
just in time and that angered Lebo even more. He turn
back and went to him and Lesego saw that he had no
choice but to fight right now. He took position and Lebo
got to him and they started fighting. Tokelo and Thabiso
were sitting on the haystacks watching the two grown men
fighting like school boys fighting over a girl they both
wanted.
Tokelo: These two are both strong and they fight well.
Thabiso: Yeah they do, Lesego was my fight so he fights
exactly like me because we were trained by the same
person.
Tokelo: Lebo would like that.
Thabiso: What do you mean?
Tokelo: Lebo is the kind of person who hates a man that
starts trouble then not be able to finish it when the going
gets tough. Seeing how Lesego fights right now is fueling
Lebo the right way.
Thabiso: I got get it?
Tokelo: See when Terminator comes out like fully out to
play your boy will not stand a chance, he might even die if
you don’t stop him.
Thabiso: So let’s stop him.
Tokelo: No because now Lebo is just checking where
Lesego’s strength is then from there you will see a real
fight not this where you boy gets to throw a punch at him.
Terminator doesn’t work like that, you don’t get close
enough to throw a punch when his out to play.
Thabiso: Then I better watch closely.

Lebo and Lesego were going at it and Lebo now realizing

that he is the king of man that can fight and stand his
ground. Terminator came out to play and his anger caused
his veins to pop out in all the right places, meaning his
forehead, his neck, his arms and his jaws clutched
together. Lesego saw him standing and saw that as an
opportunity for him to fight and win this this once and for
all. He went closer to Lebo wanting to throw a punch but
he held his first so tight it felt like the bones on his fingers
were breaking. He tried being strong and ignore the pain
but it was too much, a tear escapes his eye and he quickly
wipes it off. Lebo was not in control of his body and all he
wanted to hear was the sweet sound of his bones crushing
in his hand as he held it tighter and tighter causing
Lesego’s tears to flow. He was silently crying as the his
whole arm was now feeling numb because of the blood
flow that has been stopped by Lebo’s hand of steel.
Thabiso: That I have never seen before, Lebo is
paralyzing him with one hand and this guy can’t even fight
back using the other hand.
Tokelo: You are what is doing right now is breaking his
bones in his hand and fingers and blood flow has stopped
from that hand making the whole arm numb. You boy
won’t be able to fight back due to the amount of pain that
is on his arm right now.
Thabiso: But his other arm is free why can’t he is it?
Tokelo: With the kind of pain he must be feeling right now
that’s all he will concentrate on nothing else.
Thabiso: How Do you know about all that?
Tokelo: Hahah oh man let me tell you. Lebo and I used to
fight a lot growing up, we were just only 17 and still in high
school, we were inseparable but we fought over the most
stupid things you can think of. Father always told us that
brothers to fight with each other but they fight for each
other, did we listen? No! We continued, Father got tired of
it all and one Saturday he woke us up and told us to get
dressed we were going somewhere and told us no to
worry about bathing we will do so when we came back.
We got dressed as fast as we could and the time was
around 8 in the morning, we thought he was taking us to
town because it was late for hunting, in no time Lebo and I
were in the car and father drove us to this field and
stopped the car when we got here and instructed us to get
out and we did. The old man had a sjambok and he say
‘ did I not tell you boys that you don’t fight each other?’ We
said ‘ yes we did’ and he said and yet you contued? We
kept quiet because we saw the sjambok and thought he
was going to beat us up but no! He told us to fight and he
will watch. We looked at each other but we didn’t fight, he
told us again to fight and we didn’t, he took the sjambok
and started beating us telling us to fight like we used to.
Now with father you can ran but when he gets you it’s the
same thing again, that man would beat you up for days if
you dare run from him when his beating you so running
was no option for us for we fought.
We fought so much that we got tired and we stopped and
he came with the sjambok and beat us up telling to fight
because he didn’t say we can stop. That day I discovered
ghost and Lebo discovered terminator. I was so angry but
no at Lebo but for being stupid and not listening to Father
when he told us to stop, ghost surfaced and I was out of
control and Lebo discovered terminator. We were both out
of control fighting, people were screaming at my father
telling him we going to kill each other if he didn’t stop us.
But that man sat back and kept sipping on his traditional
beer. Lebo got hold of my hand while I was throwing a
punch just like your boy there and damn the pain I felt was
beyond what I have ever felt before. I could feel my bones
breaking in his hand my arm getting numb, I tried fighting
with one hand but is was difficult. Father stopped the fight
and we were both bruised with our bodies sore. He drive
us home and when we got there we took a bath and
nursed each other’s wounds and from that day Lebo and I
never fought but fought for each other like father told us.
While Tokelo was talking they were brought back to the
fight by the screams of Lesego and when they look at him
Lebo hand Brocken both his arms from the hand to the
elbow And Tokelo knew that he tried fighting with the other
hand and Lebo got hold of it too. They both went running
to Lebo and held him back while he was kicking Lesego’s
ribs breaking them in the process.

Tokelo held his hand and restrained him.

Tokelo: Brother that’s enough now ( Lebo was breathing
like a viper)
Thabiso: What do we do now?
Lebo: Take him to the hospital and call his family to come
take their trash.
Tokelo: Okay lets go.
They got a crying Lesego into the car and drove off to the
hospital and dropped him there and drove home, on the
way Thabiso called his father telling him that Lesego was
injured and his in the hospital. His father was shocked that
his son was even home because the last time they spoke
he was in Canada.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 68

BaKoena kingdom✨( not edited)

Mapula was sleeping peacefully in her chamber, it was in

the early hours of the morning when a dream came to her.
She was in the battle field and there was war BaKoena
was being attached and she was in the middle of the war
wearing her war attire from BaKoena, but when she
looked properly the person that was in the middle of the
war fighting was not her but her daughter Keabetswe. She
was in between men fighting like a true warrior holding a
spear and shield, she was not far from the battle field and
kept on calling out to her and telling her to look out. She
felt like she was being pulled back and she woke up
drenched in sweat and she was in her husbands arms with
him rocking her back and forth but she could sleep again.
She was terrified of what she saw and wondered what it
meant but what surprises her is the fact that her daughter
looked so happy to be there and that didn’t sit well her.
Thabiso: Wanna talk about it?
Mapula: Am worried, the dream I had didn’t feel like a
dream but a vision for the future.
Thabiso: What vision is that my queen?
Mapula: Keabetswe was at war and she was older, at first
I thought it was me who was in the battle field but when I
looked closely it was Keabetswe.
Thabiso: What was the war about?
Mapula: BaKoena was being attacked by other kingdoms
warriors.
Thabiso: In this generation do you think there are still
warriors?
Mapula: We don’t know the ways of the gods my king, this
might be them telling us that not everything had to handled
the modern way. The gods may want great warriors to
come from BaKoena, maybe they want for us to teach our
children the true ways of our culture.
Thabiso: Do you think that the dream has anything to do
with the fact that I call Keabetswe a warrior?
Mapula: Keabetswe is not just a portal but a true born
warrior, our daughter will lead men to battle.
Thabiso: I don’t like the sound of that, Keabetswe should
be a true princess and marry a great prince.
Mapula: Our wish for her and that of the gods are different.

While they were still talking they heard screaming and

they went out running to the direction of the screams.
When they got there the queen mother was already there,
the screaming was coming from Lebo’s chamber, Kwezi
was about to give birth.
Mabotle: There is no time is no time to call the doctor bring
me towels and warm water Mopula, Lebo, Tokelo and
Thabiso get out!
Lebo: But Mother she’s in pain let me stay ( he was
worried because Kwezi was crying)
Mabotle: It’s not like you will be able to take away the pain
now get out! ( Tokelo and Thabiso took him out of the
room and they went to the lounge because he didn’t want
to be close because Lebo couldn’t take the her cries)
Mapula came with the water and the towels and the queen
mother helped Kwezi give birth to her twins, Tokelo had
already called the palace doctor and she was in her way. 5
minutes later a little cry filled the chamber and the first
baby was a boy. While she was trying to regain her
strength with Mapule holding the baby the pains started
again. In 2 minuets the second baby came and his cries
filled the chamber again, the three, Tokelo, Thabiso and
Lebo couldn’t wait now to go in there but they knew better
than to defy the queens orders. Kwezi regained her
strength and the doctor came as well and checked the
babies and they were perfectly healthy. The third baby
was still kicking and playing inside her mother, they waited
and waited but the baby wasn’t coming out.

Mapula: Mother What is this?

Mabotle: I don’t know child because twins come one after
the other just minutes apart but I have never seen this.
Doctor: It is a rare case indeed because it doesn’t look like
his coming anytime soon.
Kwezi: Keabetswe!
Mapula: What?
Kwezi: Keabetswe Mapula once said that the girl was hers
Mapula: Yes I remember that so what does that mean?
Mabotle: It means Keabetswe must come and get her
baby girl out.
Mapula: Mother do you think that is a good idea.
Doctor: As much as I don’t like it but it might work because
I know how you people are, you are strange and powerful
and am sure you children are just the same. I have worked
in this palace long enough not to underestimate anything
or anyone so the princess must come.
Mapula; Let me go call her then.
Kwezi: Thank you friend.
Mapula: Anything for my god children. ( Mapula went out
and the guys came running to her)
Lebo: What is going on sister? Are the babies okay? Can I
go in? Is my wife alright?
Mapula: Yho Brother so many questions?
Thabiso: Answer him my queen because his really worried.
Mapula: Okay! The two little chiefs are perfectly healthy
but the princess still wants to play inside her mother.
Lebo: Am a Dad! Guy am a father!
Tokelo: Congratulations Brother am so happy for you! ( he
hugged him but Lebo quickly pulled out remembering
something)
Lebo: What do you mean the princess is still playing inside
her mother?
Mapula: I will explain later, right now I have to go get the
princess.
Thabiso: What? What for? ( Mapula didn’t answer she left
them there and went to get the princess, she got to her
room and found her out of it, she was in her portal state)
she got in and sat on the bed next to her.
Kea: She’s fine mother.
Mapula: I know she is my princess but we need you now.
Kea: Let me tell her I will meet her when I get there.
Mapula: Keabetswe are you talking about the baby?
Keabetswe: Yes and her name is Nteboheng.
Mapula: My princess you can’t give the baby a name
without talking to auntie Kwezi and uncle child first.
Keabetswe: It’s not me Mother it’s grandpa, he says the
boys names are Teboho and Tomelo.
Mapula: Yhoo can we go now?
Keabetswe changed her eyes and they left the room going
to where Kwezi was, when they past the guys they looked
at them and but didn’t say anything. The moment the
princess got in the room Kwezi started having pains again.

Doctor: This is unbelievable!

Mabotle: RebaKoena rona ausi rebatho bametsing ( the
Are BaKoena sister are creatures of the water)
Doctor: Oh no my queen, I have seen a lot in this palace
but to me thing take the cup.
Kwezi: The baby is coming out and am not pushing
someone please hold her ( the doctor went closer to her
and when she looked the baby was already halfway out)
the doctor couldn’t believe her eyes because Kwezi was
just relaxing and not pushing but the baby was coming out.
She took the baby and cup the cord, she cleaned her up
but when she was about to give the baby to her mother
the princess stopped her.
Keabetswe: Grandpa said I must be the first to hold
Ntaboheng.
Kwezi: Ntehoheng?
Keabetswe: Yes grandpa said her name Nteboheng and
the boys are Teboho and Tomelo.
Kwezi: Those are beautiful names though, thank grandpa
for me and you can hold your baby. ( Keabetswe held the
baby and the moment she held her thunder rumbled three
times)
Keabetswe: It is done ( she said and handed the baby
over to Kwezi and ran out of the room)

The doctor cleaned her up and Mapula and the queen

changed the bed and helped Kwezi on the bed and
Mapula took the dirty things and put them in a bag and
went out and have them to a maiden. Then the guys were
allowed to go in, Lebo was holding his princess, while
Tokelo and Thabiso held the two little chiefs. Lebo was
over the mood about the names his father gave his babies
but mostly because he had no clue what he was going to
name them.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 69

BaKoena kingdom✨

There was now a baby shower and a welcoming

ceremony for the twins. The baby shower is for a heavily
pregnant Reneilwe who is now 4 months into her
pregnancy but she looks like she 7 months. The baby is
kicking and doing all babies do and when she went to get
checked at the hospital just to make sure everything was
okay. The palace doctor and her friend attended to her
and they were told that the baby was fine. The palace
doctor was shocked to see that the baby has grown so
much for his age. She was the first person to examine
Reneilwe at 12 weeks and now at 3 months the baby
looks 7 months, yes she was shocked by this but then
again she remembered that nothing is what it seems at
BaKoena. There it’s like people are living in their own
world where the rest of the people don’t exist. Zasembo
and Ntsika arrived at BaKoena after being picked up by
the driver, Lebo didn’t even want to move away from his
children not even for a minute. He now sleeps in the
nursery and keeps an eye on the babies while the mother
sleeps. His food is brought up there since he doesn’t want
to leave them alone. Kwezi and everyone else spoke to
him about it but he wouldn’t listen to anyone. Ntsika came
upstairs to see him because his been in the palace for the
past hour but he still hasn’t come to see him so he
decided to go up and see him.
Ntsika: Awu ndoda yamSuthu. ( oh Sotho man)
Lebo: Zulu boy.
Ntsika: Usuyaqala kemanje ukudelela wena Lebo,
hawume ngikuyeke Mina ke ngibheke ingane zami. (You
starting to be disrespectful Lebo, let me leave you and see
my children) he said going to the kids beds to see them.
Lebo: You do still remember that you have a wife you can
make pregnant right?
Ntsika: Which one are you talking about?
Lebo: How many wives do you have?
Ntsika: I have 2 Zasembo intombi yomXhosa ntakamah!
Intombi ekhanya ngamazinyo kuphela. Kodwa umfazi
wami wokuqala YiMpande yami, I Mpandeyomuzi
woManzini madoda! Hayike loyo ungihlula ngokuthakatha
nje kuphela ( I have two Zasembo a Xhosa woman! A dark
beauty that is only her teeth shine, then Mpandeyomuzi
woManzini man! You see that one only defeats me when it
comes to her witchcraft) Lebo was laughing because
Tokelo and Thabiso were standing by the door, with
Thabiso wearing a straight face. Ntsika turned and saw
them standing there.
Ntsika: Ngiyakusiza wena Thabiso ukuthi ungaze uphinde
ulalele indaba zabantu ngoba uzophela sowumuncu
njengamanje! ( I am helping you Thabiso to never listen to
other people’s conversations because you will end up sour
like how you are now.
Thabiso: Ntsika how long are you going to call my wife
yours and how long are you going to say my wife is a
witch.
Lebo: No! People am with Ntsika on this one, wherever
Mapula goes she comes back with more powers.
Ntsika: Yingoba uyathakatha loya ( that’s because she is a
witch that one)
Tokelo: Lebo you always complain about not having
powers but you forget that your little princess is going to
be one of the witches of this house.
Lebo: No!! No one said anything about her having powers.
Tokelo: Then why do you think the princess chose her?
Lebo: Because she wanted a baby girl to play with.
Thabiso: Keep telling yourself that ( the princess came in)
Kea: Afternoon uncles
Them: Hello princess.
Thabiso: But princess am not your uncle.
Kea: But Daddy you are the first person I see when I go to
sleep and the first person I see when I wake up. So why
would I greet you my king.
Thabiso: WOW you called me your king
Kea: Yes! You are the king, mommy is the queen and am
the princess.
Lebo: Don’t mind your daddy my little warrior, what are
you doing here?
Kea: Uncle you should stop calling me that now because
you have your own warrior which a came to see. Please
help me hold her. ( Lebo picked little Nteboheng and
placed her carefully on Keabetswe’s hands supporting her
head.
Ntsika: Princess you call me uncle yet am your second
daddy.
Kea: I know Father
Thabiso: No! His not your father I am.
Kea: Yes Daddy you are my father but uncle claimed me
even before I was born and the gods didn’t object.
Ntsika: See I told you she’s mine hahah
Thabiso: When did this happen?
Ntsika: When I was still losing my mind running after my
first wife not knowing she was more than what I thought
she was.
Thabiso: Stay in your lane Ntsika
Tokelo: I thought Lebo was exaggerating when he said
you are uptight but now I see it.
Lebo: Yes 3 against one! And we are winning!
Tokelo: Oh no Brother I was just acknowledging the facts.
Lebo: Sellout!
They continue talking and teasing each other. Outside the
palace Luciano aka Lucifer was standing there with his
agent discussing the issue of the queen and his son.
Lucifer: You have to go in there and bring me what I will
want as soon as possible.
Agent: My king, you know that when I go in there I go in as
angel and I cannot get you the queen in that state.
Lucifer: You And your conflicting powers! I need the queen
for just a day to be able to complete the transfer! Damn it
do your job and stop giving me excuses.
Agent: You know these are not excuses and you can read
me so you know everything.
Lucifer: I can feel that something or someone is blocking
me from getting access to my son and I want you to keep
the lines of communication open when you get in there so
that I can be able to make a plan and fast.
Agent: The only way you can do that is as if the queen
leaves the palace then you will be able to gain access to
him, other than that you won’t be able to do anything to
him.
Lucifer: Then Get it done damn it! I need a successor and
fast!
Agent: No need to shout am going and I will try by all
means to get the communication lines open.
Lucifer: That’s all I need now go!
The agent went and stood at a distance preparing to go
into the palace of BaKoena. She went into the palace
traveling at the devils agent herself but because of the
barrier that is protecting BaKoena she had to change mid
way and got into the palace as she transferred into the
angel she was born to be. The palace was busy as there
was a baby shower and welcoming for Reneilwe and
Kwezi. She went to where everyone was and saw that
every one is concentrating on the two mothers and giving
them presents.
Angel: A beautiful ceremony indeed my queen ( she
bowed her head and everyone turned and looked at her)
Mapula: What are you doing here?
Angel: To deliver a message
Mapula: Deliver it already! ( she was getting impatient with
her)
Angel: The devil is nearby and is willing to do anything to
his son my queen.
Tokelo got so angry and irritated by what this angel/witch
was saying, as he went charging to her and pin her
against the wall.
Tokelo: You will not call my son the devils child ever again
and you will not keep coming here to upset my wife with
your messages or I will not be held responsible for what I
will do!
Angel: As I said before, I am both an angel and an agent
of the darkness, when I get here because of the barrier I
cannot come as an angel of darkness, so I come as an
angel and when am in that form I have no other job than to
protect my father’s people.
Tokelo: So What do you mean by what you just said?
Mapula: Stop talking! She’s connected to him.
Tokelo: You are what! ( he got so angry and ghost was
starting to come out)
Mapula: Come down brother! With her as an angel
someone above us will deal with her. Leave her brother!

Tokelo took his wife and left the room. They went to his
chamber and left everyone standing there. The angel tried
to connect with the devil, but it was difficult for her
because of the barrier that is protecting the place. Lucifer
tried so hard to help her change into the agent he controls.
The angel also tried on her side and when she was
halfway through the process a voice come.
Voice: I did not put you in that world to torture my children.
I sent you there to protect not to destroy, instead you got
greedy for power and I turned a blind eye to it because
you could separate your evil side to the angel side I gave
you. But now you want to do beyond what I can allow you
to, the child will live as it is supposed to be and tell your
brother that he must not try me with my people. I gave the
both of you the power and I can easily take it back and
when I do. You and your brother will be destroyed. Refrain
from your evil ways and this is your last warning.

By this time the agent was sitting on the floor rolling like a
ball as if something was burning her. They were watching
her the whole time, no one was saying anything until she
stopped what she was doing and stood up. She looked at
everyone and spoke.
Angel: My father has spoken but I report to two people
now. One being my father and one being my brother and
king of the underworld. His determined to get his offspring
and he will do anything to get him, and no he doesn’t want
to kill him but to share his power with him. And yes if he
manages to get hold of him and finish transferring the
power BaKoena will burn.
Keabetswe: It Maybe So But not now, that day will come
yes but you will not only have the rain queen to fight but
the ghosts of BaKoena, dikoena tsametsing, the portal of
the gods and the fallen.
Angel: That is the truth my princess however victory is not
guaranteed. I will take my leave now.
The angel left the palace and returned to the place to
where the devil Luciano was. She got to him and he was
livid! Angry and disappointed at his trusted agent.
Lucifer: You have disappointed me so much, when do you
now listen to Father?
Agent: Our father gave me the power to protect and you
gave me the power to destroy. Your power doesn’t over
turn the one my father gave me, I will listen to him like it or
not. We both and know that father gave us these powers
and he can take them away as he have the power to do so.
Lucifer got so angry that he started burning BaKoena and
the places he can reach. Animals and people in the farms
were running away because they didn’t know where the
fire was coming from.
Lucifer: You will go around the kingdoms and you will
spread whatever lie people can think of about BaKoena!
Make them turn their backs on them, make them destroy
their kingdom and make sure you don’t fail me.
Agent: That I can do and very well at that. What you
asking shall be done brother.
Lucifer: Now go and be the sister I have known you to be.

The agent left to carry out the duties her brother and king
gave her.

Like, comment and share

#loveadmin
Nontu MoloiSeason 2

Insert 70✨ ( not edited)

Life is beautiful, not only living, the routines we have, the

families we have created for ourselves, the friends we
keep and most importantly being alive to enjoy it all. But
no one is happy forever, everyone goes through their own
fair share of trials and tribulations. It is then up to them to
pick up the pieces and move on, it is said that everything
happens for a reason, we might not see that when the
hardships are upon us but in the end you overcome and
become stronger than before. It is said that even the day
must give way to the nigh, light must eventually give way
to the darkness and that not all that is dark is evil and that
people are the ones who turn what is dark into being evil,
which is why now we associate the darkness with evil. But
go out at night on a beautiful spring night and see the
beauty of the stars as they decorate the sky with the mood
showing off its beauty through the night. Which means that
there is beauty in the darkness, like when one walks
around at night, they are not as careless as they are
during the day because they can see but at night they
walk carefully so as to not hurt themselves. See that
teaches a person to pay more attention to their
surroundings and open other senses to be able to walk
through the dark unharmed, senses like their hearing,
people listen more when it’s dark, they pay attention to
details and they are more careful. Look at the night, the
stars and the moon and how beautiful they are. But if they
were close to people’s reach they would have destroyed it
already, scientists would have taken all the stars from the
sky in the name of experimenting and making history.
They would take the mood to examine it to see how it
brings out the light at night. The same thing happened to
Lucifer, he was angel loved by many up in haven, not just
any angel one that is easy on the eyes, passionate about
everything he does. The other angels envied him, the
carobs with their six wings loved him, the Sarafies envied
his passion and drive. All of that got to his head and
thought if people loved him this much why can’t he rule
them? He asked his father but he said no because he
knew something that he didn’t know, his heart! He looked
at him and saw the blood flow that will happen if he ruled
his children so he refused. Anger took over him and
vowed to make his own army and destroy the only thing
his father loves the most, which is his children, his princes
and princesses. From that day onward he started
destroying whatever his father built until he was banished
to the underworld.

The agent of darkness went around kingdoms spreading

lie about BaKoena and most kingdoms believed her as
she would come as an angel and change when in front of
them into the devils agent. Most Kong’s especially those
who didn’t approve of how that “boy” as they call Tokelo is
ruling the kingdom. Some said ‘ we knew that boy will rule
BaKoena to the ground’ some said ‘ Lerumo gave birth to
the devil himself’ and some said ‘ it is a shame that
Lerumo is not alive to see the mess his son is making of
his kingdom’. Kingdoms like Maluti and all the other
kingdoms that lost their Kong’s in a brutal way after being
involved in Lerumo’s death now believed that BaKoena
used their powers to make their Kong’s confess to sins
they didn’t commit.
Prince Tsekang King Tshepo’s son was livid.
Prince: The people of BaKoena made my father be buried
like a commoner, they stripped him off his title? His
kingdom and his people and all for what huh! ( he said in
anger as he was addressing people who gathered at the
square to see the angel that came to visit their kingdom)
Chief priest: My king, we understand how angry you are
but don’t let anger cloud your judgement. You took the
king to every doctor you could think of when he was
suffering here and the god saw no foul play in all that he
went through.
Prince: Don’t not talk to me about the gods! Your gads
saw how my father, their king and representative was
being humiliated by those people for things he didn’t do!
Am having my fathers remains exhumed and buried
properly in the royal burial site next to his father! He was
the king and should have been buried as such! And you
can tell your gods to keep away from me, My people and
my kingdom.
Chief: My king the war you just waged against the gods is
not one you will win! And when they fight for themselves
don’t come running to me.
Prince: What would I want from you when God had sent
angel to us to open our eyes! Open yours before it’s too
late and see BaKoena royals for who they really are!
Chief: I would rather be bling and lead by the gods I serve
than for my eyes to be open and still not see anything ( he
said and felt the crowd)
Prince: All those white want to go and join the chief priest
may do so ( the people were quiet and nobody moved or
said anything, they were scored of being banished from
their kingdom if they go against the prince who is now
king )
Prince: In that case get the man! We are going to war!

The men started moving away from the crown to go and

look for others and tell them about what the king has
instructed.

BaKoena:

The royal family didn’t have to be informed about the fire

as smoke from it invaded the palace and they all got out to
see what was going on, Tokelo was already outside at the
back balcony looking at the fire destroying his father’s
kingdom. The fire was now getting closer to the houses
that were it far from the farms.
Lebo: Brother! ( Tokelo turned and looked at him)
Tokelo: It’s destroying our father’s kingdom Brother. ( he
said with a sad voice)
Lebo: Don’t worry the kingdom will not be destroyed, I
have already called the firefighters and the construction
company so that building can start right now.
Tokelo: You words give me hope brother.
Lucifer was standing there he was before but no one could
see him just the fire coming from nowhere.

Lucifer: I will destroy everything you built until you give me

what’s mine king Tokelo! You thought we were bad when
you got the ghost but am better than you and smarter too.
So enjoy while you still can but soon I will have my son
and I will watch as you fall apart. If my mother could give
up her life for me then what can you give up for my son?
Parents are stupid like that, always making their children
their witness and had mother payed attention she would
have seen how Brocken I was but I see when you will do
or be like when am done with you.
The firefighters came and started putting out the fire while
the construction company people were looking as the
designs on how the houses should be built. The fire really
did destroy a lot in BaKoena.

Like, comment and share

I know it’s shorter than the last but I tried.

Have a good slumber and I will see you tomorrow.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 71

BaKoena kingdom ✨( not edited)

The devil Lucifer left a mess at BaKoena, the farms were

on fire and the surrounding area as well. Thabiso, Lebo
And Tokelo watched from the balcony at the back of the
palace. Tokelo and Lebo were devastated by what they
were seeing, not because they don’t have funds to repair
the damage but because those farms were their fathers
projects. He loved farming and he made his farms the best.
Now they are being destroyed by a fire that they didn’t
even know how it started.
The farm workers ran to the palace to inform the royal
family of what was happening. They got there and the
guards didn’t ask questions as they let them inside, Tokelo,
Lebo and Thabiso met th halfway. They gave them
sometime to catch their breath as they were running all the
way to the palace.
Tokelo: Tell us who did this
Worker: My king, that is a mystery we were hoping for you
to tell us.
Tokelo: What do you mean by that?
Worker: My king, we didn’t see who or what started the fire
but I can tell you now that whatever started the fire was
not a person.
Lebo: How much damage are we talking about?
Worker: A lot of damage my chief! One that could take
months to repair.
Lebo: Okay That is fine, go back to your homes and we
will resolve this.
Worker: No my chief we don’t mean to disrespect you but
those farms are our projects, they are the only thing the
king focused on before he passed and we would like to be
involved in the solution and not only look at you to solve
the problem.
Tokelo: Alright, the firefighters are already on their way
there now, please supervise them and make sure that they
put out the fire while we organize fertilizer to enrich the
sold once again.
Lebo: We are sorry that you lost your harvest for this year
and we will make sure that we get vegetables from
somewhere else so that you all can be able to live.
Worker: Thank you my chief, we will be on our way now.
( the workers left the palace going back to the farms and
at a distance they could see the firefighters arriving and
they hurried to get there)
Thabiso: This is not the work of a living person.
Tokelo: Do you think it’s the work of the gods?
Lebo: No I don’t think so, not after that woman was here, I
think she has something to do with this.
Tokelo: But she said her powers don’t work here.
Thabiso: Only when she is inside the palace but out there
they work and remember the palace is the only thing has
is protected by the barrier that was put in after the incident
with the portal opening.
Tokelo: Let is go and consult the chief priest.
Lebo: Mapula is there is can tell us what is going on.
Tokelo: Yes That I know but I want her protecting the our
wives and children for now, the chief priest has been
neglected and it’s time we use him.
Thabiso: You right lets go.

They went back inside and all the way to the chief priests
hut, they announced their presence at the door and they
were invited in. They took of their shoes and went inside,
they were shown the bunk chair and they sat on it.
Chief: It’s been a while since the royal family needed my
assistance and I feel very honored because I know the
royals can do anything on their own without me.
Tokelo: Chief we apologize for neglecting you but you
must know that you will always be the chief priest of the
kingdom no matter how much we know and can do things
on our own but your presence and expertise will always be
required.
Chief: My thanks my king, the fire that you can here about
is not a normal one and no person started it.
Lebo: We are all ears wise one.
Chief: The devil is the one who is destroying the kingdom
but the fire is the list of your worries at the moment.
Thabiso: What do you mean my chief?
Chief: War is coming and it is not the war of the gods but
that of the people so that means you cannot use your
powers as it will anger the gods.
Tokelo: But how do we fight the war if we can’t use our
powers?
Chief: This is the war of men my king and you have men
that are always ready to go to war for this kingdom.
Lebo: What men are those Chief?
Chief: Hahah now I realize what the king meant when he
said you need me more than I can ever imagine.
Thabiso: Enlighten is wise one.
Chief: You will not use your men with guns but you will use
warriors of the kingdom because this is their fight not
yours.
Tokelo: Oh gods of BaKoena! We don’t have warriors in
this kingdom, I myself last saw them while the king was
still alive after that I never saw them.
Lebo: Our father’s kingdom will surely be destroyed then
as we cannot defend it now.
Chief: Yes you can!
Thabiso: How?
Chief: The king came to me after he died, he told me that
you will make this kingdom better than it ever was before,
he said you will take it to great highs and that you will
make it prosperous but you will forget about the important
things such as the warriors because the gods gave you
powers. He told me to look after them and make sure they
train and are always ready for war.
Lebo: What!
Tokelo: So when were you training them?
Chief: You are so busy my king that you don’t notice when
am not around. The warriors train every day and even now
I was about to go and check on them.
Thabiso: Am going with Because I want to see this.
Tokelo: Am also going.
Lebo: Let is go already.
Chief: If I knew you would be this excited I would have
taken you with me a long time ago.
The chief priest and the royal family left but not before the
brother told Ntsika to take care of the family while they
were away because they didn’t even know where the
warriors trained. They drove the the field that was close to
the mountains, a place they last saw when they were still
in high school when their father used to take them hunting
every weekend. When they got there young men of the
kingdom dressed in the BaKoena battle clothes were there
training, they had sticks, Spears, shields, merchants and
arrows.
Chief: Men! ( they stopped what they were doing when
they saw the royal family and they went on one knee and
bowed to them)
Them: BaKoena!
Chief: The royal family has come to check on the warriors
of the kingdom. ( the head warrior came forward)
Warrior: Royals, it is motivating to finally see you here, the
men were already losing hope saying they are training for
nothing because the royals have everything under control
and they don’t even know they exist. You being here
means a lot to all of us.
Tokelo: Warriors of BaKoena! You are right, we didn’t
know anything about you or your existence in the kingdom
but that is about to change. You will have all the support
from the royal family from now on and no the royal family
can’t do anything as you think we can. We are here today
because we need our warriors to fight for us in the war
that is coming.
Warrior: We head rumors about it my king but we thought
you will handle it.
Lebo: No! We need you, are you ready for war warriors of
BaKoena?
Them: Yes Chief!
Warrior: That is what we have been training for and we
thought we will never get to use our skills on a real battle
but now we feel honored.
Thabiso: This is unbelievable! We have been in this
kingdom for so long yet we knew nothing about this! How
many more things are we neglecting?
Chief: Since the queens and princess have started visiting
the homes of the people this was the only thing you were
neglecting.
Lebo: Are you men ready?
Them: More than ready my chief.
Chief: Show them what we have been doing, take
positions!
The warriors took their positions, first line defense was
thee the young men with swords and shields, second line
defense were the men with merchants and shields, this
line were the men with sticks and shields and the last
defensive were the men with arrows.
Lebo: show is how you do it!
The chief priest and the royals stood aside as the warriors
did their thing. The men they thought were last defense
turn left out to be the first as they started shooting their
arrows up in the air and they were good. From there the
men with merchants moved forward following by the sword
men and the ones with sticks would hide behind them and
strike from behind. It was a beautiful thing to watch as the
royal family was impressed by what they were seeing. The
men finished demonstrating and the royal family asked
them to be on the look out as the war can break at any
moment. They left going back to the palace with their heart
at easy a little.

Maluti kingdom✨

The prince who is now the king of Maluti was busy

preparing for war against BaKoena, not only he but
Lehlohonolo’s kingdom was also preparing for the same
war, but the other kingdoms were preparing to destroy
BaKoena at every other point they can get. The prince
was with his warrior at the battle field to prepare them and
tell them where and when the war will start. He was on a
horse all the way to the field and when he got there he
was please by the number of warriors he had and the
weapons they had.
King: Warriors of Maluti are you ready for war!
Them: Yes!
King: So what I want us to do is attack while they are not
expecting, so we go in tomorrow night and I want us to
leave nothing behind.
Warrior: we are ready my king.
King: Now I need you to go out there and make me and
my father proud. BaKoena has take. A lot from us and now
the time has come for us to take back our respect and
dignity. It’s time for Maluti to rise again.
Warriors: Yes!!
King: We strike tomorrow.

The king left and the warriors were excited about it all.
Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 71

BaKoena kingdom ✨(not edited)

At the crack of dawn the bell rang indicating that there are
intruders entering the kingdom. The bell meant to war is
about to break, a bell that was only last heard during the
time of king Lerumo and that time only the prince Tokelo
was the child in the palace. BaKoena was still poor at that
time and had no respect from other kingdoms. Lerumo
was working very hard to make a success out of the
kingdom, but was struggling, his only alliance was the
BaTloung kingdom with his friend Letsi. That time
BaKoena king only relayed on warriors to fight wars that
broke out, which they hardly did at BaKoena because they
had nothing other kingdoms wanted. The warriors only
protected the farms of BaKoena, but today the bell rang
again and it was indicating a Great War coming for
BaKoena. The princess of BaTloung was long gone by this
time but no one knew that she wasn’t there but when the
bell rang the whole kingdom woke up and looked outside.
The BaKoena royals were all outside when a young boy
appeared at the gate looking out of breath. Tokelo
indicated that the guards open for him and they did, he ran
to the royal family and kneeled in front of them.
Tokelo: As you were young man.
Boy: My king, the warriors asked me to tell you that war is
about to begin at BaKoena, intruders are coming on all
directions and they say thank you for the protection you
gave them.
Tokelo: What protection young man?
Boy: The princess came to the field...(he was cut short)
Thabiso: What! What princess are you talking about?
Boy: My king it is princess Keabetswe that is there.
Thabiso: Mapula!!... Mapula! ( he was pacing up and down
the palace)
Lebo: This is bad’ where is the maiden that is supposed to
look after the princess?
Tokelo: I want that one here too! She has to tell us how
the princess got out of this house!
Mapula: What is going on here?
Thabiso: Where is Keabetswe?
Mapula: It’s still early so she’s in her room.
Boy: No my queen she is at the battle field.
Mapula: That is not possible!
Thabiso: Where the hell is the maiden that is supposed to
look after her and how did she get out of this palace when
there are guards here? ( Mapula was long gone by this
time going to the palace to check if the princess is in her
room but she wasn’t she saw the maiden looking after her
coming towards the room)
Mapula: Maiden Where is the princess?
Maiden: In her room my queen and I was just coming to
help her bath since she wakes up around this time.
Mapula: The princess is gone dear maiden and it is said
that she is at the battle field and I suggest that you don’t
come out because my husband is angry.
Ntsika: Yini manje ngo Thabiso? ( what is it with Thabiso
now? He asked coming towards them)
Mapula: The princess left the palace and went to the battle
field and war is about to begin.
Ntsika: Yazi ave ene drama uThabiso, no ababili niyazi
ukuthi lengane yenu iyafana nje nani inekhanda eliqinile
futhi isebenza nabantu abadala uma ehambile akahambile
yedwa umkhulu wayo unayo la ikhona. ( you know
Thabiso has drama, the two of you know that your child is
just like you, stubborn like you and he works with the gods
if she left she did t go alone her grand father is with her)
Mapula: You right! Let’s us go to the field. ( they rushed
out meeting the others outside)
Mapula: Let is go to the battle field, we have to see what is
going on and we can’t be hiding while our warriors are at
war for us.
Thabiso: Let’s go we don’t have time, I need my princess
here and now.

Nobody said anything, as they all went to the care going to

the field and at a distance they could see the warriors
coming from all directions. Thabiso stepped on the
accelerator trying to get to his daughter in time. They got
to the field in record time and when they got out all the
warriors were in front to Keabetswe as she blessed them
and give the strength and power that the gods sent her to.
The royal family got out of the cars and watched as the
princess was going around applying white substance on
their foreheads making the markings of BaKoena. She
finished and asked everyone to hold hands and they did
as she instructed but they were getting agitated because
the warriors were getting closer. The
Keabetswe: Do not worry dear warriors all will be well.
Now that all is done go and fight for our kingdom, one day
I will grow and will be allowed to fight with you. Remember
all of you will not die but you can be injured in this war.
Warriors: May we go now princess?
Keabetswe: Go and do my grand father proud. ( the
warriors left chanting others sneaking around going to the
back so that they can attack from the back while the
others focus on the ones in front of them) they had
decided into 8 teams two going to the North, two going to
the East, two going to the West and two going to the
South.

With these team one is going to distract the enemy from

the front while the other team strikes from the back.
Keabetswe can see that her parents were angry as she
walked to them.
Keabetswe: My king, queen and uncles. I know you hold
many questions and I will answer them truthfully. However
o would request that you all put the anger aside and let me
explain myself.
Thabiso: Keabetswe Moloi! Who do you think you are?
Keabetswe: Father I...(he interrupted her)
Thabiso: Now am Father yet you didn’t see the need to
inform anyone when you came here?
Mapula: Princess I understand that you had to be here
and even if you had told us we would have stopped you
but you went about this the wrong way.
Keabetswe: My queen I am the portal and I do as the dogs
please.
Tokelo: Did the gods Tell you to disrespect your elders?
Keabetswe: No uncles but...(she was interrupted again)
Tokelo: I am not uncle to but your king, since you throw in
our faces that you are the portal so I am king to you, your
father is king, your mother is queen and your uncle Lebo is
the Chief. You are not the only one with a title and if you
are going to grow up throwing your title in peoples faces
you will not get far in this world.
Mapula: Princess did grand pa tell you to not listen to us?
Kea: No my queen
Mapula: What message did he give you?
Kea: To go and give protection to the warriors before the
war starts.
Mapula: In all that you have said is there anything that
says don’t tell your parents?
Kea: No my queen.
Mapula: Keabetswe we all respect that you are the portal
of the gods but you are a child first and if you are going to
be rebellious in the name of the gods then you are making
a mistake. Even your grandpa used to beat us back in line
when we did wrong, especially me even though he was
told that I should be treated right but when he would beat
me he would tell me that the gods said I should be
disciplined like a child and grow up with a good
background. Now we will do the same to you, you hold a
great power but you need to understand one thing, the
one who gave you that power can take it back just as easy
if you don’t use it well.
Keabetswe: But my queen I use it Well, I use it only when
am instructed to.
Thabiso: Keabetswe Moloi now you talk back to your
queen?
Keabetswe: My apologies my king, I was merely trying to
explain.
Thabiso: How old are you?
Keabetswe: Turning 6 in a month my king.
Thabiso: Do you feel ready to go out there and live on
your own.
Keabetswe: No my king, I am still young and need the
attention and love of my parents.
Thabiso: So that you can do as you please?
Keabetswe: My apologies my king, I never meant any
harm.
Thabiso: If you want to be treated like and adult then you
act like one and face the consequences of your actions.
There will be no pests or play time for you for the rest of
the month and if I find you with any of your stuff that I
brought I will show you who is the parent between me and
you. We are not raising a spoilt brat here that is going to
talk back at me and do as she pleases not under my
watch.

He said and left going back to the car, Keabetswe was

now crying.
Keabetswe: My queen
Mapula: Not now Keabetswe
Keabetswe: My apologies my queen, I had no right leaving
without anyone’s knowledge.
Lebo: Just How did you get out anyway.
Ntsika: You know very well that she didn’t walk on her own
two feet.
Lebo: That I know but I want to know how she did it.
Ntsika: Flew with a broomstick ( he whispered and Lebo
couldn’t hold his laughter as he erupted into a loud
laughter)
Keabetswe: I flew here my queen
Mapula: You can fly now, how?
Keabetswe: It’s something that happened today my queen
it had never happened before.
Mapula: How did you fly?
Keabetswe: I had small wings and used them until I got an
elephant that brought me here.
Mapula: What would you have done had the warriors
gotten you? Because I know very well that you have
finished harvesting your powers.
Keabetswe: I didn’t think my queen
Mapula: How can you think! You are a child Keabetswe
and I expect you to behave like one.
Keabetswe: I promise to do so from now on my queen.

Mapula looked at her and pointed at the car and they all
left going back to the palace.
Like, comment and share

#loveasminSeason 2

Insert 72

BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

The air at BaKoena was now dusty, one could tell just by
the dust in the air that something is not right. The war had
already started and watching it was very painful, the great
soil of Dikoena tsametsing was tainted with blood, the soil
that was one pure in the hand of great king Elliott Upenton
Serame Mopahapi the first king of BaKoena chosen by the
gods at young age. A king whose rain went on for long
and even got the chance to father the first rain queen of
BaKoena. It was unheard of that a princess would rule the
land but the gods had spoken. They only gave the king
only a princess and told him that she will be his successor
when his time comes to joint his forefather. The gods kept
him long enough to see his daughter be the best queen he
had ever hoped for, she was powerful, fearless and brave.
She was indeed the daughter of the gods the daughter of
the soil, the one who purified it and when the time came
for the king to join his ancestors, his heart was content. He
knew that his kingdom was in good hands and indeed it
was until her daughter was killed by one of the strongest
witch they have ever met. When the queen joined her
ancestors the kings Brother who was Bahomi’s father took
over as king, he too ruled the kingdom with dignity, peace
and harmony. But there was only one problem, his queen
couldn’t have children, elders forced the king to take a
second wife but he refused saying the gods gave him the
queen he has and they will give him a child when the time
is right. Indeed after 35 years of marriage the king and
queen had lost hope of ever having children. The queen
was now 56 years old and believed to have passed the
stage of giving birth to children. The king was 68 at the
time when the queen took ill, they tried everything, they
went to the chief priest who also didn’t see anything wrong
with the queen, The went to other witch doctors but still no
help was found. The queen was not eating even if she did
eat something it would come out again in a matter of
minutes. The king was not going for his palace duties
anymore taking care of his queen, this went on for 4
months and the queen had lost a lot of weight. The people
of the kingdom had lost hope and believed that their
queen would die any moment. The king also lost hope of
his queen ever recovering because it had been months
and she was not getting better. At the beginning of the fifth
month the queen stood up and went from the bed for the
first time in months, she took a basin and asked a maiden
to bring her bathing water and she did as told. At this point
people really believed that she would be dead by sunset
because they believed that when a sick person suddenly
recovers they will die soon. But not the queen, she took
her bath and wore her now big baggy clothes because of
the weight she lost. She went and joined her his back her
their sunrise feast, the king was shocked and sad at the
same time to see his queen looking like only skin and
bones. He too thought that the time had come for her to
depart from this world, that night he never slept watching
his wife sleeping peacefully, he Am would get closer to her
just to feel if she was still warm and got closer to her face
just so he could hear her breathing. The queen woke up
fine that morning and the morning after then months went
by and now she was eating and gaining weight until it was
revealed to the chief priest that she is with child. The rain
queen was born once again to a dry BaKoena because of
drought, it hadn’t rained in the kingdom for months but
when the queen was born it rained the whole day and the
next day flowers were blooming, the grass was green, and
the animals look more healthy. This was a wonder to
many but when it was revealed that she was the rain
queen they understood and were grateful. What am trying
to say is that BaKoena has never hand a battle such as
this one as they had nothing and most kingdoms didn’t
care to make alliances with them because they had
nothing to trade in. But on this day things were different,
The soil of BaKoena was being tented with blood, nothing
blood of those that deserve to die on this battle but blood
of the innocent being influenced by men of power.

The war was on going the fields were full of dead bodies
and injured warriors from BaKoena, they fought with honor
and took out many but the warriors of the other kingdoms
were many because it was not just one kingdom that was
there but two and too many for them. The four stood from
the top of the hill watching this unfold, they were very
angry and one could tell by the veins popping from their
foreheads.
Tokelo: They are killing my people and the gods are quiet.
Lebo: The gods are never quiet Brother you have to
believe that.
Thabiso: This is really bad and right now I feel useless.
Ntsika: Manje yhini ungagqoki ezakho ingubo ulwe nawe
kuze uzozizwa njenge ndoda uShaka Zulu uqobo ( then
why don’t you wear you clothing and go fight as well so
that you can feel like a man Shaka Zulu himself)
Thabiso: That is not funny Ntsika! ( he reprimanded)
Ntsika: Who said I was being funny? You heard that the
gods said you are not to use your powers it because you
are used to the easy way out of just turning animal and
ripping off anything that moves in this field. Some things
don’t work like that.
Lebo: You can make sense sometimes but tell me
something.
Ntsika: What?
Lebo: Don’t your beast smell the blood and want to just
jump out and do exactly what you said?
Ntsika: Believe me I can control it but if it was back when I
used to have anger then by now I would be out there.
Thabiso: I forget you are an animal yourself sometimes
and I don’t even understand why your gods have you a
lion instead of a monkey it will suit you well.
Tokelo: Enough!!! Don’t you see what is happening that
you are busy laughing and making fun of things?
Lebo: You batter calm your ghost down we are not your
children Tokelo! All of us here can see what is going on
but we can’t do anything about it as the gods instructed.
So what would you have us do?
Tokelo: Am sorry Brother I just feel so helpless.
Lebo: And How Do you think we feel?
Tsietsi: This is no time to be fighting amongst yourselves
now men!
Lebo: And then?
Tsietsi: I head and saw what was going on and I decided
to land a helping hand, those people are many and they
are injuring your warriors badly.
Ntsika: Oh boManzini! Ngibonga ngokuthi ningingcine
ngize ngibone imihlola ngalemini imbi kangaka pho ( oh
Manzini! Thank you for keeping me This I see miracles on
a bad day like this)
Lebo: What are you talking about?
Ntsika: Tsietsi has a heart
Tokelo: Haha you forget you were once like him. Oh dear
gods of BaKoena I thank you for keeping me till the day I
saw Ntsika turn human for a change.
Thabiso: Oh gods of BaTloung please keep me long
enough to see the day Ntsika stops calling my wife
Mpandeyomuzi woManzini!
The other were laughing so hard except for Ntsika.
Ntsika: You know this is not funny! You Tsietsi where are
the warriors you brought?
Tokelo: Look at them there with the markings of BaTlokwa
on their forehead.
Tsietsi: They are the fresh ones among others.
Lebo: Oh ho my are you bragging?
Tsietsi: Anything to get on Ntsika’s nerves
Lebo: Not with me by his side
Thabiso: Oh no Tsietsi leave it while you still breathing.
Thabiso: Yeah you don’t want to go there.

The war went on until sunset, the warriors were tired and
thirsty but none were willing to give in. Even the injured
ones would throw arrows and continue to fight. The royal
family was now losing hope of this being over until all their
warriors were dead. While they were looking at that more
warriors came out of nowhere and joined in the fight. The
king Tumelo’s son the doctor stood at the top of the hill
with his horse. They saw him and that alone made them
angry.
Tokelo: How is this fair?
Lebo: Clearly this is not about fair, who knows how many
warriors are coming here.
Thabiso: Look! My father!
Lebo: How did he know?
Thabiso: Mapula must have called him and he brought the
warriors of BaTloung!
Tokelo: Thank the gods.
Ntsika: How Do you differentiate your warriors from others?
Lebo: Now you are blind look at his royal robe and the
markings on it.
Ntsika: Oh now I see
Lebo: Ha no! You dumb.
Ntsika: We And you both are dumb!

They were trying to cheer themselves up but the moment

their eyes land on the field with all the bodies, the injured
people, the blood that was there was heart breaking and
there was nothing they could do about it. All this was not a
good thing to watch. The other two kingdoms were
planning to attack at sunrise and they are hoping that they
will just finish the job and take over BaKoena and there is
nothing the royal family can do due to the strict
instructions they got from the gods.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 73

Day 2 of the war✨(not edited)

They say that the blood of the innocent and their tears do
not fall on dry ground. All the warriors that lost their lives
during this war were innocent people influenced by people
of power to go and do their dirty work for them. Now their
families have lost loved one because of it, some were
bread winners but now they died leaving their families with
nothing. Their children without fathers, wives without
husband and their households with nothing whatsoever.
With no hope of being compensated for their hard work, all
they will be getting are words like ‘ he was a good man
and he fought with honor for his kingdom’ but what had the
kingdom done for them in return? Nothing but leave their
families with nothing. At sunrise when the raises of the sun
broke through the sun coming out from behind the
mountains. When the sun raises pointed at BaKoena all
the sorrow, the pain, the tears, the dead bodies and the
blood that decorated the fields of BaKoena. The brothers
woke up as they slept in the fields, they looked at the
image that was not pleasing to see, their warriors were
wounded and tired. Ones from BaTlokwa were dying and
most of the ones from BaTloung were also tired and
injured. Their faces frowning showing the pain and defeat
in their eyes.
KingLetsi: My sons, don’t be sad, if the gods want things
to be this way then this way it shall be.
Thabiso: But Father look at this! Look at the people, are
we still just supposed to watch and do nothing?
KingLetsi: That’s exactly what you are going to do, you will
not make things worse by disobeying the gods for that will
lead to great punishment.
Tokelo: Tsietsi, Thank for every thug that you have done
for us, but now you have to tell your people to help each
other and leave. They are dying and I can not have more
bodies on my hands.
Tsietsi: I will not do that! How are you supposed to win this
without help?
Tokelo: This is what the gods wish for and this is what will
be. Take those people have families and they depend on
them for a lot and they love them. Now take them home
and get their wounds attended to.
Lebo: The gods of BaKoena have seen you good deed
and they shall bless you for it. Now please take the people
home, order them to stop.
KingLetsi: My king they are right! We don’t know how
many warriors will be coming this morning and if they
come then your people will surely lose their lives. My
thanks my king of behalf of my good friend Lerumo.
Tsietsi: I will do as you say my king, you are in our hearts.
I will take my leave now.
Tokelo: My thanks dear king Tsietsi.

Tsietsi went and ordered his warriors to help each other

and return home. Just as they were leaving, new warriors
came, it was clear that the angel was doing more than a
good job convincing the kingdoms of how bad BaKoena
was and how manipulative they are and always will be.
Tokelo: Gods of BaKoena! How do you forsake us like this?
How do you let so much blood to be spilled in your land! A
land that was and always has been pure but now you let it
be tainted with blood! What are the powers you gave us if
we won’t use them to protect our people and this land?
Raise BaKoena and fight for your people! There has been
enough bloodshed in this land! I say raise and fight for us!
For your grand children! The future generation of this
kingdom! ( Tokelo’s tears were just flowing out of his eyes,
he was even shaking with anger and frustration. Lebo
went to him and took both his hand into his)
Lebo: Tokelo! ( he didn’t respond) Tokelo Mohapi I am
talking to you.
Tokelo: Brother
Lebo: Am I not your brother?
Tokelo: Yes you are.
Lebo: What has father taught us?
Tokelo: To always lean on each other.
Lebo: Then why are you not leaning on me now when you
need me the most. Why don’t you take out your anger in
me then instead of the elders. Father always taught us to
respect our elders even if they are wrong and even if we
don’t share the same views with them. He used to say
elders didn’t just become elders just because years have
gone by but because of experience, knowledge, which is
why they have more wisdom than we do. Yes I understand
how you feel but you cannot cast blame.
Tokelo: Am Just frustrated and feel hopeless. This whole
situation is not ideal. The warriors are tired, hungry and
wounded.
Thabiso: We all see that but for now let’s find solutions.
Let us go home and out our heads together and come up
with a solution.

The brothers went back to the palace. In the mystical land

Nyolodi was not herself whatsoever. The other queens
could see and they went to her because she has been
sitting alone since the war started.
Bahomi: My queen, I know that you blame yourself for this
but you shouldn’t. You did all you could to help Luciano
but he chose the underworld so don’t blame yourself.
Nyolodi: How can I not? Look at the land we are supposed
to be protecting! Look at the blood spill on the land!
Luciano was my responsibility and I failed and now his
coming after my people.
Letsatsi: Our People! So that means you are not alone my
queen, we all failed! We failed to protect our people from
that man and now his here to show us that he has the
upper hand especially because he has the angel on his
side.
Nyolodi: I need to go and talk to Luciano myself, this
needs to stop.
Bahomi: You know that our hands are tied! Please don’t
do anything that will jeopardize yourself.
Nyolodi: I will not agree to rule by his side if that what you
are afraid of. I just want to look him in the eyes and maybe
read him to see what his plan is.
Bahomi: Go well my queen and we will be on standby.

Nyolodi left the mystical land and went to the land of the
living. She stood in the air flapping her wings looking at all
the damage that has happened, all the death and blood.
All the pain, she left it all as she was looking at the field.
Lucifer came to her.
Lucifer: My queen!
Nyolodi: Luciano!
Lucifer: How you say my name still melts my heart.
Nyolodi: At least yours is melting while mine is hardened.
Lucifer: Am sorry my queen! Tell me what to do to make it
better?
Nyolodi: Let My people be Luciano, that will put my heart
at ease. Leave my people in peace.
Lucifer: Am sorry my queen but I can’t do that, am here
because I want what’s mine and when I do get it I promise
to leave your people.
Nyolodi: You know it’s funny how you came to do the very
same thing that your father did when he wanted you. He
killed your mother in front of your and from that moment
on it was like a switch had been turned on and you turned
out to be this way.
Lucifer: My Mother was stupid, how can she vow that my
father will get me over her dead body? You of all people
know that in our world that means exactly that. My mother
bonded me and my goodness to her heart and when it
stooped besting my true nature was revealed. What else
was I to do?
Nyolodi: You should have resisted and came to me for
help and I would have helped you.
Lucifer: What is the use of crying over spilled milk? Tell
you what?
Nyolodi: What?
Lucifer: Be My queen and I won’t have the need to that
child and your people will leave in peace.
Nyolodi: Ha I been alive I would say over my dead body
but am already dead so you know my answer to that.
Lucifer: If you love these people so much then why are
you do you have their hands tied to the back and making
them watch as their people are being kill right in front of
them.
Nyolodi: You can never know the ways of the gods.
Lucifer: Your gods failed me Nyolodi! And I will not leave
this place until I have what I came here for and please try
not to stand in my way.
Nyolodi: You are a prince Luciano and this time the gods
are giving you the power you always wanted and now you
can do whatever you want.
Lucifer: Hail to the lords above! Hahah now if they are
giving me the power then please remove the barrier at the
palace.
Nyolodi: That is the only place your evil can never reach.
Lucifer: Oh my thanks my queen I don’t need to be in
there.

Nyolodi looked at him and left him standing there, she

knew from the look in his eyes that he was far from being
finished. They had no choice but to try by all means to
protect the prince no matter how long it will take or how
much damage there will be by the time his born. She went
back to the mystical land still looking worried and defeated.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 74

BaKoena kingdom✨(sorry for the errors I did not edit)

It is true when they say that ‘when it rains it pours’ it’s also
true that its always dark before the sunlight comes out.
BaKoena was facing difficult time and the people were
scared of what might happened next as it stands they
were losing the war and the warriors were injured. The
mood of everyone in the kingdom was gloomy even the
weather showed it. BaKoena looked like a deserted place
and the picture in the fields showed exactly how things are.
The pain, the suffering and the death that was all over the
kingdom. The royal family sat in the throne room to
discuss a way forward but Mapula was not there. She
woke up early in the morning to go to the sacred river in
hopes of finding answers to their existing problem. The
others hoped that she will come back with something solid
or at least a way out of this predicament they were facing.
Lucifer was the happiest seeing them like that, he enjoyed
every minute of it and knew that eventually the queen will
be out of the palace with his son and as soon as she does
he will be ready for action and complete the power transfer.
He knew that he needed a successor and soon, for him it
was a matter of life and death. For as long as he transfers
the power to his son and as long as he lives he lives but if
the transfer is not complete it will only earn his a few years
until his father takes him.
The royal family sat in throne room and the maidens
brought refreshments but they refused them, even Lebo
and Ntsika refuse to eat.
Ntsika: I have a plan
Lebo: What is it? Because we can take anything right now.
Tokelo: Lebo is right, we need a miracle right now.
Ntsika: I am not from here and I was never forbidden to
fight or use my powers.
Lebo: Am not following
Ntsika: I can help the warriors and fight with them in my
lion form, am not saying we will win but that will be
something.
Tokelo: I will not let you fight a war that is not yours not
when your wife is expecting no!
Ntsika: My wife is what?
Tokelo: Oh shit! I ruined the surprise, she wanted to tell
you during the baby shower but then that thing with that
woman disturbed everything and now everything is
occupied with this so maybe she thought it was not a good
time.
Lebo: Besides you know your wife is selfless.
Ntsika: Am happy about all this but for now I will pretend
like I know nothing. You guys came all the way from here
to help me with the Xhanti issue without asking for
anything in return and now it’s my time to assist you. Am
not taking no for an answer.
Zasembo: His right!
Lebo; When did you get here?
Zasembo: Am at BaKoena nothing is as it seems.
Ntsika standing up moving away from her with his hands
on his chest looking at his wife worried.
Ntsika: Ushukuthi nawe usuthakatha manje? Awe mah!
Ngangishilo ukuthi labesuthu bazosimosha bheka manje
usuyathakatha. Ngizomtshela Mina umah? Yena
ubabakho ngizomtshela ni?( So that means you are a
witch now? Oh my! I did say that these Sotho people will
corrupt us, look now you are a witch. What am I going to
tell mother? And your father what am I going to tell him!)
Zasembo: Don’t be dramatic Manzini I just got here.
Ntsika: Manje ungithuselani? ( then why are scaring me?)
Tokelo: Because she knows you will reach because you
and witches are best friends.
Ntsika: Not funny
Thabiso: So What do we do about what Ntsika has
suggested?
Keabetswe: I can also help
Thabiso: When did you get here and who invited you?
Kea: My apologies my king, I just got in with aunty
Zasembo and I can only help if the elders allow me. My
king ( she bowed her head)
Thabiso: What is it that you think you can help with?
Kea: I can put the other warriors to sleep while I heal our
warriors.
Tokelo: That could help get us back in the game.
Lebo: Let’s wait for Mapula to return and make a decision
she might be coming back with something we can use.
Thabiso: I suggest we get the we get the people into the
palace, it’s big enough to accommodate everyone.
Tokelo: You right! My people have been scared to even go
out of their houses. Lebo tell the guards to go around the
kingdom with horses and get everyone into the place.
They must take a truck and pick up the old people first.
Lebo: Don’t worry I get on with it ( Lebo went out to give
the instructions to the guards)

The mystical land ✨

Mapula was sitting with the other queens trying to

understand what they were telling her.
Mapula: Explain this properly my queen because I don’t
understand.
Nyolodi: My queen we can’t do anything to assist in this
war the higher ups want things to be this way. All you have
to do is protect the people and let everything else be.
Mapula: How we do that when they are destroying our
land?
Bahomi: Look this is all to protect the prince and please
none of your should fight this war, let it be.
Mapula: What you telling me is to go back and tell my king
and the people that we will just sit back and watch them
destroy BaKoena.
Letsatsi: You don’t have to worry about BaKoena being
destroyed when you have someone who will restore
everything with just a touch.
Mapula: Oh my queen I appreciate your help.
Letsatsi: Not me my dear queen but little Nteboheng has
my gift, I gave it to her to show our Chief that his one of us.
Mapula: Hahah I don’t know if he will be happy or go crazy
over these news, you know how your Chief can be.
Nyolodi: He will run and tell the queen mother ( they all
laughed)
Mapula: That He will do, let me go back and deliver the
news.
Nyolodi: Go well my queen don’t forget we are watching.
Mapula: My thanks my queen.

Mapula left the mystical land and into dry land. As she was
walking to the palace she saw the trucks and horse full
people. She stopped one of the guards who was on a
horse.
Mapula: Excuse me what is happening?
Guard: My queen, the king has ordered us to bring
everyone to the palace.
Mapula: He did well, my thanks go on now.
Guard: My thanks my queen. ( the guard went on With his
duty) Mapula got to the palace and went inside the throne
room where Zasembo, Reneilwe and Kwezi where sitting.
Mapula: My queens! Greetings
Reneilwe: Greetings my queen I hope you bare good
news for us.
Mapula: Far from it my queen, the gods have instructed us
to stand down and let all this play out.
Kwezi: It is with shame that the gods turn their backs on
us.
Zasembo: The gods are watching and will never turn their
backs you and the kingdom, there must be a reason for all
this.
Mapula: Yes there is and that reason is for us to keep the
prince safe, the gods know that the prince is special but
not only to us but the underworld as well, he can bring
either world to its knees if he wanted to.
Reneilwe: It’s sad that my baby is the reason for all this
predicament that we are facing right now.
Kwezi: Don’t be sad my queen all shall be well, we have
the rain queen to assist us in rebuilding the kingdom as
well as the king, the chief and the portal of BaKoena.
Mapula: Not forgetting the giver of life.
Zasembo: Who is the giver of life now?
Reneilwe: Enlighten is my queen who is it.
Kwezi: We are dying here and my queen is smiling,
Mapula you always were weird but today you take the cup.
Mapula: If only you knew what I know you wouldn’t be
saying that.
Reneilwe: So Tell us who the giver of life is?
Mapula: I will tell you when the husbands came back.
Kwezi: Now am even more curious.

At the field Keabetswe put the other warriors to sleep

while she healed the BaKoena and the BaTloung warriors.
They have them food and water but while they were still
busy they heard noises of warrior songs coming their way.
Keabetswe quickly awoke the other warriors and they
went and stood at a distance watching as the other
warriors approached. They had runs, machine guns,
others what those trucks used to destroy buildings and
they were destroying everything in front of them while the
other warriors joined into the fight with sticks and swords.
While the others with guns and machines destroyed.
Lebo: Oh hell no! That is just a hostile take over and am
done standing on the sidelines.
Tokelo: What are you going to do?
Lebo: Did you forget that we have another life besides this
one and that life consists of the same things they are
using now.
Tokelo: What are you talking about Brother?
Thabiso: I understand Lebo and please do it am taking the
princess to the car and you explain to Tokelo what you
mean.( he left with the princess)
Tokelo: Now will you tell me what you are talking about?
Lebo: We haven’t been having problems so much that you
forgot about the business and the guys with guns we have.
Tokelo: Lord the stress of the queens pregnancy and now
this war has made me forget about that. Please brother
call them and made it happen no one said we can’t use
them.
Ntsika: Lets do this them.
Tokelo: You not fighting because they might just shoot you.
Ntsika: Alright then you will give me a sign when you
ready.

Lebo calmed the guys and told them to come over and
that they must be armed to the Tee.
Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 75

BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

Everyone in the kingdom was in the palace, people

occupied the empty workers quarters, some occupied the
old palace that the late king had and refuse to demolish
when they build this one, he said it’s the only thing he has
of his forefathers and he will not demolish it but instead it
was renovated. Some people occupied the the back
quarters in the palace while the others were put in all the
empty rooms in all the 5 wings of the places while others
occupied the guest chambers. The queens helped is
deciding duties for everyone so that each person can help
out somehow. Some young maidens volunteered to help
the palace maidens with the cooking, others with the
washing, others with the cleaning and the young men
were to help out with getting the groceries from town and
making sure that all the kitchens were stocked at all times
so that the cooking people have food to cook. Others were
to help out with the caring of live stock and getting
haystacks from the fields to feed them from the stables
instead of going out to the field. Others were to milk the
cows early before sunrise so that there is milk for coffee
and breakfast, others had the garden duty while others
had the rubbish and other helping the guards. It was like a
camp but everyone seemed to be working well together.
The queen mother was at her happiest because she had a
lot of women her age to talk to all day and she was
pleased. The palace doctor was also there, she had
moved back in permanently with all her equipment since
the war started. Yes she enjoys the work at the hospital
and spending a day with her colleagues and helping
people every day, but her priorities lay at BaKoena. The
royal family has done a lot for her, she started working at
the palace while she was still just a nurse and the royal
family helped her make her dream of being a doctor come
true. Since then her layaties will always be with the royal
family. At the fields the Tokelo and Lebo’s gang arrived
armed to a Tee, they didn’t ask what was going on as they
started shooting, Reneilwe was in her room telling them to
be careful not to harm the warriors of BaKoena and
BaTloung, telling the their markings so that they will be
able to tell them apart. When they started shooting as they
arrived the warriors including the BaKoena ones stopped
fighting because they didn’t know to whom the billets were
aimed at. But the moment they realized that the shooters
were on their side they started fighting and getting
motivated and grateful for the help they were getting.
Lebo: Out job is done here, let’s go check on the situation
back at the palace.
Tokelo: I have no doubt in my mind that this will be the last
day of this war.
Thabiso: I hear you about that but did you notice that our
crazy Zulu prince has disappeared?
Them: What? ( they looked behind them as he was always
there)
Lebo: Where the hell did that crazy guy go to now?
Tokelo: He is as crazy as you are and now you asking us?
Thabiso: Leave Lebo be But look at that ( he pointed in the
middle of a battle field and the big lion was and he was
already covered in blood on his mouth)
He would jump at a warriors throat and come back with it.
The others watched him as he fought with honor for his
friends and now adopted family. They were shocked to
say the least because during the time of the war with
Xhanti no one was paying attention to the other as they
were all fighting, but now they could actually see.
Lebo: I am a proud father! ( he said with the biggest smile
on his face)
Thabiso: What in the gods name are you talking about
Lebohang?
Tokelo: Please do ask him because right now his not my
brother ( Lebo laughed)
Lebo: Now you disown me for no reason.
Thabiso: You just said you are proud father Lebo!
Lebo: Yes because my son is fighting for his father’s
kingdom out there busy acting all lion king here! Hanna
am proud.
Tokelo: But Lebo you are crazy dear broth t I give up.
Thabiso: We can go to the palace without him Mapula
would kill me.
Tokelo: You talking about your wife my queen will send
me back here to get him.
Lebo: Mine would ask me to stay him and rest
Tokelo: You want me to ask her? Because am calling
mine now.
Lebo: Nobody said you should snitch Tokelo! Let me go
get him.
Thabiso: No! His an animal and understands other
animals so I will go.
Tokelo: Fine to but don’t be competing about who is a
better animal than the other, you know what the gods said.
Lebo: Yeah That my boy Our there go easy on him ( he
said with a serious face)
Thabiso: When I get to him the first thing I will tell him is
that you said his your son!
Lebo: See that’s not what I mean
Tokelo: Sounds like what you meant to me.
Lebo: No! I...
Thabiso: Okay let me go ( join mode and turned into his
animal form as he ran to where Ntsika was)

He got there and stood right in front of Ntsika as he just

finished ripping off a warriors throat they were moving
around like they were about to fight.
Lebo: Is this a animal show off at a Zoo or what?
Tokelo: Lebo why would you say that now?
Lebo: Look at those two animals completing about who is
bigger than the other and who might be stronger.
Tokelo: Hahah and am sure they are arguing as we speak.
Lebo: Hahah I wish I could hear the animal argument of
those two.
Tokelo: Maybe they would sound like the animals on
Simba the lion king.
Lebo: Don’t let Thabiso heat you say Ntsika is a lion king.
Tokelo: Those two will never forget their past.
Lebo: They love each other! Look!
They looked as Thabiso was coming back as this big
cheetah with the warriors moving away giving him way
and Ntsika behind him killing warriors as he moves along.
Lebo: He might think Now is sane but no he is still as
crazy as before.
Tokelo: You right, who in their right mind would be killing
people as he leaves the battle field?
Lebo: Ntsika would. By the look of things this war will be
over by tonight.
Tokelo: That will be much better ( the two animals got to
them and went to stand by the car like dogs, Kea was
looking out the window admiring them. The two went to
the car and opened the back Ntsika hopped in and went to
sit at the far end looking out the window while Thabiso sat
on this side looking out this window.
Lebo: Hahah you two behave like this is a jungle survival
of the fittest.
Kea: Uncle don’t you know that a cheetah and lion don’t
get along?
Lebo: Why princess?
Kea: Because each one thinks it’s the king
Tokelo: Hahah then who is the real king my princess?
Kea: They Both Are But the problem is that they both want
to rule the whole jungle at the same time.
Lebo: They need to learn to share
Kea: Yes That will be better ( Lebo laughed as they drove
along)
Lebo: I can imagine them sharing everything even the one
they are fighting about ( the two roared from the back left
looking out the windows, with Ntsika happy about what is
being said and Thabiso angry because they were talking
about Mapula)
Tokelo: Hahah you guys will never change ( they got to
the palace and parked the car)
Tokelo: You Guys have to change back you will scare the
people ( the two just jumped off the car and walked around
in circles looking at each other in the eye. With each one
waiting for the other to change first)
Kea: Am going to find mother ( she jumped off and left)
Lebo: Okay So you don’t want to change right? Okay am
going to find my wife ( he left going to the throne room
leaving Tokelo watching those two leaning on the car with
his arms folded)

In the throne room Lebo got in and greeted the queens.

Lebo: Mapula And Zasembo please go deal with your
husbands before the people go out running from this
palace.
Zasembo: What have they done now?
Lebo: Go see for yourself ( Mapula and Zasembo went out
going towards the parking and saw those two still going
around in circles like they were about to rip each other’s
throats off. They looked at them with their hands resting
on their waist)
Tokelo: You Guys Are in trouble now and if I were you I
would look over there ( the two both turned and saw their
wives staring at them and they both quickly changed back
to their human forms. The wives looked at them then went
back inside)
Thabiso: You could have warmed us Tokelo!
Tokelo: Oh no Brother you won’t blame me because I told
you to change but you both decided to act like kids.
Ntsika: Oh ngafa hupeperezelwa humuntu wesifane
okhulelwe bakithi ( oh I will die being shouted at by a
pregnant woman people)
Tokelo: You should have thought of that before ( he left
them there and went inside)
Thabiso: Lets go
Ntsika: No! You go first and if you don’t come out with pots
and pans following you then I will go in.
Thabiso: So I must be the one who get beaten first?
Ntsika: Well Yes Because you started this ( Lebo stood at
a distance)
Lebo: Do you want them to come get you?
Ntsika: Sell out!

They walked to the throne room with their heads hanging.

Mapula: We don’t have time for the drama between you
two.
Them: We apologies
Mapula: Well there is not much the gods can do at the
moment, they want us to not interfere but to keep
everyone safe until the time is right.
Thabiso: So when is the right time?
Mapula: When the prince is born
Tokelo: That long!
Mapula: The prince will be born in a month so until then
we accommodate everyone in the palace and if any of you
need a doctor the palace doctor is here with two nurses to
assist.
Ntsika: Okay then.
Zasembo: Now Tell us
Mapula: What?
Reneilwe: No my queen you promised to tell us when the
kings come back who the giver of life is.
Tokelo: We have a giver of life?
Mapula: Yes we do ( she said with the smile on her face)
Lebo: Oh no! I did say that whenever you go you come
back with more witchcraft and more powers it’s enough
now yhoo!
Ntsika: Kanti Who is the new witch?
Zasembo: Ntsika! ( she reprimanded)
Ntsika: Am sorry ( he said looking down, one thing about
these men is that they are ruthless but through all that
they love and respect their wives)
Reneilwe: Mapula Tell us now
Lebo: Just way it already so that we can move on but am
warning you don’t come back with anymore powers or
witches here it is enough now. ( Mapula laughed thinking
about his reaction)
Mapula: Well as you all know that the children of BaKoena
have special gifts...
Lebo: Not all of them now get to the point.
Tokelo: Hahah you better start talking if you don’t want
your brother to explode.
Mapula: Well when I went to the sacred river I found out
that another child of BaKoena has special gifts, she has
the gift of life, she can breath life into anything and that
person is Nteboheng. ( they kept quiet all waiting for
Lebo’s reaction but he didn’t hear Because he wasn’t
listening. They were all looking at him with Kwezi crossing
fingers. He lifted up his head and saw that everyone was
looking at him)
Lebo: What?
Kwezi: My Chief did you hear what she said?
Lebo: She was still going around in circles like her
husband with Ntsika out there.
Mapula: Well Brother I said the giver of life is your
daughter Nteboheng.
Lebo: Don’t play like that Mapula it’s not funny.
Tokelo: Oh it’s true Brother ( Lebo stood up and left the
room, Kwezi and Tokelo together with Ntsika followed him.
He went to his chamber and into the kids room, took
Nteboheng and walked out of the palace going to the back
holding the child with the others following behind. Tokelo
told the guard to call everyone in the throne room.
Kwezi: Baby What are you doing with Nteboheng? ( Lebo
did answer as he kept walking with them following. They
got to the back and the others arrived and stood there
looking at him. He saw one of Kea’s dogs passing and
called and the dog came wiggling it’s tail, he gave the
baby to Kwezi took the dog and strangled it)
Kwezi: Lebo What are you doing? This is Keabetswe’s dos!
( he didn’t answer but continue strangling the dog until it
died in his hands, Tokelo, Thabiso and Ntsika couldn’t
even reach because of how shocked they were. Lebo took
Nteboheng from Kwezi and But her down balancing her
with his legs then took the dead dog and put it on top of
her. The little princess started playing with the dog
laughing and pulling its ears then stopped and looked at it
while holding its head with her little hands. With in a few
minutes the dog opened its eyes and jumped off the little
baby and moved away while the baby fainted. Lebo took
his daughter and gave her to Kwezi and left calling)
Lebo: Mah!!!....mother!!!!.... mama!!!! ( the queen came out
meeting Lebo at the door)
Mabotle: What is wrong Lebo? Why are you crying my
baby what happened? ( the others were already there
behind him)
Lebo: Mapula has turned my daughter into a witch mother!
Please tell her to stop! ( he was crying) my daughter can’t
be a witch mother she can’t !!
Mabotle: Mapula What did you do to the baby? ( she
shouted looking at Mapula )
Mapula: Mother the baby was given the gift of life by the
gods as a blessing.
Mabotle: Then What happened? I mean even if that is the
case it will take time for her to harness her powers.
Mapula: With her it’s different mother, her powers are
unlocked from birth.
Mabotle: You don’t know that! ( Lebo who was in his
mothers arms spoke)
Lebo: It’s true mother! I killed a dog and she brought it
back to life) the queen got angry as she gently moved a
crying Lebo from her to the side and went to Tokelo and
gave him a hot slap and then Thabiso and Ntsika got the
same while Mapula, Reneilwe and Kwezi got pinched on
their ears.
Tokelo: What was that for?
Mabotle: For being careless and stupid! Putting my
granddaughter’s life in danger! You all know how Lebo is
and you went and told him about this while am not even
there! Look at what he did! You don’t know the extent of
the baby’s powers yet you let Lebo do that! What is wrong
with you?
Them: We sorry my queen
Mabotle: You better be! Kwezi give me my grand daughter
( Kwezi gave her the child who was now sound asleep)
Lebo my baby lets go ( she took Lebo’s hand and led him
to the house leaving the others outside)
Ntsika: Damn the queen still disciplines lie she’s
disciplining a child! ( he said rubbing his cheek)
Tokelo: This was nothing, wait until she locks you in a
room and beat you up with a broomstick.
Kwezi: I didn’t think Lebo will reach this way, it was
immature of him!
Mapula: No sister it was not, I understand him because as
you know my brother is not the blood of this family and he
never thought that his children will have powers because
his not of royalty. But the gods have the little princess
powers because they wanted to show him that they also
recognize him as one of their own.
Tokelo: I also don’t blame him, his own ancestors don’t
visit him and they don’t have powers. BaKoena are the
only ancestors he sees and feels are protecting him even
though he worships his as well. But through all that his
biological father and mother never visit him, even when
the babies were born father is the one that came to him
and congratulated him on becoming a man with a family
and now he finds out that his child has powers from the
ancestors that are not even his triggered something in him.
Lebo always talks about how his parents don’t love him
when his drunk and now this.
Kwezi: I understand and I will try and be more considerate.
I didn’t think it was this deep.

They all went to the throne room.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 76

BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

It’s been a week and the war ended as most warriors were
defeated by Tokelo and Lebo’s people together with the
warriors of BaKoena. But the kingdom has not been
cleansed of the blood yet as the devil is still out to play.
The bodies were taken and disturbed to their kingdoms
which was organized by Tokelo because he felt that they
were innocent in all this and that their leaders were at fault.
The other kingdoms still hated BaKoena but they had
nothing to take from them that they can’t replace. Even
though now the plants have withered, vegetables as well
because they were not maintained. Tress were burnt, the
kingdom looked like no one lives in it because the houses
were abandoned because people were living in the palace.
The queen of the kingdom was left with only 3 weeks
before she gives birth that is according to the gods of
BaKoena as they said before that the baby will be born
before time because they want protect him from the evil
spirits that are lurking around BaKoena. Lucifer was angry
because now everything was up to him to make sure that
he gets what he wants before it’s too late. His sister came
to him as he was flying around the royal palace of
BaKoena trying to find a loophole in the barrier that is
protecting the kingdom and was frustrated that it seems
like there isn’t any.
Agent: Brother don’t do this to yourself, you and I both
know that this place is not only protected by the rain
queens but father as well.
Lucifer: Don’t you think I know that? I have destroyed this
place, there is no beauty left in it anymore. The past week
I continued to burn things and people’s houses but none of
the Royal family member came out to see, only firefighters
to contain the fire. Now there is nothing left.
Agent: Why don’t you try and destroy the place? Surely
that will get them out.
Lucifer: Don’t you think I tried that?
Agent: Am sorry am just out of options.
Lucifer: Get me Nyolodi I need her here and you are the
only one who can go to the sacred land for me.
Agent: I can only get in and that is as far as I can get in
there. Barriers that protect it don’t allow me any further
than the entrance.
Lucifer: Don’t worry Nyolodi will meet you there. Now go!
( the agent flew to the sacred river and she knew better
than to walk and pass the alligators as she knew they will
finish her if she did. So she flew closer to the entrance as
she knew but the water didn’t open. She then remembered
that she was still in her evil agent form so she transformed
into her angel form and the water opened as she went in.
When she got to the other side Nyolodi, Bahomi and
Letsatsi were waiting for her.
Angel: Greetings my queens
Them: Greetings dear angel
Angel: I came with a message my mother Nyolodi.
Nyolodi: I am not queen mother as you know that I never
married and I have no children so I am not and will never
be queen mother. You have forgotten your ways my angel
I see your brother is slowly winning you over.
Angel: Greed got me here my queen and am afraid there
is no turning back for me. I have asked father and his
answer was ‘ I gave all my children the freedom to choose
what they want to do with their lives, you chose this path
now bare with it’
Bahomi: That sounds like the God of the innocent.
Angel: Father is not only the god of the innocent, he says
all the alcoholics, the robbers and the those who lost their
ways are called by him so that they can all be saved. He
says they are crying hear them, they admit to their sins
forgive them, strengthen their faith so that they can
worship him truthfully.
Letsatsi: Indeed you are your father’s daughter, had you
not gotten greedy with power you would. Have made a
great protector but it’s too late now.
Nyolodi: Tell Luciano I am on my way.
Angel: My queen ( she bowed her head but lifted it again
and looked at them) May I ask the queen a small favor?
Nyolodi: Yes you may.
Angel: Please tell father I am sorry.
Nyolodi: That came from your heart and your father heard
you.
Angel: My thanks my queen ( she turned around and left)

She got to dry land and flew slowly going towards Lucifer
and she thought of all that she had don’t to get the power
she now has. She wanted to rule in both kingdoms but
things did go according to plan.
Lucifer: Don’t even think about it and please change your
form because those white wings and blinding me. ( she
didn’t say anything she transformed into her demonic form
with black and red wings)
Lucifer: Now that’s more like it! Did you speak to Nyolodi?
Agent: Yes is Did and she...
Nyolodi: And she is here
Lucifer: Make yourself scarce ( to Nyolodi) welcome my
queen and my thanks for honoring this invitation.
Nyolodi: Get to the point Luciano
Lucifer: Nyolodi you know what I want and I know your
people have been doing everything in their power to
prevent me from getting what’s mine.
Nyolodi: So What do you propose I do?
Luciano: I need my child Nyolodi or I will die and I know
you don’t want that.
Nyolodi: Oh no Luciano you will not dies because you are
already dead and living in the underworld with demons.
What you are afraid of is losing the power that you have
and the position of king.
Luciano: If you know that then why would you prevent me
from getting it when you have your own kingdom?
Nyolodi: Because this kingdom is not yours and you have
to wait for the child to be born for you him to decide what
he want just like you were given a choice and you made it.
Let the child grow and make a choice himself.
Luciano: I don’t have that luxury my queen please have a
heart.
Nyolodi: Like you have one! Look at the damage you have
caused in this kingdom, my father’s kingdom and yet you
still want to do more.
Lucifer: Nyolodi If I don’t get that child now I will get him
when his born and by then I will not spare him, I will kill
him while you watch and suck the blood out of his little and
leave him dry like a dried fruit.
Nyolodi: Do your worst Luciano we are watching, you have
the freedom to do as you please.
Luciano: Leave my sight Nyolodi! ( he shouted frustrated)
Nyolodi: Even If I don’t leave you won’t do anything to me.
Luciano: Which is why am asking you to leave. ( Nyolodi
disappeared into thin air as she appeared) leaving a
frustrated Lucifer behind thinking of what to do.

Inside the palace Lebo was in the baby chamber looking

at his princess.
Lebo: Mother says you are a gift for me from the gods of
BaKoena to show me that they love me as their own. Am
grateful for that and am grateful for you my angel, daddy is
deeply sorry for putting you through that when you are so
young. I can’t wait for you to grow so that we can pray
together before going to bed, with you giving me butterfly
kisses. I love you angel and I don’t want you to even doubt
that.
Ntsika was standing by the door looking at him admiring
him and his daughter. He could wait to meet his child and
have such conversations with her or her.
Ntsika: I never knew you could be so loving but the fact
still remains that my witch is better than yours.
Lebo: Thabiso must deal with you now, you can’t go
around claiming his daughter as yours.
Ntsika: Not only the daughter the wife too.
Lebo: You really crazy
Ntsika: I take after you. Now come let’s go get a beer we
need it.
Lebo: Am watching my baby here go to Tokelo and
Thabiso.
Ntsika: Not happening who is going to have my back when
they gang up on me?
Lebo: Fine let’s go ( they went out and joined Tokelo and
Thabiso around the back away from the people.)
Thabiso: I was wondering when you too will get here.
Lebo: We are here what did we miss?
Tokelo: The fact that Thabiso has just predicted that your
princess will marry Tsietsi’s son.
Ntsika: Hayi ngiyala! Angeke ngivume loko mina. Yebo
anginankings no Tsietsi kodwa leya ndonda one Cala bje
kuyo elibonisa ukuthi ukhohlakele. ( No I refuse! I will not
agree to that. Yes I don’t have a problem with Tsietsi but
that man has a dangerous side to him that show that his
cruel)
Lebo: Am still shocked at your answer because that’s
exactly what I was going to say minus the dangerous and
cruel part because Tsietsi is just like us.
Tokelo: Lebo is right, all of us here are no saints Tsietsi’s
dangerous side is the same as ours so I see no problem.
Lebo: Yes it is But my daughter will not marry his son.
Thabiso: Oh My did you change now? And his son won’t
marry your daughter but Ntsika’s because he is the one
who said he doesn’t agree.
Ntsika: That’s right!
Lebo: Make your own Nkosi! But on a serious note, how
are the people?
Tokelo: They are still shaken by the war and I don’t blame
them because a lot happened and a lot of people lost their
lives.
Thabiso: Not just any people but innocent ones at that.
Lebo: At least we have a few weeks until this is over.
Ntsika: But the gods haven’t said anything about this being
over after the baby is born.
Thabiso: No they didn’t but after the birth of the child we
are allowed to use our powers.
Lebo: I don’t see the reason to fight those people really,
the gods will punish them for us as they are the ones who
allowed all this to happen.
Tokelo: That is true am just sad that my child is the cause
of all this.
Ntsika: The child didn’t do anything here, his innocence
just like any child. The devil is the one at fault for all of this
and you all are trying to protect him and he will appreciate
this when his grown.
Thabiso: Oh my gods of BaTloung the guy has a brain
after all. ( they all laughed)
The queen mother looked at her children from a distance
please with how well her children get along. She was also
pleased with the ones that adopted themselves and made
her a big family. They were all just good people and she
was happy that her children have them in their lives. She
even thought to herself that even if she were to die
tomorrow she will die a happy woman.
Luciano finally found a way inside BaKoena but it only
allows him in for a few seconds and now his working on
expanding the time. He found the portal that open right
above BaKoena the time those children got out, it was
closed but opens a bit but not as big as he wanted it to
and doesn’t give as much access as he wanted but it was
something he can work with.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 77

BaKoena kingdom ✨(not edited)

The BaKoena kingdom hasn’t been a kingdom these past
two weeks, because the people of the king were residing
in the royal palace of the kingdom like royalty, being
treated like royals and eating like royals everyday. But
through out these two week Lucifer and the agent his
sister were working on opening the portal making it big
enough for Lucifer to fit in and the agent even tested it to
make sure that the barrier around that part was broken like
they suspected and indeed it was. Reneilwe the queen of
the kingdom is expected to give both this week as it is now
in the middle of the third week and the prince will be
coming to the world any moment. This day the queen was
not herself, she was not feeling quite herself today as a
result she and the king Tokelo retired to bed early but they
were not sleeping they were busy talking laying in bed.
Reneilwe: My king.
Tokelo: Yes my queen
Reneilwe: Have you thought of names for the prince yet?
Tokelo: Eish! With all that has been going on that slipped
my mind, what about you?
Reneilwe: I just want us to name him something
meaningful, something that will honor the late king your
father.
Tokelo: That would be nice and I know father would
appreciate it.
Reneilwe: So What will it be?
Tokelo: How about LerumolaTokelo
Reneilwe: No how about your father’s second name?
Tokelo: My father’s second name was my great
grandfather’s name so if we give him that name then we
will be honoring both of them.
Reneilwe: I like that even better, so what is the name.
Tokelo: The name is Arabang
Reneilwe: Okay mind telling me the story behind it?
Tokelo: Well according to what father told me, my great
great grandfather was struggling as a king hence
BaKoena was just an little kingdom with no significance to
a lot of people and kingdoms because they had mother to
offer. My father told me that my great great grandfather
went to the mountains for a month to pray to the gods of
BaKoena then after coming back he went to the BaKoena
sacred river for another month. Everyone though he was
doing his intimations to become a healer or something like
that but my father went to those places to pray for
prosperity and wealth for his kingdom. He asked the god
to answer his prayers and pleas hence he changed his
name from Bokamoso to Arabang BaKoena, he wanted
the gods of BaKoena to answer his prayers and they did
and gave him a daughter that he named Nyolodi meaning
angel, at that point he was counted and thought the gods
only answered his queens prayers of having a child for
him and he was glad that at least one of their prayers was
answered. Little did he know that the gods of BaKoena
answers both their prayers. Since he went to the
mountains and the rice for those months the god believed
he deserved more than just one gift. So they have him a
princess who happened to the first rain queen of this land.
Reneilwe: WOW That is deep so how about we use both
names?
Tokelo: You want him to be Arabang Bokamoso Mahapi?
Reneilwe: Yes I want to gods to answer for the future of
their prince, I know this child will be different, his both
good and evil more like that angel/demon that came here
the other day. So I want both the gods of BaKoena and
those of BaTloung to answer to his future.
Tokelo: What do you mean to answer to the future of the
prince?
Reneilwe: I mean that I want them to be the one who keep
him in line, the ones who warn him of his demonic side
and help him over come it. I want them to be responsible
for keeping both him and this kingdom because Bokamoso
bayona bomatsohong ahae ( Because it’s future is in his
hands) Romberg when that woman said he can take
BaKoena to great highs but can also bring it to its knees.
Tokelo: I understand what you are saying and since we
know nothing about his power, just like Keabetswe I also
want them to guide him as well.
Reneilwe: Yeah let’s sleep now it’s almost midnight am
tired.
Tokelo: Have a good slumber my queen ( he kissed her
forehand and lay next to her)

In the princess’s room Keabetswe was sleeping peacefully

when she suddenly saw her grand father. It was like she is
awake and he was sitting right next to her on the bed.
Lerumo: Keabetswe!
Keabetswe: Grandpa
Lerumo: Why are you sleeping?
Keabetswe: Because am tired grandpa
Lerumo: What Power did we give you?
Keabetswe: The Power of being the portal of the gods of
BaKoena.
Lerumo: So why are you sleeping when a portal is being
opened and people are about to enter your home?
Keabetswe: But grandpa there is a barrier in the kingdom
no one can get through that.
Lerumo: Keabetswe! With your kind of power you should
be able to sense a portal that is open even if it’s from
across the world you will feel it. Now why are you not
concentrating like o taught you and see the portal and go
close it.
Keabetswe: I will...
Lerumo: Stoo talking my light and concentrate!
( Keabetswe stopped talking and closed her eyes and
concentrated she saw the portal that is right in the middle
of the royal palace is open and a man she can’t make out
was entering the palace. He was at feet level and seem to
be struggling to get in but he was pushing through)
Lerumo: Now get up and stop him before it’s too late! Get
up now! ( Keabetswe woke up sweating and got out of bed
going to her parents room to ask her permission as she
was told to do. She got there and knocked and her father
invited her in)
Thabiso: Princess! At this time of the night, what is going
on?
Keabetswe: Father I came to ask for permission to go and
close the portal that is opening in the middle of the palace
and the gods want me to close it before it’s too late ( by
this time Mapula was already wearing her gown and
slippers)
Thabiso: Go princess your mother will be with you while I
get dressed and join you. ( while they were talk thunder
roared outside with a very loud bang startling everyone in
the house)
Keabetswe: It’s happening and we must hurry ( they The
were still talking another thunder stoked followed by
lightning that was shooting through the sky. While they
were listening to that an excruciating cry came from
outside and they all went out to investigate even Lebo,
Ntsika, Zasembo and Kwezi. They heard that the cry was
coming from Tokelo’s chamber and they all ran towards
there while Keabetswe held her mother by the hand
pulling her back.
Mapula: Are you scare princess?
Keabetswe: No mother but me and you have to go and
take care of the portal because if the prince is born and
that thing manages to get inside then we will lose him
( Mapula didn’t say anything as she knew the ways of the
gods are not to be questioned. She took her daughter’s
hand and went to where the portal is and indeed it was
open and a man seemed to be stuck in there and can’t get
through.)
Lerumo whispered into the princess’s ear ‘ we can’t hold it
for long princess do what you have to do but make sure he
doesn’t enter the royal palace no matter what’ Ntsika and
Lebo were both there since they saw that it was child birth
and they won’t be allowed anywhere near it so they came
to this side.
Ntsika: Where is she going now?
Lebo: Why would you ask me when she’s your little witch
not mine so you should know better.
Ntsika: If I was a wizard myself then I would understand
but now am clueless
Lebo: Then ship up and watch.
Ntsika: And this thunder and lightning is not normal.
Lebo: Have you ever seen normal at BaKoena?
Ntsika: Fair Enough!

Keabetswe drew her wings and flew up and went through

the portal right next to the opening appearing on the other
side right In front of Lucifer.
Keabetswe: Hellow
Lucifer: Little girl how did you get here?
Keabetswe: Oh I can get in and out of here as I please
because my powers allow me to.
Lucifer: Then would you mind helping uncles out here I
seem to be stuck.
Keabetswe: Well you were not supposed to go in feet first
in a portal you go in head first.
Lucifer though about what she said and thought maybe
she could manipulate into helping him loosen the opening
for him to go inside.
Lucifer: So help me because am already stuck so loosen it
up so I can go through l.
Keabetswe: You won’t go through like that silly you have
to get out then go in head first or you will keep getting
stuck.
Lucifer: Okay then help me get out so that I can do as you
say ( Lucifer was so desperate to get into the palace that
he didn’t even pick it up that he was being tricked)
Keabetswe: Okay I will help you ( she loosened the
opening as Lucifer came out coming back to the side she
was in so he can go in head first because he also saw the
agent going in head first) he pushed through until he was
out and as soon as he was out Keep quickly closed the
portal and went back but Lucifer held her by her leg
making sure he doesn’t let go.

Stay tuned
Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 78

BaKoena kingdom ✨( not edited)

You know when someone is just doing bad things all the
time and church goers would starting saying ‘the devil is
playing with him’ well in this case the devil was really
playing with Keabetswe. Mapula could see her daughter
hanging there and not coming out, she was not saying
anything as she was worried her mother will want to help
when she is not supposed to. Let’s face it any parent
would walk through fire for their children, well maybe not
all parent but those who love their children would do
anything to protect them. Which is why you would see
parent of children who are well known robbers who
terrorize people in the neighborhood stand up for them
and cover for them. Not because they don’t know what
they are doing but because they are parents and Xhosa
people say ‘inimba iyasika’ I don’t know how to really put it
in English but to sum it up, no parent wants to see their
child hurt no matter how bad they can be, the parent is the
last one to lose hope in their children.

On the other side of the palace Reneilwe was in labor and

the queen mother and the palace doctor were there to
assist her. Her cry’s cut deep into Tokelo’s heart
wondering if it was all worth it. Lebo could see the pain
and panic on his brother’s face and he went over to him
and held his shoulder squeezing it a bit reassuring him
that everything will be okay. But the thunder that was
rumbling and the lightning said otherwise.
Lebo: For What is worth, I have been there and I know
how it feels.
Tokelo: Thanks man
Ntsika: For What it’s worth, I have never been there and I
don’t know how it feel..,
Tokelo: You just had to say something didn’t you?
Ntsika: Well you didn’t let me finish, as I was saying I have
never been through that and I know my time is coming and
that cry in there is painful. Why do we subject our women
to that again?
Thabiso: So that morons like you can have babies.
Lebo: Now that low because you also didn’t get to
experience that because your wife decided to perform
witchcraft and gave birth under water.
Ntsika: Who does that anyway?
Lebo: My sister does and when are you have another
baby?
Ntsika: Yeah our little witch is old enough now.
Tokelo: The gods of BaKoena have forsaken me ( he
threw his had in the in defeat)
Thabiso: Why?
Tokelo: Seriously?
Thabiso: If it’s bout the prince and your wife they will be
fine.
Tokelo: No it’s about these two right here ( pointing at
Ntsika and Lebo)
Them: What have we done? ( they asked as the same
time)
Thabiso: Exactly!
Tokelo: See What I mean? Lebo no offense brother but I
also think you were enough man but now we added
another you and it’s driving crazy.
Lebo: Good crazy or bad crazy?
Tokelo: When have you ever heard of good crazy?
Ntsika: I have heard of it, it’s when you have someone that
drives you crazy in a good way.
Lebo: Yeah the way that kind of makes you feel good and
forget about everything else ( Tokelo look at his brother
and realized that he was the luckiest man in the world to
have a brother like him. He saw how stressed he was and
didn’t everything he could to distract him)
Tokelo: Brother you know I love You right?
Thabiso: Now that’s just gay
Ntsika: Serious secrets are coming out today but there is
no shame man we get it but stay away from me please.
Lebo: I love you too brother but man! Don’t ever say that
in front of people jeez talk about gay tendencies! ( he said
that with a disgusted face and the others laughed at him)
Tokelo: WOW Guys!
Them: What?
Tokelo: Listen to that ( he said with a little excitement as
the baby’s cried fill the whole palace)
Lebo: There goes witchcraft again in this palace! ( he
threw his hand in the air pacing)
Thabiso: What are talking about now?
Ntsika: No Lebo is right guys you people have exceeded
your level of witchcraft, I mean you rule the witches I tell
you.
Tokelo: What are you both on about now?
Lebo: Tokelo are you dear or what?
Tokelo: No why?
Lebo: Can’t you hear your baby’s cry?
Thabiso: We can all hear it so?
Lebo: Which baby have you ever and I mean ever you all
your years of living heard a baby cry like that?
Tokelo: Like What?
Lebo: Guys That baby’s cry could be heard in BaTlokwa.
Ntsika: I told you his right! ( they all kept quiet and the
baby’s cry continued to fill the whole palace and not long
after he was quiet the thunder rumbled so loud and
lightning strikes right in front of the door to Tokelo’s room
and they moved back holding each other. While they were
looking at that heavy rain fell from the sky as if it had been
raining for hours.
Lebo: I have said it!
Ntsika: And I told you that you have exceeded with the
excess amount of witchcraft you people perform.
Thabiso: The gods of BaKoena have welcomed him,
welcoming to father-wood my king. ( he bowed his head a
little)
Lebo: Congratulations My king! Now the kingdom has
prince and heir to the throne ( he also bowed his head as
per the tradition)
Ntsika: They say a king without an heir is not respected by
other kingdoms as his rain will perish. You have given
your people an heir and an assurance that they will never
have to worry about being under the leadership of a man
they do not know. Well done my king ( he bowed his head
in respect)
Tokelo: Well you all should have told me a long time ago
that I needed to have a child to gain your respect and
actually hear you call me king and even bow to me.
Lebo: You just had to ruin it! It’s gone now no respect for
you.
Tokelo: Lebo am just joking and enjoying the little attention
I got. Am happy and I thank you and the god of BaKoena
for this.
Mabotle: Don’t Thank them yet! ( they all turned and
looked the queen mother standing by the door)
Lebo: Why Mother?
Mabotle: Tokelo we can’t free your wife and son until you
have performed the necessary rights for the prince.
Tokelo: Queen mother you scared me there for a minute
( he said walking over to her and she slapped him at the
back of his head)
Tokelo: Awwh What was that for?
Mabotle: Am not queen mother to you.
Tokelo: Am sorry mother
Lebo: Beat him mama!
They walked inside for Tokelo to perform the prince’s right.

On the other side Mapula is soaking went pleasuring with

Keabetswe to come down so that they can go inside but
she is making excuses.
Mapula: Keabetswe If you don’t get down here and
coming over to get you.
Keabetswe: My queen please I can handle this.
Mapula: You said that 20 minutes ago! She drew her
wings and lifted off the ground.
Keabetswe: Mama no!
Voice: Mapula!! Mapula! ( said the voice of her father)
Mapula looked around in hopes of seeing her father but
was not there, so she thought it was in her head as she
lifted up again.
Voice: Mapula Mohapi keblahoshapa wena! ( Mapula
Mohapi am going to beat you)
Mapula: Father!
Lerumo: Do you disobey elders now and the gods of your
land?
Mapula: No father
Lerumo: Look the divil has the princess ( he eye widened
and she lifted up without saying a word going over the
barrier and it closed behind and turned and saw Lucifer
hoping on to her daughter’s leg and she charged to him
only to be pushed so hard that he want flying back to the
palace grounds)
Lerumo: Am talking to you and you leave? Is that how you
have turned out to be?
Mapula: No father it’s just that my child is...
Lerumo: Listen to me, the princess holds great power just
like you do and she will get herself out of this ( to
Keabetswe) Keabetswe do you know why I have you that
name?
Keabetswe; No grandpa
Lerumo: I gave you that name because I Lerumo
Keabetswe I have been given more than I can ever ask for
by the gods. You my princess have a unique power and
you can get yourself out of that situation which why I
chose you. Remember your training.
Keabetswe: Yes grandpa.

Keabetswe closed her eyes concentrating while she

hanged upside down. Electrical shock went though her
whole baby but concentrated the to the food Lucifer was
hodong. It was pure and powerful that sent Lucifer flying
the moment it came into contact with his hand and
Keabetswe slid her foot out and completely sealed the
portal.

I know I have been away but you getting more inserts

tomorrow.
Please do appreciate the insert by liking and commenting
after you read.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 79

BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

Now we all know that one can never truly defeat the devil,
one can only keep him away for a while but he will surely
come back and test your faith because people turn to relax
when things go well for them. At this point Lucifer woke up
from where he fell and heard the cry of his son and his
cold heart started beating fast. He was both worried and
happy at the same time, worried that they might just
succeed in keeping him pure of heart and that will be the
end of him because for him to survive he has to feed on
the bad and blood spill he was supposed to bring. Happy
that his born and that he will have a chance to fully
transfer the power to him one way or the other. His sister
and agent got to him and sat next to him on the roof top
looking the other way while he looked the other.
Agent: So we failed even after so much work we put into
this.
Lucifer: Your problem is that you don’t see the bigger
picture.
Agent: what bigger picture are you talking about?
Lucifer: Now that his born I will influence him in anyway I
can, I will tempt him everywhere he goes just like father
did to me and I know no one can resist the power.
Agent: So if that’s the case then I wish you well but I have
a question.
Lucifer: What is it?
Agent: When you say father, who are you referring to?
Lucifer: My Father, our father! Lucifer himself, handsome
agent and the most loved by the people. That’s who am
talking about.
Agent: Do you ever think of our real father and our home?
Lucifer: No my home is the underworld now. Why would
you ask me that?
Agent: Because you deny him like he has never given you
life and power. Father is the reason why you are still here,
if father wanted none of us would be here breathing.
Lucifer: Father can never do anything to me.
Agent: If you say so.

In the house the crowned prince of BaKoena was now

being introduced to the rest of the family. Held by the
queen mother of BaKoena now the grandmother of five
children. The rest of the family was sitting in the lounge
with all the grand children of the family.
Mabotle: Royal family of BaKoena, here is the crowned
prince of the kingdom, now before I introduce him to
everyone I would like my first born the king of BaKoena
and the father of the prince to give us the name that the
prince will be known by ( Tokelo stood up with a proud
smile on his face)
Tokelo: Greetings once again royal family, today I stand
before you not as Tokelo but as the king of BaKoena,
standing here as the representative of the gods of
BaKoena and a proud father to prince Arabang Bokamoso
Mohapi, the crowned prince of BaKoena and the heir to
the throne of the BaKoena kingdom. Welcome my prince.
Mabotle: I didn’t know that the prince will be the one to
carry the name of my husband and my father in law, I the
queen mother of BaKoena and the grandmother to all
these children welcome you to the family prince Arabang
Bokamoso Mahapi ( she passed the prince to Lebo and he
stood with Kwezi to give the prince blessings)
Lebo: Prince Arabang I know only your Guadiana can hear
all that is being said to you now but will tell you all about it
when you are grown. Standing before you today is your
Chief and Brother to your father and now your protector.
You also have brothers in my sons and another mother in
my wife Kwezi. Welcome dear prince.
Kwezi: I have no words other than you are blessed, not
with just a mother and a father but with 4 mothers, 4
father’s and 4 brother’s and sisters that you can run to
when things don’t go well in your life. Not only that you
also have grand mothers who are going to protect you and
spoil you. Welcome my prince. ( the baby was now given
to Mapula and Thabiso)
Thabiso: Boy don’t get used to being called a prince you
are just a child here, never let your title go to your head
and one more thing, the power you possess if not for
bullying those who have none but protecting them.
Welcome my prince.
Mapula: You already know what I want to say to because I
have already said it, remember my words. ( the baby was
now given to Ntsika and Zasembo)
Ntsika: Boy I am not your family and I don’t do well with
witchcraft even though it’s amazing to watch. But am your
third father after Lebo so me and him are the cool ones
you can hang out with while your father God bless his soul!
The the serious one and he will be worse with you. And
then there is your aunts husband, that guy can kill you with
looks so if you do something bad run away from his
direction. Oh by the way your first beer is on me.
Tokelo: What?
Ntsika: I told you so!
Zasembo: Baby don’t listen to this one. Welcome home
and please do your parent, your family and the rest of the
kingdom proud. Be the king of prince many want to be and
many hate because they can’t reach your standard. Be the
kind when you set foot on the ground the devil says oh shit!
His awake. I know you will hear a lot of thing but bare in
mind that those who hate your family and the unity you all
have will always try to destroy you. Welcome my prince.
Ntsika: Hayi that’s enough now let’s eat
Lebo: Yeah I have been wondering when this will end so
that I can eat, the food smells amazing and I don’t resist
anymore.

They all moved to the dining table while wives took food to
the new mother to go and eat with her while the prince is
with the grandmother.
Lebo: I was thinking of starting construction on the houses
tomorrow, the people need their space.
Mabotle: You right son, they have been here for sometime
now, yes they may seem happy and all but we all know
that no one would have the guts to complain to us for
being here.
Thabiso: Then let us start building the houses again and
the men can help while others can go ahead and work on
the farms.
Ntsika: Hayi hake nimeni bo! Nijarhele kuphi? Niyazi
ukuthi kumele nigeze igazi kuqala phambi kokwakha. ( no
hold on! What is the rush? You know that you have to
cleanse the blood shed before building)
Mabotle: Are you sure you not my son?
Ntsika: I am your son mother ( he said with a mocking
smile looking at Lebo)
Lebo: You can smile all you like this is my mother yours is
in KZN so please respect boundaries ( Ntsika laughed)
Mabotle: Even So, his right we can’t do anything until
those fields and the rest of the kingdom is cleansed. That
will include the king and warriors of BaTlokwa and the king
and warriors of BaTloung. They also have blood on their
hands and we have to cleanse it.
Keabetswe: May I please train with the warriors? ( the
room went silent)
Thabiso: When have you ever seen a woman warrior?
Keabetswe: If father allows I would like to speak my mind
my king.
Thabiso: Go ahead princess.
Keabetswe: Father, every and everyone of this family
have their own special power and contribution to the
wellbeing of this family and I would also like to do my bit. I
know you will say I am the portal and that is enough but
it’s not, as the first grand child of the family I want to lead
the other by example. Please allow me to do this and if
you don’t see change then I will stop.
Mabotle: I would say you a brave woman of BaKoena but
the BaTloung take the credit for that. You are truly the
child of the elephants and the grandchild of the alligators.
You are strong and powerful just like your mother.
Thabiso: As much as I don’t like this but I will let it be for
now, but if you get hurt then am taking you out of it.
Keabetswe: Thank you father.
Ntsika: Nazo ke! Umuntu engathi ukuthakatha akwanele
manje usefuna ukuba wumfazi kaShaka Zulu ohamba
imfazwe. ( there we go! As if witchcraft was not enough a
person now she wants to be Shaka Zulu’s wife going on
battles)
Lebo: I can’t wait to watch and see how long it will take her
to use her powers.
Thabiso: You are not allowed to use your powers on
anyone Keabetswe.
Keabetswe: Alright Father.

The rest of the night was spent talking and laughing as a

family with no one wanting to go to bed.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2
Insert 80

BaTloung kingdom✨(not edited)

When Gods time comes no one can stop it and no one

can escape it. They say death be not proud but the
question is, where would our forefathers and mothers be
in no one died in the world, if everyone lived forever, how
would they look now, who would be taking care of them?
Am sure we would have done the same thing that rich
people do, put them in old age homes because we can’t
take care of them due to our busy lives. But even the old
age homes would be over crowded with old people and
there would be no space to accommodate them. I believe
there would be more old age homes than any other
accommodations and there would be more nurses and
home based careers than anything else in the world. Yet
we say death be not proud, death is not meant as a
punishment but as a form of blessing showing people that
when one had fulfilled his destiny then they go back home
where they belong. It’s painful yes but let’s rather look at
the good than the bad. The king of BaTloung has been
feeling that his time is nearing but didn’t want to say
anything since there was war at BaKoena, he wanted
things to settle first before saying anything but now he
couldn’t keep quiet anymore as he feels like any day now
would be his last. His not sick but the visions that his being
shown in his dreams are more than clear and how his
been feeling lately says it all. He woke up early at sunrise
and went to stand by the kraal and looked at the direction
of the mountains so as to watch as the sunrises and grace
the sky with its beauty. The first raise of sun appeared
through the mountains making it look orange, he left at
peace as he was watching it. He fished for his phone from
his pocket and dialed his son while looking at the sunrise
from the mountains. It rang a couple of times and he
picked up.
Convo:
Letsi: Sunrise Greetings my prince.
Thabiso: Greetings Father, how are you this morning?
Letsi: I am well son how are you and the family?
Thabiso: We are all alright Father, Tokelo was blessed
with a prince last night.
Letsi: Congratulations to him and my daughter Reneilwe, I
would have loved to see her but I understand the situation.
Thabiso: I will tell her you wish her well.
Letsi: My thanks my prince, look I called to ask you for
something.
Thabiso: Anything Father.
Letsi: I want you to come home and see me, it’s important
that you do and also bring me that royal blanket as mine is
old now, I want the one we saw a few months back.
Thabiso: Is everything alright Father?
Letsi: You will hear of what is happening when you get
here and please try to hurry and bring the princess with.
Thabiso: Alright then let me wake up now and prepare so
that I make it in town when they open.
Letsi: Do that and I will be waiting.
Thabiso: Till we meet father.
Letsi: So long son.

They dropped the called and the king went inside the
palace and asked the chef to make all his son and wife’s
favorite breakfast. His wife likes sunny side up eggs,
vegetable bacon, freshly squeezed orange juice and his
son like anything sweet for his breakfast, be it waffles or
muffins or pancakes with syrup. The chef started on the
food while the king went and asked the maidens to set the
table in the garden for them and they went and did as
instructed by the king. The queen came down after 30
mine and looked at the dining table and he wasn’t there so
she asked the maidens and they directed her to the
garden, she walked there and the king was sipping his
coffee looking and admiring the beautiful flowers in the
garden.
Queen: My king, I have been looking for you, sunrise
greetings.
Letsi: Sunrise Greetings my dear queen, how was your
night?
Queen: It was peaceful, how was yours?
Letsi: A blessing.
Queen: I see they made my favorite this morning.
Letsi: I asked them to make it, I wanted to share this meal
with you.
Queen: That I appreciate my king my thanks.
Letsi: My queen, when the time comes for me to depart
from this world I want you to do something for me.
Queen: You don’t have to tell me what I need to do now
because you are not dying now.
Letsi: Please Listen to me my queen for we don’t know
what tomorrow holds, they was yesterday is much people
got no looking back no matter what, there’s nothing there
but memories that bring sorrow. Yesterday is gone, today
is a blessing and tomorrow is unknown.
Queen: Okay then my king I am more ears because you
have convinced me.
Letsi: I want you to be happy when I die, not because you
are not sad about my departure but you would be
celebrating the years you spent with me and the memories
you shared with me. I want you to grieve yes but not for
too long because you will break my heart. After my burial I
want you to go to that place of yours and get those body
massages and relax and remember this day, remember
what I said and then smile and face each day with a smile.
Queen: ( crying) Letsi are you leaving me?
Letsi: I hold no knowledge of that my queen but that is
what i want you to do for me. Please grant me that wish.
Queen: I will do as you say but don’t die on me yet, I still
need you.
Letsi: You won’t stop needing me no matter how long I
stay with you my queen.
Queen: That is true
They continued having their breakfast in light conversation.

At the Capital Thabiso Parks his car and walked to the

shop that sells the blanket his father asked for. He got it
and Modianyeo ‘ the traditional Sotho hat’ he paid for the
staff and went to the coffee shop to buy himself a cup of
coffee while he drives home, he got in and placed his
order for the coffee and sat on the table while he waited.
Voice: Thabiso Moloi ( he turned to see who it was and
when their eyes met he smiled and got up)
Thabiso: Sebokeng Mapiela, Damn it’s been 7 years.
Seboken: Indeed it has but one thing for sure you haven’t
changed one bit.
Thabiso: Same goes for you, where have you been all this
while?
Sebokeng: I have been in South Africa for the past few
years, after university I got a scholarship to study at the
university of stellebosch to study medicine.
Thabiso: Oh so now you a doctor
Sebokeng: Yes am a Doctor now, Dr Mapiela. Man I
always had a crush on you in school and I always had
hope that something will happen but it never did.
Thabiso: Hahah don’t make me laugh because I felt the
same way but I was afraid to approach you because you
and your crew were brutal back then.
Sebokeng: hahah well we were brutal but I was the only
one who didn’t have a boyfriend because I though that you
would make a move but no you never did.
Thabiso: Is that why you left the country?
Sebokeng: That was part of it but also the opportunity was
too good for my to let pass.
Thabiso: WOW, Okay we will catch up some other time,
right now I have to rush home my father called for me.
Sebokeng: You still in BaTloung?
Thabiso: My house is not too far from the palace.
Sebokeng: I should visit sometime
Thabiso: Give me your number and we will arrange.
Sebokeng: Great ( she gave him her number and left)

He got home and parked the car then took the bags with
his father’s things to the house and his father was in the
lounge talking to his wife.
Thabiso: I don’t know why I am called here to leave my
wife only to find the same person busy with his own wife.
Queen: Don’t be jealous my prince this is my husband.
Thabiso: And That is my wife you made me leave in bed to
rush here.
Letsi: Where is the princess?
Thabiso: Her mother said she will come with her because
she also misses her home.
Letsi: That is good we miss her and the princess too, did
you get what I asked for?
Thabiso: Yes Father I even added a modianyeo.
Letsi: You did well son, take it and cover my chair with it in
the throne room then come back so we can talk.
Thabiso: Alright Father ( he left and went to the throne
room then took out the blanket and covered his father’s
seat with it and out the hat on the small table next to it.
Then went back to the lounge)
Queen: Let me leave you to it then ( she left leaving the
king and his son)
Letsi: Lets move to the table I asked the cook to make you
breakfast.
Thabiso: You did well because you woke me up before my
wife could feed me.
Letsi: As if she feeds you ( Thabiso laughed)
Thabiso: You know what I mean father
Letsi: Indeed I do ( they got to the garden and sat at the
table then the maidens served the prince while the king
hand another cup of tea)
Thabiso: What seems to be the problem Father?
Letsi: Son, I want you to come back home now. I know
that you are helping out at BaKoena but the time for you to
come back take the throne has come.
Thabiso: Please don’t tell me you are stepping down as
king father.
Letsi: No son am not stepping down on my own but he
gods of BaTloung want me to.
Thabiso: Father I don’t quite follow
Letsi: My prince my time in the world of the living has
come to an end and you as my heir have to take over from
me and rule in this kingdom.
Thabiso: Father you are healthy, you can’t be dying, not
now.
Letsi: Thabiso, the gods have kept for this long and gave
me the chance to watch you and your sister grow, to see
you get married and have children and my heart if content.
Please son don’t make my departure difficult, I need you
to step up and lead my people to greater heights.
Thabiso was hurt by what his father was telling him, but he
had no choice but to man up and step up and lead his
people like he was always groomed to do. He stood up
and shook his father’s hand looking at him in the eye.
Thabiso: Farewell then father, I say this now because I
don’t know if I will get a chance to. I promise I will do you
proud and lead this kingdom with honor and dignity.
Letsi: My thanks my prince but through all that, don’t forget
you married a queen that has its own kingdom. Don’t be
selfish when is comes to her duties as she would have to
do for both kingdoms now.
Thabiso: I hear you father and I will do as you say.
Letsi: How about you take a second wife that will remain
here with you and take care of the duties of this kingdom
while the queen is busy with the duties of BaKoena.
Thabiso: I don’t know father.
Letsi: It was just a suggestion and I want you to know that
it is something that we do. So if you decide to do it then it
won’t be a problem m.
Thabiso: I hear you father, let us go and spend the day
together it might be our last.

At BaKoena kingdom

Mapula already knew of her father in laws death because

she was told about it in a dream and was also told that
difficult times are yet to come for her and that she needed
to be strong. She told her husband to go alone and she
will follow because she wanted to talk to the queen mother
before she goes. She met with her in the lounge with her
grand son.
Mapula: Greetings mother
Mabotle: Greetings my queen, what is the problem?
Mapula: What makes you think there is a problem mother?
Mabotle: Because I gave birth to you and I know you. Now
out with it.
Mapula: My heart is heavy mother.
Mabotle: What is the cause?
Mapula: The king of BaTloung will meet his end at sunrise
tomorrow. The gods want him to join them.
Mabotle: Oh my! I wonder how will the queen take this,
she will be broken and I don’t know how I will comfort her.
Mapula: But Mother you have been through this, surely
you can comfort her way better than anyone.
Mabotle: Only the person, who is feeling the pain know the
depth of the pain, it doesn’t matter if another person has
been through this or not but we feel pain and experience
grief in different ways.
Mapula: I hear you mother but can you at least be there
for her.
Mabotle: I will do that, but I feel like there is more to this
than what you are telling me.
Mapula: There is mother, the gods tell me to expect
challenges coming my way in terms of my marriage but
they were not clear as to what kind.
Mabotle: Obviously there will be challenges because you
are the queen in this kingdom and you will also be a
queen at BaTloung, of course things will happen and will
not be the same but it’s how you handle the situation that
matters.
Mapula: I hope I can handle this.
Mabotle: Remember you have a mother so don’t worry too
much. Go see your father in law and give him our
greetings.
Mapula: I will do that mother.

Mapula went to and called the prince and they left going to
BaTloung. She was not herself at all as she was worried
about what is yet to come.
Please do appreciate the insert by liking, commenting and
sharing.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 81

BaTloung kingdom✨(not edited)

The queen mother and the rain queen Mapula were sitting
in the garden watching the princess play with her puppy
while they talked. Mapula wasn’t herself at all and she
couldn’t hide it. She and the queen would talk but she
would zone out and not hear a word the queen is saying.
She was thinking about a lot of things and that frustrated
her because when it comes to her the gods never reveal
the whole truth of what is going to happen and right now
she needed to know because it was eating away at her.
Queen: Mapula I have been talking to you but you seem
very far, What is going on with you?
Mapula: My apologies my queen, it’s just that my heart is
heavy and I feel like something bad is going to happen.
Queen: Gods of BaTloung when are we ever going to
have peace, between your family and mine it’s always one
thing after the other. What have we don’t to deserve this?
Mapula: Don’t put it that way my queen, the things that
happened to us, happen because the gods know that we
can handle it. If not none of this would be happening to us.
Queen: I understood that but I feel like our happiness is
always short lived and am tired of it.
Mapula: All of us are, to be honest all of this is draining
and sometimes it can get too much for one person to
handle.
Queen: Hang in there my queen, am just venting but in
actual fact I am grateful for you and all that you do. Yes
we complain about things happening but don’t ever forget
that we appreciate your presence in our lives.
Mapula: My thanks my queen I really needed to hear that.
Where is the king?
Queen: They should be here any moment now but I don’t
know where they went. Am sure it’s one of those father
and son things.
Mapula: I hear a car coming let me go check ( Mapula
went to the lounge and got there just as the maiden was
closing the door after letting the guest in)
Maiden: My queen, the young maiden is here looking for
the prince.
Mapula: My thanks I will take it from here ( the maiden left)
good evening dear, how may I assist you?
Maiden: My name is Sebokeng and am here to see
Thabiso.
Mapula: Please to meet you Sebokeng, I am queen
Mapula Moloi and the prince is not here at the moment but
I can take a message.
Sebokeng: Oh no queen I wouldn’t want to leave a
message for Thabiso with his step mother it is
disrespectful.
Mapula: I am not his step mother, I am his wife. Now how
may assist you?
Sebokeng: Oh he didn’t mention that he has a wife when I
met him earlier. Just tell him Sebokeng came to see him.
Mapula: Sebokeng right ( she nodded) let me give you
free advice, your attitude will be your down fall and
secondly when you want to speak to My husband you go
through me, thirdly I know who you are and what you are
up and if my husband is stupid enough not to see it then I
will gladly move out of the way but please do me this favor.
Don’t step on my toes.
Sebokeng: Who the hell do you think you are talking to me
like that? I am a prestigious doctor who studied at the
university of stellenbosch in Cape Town South Africa. You
are just a farm princess from here who doesn’t know
anything about Thabiso. The only thing you have going for
you is your title of being a princess and now upgraded by
Thabiso to the title of queen and wife and don’t try me girl.
Letsi: Don’t you ever and I mean ever speak to my
daughter in law like that ( they both turned and looked at
the door and Thabiso and the king were standing there,
they didn’t even hear them come in)
Thabiso: What is going on here? Sebokeng what are you
doing here?
Sebokeng: I came to see you but I will come back some
other time ( she left, leaving Thabiso, his father and
Mapula standing there. She was looking at him with pain
in her eye and she also turned and left)
Letsi: Thabiso Who was that?
Thabiso: An old friend from school, I bumped into her this
morning at the Capital when I went to get your things.
Letsi: Then why didn’t you decent your idea when you
heard the things that woman said to her?
Thabiso: Father I cannot get involved in something I don’t
know, I wasn’t here when all this started and I don’t know
what Mapula said to offend her because I know Sebokeng
only reacts when she is provoked.
Letsi: Let me tell you this, don’t even watch anyone
disrespect your wife in your presence it doesn’t matter
who it is. You say that girl only acts when she is provoked?
Thabiso: Yes
Letsi: Then son please do continue provoking the rain
queen and see what happens. I for one was there when
the gods clearly stated that she should be disciplined like
any other child but treated well because she is a special
gift and if she were to be mistreated bad luck will follow
that person and kingdom around for all eternity.
Thabiso: So Mapula must be ride to people only because
she shouldn’t be treated badly? Father I will not walk on
eggshells around Mapula.
Letsi: I hear you and I hope you will do what is right and if
you are going to be like this to your wife over another
woman then I suggest you forget about what I said.
Thabiso: Which part?
Letsi: The second wife part because you can never handle
two women.
Thabiso: Lets go have dinner father, tomorrow is a big day
for us because I want to spend more time with while I still
can.
Letsi: Then Listen to my warnings and advice while you
still can, so that you don’t go and say father never told me
this.
Thabiso: That won’t happen Father ( they went to the
lounge and had dinner, Mapula was quiet, only Keabetswe
his father and grand father were talking)
Letsi: My daughter, after dinner I would like to have a word
with you.
Mapula: Yes my king ( Thabiso didn’t pay attention to this
as he focused on his daughter)

After dinner the maidens cleared the table and the king
went to his study, Mapula went and prepared a bath for
her daughter and left her bathing with the maiden that
looks after her and went to her father in laws study and
knocked. She was invited in and she opened the door and
went in.
King: Have a seat my daughter (She sat in front of her
father in law )
King: You know Don’t you?
Mapula: Yes my king I know.
King: When?
Mapula: At sunrise ( the king nodded)
King: This is what I want you to do for me, I want you to
take care of Reneilwe for me, I know we are not so close
but she loves me as her father and she will be hurt that I
left without saying goodbye to her or meeting her son. I
have written a letter for her and the king. I put it in the
guest chamber go and take them and keep them until my
burial then give them after the funeral.
Mapula: I will do as you say my king.
King: Ask Mabotle to take care of my queen for me, I have
a letter for her too and after she reads it she will know
what to do.
Mapula: As the king wishes.
King: My child, I may have suggested to Thabiso the
second wife issue because I was think of the workload that
you will face when he takes over as king. But now I don’t
think that is a good idea and I told him that. Forgive me for
planting that seed in him my child.
Mapula: You May have suggested it father but Thabiso will
be the one to decide to go through with it or not. I forgive
you because I know you had good intentions but I wish
you knew what I know. You will Rest In Peace because
your only friend is waiting for you.
King: Please don’t ever hold grudges because that will
destroy a lot of things.
Mapula: I will not do that Father I promise to let the gods
fight for me.
King: That is all I ask.
Mapula: My thanks my king.
King: Now go get the letters ( Mapula stood up and went
to the guest chamber to go get the letters and Thabiso
came in)
Thabiso: Father is there something I should know?
King: Yes, forget about the second wife nd please lead my
people with dignity just as I have. Don’t let my people
suffer, I know you teach your child not to let power go to
her head and I want you to do the same. Don’t let anyone
or anything change the king of son I raised you to be.
Take care of your mother, sister, your wife and most
importantly my grand daughter.
Thabiso: I will do that father trust in me.
King: Oh son! I wish I knew the future that way I can tell
you exactly what will happen and how so that you can
avoid it but I think the gods did well by not giving me such
a gift for I would have been bias. Remember my words
son and always know that I will always watch over you and
this kingdom.
Thabiso: My thanks father.

They went to their separate room to get some rest as

Thabiso was tied. He got to his chamber and took a
shower then went to bed. The king stayed up all night
talking to his wife creating their last memories. The queen
even complained that is was late and they should sleep
but the king said she must sleep so that he can watch her.
The queen soon fell asleep because his eyes were very
heavy and I let darkness take over as he closed his eyes
and drifted off to eternal rest.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 82

BaTloung kingdom ✨
Mapula POV✨(not edited)

When a royal dies even the birds and the weather

becomes gloomy resembling the pain. The morning came
and Mapula woke up early knowing what has already
happened but she couldn’t say anything until the family
find out for themselves. She took a shower and went to
check on the princess and she was sound asleep. She
went to the kitchen and asked the chef to make a lot of
Buscuits and scones and also prepare a light breakfast.
She then went outside to watch the sunrise from the
garden, it’s always beautiful to watch from this side and
today she wanted something that will make her feel less
heavy hearted and hoped that watching the sunset will
help with that. She passed the maidens that were already
up on her way to the garden. She got there and sat on one
of the chairs and waited for the sun to come up, at exactly
7 the sun started coming out but the color was not the
normal orange but she brushed that off and continued to
watch having tea that the maidens got her. The sun came
out and when she looked closely Indeed it was orange but
with a shade of green on it. She looked at it and it fully
came out and it was clear as day, the sun today had green
on it making the light it provided look more like a mixture
of orange, green and yellow. A vision came to her as she
was looking at the sun, the cup fell from her hands and
then crumbled down in her knees as the pictures of the
vision played in her head like television. The pain she felt
on her head was unbearable, she was in her knees
holding her head with tears running down her face. One of
the maidens saw her as she was passing and ran to the
palace calling for the prince and Thabiso jumped out of
bed putting on his sweat pants and slippers running down
the stairs.
Thabiso: What is it?
Maiden: The queen is in the garden and I don’t know what
is wrong with her place come quickly! ( she finished that
sentence while she was already out the door with Thabiso
behind her. They got to the garden and saw Mapula on the
ground with blood coming out of her nose and her hands
on her head. Thabiso picked her up)
Mapula: Don’t you dare lay your hands on me. ( Thabiso
was taken back by what she said and looked at her but
her eyes were closed and the blood was running down her
nose like someone who was punched on the nose, the
veins on her forehead were visible showing that she was
in pain)
Thabiso: Baby please let me take you into the house, I can
feel you are in pain and I know this because we are
connected. The moment I got close to you all the pain you
are feeling am feeling but you are blocking me from
knowing why you in such pain. Now let me take you into
the house.
- This man must be crazy if he thinks am going to let him
touch me, not after this. I can’t possibly imagine him
touching me,z how dare he.
Mapula: I said don’t lay your hands on me.
Thabiso: Mapula you are my wife and I can’t leave you
here, please come inside with me.
- This man must be crazy calling me his wife yet in less
than a few hours he will betray me.
Thabiso: At least open your eyes then ( Mapula opened
her eyes and Thabiso was shocked by the color of her
eyes) Baby What is going on?
Mapula: What do you mean?
Thabiso: Please come to the house and you will see what
am talking about. ( Mapula tried getting up but she was
weak, Thabiso touched her trying to help her up but she
screamed her lungs out like his hands were burning her
and he quickly let go. His heart was heavy and he didn’t
understand her behavior towards him. She finally got up
and wakes to the house but what she noticed was that
every maiden and guard she passed moved away from
her as she walked)
- The people of this kingdom are strange and right now I
need to be home and away from all of this nonsense. But
how can I When the king just passed on? And why hasn’t
the queen realized that she is sleeping with a dead person
hai.
Thabiso was following her as they went to their chamber,
she took off her clothes as they were stained by blood and
went into the shower and showered. When she looked at
herself in the mirror her eyes shocked her, the white part
was black and the black part was red. She closed her
eyes and opened them again and they were still the same.
- Ngwedi yabaKoena player get here I need you.
- You know am always with you my queen even when you
can’t see me.
- Show yourself please ( Ngwedi showed up in the
bathroom in her human form)
Ngwedi: My queen there should be a limit to the kinds of
places you summon me to, how can you call me while you
are in your birthday suit.
Mapula: Drama Ngwedi! You are a woman are you not
protector?
Ngwedi: I am my queen, what can I do for the queen today?
Mapula: My eyes protector look at my eyes. ( Ngwedi
shook her heard)
Ngwedi: I don’t not think the queen wants me to answer
that question.
Mapula: Protector I am confused her and now my eyes are
like this, what will the people say?
Ngwedi: Those who know you will know that something
bad is about to happen and for those who don’t know you
will say you are a witch.
Mapula: Protector please.
Ngwedi: My queen the reason that your eyes are like that
is because your heart is heavy and part of it turned black
because of what you saw and the red part is the blood that
will be shared. Please don’t ask me more.
Mapula: I understand
Ngwedi: My queen please don’t allow people turn your
heart cold because it won’t be good for those near you.
Mapula: Worry Not Protector. ( Mapula went out of the
shower and Thabiso was sitting on the bed with his head
hanging, he felt his wife’s presence and looked up at her
but she paid him no mind as she got dressed. In no time
the was a excruciating crying coming from the queens
chamber and Mapula knew that she had seen the king.
Thabiso went out running while Mapula finished getting
dressed)
Ngwedi: Go ask them to ring the bell my queen the king
has fallen.
Mapula: They will do that themselves Ngwedi.
Ngwedi: That’s not the queen I know speaking, please
refrain from the hate and pain that is shadowing your heart.
Mapula: I know but it just happens, please stay with me to
keep me sane Protector.
Ngwedi: Am not going anywhere my queen.

I went out to the queens chamber and when I got there

she was a weeping mess and her son was comforting her.
I got disgusted because not long she won’t know who I am.
I got in and looked on the bed and the king was already
covered. I went out and found a guard.
Mapula: Greetings
Guard: Greetings my queen
Mapula: Ring the bell for all to hear, the king has fallen
( the shock on this poor guards faces makes me want to
laugh but his is no time for that)
Guard: As it pleases the queen
The guard went and rang the bell while I went into the
house and called the maidens.
Mapula: Greetings dear maidens, I think you all know what
the bell means but if you don’t know the king has fallen.
Now I need you to prepare for the people of the kingdom
that will be here to morn the passing of the king. Prepare
the square and ask the guards to put up the tent. Also
prepare the guest chambers as you know close family will
be here until the king is later to rest.
Maidens: Yes my queen
I left the maidens and went up into our chamber and called
the mortuary people to come and get the Kings body. I sat
on the bed but when I looked at the balcony I saw a figure
and I went close.
Voice: Please come to the palace, I just need a friend right
now.
- Wait that is my husband but who is he talking to?
Thabiso: My Father just passed on and my wife is acting
strange. I need someone to talk to right now.
- Gods of BaKoena please don’t tell me my husband is
talking to that ill mannered woman.
Thabiso: I had plans with him today, but now his gone. Am
so hurt.
- This man hasn’t spoken to me about how he feels and
now his willing to talk to strangers about it. Thabiso never
learns I swear.
Ngwedi: Don’t even think about it my queen leave him be.
Mapula: Lets go Ngwedi there is a lot to do.
Ngwedi: I will leave you to it.
Mapula: No Protector I want you by my side in your human
form.
Ngwedi: If it pleases the queen.

Ngwedi and I went out and people were already starting to

come through already crying. It’s funny because they don’t
even know who died, they just know a royal member died
because of the bell but they don’t know who.
Mapula: Let me call my family protector they have to be
here at this time
Ngwedi: Very well and I will go check on the princess.
Mapula dialed his brother and it rang twice before he
picked up.
Convo:
Lebo: Mapula just say in your house for once sister and
stop bothering us. You are married now.
Mapula: I know Brother but I...
Lebo: No buts, we asked you not to get married but you
didn’t listen so please stay in your house am sure it
misses you.
- what my brother said hit home, it hurt me so much like he
knows that is going on. I have to hold my tears because if I
cry and my brother finds out that it’s more than the Kings
death Thabiso will die along with his father.
Mapula: Oh no Brother, please inform the family that the
king of BaTloung has fallen.
Lebo: What? Oh no sis am sorry, how is Thabiso? Damn
he must be broken.
Mapula: He will be fine please tell the family there is a lot
to do.
Lebo: We will be there during the day and hang in there
until we get there Okay
Mapula: Okay Brother.
After hanging up with Lebo I couldn’t hold my tears
anymore and the good part is that everyone will Thank am
crying because of the Kings dead no one wil question me.
Right now am crying for my marriage, am crying for my
husband, am crying for the pain he has started causing
me without even knowing it. I then wipe my tears and look
at the the strange sun up above.
- Gods of BaKoena these are the last tears I shed in the
name of this marriage and in the name of my husband.
Now in whatever happens, fight for me because if I do it
myself I will destroy everything and everyone.
I wiped my tears and went on with preparing for everyone
and Thabiso has to address the people and tell them what
is going on.

Stay tuned

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 83
BaTloung kingdom✨(not edited )

The palace of BaTloung was filled with people who came

to hear who of their dear royal family has left the world of
the living. I don’t know if it’s the drama or the love of the
royal family that made the people there she tears and the
men look like someone took their food from them. Now as
per tradition when a royal member passes on another one
has to come out and address the people and let them
know who has fallen and when the burial will take place.
Now in parts of the world when a royal passes on
everyone in the kingdom morns the passing by refraining
from doing certain things like drinking alcohol, going
around the kingdom late at night because you could be
accused of witchcraft. Doing rituals and so forth, all that
time there should be no cries in the kingdom of man
beating their wives or anything of a sort. Sebokeng drove
through the gate and saw the tent and the people and
finally accepted that the man that out her in her place the
previous day was no more. She parked her car and
stopped out, there were a lot of people and little space to
pass going into the main house so she stood by her car
and watched as these people were crying and to her that
was ridiculous because they had no relations with the king
except being part of this kingdom and some have never
spoken to him or anything like that. She found it to be
stupid and pretentious of them but chose to keep quiet but
judge them inward. Thabiso stepped out of the house
wearing his royal attire and holding koto the stick Sotho
men carry, he had his wife next to him who was also in her
royal attire but hers was one of BaKoena but not of a
princess but of a queen but not just a queen a rain queen.
Her head scarf had the markings of BaTloung to show that
she is queen of this land too. Thabiso went in front of the
people with his wife next to him, he scanned the crowd as
the lump in his throat grew bigger and bigger and made it
difficult for him to open his mouth and address the people.
He looked up then to the back of the crowd and spotted
Sebokeng and she nodded at him and he smiled a little
and cleared his throat. Mapula saw that but kept a straight
face.
Thabiso: People of BaTloung, elders, young people and
our great chief priest. Today I don’t stand before you to
give you good news but bad ones. It is with sadness for
me to announce that my father the king of BaTloung has
fallen ( women from the crowd standing wailing) I know
you are as hurt as we are ( he kept quiet as he spotted the
BaKoena car and the the royal family stepped out. The
people made way for them as they passed going to the
main house.)
Thabiso: As I was saying, the king wasn’t sick and you all
know that, you saw him yesterday when we were together
in the meeting and you saw them every day before that
but the gods decided to take him and when we woke up
this day he was no more. I believe he wanted to say
goodbye to you all before he leaves so please remember
what he said yesterday. My thanks ( he moved back and
took his wife’s hand walked to the house) As the queen
mother Mabotle was about to go up the stairs going to the
queen, she looked at her daughter and got worried and
scared at the same time. She remembered the words of
the chief priest the day Mapula was born ‘ This child is
special take care of her. Discipline her like any other but
remember to treat her well. When she is treated badly her
pretty eyes will change color, the white will turn black
resembling her state of heart at that moment and the black
will be red resembling the blood shed that will soon take
place.’ As the thought came to mind she got scared and
wondered who dared play with the gods of BaKoena for
you play with Mapula you play with the gods of BaKoena,
as the gods are her and she is them, they live through her
and she lives through them. She then remembered her
husbands question to the chief priest ‘ will my child be a
killer now wise one when that happens’ the chief priest
answered with ‘ the rain queen is not a killer but a
protector and when that happens and the blood shed
happens know that it is the gods fighting for her because
with her heart she will never be able to fight for herself for
her heart is pure’ all this fame to her while looking at her
daughter wanting to say something. Mapula saw this and
she shook her head and her mother understood and went
up the stairs.
Lebo: Thabiso I understand that the king just passed on
but what is going on with my sister?
Tokelo: I was about to ask the same thing.
Ntsika: No guys let’s not go around in circles,
Moandeyomuzi looks like a demon with those eyes and
her lack of smile to make this funny for some of us means
that something is terribly wrong.
Thabiso: You are Right, something is wrong with her. This
morning a maiden came in here calling my name like a
crazy woman and told me she was not okay and was in
the garden and when I went I found her on the floor eyes
closed and blood coming out of her nose like she was
punched. When I tried to touch her she screamed at me
telling not to put my filth hands on her. Then she seemed
like she was in pain again and touched her but it was like
my hands were burning her as she cried out loud and let
her be. I pleaded with her to come into the house and
open her eyes and when she finally did she was like that.
Lebo: Did you try to talk to her and find out what was
going on?
Thabiso: No all this happened and it got busy so I had no
chance.
Tokelo: You And Mapula are connected, Why is it that you
don’t know what is wrong?
Thabiso: She blocked me
Lebo: Remember the last time she blocked you?
Thabiso: My Mother was possessed
Tokelo: I know your father just died and you focusing on
that but your wife might have something crucial that might
be needed by the gods for the Kings burial and you are
too busy to talk to her?
Thabiso: Listen man if Mapula wants to say something she
will and she spoke to father last night just the two of them
in the study so I don’t know.
Sebokeng: Thabiso I cant stay long I have to go but call
me if you need anything okay.
Thabiso: Okay thanks for coming ( Ntsika was looking at
him and Sebokeng left)
Ntsika: Hakuthwe ngibona izinto kodwa kukhona
okushaya amanzi la, nothi ngangishilo ( I might be seeing
things but there is something fishy here. You will say I told
you so)
Thabiso: I don’t need this I have a lot to do and I would
appreciate the help.
Them: Sure (Thabiso left them there going to sort out
other things)

Queen of BaTloung and queen Mabotle were sitting in her

chamber with Mabotle comforting her because she started
crying all over again the moment she saw Mabotle.
Mabotle: I know it doesn’t seem like it right now but you
will be fine, the sun will shine again and you will find a
reason to smile again.
Queen: How when my husband left me hebind, I don’t
know how you did it but I don’t think I can. That man was
everything to me and to loose him like this is killing me.
( Keabetswe walked into the room)
Keabetswe: Grandma ( they both looked at her)
Mabotle: Yes my princess, what is it?
Keabetswe: Grandma please stop crying you are hurting
grandpa.
Queen: What?
Keabetswe: Grandpa says you are hurting him and ask
that you stop crying before he hasn’t left you and will
never leave you.
Queen: But his gone nana, his gone princess and his not
coming back. ( she with tears running down her cheeks)
Keabetswe: Grandpa says remember his words ( the
queen kept quiet and thought of what her husband said to
her and smiled a little)
Queen: He said his goodbyes to me yesterday and even
told me not to cry so much for him because it will hurt him
more. He then wanted us to spend the whole night talking
and remembering the old days hahah am going to miss
him.
Mabotle: He will miss you too but right now be strong, but
don’t act like you are okay when you not, being strong
means learning to live without him but not forgetting him.
Queen: Haha I understand
Mabotle: Why are you laughing?
Queen: Yesterday he said to me I must grieve but not for
long then go to a spar and pamper myself and I asked him
what will the people say and he said you will tell them that
your husband told you to do this hahah now am thinking if
I say that to the people they will probably think am losing
my mind hahah
Mabotle: Haha you right, may I bring you something to eat?
Queen: Yes please, let me bath while you get me
something.
Mabotle: Okay and I will tell the maidens to come clean
here so long.
Queen: My thanks my queen ( the queen went to shower
while Mabotle went to the kitchen with Keabetswe)

Mapula was keeping herself busy with serving the people

scone and tea together with Ngwedi and the maidens the
people were more than happy and shocked at the same
time to be served by a queen. Another maiden came and
called her saying the prince would like to see her. She
gave the tray with the maiden and walked to the house
and into their chamber and Thabiso was sitting on the bed,
she walked in and sat next to him.
Thabiso: Baby, please tell me what is going on with you?
Mapula: Nothing is going on with me I am just serving the
people out there.
Thabiso: You know what I mean, please talk to me.
Mapula: Why should I talk to you when you already have
someone to talk to.
Thabiso: What are you talking about now?
Mapula: Sebokeng, you need her because that is what
you said. You don’t know what is going on with me but
instead of finding out you call another woman for a
shoulder to cry on.
Thabiso: Don’t be jealous Mapula, Sebokeng is nothing to
me, I just spoke to her because I didn’t know what to do
after that whole thing.
Mapula: I understand but let me ask you a question
Thabiso: Yes What is it?
Mapula: If I asked you to stay away from Sebokeng will
you do it?
Thabiso: No because..
Mapula: No need to explain, I have a lot of work to do.
( she walked out and closed the door behind her and
leaned on it for a while with her heart breaking into piece
and she didn’t shed a tear)
Thabiso: I wonder how she knows about the phone call, I
never thought we were that connected, ( he hit his head
with his hand) what are you doing Thabiso? It’s you can’t
think straight ever since that woman got here. This is your
wife man. Now am talking to myself in a third person, I
really need my father right now because talking to her
brothers will create problems for me. It took time for us to
get where are now and I don’t want to lose that. I will stay
away from Sebokeng just for my wife, she was hurt and I
understand. ( just then his phone rang and he took it out
and it was Sebokeng, he sigh and picked it up)
Convo:
Thabiso: Sebokeng
Sebokeng: Hey am sorry I left like that but I had an
emergency at the hospital because am helping out here at
the Capital until I go back home.
Thabiso: I hear you and thanks for coming but I think it’s
best you don’t come here anymore it hurts my wife.
Sebokeng: Hahah wow I never thought you would get
married to an insecure woman who will dictate who you
meet and talk to or not. But anyway it was nice meeting
you again.
Thabiso: It’s not like that but coming here is disrespectful
to her because she is the queen of this land.
Sebokeng: Thabiso you not king yet so technically she not
queen yet until they crown the both of you king and queen.
Thabiso: That’s where you mistaken, am the one who’s
only a prince and needs to be crowned king because
Mapula is already a queen she was born one and crowned
not be the people but by the gods themselves.
Sebokeng: Well I couldn’t careless about that because it
doesn’t concern me and if you need me you can call me or
come to my hotel room number 405.
Thabiso: But..
Sebokeng: No buts just come when you need me ( she
hang up)

I will have to get this buried out of the way then go talk
some sense into this woman, she can’t be telling me what
to do. But damn I wish I had her back in school then none
of this would be happening, now am wondering what if
every time I see her. I have a crush on that girl throughout
school and when we left school I never saw her again and
now I feel like am given a second chance. But why would
the gods tempt me like this after giving me a wife like
Mapula. Damn I fought for that woman, yes our marriage
was arranged but we fell in love before we got married and
I still love her so much. Am so confused right now and my
father’s words about the second wife are not far from my
mind.
Thabiso walked out and went to the brothers. They were
by the kraal preparing firewood and sorting out the kraal
for the funeral.
Thabiso: Can one of you accompany me to the funeral
home I need to choose a coffin for the old man.
Ntsika: Do you mind going with me.
Thabiso: Not at all thank you.
Ntsika: Be Right back guys. (They left)
Lebo: I can’t help but feel like something is wrong here.
Tokelo: Of course something is wrong the king just died.
Lebo: No I mean with our sister.
Tokelo: The color of her eye worry me and for mother not
to say anything means she knows the reason. I mean your
mother freaks out over everything but she didn’t here.
Lebo: It better be something related to the gods and not
Thabiso.
Tokelo: Even if it is related to Thabiso we can’t get
involved in their marriage until our sister asks us to. As
much as we won’t like what is going on, they are married
and we should respect that and support our sister.
Lebo: Yeah I get you but what do you think Ntsika meant
when he said something was fishy.
Tokelo: Whatever he meant I don’t want to know because
I will go crazy and I won’t be able to take my own advice
and stay away.
Lebo: Lets wait and see how this turns out.
Tokelo: Yeah.

In the car Thabiso and Ntsika were driving to the funeral

home in the Capital.
Ntsika: So when will the king be laid to rest?
Thabiso: I was thinking that we do it tomorrow, that way
my mother can start the healing process.
Ntsika: I hear you, your sister is strong because when she
was told she only said she will miss him.
Thabiso: Yeah she is.
Ntsika: So what’s with you and that woman?
Thabiso: What woman?
Ntsika: Listen here, you know exactly what am talking
about, I saw the way you looked at her because it’s the
same way I used to look at Mpande. I know you want that
girl and if you beat me up only to play with Mpande’s
feelings then you are stupid.
Thabiso: Am just confused man, I wanted that girl since
we were in school and now she’s here and seem to want
me too and then there is my wife.
Ntsika: You are so stupid shame, you see how Mpande is
walking around like a zombie or something that is
possessed?
Thabiso: I see that but she doesn’t want to tell me what is
wrong and she has blocked me so I have no way of
knowing.
Ntsika: Sometimes you forget the power your wife
possesses, I bet you now that your wife already knows
everything about that woman and am sure she knows
what will happen in the future. You will lose her and you
will only have yourself to blame. You went through all that
shit and almost died for this woman and now you want to
hurt her like that.
Thabiso: I don’t want to hurt my wife Ntsika am just
confused and I know what am feeling for Sebokeng but I
won’t act of it so chill.
Ntsika: I hope the brothers chill as well when they finally
know about all this.
Thabiso: Am more afraid of Lebo than Tokelo, that guy is
dangerous and when it comes to his family he would kill
without remorse and I mean he would kill even me.
Ntsika: Am glad you know that.
Back in the palace Mapula was in the guest chamber
looking at the letters the king gave her and at her wedding
picture that was handing on the wall. Her heart was
breaking but as she vowed not to cry she didn’t put the
pain she felt was unbearable, she felt her chest closing as
she laid back on the bed to try and breath.
Mapula: Gods of BaKoena, I cry to you today not to wish
bad upon anyone but for you to heal my heart and fight for
me justly. I am your child and this is the man you chose for
me and I ask that you be the ones to resolve this. I ask
that my heart doesn’t turn into the black stone it’s slowly
turning into. I ask for peace and harmony.

She laid her for a while getting herself together.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 84

BaTloung kingdom ✨(not edited)

It’s the day of the funeral and the mood is gloomy,
everyone is just walking around with their heads down.
The maidens and the some of the family members
including the BaKoena brothers woke up early in the
morning to get the cow that will accompany the king ready
to be slaughtered. Mapula woke up got cleaned and
dressed Keabetswe then told her personal maiden to get
her food as there will be no time to eat until later on after
the funeral. She went to check if the traditional beer was
ready because it has to be there among other things that
need to be present for the burial of the king. When she got
there the maidens were already done with preparing it.
Mapula: Greetings dear maidens, how are things on the
other side?
Maiden: They are going well my queen, the others are
now busy preparing the salads because the meat it ready
now. The only thing that needs to be cooked is the cow
that is going to be slaughtered.
Mapula: Well That will be done later on because it will only
be slaughtered at the burial site when the kings coffin is
lowered down.
Maiden: Very well my queen, am my queen may I ask you
a question?
Mapula: Go ahead dear maiden
Maiden: Why are your eyes like this my queen, no offense
though but they are ready strange and scary to look at.
- oh my what has this pain done to me that the people who
like to talk to me the most and share things with me are
now scared because I look possessed.
Mapula: Oh my dear maiden, firstly am not possessed so
worry not about that. Secondly the eyes are like this
because of two reasons as you can see I have two colors
and they become like this when the king passed so the
black resembles the dark mood of everyone in this palace
and the red resembles the bleeding hearts of everyone
who is hurt by the Kings death.
Maiden: Oh my dear queen Am sorry that you have to
carry the burdens of everyone to an extent that it shows
on you. We are lucky to have you but in all honesty I for
one wouldn’t cope with your kind of gift.
- oh gods of BaKoena forgive me, now I have to lie to
these poor people just so that I can hide my pain is
horrible.
Mapula: It’s not easy trust me on that one, but let me go
and prepare for my husband.
Maiden: Alright my queen.
Mapula left going into the palace and in her chamber and
when she got there her Husband was sitting in bed with
his head hanging. She looked at him and went into the
closet and took out a suit for him and a shirt. With shoes
and belt, she then ironed the shirt and hanged it on the
closet door then went and took out his royal blanket and
folded nicely on the chair then went into the shower.
Minutes after she got in her husband got in and took the
shower gel from her and smeared it on her back and
washed her back. She kept quiet and let him do what he
wanted, when he was done he turned her around to look
at him and kissed her forehead.
Thabiso: Thank you for being my wife and thank you for all
that you have done for me and my family. Am sorry if I
caused you any pain, it wasn’t my intentions, please
forgive me my darling.
- oh dear Thabiso, I wish I could forgive you but how do
you forgive someone for something they are yet to do and
that is yet to hurt you? I can’t really.
Mapula didn’t say a word as she stepped out of the
shower and went into the room and got dressed in her
royal attire then left the room and just as she was getting
down the stairs she saw her brothers that she has been
avoiding since they got there. They were dressed in their
royal attires and they looked really good, she went down
the stairs because there was no turning back now
because they have already seen her. She went to Ntsika
and hugged him.
Mapula: Ntsikayomuzi woManzini! I never thought you
look this good in your royal attire.
Ntsika: Mpandeyomuzi woManzini please do say that in
front of Thabiso my love so that he knows nothing can
separate us.
Mapula: Haha very funny Ntsika ( he went and hugged
Lebo who whispered in her ear)
Lebo: Just say the word and his dead ( he whispered)
Mapula: My mothers last born, you look good dear Brother
and thank you for being here.
Lebo: Finally she acknowledges that am the baby of the
family.
Tokelo: Come give me a hug sister and leave the baby of
the family in his glory ( Mapula went and hugged her
brother and he also whispered)
Tokelo: Everything is going to be okay ( he whispered)
Mapula: You look so good first born.
Tokelo: Now that’s a title I won’t refuse unlike the baby of
the family.
Lebo: I don’t mind being the baby because I get all the
attention from my mother.
Ntsika: Yhooo now I see why Thabiso is going crazy
( everyone looked at him and then at the direction his
looking at and saw Sebokeng getting out of her car
wearing a peach coat, white long gloves and black suit
pants.)
Mapula: Bothers I have to go and prepare a place for the
queens to sit on because the body will be here any
moment now. ( they all kept quiet as they were looking at
this woman walking like she owns the world coming to the
main door. Mapula left her brothers there and went about
doing what she had to do)
Sebokeng: Good morning royal family
Lebo: Good morning dear maiden, how can we help you?
Sebokeng: Am here for the funeral like everyone else so if
you will be so kind and show me where I can sit.
Lebo: The people who came for the funeral are sitting out
there in the tent not in here.
Sebokeng: Well am not just anyone and I am the guest of
the prince so I need a special place to sit.
Ntsika: Nazoke usecabanga ukuthi uphethela, bheka
wena ntombazane, la awuyilutho manje uma ufuna
ukuphathiswa okwenkosazane hamba uyafuna eyakho
indoda yasebukhosini ezokuphathisa okwe nkosazane
hayi la. Khona ugqokeni usiza esigcwabeni seNkosi hayi
oThabiso bahambe bewola wonke udothi lo. ( there we go!
She already thinks she is in charge here, look here girl,
here you are nothing and now you want to be treated like
a princess? Go and find your own royal man that will treat
you like a princess not here. And what are you wearing
coming to a Kings funeral? No Thabiso just goes around
picking all the rubbish.)
Sebokeng: You don’t have to talk to me like that prince
Ntsikayomuzi Zulu, this is not your kingdom but BaTloung
kingdom which means you have no say here only Thabiso
can tell me what to do not you.
Thabiso: Only Thabiso can tell you what to do with regards
to what? ( he asked coming down the stirs Mapula is
standing on the corridor listening )
Sebokeng: He tells me to go and sit with the people in a
tent outside and I can’t do that and he has no say here this
is not his kingdom.
Thabiso: Listen here Sebokeng and Listen good, this is my
father’s funeral and you will sit where everyone is sitting if
you came here for the funeral and if you came for a visit
then you came at a wrong time. And I assumed you came
for a visit judging from the way you are dressed.
Sebokeng: I came for the funeral Thabiso and what is
wrong with what am wearing?
Thabiso: This is not how woman dress around here when
going to funerals. ( to the guys) can we go and welcome
the Kings body? I just got a call that they will be here is 10
minutes.
Tokelo: Sure ( the brothers went out with Ntsika pushing
Sebokeng out as well.)
Thabiso: Let me go tell the queens to take their place so
that when the king gets here we can start.
Lebo: You will find us by the gate.
Thabiso: Sure ( he went up the stairs and got into his
chamber and into the bathroom and made a call to
Sebokeng, Mapula got into the chamber because she
wanted to thank him for what he did but heard him talking
in the bathroom and listened)
Thabiso: Am sorry Sebokeng but I couldn’t defend you in
front of my brothers in law, those people have done a lot
for me and this kingdom and I wouldn’t want to lose that
please understand..... yes I know I hurt you but please
forgive me it was hard for me to do it but I had to.... I will
meet you after everything has been sorted here.
- Wow I never thought my husband could be this conniving
but I guest that you can never know a person. Am hurt
beyond repair because it’s clear everything I saw In those
visions will happen.
Mapula went to the queens chamber and told her to go
and take her place as the king was about to arrive. The
queen and Mabotle went out and took their place and
Mapula sat next to them. Thabiso went out going to the
gate to the brothers and when he got there the body was
arriving.
He and the brothers carried the coffin as the chief priest
walked in front of them sprinkling some king of muti paving
the way for the king. The ceremony took place and it was
sad indeed, the queens cry’s and Reneilwe’s were the
most painful. Queen Mother Mabotle And Mapula were
between comforting the two and taking care of the new
baby prince Arabang. Everything was done and the Kings
coffin was covered with the blanket he asked Thabiso to
buy for him, he was dressed in his royal attire and on top
of the coffin his royal hat was placed there and his crown.
The time came for him to be payed to rest, the royal family
only was the one that went to the royal burial site to lay the
king to rest. When the coffin was lowered the cow was
slaughtered as per tradition to accompany the king the
young men of the kingdom took it back to the palace to
skin it and get it ready to be cooked.
Food was served to the people and Mapula was among
the maidens helping out with serving the people. She
served the royals while the maidens started serving the
people. A maiden came to Sebokeng to give her the food.
Maiden: Here is he food mam.
Sebokeng: I want her to serve me.
Maiden: Who mam? ( she pointed at Mapula)
Sebokeng: Her
Maiden: That is the queen mam and I don’t think it’s right
for her to serve you.
Sebokeng: But she has been serving everyone else why
can’t she serve me? ) the old woman who was sitting next
to her couldn’t hold herself anymore.
Oldwoman: Young lady, have you no respect for the
queen? Who are you to want to be served by the queen of
the land?
Sebokeng: Old woman I wasn’t talking to you so keep
quiet or go serve me yourself if you see fit. You people like
bowing down to royals like they are gods, that woman is
just another human being like all of us.
Maiden: I will tell the queen
Sebokeng: Go ahead I don’t know why you still here and
tell her to make it quick I left without having breakfast.
Oldwoman: You will never succeed in anything you do, not
because you not capable but because of your mouth and
manners. Mark my words.
Sebokeng: Look here I studied hard and worked extra to
get here and if you think your witchcraft is going to work
on me well I have news for you. It won’t because am not
about that voodoo you people practice here.
Oldwoman: May the gods strike you dead, may your
womb be as rotten as your mouth is and my bad luck
follow you all the days of your life. ( they saw Mapula
coming with a smile on her face)
Mapula: Greetings, I hear you want to be served by me.
Sebokeng: Yes and your contact lenses are horrible girl
you look like something that came out of the wrong turn
movie.
- Gods of BaKoena please keep me calm in this because
this woman is testing me.
Mapula: Very well I will change them, now what would you
like to have?
Sebokeng: I don’t want the samp it has a lot of starch in it
so salads will do.
Mapula: Very well then ( to the old woman) mother, what
would you like to have?
Oldwoman: I have already eaten my queen
Mapula: But an extra plate of meat won’t hurt would it?
( she smiled)
Oldwoman: No my queen but only if there is enough for
everyone.
Mapula: of course there is ( when she turned to leave
Sebokeng spoke)
Sebokeng: No wonder you this fat and am sure you have
diabetes judging from how fat you are. You should cut
down on the meat it will do good for your health. ( Mapula
turned and looked at Sebokeng wanting to say something
but the old woman shook her head at her and she turned
and left. She dished for s Sebokeng the salads and the old
woman some meat and salads as well. And she took the
food to them and served the old woman first and she
accepted with a smile and she served Sebokeng who took
the food and clicked her tongue.) Ntsika saw Mapula
serving Sebokeng and walked towards her.
Ntsika: Mpandeyami why are you serving that woman
when there are maidens to do that?
Mapula: She asked that I served her and I did.
Ntsika: That woman is being disrespectful towards you
and you letting her. Why?
Mapula: If you knew what I know you would do the same.
Ntsika: Kanako tsedingwe otswanetsi holebala hore
okgosigadi omole mosadi ohojelang monna ( sometimes
you have to forgive you are the queen and best the
woman who is busy with your husband)
Mapula: Kerata seSotho sahao ntweo ebola hore
owakgathala impa haona monna akajiwang asabatli
hojiwa ( I like your Sotho it means you are learning and
you care but there is no man that can be taken without him
wanting to be taken) she left Ntsika fuming with anger
looking at Sebokeng.

Ntsika: I have to leave LeSotho before I get arrested for

murdering this woman.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 85

BaTloung kingdom✨( not edited)

Day after the funeral the chief priest decided that it was
best not to wait and crown Thabiso as the king of
BaTloung. This morning everyone was preparing for this
event but in the morning will be the cleansing then in the
afternoon the crowning ceremony will take place. Thabiso
was not exactly happy that everything is happening so fast,
he feels like they should wait at least a week maybe but
the chief priest said he got strict introductions from the late
king to do things this way. He woke up early in the
morning and admired his wife sleeping next to him and
wondered if she would ever be open to the idea of having
a sister wife because as king he couldn’t just date
Sebokeng but he could marry her. Mapula woke up and
saw him looking at her.
Mapula: Morning and no I won’t accept a sister wife but if
you want another wife then we can break our bond with
the gods so that you can be free to marry without having
to ask permission.
Thabiso: Sometimes this is being connected thing makes
it difficult for a man to think without having his mind
invaded by you like a parasite.
Mapula: Am sorry if I have become such a parasite to you
now. At the end of all this I will do the ritual to break the
bond.
Thabiso: Who asked you to do that huh?
Mapula: You don’t have to ask it’s what you want and am
going to give it to you. Thabiso I love you and you are the
father of my daughter and all I want is for you to be happy.
Even if it’s not with me.
Thabiso: I need you by my side and if I decide to take a
second wife I will need you to show her the robes and how
we do things in the royal family.
Mapula: No dear you don’t need me for that, you have
your mother and she is more than capable of doing that.
Thabiso: Mapula are you going to make me choose?
Mapula: No dear because there is no need for that. I mean
am the only one as far as I know so what will you be
choosing?
Thabiso: Never mind am going to bath.
Mapula: Before you go I have a letter for you from your
father. He asked me to give it to you after the funeral.
Thabiso: Okay lets have it ( Mapula opened her side of the
drawer and took out the letter and handed it to him, he
took it then Mapula left him and went to the bathroom.
Thabiso opened the letter and it read like this)

Son,
I know this letter you will keep for a long time and keep
coming back to it when you forget certain things.
1. I didn’t like how you let that woman disrespect your wife
like that. You said nothing just listening to her going on at
her. You disappointed me and I think it’s best not to even
consider taking another wife because you will lose all
respect for your wife. You can’t handle two women and
that is a fact. Am sad that this is happening at a time when
I have to leave you alone. I hope you will take care of this
kingdom.
2. Remember the importance of being a king is not living
in a palace but the people of the kingdom and providing
for them.
3. Give me a grand son and an heir to the throne for when
you step down one day.
4. Take care of your mother and sister for me.
5. Keep the princess safe because she is important to the
gods of this land and that of BaKoena.
6. Keep the BaKoena brothers close for they will ground
you and help you in times in need.
Lastly I want you to know that I love you and I will always
be by your side. But don’t expect miracles because
somethings will be beyond me.
Rule with love, care and peace.

Love
Your father

By the end of the letter Thabiso was crying, his wife came
in and looked at him crying then went to the closet and
took out her clothes and got dressed and took out his and
put them on the chair and left him in the room. Mapula
went to the queens chamber and knocked, she was invited
in.
Mapula: Greetings my queens.
Queen: Greetings my daughter, how are you because I
haven’t seen much of you since this whole this happened.
Mapula: Am fine my queen, I have a letter for you from the
king he told me to give it to you after the funeral.
Queen: My thanks dear daughter. Can I have a moment
alone please.
Mabotle: Of course, my princess let’s go have coffee
together.
Mapula: Yes Mother. ( they left the queen alone and went
to the kitchen)
Mabotle: Out with it Mapula.
Mapula: Nothing Mother.
Mabotle: Mapula I gave birth to you and I know when you
hurting and when you happy and I mean genuinely happy
not faking it and right now you are faking it and those eyes,
those eyes Mapula I was told about them but never in my
life did I think I will ever see them yet here am I seeing
them. Now am going to ask you one more time, what is
going on?
- Oh gods of BaKoena how do I lie to someone who can
see right through me?
Mapula: Mother things are not going well in my marriage,
the morning of the Kings death I had visions of my
husband and this other woman. He ends up getting
pregnant for him and he doesn’t treat me well, he goes out
of his way to lie to me.
Mabotle: Am broken by all this but I can never interfere or
tell you what to do with you marriage but I do want you to
know that am here for you. Always baby.
Mapula: His thinking of taking her as the second wife.
Mabotle: What? Now that I don’t have a say in this but
whatever decision you make I will support you.
Mapula: Thank you Mother. Let’s go get cleansed so that
we can get the ceremony done and I can get back home.
Mabotle: This is your home too my princess.
Mapula: I know mother but right now it doesn’t feel like a
home to me, it feels like am a visitor in my own marital
home.
Mabotle: It’s okay you can come home when all of this is
done.
Mapula: Thank you Mother.

The cleansing was done and all the preparations for the
crowning ceremony was don’t and everyone in the
kingdom was there to witness the crowning of their new
king. Sebokeng arrived wearing a vending gown and stood
out from everyone in there because all the people were
dressed in traditional attires as it was the Kings crowning
after all. Mapula watched her husband as he couldn’t take
his eyes of her. Her heart broke as she watched her
husband looking at another woman like she is the only one
that exists in the palace.
Chief: Greetings people of BaTloung today marks a new
beginning for this kingdom as we are about to crown a
person we have known as the prince in this kingdom.
Today after this ceremony he will no longer be call a
prince but a king of BaTloung. ( Mapula looked at her
husband and he wasn’t even listening, his eyes were on
Sebokeng and some people noticed it too)
Chief: Now before anything else I want to connect with the
gods of BaTloung and hear what they have to say about
all this. ) the chief priest took the African incense and burnt
it and spoke to the gods and but something was not sitting
well with him. He left the incense and went back to his hut
( funny enough Thabiso didn’t notice all this and the panic
in people’s eyes as they could clearly see that something
was wrong. Mapula saw this as well and her heart
continued to break) the chief priest came back with a bag
of bones and asked Thabiso to blow on them and he did
that absent minded and oblivious to what was going on.
The chief priest then spoke on the bag of bones and threw
them on the floor and looked at them then shook his head.
Chief: My prince the gods are happy and pleased with you
taking the crown but you have to change somethings
which we will discuss after the ceremony if what I foresee
doesn’t happen. Now my prince please stand up.
( Thabiso stood up and went in front leaving Mapula
seated)
Chief: Now since the queen of the land was already
crowned by the gods, we don’t have the right to try and
mess with that but we would like the queen to allow us to
at least out a head wrap on her head as she stands next
to the king. ( Thabiso still hasn’t taken his eyes off
Sebokeng, it was like something was pulling him in and he
couldn’t resist. Mapula saw this again and got off the stage
making her way to Sebokeng and that is when Thabiso
noticed his wife and his heart started pounding thinking
about what she could be doing with Sebokeng instead of
standing with him during the crowning Mapula got to
Sebokeng who had her nose up ready to spit fire.)
Mapula: Greetings dear maiden, would you please come
with me and sit in a more suitable place for a person of
Your stature ( Mapula stroked Sebokeng’s ego just the
right way and she stood up)
Sebokeng: Thank you and please lead the way.
Mapula: Certainly ( she walked back to the stage and
showed her the seat she occupied and went to her
husband who was looking at her with anticipation)
Mapula: She deserves to stand and sit with you on this
day fire if she continues to sit far away from you, you won’t
even hear the teachings of the elders.
Thabiso: Mapula don’t do this please.
Sebokeng: Can we get on with this it’s hot.
Mapula: Certainly my dear ( she got off the stage and the
people were shocked by that but the chief priest wasn’t as
he saw this coming when he threw the bones.
Mapula went to the house and got her daughter and got
out. Her mother and brothers followed suit.

The people wondered what was going on, Thabiso didn’t

have words as he didn’t notice half of what was going on
and now he was about to be crowned king and his wife
was not there. His mother didn’t even know what to say as
she didn’t notice what happened before this.

Stay tuned...

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 86
BaTloung kingdom✨ ( not edited)

Bonus insert✨

The people were left confused about the whole thing,

Sebokeng has no care in the world what was going on did
not concern her. The queen stood up and whispered to the
chief priest and he nodded, she went up to her son and
stood next to him and addressed the people.
Queen: Greetings people of BaTloung, I know this is
unusual, but I would like to speak to the prince for a few
minutes and then the ceremony can continue. ( she pulled
Thabiso by the arm and went inside the palace with him)
Queen: Thabiso Moloi you better tell me why your wife just
brought you another woman and left like that?
Thabiso: Mother I am as confused as you are about all this.
Queen: Thabiso you are my son and I know you now tell
me what happened out there?
Reneilwe: Because my brother was drooling over that
woman the whole time and everyone saw it including his
wife. ( she said coming in)
Queen: What? How could you disrespect you wife like that?
In front of people!
Reneilwe: Because he is selfish and I considerate, now I
have to go home to my husband and you dear king, you
can make that girl your queen because we all know that by
tradition no one sits on that chair besides the soon to be
queen. So clearly your queen is that woman who is
dressed like she’s going to a gala dinner.
Queen: Did you even think of the consequences of your
actions?
Thabiso: You people seem to forget that Mapula is the one
who did this! Why am the one being reprimanded for
something she did?
Reneilwe: Because you pushed her to it, do you know how
embarrassed I was watching you drool over that woman
while your wife was right next to you? While you could
hear a word that was being said because you were busy
smiling like a school boy who got her crush to say yes to
him. You are disgraceful and I wonder how you will lead
this kingdom with that thing by your side.
Thabiso: Reneilwe am still older than you, and you can’t
talk to me like that.
Reneilwe: I just did and watch me leave this shame of a
palace and never coming back. Father is not even cold yet
and you already turned his kingdom into a circus. ( she
walked out and went to the maiden she has given the
prince to and went to her car and drove off)
Queen: Thabiso who is this woman?
Thabiso: Am old friend from school.
Queen: Do you want her?
Thabiso: Mather I cant talk to you about this.
Queen: The ceremony can’t be postponed so clearly you
will be crowned with that woman and your queen and
cross fingers it doesn’t come back to bite us. ( Thabiso
didn’t say anything he just went out and took his place)
Chief: People of BaTloung, let us carry on with the
ceremony. I will not take anymore of anyone’s time, so my
prince as I put this royal King’s blanket on you today, as I
put this crown on your head and as I put these beads on
your neck and hand I crown you the king of BaTloung. ( he
looked as Sebokeng who was sitting on the queens chair )
Maiden please stop forwad.
Sebokeng: Why?
Chief: That chair you sitting on is not just any chair young
maiden, it is a chair of queens and if one sits on it during a
kings coronation it means his taking you to stand with him
and be his queen and someone to rule this kingdom with.
Sebokeng: WOW I didn’t know that ( she stepped forward
and Thabiso looked at her as she was being crowned
queen and the words of his father replayed in his head like
a Brocken record)
- Father I have failed you, right at the beginning of all this,
I have failed you and my people. Please forgive me for my
weakness Motloung.
Chief: People of BaTloung I give to you, your new king
and queen of BaTloung kingdom. ( the people stood up
one by one and left the palace leaving only those who still
wanted to eat before they left. The chief priest called the
new king aside and he followed him to his hut.
Chief: My king, I must say you have made the biggest
mistake of your life. That woman who is now our queen is
shallow and empty like a vessel and empty one that
makes noise because of how empty it is.
Thabiso: With all due respect wise one that person you
speak of is now the queen of this land and I would like her
to be respected no matter how she became queen.
Chief: My king, your queen is not of royal blood and is not
recognized by the gods of BaTloung.
Thabiso: Then Why did you crown her and why did you let
the real queen leave?
Chief: I should be asking you that my king since you got
so distracted that you didn’t even do anything to stop the
queen when she did what she did or even when she left.
Be prepared my king because the worst is yet to come.
Thabiso: Wise one am tired it’s been a long two days and
I’d like to get some rest.
Chief: I hope you noticed how your people left without you
even giving a speech.
Thabiso: Wise one, I was there and I saw everything.
( Thabiso walked out and went to the palace and saw his
mother sitting with Sebokeng she called Thabiso and he
went)
Queen: Since you decide to make her your queen the.
Now you have to go back to square one and go to her
family and pay her bride price then introduce her to the
gods of this kingdom.
Thabiso: I hear you mother
Queen: That has to be done tomorrow since you people
saw it fit to marry before doing the necessities.
Thabiso: I heard you mother.
Sebokeng: So since am the queen what about his wife?
Queen: His wife is none of your concern, she is the
chosen one for him and nothing and no one is going to
change that.
Thabiso: She’s going to need someone to teach her how
to be a queen and how royalty works.
Queen: You should have thought of that before
disrespecting your wife. Am not getting involved so you
sort it out ( she stood up and left them there)
Sebokeng: Don’t worry about everyone they will come
around.
Thabiso: Why did you agree to what my wife did?
Sebokeng: Firstly am your wife now too and secondly I did
t ask her to do that so don’t be mad at me. I need rest
show me our room.
Thabiso: There are maidens around here ask them to
prepare a room for you.
Sebokeng: Are we not sharing a room?
Thabiso: I will not share the same room I shared with my
wife with you.
Sebokeng: I would want to sleep in the same bed she
slept in anyway ( she walked away calling a maiden to
prepare a room for her)
- Gods of BaTloung what have I done? How am I going to
get the queen back home? The BaKoena clan hates me
right now and I know it, I disrespected them in front of my
people and if they don’t forgive me then am never getting
my wife back.

On the road to BaKoena the Brothers are riding together

while the queen is riding with Mapula.
Lebo: Does Thabiso have a death wish?
Tokelo: Remember What I said brother, we don’t get
involved, don’t get me wrong am pissed by all this but
right now my sister is my priority not Thabiso.
Ntsika: I told you that this guy was up to something and I
spoke to him but clearly he didn’t listen. I wish the gods
had approved us then none of this would be happening. I
have a soft spot for Mpande and seeing her like that tore
me apart and am leaving this place tomorrow.
Tokelo: Do me a favor take Mapula with you, she needs to
get away for a while and clear her head.
Lebo: Yeah and her being away from all this will do her
some good.
Ntsika: I will be more than happy to and besides I need
her expertise in the business as well.
Lebo: Sometimes I forget she’s a financial analysts. Work
will do her some good but don’t let her stay there for too
long because she will get sick and her only cure is the
sacred river.
Ntsika: I will remember that.
Tokelo: Thank you Ntsika.

In the queens car Mapula was looking out the window.

Mabotle: How Do you feel knowing that your husband now
has another queen?
Mapula: It’s what he wanted and I just made it easy for
him. You all saw how he was during the ceremony, he
didn’t want me beside him, he wanted her and I wasn’t
about to force myself into someone who doesn’t want me
anymore.
Mabotle: I saw what happened it won’t you regret it later?
Mapula: The gods know what I did and if one of us is
going to regret his the one who will regret it.
Mabotle: Don’t Do Anything our ofbanger please my child.
Mapula: No mother the gods are the ones who will punish
him not me.
Mabotle: Why are you not crying? Because o know this is
painful and I feel it in my gut as well because am a woman
first before am a mother and your pain is deep my child.
Mapula: Don’t worry mother the time to cry will come but
this is not it yet.
Mabotle: I hear you.

The journey was now quiet, everyone was deep in their

thoughts until they arrived home with Reneilwe not far
behind.

Like, comment and share.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 87

BaKoena kingdom ✨

Two days later✨( its short and not edited)

It has been a tough two days with Mapula not hearing

anything from her husband and his mother. She has been
at home with Kwezi and Reneilwe helping them with the
kids. The queen mother couldn’t be happier having all her
daughters with her in the same house.
Kwezi: All That is happening to you makes me wonder
what will happen to our marriages.
Mapula: You don’t have to wonder about that Kwezi, my
marriage is the oldest among yours and the challenges am
facing I was bound to face sooner or later.
Kwezi: Your husband married another woman Mapula and
didn’t even care how you felt. No offense Reneilwe.
Reneilwe: None taken because my brother right now is
just something I don’t know and that woman will be the
death of him literally.
Mapula: Well your brother deserves to be happy even if
it’s not with me. Yes it hurts right now but if am not what
his looking for then there is nothing I can do. We need to
stop expecting other people to love us as much as we love
them. We have high expectations of people and when they
don’t live up to them we get disappointed.
Reneilwe: I still say you should have left with Zasembo
just to get way for a while.
Mapula: Am not one to run away from my problems. This
started here and it will end here, whether I run or not.
Kwezi: I just didn’t expect all this from Thabiso, I mean
something like this one can do expect from someone like
Lebo.
Reneilwe: Lebo might be crazy but he will never do
something as stupid as what my brother did.
Queen: What about what your sister in law did? ( she said
coming in)
Reneilwe: Mother you cant blame Mapula for what
Thabiso did.
Queen: She is the one who took that woman and made
her sit in her place.
Mapula: Mother did you see her refuse when I did that or
she was more than happy to be by Thabiso’s like he was?
Queen: That doesn’t matter you don’t give away your
husband like that.
Mapula: Thabiso is not a prize that can be given away. He
is a grown man and if he didn’t want what I did he would
have prevented it because he saw what I was doing but
because he wanted it he didn’t did anything.
Queen: Do you know how much shame that has brought
to the kingdom? The people didn’t even listen to his
speech because they left soon after the crowning.
Mapula: And That is my fault how?
Reneilwe: Mother this is actually not on, you should be
having this conversation with your son and your new
daughter.
Queen: You always take their side as if you belong here,
don’t forget that you are just a daughter in law here just
like she was.
Mabotle: That’s where you are wrong, my daughter might
have just been a daughter in law to you but Reneilwe is
my daughter just like Mapula and Kwezi.
Queen: Fine but tell your daughter to come home and sort
out her marriage.
Mabotle: I know you love your son as much as I love my
son but it is not Mapula’s duty to run after your son he
made his choice and so did you. Now leave my palace.
Queen: Am not here to fight but to get my daughter in law
home.
Mabotle: It is not your duty to get her home.
Queen: If you don’t support me how I am going to get
them back together?
Mabotle. We stay out of it.
Queen: Mabotle is hasn’t been a full week yet and the
people of BaTloung have lost hope in the royal family, they
lost faith the day the queen left.
Reneilwe: No they lost faith the moment your son and new
king was drooling over another woman in his wife’s
presence and right in front of his people. What faith were
they supposed to have in someone like that?
Queen: I didn’t see all that Reneilwe but..
Reneilwe: No buts Mother, just because you didn’t see it
doesn’t mean it didn’t happen and it definitely doesn’t
mean that the people didn’t see it.
Queen: So what am I supposed to do now?
Reneilwe: Go to your son and talk to him am sure he will
have a solution to this. Please tell me this, did you go to
that woman’s family?
Queen: She requested we give her the lobola money.
Mapula: Hahah oh no! Am sorry but I don’t help it hahah
Kwezi: Imagine hahah hayi no this girl has it all really.
Reneilwe: WOW Mother just wow, my father must be
turning in his grave. In just a few days his kingdom has
been turned into a joke.
Queen: What am I supposed to do Reneilwe? This is
beyond me.
Mabotle: I feel sorry for you because this not an ideal
situation but you have to find away to bring back dignity to
your kingdom.
Queen: That is why am here for Mapula
Mabotle: No go home to your son and sort this out.

The queen didn’t say anything more, just took her bag and
drove off.

BaTloung kingdom:

Sebokeng was watching tv with popcorn in her lap. A

maiden came with her juice.
Maiden: Here you go mam.
Sebokeng: Dear, don’t ever call me mam because am
your queen and you will respect me or you can find
another job. Are we clear.
Maiden: Yes my queen
Sebokeng: Now disappear! ( the maiden left as Thabiso
was coming down about to go for his royal duties)
Thabiso: Now If you are sitting here like this who is going
to do your royal duties?
Sebokeng: But baby am a doctor and I know nothing
about royal duties. Your mother can take care of that while
I do what I have been doing and that is saving lives.
Thabiso: Sebokeng am king now and my queen has to do
royal duties and show up on meetings.
Sebokeng: So being queen meaning I have to forget my
dreams so that I can fulfill those of other people?
Thabiso: That’s not what I meant and you know it. You
know what you can stay but I have to go.
Sebokeng: I booked us a honeymoon in Cape Town and
we leave this evening.
Thabiso: How can you do that without informing me? You
know I just took over this role and I need to prove myself.
Sebokeng: You will have all the time in the world to prove
yourself but we won’t have a honeymoon everyday.
Please be home early and I will pack for us.
Thabiso: Fine. ( he went out and the chief priest called him
to his hut)
Thabiso: You called for me eye of the gods
Chief: My king, things are not going well even a fool can
see it. This woman is not introduced to the ancestors of
BaTloung and even we do the ritual the gods will not
accept her because nothing was done proper when it
comes to her.
Thabiso: Like What eyes of the gods?
Chief: Like uniting her family and this one and her
welcoming ritual since she the new queen.
Thabiso: She didn’t want us going to her home chief and
there is nothing we can do to force her.
Chief: What about the real queen of this land?
Thabiso: What about her?
Chief: Are you going to just sit back and let her leave?
Thabiso: Chief I don’t know how to get her back, and with
Sebokeng here it will be difficult. I messed up and I lost
the respect of my people and that of my wife and in laws.
How do I go there and face them after all of this?
Chief: You humble yourself my king and get the queen
back and soon. If no am afraid things are still going to go
bad for this kingdom and for you.
Thabiso: I just want to give her time to cool down there I
will go and talk to her.
Chief: Another thing, you need an heir and soon.
Thabiso: The gods will decide when I have a child eye of
the gods.
Chief: Oh I know that but what am worried about is from
who are they going to come from.
Thabiso: What does that mean?
Chief: Am wondering from which queen are they going to
be born from because the current queen is not of royal
blood and that means her children will have no claim to
the throne l.
Thabiso: This is a lot to take in at once, yes I know her
children can’t sit on the throne but before this I had hoped
that the gods will bless me with an heir.
Chief: They already have but in order for you to have a
claim on him you need your wife home.
Thabiso: You mean my wife is with child?
Chief: Am not sure yet but that is what am getting when I
throw the bones.
Thabiso: Thank The gods of BaTloung, this is good news
( his face changed as he thought of the current situation)
Thabiso: I have to go eye of the gods
Chief: Very well my king ( Thabiso drove out as the queen
drove in, she parked and got out of the car and went into
the palace)
Queen: I have never in my life seen a queen as relaxed as
you are.
Sebokeng: Am resting mother because I have a trio this
evening.
Queen: Where are you going?
Sebokeng: My husband and I are going to Cape Town for
our honeymoon ( she smiled)
Queen: You know no one will respect you around here if
you don’t start acting like a proper queen and dressing like
one.
Sebokeng: Mother am a doctor and I must dress as such
not like a rural girl with no education.
Queen: Well I hope that works for you. But what I do know
is that I was once like you and that didn’t get me very far.
But we are different it might just work for you.
Sebokeng: You right when you say we are different.

The queen left and went to her chamber. She was worried
about what is going to happen.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 88
BaKoena kingdom✨(not edited)

Marriage is a very difficult union to get into as a woman,

one way or the other you are bound to face challenges.
Either the in laws don’t like you or your husband has a
baby mama that is giving you problems or your husband
will be a problem. He may chance now that you married or
be influenced by his family into doing things he never did
before because now all of a sudden he can do them
because there is You in the picture and they expect you to
make things happen. What is funny about this union is that
no one takes time to ask you, how are you doing? How do
you feel about what is going on? This is what we are
thinking of doing, what are your views? No! No one dares
to ask you those questions you will just have to deal.

That night Mapula was sleeping peacefully when she felt a

presence in her room and she opened her eyes and went
out of bed and sat on the floor. The air in the room got
lighter and chilly but in a good way. The three queens from
the mystical land showed up, Mapula bowed to them.
Mapula: Greetings dear queens
Them: Greetings my queen
Mapula: To What do I owe the honor of being visited by
the queens in my homestead?
Bahomi: My queen we can’t because we knew you
wouldn’t come to us anytime soon due to the current
situation.
Letsatsi: You mean current situations my queen.
Bahomi: Oh Yes my queen
Mapula: I do not understand my queen
Letsatsi: You will in due time my queen.
Mapula: The Great first Queen is awfully quiet, may I ask
what the matter is my queen?
Nyolodi: I do not like the color of your eyes my queen and
I know that your protector told you the meaning of them.
Mapula: Yes she told me my queen, however I will try by
all means to avoid getting my heart hardened and
completely turn to stone.
Nyolodi: I came here for the matter concerning our king.
Now your husband is not just your husband but our king
as well. He might not have the same powers as you but
that is only because he has been focusing more on the
cheetah and BaTloung side of powers and forgot to
embrace the BaKoena side. The only reason he can
connect with you is not because his only your husband but
our king and has the same powers you do.
Mapula: I understand my queen.
Nyolodi: I am not done my queen, the reason your
husband is this weak is because he refuses to accept who
he is, one your husband is not the king of BaTloung but
regent that is keeping the Thorne for the true king of
BaTloung which will take over the crown at the age of 15
years.
Mapula: Am afraid I don’t understand my queen.
Nyolodi: What I mean is that your husband is the king of
this kingdom no BaKoena but the kingdom of the gods
ruling besides you and that is his destiny.
Mapula: Please explain more in that part my queen
because I always thought I was the queen of BaKoena.
Nyolodi: No my queen you and your husband are the king
and queen of all kingdoms. None of you belong my to one
kingdom but to all that needs you, meaning because of all
the challenges BaKoena has been facing you two have
been focusing on BaKoena and BaTloung alone yet there
are other kingdoms that need you and your guidance, not
only kingdoms in LeSotho but all over the world.
Mapula: Will they accept me my queen and my advice?
Nyolodi: They will my queen because you and your
husband are in the prophecy of all kingdom.
Mapula: I understand my queen.
Bahomi: What I came here for is a completely different
matter, the matter of Lucifer himself, my queen Lucifer is
not rest but busy planning his next attack not on the
kingdom but on our prince Arabang. We had to work extra
hard protecting him while he was at BaTloung and you
didn’t sense him around because you were distracted.
Lucifer is using that woman and making her seem
appealing to your husband’s eyes, now she made it easy
for him because she is shallow and inconsiderate and
those are the qualities of a selfish being like Lucifer. Now I
won’t say forgive your husband because his weak due to
the fact that his power is not where it’s supposed to be
and that is not your fault and his decision of not seeking
help when he saw than his falling to the devils trap made
him a victim.
Mapula: I hear you my queen and I will do all I can to
protect the prince and I will be more vigilant from now on.
Bahomi: My thanks.
Letsatsi: My queen the reason for being here is crucial just
like the others. My queen a lot is yet to happen at
BaTloung and the people of that kingdom will need you.
Mapula: They have their king my queen he can help them.
Letsatsi: Now That is the resentment that will make your
husband’s punishment severe because not only did he
mess with the queen but he messed with the gods and his
father is also not happy. He is livid because his kingdom is
now loosing its respect and more importantly his angry
that his son didn’t take his warnings to consideration and
his also sad that his daughter left her home because of all
this.
Mapula: This was not meant to upset the king my queen,
wherever he is he must know that i still and will always
respect him.
Letsatsi: He knows that my queen, now for as long as your
eyes are like that and your heart is heavy BaTloung is
doomed and only you or the prince can save it.
Mapula: But the prince is young and in danger of being
captured by the devil, how can he be of help to BaTloung?
Letsatsi: For a smart queen you sure are slow, my queen
the prince that will help BaTloung is the one you are
carrying and not only the heir to the throne or BaTloung
but the rightful king of that kingdom.
Mapula: My queen you mean Am with child? A prince that
will take over the throne at 15?
Letsatsi: Now you understand.
Mapula: My queen when will my child get to be a child and
play with others if his going to be king at that age?
Letsatsi: It will be your duty to make sure his a child until
then but I doubt he will want to be because his also
powerful and that will be the reason he will earn his
respect among other Kings and kingdoms.
Mapula: But my queen..
Nyolodi: We have said all we came to say, continue to
drink the water and bath with it the king needs it.
They put their hands together getting ready to leave, the
air in the room changed once again.
Letsatsi: You are 4 months pregnant by the way which is
why you don’t have that much tolerance ( she said and
they left)
- Gods of BaKoena, what kind of a mother am I not
knowing I have royal seed inside me? May you forgive me
but I am not ready to forgive your king, not when he has
brought another to this marriage and not when his about to
do more than what his already done.
She touched her belly and laid on her back with her hand
on her tummy processing what the queens have told her.

BaTloung kingdom:
The new king of BaTloung was dreading going home
because he has to go on a honeymoon he never planned
on going to. He still finds Sebokeng attractive but with
everyone again them he has his doubts. His also worried
that his meeting didn’t go well and the investors want to
pull out if he doesn’t come up with a better plan for their
investments in the next week. He got home and parked
and his queen welcomed him at he door.
Sebokeng: My dear please put these bags in the car then
go and shower so that we can leave.
Thabiso: Good evening to you too Sebokeng and the time
is 10 PM so I don’t think we are leaving today.
Sebokeng: Oh no my love I canceled the 8 o’clock flight
because I saw you won’t make it. We are taking the 11:30
PM flight and it’s the last one so please hurry! And I have
already checked us in online.
Thabiso: Fine ( he went into the house and in their
chamber and took a shower when he was done Sebokeng
was sitting on the bed tapping her foot on the floor)
Sebokeng: Baby please hurry up.
Thabiso: Am tired Sebokeng please give me a break and
where are the clothes am supposed to wear?
Sebokeng: In your closet of course.
Thabiso: Couldn’t you take them out while I shower?
Sebokeng: Haibo Thabiso you want to tell me you can’t
pick your own clothes now?
Thabiso: I can but Mapula used to do it for me, I guess am
used to that.
Sebokeng: Well am not your rural wife Mapula and
Sebokeng Molefe in case you forgot. ( Thabiso didn’t
answer just took his clothes and got dressed and they
went out, he passed by the kitchen)
Sebokeng: Where are you going now?
Thabiso: I want something to eat am hungry.
Sebokeng: You will eat on the plane we don’t have time
now, let’s go.
Thabiso: Really?
Sebokeng: Yes now lets go and I booked first class so you
will eat a proper meal.
- wow so much for a wife, now I have to eat on the plane
because she can’t wait for a trip I didn’t agree to. I must be
glad she didn’t choose somewhere far because I need to
work on that proposal.
They went out and told the maidens to tell the queen they
have left. They went to the airport and off they went to
Cape Town.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 89

Cape Town✨

The newly weds arrived in Cape Town in the early hours

of the morning and they decided to rest before anything
else. They shared the same bed but for Thabiso it was
difficult to sleep with someone who is not Mapula, his used
to having his wife snuggle up to him or sleep under his
arm and place her head on his chest and listen to his heart
beat until she falls asleep. He asked her once why she
sleeps like that and she said his heart beat was her lullaby.
He smiled thinking about that while Sebokeng was fast
asleep giving him her back, he sigh and laid on his back
looking up the ceiling.
- Gods of BaTloung could it be true that about to be a
father again? Could it be true that I will have an heir to the
throne in a couple of months? God I wish it was true
Keabetswe will be so happy. Oh my princess I wish you
didn’t know what was happening or the reason I haven’t
called or come to see you, but you are as powerful as your
mother and I know you already know why your daddy is
not with you. I should have spared you the pain of having
to deal with so much at such a tender age but daddy is
confused by adult stuff. I hope that one day you will
understand my actions, I can’t live with what ifs, I need to
get this out of the way and see where is goes from there.
Let me sleep the queen is going to wake up and demand
all sorts of things.

Thabiso was asleep when his father visited him in his

dreams, he was wearing the same clothes he wore the
day before he died. The last day they spent together and
he looked good, it was like they were in the palace garden.
‘Son do you see how the sun looks today?’ He asked
Thabiso ‘Yes father but it’s strange that it would have so
many colors in it like some sort of a rainbow’ he answered.
‘ well if it was a rainbow then that would mean it’s a good
sign, but look closely and tell me what colors does the sun
have today?’ He asked not even looking at him but the
rising sun coming out from the mountains ‘ It has the
normal orange color, then a patch of yellow and a small
patch of green. Which is strange because the sun I know
has only one color’ he said ‘ you right but his sun is special,
each color represents an event, the yellow represents the
draught that is about to hit BaTloung, the orange
represents the amount of sun you will experience and the
small patch of green represents the small chance of you
being saved and that is if you are worth saving.’ A worried
Thabiso looked at his father who was still not looking at
him. ‘ Father why would we have drought in BaTloung
when we about to get into winter?’ He asked clearly
confused ‘ ‘ Wake up son, wake up and save yourself and
my kingdom’ he said and disappeared leaving Thabiso
calling him and asking him to stay. Sebokeng roughly
shook him and he woke up.
Thabiso: What is it?
Sebokeng: If you want to wake up then do so without
waking up other people. Busy crying for your father in your
sleep like a young boy.
Thabiso: Sebokeng do you even have a father?
Sebokeng: Even if I did he wouldn’t make me cry for him
in my sleep. You might as well order breakfast while I
shower because I can’t go back to sleep now.
Thabiso: If you want breakfast order it am still sleeping.
Sebokeng: You woke me up only for you to go back to
sleep?
Thabiso: I never asked you to wake up now let me sleep.
( he turned around and slept. Sebokeng ordered breakfast
then went to the shower and took a shower. Breakfast
arrived just as she was about to lotion and she wore her
gown and opened and breakfast was delivered. She sat
down and ate her breakfast and when she was done she
wore her swimsuit and put on sunscreen then went to the
hotel pool and laid on the chair for a while and decided to
join the two guys who were swimming.)
Guy1: What does a beautiful lady doing swimming alone?
Sebokeng: What do studs like you two doing swimming
alone?
Guy2: We were waking for a beautiful thing like you to join
us.
Sebokeng: So! Am here let’s swim.
Them: Great! ( they started swimming and teasing each
other playing with water. Thabiso came down to the pool
wearing his shots and vest with flip flops. He stood there
and watched Sebokeng swimming with those guys and
laughing with them like she didn’t even see him)
Thabiso: Babe! ( Sebokeng turned and looked at him)
Sebokeng: Oh hey babe, wanna join us?
Thabiso: No my love I came to get you.
Sebokeng: Okay then, please pass me the towel ( she
asked as she went out of the pool, they walked back to
their room)
Thabiso: So Tell me, why did you disrespect me like that
out there?
Sebokeng: Is me swimming disrespectful to you?
Thabiso: See how you answer me shows that you have no
respect for me but after this you will know who the man in
this relationship is. ( he went closer to her and pinned her
her against the wall and kissed so hard that she started
losing her breath, he pulled out and pushed her on to the
bed and ripped off her bathing suit and...)

BaKoena kingdom:
Mapula was in the kitchen drinking milk when she felt like
she couldn’t breathe. She slowly placed the glass on the
kitchen counter and held onto her chest as she couldn’t
breath properly. Kwezi came in and saw her then hurried
to her side and helped her sit on the high chair.
Kwezi: What is it? Do you want me to call the queen
mother?
Mapula: No am fine.
Kwezi: You not alright and you know it now tell me what is
wrong and how I can help you?
Mapula: It’s happening Kwezi ( she said as her heart was
breaking that a lone tear graced her cheeks but she
quickly wiped it away)
Kwezi: What is happening Mapula?
Mapula: My husband is betraying me In the worst way
possible and it hurts Kwezi, to a point where I wish I didn’t
have this gift and I wasn’t connected to him because I feel
everything his doing but to me it comes In a form of pain
and I don’t know what to do.
Kwezi: Firstly you will block him completely out of your
head and you will do that today. Secondly you will never
talk about that beautiful gift of yours like that ever again.
Thirdly am making you a special lunch.
Mapula: Haha do you even remember what I like eating?
Kwezi: Girl I was with you for 5 years at school and I have
had many lunches with you, so please let me spoil you.
Mapula: Okay If you insist
Kwezi: Mxm out here acting like you don’t want the food
am going to make, girl I know you can’t wait to eat.
Mapula: ahaha you know me too well.

The both laughed and Kwezi took out her ingredients she
will need and started while talking to her friend trying to
get her mind of things and it worked, even it it’s just for a
little while.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 90

BaTloung kingdom✨
Three months later✨

Sebokeng POV:

It’s been a three months since I got married to the king of

BaTloung and I must say it has been a bliss. Oh let me tell
you about the honeymoon, after that night and every night
after that my husband really did keep his promise and
showed me who the man of the house is. Not that am
complaining I mean who would with a man like that.
Women that man can do things that even my boyfriend
back in South Africa is no match for him. Talking about
that one, he has been a pain in my back side asking me to
come back he misses me. I mean hello would I leave
being the queen and all the money I have at my disposal
for a mare doctor who earns the same as me? Not
happening. Well am happy but I have been very tired
lately but I guess it’s everything this man has been doing
to me but today am taking a break from all that. I got a
permanent position at the hospital and am actually driving
there now.
Sebokeng got to the hospital and parked in her reserved
parking and made her way inside the hospital and greeted
the receptionist.
Sebokeng: Morning Dorah
Dorah: Morning Doctor.
Sebokeng: Any messages for me?
Dorah: No doctor there is nothing at the moment. You look
good as usual but you have that extra glow.
Sebokeng: Being Queen has its pecks my dear.
Dorah: Oh I can imagine being queen with all the maidens
at my disposal and eating anything and everything I can.
Sebokeng: Haha find yourself an old widowed king and
charm him then you will get your wish.
Dorah: How? When these queens don’t die instead they
kill their husbands so that they can live and eat the money
alone.
Sebokeng: And they do that hey! Like my mother in law,
my father in law was fine the one day and the next his
dead like what is that?
Dorah: Maybe she asked her daughter in law to help her
kill him so that they can share everything.
Sebokeng: Haha little did she know that I will be the one
taking her place and eating the money they planned on
sharing.
Dorah: hahah but what happened to the kingdom it looks
dry maan?
Sebokeng: It hasn’t rained in three months dear yet it’s
supposed to be winter but no! This weather reminds me of
Durban in South Africa.
Dorah: See why I want to be the queen? I mean the only
place I have been to is Maluti and that’s the furthest I can
afford to go.
Sebokeng: Hahah let me go start working before our boss
start with his nonsense.
Dorah: Go My queen the patients are waiting ( Sebokeng
turned around to walk away but Dorah noticed that her
black body hugging dressed was wet at back)
Dorah: Doctor did you sit on water or something?
Sebokeng: No why?
Dorah: Your dress sees to be wet at the back ( Sebokeng
touched her behind and looked at her hand and it was red
with blood. Dorah saw this too and didn’t waste time
calling for help)
I must say that the blood shocked me, I mean My period is
irregular and very painful. But what am having this time is
just blood flowing like a tap has been opened. The chief of
staff himself was the one attending to me because I think
he was coming to find me at reception because he knows I
like talking to Dorah in the morning before I start work.
This period felt ready strange because I didn’t feel any
pain, I was taken to the emergency room and attended to
but the chief of staff called her Moromi who is a
gynecologist. She checked me.
Doc: When was your last period doctor?
Sebokeng: About 3 months ago
Doc: I think you are having a miscarriage judging by the
amount of blood you are losing. But I have to check to be
sure because you don’t seem to be in pain.
Sebokeng: Am not in any kind of pain. ( she nodded and
pulled the ultrasound machine and asked me to lie still, my
dress was already cut open with scissors like am a dying
patient. I did as told and she looked at the screen)
Doc: Just as I thought
Sebokeng: What is it?
Doc: You are pregnant and if I don’t act now you will lose
this baby completely. ( she then ran out of the room and
two minutes later a nurse came in and injected me with
something to stop the bleeding. My husband came in
running, Dorah must have called him as he is my next of
kin)
Thabiso: Babe What is going on?
Sebokeng: The Doctor says I am having a miscarriage
and his trying to stop it.
Thabiso: Were you pregnant?
Sebokeng: I just found out myself when this happened.
Thabiso: Are you Okay, do you have any pains or anything?
Sebokeng: Strangely no but don’t look so worried I will not
lose this baby because he is a Motloung and am young
and healthy so..
Thabiso: I hope so ( the Doctor came In after 30 minutes
just after I felt something big coming out of me)
Sebokeng: Doc I think something big just came out.
Doc: I might be a clot, my king please give us some space
so that I can examine her.
Thabiso: Very well doc ( Thabiso stepped out)
The doctor check on Sebokeng and saw that what came
out was the baby sack. She did the ultrasound again saw
that the miscarriage was complete like there was nothing
there. She went out and called Thabiso before delivering
the news.
Doc: My king and queen, Am sorry to say this but you
have lost the baby.
Sebokeng: No! No! No! My baby can’t be dead, check
again doctor!
Thabiso: How far along was she?
Doc: She was just starting her second trimester.
Thabiso: But I thought that is a safe stage for a baby.
Sebokeng: Yes it is And I know this because am a doctor
so please do your job and check again I can’t lose this
baby ( she pleaded with the doctor and she looked at the
ultrasound with hope but there was nothing) she cried and
held on to Thabiso’s arm. The doctor left them there and
called the nurse to sedate her. After being sedated she fell
asleep in a few minutes and Thabiso left.

In the car Thabiso was driving back to the palace looking

at the dry grass and farms of his father’s kingdom. Farms
that never got dry for as long as he can remember, but
now they were dry and there was no hope for rain.
- Gods of BaTloung what is happening here? I have lost
three trading contacts because of this drought, my people
have lost faith in me and I have resorted to buying food for
them but that won’t last long because the kingdom is big
and the food costs me a lot of money. Now I just lost a
child that could have been the prince of this kingdom,
something that would have given me joy even if it’s just for
a little while. My wife, sigh I saw her the other day with my
princess but they didn’t see me. They looked so happy
without me and my wife looks beautiful, pregnancy suits
her well. I wonder how far along she is, I wish I knew the
cravings she had and the mood swings. ( he smiled) the
chief priest is sure that she is carrying an heir to the throne.
But whatever it is I will be the happiest man alive. Gods of
BaTloung I need my wife right about now, she would know
what to do in this situation, she would have helped me
prevent it or helped me out of it by now. And the BaKoena
brothers, sigh how I miss them, I miss Lebo the most
hahah the guy is crazy but he always has his own way of
being humor in every situation and giving one hope. I have
lost a lot and gained nothing.
He arrived at the palace and went straight to the chief
priest hut after 3 months he Not being there.
Chief: My king, I have been waiting for you
Thabiso: Greetings wise one
Chief: Greetings my king, I sense a heavy heart.
Thabiso: My heart is heavy eye of the gods, nothing
seems to be going well ever since I took over as king. My
sister doesn’t set foot at home, my wife is pregnant and far
from me, my princess doesn’t even call me and yet I
thought she can’t live without me. Now my current wife just
lost a baby. It’s all too much eye of the god and I seek
answers.
Chief: Your wife was carrying a royal seed that was never
going to be recognized by the god for they have chosen
the one they want to bare the seeds of BaTloung.
Secondly your wife is cursed that is why she lost the baby.
Thabiso: What? Who could have done that to the queen.
Chief: Correction, not the queen but a commoner acting as
the queen.
Thabiso: Please don’t start with me, just tell me who curse
my wife?
Chief: Go and ask your wife she has the answers.
Thabiso: Eye of the gods I know you have the answers to
all my questions and I ask as your king to tell me.
Chief: The commoner you call a queen was alone when
she did what she did. So go and ask her to tell you and
make amends..
Thabiso: Okay, and the other matters? What do I do?
Chief: Simple my king, get the rightful queen back in the
palace and get rid of the commoner.
Thabiso: Eye of the gods, it has been three months and
my wife seems to be more happy without me. How do I get
her back and how do I even start?
Chief: She’s your wife you wronged her so sort it out. All I
know is that the gods want their queen or else things are
still going to get ugly in this kingdom.
Thabiso: I can’t just leave Sebokeng, not after she just lost
the baby.
Chief: Suit yourself and live with the consequences.
( Thabiso didn’t say anything just left and went to the
palace and met his mother in the lounge)
Queen: Why do you look like you are carrying the weight
of the world on your shoulders?
Thabiso: I just came from the Hospital.
Queen: What, your doll decided to throw one of her
tantrums?
Thabiso: This was not a tantrum mother, she lost a baby
and didn’t even know she was pregnant. She is broken
and I don’t know how to help her.
Queen: Yhoo she is even incompetent at doing the one
thing women are meant to do and that is bringing a child
into this world. You say help her? Help her with what?
Thabiso: Just to help her get better mother, she is really
hurting, please help her as a mother.
Queen: That will never happen, my daughter in law has
given us a princess and is yet to give us another child.
She is a real woman and the daughter of BaTloung. That
is the person I would help Not this thing of yours.
Thabiso: But Mother you never have Debo’s chance ever
since she got here, why do you hate her so much?
Queen: I don’t hate her she just doesn’t belong here. That
girl has dragged the name of BaTloung into the mud and
that is because she is a commoner who knows nothing
about royalty.
Thabiso: That’s because no one taught her and showed
her our ways.
Queen: That’s because she doesn’t belong here and she
has shown that on more than one occasion. Just go and
get the real queen of this land back and all this will be over.
Thabiso: I don’t know how ( he said and left her there
going to his father’s grave)
Please do appreciate the insert by liking and commenting.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 91

BaTloung kingdom✨

They say when it rains is pours and Xhosa people say

Iyanetha nasentlango meaning it can rain in the desert as
well. Thabiso didn’t notice that his wife was in drought and
suffering without water when he was busy with Sebokeng.
She was like someone who is stuck in the desert and had
no way out. Until she decided to go home and focus on
what was important and that is her children and her
kingdom which she found out was not her kingdom but
that of her brother and his wife and that she doesn’t
belong to one kingdom but many. But that is a matter that
will have to wait until her husband comes back as they
both have to be going around those kingdoms helping
them. Now Thabiso is the one experiencing drought but
not only literally in his kingdom it also personally with his
love life. He sat next to his father’s grave and looked at the
side of the mountains, the sun was about to set and he
thought of the only person who love nature dearly. His
beloved wife and queen of his kingdom.

Thabiso: Father, how I wish you were here right now, you
warned me about this but I was not thanking at all. My wife
left home and I don’t see my daughter anymore. The only
reason I didn’t go after her that day was because I didn’t
know how to answer the questions she would have had for
me. I have disrespected her in front of the people and
degraded myself in front of them looking at another
woman with no shame while she was right besides me. I
couldn’t face her and after that things got worse and I
didn’t know how I would ever face her. I betrayed my wife
in the worst possible way a husband could, I did
something you never did to our mother, the only thing you
did for her was try and help her. But I failed to try and help
my wife because I was pre-occupied by the beauty of an
empty woman with no values. Father I failed to keep the
promise I made you to take care of this kingdom and for
that am sorry. I know sorry will not fix this and I know the
only way is to get my wife back home but at the same time
I don’t want to appear as if I just want her when things go
bad in my life. At first this woman saved me from being
jailed for killing people after being bewitched by yet
another woman but I didn’t learn my lesson then and now I
did it again. And again I have to ask her to bail me out,
what kind of a husband does that? Now the wife I was
mesmerized by is doing nothing to assist me but sit
around the whole day talking about the next place she
wants to visit. Father am lost and I need help finding my
way back, back to this kingdom, back to my people, back
to my associates and back to my wife and kids.
Chief: The only way back is the one you refused to take,
stuck with this woman and watch your father’s kingdom
perish right before your eyes my king.
Thabiso: When did you get here?
Chief: That doesn’t matter what matters now is what you
are going to do next.
Thabiso: Am going to get my wife back.
Chief: You telling me this because?
Thabiso: Later Chief
Chief: Go well my king.

Thabiso ran the front of the house and got into his car
driving out in high speed going to BaKoena. As he was
driving he recited his clan names asking his ancestors to
be with him on his journey. The drive to BaKoena seemed
longer to him even with the speed he was driving at
because he was worried about what to expect when he
gets there. He got to the cross roads and took the one
going to BaKoena and drove through the kingdom
admiring the beautiful houses that were nicely developed
from their previous state after the war.
- Gods of BaTloung, it really has been a long time since I
came here if the brothers have already finished with
renovating the houses and making this kingdom even
more beautiful. The soil is rich and the air feels refreshing.
Something I haven’t felt in my kingdom in a long time. Be
with me gods of BaTloung and help me through this.
The took the road going to the palace and was surprised
to see that even the roads inside the kingdom are being
developed into tar roads. The drive to the palace was
smooth as the tar was fresh and new. He approached the
palace gate and hoped that the brothers were not home
but as he got closer he saw his wife sitting outside on the
patio with his daughter and the brothers were standing by
the throne room laughing and talking. He wondered when
was the last time he was that carefree and laughing and
the answer came back to the last time he was at BaKoena.
He stopped at the gate and the guards looked at the
brothers as they were looking at him. His daughter saw his
car but just looked at it and turned her attention back to
the puppy she was playing with. His heart sank as he
thought of how he lost the love and affection of his first
born. The brothers were not bothered by his presence at
the gate and he didn’t expect it, Yes he knew things won’t
be easy but he didn’t think he won’t even be let inside the
gate. He sat in the car watching his wife and daughter
sitting there talking and occasionally laughing at whatever
the other was saying. A lone tear escaped his eyes and he
quickly wiped it away, his heart was heavy and full of
regrets. After a long 30 minutes of waiting in the car at the
gate watching his family Lebo came to the gate and he
stepped out of the car.
Lebo: Yeah?
Thabiso: Brother May.....( he cut him short)
Lebo: You lost the right to call me that the day you
decided it was okay to mistreat my little sister. Now am not
your bother.
Thabiso: Am sorry Lebo but...( he cut him short once
again)
Lebo: You are apologizing to the wrong person.
Thabiso: Look I came here to talk to Mapula, would you
please allow me in so that I can have a word with her?
Lebo: If she wanted to talk to you she would be here by
now as you can see she’s sitting there with no care in the
world and so it your daughter. That should tell you a lot.
Thabiso: I understand but may I please try and talk to her?
Lebo: I think you have a death wish, her the hell out of
here and never come back.
Thabiso: Am not leaving without talking to my wife.
Lebo: Oh! So she’s your wife after 3 months of not saying
anything or showing up here now she’s your wife? Okay!
Guards open the gate now! ( the guard ran to open the
gate and Tokelo came)
Tokelo: Why are you opening the gate for him?
Lebo: Brother I ask that you let me handle this.
Tokelo: Very well then, I will be in the throne room when
you done taking out the rubbish. ( Tokelo left)
Lebo: Now If you set food in here I won’t be responsible
for what I am to do with you. The gates are open choose
wisely ( he stepped back and Thabiso got into his car and
drove in. Mapula saw that something was about to go
down and she took her daughter’s hand and walked into
the palace. Thabiso drove in and parked while Lebo was
watching him, cool as ice with his hands in his pockets.
Thabiso stepped out of the car)

He didn’t go any further as Lebo gave one hell of a punch

that he didn’t expect and landed him on the ground.
Lebo: Now I want you to turn into the animal that you are
and fight me you piece of shit ( Thabiso stood up ) that
fueled Lebo and the anger that he has been holding came
back and immediately Terminator was unleashed. He went
to Thabiso film force and threw another pup and he
blocked it and threw his hitting him on the stomach but it
was like Lebo didn’t feel a thing as he went back tripping
him and he fell and he over him and started punching. He
kept seeing his sister crying in secret and saying she was
okay with a forced smile whenever he found her. That
glued him as he threw one punch after another with
Thabiso fighting back and couldn’t get a chance to
unleash his beast. He always said that his mostly afraid of
Lebo and today he was experiencing the reason why his
people called him Terminator and always laughed when
he laughed but serious when he got serious.

Kwezi went to the balcony for fresh air when he saw the
two fighting like bulls in a kraal. She went down running
and went to call Tokelo in the throne room who was bush
looking at the books of the kingdom.
Kwezi: Tokelo! You are here looking at books when those
people are killing each other out there! Come help quickly!
Tokelo: If they kill each other I know for a fact I won’t be
the one burying my brother but my wife might burry hers.
( cool as ice as he said that leaning back on his chair)
Kwezi: So you not going to do anything?
Tokelo stood up and looked out the door and saw how
intense the fight was and got back in and sat on his chair.
Tokelo: No am not going anywhere near those two, Lebo
is now not the Lebo you know, that’s Terminator and no
one messes with him and Thabiso will unleash his beast
the moment he gets a chance which a doubt he will
because once Terminator has you there is not escaping.
So no! Sister am not going there.
Kwezi: What should I do? Who would stop this?
Tokelo: I wish I knew hahah but to be honest I always
wanted to see those two fighting and see who will win
hahah ( Kwezi gave her the evil eye and he kept quiet.
Kwezi went out to call the queen mother and Tokelo took
out his phone and videotaped the fight and laughing at the
same time. The queen mother come out of the palace
followed by Kwezi)
Mabotle: Tokelo! Bana bayabolayana mona wena u busy
kadi phone keng kawena? ( Tokelo! The children are
killing each other and you are busy with a phone, what is
wrong with you?) Tokelo stopped the video and sent it to
Ntsika.
Mabotle: Lebohang! Thabiso! What are you doing? ( they
didn’t listen) the queen mother went back to the house and
into the kitchen and took a broom and broke it in the
middle and went back to those two. She got to them and
didn’t ask questions as he started beating the two of them
with a broomstick. Lebo turned around still mad as hell
ready to murder someone but the moment his eyes met
his mother he became soft and loosened his grip on
Thabiso who went straight to his car and drove off.
Lebo: Am sorry mother ( he said looking down)
Mabotle: Now you don’t listen to me when I call you and
tell you to stop? Look at how much blood you have on you!
Lebo: Am sorry mother I didn’t hear you and most of this
blood is not mine, it’s just a nose bleed on me.
Mabotle: And only you would think that will make any
difference! How can you fight in my house Lebo?
Lebo: Am sorry mother but he started it
Tokelo: Lies Lebo you started it ahaha
Lebo: Shut up Tokelo!
Tokelo: But it’s true Brother hahah on man!
Lebo: Mother doesn’t know that is keep quiet!
Mabotle: You two think am old! Tokelo shut up because
you did nothing to stop this! Wena Lebo go in there and
wash off that blood! I don’t want my grand kids to see you
like this now go! ( Lebo went to the house as Tokelo was
receiving a call from Ntsika)

Convo:
Ntsika: Awu! Awu madoda ngaze ngajabula! Ibifunani leyo
mbuzi lapho? ( oh man! Am so happy! What was that goat
doing there?)
Tokelo: He came to talk to his wife but met Terminator
himself.
Ntsika: Uyalayeka nami wangishaya lowo mgodoyi loyo
hake azwe ukuthi kunjani. Maye hayi umlayile u Lebo!
( serves him right! He also beat me that dog he must also
feel what it’s like. Oh man Lebo did well!)
Tokelo: Did you see the part where Lebo hit his ribs and
he groaned like an injured dog hahah I can’t get enough of
that part haha
Ntsika: I wish I was there I would have been there I would
have helped Lebo teach that good for nothing a lesson.
But I like the part where he punched the living daylights
out of him and I swore he was going to faint but Lebo
didn’t give him a chance to fall as he held him and showed
him with punches. God! I loved it haha
Tokelo: Bye man the queen is coming
Ntsika: Go before she beats you too with a broomstick
hahah
Tokelo: Go to hell Ntsika!

They said their goodbyes and Tokelo attended to his

mother while Ntsika kept on watching the video and
laughing alone in his office.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 92

BaTloung kingdom✨
It is true that you don’t appreciate or you don’t know what
you have until you lost it. Thabiso had a great friendship
with the BaKoena brothers but today he was an enemy of
them, he even got beaten up for all the mess he caused
and he didn’t know how to fix it. He once hand a very good
relationship with his daughter, in fact they were
inseparable but today his daughter can’t even look at him
long enough, she didn’t even come to him running like she
used. He was like a stranger to his own child and that hurt
him more than the beating he got from Lebo. He once had
a wife who would do anything for him, a wife that was both
loving and protective of both kingdoms and now he has a
wife that couldn’t careless about the kingdom only of
herself. That hurt him even more, he realized that he has
lost everything that was dear to him and for what? Nothing
really. By the time he got home his left eye was already
closed with the swelling and his ribs were so painful that
he had to lean on one side while he was driving. When he
got home his mother was sitting in the living room and saw
him first.
Queen: What happened to you? Did your wife’s boyfriend
beat you up?
Thabiso: That are you talking about mother, what
boyfriend?
Queen: Sebokeng’s boyfriend I mean everyone knows that
she wasn’t single when she came here.
Thabiso: No mother I was actually beaten up by my wife’s
brother.
Queen: Sebokeng has a brother? I didn’t know that!
Thabiso: No mother I mean Mapula’s brother! ( he said
half shouting and annoyed by the questions)
Queen: hahahah God I have been waiting for this day!
Hahah I hope he beat some sense into you.
Thabiso: Am going to get cleaned up. ( he left his mother
and went to his chamber and took off his shirt that was full
of blood and he tossed it aside and looked at his ribs on
the mirror and they were turning green and very painful.
He looked at his eye.
- Not even when I was a boy have I been beaten up like
this. But I deserve it and I will heal and go get more
bearings. I have done enough damage to my family to just
sit back and watch them slip away from me like that.
He went to the bathroom and took a bath relaxing in the
warm water with the bath salts doing their job on his body.
Outside Sebokeng arrived and parked then went into the
palace only to be met by the queen mother in the living
room.
Sebokeng: Evening Mother
Queen: If I dont greet you then I will be the evil mother in
law so Greetings Sebokeng.
Sebokeng: I tried to call Thabiso to come pick me up when
I got discharged but he didn’t pick up. Do you know where
he is?
Queen: His your husband is he not?
Sebokeng: Yes Mother he is.
Queen: So you should know his whereabouts not me. I
don’t keep tabs on Thabiso nor does he report to me when
he leaves this palace.
Sebokeng: I understand mother and I didn’t want to fight. I
have been through a lot today and I need some rest.
Queen: You always need rest so I don’t see anything
knew on that oh and I heard about your miscarriage and
am sorry no woman should have to go through that.
Sebokeng: I appreciate the kind words mother.
Queen: Oh God this mother thing coming from you is
annoying. Please go and rest, so that I can have my
peace as well. (Sebokeng didn’t say anything she just
went up the stairs going to their chamber. When he got
into the room Thabiso was coming out of the bathroom)
Sebokeng: What happened to you? God if we were in
South Africa I would say you got mugged but I don’t know
in these parts of the world.
Thabiso: Nothing I will be fine.
Sebokeng: No you will not get away that easy! Where
have you been because I called for you to pick me up but
you didn’t answer and I come back to find you like this?
Thabiso: I said it’s nothing! ( he was getting annoyed)
Sebokeng: You can’t give me that when your eye is
completely closed because of the swelling! Or what, you
were caught with a married woman and the husband beat
you up?
Thabiso: I went to get my wife back and I was beaten by
her brother, happy now?
Sebokeng: So while I was in hospital just after losing our
child you went to get your wife back? Wow Thabiso just
wow.
Thabiso: WOW yaeng wena maan! Watseba kekalebaka
lahao mosadi waka le ngwanaka basemo hae?
Skantlwayela hampe Sebokeng wankotlwa? ? Wow what?
You know that you are the reason my wife and child are
not here at home? Don’t piss me off Sebokeng do you
hear me?)
Sebokeng: Loud and clear! Now let me go bath and rest.
Thabiso: You not going anywhere when am still talking to
you!
Sebokeng: What more do you want to say? Didn’t you just
make it clear that you want your wife back? So what do
you want?
Thabiso: Of course I want my wife and child back
Sebokeng. My daughter didn’t even greet me when I got
here, Hell she didn’t even look at me long enough for me
to at least wave at her and you want me to say I don’t
want her back?
Sebokeng: So go get them back! Don’t you see that bitch
brainwashed your child?
Thabiso: Call my wife a bitch one more time Sebokeng
and you will know what am capable of!
Sebokeng: She is a bitch acting like she doesn’t want to
come back when all she wants is for you to gravel and beg
her to take you back. Am used to bitches like that in South
Africa.
Thabiso: God Am so tired of hearing about South Africa in
fact I have been to the whole of it. For your information
Mapula is a lady unlike you..
Sebokeng: Wait what did you say? You call a rural
uneducated girl a lady?
Thabiso: That rural girl has more class than you, For your
information because clearly you have been misinformed,
Mapula did her high school in Cape Town while you did
your university studies there and she knows South Africa
like the back of her hand. Also Mapula has a degree in
Financila Management and analyst. She is a qualified
professional just like you but the difference is that she has
her own money and riches and doesn’t depend on anyone
for anything.
Sebokeng: If she is so great then why did you leave her
for me?
Thabiso: Because I was blinded by the physical
appearance and stupid to even let her go. But best believe,
I will get her back where she belongs.
Sebokeng: And where do I...(he cut her short)
Thabiso: No let’s start by what you did that made you lose
our baby?
Sebokeng: So you think I did something to abort the baby?
Thabiso: No I don’t think that but the chief priest said you
will never have children until you fix what you did, now
what is it?
Sebokeng: You know what? Am tired of this chief priest of
yours acting like a god. What could I have done to witches
of this place for them to take my child?
Thabiso: You have just insulted the gods of this kingdom.
Sebokeng: What does that have to do with me? If those
gods of yours wanted my respect they would have
protected my child but no they let him die!
Thabiso: Sebokeng what witches are you talkig about?
Because the chief priest said you are the one who did
something!
Sebokeng: Did you stop to think about what that alian you
call a wife? I mean look at her eye! Only witches have
such eyes. What do you think she would do to get you
back?
Thabiso: You know what am not entertaining this, am
going to bed I have a headache.
Sebokeng: Sleep But I promise you this, if I ever lose
another child your wife will know who I am.
Thabiso: Hahah yeah right! Just don’t start things you
won’t be able to finish.
Sebokeng: Just you watch and see ( she went to the
bathroom and took a bath while Thabiso slept thinking
about ways to get Mapula back)
BaKoena kingdom:

The family was sitting at the dining table about to have

their dinner, the maidens came and dinner was served.
Mapula saw that Kwezi was angry at Lebo about what
happened earlier today and she decided to break the ice.
Mapula: Before we eat I would like to say something ( they
all looked at her) my brothers, I have been away from
home for most of my teenage life that I didn’t get to
experience my brothers standing up for me and fighting for
me. Then in my adult life I found my powers and was able
to take care of myself without depending on anyone. But
today when I couldn’t use my powers or take care of
myself my brother showed me that I don’t always have to
be strong and fight alone because he will always be there
for me. My thanks Lebo for what you did for me, I
appreciate it more than you could ever know.
Lebo: I will always be there for you last born.
Kwezi: Huh? Today she’s last born!
Tokelo: I was just as shocked at you are about this.
Lebo: Don’t be fooled dear brother, this is just a today
thing nothing more.
Mapula: Well I don’t care if it’s a today things only, all I
care about is that my brother gave me his title for the day.
Lebo: See she appreciates.
Mabotle: Gods of BaKoena why did you only give me fools
for children?
Them: Mother!
Mabotle: What?
Them: Nothing
Mabotle: I thought as much, but on a serious note though
my children, BaTloung is suffering the women in the club
that I opened for all women are complaining about how
bad things are and how they are starving. I don’t like what
Thabiso did but now it’s affecting innocent people and we
have to do something about it.
Reneilwe: With all due respect mother that will not happen,
my brother chose this and he will get himself out of it. If we
rescue him now then he will never learn his lesson.
Mabotle: I understand that dear but that is your father’s
kingdom we talking about and am sure he doesn’t like
what is going on. For as long as I have known your father
BaTloung has never been a poor kingdom and the people
are suffering. Which is something they are not used to.
Reneilwe: I understand that mother and me more than
anyone else want my father’s kingdom to be back to what
it was but at the same time we can’t ignore what my
brother did. He is the king but he didn’t think of his people
before doing what he did, so I suggest that we let him
figure things out on his own before jumping in.
Mabotle: I hear you dear, Mapula what do you think?
Mapula: That My Baby is hungry and I have to feed her
now, excuse me people and have a good slumber. ( she
took food for Keabetswe and went up the stairs)
Reneilwe: I know she’s hurting and I also know she would
never say anything negative about my brother or his
kingdom. She will always put other people’s feelings first
before her own and I just wish she knew that she has me
in her corner as well.
Kwezi: Trust me dear she knows but that is Mapula she
will never speak ill of anyone so don’t be offended.
Lebo: I want to see my children too now.
Tokelo: I also want to see my son
Mabotle: You two are not going anywhere, I know you just
want to runaway from this because you planning of
beating Thabiso up the next time he comes here.
Tokelo: What! Why would we do that?
Reneilwe: Hahah yeah right now am with you mother, they
have something planned.
Tokelo: I would never! You saw today
Lebo: Yeah and it was a first and the last time for me too.
Mabotle: You two must think I don’t know you, the reason
why I never let you two out of my sight is because you
have always been trouble makers so I know you will do
something.
Lebo: Mother we are grown men now, we wouldn’t cause
trouble.
Tokelo: Yeah and don’t forget you talking about the
leaders of this kingdom, a king and chief. Two people that
the whole kingdom look up to, so we have a reputation to
uphold.
Mabotle: Where was that reputation when you beat up
Thabiso and the other watched taking videos?
They started going back and forth with their mother and
wives about how good and respectable they are.

Mapula got into her daughter’s room and she was playing
with he puppy.
Mapula: Sunset Greetings my princess
Keabetswe: Greetings my queen
Mapula: You seem bothered, what is the matter?
Keabetswe: Am just thinking about how heavy fathers
heart was when he was here. He looked older than he is.
Mapula: What do you know about people looking old?
Keabetswe: Nothing But I know my father and that was not
him at all. He doesn’t look happy.
Mapula: Well we don’t know that and why didn’t you go to
him when he was here?
Keabetswe: I wanted to but I couldn’t
Mapula: What do you mean you couldn’t? Because I didn’t
stop you.
Keabetswe: I know that mother but the moment I saw him
I saw everything he did to you and how much pain you
have been through and I couldn’t.
Mapula: Keabetswe What do you mean by that?
Keabetswe: Mother when I looked at father I saw his
betrayal and all that he did. The pain he caused you and
that hurt me because I never thought my father would ever
do that.
Mapula: Keabetswe my child, whatever happens between
me and your father has nothing to do with you. I don’t want
you to ever choose sides when it comes to me and him.
We are both your parents and we love you just as much.
Am sure your father’s heart was heavy because you didn’t
even greet him when he was here.
Keabetswe: Mother how do you look someone in the eye
and pretend they didn’t hurt you when they did more than
just hurt you. He broke you and I saw it first hand, yes you
didn’t tell me and yes you tried to hide it but as much as
you have powers and can see everything I also have the
same and I too can see everything. Father disappointed
me and I don’t know if can ever see him the same way
again.
Mapula: Okay I won’t force you into doing anything you
don’t want but please do try and find it in your heat to
forgive your father. He did me wrong not you.
Keabetswe: I will try but am not making promises.
Mapula: Oh lord you have the spirit of my father and if am
right it won’t ever be easy for you to forgive your father.
Keabetswe: That won’t be a problem either.
- Thabiso What have you done to our daughter? Now the
one person who idolized you sees you as something else.
Fix your relationship with her because I don’t want to have
a vindictive child.
Like, comment and share

Sorry I couldn’t post yesterday I fell asleep halfway

through writing the insert.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 93

BaKoena kingdom✨

Two months later✨ ( not edited)

Thabiso and Mapula haven’t fixed things yet, she was now
9 full months pregnant and the second day in labor but the
prince refused to come to the world. The queen mother as
well as everyone in the palace were worried sick about her,
as a result they called the palace doctor to examine her
and she came and did just that. But she saw nothing
wrong with her only the fact the she was indeed in labor
and the baby was not in any sort of danger or anything like
that. Just didn’t want to come out. Everyone was up and
down not knowing what to do really, they kept on checking
up on her but Kwezi never left her side. The queen mother
came in and she saw sleeping because the pains have
subsided for a while.
Mabotle: How is she doing?
Kwezi: The Same Mother, she keeps drifting in and out of
sleep. She’s in pain but I don’t understand why the baby
isn’t coming.
Mabotle: I also do not understand, remember Keabetswe
was born in the river of how I don’t know, maybe this baby
too wants the same thing.
Kwezi: That could be it mother but if so why wasn’t she
told like she was with Keabetswe?
Mabotle: That I don’t know, someone needs to summon
Ngwedi here.
Kwezi: I think Keabetswe can do that since her mother is
no state to do so herself.
Mabotle: Let me go get her, maybe she will be able to.
( the queen mother left going to Keabetswe’s room and
found her sitting on her bed playing)
Mabotle: My princess
Keabetswe: NKgono ( grandma)
- [ ] Mabotle: Come with me my princess I need you.
Keabetswe: I already called Ngwedi grandma and she will
be here and minute now.
Mabotle: How did you... never mind, thank you my
princess.
Keabetswe: It’s a pleasure grandma and mommy will be
okay don’t look so worried.
Mabotle: Well Thank you my princess for the support.
Keabetswe: You welcome grandma ( the queen mother
left going back to Mapula’s room and when she got there
Ngwedi was there sitting next to her)
Mabotle: Ngwedi When did you get here?
Ngwedi: Just know queen mother the princess summoned
me.
Kwezi: Can you help with this or at least tell us what to do?
Ngwedi: The king refuses to be born here, he wants to be
born in his kingdom.
Mabotle: I don’t understand Ngwedi what are you talking
about?
Kwezi: Hayi nam am also lost
Ngwedi: The Queen is carrying the future king of
BaTloung and he and the gods of BaTloung refuse for him
to be born here. They want him to be born in his soil, his
land and his kingdom or the queen will never give birth.
Kwezi: Yhooo! ( she clapped her hands)
Mabotle: Modimo wakgotso! ( lord Jesus!) so you mean
you have to take her to BaTloung for her to give birth?
Ngwedi: That’s what the gods want my queen
Mapula: Then take me there mother because am tired and
drained, let us give the gods what they want.
Mabotle: Oh my baby you are awake! Okay then if you say
so I will go ask your brother to get the car ready. Kwezi
please help her get cleaned up.
Kwezi: Yes Mother ( the queen mother left and went down
stairs where he met Tokelo and Lebo sitting in the lounge
lost in thoughts)
Mabotle: Tokelo and Lebo
Them: Mah
Mabotle: Get the car ready we are going to BaTloung
Lebo: What are we doing there?
Mabotle: The gods want their king to be born in his
kingdom so that is where we are taking your sister.
Tokelo: The gods sure know how to humble us, now they
want us to and face that moron and his plastic wife.
Mabotle: This is not about the moron and plastic wife as
you call them, this is about my dad and grandson. Now get
up and get the car ready.
Tokelo: Yes mother ( they guys went out while the queen
sat on the couch waiting for Ngwedi, Mapula and Kwezi to
come down. She heard screams and she knew that the
contractions were back and going hard at her. She want
so badly to take the pain for her but it was not possible.
They finally came down stairs with her screaming and
sweating) Kwezi and Ngwedi helped her until she reached
the last step when Lebo came in and saw her struggling,
he went to them and picked her up and went out while the
others followed. He put Mapula in the car and the queen
mother got in with her then Lebo took the drivers seat and
drove off while Tokelo, Kwezi and Ngwedi followed behind
in the second car. All roads were leading to BaTloung and
the drive was a silent one.

BaTloung kingdom:

Things in the kingdom were so bad that the people started

fetching water from the river. Something they never had to
do before, to make matters worse the river was drying out
because there was no rain. The people of the kingdom
haven’t seen rain in BaTloung for months now and things
were going from bad to worse in a short period of time.
Sebokeng has just lost yet another child in the past two
day and she lost that one at 12 weeks. She was now a
shadow of herself because at first she thought is was just
a coincidence since every woman experiences
miscarriage in their lives but with this one she was careful.
The moment she missed her period and did blood test and
confirmed pregnancy she has been careful. Eating right,
avoiding stress and sleeping properly. She even took her
prenatal vitamins on time but again like the last time, there
were no pains or anything. She just woke up feeling wet
like she peed on herself as that is what she thought at first
but when she removed the covers and saw blood she
screamed her lungs out waking up everyone in the palace
including Thabiso who was sleeping next to her. She
screamed so loud The a disoriented Thabiso fell off the
bed before getting his senses and saw the blood on the
sheets and her. He looked and her and said “ you lost
another one yet again. Such incompetence” and he
walked out leaving his mother to tend to her. His words cut
deep because she too didn’t know the reason for her
miscarriages and the doctor say she is healthy and should
be able to carry full term but it was just not happening.

Thabiso was standing at the back in what used to be a

beautiful garden with beautiful flowers but now it was just
a dry place with the flowers withering and dying. As he
stood there he thought of the day of the his father died
when his wife didn’t even was him to touch her while she
cried out in pain.
- if only I had insisted and find out what the problem was
with her that day maybe just maybe I wouldn’t be here
right now. My father’s kingdom is falling apart and the
people are looking at me for answers I don’t have. If only I
had listened to Father when he said I must keep the
BaKoena brothers close for they will help me. At the time I
didn’t see how they could help me because I had
everything and my company was doing well. But now
everything is just going south and quickly. Falling apart
right before my eyes and there is nothing I can do about it
While he was still deep in his thoughts the chief priest
came to him and touched his shoulder. He looked at him
acknowledging his presence and kept looking at the
mountains like they will give him answers.
Chief: My king, get that woman to right her wrongs so that
she can be able to have a child but one thing I know is that
she will never carry a royal seed.
Thabiso: I have tried to get her to tell me what she did but
she doesn’t seem to even know what is causing all this.
Chief: She might have forgotten but the wounds of the one
she hurt are still fresh, she will know no peace and will
never have a child.
Thabiso: Wait before you said she will never carry a royal
seed, what does that mean?
Chief: It means that the gods don’t see her worthy to carry
a royal seed. They don’t want anything connecting them to
her as she didn’t want anything connected to them.
Thabiso: What do you mean she didn’t want anything
connected to them?
Chief: When she took the lobola money herself and
refused to be introduced to the gods of this palace she
was denying them and they also did the same.
Thabiso: Gods of BaTloung what am I going to do? ( he
looked up and dark clouds were forming fast and he
couldn’t believe his eyes and he saw what was happening)
Thabiso: Chief it’s going to rain! ( he said excited and
looking up the sky)
Chief: That is just passing because the rain queen is close
by, come let’s go Welcome them home.
Thabiso: Are you saying my queen is coming home?
Chief: Yes but not for you am afraid my king ( he was
disappointed as they walked to the front just as the
BaKoena vehicles stopped at the gate the rain started
falling hard) the people of the kingdom were all outside
enjoying the rain as it has been months since they had
rain. Some evening took out buckets to catch the water
from the rain. Thabiso ran to the gate as he saw the cars,
he didn’t care that he was getting rained on all he cared
about was his queen.
Thabiso: Guards! Open the gates now! ( he shouted at the
guards who didn’t see there were cars at the gate as they
were taking shelter inside their room by the gate. Two of
them went out running to open the gate and the cars drove
in. Thabiso and the chief priest were running behind them
like kids in the rural areas who hardly see cars and when
they do they would run after them shouting and cheering
behind it and it drives off. They got to the cars as the
brothers killed the engines. Lebo got out of the first car
and Tokelo on the second car. They stood by the doors
looking at Thabiso while the rain was falling hard. Thabiso
gathered the little strength he has and walked towards
them.
Thabiso: Brothers! Greetings
Tokelo: We didn’t come here for pleasantries! Now show
us the royal nursing hut now!
Thabiso: I don’t know where it is but I can go and ask the
queen mother.
Lebo: And you still here! ( Thabiso saw that this was no
time to play around as he ran to the palace and the queen
mother was opening the door to see if it’s raining for real)
Thabiso: Mother they want the royal nursing hut and am
not sure which one it is.
Queen: Are you telling me that the queen of this land
came to give birth in this kingdom?
Thabiso: I don’t know mother but it looks like it.
Queen: haaaalaaaa yeeeheeee blessed is the soil of
BaTloung thank the gods of BaTloung kecho holona
BaTloung, dipedi kgatlatlopo nnja pokojwe, thole diphofolo.
Namane dinyamatsana, Lona lesaloing lelehae Leloyang
lelenaheng! ( the queen started hullulilating and reciting
the clan names of BaTloung gods dancing around the
loung. The noise brought Sebokeng down stairs.
Sebokeng: What is going on here?
Queen: The queen of this land has come to give birth in
this kingdom (she said and went out followed by Thabiso
and Sebokeng stood at the door watching. The moment
the queen mother got to the cars with the brothers
standing outside getting rained on like loyal body guards.
The queen mother Mabotle got out of the car.
Mabotle: My queen we need the hut now the baby is
coming. ( the queen didn’t waste time and yelled at the top
of her voice for the maidens who came running and she
barked orders as them telling to bring warm water and
towels and take them the the royal nursing hut. They ran
going to do as told. The chief priest on the other side was
burning African incense moving around the place with it
still burning besides being rained on which meant the gods
were happy.
Queen: Let’s take her in my queen the hut is always I just
needed only those things and they will be here any
moment now.
Mabotle: You right ( she opened the door for Mapula and
Ngwedi and Kwezi were already on their side. Mapula
stepped out of the car and Thabiso saw her struggling to
stand and rushed to her side but the brothers blocked him.
He looked at them with pleading eyes but they didn’t
budge. Mapula moves away from the car with the little
strength that she had and asked for Kwezi and Ngwedi to
leave her. She went and stood in the middle of the palace
grounds and held her hand up. As soon as she did that
thunder rumbled with a loud noises followed but lightning
that was busy playing and hitting right in front of her.
Sebokeng watched this witchcraft with her hand covering
her mouth in shock. She has never seen witches before
but she believed she had seen one today. Mapula lowered
her hands and the lighting stopped but the rain fell harder,
What amazed Sebokeng was the fact all the other people
were dripping wet yet she was dry like she was not
standing in the rain. Mapula signaled for Ngwedi and
Kwezi and come help her as she couldn’t move anymore.
Her legs were weak and she could feel the heaviness
between her legs and the contraction hit harder. Thabiso
was crying watching her but no one could see his tears
thanks to the rain. He went closer to her as he saw that
she couldn’t walk and just as he was about to touch her in
speed of lightning Tokelo was next to him pushing him
aside and picking up his sister. Thabiso’s heart sank and
his mother saw that and she was also hurt even though
she knew that he deserved it but still seeing him like that
broke her as a mother.
Tokelo: Lead The way my queen
Queen: This way ( the queen mother went to the hut
followed by Tokelo who was carrying Mapula, Mabotle,
Ngwedi, Kwezi and Lebo. Thabiso was behind Lebo. They
got to the hut and the people who were allowed in were
Mabotle the queen of course and Ngwedi. Tokelo and
Lebo stood outside the hut blocking the door. The
maidens came to them.
Maiden: My kings and chief and you mother can come in
and have a shower and a change of clothes.
Kwezi: My thanks dear
Tokelo: We are alright dear maiden take the mother to get
changed.
Maiden: Alright my king, mother this way ( a Kwezi
followed behind, now the chiefs wife is called mother while
the kings wife is called the queen) Mapula’s creams were
driving Thabiso crazy and he was crying but thank God for
the rain no one saw it.
Thabiso: Am sorry for all that I have done, I ask that you
find it in your hearts to give me another chance with your
sister, I swear I never mistreat her the way I did ever again.
( the brothers were like statues they didn’t say anything or
even made any movement)
Thabiso: Please I beg of you to say something at least,
anything would be better than this please
Sebokeng: You busy begging the witches brothers and
even allowed her to come and give birth here when I have
just lost my baby two days ago? How insensitive can you
people be?
Thabiso: SHUT UP SEBOKENG! SHUT THE HELL UP!
Sebokeng: You can should all you like but am telling the
truth! Did you see what she was doing right in this palace?
She literally performed witchcraft right before your eyes
and you still want her? ( Lebo could hold his laughter
anymore)
Lebo: ahaha oh no! Ahahaha the plastic should have been
Ntsika‘s wife not yours. Doesn’t she know of the rain
queen and what she can do? No man you more stupid
than I thought!
Thabiso: Sebokeng leave my sight before I do something I
will regret! ( just as Sebokeng was about to answer the
baby’s cries filled the hut and could be heard from outside
and everyone outside remained silent. The baby cried
harder with his cries piecing through their ears and the
chief priest came running just as Thabiso turned into a big
cheetah scaring Sebokeng in the process.
Lebo: There we go again with the show off of the animal
ayi ( just then the chief priest bowed right before the door
and Thabiso followed suit and out of nowhere many
cheetahs and elephants appeared coming their way
Sebokeng took one look at them and fainted as she has
never seen such. But unfortunately for her no one was
there to catch her or even cared that she fainted. The
animals go behind Thabiso and the chief priest and bowed
as well.
Tokelo: He really is the king
Lebo: Yes and this confirms it!
Tokelo: What a lucky bustard Thabiso is But doesn’t even
see it.
Lebo: That fool needs Jesus himself to open his eyes.
Tokelo: Yeah, they don’t expect us to bow right? ( Lebo
thought for a second)
Lebo: Nah! They did enough and besides the baby
stopped crying now ( Just then the queen came out
holding the naked baby up and the animals went crazy. It’s
like they were in competition with the roaring and groaning
making animal sounds with their heads bowed. The rain
was doing wonders as it rained even harder)
Queen: It’s a boy! Prince Lehasa Moloi of BaTloung
kingdom! ( she yelled excited the turned and walked back
into the hut)
The cheetahs and elephants left and Thabiso turned back
and saw Sebokeng on the floor and he clicked his tongue
and looked at the brothers.
Thabiso: May I please see my son?
Tokelo: Wake your wife up and ask her to show you your
son.
Thabiso: Please! You know I have no child with her.
Lebo: Has she no lost them you would have two with her
right?
Thabiso: Yes But...
Tokelo: But nothing! ( he said that in between his teeth
and Thabiso knew that he was angry) my sister is not your
door mat do you hear me?
Thabiso: I know she’s more than that
Lebo: You will not see her or your son, the moment 10
days pass we are taking her home but until then we will be
body guards outside her door making sure you don’t even
catch a gimps of them.
Thabiso: Please I beg of you ( Sebokeng woke up)
Sebokeng: Oh my God what happened to me? ( no one
payed attention to her) The queens came out.
Mabotle: Greetings the baby is fine and so it the mother
( she said with a smile)
Queen: Yes my grandson is warrior ( that hit home with
Thabiso as he used to call his daughter that and even let
her train with the warriors. He wondered how she’s doing
with that)
Thabiso: May I please see them ( the two queens looked
at the brothers then each other)
Tokelo: What did I just say to you?
Thabiso: Please man just this one I beg of you
Sebokeng: Am going in ( before anyone could answer she
had already pushed through) she stood there watching
Mapula breastfeeding and her heart broke, tears made
their way to her cheeks and she couldn’t control them.
Thabiso was right behind her but couldn’t see the child
since he was covered.
Mapula: Go and apologies to the old woman you called fat
and disgusting.
Sebokeng: What woman are you talking about?
Mapula: The one you insulted the day of the kings funeral
when you insisted that I served you food.
Thabiso: You did what?... you asked my wife to serve you?
Who the hell do you think you are?
Mapula pushes him of the high horse he was in.
Mapula: Don’t act Thabiso, you know exactly who she is
and you now her better then any of us in every aspect.
Now you ( to Sebokeng while Thabiso remains like a wet
dog) you insulted the old woman and called her names
without any reason. Remember the curse she placed upon
you? ( Sebokeng shook her head) we’ll let me remind you.
She said you shall know no peace in your life and your
womb will be as rotten as your mouth.
Queen: Yhoo so the reason you have been losing children
is because you insulted an innocent old woman?
Sebokeng: I didn’t mean to and she should know that
Queen: Well my dear if you want things to go well in your
life you will go find her and apologize.
Sebokeng: I will not apologize to that stinking old woman
who will look down on me when I stoop to her level.
Mapula. Well then you have made your bed now lay on it.
Please leave I need some rest ( Mabotle escorted
everyone out but Thabiso didn’t want to leave but Tokelo
pulled him by the back of him clothing and pulled him out
while Lebo closed the door. Thabiso looked at them went
away going to his father’s grave. He was shuttered and
tears were flowing freely he got there and kneeled.
- Father! Father please am sorry! Please help me for I am
lost! ( he cried) Father I am a father again! I have a prince
and heir to this throne but I couldn’t even see him! Father I
was a fool and I see that now! Please don’t let them
punish me by not letting me see my son! Am sorry I did
you, this kingdom and my wife wrong and I apologize!
Please have mercy on dear gods of BaTloung! Today
even when you bowed with me when the prince was born I
couldn’t connect with you! It’s like you turned your backs
on me! If so I understand but please help me make things
right! Please ( he cried so hard and painfully on top of his
father’s grave. While the rain did its thing on the other side
without stopping)
Like, comment and share
#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 94

BaTloung kingdom✨( its short but that is all I have time for)

It’s exactly 11 days since the prince and future king of

BaTloung was born. Indeed the BaKoena brother never
left their sisters door, they took turns in guarding the door
claiming they don’t want anyone stressing her while she
has a baby to take care of. Thabiso never saw the baby,
the only thing he comforted himself with was sneaking out
and sit by the window of the guest room where his wife
was and listen when the baby’s cries and his wife hushing
him. He would sit there all night and go back to bed in the
early hours of the morning. He even knows his son’s
schedule of waking up and when he sleeps. It has been
raining since the queen arrived but lucky for him there was
a bit of shade covering the place where he sat at night
next to the water tank. Today the BaKoena royals were
going home with the prince but his wife asked to talk to
him before she leaves. He woke up early as tired as he
was and took a bath, he came back to the room and
Sebokeng was up and looking at him as he got dressed.
Sebokeng: Am so happy that the witch and her bastard
son are leaving this palace.
Thabiso: It’s funny you say that because the witch and the
bastard son you talking about belong here. Where do you
belong and when are you leaving?
Sebokeng: Am your wife and I belong here.
Thabiso: That’s where you mistake dear Sebokeng, you
are your own wife and I just paid you to stay here in fact
one would say I gave you girlfriend allowance that made
you stay here to milk me for more.
Sebokeng: I have every right to be here Because you
chose me over her.
Thabiso: Keep telling yourself that maybe you will end up
believing it.
Sebokeng: Don’t think I haven’t noticed that you haven’t
been sleeping here ever since she got here.
Thabiso: Your point being?
Sebokeng: Am just telling you that I know
Thabiso: And am telling you that I wasn’t hiding it from you.
Sebokeng: You so insensitive, first you bring that woman
here just two days after I lost our baby. Then you let her
stay here for more than a week on top of that you sneak
out at night to God knows where then come back freezing
cold and taking baths in the early hours to the morning. I
have noticed all of that and I don’t like it. It has to stop and
something is got to give in this relationship.
Thabiso: What a speech you prepared there, If only it was
my wife telling me all this then maybe I would have
listened. Now if you will excite me I have to meet with my
wife.
Sebokeng: You not going anywhere until we finish talking
( she stood by the door blocking it. Thabiso chuckled)
Thabiso: Move out of my way Sebokeng
Sebokeng: Not until you sit down and let us talk like
husband and wife should.
Thabiso: That’s exactly what am going to do with my wife
not you.
Sebokeng: Well am not moving here and you not going
anywhere ( Thabiso went close to her and put his hands
on her shoulders and pulled her to him then turned her
around and pushed her onto the bed then looked at her
and the shock in her face couldn’t be missed. Thabiso
went out and left her there) he went down stairs and into
the dining room where everyone was about to eat
breakfast but Mapula was not there. He greeted and took
his seat, Tokelo was also not there only Lebo was and he
figured that he must be guarding his sisters door like the
trusted bodyguard he was.
Queen: Before we start eating I would like to say
something.
Mabotle: Go ahead my queen.
Queen: My thanks, Firstly I know the situation in this
palace is not ideal but none the less I would like to thank
the god of both kingdoms for allowing the prince to be
born at home. My husband must be trilled wherever he is.
Secondly I would like to apologize for my son’s behavior
and everything that has happened that resulted to this
situation. I know am not the right person to thank you and
apologize but am doing it anyway on behalf of the
kingdom and myself. We haven’t seen rain in this kingdom
in months but since the rain queen arrived in this kingdom
it has been raining ever since and for that I thank you.
Mabotle: My queen we are adults here and so that means
I will not lie or sugar coat things. We didn’t want to be here
and if it wasn’t for the gods demanding that the prince be
born here we wouldn’t have come. The situation here is
none of our business and I know that you don’t like the
fact that your son hasn’t seen his son till now and he won’t
see him and until he does right by my daughter, me and
my family.
Queen: Even so my queen I thank you and am glad you at
least allowed me to see him. What Thabiso ruined Thabiso
will fix. Now let’s eat before the food get cold ) they started
eating in silence but Thabiso was only thinking about the
talk he will have with his wife and hoping that she will let
him see the baby) after they finished eating Kwezi went up
and the others moved to the lounge just having light
conversation. Kwezi came down with the bags and Tokelo
was behind her with the baby. He looked at him
expectantly but they passed them and went outside to the
car. Mabotle also stood up and followed suit followed by
the queen and Lebo. He remained sitting alone with tears
falling. Moments later his mother came in.
Queen: I hate seeing you like this but you did all this and
now it’s time to fix it. I hope what happened here has
finally opened your eyes. ( she left him there sniffing)

Mapula came down stairs and sat opposite him and

looked at him. He looked up at her and their eyes locked
and they looked at each other without saying anything just
tear flowing down his cheeks. The eyes of his wife made it
worse as he thought he might be the reason they are like
that now.
Thabiso: Am sorry my love am really sorry I....( she cut
him short)
Mapula: That is not what I want to talking about.
Thabiso: Okay then you can talk I will listen.
Mapula: I found out a few months back that I am not the
queen of BaKoena and..( he cut her short)
Thabiso: Of course you not the queen of BaKoena but the
queen of BaTloung.
Mapula: Would you let me finish?
Thabiso: Am sorry please go on
Mapula: As I was saying, the gods told me that the
kingdom of BaKoena belongs to Tokelo and his queen
your sister. They said that I don’t belong to one kingdom
but to many and so do you. They want us to go around
different kingdoms and help them in whatever they need
as their king and queen.
Thabiso: If we belong to all kingdoms what will happen to
mine because I don’t have anyone else to take over while
am gone.
Mapula: You do, Lehasa is to be king in your place at the
age of 15. The crown is not yours but his and you are just
keeping it for him until he comes of age.
Thabiso: I am honored and proud but no son of mine will
be king at that age! When will he get to be a child and a
boy like others. When will he enjoy his youth if he will have
the responsibility of the whole kingdom in his shoulders?
Mapula: Take That up with the gods am just telling you
what they said. That is not all, I was told that you are weak
because you only accepted your gods as your own and
not those of BaKoena. I was told that you have to accept
the gods of BaKoena as yours as well as our union was
blessed and created by them. They said until you accept
that you don’t only have the gods of your people then
things are yet to happen. They said that you need to
acknowledge the gods of BaKoena as well as you are not
only king of all kingdoms but that of the gods of BaKoena
and BaTloung.
Thabiso: If our union is this blessed then why are they not
listening to my cries. Why do they let my tears fall in dry
ground?
Mapula: Because you let the tears of the rain queen and
your half fall for no valid reason. You caused her heart to
turn black and her eyes to look like those of a witch. You
see the red in my eyes?
Thabiso: Yes I do
Mapula: It means more royal blood will spill in this palace
as long as that wife of yours remains stubborn and you will
not let her leave because the devil is making her
appealing to you and if you don’t do what you are
supposed to do things are still going to get worse.
Thabiso: I hear you and I will do what has to be done. But
can you please let it rain some more when you leave.
Mapula: The rain is not my doing but that of the gods, that
is their way of welcoming the prince and king of this
kingdom home.
Thabiso: Will he have powers as well?
Mapula: You will just have to find that out yourself.
Thabiso: May I please see him? Just once, I beg of you.
Mapula: Not while you still sleeping with the devils
advocate in the same bed. I will take my leave now.
Thabiso: Please don’t leave now, I still have more to talk
about with you.
Mapula: And am done talking. ( she stood up and left him
sitting there trying to process what he has been told)
- Gods of BaTloung, I understand that you want the prince
as the king here but what of his childhood, what of his
friends and things that boys get up to if he is to have such
a responsibility at such a young age. I am not going
against you but I ask that you reconsider, at least let him
take over when his 20 years old. Gods of BaKoena I don’t
know what to do to accept you as my own. In this regard
am more confused than ever.
Sebokeng: In all of the time I have been here I have never
seen you look at me the way you looked at her. ( she said
coming in and disturbing Thabiso from his thoughts)
Thabiso: She’s My wife, how else am I supposed to look at
her?
Sebokeng: The Same way you looked at her not so long
ago. You love her and there is no denying it, your eyes
say it all, the way you respect her and talk to her. The way
you listen when she speaks. You love her and that is the
kind of love I would like to get from you. I might do things
differently but am also your wife and I deserve to be loved
the same way you love her.
Thabiso: On that I agree with you, I love my wife so much
that when I think of the things I have done to her I don’t
even know where to begin apologizing to her. And yes you
deserve to be loved but not by me, I belong to another.
Look outside the rain stopped the moment they left this
kingdom meaning the blessings left with them. Yes you do
things differently a lot and to someone right you will get
the love you desire.
Sebokeng: I don’t want anyone else’s love but yours
( Thabiso looked at her and shook his head)
Thabiso: I can’t give you that am sorry ( Lucifer saw that
his plan was crumbling and he went over to Sebokeng and
touched her head and she felt it a bit but ignored it)
Thabiso turned and looked at her and saw the sadness in
her eyes. He went to her and pulled her to his arms and
embraced her.
Thabiso: Let is go to our room and rest, I need it because I
haven’t been sleeping. Do you have to be at work today or
do you want to stay in with me.
Sebokeng: They will understand if I don’t go in today. ( she
said with a smile)
Thabiso: Thank you my love.

He picked her up and went up stairs with her in his arms

and into their chamber.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 95
BaTloung kingdom✨

4 months later ✨

Things at BaTloung have gone from bad to worse now,

there is no clean water for people to drink because the
river is also drying up. As a result the water now is reddish
almost orange with the soil that is mixed with the little
water that remains there. The farms have long been
abandoned and the farmers of BaTloung are now working
in farms form neighboring kingdoms. Thabiso has lost a lot
of alliances and that affected his kingdom negatively. He
used some of the funds from his company to assist but he
stopped when he saw that it will also affect his business
as well in the long run and his financial advisor agreed
with him on that. The devil has been working hard and has
now gained someway into Thabiso. It’s now worse that he
even forgot about his family and is now excited about the
new one his about to have with Sebokeng. She is now 4
months pregnant and according to the doctors she is
carrying twins and they are growing well. Thabiso is over
the mood with excitement and is giving Sebokeng the love
she always wanted from him, or shall I say the devil that is
now using the both of them is making him give Sebokeng
love and attention. His mother has been watching this and
how he does things. She doesn’t like it one bit, she knows
that something is wrong somewhere as a result she
decided to go and see the chief priest to find out she can
do. As she doesn’t like what is happening in the kingdom
and to her son. She went to the chief priest at the crack of
down as they believe that one connects better with the
ancestors in the morning. She got to the hut and took off
her shoes and went in. The chief priest was already
burning incense and it’s smell filled the small hut.
Chief: You took long coming here my queen.
Queen: Eye of the gods, I thought, in fact I was sure that
my son will get his senses back after the prince was born
but the moment they left he forgot they even exist. When I
ask him about the prince his telling me about his wife that
is giving birth in 5 months.
Chief: Blow on these bones my queen, this is no matter for
me to try and catch what the gods are trying to say. So
let’s rather get the answers straight from the source.( the
queen blew on the small sack and the chief priest shoot it
and threw the bones on the floor) The red poker coin lairs
in the middle of the bones.
Chief: This is difficult my queen but let’s start with the red
coin, this means that more royal blood will be shed.
Queen: So this means that this woman will lose these
children too.
Chief: Yes my queen she knows what to do for this to stop.
Now let’s move on, you see this black bone that is on top
of the white one?
Queen: Yes I see it eye of the gods.
Chief: The White bone represents the king and the black
bone represents the danger that is blinding him. It’s doing
this as a way of gaining some sort of control over him but
it can only control his thoughts and manipulate his mind.
Queen: This is bad, so there is some evil involved in all
this.
Chief: Yes my queen and the king was told by his wife
what to do to over come this but the devil acted fast before
he could do anything making him forget it whatsoever.
Queen: So What is it that he has to do to get well?
Chief: He has to go to his wife’s home and accept her
gods as one of his own.
Queen: Is that all?
Chief: That is all my queen.
Queen: Thank you wise one, am taking him now before he
goes and disappears on me.
The queen left the chief priest hut and went into the palace
and checked on her son and saw that he was still sleeping.
She went downstairs to the kitchen and told him to make
breakfast for them. Things got so bad at BaTloung that
they even reduced the number of guards and maidens that
work there as they didn’t have the money to pay them.
The queen sat on the dining room table drinking her tea
and thinking about this whole thing. She vowed that she
will not sit back and watch her son destroying himself.
Thabiso and Sebokeng came down all lovey dovey with
Thabiso occasionally brushing Sebokeng’s now visible
tummy and she queen shook her head knowing that she
will lose those twins in no time. They sat on the table after
greeting.
Queen: How did you sleep my children?
Thabiso: Very well mother thank you for asking, how is the
queen mother of this land doing?
Queen: I don’t feel well and I would like to spend a little
time with my son.
Sebokeng: Mother are you sick?
Queen: I feel fine though but something is not right and I
don’t want what happened to your father to happen to me
and leave without spending time with you and your sister.
Thabiso: What do you mean my sister? I don’t have a
sister.
Queen: Please accompany me to go visit that girl and
spend time with me today that is if my daughter is okay
with that.
Sebokeng: Mother am more than okay with that. I wouldn’t
want my husband to be guilt stricken when you leave this
world without spending time with you.
Thabiso: Thank you babe, mother we can spend the whole
day together okay.
Queen: Am glad son and I would like to leave after
breakfast.
Thabiso: That will be fine, babe what are you doing to do
all day by yourself?
Sebokeng: Since I stopped working at the hospital I was
thinking of visiting Dorah, I miss her.
Thabiso: Okay then I will see you when I come back,
Mother am ready when you are.
Queen: Alright let’s go.

The queen and Thabiso left the palace, the queen was
driving because she didn’t want any mistakes this time
around. The road was leading to BaKoena and on the way
the queen was busy reciting the clan names of BaTloung
asking the gods to help her through this.
Thabiso: Mother how do you feel about being a
grandmother for the first time and to twins.
Queen: Oh I feel like am getting old my son, twins at once
no man you people are going to kill me.
Thabiso: Hahah don’t make me laugh Mother the gods
decided this so am not to blame for this.
Queen: oh well the gods know what they are doing, who
are we do object.
Thabiso: You right mother. ( as the two enter BaKoena
kingdom Thabiso looked out the window admiring the
beauty of BaKoena)
Thabiso: Mother What kingdom is this?
Queen: It’s BaKoena kingdom
Thabiso: It’s beautiful and it looks rich, donyou think if I
come here for an alliance will be a good idea?
Queen: Oh son! ( the queen said with sadness in her voice)
we already have an alliance with this kingdom and it’s one
of the good ones.
Thabiso: But Mother you should have told me because I
would have long come here to seek help for my kingdom.
Queen: That is why I brought you here today.
Thabiso: It’s going to be a good visit then. ( the queen kept
quiet as she took the road to the palace)

BaKoena kingdom✨

Keabetswe felt that danger was coming towards the

palace and it was coming fast, she went out running going
to Arabang’s nursery and found her mother there.
Keabetswe: Mother ranger is coming this way protect
Arabang because it’s here for him.
Mapula: I know that my princess that is why am here. Can
you take care of the danger or do you want to protect
Arabang while I go and check?
Keabetswe: I will take care of it mother.
Mapula: That’s my princess! Now you have grown. Go and
sort this out and shout if you need me.
Keabetswe: Thank you Mother ( Keabetwe went out and
got to the gate just as the queen of BaTloung was parking
at the gate with Tokelo and Lebo looking at the car
contemplating opening the gate) Tokelo saw the princess
and went to her.
Tokelo: Princess what are you doing here?
Keabetswe: I came to sort out the threat, in that car the
devil lives and is here for Arabang.
Tokelo: Then my princess the devil can tune back and
leave because no one is touching my son.
Keabetswe: Please let me handle it but I will need your
help uncle king.
Tokelo: Am right here my princess.
They went to where Lebo was and they went to the gate.
Lebo: Greetings my queen
Queen: Greetings Chief, May I please come in?
Keabetswe: You can come in grandma but he stays
behind we are going with him.
Thabiso: Mother Who is this little girl? She looks like
someone I know but I don’t know from where.
Lebo: Morena Modimo Thabiso osatlanya jwale? Heheh
( Lord Jesus Thabiso is going crazy now?)
Queen: Please let me go in and take my son and sort this
out. Am done now.
Keabetswe: Don’t worry you will be fine in no time.
Thabiso: Where do I know you from? And why don’t you
let me in?
Keabetswe: You will be the answers to that soon.
Tokelo: Ntsika needs to hear about this
Lebo: You still talking when am making a video as
evidence of all this.
Tokelo: Good thinking now let’s go and get this pig fixed
up.
Lebo: Haha pig indeed! Where to princess?
Keabetswe: River and tell the guards to bring a sheep.
( Tokelo gave the guards the instructions and they got into
the queens car as they didn’t even want to open the gate
to let Thabiso in. The devil was fighting him to get in but
with Keabetswe and the brothers it was hard for him to get
through) Lebo drove the car to the river followed by the
guards in a backie with the sheep. They got to the river
and got out.
Thabiso: What are we doing here?
Tokelo: We came to swim it’s our tradition when we get
new visitors in the palace ( Lebo was in stitches)
Lebo: Swimming tradition for morons like this one hahah
oh God this is going to be good.
Thabiso: Why is this one so silly?
Tokelo: This is the chief of this kingdom and don’t worry
you will get used to him, he means no harm by it. ( he was
also holding his laughter because he kept on wiping tears
off his eyes as he didn’t want to laugh out loud in front of
him. But Lebo couldn’t careless he was laughing at
Thabiso making a fool of himself and taking a video of the
whole thing)
Keabetswe: Come Lets go in
Thabiso: Little girl there are alligators in this water, how
can you ask me to get in there. Also these things are
coming close to us so no am not doing it.
Keabetswe: Hold my hand and they will not do anything to
you.
Thabiso: I don’t know why I am trusting a little girl I don’t
even know with my life.
Lebo: Hahah no man! Ohlanya straight motho o ( his really
crazy this guy)

Thabiso took Keabetswe’s hand and she led him in the

water and the deeper they went to more Thabiso got back
his memory. At first it was like some visions but it became
clear by the minute who he was and who the little is.
Thabiso: My little warrior ( he said in a whisper)
Keabetswe ask for passage as Thabiso’s memory was
slowly coming back, the water opened and they walked in
all the way to the mystical land. The queens were waiting
for them and as they arrived they bowed their heads at
him.
Them: My king
Thabiso: Am guessing you are the fallen.
Nyolodi: Good to know you coming back to your senses
my king.
Thabiso: I don’t know what happened after my queen left
the palace. The only thing I remember is being here now
and getting into the water.
Bahomi: You will be fine my king, this way. ( she led the
way to the river of the mermaids to cleanse him, while
Keabetswe remained talking to her friends the fishes)
Bahomi cleansed Thabiso and did all that was necessary
and they come out of the river. Letsatsi the giver of life
touch him head and said.
Letsatsi: I am now giving you new life my king.
Nyolodi: Go back and slaughter the sheep and put it in the
water to finish the cleansing and when you leave don’t turn
back to look at it go straight.
Thabiso: I will my queen ( they walked back and Thabiso
stopped when he saw his daughter and looked at her. He
didn’t remember the last time he spent time with her and
that hurt him)
Bahomi: She will forgive you in time my king and bringing
you here is a step in the right direction. Now go and finish
the cleansing.
Thabiso: My thanks my queen ( Thabiso took his
daughter’s hand and it felt right. They left the mystical land
and arrived at the surface. He went to Lebo)
Thabiso: Lebo do you have a knife I can used to slaughter
the sheep?
Lebo: Halelujah metsi abaKoeana ayaohekula hle bathong!
( hallelujah the BaKoena water can heal! He said and
have him the knife and he slaughtered the sheet and put it
in the water then Keabetswe said they should go and not
look back. Thabiso was amazed by this because he didn’t
tell her what the queen said but she’s saying exactly what
she said. They left and went to the palace and the guards
opened the gate for them.)
Tokelo: Just because you are now cleansed it doesn’t
mean you are now forgiven, go and get your mother and
leave.
Thabiso: What’s with the hostility? What did I do to you
guys? ( they looked at each other and Keabetswe went to
her father and pulled his hand)
Keabetswe: Bend down so that I can reach your head
( Thabiso did as told and Keabetswe put her hand on his
head and he saw everything that he did, visions with
details of what happened played in his hand like it was
happening now. This went on for about an hour by this
time he was on his knees crying and thinking that maybe
just maybe this all just a bad dream and that he didn’t lose
his family and married Sebokeng well she married herself
but still. Keabetswe removed her hand from his head and
left him there)
Thabiso: Please Tell me I didn’t to the things I just saw to
my wife and kids.
Lebo: Oh no! You didn’t do anything man, this is just a
nightmare that will pass at any moment now ( he said with
sarcasm) you did all of it you fool!
Tokelo: What the hell did you think huh? You such a fool!
( he was now getting angry)
Thabiso: Indeed am the biggest fool that ever lived ( he
stood up and went inside the palace and when he got
there the queen and Mabotle were sitting in the lounge
with prince Lehasa in front of them in his seat. Thabiso
looked at his son for the first time and saw a replica of
himself. He kneeled down and took his little hand in his
and Lehasa giggled showing his toothless mouth. Thabiso
was now crying like a baby think of how much he has
missed out on in his children’s lives.
Thabiso: Mother please let us go, I need to get my house
in order and it can’t wait. Queen Mother Mabotle I will not
say anything to you until I do right by you and your family.
Mother please let us go. ( the queen stood up and Thabiso
looked st his done one more time and he smiled with his
toothless smile and his heart melted. Now more than ever
he was determined to right the wrongs he did and do the
acceptance ceremony to fully get protection on both of the
gods.
Thabiso: What is his name?
- Gods of BaTloung and BaKoena what kind of a father am
I who doesn’t even know his sons name.
Queen: Lehasa, his name is prince Lehasa of BaTloung
kingdom and future king of our kingdom.
Thabiso: Welcome home my prince and I promise by the
time you take over the kingdom will be back to what it
used to be or even more. Ask the gods to give me strength
to get through this.
Thabiso and his mother left with Mabotle walking them out.
They got into the car but this time Thabiso was on the
drivers seat and he left in control for the first time in like
forever.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 96

BaTloung kingdom✨( excuse the errors)

The drive to BaTloung was one of the scariest the queen

has ever experienced. Thabiso was driving like a maniac
on the road getting to BaTloung. On the way he looked at
his fathers kingdom and a tear escaped his eye and he
wiped it with his fist and continued driving. Along the way
he saw young women of his kingdom carrying buckets of
water on their heads coming from rivers from neighboring
kingdoms and some with firewood on their heads coming
from the forest. He didn’t like what he saw at all because
his father’s people never suffered like this before until he
took over. He wondered what would have happened that
made him lose sight of things like this? Yes he was told
that the devil was playing him but that didn’t explain why
he lost so much business for his kingdom to be left like
this. Rain also played a huge part in the problem and that
was all on him. He disrespected the rain queen of the
gods, the queen of all kingdoms and the mother of his
children. The queen kept wiping sweat off of her forehead
because she was scared and sweating and Thabiso
seemed to be oblivious to the fact. He got to BaTloung
and hooted and the guards came out and opened the gate
for him. He drove in and parked then went inside and went
to his study and made a call. The person answered on the
second ring.

Convo:
Voice: My king
Thabiso: Get every investor in our best books for an
urgent meeting that will be held next week Monday.
Voice: Not a problem but do I call the BaKoena brothers
as well?
Thabiso: Yes and please make sure they come.
Voice: What about the queen? ( Thabiso thought for a
while)
Voice: My king are you still there?
Thabiso: Am here, try her too but if she refuses please
don’t force things.
Voice: Very well my king, anything else?
Thabiso: Get the account to get the books updated
because I want a report on how we are doing on all
aspects of the business.
Voice: I will pass on the message my king.
Thabiso: My thanks.

He dropped the call and Sebokeng came in brushing her

tummy and the moment he saw her his anger raised. He
couldn’t believe he forgot his family for someone who
didn’t even notice him in high school. Someone who
always told him straight up that the only thing he had
going for him was the fact that he was a prince and
nothing more. She was the kind of girl who was a bully to
everyone, who looked down on people, the kind that will
say hurtful things to people not hearing what they feel
about it. He wondered how the hell did he not see this
coming and concluded that he was indeed a weak man.
Sebokeng: Darling, we missed you ( she walked over to
him trying to kiss him but he moved away)
Sebokeng: What is bothering you my love?
Thabiso: One am not your love, two I want you out of this
palace before sunset and three go and apologize to that
old woman you offended so that one day you can be able
to have children of your own.
Sebokeng: One you are my love and we have been happy,
two am not going anywhere because of your wife and the
queen of this kingdom and three am not apologizing to
anyone because I am already pregnant and carrying a
royal seed.
Thabiso: No royal seed will ever mature in the womb of an
empty woman like you, the gods of BaTloung don’t know
you and you not my wife nor are the queen if this kingdom.
This kingdom only has two queens and that is my mother
and Mapula my wife. So please leave while am still asking
you nicely.
Sebokeng: Am not going anywhere with a royal seed. Am
pregnant and my child deserves to be at his home.
Thabiso: If he was going to live then I would welcome him
with open arms but he won’t and I know this hurts you but
it is what it is.
Sebokeng: You want our child to die? What kind of a
father are you?
Thabiso: I don’t want any child of mine to die but the gods
have spoken, until you humble yourself at the feet of the
old woman you will never have children. As of the kind of
father I am, well I used to be a very damn good one until I
met you. Now again leave. ( he left her there and went to
find a maiden)
Maiden: My king you called
Thabiso: Pack Sebokengs bags and ask the guards to
load them in the car for her.
Maiden: For how long are you leaving for my king so that I
know how much to pack.
Thabiso: Pack everything that belongs to her ( the maiden
was puzzled but she knew better than to question the king)
Maiden: Right away my king ( she left)

In the lounge Sebokeng was going on at the queen

demanding answer from her when Thabiso came in and
stood by the doorway listening to her.
Sebokeng: I asked you a question! What did you do to my
husband when you left here now that he wants me out of
here?
Queen: I did what any mother would do and that is to
protect my son and this kingdom.
Sebokeng: Why did you feel the need to protect him from
his wife?
Queen: Correction! Not his wife but the devil that leaves in
you and you are not and never will be his wife. Nobody
even knows you as his wife except for the people of this
kingdom.
Sebokeng: You are such a witch how can you...
Thabiso: ENOUGH!! ( he roared) that is my mother you
are talking to and the queen mother in this kingdom. Now
take your disrespectful self out of this palace.
Sebokeng: Where am I supposed to go? I don’t have
money and you know I left my job for you.
Thabiso: You have parents, go to them because I know
that’s where you were when I met you.
Sebokeng: This is not over! ( she left going up stairs and
was met by the maidens and guards dragging her bags
and she followed them shouting behind them)
Sebokeng: Who the hell have you the right to touch my
stuff?
Maiden: The king did
Sebokeng: Take my things back to my room right this
second of you know what’s good for you!
Maiden: You have mistreated all of us since you got here
but no more! We don’t report to you but the royal family
and if they ask us to take your things out of the palace that
is what we are going to do until we are told otherwise.
Now move out of the way lady I have other duties to
attend to.
Sebokeng: What? So today even the help gained
confidence to talk to me anyhow! Wow!
Maiden: If I were you I would focus on the blood running
between my legs and not the way the help speaks to you
( Sebokeng looked at herself and indeed blood was
flowing down her legs like a tap had been left open)
Sebokeng: No no no not again no!!! Please God no!!! Not
again please I beg you please!!! No!!! ( she let out an
excruciating cry as she drop to her knees holding her
tummy. Thabiso and the queen came out of the house and
looked at her)
Sebokeng: Thabiso please save our child please!!! Please
save this one for me!!! Please I beg you!!! I can’t lose
another one please help me!!! ( she cried looking at
Thabiso begging him to save their child. He was hurt that
he was losing a child but this was no time for him to be
weak. He needed to be the king his people and the gods
of BaTloung needed. Sebokeng had tears and snot
running down her nose but she didn’t care. She was
shuttered by what was happening to her and the worse
part was that it always happened the same way. No pain
or anything just a lot of blood.)
Thabiso: Maidens take her to the guest room and help her
get cleaned up so that she can leave.
Maidens: Yes my king, ( the maidens helped her up
taking her to the guest room and Sebokeng has no energy
to fight or say anything, she was hurt that she lost yet
another child and was hurt that even then Thabiso didn’t
care and that the only thing he cared about was having
her out of the palace. The other maidens cleaned up
where she was sitting while Thabiso and the queen
mother went inside the palace)
Queen: Don’t you think we should let her stay the night? I
mean she just lost a baby and she’s not thinking straight.
Who knows what she might do?
Thabiso: Mother I get that you feel sorry for and I do too
but I will not be weak this time around and let the devil
play me once again. My people need me more right now
and it’s time I do right by them.
Queen: I hear you son but you got cleansed so I don’t
think the devil will have the chance to do anything in one
night.
Thabiso: I will not take that chance mother she has to go.
Sebokeng: Don’t worry am leaving ( she said coming
down the stairs with her eyes swollen and red. She walked
pass then and went outside, got into her car and drove off)
Thabiso: I want and urgent council meeting to discuss
some of the issues facing the kingdom.
Queen: You don’t have a council remember?
Thabiso: What do you mean I don’t have a council?
Queen: I mean exactly that because you didn’t choose
one, after you were crowned all you were concerned about
was that woman nothing more.
Thabiso: God how has been kingdom been running?
Where is fathers old council?
Queen: They stepped down as you know that is what they
do when a new king is crown and it’s your responsibility to
choose a new one. But there are there.
Thabiso: I will ask the guards to go call them for me, thank
you mother for all you have done for me, I can’t believe
that I’m 7 months the kingdom had no council, no wonder
things got so bad no one was there to manage things
when I couldn’t.
Queen: You have a lot of work to do here so and I suggest
you start now and get my daughter in law and
grandchildren back home.
Thabiso: I can’t do that now mother, my priority right now
is to save this kingdom and knowing my wife she will only
believe that I have changed when she sees actions. Right
now I haven’t done anything besides chase Sebokeng out
to show her and my kids that am a changed man.
Queen: I hear you, now go get the council and work on a
way forward.
Thabiso: Alright Mother.

Somewhere on the road Sebokeng was driving going to

BaKoena, she was crying as she drove, she kept stopping
along the way and asking people to give her directions to
BaKoena as she didn’t know where it was. She got
directions and drove until she saw a board written
BaKoena kingdom and took the off ramp. She drove into
the kingdom and one thing the caught her eyes was the
beauty of it. She stopped one more and asked a young
man where the palace was and he directed her. She drove
and when the palace appeared she she realized that she
has been looking down on LeSotho because she hasn’t
seen such places. BaKoena was beautiful and the houses
that people lived in were two times better than those of the
complex she lived in back in South Africa. She got to the
gate and hooted Lebo got out while the guard went to her.
Guard: How can I help you mam?
Sebokeng: Am here to see Mapula
Guard: Any particular reason for wanting to see the queen?
Sebokeng: All I can tell you is that it’s none of your
business ( Lebo came and saw Sebokeng in the car)
Lebo: The devil is a woman! What are you doing here?
Sebokeng: To show your sister who Sebokeng really is!
Lebo: Hahah are you sure you want to do that? Not that
am underestimating you or anything I just want to be sure.
Sebokeng: Open the gate and call her then you will see.
Lebo: Okay then fair enough, guard open up and you ( to
the maiden that way passing) call my sister and tell her
she has a visitor.
Maiden: Yes my chief ( the guard opened the gate and
drove in while Lebo went to call Tokelo)
Tokelo: What is chasing you now?
Lebo: You have got to see this man come on!
Tokelo: What is it?
Lebo: The plastic wife is here demanding to see our sister
saying she will show her who she really is.
Tokelo: Hahah you joking right?
Lebo: I wish I was unfortunately am not
Tokelo: Hahah am getting my phone ready Ntsika has to
see this.
Ntsika: No need am here ( he said coming in)
Lebo: What!!!
Tokelo: When did you get here?
Ntsika: Just now, I couldn’t take my wife’s hormones
anymore so a I dragged her here knowing that she will not
bother me when am here because mother will be fussing
over her.
Lebo: So basically you are here to abuse my mother
Ntsika: Ngenzeni ke Lebo ngoba nawe uyazi ukuthi
abafazi abakhulelwe banjani manje mina ubuthi ngiphile
kanjani? ( what am I supposed to do Lebo because you
also know how pregnant women are. So now what was I
supposed to do?)
Lebo: Go drop her off at your mothers house not mine.
Ntsika: We I would have done that if they got along but
since she fell pregnant she and my mother fight for the
most stupid things and father and I now have to plate
referees all the time.
Tokelo: I feel like am the legend here because my wife
was the only one who was well behaved during her
pregnancy.
Ntsika: Don’t rub it in, now tell me what did you want to
videotape for me?
Lebo: The plastic is here and wants to show my sister who
she is.
Ntsika: Ukhuluma ngomfazi kaThabiso wephepha ne
Mpandeyami? ( are you talking about Thabiso’s wife and
my Mpande?)
Tokelo: The one and only hahah it’s fine funny though and
am glad Mother is not here for this.
Ntsika: Manje nisameleni? Hasbeni mina angikwazi
ukulinda pho, niyazi nani ukuthi ngaqedela la ukubona I
drama ( so why are you still standing? Let’s go I don’t wait,
you know that I last saw drama here)
Tokelo: Iyahlanya we Ntsika ( you are crazy Ntsika) you
come here only for drama
Ntsika: And to ditch my wife
Lebo: Am telling her
Ntsika: you wouldn’t dare
Lebo: Try me
Ntsika: Fine What do you want?
Lebo: I will tell you when I think of it.
- [ ] They went out with Ntsika mumbling something.

When they got outside Sebokeng was pacing next to the

car and kept wiping her tears. Just then Mapula come out
of the house wearing an adidas tracksuit and came
forward.
Ntsika: There we go
Lebo: Please hold your horses
Ntsika: Mare wena uyangisukela nje ( but you are now just
on my case)
Lebo: Benefits of having a hold on you.
Ntsika: MXM
Tokelo: Do we let them fight or...
Ntsika: What do you think? Of course we letting them,
ngifuna uMpande abonise lonondindwa ukuthi ingubani ( I
want Mpande to show this whore who she is)
Lebo: Language Ntsika!
Ntsika: Well I forgot we are with the baby of the family
Tokelo: Shhhhh There we go

Mapula got to Sebokeng who stood in front of her and

looked at her.
Mapula: How can I help you?
Sebokeng: You think you are better than everyone don’t
you?
Mapula: That’s your opinion and you are entitled to it so I
won’t bother honoring that with an answer.
Sebokeng: You are bitter because Thabiso chose me over
you! ( she was shouting yet Mapula was calm and
collected)
Mapula: If he really chose you then what are you doing
here?
Sebokeng: To confront the witch that keeps taking my
children! Where do you hide them? Where do you witches
keep the children you keep taking from their mothers?
Mapula: First of all I don’t appreciate you coming to my
home and accuse me of being a witch, this is my kingdom
and insulting a queen has serous consequences.
Sebokeng: I see you think you can do anything just
because you are a queen! Well news flash, you not my
queen and today I will show you how we deal with people
like you.
Mapula: I would like to see you try ( Sebokeng slapped
Mapula and she smiled and looked at her)
Mapula: Are you done?
Sebokeng: Butch you still asking huh ( she went charging
to her and slapped her once more and when she wanted
to do it again she held her hand and pushed her hand and
hit against her car)
Mapula: Stop this nonsense before you get hurt.
Sebokeng: You don’t know me do you? But now you will
find out. ( she went charging to her and threw a punch at
Mapula hitting her on the cheek, which angered Mapula as
she went charging to her grabbing her hair pulling her
down and repeatedly rum her with her kneel then pushed
her and she fell. But quickly stood up and went to Mapula
throwing a punch but she ducked just in time moving out
of the way as Sebokeng almost fell as she threw the
punch with force. Mapula went to her and pinned her
against the car with her knee and punched her in both
sides of her ribs with fists and Sebokeng was trying to
wiggle herself out of her hold but it was a bit difficult
because she was facing the car giving Mapula her back
and her knee was right at her waist as she repeatedly
punched her on the ribs.)
Ntsika: Remind me never to piss Mpande off, the woman
fights like a man.
Tokelo: It’s Lebo’s fault
Lebo: I helped her
Ntsika: What did he do?
Tokelo: Well we went doing our first year and we came
here for holiday and Mapula was in high school and Lebo
found out that she was bullied at school by some girl who
had a problem with rich people. So Lebo took Mapula to
the flies everyday after school to teach her how to fight.
She would come back bruised and hide it from mother
because Lebo said is she tells he will hit her harder
because she hid the fact that she was bullied from mother
so she must do the same. Father found out, apparently he
saw us with her on the field while coming back from his
duties, he called me aside and asked me what was going
on and I told him and he said let Lebo teach her how to
defend herself because you two won’t always be here to
protect and fight for her.
Ntsika: Yhooo Lebo you ruined the child! Look at how she
is wiping the floor with that girl and she’s bleeding now.
Lebo: Let them fight until she apologizes for being stupid.
Tokelo: That girl is too full of herself or apologize.
Lebo: Then let her get beaten then.
Ntsika: Aw wemah iyamshaya ngempela unodoli ( oh man
she really beating the doll)

Mapula’s anger has now gotten beyond what she wanted

it to be, as she hit her she thought of all the times she
cried because of her and her husband. How she spoke to
her and how she asked her to serve her like she was her
maiden.
Sebokeng: You have the guts to beat me like this when
you are the cause of my marriage failing!
Mapula: My husband was never yours to keep, you think
because I let you have him for a while I was afraid of you?
( she said punching her on the eyes and she screamed)
Sebokeng: Let me go! You are going to cause me a blue
eye!
Mapula: That’s What you came here for right? To fight me?
Here I am fight!!!
Sebokeng: Let me go!
Mapula: I said fight!!!
Lebo: Kotlohele ngoaneso opaletswe ( let her go sister
she’s defeated)
Mapula: Listen here and listen good, I want you out of
BaTloung and I want you to go and apologize to that
woman who’s heart you broke.
Sebokeng: Don’t worry I already left that sorry excuse of
man but am not apologizing to that woman never!
Mapula: Suit yourself, now get the hell out of my kingdom
( she said and left Sebokeng spitting blood and getting into
her car driving out)

Ntsika: Wow! Now am hungry

Lebo: Me too
Tokelo: I wish we were normal so that I can post this video
on the internet
Lebo: Hahah you crazy but that would be hilarious.
Ntsika: Anishaye keyena uMpande ( and Mapula would
beat you up)
Tokelo: Uyahlanya haha ( you crazy)
They continues teasing each other as they made their way
inside the palace.

Like, comment and share

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 97

BaTloung kingdom✨

Things were looking up at BaTloung, Thabiso has been

working day and night to get the kingdom back to what it
was or even better if the situation allows. It has been a
month of no rest for him but work, the meeting he called
with the investors of his company and the BaKoena
brothers and his queen went well. The brothers came
together with their sister, they listened to his proposal that
he worked on the whole of the previous night. The
brothers didn’t want to help but Mapula reminded them
that this was for the people of BaTloung and for king Letsi
who never got tired of helping them when he was alive, so
in the end they ended up investing in BaTloung and the
other investors followed suit after seeing BaKoena
investing. Thabiso got enough money to get jojo tanks for
the people to get waiter from and the water was being
delivered from the capital by a truck that Mapula is paying
for apart from the investment she made. The farmers
came back to work in their kingdoms farms, the farms
have been taken care of and the soil was fertilized in
preparation for planting. The maidens That were payed
laid off got back to work in the palace, vegetable trucks
come every second day to deliver vegetables to the
people of the kingdom also courtesy or Mapula. The
queen mother was happy about the developments that
were taking place. Thabiso chose his council and they
were only focusing on getting alliances for the kingdom
and going on place duties on behalf of the king. Everyone
had a task delegated to them and they were doing it
perfectly as they also wanted to get their kingdom back to
what it was before. The people were slowly starting to gain
trust in their king and have hope for good things in the
future. The queen mother was sitting in the garden sipping
on her tea while admiring the flowers that were starting to
grow again, Thabiso came and joined her.
Thabiso: Yhoo Mother am exhausted!
Queen: I can imagine but you have done well son done
well, you are doing well and am proud of you.
Thabiso: Well My thanks Mother even though I feel like
things shouldn’t have gotten to this point but here we are
and it’s all because of me.
Queen: No use crying over spilled milk now, move on from
the past and make space for the future.
Thabiso: I miss my family mother, I miss my wife, my
daughter, my son that I don’t even know and I miss my
sister. Reneilwe is still angry at me and I don’t blame her. I
wish she would just give me a chance to apologize to her.
Queen: Give her time son she will come around.
Reneilwe: No need! Here I am ( she said coming towards
them)
Queen: My dear daughter! The last time I saw you was at
the crowning of your Brother.
Reneilwe: Good day Mother
Queen: I will give you time to talk ( she left them there)
Thabiso: What are you doing here?
Reneilwe: So now am no longer welcomed in my father’s
house just because you are king?
Thabiso: No I didn’t mean it that way, Am just surprised to
see you here. Sis look I know I disappointed you and for
that am sorry.
Reneilwe: You didnt disappoint me Thabiso! You failed me!
You were my brother and I looked up to you. The love you
and your wife shared was something I looked up to and
admired. Then you went and did what you did. But that is
not the worst of it, the worst of it is the fact that you were
sane and you knew exactly what you were doing. You
even forgot your own family chasing after what? What was
that you were chasing after?
Thabiso: I can not change what I have done but I can
change what I do from now on. Firstly am trying to get this
kingdom back to what it was. Then I will work on getting
my family back.
Reneilwe: This kingdom wouldn’t be this way had you
opened your eyes sooner, now you say you are working
on getting it back to normal but my question is with who’s
money? The BaKoena once again! You never learn really.
Mapula saved you from Boitumelo and from spending the
rest of your life in prison because of the killings you were
doing. And how did my dear Brother repay her? By
betraying her! If I were her I would never take you back.
Thabiso: Reneilwe I know I have done you and everyone
wrong but am trying, please give me a chance to prove
myself to all of you.
Reneilwe: It seems like you will spend the rest of your life
trying to prove yourself because you never learn. Am
leaving ( she left him there with his thoughts. Just as she
appeared in front Sebokeng was parking her, she waited
for her to get out while she was standing there with her
hands folded on her chest. Sebokeng got out and went to
where she was standing)
Sebokeng: Hey
Reneilwe: What are you doing here?
Sebokeng: I would like to talk to Thabiso
Reneilwe: So that you can bewitch him once again?
Sebokeng: I never bewitched Thabiso but you can believe
what you want. But am not leaving here until I talk to him.
Reneilwe: Guards!
Thabiso: There is no need for that am here.
Reneilwe: Again? You are impossible! ( she left them
there)
Thabiso: What are you doing here?
Sebokeng: I came to ask you for one last favor.
Thabiso: I can’t do you any favors Sebokeng please leave.
Sebokeng: Please Listen, I want to go back to South
Africa and I don’t have money for the flight. I still have my
job there because I called them and they told me that I can
come back anytime. Please lend me the money so that I
can go back and be out of your life.
Thabiso: What happened to the money you got?
Sebokeng: I have been staying g at a hotel for the last
month so now I don’t have anything.
Thabiso: Why didn’t you go to your parents?
Sebokeng: My parents chased me away and told me that I
forgot about them when I was a queen here, they are
angry that I didn’t even tell them that I got married to you
or that I didn’t involve them in the whole thing. Basically I
broke and disappointed them and now they want nothing
to do with me.
Thabiso: What did you expect after everything that you
have done?
Sebokeng: You Speak as if I did this alone!
Thabiso: Don’t you dare use that tone with me!
Sebokeng: Am sorry but please help me out, I have to be
in South Africa on Monday I have to report for duty at the
hospital.
Thabiso: Leave and I will transfer the money but if I were
you I would go to the woman before I leave.
Sebokeng: I don’t have time for that now, I need to get
back to work so that I can be able to work and get back on
my feet.
Thabiso: Do What you want it’s your life.
Sebokeng: Thank you
Thabiso: Now please leave and I would appreciate it if you
never come back here.
Sebokeng: Very well then. ( she left)

BaKoena kingdom:

The queen mother and Mapula were sitting in the lounge

with baby Arabang, baby Lehasa and baby Nteboheng.
Queen: They are growing so fast.
Mapula: Yes they are and they are becoming troublesome
now that they are growing.
Queen: Add the triplets and you will se troublesome.
Mapula: Haha but I can’t live without them, they bring life
into this palace.
Queen: True that. When are you fixing things with your
husband?
Mapula: For as long as he hasn’t come here to do right by
you and the family I will not go back. He has to come get
me back the right way, even then I will not just go with him
because I don’t trust him.
Queen: I understand my blossom but you know the reason
for his behavior.
Mapula: That doesn’t make it hurt any less mother and
before the devil took over he knew what he was doing and
did nothing to stop it so that alone means he wanted all
this.
Queen: This is difficult because Arabang needs his father
and he needs to be groomed for his position at an early
age.
Mapula: Mother you speak as if we are not royals, Tokelo
and Lebo are here and they were groomed by one of the
best kings, my father. If Thabiso won’t wait to earn my
trust and forgiveness then my brothers will be here to
groom him into the king his meant to be.
Queen: I understand my baby and I am not trying to force
you to forgive when you are not ready, I just want you to
understand one thing, forgiveness is not for the next
person but for you to heal. Also bitterness is like drinking
poison and expect the next person to die. Here you have a
choice, to forgive or to be bitter. Either way I want those
eyes gone because I can longer bare to look at them
anymore, they always remind me of the pain you are still
feeling every day and that is not nice for a mother to
witness. Your daughter also knows that you are not happy
and you are in pain because you are showing it in your
eyes and that is not good. Think of your children because I
don’t want Lehasa to get used to seeing his mother with
the eyes of a monster. This whole thing does not only
affect you but your children too. Look at Keabetswe! She
is walking around like she’s lost because the family she
knew is no longer whole, it’s broken and it broke her in the
process. Forgive if not for you then do it for your children
and remember I didn’t raise a bitter and resentful woman
but a strong warrior that blossoms in every season. Thank
about it.
Mapula: My thanks mother and I will.

The queen mother left her with the babies while she went
to make herself tea. Mapula was left thinking about what
her mother said.

Like, comment and share

I know it’s short but this is all I can manage to write a t the
moment and also please excuse the errors.

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 98

BaTloung kingdom ✨
It’s been a week and Thabiso and BaTloung has been
recovering well. It rained for three days during the week
and that was a promising sign that thing were going back
to normal. Thabiso was laying on his bed thinking about
ways to get his family back and how he will prove to his
wife that he has changed. Or how to even convince her to
give him another chance, while he was still deep in his
thoughts his eyes got heavy that he couldn’t open them
any more so he decided to sleep a little. As soon as he
closed his eyes and relaxed he saw himself by the
BaKoena river sitting on the big rocks that the alligators
always sit on when they are out of the river. He was
looking towards the river and his father and Lerumo were
standing there talking and laughing like they were
reminiscing about the good old days. They both walked to
where he was sitting and they both sat on both sides
putting in the middle.
‘ do you see how peaceful the water looks?’ Asked
Lerumo ‘ yes I see it and it’s like it’s not moving when you
looking at it from a distance’ Thabiso answered still
looking at the water ‘ that is how my daughters heart was
before this whole saga, my lights heart was as clear and
pure as that water’ he says. Now Thabiso was seeing both
the BaKoena river and the BaTloung’s muddy and dirty
river with light water in it. ‘ look at this river now and tell
me what you see’ said Lerumo ‘ The BaTloung river looks
like a river that cows and hippos bathe in. It’s dirty and
muddy’ answered Thabiso ‘ Thabiso that is how my
daughter’s heart is now, it looks and feels like a mess
because of how you and that woman walked all over it. My
light no longer has light in her even the little light the
children bring to her is slowly fading. As a results she
doesn’t even come to this river anymore because she
feels unworthy of such a pure place when her heart is
such a mess’ says Lerumo ‘ Am sorry I did all that to your
daughter father, I can’t even say it was not my intentions
because when it started I was fully aware of everything
which is what makes it harder for me to go to her and
apologize because this is not the first time’ he answered
‘ You broke the promise you made to me son and led my
kingdom and my people to poverty, something they don’t
know, yes I see you are trying to make things right but
nothing with ever be right if the our queen remains this
way. You broke her son, she might put in a brave face for
everyone but for as long as her eyes remain that way
know that she is still shuttered.’ Says Letsi ‘ I don’t know
how to fix this father’ he said sounding defeated ‘ you fix it
the same way you ruined it, we want our queen back son
and do that fast before the god turn their backs on your
completely’ said Letsi. When Thabiso was about to answer
the two disappeared and Thabiso woke up.
- Gods of BaKoena and BaTloung please give me strength
to get through this. I know I didn’t consult with you before I
did all this but now am humbling myself to you and asking
you for your guiding. Please don’t abandon me yet, give
me a chance to make things right with your queen. Give a
chance to bring your queen back to you, even if I don’t get
her back.
He took his phone from the bedside table and did
breathing exercises before dialing Mapula’s number, he
waited on the line as it rang to voicemail. He let out a
heavy sigh and dialed again and on the forth ring
Keabetswe picked up.
Convo:
Keabetswe: Queen Mapula’s phone hello
Thabiso: Hey My little warrior, how are you?
Keabetswe: My Mother is busy with Lehasa right now can
I take a message?
Thabiso: Keabetswe am still your father and your king. I
will not accept to be treated this way by you.
Keabetswe: Well My king, my apologies if I disrespected
you in anyway, next time I will not pick up mother’s phone.
Thabiso: Keabetswe Moloi this is not about that and you
smart enough to know it.
Keabetswe: Did you want me to give Mother a message?
Thabiso: Keabetswe I know I did all of you wrong but am
trying my little warrior, daddy is trying to get you all home
and to fix the mistakes he has made.
Keabetswe: You My king once told me that everything we
do, we do it because we want to, you said everyone
makes a choice and then come and tell people that they
made mistakes because they want to be forgiven for their
selfishness. You even said I should never trust such
people for they will repeat the offense and call it a mistake.
I asked you examples of things I can forgive because they
are mistakes and you my king said dropping a glass
without meaning to is a mistake, forgetting a book I was
using to do my homework is a mistake but deciding not to
do my homework is not a mistake but a choice. Now my
king you are here telling My about the mistakes you have
made and it confuses me because you are contradicting
yourself. ( Thabiso’s heart sank at the words of his 7 year
old daughter who reminded him of the things that he
taught her)
Thabiso: You right Keabetswe but...( who is that kea?
Asked Mapula on the background and she answered with
‘ it’s your husband’ then there was a shuffle then Mapula
was on)
Mapula: Hello
Thabiso: Hey, how are you?
Mapula: Am fine, how can I help you?
Thabiso: I was wondering if you would be willing to go out
to dinner with me tonight?
Mapula: I don’t think so or do you want to see the kids?
Thabiso: No I want to see you, please just one dinner
that’s all I ask.
Mapula: What time?
Thabiso: I will pick you up at 7
Mapula: No I will drive myself to the place, send me the
details.
Thabiso: I will do that just now.
Mapula: Fine ( she dropped the call)

- Gods of BaKoena and BaTloung, what have I done to my

family? What have I done to my daughter? She resents
me and I don’t blame her. Dear gods of my land I don’t
want my daughter to grow up to be the kind of woman who
looks for validation from men because she didn’t have a
father to show her how to love herself and the type of love
she should expect from others. I have not only wronged
my wife in this but I have damaged my daughter as well.
How do I begin to fix such? How do I explain to a 7 year
old god that I was a fool for doing what I did? Will my
family ever go back to what it was before? Would they
trust me like they did before? Would my son look up to me?
All these questions were running through his mind as his
mother was standing by the door looking at her troubled
son carrying the weight of the world on his shoulders. She
came in and sat at the foot on the bed and looked at him.
Queen: Son, I was thinking that it’s time for you to send
the uncles to BaKoena to apologize on your behalf for
disrespecting them.
Thabiso: You right mother, how does that process work?
Queen: Well you have to send a caw that is going to the
queen mother to ask for her forgiveness, two cows and
horses to the king and chief to ask for their forgiveness
then lastly pay damages for the queen for all that you have
done and you have to cleanse her.
Thabiso: That can be done Mother we have enough live
stock and horses to do all that. Let me go and talk to them
now.
Queen: Summon the uncles to the palace and talk to them
here.
Thabisa: Mother What my wife taught me is how to be
humble when I have done wrong and treat people with
respect. I can’t summon the uncles here to ask them to go
and right my wrongs because that would still be
disrespectful and undermining. I will go door to door and
talk to them.
Queen: She is a good wife to you and she is indeed a
queen. Go and do what needs to be done son.
Thabiso: My thanks mother.

Thabiso indeed did what he said he will do, he went door

to door going from one uncles house to another. The
uncles are not his father or mothers family but the elders
that went to represent him during the lobola negotiations
at BaKoena. So when something goes wrong or needs to
be fixed in their marriage that involves the elders they are
the ones who are going to take care of it. On his way back
he sent Mapula the details of the restaurant they will be
meeting at and called to make reservations in one of their
most reserved tables in the restaurant. He then drove
straight home and took a shower and freshened up then
made his way to the restaurant at the Capital. He passed
by a flower shop and brought his wife an orchid and head
to the restaurant. When he got there they showed him his
table right at the back of the restaurant a bit far from the
crowd and he sat there nervous but trying to control his
nerves which was different. He wanted to order himself a
drink but decided against it because he didn’t want to
appear as drunk when he talks to his wife. After 20
minutes of waiting Mapula appeared being lead by the
waiter to their table and he stood up and opened a chair
for her after exhausting pleasantries. They ordered drinks
and sat there in silence for a while and he decided to
break it.
Thabiso: How have you and the kids been?
Mapula: We are fine, taking it one day at a time.
Thabiso: That’s Good to hear, Lehasa must be growing
fast.
Mapula: Yes he is. ( Thabiso was getting more and more
nervous by the short answers she is giving him)
Thabiso: How is Keabetswe’s training with the warriors
going?
Mapula: It’s going well and she went for her first battle last
week and the warriors were happy about the way she
handled herself.
Thabiso: Am so proud of her.
Mapula: You should tell her that not me.
Thabiso: I will. ( he cleared his throat) am sorry for
bringing you here and not booking the whole restaurant for
us but at this point my finances didn’t allow me.
Mapula: This is alright no need to worry about it.
Thabiso: I got you an orchard to apologize and because
the one you had at home died because no one could take
care of it like you did.
Mapula: Thank you.
Thabiso: My queen, I am not about to sit here and lie to
you. I have wronged you in the worst possible way a
husband could ever wrong his wife. I betrayed you, your
trust and broke our family and for that I will never forgive
myself. So I will not ask you to forgive me but to forgive
yourself, for putting so much trust in someone who wasn’t
worthy of it. For loving someone like me regardless of his
flaws and imperfections. Forgive yourself Momokoena if
not for you then for the children that see your pain every
day. They deserve a happy mother for then to be happy.
Keabetswe is already suffering and I know am the cause
but don’t contribute to it by being someone you not. Yes
my actions made you this way and for that I will spend
everyday of my life trying to make it up to you. My queen
you are pure of heart but now that is not the case and am
to blame which a take full responsibility of but please
forgive yourself for our children, for the kingdoms that
need their queen and for you to find peace.
Mapula: I hear all that you say but it’s not easy as you
make it out to be. You did more than just betray me but
you broke me, took my self confidence as a woman
because cheating and your husband choosing another
over you makes you feel like you lack something. Like you
not worthy to be loved and respected, like you not doing
things right. What you did hurt more than your Boitumelo
saga because back then I had a choice to leave you and I
had no responsibilities but now it’s more difficult before
there is a lot at stake but I don’t know how to trust you. I
don’t know how to forgive you or myself for this.
Thabiso: Go to the river and do your cleansing, not for me
but for you to find peace and make sense of things. Am
not asking you to forgive me or forget what happened, that
you can do at your own time and pace.
Mapula: I am not ready to go to the river Thabiso.
Thabiso: It’s not that you are not ready but you feel like
you don’t belong there if which you are wrong. The queens
are waiting for you, please take your own advice and take
action before it’s too late. Remember what you always tell
me?
Mapula: I used to tell you a lot of things.
Thabiso: Well let me remind you, and I quote ‘ prevention
is better than cure my dear, always prevent and not act
when the situation is at its worst’
Mapula: You listened and remember that but you forgot to
apply the same wisdom when that woman came along.
You chose her over me Thabiso? You chose her! ( she
said in a low voice crying silently)
Thabiso: Don’t cry my queen because I am not worth your
tears, if you are going to cry then do it for something better
or someone better than me, you are wasting your time if
you are crying because of me. I am not worth it my dear
queen, as much as I am humbling myself before you I also
know that I am not worthy of your forgiveness let alone to
dine and be in your presence. Save your tears for those
who are most deserving my darling.
Mapula: Thank you for dinner but I have to go. ( she stood
up and left the restaurant, leaving Thabiso still seated)

Mapula got to the parking lot and the guard opened the
door for her, she got in and laid on her side at the back
seat and cried silently as the guard drove off.

Like, comment and share

Please excuse the errors

#loveadminSeason 2

Insert 99

BaKoena kingdom✨ (not edited )

It has been a week and Mapula still hasn’t gone to the

river yet. Ever since that day she has been trying her best
to make sure her children are happy. She even asked
Keabetswe to call her father every day but she flatly
refused saying it’s not her duty to mend their relationship.
She even gone as far as saying if he wants to build a
relationship with her he knows where to find her. The
uncles from BaTloung went to BaKoena to apologize on
Thabiso’s behalf and everything went well. They begged
the queen mother to let them go back with Mapula but she
refused saying that she will go home when she is ready to
do so. So the uncles left with no hope of the queen
returning, Thabiso has been working hard as well to get
the kingdom back to normal but his father’s words keep
playing in his head ‘ the kingdom will never fully go back to
what it was until the queen is back home’ something he
didn’t know how to do but hoped that she went to the river.
In the mystical land the queens were getting anxious
waiting for their queen but she was not showing up and
there was no hope that she will anytime soon.
Nyolodi: Queens, we have waited long enough, we have
ran out of time because now Luciano is looking at using
our queen against us. His trying by all meaning to show
her the negative of everything and if he succeeds in
manipulating her mind we are all doomed.
Bahomi: I agree with you my queen but what can we do?
She has blocked us all, remember she is more powerful
than all of us combined because she has all our powers.
Letsatsi: This is simple really and I have a plan.
Nyolodi: Tell is my queen because there is not time to
waste.
Letsatsi: We bring her here the some say we did when she
was about to be crowned.
Bahomi: That could work but that time she didn’t have as
much power as she does not so how are we going to do it?
Nyolodi/Letsatsi: We use Ngwedi
Bahomi: Hey we are all desperate if you two can finish
each other’s sentences.
Nyolodi: Haha don’t play around this is serious.
Letsatsi: Ngwedi is always in the shadows living in that
palace because the queen said she must leave but as you
know our protectors are never far from us.
Nyolodi: Yes do summon Ngwedi it’s sunset already.
Bahomi: We don’t have to summon him, all we have to do
now it so connect with her and tell her the plan. We have
to be there at midnight and bring her home.
Nyolodi: You right my queen, we are all dependent on her,
us the kingdom and her kids and king.

The queens connected with Ngwedi band she angered

with the plan and offered to get her to sleep until they get
to the mystical land because if she wakes up before then,
she will turn back and leave. The plan was set and all they
had to do now was to wait for the clock to strike midnight.
It was a long wait for them because it seemed like one
minute takes an hour and an hour takes days. While they
waited Nyolodi felt the presence of Luciano who felt like he
was just outsider the mystical land.
Nyolodi: We have a visitor and we have to take care of
him before the time for our plan because if he is here by
that time we lose everything.
Bahomi: I am tired of Lucifer now and it’s time we put an
end to him.
Letsatsi: I second that! The time he has given has long
passed its time he knows who his dealing with.
Nyolodi: Lets go out the other way, we don’t want him
getting in here just as we are getting out.
Bahomi: Beaides That, If his roaming around here and not
coming in it means that he doesn’t know that we are not
protected.
Letsatsi: Yes because if he did him and his goons would
be have filled this place by now.
Nyolodi: Lets not waste time his getting anxious ( they
went out the other way and appeared behind him)
Bahomi: If it isn’t the devil himself
Luciano: Then who would it be if it wasn’t for me?
Nyolodi: Luciano
Lucifer: My queen! Keeper of my now cold and dark heart.
It amazes me how you can still sense me from a distance.
( Nyolodi thought of the time and she got angry and went
to him in a hurry and Luciano opened his arms to hug her
but Nyolodi hit her hard on the stomach and he bent over)
Luciano: Ouch! You know that I don’t feel pain but
because it’s you am hurt. Not in a offended way but in a
good way, you and I will make a great king and queen,
rulers of the underworld.
Nyolodi: I will never be your queen!

Letsatsi saw that they are wasting time as she went to

Lucifer in lightning speed and hit him hard that he flew and
landed in the water. Before he could even register what
was going on bahomi was already there burning him with
the water from inside the mystical land and he groaned in
pain as he him and light or goodness don’t mix. Letsatsi
pulled him out of the water and he was getting weak
because of the water Bahomi kept sprinkling on him. He
groaned weak looking at Nyolodi who was standing at a
distance feeling useless because when she was Luciano
guardian she was trained for months that her first instinct
when it comes to him was to protect him. And it happening
now! She wanted to protect him yet she came to destroy
him, she finally snapped out of it as she poured a
vanquishing potion on him that sent him back to the under
work bruised and all. They all looked at the time and they
realized that it was way passed midnight and now was
after 1AM. They went back into the mystical land and to try
and connect with Ngwedi.

When they got there Ngwedi was already there with the
queen still sleeping.
Nyolodi: How did you get this done alone?
Ngwedi: I am her protector and surely I can manage minor
things. Besides you were busy with the devil so I used the
other way.
Bahomi: Things should be falling into place but she’s not
waking up.
Letsatsi: I hope we are not too late.
Ngwedi: We are not because the mermaids came out and
took care of her now you all know that they don’t come out
just for anyone.
Nyolodi: She will be fine but am worried that we only used
a temporary solution for Luciano because as soon as he
finds a willing victim he will come back for what’s his.
Letsatsi: And we will be ready for him.

They sat there watching over the queen, laughing and

reminiscing about the good time they spent there before
her coronation.

Like, comment and share

#loveadmin
It’s short I know.Season 2

Insert 100

BaKoena kingdom ✨ (not edited)

It is the end of the year and time for their annual royal ball,
the queen mother and her daughter’s in law were busy
preparing for it. Zasembo and Ntsika were there with a
heavily pregnant Zasembo she is expecting twin girls as
far as she knows and giving Ntsika hell. That one would
take care of her in the morning and then go bride the
queen mother with anything she wants just so he could
disappear and be with the guys, who always reprimanded
him for leaving his pregnant wife but he would always tell
them that no man can ever survive the whole day with a
pregnant woman without going crazy. He says he doesn’t
want to end up like Scelo, speaking of which, he was
discharged from the hospital about a month ago and came
back to LeSotho to check on his businesses but he found
them still standing because Kwezi made sure of it. He also
went to BaKoena and apologized to everyone and ever
since then he kept his distance but calls his cousin now
and then. He has a girlfriend who is autistic who is as
possessive of him as he is of her. A perfect match if you
ask me. Kwezi even got back to work now since the
triplets are a year old, much to Lebo’s resistance,
Reneilwe and her mother are working on their relationship
thanks to queen mother Mabotle who knocked some
sense into her and told her straight up that if she doesn’t
want to build a relationship with her mother then she too
doesn’t want anything to do with her because her actions
are hurting her mother and herself in the process and she
doesn’t want a bitter daughter in law with mommy issues.
So since then she has been working on building her
relationship with her mother. Mapula came back fine from
the mystical land, there she was reminded of who she is
and shown the kingdoms that need her, she saw how
people were suffering in those kingdoms and blamed
herself for being selfish and thinking she has problems
while other people out there are about to die of hunger
and some selling their child to foreigners just so they could
have money to survive. It was a sad reality that resulted in
her picking up the pieces of her heart and mending it with
snail glue and forgave herself for expecting too much of
her husband then getting disappointed. She stayed in the
mystical land for over 3 weeks and came back a new
person, her eyes were back to normal and she was
smiling more and appreciating what she has. She and her
family went to BaTloung to do a welcoming ceremony for
Lehasa, even though when Thabiso saw them he thought
he was having his family back, he had hope until the
ceremony was over and everyone packed and left. He
didn’t want to say anything to his wife or ask him any
questions so he let her go. It was good for him to see
Lehasa and Keabetswe even though she told him straight
that there can never be a relationship between them until
her mother’s heart is completely healed and ready to
move on. She said she was the oldest and will make sure
that her mother is well before anything else. Thabiso tried
to protest but the princess told him that she did the same
for him when her mother wronged him and almost died
because he couldn’t handle the pain and at that point
Thabisa realized just how much burden they have put on
their daughters shoulders without even knowing it. So
these days Mapula goes around helping the surrounding
kingdoms and has been doing well so far, she doesn’t
want to go far yet since Lehasa is still young but his trying
but all means to do the work the gods wanted her to do
while still being a mother to her son. She was happier and
more alive than ever before. Tsietsi And Boitumelo we’re
blessed with a baby boy name Katleho, things were going
well between him and his wife and the kingdom has been
doing well to with the help of the BaKoena brothers and he
was grateful, he was now more of a friend to them than an
enemy. BaTloung kingdom has been slowly getting back
to what it was, ever since Mapula went to the river
something changed somewhere because the old
associates of BaTloung called Thabiso asking for an
alliance saying they made a mistake by pulling out of their
agreements. Thabiso welcomed them with open arms
because he knew that he was also to blame for what had
happened and wasn’t about to act like he didn’t need help
when he did. He was sitting in the lounge watching tv or
shall I say with the tv watching him. His mother came
down the stairs looking really good and smelled good and
stood in front of him.
Queen: Son how to I look?
Thabiso: Please don’t tell me there is another man
because I will go on a killing spree.
Queen: Don’t be silly boy there is no man, your father was
my everything and I don’t see myself replacing him.
Thabiso: Well in that case you look gorgeous my dear
mother.
Queen: Thank you so! Why are you not dressed?
Thabiso: Because am not going to the ball this year.
Queen: And why is that?
Thabiso: Mother I don’t want to go there without my queen.
Imagine having to smile at the other Kong’s and their
queen while alone and with them asking ‘ where is you
queen?’ Then I would have to lie and say she’s around
here welcoming other guests.
Queen: That won’t be a lie but the truth.
Thabiso: Well I don’t want it to be that why mother, I want
it to be the way everything was before I messed up, but I
know it won’t be that easy.
Queen: Thabiso it’s been over 9 months now and still
nothing has changed and you don’t seem to be doing
anything about it. You see your wife might be the chosen
one but she is human too and if you talk too long some
else will take your place.
Thabiso: She won’t do that because the gods won’t allow it.
Queen: She won’t marry the man but she will keep him as
a lover and someone to make her happy while remaining
you queen and that of the gods and there will no harm in
that. Think about it, am leaving.
Thabiso: Have fun!

The queen left going to the annual ball at BaKoena, on the

way she was thinking of her husband and how he stopped
the car in the middle of nowhere while they were going to
last years annual ball and did things to her that made her
want to go back go and sleep it off. She smile as that
thought crossed her mind.
Queen: Oh Letsi I miss you, everywhere I go I see
something that reminds me of you and you were right
when you said there will always be something to remind
me of you and I didn’t believe you but now I do. I miss you
so but am glad that now I can think of you and not shed a
tear but smile at the thought of you. I love you so much.
She got to BaKoena and there were cars already and the
people looking good and moving around, the venue was
exquisite.

Back at BaTloung the guards come into the palace

disturbing Thabiso from his thoughts.
Guard: My king you have a visitor
Thabiso: Who is it?
Guard: Your wife my king. ( Thabiso smiled)
Thabiso: Let her in ( the guard left and Thabiso fixed
himself a little and there was a knock and he shouted a
come in with his eyes glued to the door and Sebokeng
came in followed by a gentleman in suit and right then
Thabiso’s face changed from that of happiness to that of
hate.
Sebokeng: Greetings my king
Thabiso: What are you doing here Sebokeng?
Sebokeng: This is my husband Nkanyiso Mabhena and
Nkanyiso this is Thabiso Moloi the king of BaTloung.
( Nkanyiso extended his hand for a handshake and
Thabiso shook it)
Thabiso: That still doesn’t explain what you are doing here.
Sebokeng: May we sit? I just want to talk to you.
Thabiso: Go ahead
Sebokeng: Thank you ( she sat down with her husband
next to her)
Thabiso: Now our with it I don’t have all evening.
Nkanyiso: No need to be rude man
Thabiso: This is my kingdom and where you sitting in my
palace so if you want someone to respect you then please
do leave because I didn’t invite you.
Sebokeng: Babe please we need this, my king Am sorry
we offered you and coming here unannounced but we
came here because I need help in finding the woman I
wronged that day and apologize.
Thabiso: Now when it suits you I must help you yet I told
you to do this a long time ago and you swore you will
never do it. What changed?
Sebokeng: Everything changed, losing my parents for
starters, almost losing my job and most importantly the
man beside me changed me and taught me humanity. We
got married not so long ago and now we want children.
That’s when I told him about what I did and we didn’t want
to risk another pregnancy so we thought we should come
here to find her and make things right before trying for a
baby.
Thabiso: Do you remember the maiden who wanted to
serve you when you insisted that my wife should serve
you?
Sebokeng: Yes I remember her but she stopped working
here when things were not going well.
Thabiso: As you can see things are fine and all the
maidens are back so you know where their quarters are
go there and ask her to show you where the woman lives.
Sebokeng: Thank you ( Sebokeng left and went to the
maidens quarters and politely apologized to the maidens
for how she treated them when she was there and asked
for that maiden to help her find the woman and she agreed)
Sebokeng: Thank you once again my king we will be going
to that woman’s house now.
Thabiso: Go alone because you did this alone and it’s time
you take responsibility on your own and make it right.
Nkanyiso: His right babe but you will find me here when
you done.
Sebokeng: Alright ( she and the maiden left going to the
woman’s house)

Thabiso: How did you manage to change Sebokeng into

and almost good woman.
Nkanyiso: Haha it was difficult believe me but am a Xhosa
man and in my culture woman respect their man and
elders and the fact that she loves me helped a lot. Don’t
get me wrong it took a lot of practice for her to be this way
and sometimes she still forgets but quickly remembers
and apologize. Something she never did when I first met
her.
Thabiso: Tell me something I don’t know my life is still a
mass because of her and yes am also to blame for this.
Nkanyiso: If you love your wife man then go fight for her,
sitting here is not going to help you with anything. Woman
need to be begged and if you love her you will grovel and
beg till you blue in the face and even then you don’t stop.
Thabiso: She wants nothing to do with me and I don’t
blame her.
Nkanyiso: Show her that you changed and if she’s still
persistent then use force not in a bad way but show her
you are her man and you love her and can’t live without
her.
Thabiso: I can never use force because her brothers
would kill me this time.
Nkanyiso: Let them! I mean take the punches but don’t
back down. ( the two counties talking. Sebokeng and the
maiden arrived at the woman’s house and parked the car.
She looked out and saw the car then went back inside.
They got off and knocked and she invited them in)
Oldwoman: The witch herself! What are you doing here?
Sebokeng: I came to apologize for what I did to you mah.
Oldwoman: Heheh so now am mah! Okay can you please
clean up the house, I can’t move around like I used to
anymore am sure it’s because of diabetes.
Sebokeng: Where can I find the cleaning stuff mah?
Oldwoman: Look around in here for them and clean. You
( to the maiden) make us some tea so we can talk, I don’t
get many visitors.
Maiden: Right away mother ( the maiden made tea for her
and the old woman and they sat drinking tea while
Sebokeng moved around the house cleaning)
Oldwoman: Do you think you really changed?
Maiden: I dont know mother but when she came to us she
was humble and apologize d for treating us badly.
Oldwoman: Am just shocked she’s actually cleaning
without saying a word.
Maiden: Maybe she really did change ( Sebokeng finished
cleaning the house at around 7)
Sebokeng: Mah I am finished
Oldwoman: Okay in there I have a few things that need to
be washed but I couldn’t wash them because my arthritis
is acting up.
Sebokeng: Not a problem mah ( she went to the room she
was shown and the dirty clothes were just 3 dresses,
socks and tops. Sebokeng took them out and went to
wash them outside. While she did that the maiden cooked
dinner for the old woman while they were talking and
laughing with her telling the maiden stories of her
childhood and the maiden was enjoying every minute of it.
At around 8 dinner was ready and Sebokeng has just
hanged the clothes on the washing line and come in and
took a rake and grass broom and swept the yard picking
up papers and putting them in the bin. Then went to the
back of the house and filled up the woman’s bucket of
water and took it inside)
Sebokeng: Am finished mah, is there anything else you
would like me to do for you?
Oldwoman: Wash the dishes after we eat
Sebokeng: Yes mah
Maiden: The food is ready, can I bring it here mah?
Oldwoman: Yes bring it my dear ( the maiden brought the
food and served the old woman then came back with her
plate and Sebokeng and gave it to her and she thanked
her and they started eating. What the maiden made was
Morogo, papa le nama)
Oldwoman: Thank you my dear the food was nice.
Sebokeng: I enjoyed it too thank you
Maiden: You are welcome ( she left and took the dishes to
the kitchen Sebokeng followed her and washed the dishes
and packed them away then went and threw out the water)
she came back and joined the old woman and the maiden.
Oldwoman: Before you one your mouth I want you to know
that I did not bewitch you or anything like that but what you
said to me was hurtful and since I don’t have anyone to
fight for me the gods did it on my behalf. I was very hurt
that day as a result I came back here and cried on my
husband’s and children’s graves. Now am not saying that
so you can feel bad no! Am saying it so that you know that
the things you do and say to people hurt more than the
physical pain you inflict on them. Words cut from the
deepest places in a persons heart and that wound is
internal and it takes time to heal. But I forgive you and the
gods will see that you are trying and bless you for your
efforts. It’s late now I have to take medication and sleep.
Sebokeng: Thank you mah, May you be blessed for your
good heart.
Oldwoman: May you be blessed for trying.

Sebokeng and the maiden left and went back to the

palace and when they got there Thabiso and Nkanyiso
were sitting on the dining table having dinner.
Nkanyiso: Oh you back, how did it go?
Sebokeng: It’s went well, she forgave me but not before
she made me work for it and I mean literally. But am not
complaining it was the least I could do.
Nkanyiso: Am so proud of you baby ( he got up and kissed
her)
Thabiso: Yhoo no! Please leave so that I can go to my
wife and kids as well.
Nkanyiso: Haha thank you for everything man and good
luck.
Thabiso: Drive safe ( they left and Thabiso went to his
room and freshened up then went to the car and left for
BaKoena) the drive felt longer because of the traffic, there
were lot of people heading to BaKoena this year and
Thabiso couldn’t take it anymore. At around 9:30 he
arrived at the palace and drove to the back where he used
to park when he came here often. He got out of the car
and went in, the place was beautiful and so were the
people in there. He scanned the room in search of his wife
but spotted Lebo and Ntsika and went to them.
Thabiso: Greetings
Ntsika: Awu yafika indoda yomSuthu madoda,
mehlamadala weThabiso kunjani ntsizwa. ( oh the Sotho
man arrives long time Thabiso, how are you?)
Thabiso: Am good man and you?
Ntsika: Ngiyiphilele nje kahle nabafazi bami ngaphandle
kwakho kumnandinje sidla izambane likapondo ( I am we
with my wives without you it’s nice we eating money)
Lebo: I thought you wouldn’t come.
Thabiso: I almost didn’t come but my wife needs me even
if she doesn’t say it.
Ntsika: I wish that was true my man but from where am
standing you are not needed at all. ( Lebo and Thabiso
looked as the direction Ntsika was looking at and saw
Mapula with some guy laughing together and the guy had
his hand on her waist l)
Thabiso: Who the hell is that?
Lebo: Hahah that my man is Tsietsi’s cousin
Thabiso: Then What is he doing with my wife? Doesn’t he
know that she’s married or is the ring on her finger
invisible?
Lebo: Don’t ask me man Hanna but it serves you right
though.
Ntsika: I second that! The guy never saw Mapula with a
man ever since he got here. His been seeing her with the
kids and the wives.
Thabiso: Just how many times has he been here?
Lebo: Maybe 4 or 5 times I don’t remember since we have
been hanging out a lot ( Thabiso didn’t like that, he felt like
he was being replaced both by his wife and the brothers)
Thabiso: Excuse me I will be right back
Lebo: Don’t cause drama or my mother will deal with you.
Thabiso: Don’t worry about that ( he left)
Ntsika: Izonya lembuzi le ( he will get it now this goat)

Thabiso went to where Mapula was and Lebo and Ntsika

followed and stood close to that they can hear. Thabiso
got to them and pulled Mapule to him, hugged her and
kissed her forehead.
Thabiso: Hey Babe, you look beautiful and I have missed
you so much. How are the kids?
Mapula was taken back but decided to play along.
Mapula: The kids are fine dear husband and they miss you.
Thabiso: I will see them just now, will you excuse us for a
moment I will come find you when am done.
Mapula: Sure ( she walked away and when she was out of
sight Thabiso turned to look ok at the guy.
Thabiso: Hi I don’t believe we’ve met, Am Thabiso her
husband.
Keletso: Am Keletso the guy who wants her.
Thabiso: Now Listen here guy who wants her, that is my
wife and you will stay away from her.
Kekeletso: Why would I do that?
Thabiso: Because I say so and I don’t want you to even
look at her direction.
Keletso: And why would I do that? I can’t possibly do that,
did you see how beautiful that woman is? She looks like a
20 year old and doesn’t look a day older than that and
these youngsters she gives them a run for their money. So
why would I just avoid looking at Gods beautiful creation?
That would be a sin man and I don’t want to go to hell
( Lebo and Ntsika erupted in loud laughter holding their
tummies)
Ntsika: Oh no! I love you man, am not gay or anything but
right now I really do love you.
Lebo: You are one of a kind.
Thabiso: Stay away from my wife if you know what’s good
for you.
Keletso: Oh no! You will have to kill me first ( Lebo and
Ntsika were in stitches again)
Ntsika: Awu madoda ndiyathanda lendoda ayisabi
ngokwesatyiswa awu uyintsizwa impela. ( oh man I love
this guy he does scare that easily, his really a man)
Thabiso ignored the remarks and went looking for his wife,
he saw her standing with Kwezi and went to them.
Thabiso: Evening Mrs Lebenya
Kwezi: Even My king.
Thabiso: May I have a word with my queen please.
Kwezi: Certainly (she left and Thabiso took Mapula bu the
hand and led her to their chamber at BaKoena and when
they got there he closed the door behind them and pinned
her against it with her hands about her head. Using one
hand he touched her chin and made her look as him and
kissed her, the kiss was hurry and desperate, it went on
for a while with Mapula wanting to protest but Thabiso
didn’t let her. He eventually pulled out and they both catch
their breaths.
Thabiso: I know I have wronged you and hurt so badly that
I can’t even give us another chance and I understand but I
will not have another man put his hands on you.
Mapula: But he...( he cut her short with yet another kiss
and pulled out)
Thabiso: I said I don’t want any man putting their hands on
you.
Mapula: You can’t dictate to me like that after everything
you have done!
Thabiso: Am not going to go back and forth with you about
the same thing. Damn it Mapula I apologized and am not
doing it again, my actions should speak louder than words
to you. I have given you enough time to think and maybe
heal but it’s enough now.
Mapula: You can not tell me its enough because...( he
shut her up with yet another kiss while closing the door
with the other hand, he pulled up her dress and took it off
in one go, while Mapula was shocked by that her bra
followed. He picked her up and put her on the bed and
ripped the bottom of her underwear leaving only the elastic.
He did things to her only he knew how, the air was thick in
the room and the windows were misty and Mapula’s
moans would have been heard throughout the place had
there been no party going on. Thabiso was eating her up
like he was getting paid to do so, she started shaking as
she was close to coming and he stopped and stood up
from between her legs and covered her with a blanket and
went to her as tears fell from the corners of her eyes, he
kissed her forehead and whispered)
Thabiso: Yes I wronged you but you are mine do you
understand that? ( Mapula nodded) I don’t don’t hear you
Mapula: Yes ( that came out as a whisper)
Thabiso: Yes What?
Mapula: Am yours
Thabiso: Then why are you crying?
Mapula: You left me hanging
Thabiso: I will run a shower for you ( he went to the
bathroom and ran a shower for her then went back and
picked her up and put her in front of the shower as he was
fully dressed)
Thabiso: Get it and shower ( she got in the shower before
Thabiso closed the door he said)
Thabiso: I love you Okay, damn it Mapula am not perfect
but I will spend the rest of my life making it up to you for all
that I have done but am not going to do that with you
staying here. I want you home in fact at the end of this
party you and I are going away just the two of us and
when we come back we taking our kids and we going
home. I love you ( he went out the bathroom and closed
the door then went to her underwear drawer and took out
another pair for her and put it on the bed and laid her
dress on top as well then he went out to the balcony l)
- I am not perfect and I have done a lot to this woman but I
will be damned if I lose her just like that. Not without a fight,
she’s my wife and my gift from the gods and am not letting
her go ( he wiped a tear that fell and composed himself
then went back to the party)
Mapula was left in the bathroom thinking about what her
husband said and she couldn’t help but smile. She start
washing up but when she got to the bottom part she
noticed what used to be her underwear and erupted in
laughter shaking her head.
Mapula: Yeah nhe! The things we do haha

Thabiso bumped into Tokelo on his way down and he

looked at him seeing his eyes.
Tokelo: I hope you made things right with her.
Thabiso: The best way I could.
Tokelo: Your kids need you man stop being a girl about it
and get your family back.
Thabiso: I plan to.
Tokelo: Good luck

Lebo and Ntsika saw him coming their way and they
looked at each other and laughed so hard.
Lebo: Am sorry man but yhoo
Ntsika: Ulibele kuba yislima uyahamba umfazi
bazomthatha ababhekile ( you busy being a fool your wife
will be taken by those who can see her)
Thabiso: Not on my watch
Lebo: Where did the arrogance come from because I
didn’t see it when Keletso told you straight that his not
leaving her.
Ntsika: Eyi I like that guy, his not scared of you or to tell
you that he will take your wife while you watch papa
Lebo: Watch the space my man ahaha ( while they were
laughter a maiden came running to them and bowed)
Ntsika: Yini manje? ( what is it now?)
Maiden: Am sorry to interrupt your wife is about to give
birth and the queen mother asked me to call you. ( Ntsika
went running to the direction the maiden came from)
Lebo: Is the palace doctor there with them?
Maiden: Yes Chief
Lebo: Good ( he followed suit and found Ntsika pacing up
and down in front of the room with the door closed)
Lebo: Oh how I have waited to see you on this day.
Ntsika: She’s crying man and am going in
Lebo: I wouldn’t do that if I were you ( Ntsika didn’t listen
as he went and opened the door just as the baby’s head
was coming out)
Ntsika: Oh my God! ( he fell backwards and Lebo rushed
to him and pulled him back while the queen mother closed
the door but not before she said.
Mabotle: Serves you right you nosey boy!
Lebo Looked at him and saw that he fainted and started
laughing ( he called Tokelo and he picked up immediately
because they were making sure everything goes well so
everyone was on call)
Convo:
Tokelo: Brother!
Lebo: Come to the west wing quickly ( he said
suppressing his laugh and hanged up and bursted our
laughing Ntsika was out cold. Tokelo came running)
Tokelo: What’s going on? What happened to Ntsika?
Lebo: Well the fool was told his wife is giving birth and he
came here running and I followed and found him looking
pale pacing up and down. He said his going in and a
warned him not to but he didn’t listen, he just opened the
door and said ‘ oh my God’ and he was gone.
Tokelo: Hahah his too forward now look what happened!
Am taking a video of this.
Lebo: The fool didn’t even spend a second looking and he
was dead hahah.
Tokelo: Good he learn haha oh my this is so good ( while
they were laughing and taking videos of Ntsika laying
there the baby cried and Ntsika woke up like he was being
charged by those electric charger at he hospital which
made the two laugh even more)
Ntsika: My Baby is she alright gods of Manzini why am I
on the floor.
Lebo: You fainted you moron
Ntsika: Shit I remember! ( he went pale once again killing
Lebo and Tokelo with laughter one more)
Ntsika: This is not funny( he got up and dusted himself)
Tokelo: Oh yes it is my man it is hahaha ( another cry
came through and Ntsika smiled)
Ntsika: My princesses are here! Am a father!
Lebo/Tokelo: We all are!
Ntsika: Hayi futsek nina maan ( hey piss of you two) this is
my moment let me enjoy it.
Lebo: Like you did when you fainted?
Tokelo: Hahaha I so wish I was here when that happened
Ntsika: Mxm you crazy ( another cry came through and the
three were confused)
Lebo: Maybe that’s one of the girls
Ntsika: Yeah Maybe ( they waited for a while until the
queen mother appeared from the door and they stood up)
Mabotle: Come name your children you fool! ( Lebo and
Tokelo looked at each other and laughed at Ntsika who
looked like he has seen a ghost)
Mabotle: Come on she’s decent now! ( Ntsika walked
slowly and got inside he saw his wife with to babies on her
hands and went to her)
Ntsika: Mambatha! Thank you for making me a father they
are beautiful.
Zasembo: Name them babakhe
Ntsika: This one is princess Langelihle Zulu and this one is
princess Buhlebendalo Zulu
Zasembo: They are beautiful names but they are not for
twins.
Ntsika: My children must be able to have an identity
outside of their twins.
Mabotle: When are you naming this one ( Ntsika turned
and looked at her and the palace doctor holding another
baby in her arms)
Ntsika: Holy shit! We have three!
Mabotle: Language Ntsika!
Ntsika: Am sorry mah am just shocked because we have
always been told there are two.
Dr: This one was hiding very well behind his sisters.
Ntsika: Holy..(Mabotle gave him a stern look) holy mother
of God! Did you say he?
Dr: Yes he
Zasembo: Babakhe give our son a name Manzini. ( Ntsika
went closer to the doctor and took his son and looked at
him moving towards his wife)
Ntsika: This one is prince Lifalomanzini Zulu
Mabotle: Beautiful names, Langelihle Zulu, Buhlebendalo
Zulu and Lifalomanzini Zulu. Now I can already see the big
head Sbanisezwe Zulu after hearing he has 3 grand
children not only princesses he never had but a prince too.
They laughed because king Sbani was known to be one to
brag. Ntsika went and told the others about the babies and
Lebo called his sister and informed her of the new
developments. Mapula stopped the party to announce the
new arrivals and now the ball turned into a celebration of
the new Zulu babies.

The End
It was a good journey with you all, I love you.

like, comment and share

#loveadmin